(e1] hy ee eee Weert ter ol le h ofr HAUS Meet: net
. ' + gmky ged: Pete eerlet OO begeg. "
. ‘ 29} 05 fps 8 tnlne tebe tee bebe y tebaetoite ta ede

se ipitete mainte 1s fot th Oe 4 Gell Qpibads gerbe
pen be died paid gue ate

Deke b eeafutethy td be Al ehM tedehal am mk dogeded my aaate
sat 0} Mahely fodhisiae prarl ake et jot y oO Pow et Pett herba ny
bo vce het pee edly Ohio pagel, At beter be pete parte pemtids de he be Bedi we, ’
1 id debolha Arosthe Vreladade # Mate, det 12 Peta ged a «bei de
ne Jobe d aot IM Neotads Lely dé pe bettie: ba B fe tebe co gt pe hae det oa
way | Sf ee pete OR be dagy ft el ide tsa
an 7 a eek peta de ebekby Vege teed bal 4 +e nn
° we eae Wor oteeibe be -@ Rem rte Mitek x Brsyeg es ts Verte :
‘ a WPTeK Aue! rrr er ted Piped, Ba uearite te fasted gta ie vat on abe ; ee seer!

bed eee ant ad eer Seamer lt Des Vee ot et 4 sin Longs os e198.
, 1) Pt 4 ie oy es ri ri Writs be nel eames “a whine Ly ste r ne a Sipe bette nate ¢
; “ ys) ‘ wh FOG {hg bo threo ie: IH Tin tb ee 8 ieee lbasts ” dots tet : irk eluate ep
‘ Ait hy Mat eae cS hase ve ert ee or : : ok ade thehehd ax 4

'
rhe ( ‘ ‘ iain ye taeitia ‘ sy
paae Woe Vhe i Aik pint f ete paneer ees : anys = Seer
ee Ppp Vela ae ‘ a

JertsXhebe ye"
4 4 « fae 1 i rap
yey iota es ae co Sus oe sae =

AS abe

seat ” : sha . dlabeigrastahdas te
- he . “ phytase
a ‘ “
Aa) i pat

*,

5 ee del ne kv: Tops Po Croadal

cee

{ ,
he ie Writs tee og eee

perepcnnn Sy (7 tet ek ET ae sai beds Mee
: : : ted pat grid db vie

= Aide WE be doit
’ : hte Bb ha ltwtte Lee he edd eee felted
Per Pr ee Bn te ra
a hay i aa a ee on ee eer ao
air a eriet astra Me WA He pee eer

pete

ot ce eh ete veel,
' ohn teat +}
° : J v ; > 7
a. ' ve eee 7
‘ rire Nea Af be B tre Listy net me at
»? " ) ha fet ee eae

+ ae petese aay ta
whe a pads 4e8 ee fodgit ye wo pet
eo ae at tee
ON bel eae
ihe Se Pelt tht feeb. ae

pepe
nt | bette Ge A
dade ties! #t bond Gants sate! oe ke gris le helt
Het todas ia nina Let eta ty ra cee 9

PA i Wi Mat . Ws Heriot fest denn A pilhe\h bedi cmt oir
Che bty ' rey
in ’ , -) , 1 + iad! ' ie n Sats te ite le erintaipaeyeiontiyS
e y . J ‘ det mn eh
t Haris aplar = any ee
’ F oe beige ys bie st we eed be be heuand: pet IM pei rine 0 14
al 7 ¥ oP aha eli gad teh ibe t deve edede te een at. Cry
ne +t 102 attr wt det be se poied Rats MY feled wae
x ay PY | Hite . deere Fo Gh he, Cabbie fe atiehy Goats i
bens eek ; vv Fi Danae dery pe be titele Pactuter ne Me be 4 (te (#04 Ht! Cates ae ge}
4 ; os ae ; * dees c > ‘ Puverairee Dente yt hae ne
‘ ” ie . t on ee. A 7 De) pie ioe berte Tote hee tle folegeaiid
, } ‘ “ 4 YW ol dete o
' ‘ ay ‘ ‘ e4 '
. od A ,' sy PO bya,
i * ) :
Wr ? i YY ’ be a Ae ‘ abe
y td ea 4 104 B M
t dsle~ I +h of
mt t . hat ’
Was Mer err y A
. ge’ ‘ '
we 4 eee
i ¥ vue ’ hea ¢ hit
vA Rghy? nM ne ry dy ii
‘ J my" “eo :
; ; ra) he peaks Meee | del Hd $°Fody) tos ) ebett lela doady oe ! : Pe 410424 aM nik 6 eri
: pot 3 es bell Dele bt baby 7 " —) ‘ fe. r HD Sa! Si tarviMat tay
’ " vt { Muyad ie
“i fe +i frgriivede Date belfig. Mati
. f ’ . . Pee ere ire aia 8 or aie
{ . > hb elah ied Gem RD bly
’ rae i ® Pl vee ogo fh in Gaye hacia Duader le area Ge eM) Qe
tu “ ‘ hee . ¥ iaihe4 be pte be Cael) phe arene
5 - mney ' bead! HEF boell ta Pemba hed (A Dele de Dee Hee eed bee Me
in ‘ ee) r HoGes as gb tah Gok, weer Mh dere dy (Lesh MULaf ae ete be
; ‘ npereay iran. |
: hee oe ; The} lee goeie Wf}
P Bayer ea ; 6) am Fe be fee lentes el
' ery 4 L ahd fedane sdf
‘ . 4 '
, 17 ’ - .
, Shs "s ; ; . ) eee i tae
: ‘ s ; « 04 eH) ever eae
. " ’ '% < ee ee “ “ay
Y bs ein Oe ( heee aioe) ee : ‘ ot esse Phthe yeah’
: + ' Ais are tay
‘ -)* ‘
‘ fi os ’ 4
> \ +
4 ‘ , ‘ Pre Pe
» ete é ’
” e «4 ao re a
ie Soy ete is i0 be de oe sodden b ja G0 Ores dad ew + he god daha hank }
re b he B® Lat fis Lit al yeh arate jet GUAR padtive vs any! ih
: o oe ha ve wy ie fae ok le
Ms « MAR deere Ld
Fis i 4 A ; i eRe eae ie bi Pee tamiee
wee cy ' oe it ad be jie
‘ Hi 4 ' wy
Nea MEF ge eed BS
‘ Wilde ‘ 4 By bat-v ies gy sia ea
n é , ' ‘ 4 eth or eh iC) ede Uris dieted) Wig ete
$¢ haha 7 ; Se PRA here BU Be Pa Meine fas
’ ‘ > keel iteh ae >A hak Al cl WAL aty ye 9
m “ive “ ve Lae a gh yooks oh yiuleenpbehsyck ih ( \ i
ee ae one Mop pet we hee ded Binge ade ‘tied dtiiedeaeese ot 4 ed Lye dort fe ordhes tito wed pigs ‘pi
4 ‘ Pog as (' it BG 485 BAUR Re hy Hasire Cat dere heyy rahe (ity bad de Ses babys SA hes
+ : - ow ‘ee Lim te 1456 (fe tat PRIP otis be phi ete de he heh Srdet tobe poet mh Pe epee peta:
“ ‘ ? rant ° : 4 dy reer aret ORR Dita e ph ether eee rede ae Poor yt itt ey,
y ay pr9 “yy 4s had teded ee ere Aitentaaycl a eee ee AC ey a a THF fat: * ry
‘ ha blk 4 ve) os Deede hid) Gone de Fgh etn eee ae dy Orie doy pe pelt: ech: ge lod hi ri Je dnd esto wi tts han fell rele hae Jyh
weak 1 Pe PBR oo he TD) heal Av mend Pele Meh ler aR AEM deat nl OE ent Mier be “ghe aap - nin $44) a ee Pre ae
te abe dad “ rn eee et spade aes Rb AA Ee ee ete EEL bet Gate py ened Ty et etndlt at Ve r ods .
, Aes A met -) Se Re Rd oe ar and ed alt bd Mt eR) pk ATLA ee phy ye
rt i hae ; Had ony ifs eee het td" Ph. Bt 9? fir oe te mor dntd Manse {¥
“hy a etary is Heth thele 0 ye (> peth iedeaeel ty) ye th pity
alle * ony ores oe Kod Le he tek ban “
an : 4 4 ge ia: tetew B je Or toll gh de Pa ee
Secguah? # > se pate. & mp eee Leth phate ipa Cty ote fsb he hell yh
Pov is w ‘ ‘ “oe Wh he ) oS ROT avid erty
velo :
; hf tg ce ee 6 Ry
rf t pee ed:
arte Te ME
ee red He
" ah FGF GPE HAE +
5 A atlatcthas ana
me
: ; reese ited ig
vi prised Peete! eh
Ay fo Taek fe ant oe
wit Beige (-sbad
avers WW Hast cate’ te 5
PARAS ka! FI sw :
- Me eA) nia § Roig wm bard
‘ Htsh ith Ht dive F “aw Waraaese
‘
‘ie
:
A , das it anton sed aesogy fe r
‘ yo Ah tpn t Soe hata el eae et 14 H }
' Pea: Ge rede tele ied atee re We) LD Rip yepia han
; ree) iE uhl dt blah thai Pisa aan?
; ee jad® free oy ih dard titee
’ ati behit bPyit yea
ve
ry th Oeradm boil! f ‘ sinew: ewe hes
ve fate ‘ j os PRY Ee A eine
} " : tents fase
oy ds hi be hed maps
‘ ut Ways &
‘ ;
m4
" t ave
rey nas way vty yh eee J gk Acpame la , 4 us
Ay) F Gxks feed 98 dh fe eter eye : ap , AV fill Bas Ir
bed a a IY il eae pevew r
‘
+ ¥ ey ’
‘ ee rede Sea he iets fe ted ered? ae es ea) Ripamerss
ee +aeW pole be roely eh te Falta ded HRC ED OR TT OP i dees A - +
’ ee oan bess 1b. clot ee bette ebm Baeds yy pind Ea hing sine
oe. wt yt ; oe et Lee eH OREO ] , vr 997 r
; shah) aed eed a abe inse * 1 29 pees dng wqee Hat pe
ca ome rr af toga AF aed diet: (irate 1 Oo tier ner eres lig
betd Pe ermrrsecmren Lier fe pe pl ty ery rr mr ie Bt eel be iedouye 19 198 Fs ith ‘ss ‘ese ' La ip indie prom pen sere itp, by
P Mihe Bier aih wie oo DMR MD GI pF. pA Hy Hol bose: Cs pep tet OES SE poche ayn ‘ + ee Slt ae er eset eae aang Le pa
’ ‘ ’ ‘ Liles ras ie ee oe) ye ete fate oe ee 1 FFT . o tate abe ‘aif,
js Verde ep ob bitte Hoey ite top deds O iretetoeaeiel! grinds fake g eres tersih Bit ds te pe woe eid Lite
} -} vowe Pe eee eo ee oe ee ee eo tt eR
’ ; ’ we “4 wud re en ee he a i
; dieike = PARe pad bree sed ny legal: wee aeste ede h¥e erke
deed ete p90 6 We ee ete dH aetted de tee ee ee ane rea

a oay y pt bed Ge ees bed) Ge Cedi beling a iprwede 45 Bad 47 fads

r aN ey SS B
om PR We Cibsonslove wit ai
— ix. —
4,

¥ “= 45
vr *
‘ -. \ -
4 -
‘ es wa to
4 ee
YM i Sty a5
"tS -qa nets a
. te “
: we
¥

i

eee

ot
e ;

eat ty

7 ey Pm) ish
Sy ik: bis me

_
i

Ab
ae et
Mne ah .

Li |

uit ‘ih NY AV

bath, 4h, i ins } ' wih ; ) ‘s o wh
q. j I ue iv

Abe ‘

iy ir
, iy

a Whaat yy
wy
if

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY;

OR,

MAGAZINE

OF

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY,

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ MAGAZINE -OF ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY,’ AND
SIR W. J; HOOKER’S ‘ BOTANICAL COMPANION. ’)

CONDUCTED BY
Sir W. JARDINE, Bart.—P. J. SELBY, Esa.,
Dr. JOHNSTON,
Sir W. J. HOOKER, Reeius Prorsssor or Botany,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S.

ROTA
#% a /s21 32%
- : GAR DIN

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.; W. WOOD,
TAVISTOCK STREET, BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND PARIS:
LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH .
CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

1839.

4

NAF

VO /,

‘*Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentie testes, divitie felicitatis
humane: exharum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini; ex
ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet.
Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper zstimata; a vere eruditis

et sapientibus semper exculta; male doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.”—
LINN.

—-_ --"

CONTENTS OF VOL. ITI.

NUMBER XIV.

I. On the Production of Vanilla in Europe. By Prof. Cu. Morren,
Member of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Brussels.......... » page ti

II. On the Goniatites found in the Transition Formations of the
Rhine. By Dr. Ernest Beyricu. (With Plates.) ........sccccssesers 9

III. Descriptions of some new or rare Indian Plants. By G. A. W.
MMIEMEE Cesky My Bay ENGL 1, Fi bhlB Ja dak othe Sees nhs wale nae nan ceupabed ss 20

IV. An attempt to ascertain the Fauna of Shropshire and North
Waleas . be Sy OF Bwron,. Bags FiLS. 1.016 Asatte os deckaeeeag anne 24

V. Flore Insularum Nove Zelandiz Precursor; or a Specimen of
the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By ALLAN CunnINGHAM,
PM o tars denev seeds bons skendenck vunechs 0 dur dodchdsvasavedssedetepivanevtbeguabiees 29
VI. On an apparently undescribed Species of Lepadogaster ; and on
the Gobius minutus of Muller. By Witiiam Tuompson, Esq., Vice-
President of the Natural History Society of Belfast.............0000 Seassen OF

New Books :—A History of British Zoophytes, by George Johnston,
M.D.; Flora of North America, by Drs. Torrey and Gray; Genera
Insectorum Iconibus illustravit et descripsit Dr. H. Burmeister ;
Second Annual Report of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh ;

Flora’ of Jamaica, by Dt. J. Macfadyen ......<s0ssapensssepseyaces 46—54
Proceedings of the Linnzean Society ; Royal Irish Academy ; Geological
Society; Zoological Society ......ssseesessees nae inhn acer ¥onesva tnd 54—69

On the genus Syngnathus; Influence of native Magnesia on the Vege-
tation and Fructification of Vegetables; Meteorological Observa-

RMN GRRE, LADNG oan og ps nhs sqebnyeh og vsvendedeusdnveeusiseaetdeaian ree 69—72
NUMBER XV.
VII. On a new Species of Bat, found in the County of Durham. By
the Rev. L. Jenyns, M.A., F.L.S. (With a Plate.) .........sccsessceece 73
VIII. On the Pith of Plants. By the Rev. P. Keirn, F.L.S. ...... 77
IX. Remarks on some Species of the Genus Syngnathus. By W.
oo) Rs Ds ee SAR: Bare eee One Bator es en anand Bente saa 81
X. Descriptions of some new or rare Indian Plants. By G. A. W.
Ei Pala 8 ay cn news uanaaw nea na bexnh datininn Sadat ssnceimadeae a 85

XI. On the Tortoise Beetles, commonly denominated Cassida, with
the Characters of Six new Genera. By the Rev. F. W. Hors, F.R.S.,

Bare se ast WV ek oe P bate, ) oc a3 se comad vats goes space tt appdebest eae eens 92
XII. Some observations on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria. By

Dee Jt. Maven, Prof, Bot; University of Berlin. i. i2.34..00¢0:-schedeope ort 100
Prof. Rymer Jones on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria ......... 105
XIII. On the Migration of the Snowy Owl. By W. Tuompson, Esq.,

Vice-President of the Natural History Society of Belfast ............... 107

XIV. Florez Insularum Nove Zelandiz Precursor; or a Specimen of
the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By Atuan Cunninenam, Esq. 111

New Books :—Genera et Species Gentianearum, Auctore Dr. H. Grise-
bach; Natural History of the Sperm Whale, by T. Beale; Flora
Excursoria Hafniensis scripsit S. T. N. Drejer; Bee-Keeper’s
Manual, A Henry Taylor; A Botanical Chart for Schools, by
Elizabeth A . Warren; Flora Aberdonensis, by George Dickie;

lV CONTENTS.

Commentationes de Leguminosarum Generibus, Auctore G. Ben-
tham ...... cabled Vaasubes'sicnvdbcaaan oes cub abaatell hal pien Witae page 1156—123

Proceedings of the Botanical Society of Edinburgh ; Wernerian Society;
Zoological Society; Geological Society ...csesecesseeeeeeeeves 123—140

Notices of the occurrence of rare Birds; Instruments of Perforation in
the Cicada; Occurrence of Carex rupestris; Black variety of the
Common Hare; Meteorological Observations and Table ... 140—144

NUMBER XVI.
XV. On two British Species of Cydippe. By Evwarp Forsss, Esq.

bf ES ee ere ee ny itr ys et cobscdvovsnsentenenee 145
XVI. Descriptions of some new or rare Indian Plants. By G. A. W.

ApNwars, Haq. LasD. 2.0. s.cpsaapercnnsecsesy Ccavccosscscncssorccesescosssbvenads 150
XVII. Onthe Goniatites found in the Transition Formations of the

Rhine. By Dr. E. Beynica,,., (With Plates.) \}sii.cisssessececsoseeees 155
XVIII. On the Reproductive Organs of the Lichens. By G. Dicxiz,

Esq., A.L.S., Lecturer on Botany at Aberdeen .........ccccscscssscsesese 165
XIX. Ona Fossil ruminant Genus allied to Giraffide. By Capt. P.

Dy CAURURE ouccec ni ssepvonssns ssecasbunedeuctin ved phot vevspanveedsssuvanehunieeemae 167

XX. On the Digestive Organs of Infusoria. By M. F. Dusarpin... 170
XXI. Descriptions of British Chalcidites. By F. Waker, Esq,, “9

Be Taeee Peitwctstgee yiothecusn bute de clvecarvavks esp penance nk setieka semnhs Reaear an 177
XXII. On the effects of the Hurricane of Jan. 7, 1839, in Ireland,

on some Birds, Fishes, &c. By Witiiam THoMPsoN, Esq. .» Vice- ats

sident of the Belfast Natural History Society .......ssscscseeseesees sessece 182
XXIII. On aMeteoric Paper, composed of Conferve and Infusoria.
By Prot. Ehrenbers of Berlin. .225),.0icsectssseovensesee set nedwaterspaniioans 185

New Books :—The London Flora, by A. Irvine; the Little English
Flora, by G. W. Francis; Arboretum et Fruticetum Britannicum,
by J. C. Loudon; Enumeratio Plantarum quas in Nove Hollandiz
ora Austro-occidentali collegit C. L. Baro de Hiigel; the Edin-
burgh New Philosophical Journal ; Microscopic Illustrations, by

Dr. C. R. Goring and A. Pritchard ...... ieeiswadeeuschvacbSeeraue 185—192
Proceedings of the Linnzean Society; Zoological Society; Geological
Society eeeseeses Seeteescece SOTHO CSE EH TEE TES EEE HEHEHE EE THEE EEEEEEEEE ] 938—213

On the Nature of Polypidoms; Structure of Succulent Plants com-
pared with the Sigillarig; Meteorological Observations and Ta-
DG en sda eauer se rener=te Sunes dchrassacncssney as seueuehslunsereeeagne 214—216

NUMBER XVII.
XXIV. On the Generic Distribution of the British Wydromyzide.

By A. HH. Hatipay, ‘Hag.; PGB. cccssendesonescss suaeueasbs0abes esate 217
XXV. On the Ranunculus aquatilis of Smith. “By Cuarzes C. Ba-
prncron, M.A;; F4a5.; G82.8c0) veseseistessceks viweesteseastbawareerateemee 225

XXVI. On the Common Limpet, considered as an article of food in
the North of Ireland. By Rosertr Patterson, Esq., Treasurer of the
Belfast Museum «.....2.:5.beseneds aeoneeer aston bonap de ree sane babes eee eee 231
XXVII. On Remains of Fossil Mammifera in Brazil. By Dr. Lunn 235
XXVIII. Notices of a Botanical Excursion to the Mountains of

Ternova in Carniola. By Epwarp Forzes, Esq. .....csssssceseecseeeees 236
XXIX. On the Wild Cattle of England. By Sir Partie Grey
Eicrrwen, MLP.,(F.R.Ss, Bc, gecieace ds: fpewed ces tack eveuie tt eee eee 241

XXX. On three undescribed species of Cimex. By the Rev. fi
JENYNS, DLN. F.LS. (With a Plate.) scsscavecssceessees Soles adunease vas Ee

CONTENTS. Vv

XXXI. Florz Insularum Nove Zelandiz Precursor; or a Specimen
of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By Autan CuNNING-

SW EMA one dirindnnegaseasvenenauniedesaahetneannwaces aiaranapeiscaceuehays page 244
XXXII. Information respecting Botanical Travellers :—Mr. Gard-
ner’s Journeys in Brazil............ auuiduniaCewemndadunn-aw ss aaaudagueaeds eda 250

New Books:—Synopsis Florz Helvetice, auctore J. Gaudin; Flora
Cestrica, by W. Darlington ; Novitiarum Flore Suecicee M eee
E. Fries ; Icones Florze Germanice, by L. Reichenbach ... 255—257
British Coleoptera Delineated, by Mr. Schuckard ............000+ » 287

Proceedings of the Linnzan Society; Royal Irish Academy ; Botanical
Society of London; Dublin Natural History Society; Natura] Hi-
story Society for the West Riding of Yorkshire; Zoological So-
CREE Vo iueniest dncveepas Svewarennaccastens ssvswasse dbs aneesesnecessaats 257 — 282

Formation of Indigo in Polygonum tinctorium; on a new Species of
Cyrena from the Norfolk Crag; on a new Species of Polyporus ;
Vernation of the Cycadacee; Systematic Arrangement of the
Chrysidide ; Meteorological Observations and Table ...... 282—288

NUMBER XVIII.

XXXIII. Miscellanea Zoologica :—On the British Nereides. By
GeorceE Jounston, Esq., M.D. (With a Plate.) ........sscccccccesssece 289
XXXIV. On Pinus and Abies, with remarks on a new Species. By
eer eet WOON Ae Ne sensuinan’ ts sks vot wihskfinanadsudatesaepassesucdendacene ee 296
XXXV. On the Synonymy of Passandra, with Descriptions of new
Genera and Species. By Epwarp Newman, Esq., F.LAS. .....seeeeseeee 503
XXXVI. On the Morphology of the Ascidia of Plants. By Prof.
C. Morren, Member of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Brussels... 305
XXXVII. Florz Insularum Nove Zelandiz Precursor; or a Speci-
men of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By ALLan Cunninc~
SNS ap cese vote ean sh aka van nunpsqatonne cnanbiarsddnaceossspeddepennepscuserengss 314
XXXVIII. Ona Leather-like Substance formed of Conferve and
Infusoria. By Prof. Cu. Kersten of Freiberg, and Prof. Enrensere

REISE ain caienenuctincrcenosannskadnsanaeani stad ae aiganeeestwaateaee vee 320
XXXIX. Contributions towards a Flora of Van Diemen’s Land.
By the Rev. M. J. Berxerey, A.M., F.L.S. (Witha Plate.) ........ 322
XL. Information respecting Botanical Travellers :—Mr. Gardner’s
POEMS YS WH PILARED Soe 6050.5 o0<adacsvedcunasedeansenetaxas piawuee seaweons duseaaee 327
New Books :—De Pinubus Taurico-Caucasicis, auctore Steven; Pri-
mitiz Flor Sarnice, by Charles C. Babington .......-.00000. 336—341
Proceedings of the Zoological Society ; Tweedside Physical and Anti-
quarian Society; Botanical Society of Edinburgh ............ 242—356

On the Wild Cattle of Great Britain; on a new Species of Sepiola; on
the Nematoidea; Action of F rost on Plants; Birth of a Giraffe at
the Gardens of the Zoological Society; Meteorological Observa-
iG AUC ANC once snvocenensatecnaemiads-nssncs seavadsans secedecnna 356—360

NUMBER XIX.

XLI. The Fauna of Twizell. By P. J. Sexy, Esq., F.R.S.E., F.L.S.,
EES Besenunaite cvenaneeacsersnssdanens dacssviecenens den -uugeiveananses sn ades adorns aeds 361
XLII. Descriptions of Exotic Fungi in the collection of Sir WJ.
Hooker, from Memoirs and Notes of J. F. Klotzsch, with Additions
and Corrections. By the Rev. M. J. Berxexey, M.A., F.L.S. (With
dh, BAA Vi ota yatasbacccnessnabeseesyss'ckcuenevervsenntestvuepudecastes lenaa dan tee 375

vi CONTENTS.
XLIIT. Remarks on the Generic Distribution of the British /7ydro-
myzida@. By A. H. HA Lipay, Esq..cccssscseeccesesecsesscecesecensess page
XLIV. Further Remarks on the Morphology of the Ascidia of Plants.
By Prof. Cu. Morren, Member of the Royal Academy of Brussels ...
XLV. Descriptions of British Chalcidites. By Francis Waker,
Fisq., F.L.S. icsvccccccscccscccscecvscsvesscotcccoss ddenevesccaddegessdadsscuuen ;
XLVI. Ontwo South African Genera of the Natural Order Passi-
florea. By the Hon, W. H. Harvey, of the Cape of Good Hope. (With

401
411
415

Bwo Plates.) ... vssecedsivsoscscoosapsevoceves bedidencsseede bapene écecktedauss tie 20.420
XLVII. List of Fossil Mammifera from the Basin of the Rio das
Velhas, Brazil, with some of their distinguishing Characters. By Dr.
LUND secccccccccvcddcccccsccedauegecseesscsesons vo vcescccepsde nes wesscccecdescessas 422
XLVIII. Enumeration of Plants collected by Mr. Schomburgk in
British Guiana. By Georce Bentuaw, Esgq., F.L.S. .....eececee dis puccnay eae

=

NUMBER XX. SUPPLEMENT.

XLVIII. Enumeration of the Plants collected by Mr. Schomburgk
in British Guiana. By Georce Benruay, Esq., F.L.S. [Continued.] 435
XLIX. On the Metamorphoses of the Crustacea. By Capt. C.
DuCanz, R.N. (With a Plate.)
L. Remarks on the Fumariacee. By Grorce Dicxig, Esgq., A.L.S. 440

New Books :—A General Outline of the Animal Kingdom, by Prof.
Rymer Jones

Linnzan Society 445—161
On the structure of the Volvocine ; Development of the Leguminose ;
Structure of the scales of Fish and Reptiles; Lemna arrhiza; Dis-
covery of Mummies in Mexico; Olfactory Sense of the Antenne ;
Geographical Distribution of Palms ; Meteorological Observations
I LODIG, poset cauvcdacss somenee es Leber cee sks keabureaies geeaasuee 461—466

Proceedings of the Zoological Society ;

PLATES.

Goniatites.
British Cydippe.

Prates Ff. 11.
II.

lif.
{V.
Ne
Vi.
VII.
VIil.
IX.
X.
XI.

Vespertilio zdilis,

Casside.

New species of Cimex.
British Nereides.

Fungi and Alge.

Poly porus australis.

Acharia tragoides.
Ceratosicyos Echlonii.
Metamorphosis of Crustacea.

ERRATA,

Page 139, ane 31, omit the words (in conjunction with Prof, Muller).

— 142,

line 32, * omit Charles.
166, line 10, for Collema and Bacomyces as specimens; however, if read Collema

Beomyces ; as specimens, however, of z

166, line 3 from bottom , for thece read theca.
227, line 5 from bottorn, » for Lison read Linn.
350, line 18, after Australia add and the Islands of the Indian Archipelago,

MAR 25 1935

-ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

I.—On the Production of Vanilla in Europe. By Professor
Cuares Morren, of the University of Liége, Member of
the Royal Academy of Sciences of Brussels, &c.*

THE natural history of Vanilla cannot have too many facts
brought in aid of its illustration, because it is to be re-
marked that all the relations of travellers with regard to this
plant serve rather to perplex than to throw light upon the
subject. Having been fortunate enough to obtain two years
since, and at two different times, an abundant crop of this
interesting fruit, I believe I may assert that henceforth we
may produce in Europe vanilla of as good a quality (if not
better) as that which is exported from Mexico. This result
is owing to the progress that vegetable physiology has made
during these last few years, for, without an exact knowledge
of the organs and of their functions, the fruit of this plant
could never have been obtained ; on this account this new cul-
ture deserves particular attention. In the second place, the
experiments made at the Botanic Garden of Liége upon the
fecundation of the flowers of the Vanilla have revealed several
new facts in the physiology of the reproduction of plants.
And, as regards the distinction of species, my inquiries may
moreover serve to establish better diagnoses between the plants
of the genus Vanilla, at the same time that they tend to prove
that the latest works that treat of these species are far from
giving correct information respecting the origin of the vanillas
most in demand incommerce. Lastly, my experiments may
afford the most convincing proof, that in our own climate, but
in our hot-houses, the same circumstances of the ambient at-
mosphere as those which exist under a Mexican sky, produce
in the vanilla plant all the phenomena of a good and perfect
maturation of the fruit.

* Read before the British Association at Newcastle, and since commu-
nicated by the author to, and translated for this Journal.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 14. March 1839. B

2 Prof. Chas. Morren on the Cultivation of Vanilla.

8 I. Of the species of Vanilla Plant which produces the long
and fine pods of Commerce.

Were we to believe most authors, (and I may even go so
far as to say all) the Vanilla aromatica of Swartz, described
by Robert Brown in the ‘ Hortus Kewensis’ (vol. v.), would be
the only one which produces the vanilla of commerce. This
should have been the species introduced into Kurope in 1739
by Henry Philip Miller; but it appears that it is not at all to
be found at the present time in England, for I sought for it
in vain in the gardens of London and its environs. I did not
see it at Kew. It appears moreover that several species are con-
founded under this name, as M. Schiede has already pointed
out in his botanical observations made in Mexico (Linnza,
vol. iv. 1829, p.554—583), for, as he says, in Kunth’s ‘Synop-
sis, we find assembled under this name Mexican species and
others from Southern and Western America. The charac-
ter which has been assigned to it of having nerved leaves
( foliis nervosis) may possibly have arisen from bad culture,
for in this case the Vanilla planifolia also has nerved leaves;
or because dry leaves have been examined; for then again
the leaves of the Vanilla planifolia are no longer smooth, but
much wrinkled longitudinally, that is to say nerved. In short,
the assertion that the pods of the vanilla of commerce are
produced by the Vanilla aromatica rests upon no certain or
known fact, but in a great measure upon the belief which
existed that the Vanilla planifolia bore no odoriferous fruit, a
thing which my. own researches have proved to be completely
false.

It is singular that there is not a better agreement with re-
gard to the Vanilla planifolia, especially since the publications
of M. Schiede. This botanist thinks that two distinct spe-
cies are confounded under this name, both of which he found
in Mexico; the one, the Vanilla sativa, Schiede, the leaves
of which are oblong, succulent, the bracteze small, and the
fruit without grooves; and the other, the Vanilla sylvestris,
Schiede, the leaves of which are oblong-lanceolate, succulent,
the bracteze small, and the fruit with two grooves. It is
to be regretted that M. Schiede should have confined him-

Prof. Chas. Morren on the Cultivation of Vanilla. 3

self to these differential characters, so far from certain as to
leave much doubt in the observer’s mind, for he avows not
having seen the flowers of any one species of Vanalla, and it
is in the flower alone, and especially in the labellum, that
the true characters are to be sought. There are in the hot-
houses of Mr. Loddiges of London two kinds of Vanilla plant
referred to the Vanilla planifolia of Andrews, to which these
characters equally apply, and which are nevertheless very dif-
ferent, insomuch that the one has the leaves oblique and the
other regular. It is moreover very doubtful, whether in the
genus Vanilla all the fruits have not two grooves, which are
the traces of the lines of dehiscence or of the sutures. These
sutures also exist to the number of two upon the fruits
which I saw upon the Vanilla bicolor at Mr. Loddiges, and
which have recently been described by Professor Lindley.

From the form of the fruit of the Vanillas cultivated at
Liége, it seems to me that the Vanilla planifolia of Andrews
(Repository, vol. viii. pl.538.), figured in his plate 538, is really
the Vanilla sylvestris of Schiede ; but I am not very sure of it,
because the characters assigned to the Vanilla pompona of this
latter author, and especially that of the size of the fruit, agree
equally with the Vanilla of Liége ; so that here again the want
of all criterion drawn from the flower destroys any kind of
certainty which might be had upon this subject. What is very
certain is, that the Vanilla planifolia of the herbarium of Pro-
fessor Lindley, although marked with a note of interrogation(?)
is the very same plant drawn in flower by Mr. Francis Bauer in
Lindley’s ‘ Genera and Species of Orchideous Plants’; se-
condly, that this species is certainly the one which was figured
by Andrews; and thirdly, that it is this same plant which,
generally cultivated, on the continent, has produced at Liége
an abundant crop of odorous and delicious fruit.

Hence, it follows:

Ist. That the characters of the species of Vanilla named by
M. Schiede V. sativa, V. sylvestris, V. pompona, should be
submitted to afresh examination, and that no sure distinction
can be established except upon the flower, which has not yet
been observed.

2nd. Thatwhereas Andrews states that his Vanilla planifolia

B2

4 Prof. Chas. Morren on the Cultivation of Vanilla.

is that of Plumier described in the unpublished collection of
his drawings as having reddish fruit (/ructu corallino) and short
(dreviori), and as having white flowers, there is an error either
on the part of Plumier or of Andrews; for the fruits of the
species figured as the Vanilla planifolia are extremely long (2
decimetres), and its flower is not white but green.

3rd. That the Vanilla planifolia of Andrews bears fine and
good odoriferous fruit as long as the finest sort to be found in
commerce, and that consequently this species, already much
spread, may become very important, whether for cultivation
in our hot-houses or for introduction into the intertropical
colonies, two objects which merit as well the attention of pri-
vate individuals as the protection of governments.

§ Il. An Abstract of the History of the Vanilla planifolia

bearing large odoriferous fruits.

I have followed Robert Brown’s ‘ Vermischte botanische
Schriften’ (vol. ii. p. 48.) in attributing (in a notice respecting
the indigenous Vanilla plant lately published at Brussels in
the Bulletins of the Royal Academy of Sciences of Belgium,
tom. iv. No. 5.) the imtroduction of Vanilla planifolia to the
Honourable Charles Greville in 1800; but I have learnt here,
at Newcastle itself, that this isamistake. The useful Vanilla
plant was first introduced into Europe by the present Duke of
Marlborough, then Marquis of Blandford; but it is true that
this interesting species was at first cultivated in the Honour-
able Charles Greville’s choice collection of plants at Padding-
ton, near London, where it flowered for the first time, but
then no artificial fecundation having been performed no fruit
was produced. In 1807 Mr. Bauer figured a new flower of
this species from nature, together with one fruit ; but the co-
lour of the latter and its structure leave me some doubt whether
this drawing was not made from a specimen of commerce, and
there is nothing to authorize our believing that at this period
the art of producing fruits in the Orchidee was yet known.

The Vanilla planifolia was carried in 1812 from the gar-
dens of Mr. Greville into those of Belgium, and it was M.
Parmentier of Enghien who introduced the plant at Autwerp,
where it was confided to the care of Dr. Sommé, the director

Prof. Chas. Morren on the Cultivation of Vanilla. 5

of the Botanic Garden. The plant grew rapidly there, and
slips were sent to all the towns of Belgium and of France, but
they very rarely flowered ; once or twice in Flanders at the
seat of Madame la Vicomtesse Vilain XIV., and at Liége;
but fruit was never obtained, so that this culture was de-
spaired of. Nevertheless, in 1819, M. Sommé sent two plants
of Vanilla to M. Marchal, now Curator of the Bibliotheque
de Bourgogne at Brussels, that he might send them to the
Dutch colonies of Java, where it was said the plant might be-
come valuable by its produce.

The history of this migration of the Vanilla plant from
America to the East Indies is too interesting not to be made
known, because it brings to mind in every respect the episode
of the transportation of the plant of the coffee tree taken
from the hot-houses of Amsterdam, given to Louis XIV. and
father of the three plants, one of which was taken to the
French Antilles by Captain Declieux, who, in a scarcity of
water experienced by the ship’s crew, shared the small quan-
tity which he had to drink between himself and his dear coffee
plant. Indeed, only one of the Vanilla roots stood the passage
from Belgium to the Kast Indies ; but it was only by the great-
est care in preserving it from the rough treatment of the sailors,
from the changes of temperature, and from the salt water which
was thrown upon it. It would undoubtedly have perished if
M. Marchal had not made it his darling child. The plant so
happily saved was given to the Botanic Garden of Buitenzorg
at Java, and prospered there so well that it flowered; and it
is without doubt, that which was afterwards described by Dr.
Blume, who on account of its green flower named it Vanilla
viridiflora; so that this name should also be regarded as a
synonym of the specification, already so perplexed, of this
species.

The observations on the necessity of an artificial fecunda-
tion in the greater part of the orchideous plants not being
known at that time, the flowers of this Vanilia bore no fruit
in the East Indies, which I attribute to the absence of the
species of insect which nature has doubtless given to the cli-
mate of Mexico to effect in this latter region a fecundation,
which man alone, by a study of the organs, is able to perfect
in other countries.

6 Prof. Chas. Morren on the Cultivation of Vanilla.

It was in 1836 that by a peculiar horticultural treatment we
had at Liége upon one Vanilla plant fifty-four flowers, which
having been fecundated by me, produced the same number of
pods; and in 1837 a fresh crop of about a hundred pods was
obtained upon another plant by the same methods; so that
now there is not the least doubt of the complete success of
this new cultivation.

§ III. Short Digression on the Introduction of Vaniila into
domestic use.

From the works of the illustrious Alexander von Humboldt
we learn that the Mexicans were already in the habit of per-
fuming their chocolate when the Spaniards discovered this
part of America. It seems, however, by the accounts which
I have read of the first travellers in this region, that the Ame-
rican chocolate was a detestable beverage to which the Euro-
peans afterwards gave an exquisite flavour. Chocolate was
brought from Mexico into Europe in 1520, but it appears that
vanilla was brought to the continent as a perfume about the
year 1510, at the same time as indigo, cochineal, and cacao
itself, that is to say, ten years before the arrival of tobacco.
Nevertheless, as I have elsewhere said, ‘ Notice sur la Vanille,’
Bruxelles, in spite of its perfume, so sweet that Salisbury at a
later period called the plant Myrobroma, vanilla cannot have
acquired a very great popularity about that period; for Claude
d’Abbeville, whose singular ‘ History of the Mission of the
Capuchin Fathers in the Island of Maragnan and the neigh-
bouring lands,’ published in 1614, I have consulted, says no-
thing of this plant, although he devotes an especial chapter
to the history of the vegetables which are useful or curious,
as the pine apple, of fruit trees, as the palm tree, &c. Ata
much later period it engaged but very slightly the attention
of travellers, and I shall quote among others Father Gurailla,
who in his ‘ Natural, Civil, and Geographical History of the
Nations inhabiting the banks of the Orinoko,’ mentions the
vanilla (Bagnilla) merely as being a sarmentose plant always
green and twining itself around trees.

In 1703, vanilla was better known from the writings of
Charles Plumier. At that time its use was diffused over the

Prof. Chas. Morren on the Cultivation of Vanilla. 7

continent; and in 1773 Fusée Aublet described the prepara-
tions of this fruit, which subject M. Schiede resumed in 1829.
At the present time it is an important object of the commerce
of the Mexicans, as may be learnt from the works of M. von

Humboldt.

§ IV. Detailed Description of the Cultivation of the Vanilla.

I find that the Vanilla planifolia is as common in the gar-
dens of the British Islands as in those of the continent, but
the complaint there generally is that it very rarely flowers.
{ attribute this want of flowering to two causes; 1st, that al-
most everywhere the plants are too small, too young, and
that they are not allowed to grow freely in the most lofty
heated and humid houses; 2ndly, that a peculiar culture is
not bestowed on them. I shall try to make good these two
assertions.

The Vanilla plant in order to flower should be at least five
or six years old. The older and larger it is, and the more
branches it has, the better and more abundantly it will flower.
Nevertheless, the number of flowers is not in direct propor-
tion to the vigour of a plant; for I have two plants thirty feet
high, but perhaps about a hundred feet long, one of which is
much more feeble and sickly than the other, and the weakest
bears more flowers than the stronger one. The quantity of
flowers has more relation to the situation than any other cir-
cumstance; but in general old plants are necessary, and horti-
culturists are quite wrong in throwing away their old plants.

Secondly.—I have found by experience that the best me-
thod of cultivating the Vanilla is the following:

The situation should be shady; being behind and around
palm trees and Dracznas, &c. suits it, at the back part of the
hot-house, getting sun at intervals, although the sun is not
necessary for ripening the fruit. Shade, heat, and humidity
are three requisites for obtaining flowers.

The soil which I have found the best is simply coack or
burnt coal, without mixture of earth, and above white wood
poplar, or birch, crushed and reduced into small pieces; fre-
quent watering ; an iron column, a stem of Dracena, or any
other support will aid the climbing of the plant, which sends

8 Prof. Chas. Morren on the Cultivation of Vanilla.

forth numerous aérial roots without giving it the quality of a
parasite. In fact, Vanilla is not in the least a parasitical
plant.

The culture consists in twining the branches, cutting, and
burning them at their extremity with a hot iron: everything
that contributes to stop the sap serves to bring it into flower-
ing state. If a plant blossoms and its flowers are not fecun-
dated, it bears new flowers in the following year; but if it
has produced fruit, some years of rest are necessary before it
flowers again. The time of its flowering is from February to
April, and when it bears fruit they need exactly a year and a
day to ripen: this fact has constantly been confirmed at
Liége. As the fruit ripens, it falls, and maturation takes
place without the aid of the plant.

§ V. On the Structure of the Flowers of the Vanilla Plant.

The flower of Vanilla has this peculiarity—that the retina-
culum is highly developed, so that this organ forms a curtain
suspended before and above the stigmatic surface, thus sepa-
rating it completely from the anther, which in its turn in-
closes in two cavities, naturally shut, the pulverulent masses
of pollen. From this structure it results, that all approxima-
tion of the sexes in this orchideous plant is naturally impos-
sible. It is thus necessary either to raise the velamen or to
cut it when the plant is to be fecundated, and to place in
direct contact the pollen and the stigmatic surface. The fe-
cundation never fails, and we may be convinced of its success
by observing the flower some hours after the operation. If
impregnation has been effected, the petals and sepals reverse
inwardly, and the flower droops instead of remaining erect.
So soon as the following day the ovarium elongates.

I followed the development of the pollen tube through the
columnar tube and at the septa only to the ovules; but what
is remarkable is, that it requires three weeks before the pollen
tube seizes the nucleus of the ovule. The formation of this
Jatter part is easily studied in this species, and I have veri-
fied on this plant the profound researches of Robert Brown,
which are of the greatest accuracy.

The direct results of this memoir therefore go to prove that

M. E. Beyrich on Goniatites. te

in all the intertropical colonies vanilla might be cultivated
and a great abundance of fruit obtained by the process of ar-
tificial fecundation ; and secondly, that in all our hot-houses
this culture would succeed quite as well as that of the Ananas,
and would undoubtedly become more profitable. It is a sub-
ject which well deserves attention in a’commercial point of
view ; and is moreover a proof of the importance of science
for improving every branch of industry.

I1.—On the Goniatites found in the Transition Formations

of the Rhine. By M. Ernest Breyricu*.
f With Plates. }
WE are indebted to M. Leopold von Buch for the establish-
ment of a decided and precise separation between the Ammo-
nites and the Nautilit. He has pointed out what must be
considered an essentially different organization in the former
of these Cephalopods: in fact, the siphuncle does not penetrate
the transverse plates as in the Nautilus and other kindred ge-
nera, with the single function of fixing the animal strongly to
the shell, but is prolonged between the chambers and the
shell, as a much more important organ, and like'a solid liga-
ment surrounds the animal to the very extremity of the exte-
rior.

The Goniatites must be considered as one division of the
Ammonites; they are the representatives of the genus in the
oldest fossiliferous rocks of the transition formations and of
the carboniferous strata. The Goniatites are distinguished
from the Ammonites by the more simple divisions of the cham-
bers which are not denticulated like the leaves of a flower, and
have lobes followmg a law less simple and precise than that
which governs the formation of the more recent Ammonites.
In some species indeed the lobes are scarcely perceptible, and
they might be mistaken for Nawfili, if it were not for the
dorsal lobe, which necessarily accompanies the dorsal siphun-
cle. The greater part of the Gonzatites have but one lateral
lobe, which is sometimes greatly rounded, sometimes angulose
and infundibuliform, and sometimes linguiform. When there

* This memoir appeared as a pamphlet in 1837 at Berlin; the present
translation is from the French in the ‘ Annales des Scien. Nat.’ vol. x. p. 65.
1838, carefully corrected from the German original.

+ See Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 1st Series, t. xxix.

10 M. E. Beyrich on the Goniatites

are two or more lateral lobes, they are mostly linguiform, and
extend from the back quite to the suture, increasing and di-
minishing in a regular manner; or they present an irregular
form, without following any law.

The Goniatites are extensively distributed in the transition
formations ; they are found in very large quantities in the old
transition limestone of the Fichtelgebirge. Count Miinster
has described a great number of species of that locality*, and
they ascend and appear even in the superior beds of the
carboniferous measures, properly so called, where they are
found amidst the debris of a mighty vegetation, the sole and
last remains of the animal kingdom. In the limestone of the
Fichtelgebirge, they occur with Trilobites, Orthoceratites and
Clymenie: the Trilobites and Orthoceratites ascend as far as
the carboniferous measures; the Clymenie, on the contrary,
which differ from the Goniatites in the position of the si-
phuncle, and ought to be considered as true Nautili, have not
hitherto been found either in the carboniferous limestone or in
the recent transition formations, amongst which the schistose
rocks of the Rhine arrange themselves +.

The great number of Goniatites now discovered renders it
necessary to divide them into natural groups. M.von Buch,
who was acquainted with very few species compared to the
number at present known, divided them, first, into Goniatites
with lobes rounded, and Goniatites with angulose lobes; after-
wards in each of these sections, he separated those which have
a simple dorsal lobe, and those which have the dorsal lobe di-
vided. I think this mode of classification should be discarded,
because it appears to me that the character upon which the
secondary divisions are founded, that of a simple or divided
dorsal lobe, has a more immediate relation to the interior or-
ganization of the animal, and is consequently of much greater
importance, than the difference between rounded and angulose
lobes, which cannot be established with precision. We can
very plainly distinguish by the form and number of the lateral

* See Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 2nd Series, t. ii.

+ Since the publication of this pamphlet, an article appeared in the Cam-
bridge Phil. Trans. 1838, by Dr. T. Ansted, describing the genus Clymenia
which occurs in the slate rocks of Cornwall. ‘The name is there changed te
Endosiphonites, Clymenia being already appropriated.

of the Transition Formations of the Rhine. 11

lobes, four sections among the Goniatites with the simple
dorsal lobe, and two amongst those with the dorsal lobe di-
vided, that follow however a determinate law in their geo-
enostic distribution. To these six proposed sections, among
the Goniatites properly so called, might perhaps be added as
a seventh the Ceratites of the muschelkalk: they are un-
doubtedly more nearly allied to the Goniatites than on some
Ammonites of the more recent formations. The Goniatites and
Ceratites united, would stand opposed to the Ammonites, and
might like them be divided into several natural families.
Before I proceed to the individual description of the differ-
ent species, I consider it necessary to explain the determination
of the proportions of these fossils, characteristics mtroduced
for the first time into the science by M. von Buch, and of
which I have also availed myself in the description of the se-
veral species. The increase in diameter, the height of the
Spire, or more simply the height, expresses the proportion in
which the height of the mouth increases in the space of an
entire whorl. The height of the mouth is measured on two
succeeding whorls, and the lesser of these dimensions is put
down as a decimal fraction of the greater, which is taken for
unity. The height of the mouth may be estimated in two
ways: by taking the perpendicular dropped from the middle
of the back, either as far as the suture or as far as the middle
of the back of the preceding whorl. As the degree of involu-
tion in the outer circles is always the same as in the inner
circles, we ought by these two estimations to obtain the same
result for the increase in height. The increase in breadth, or
simply the breadth, expresses the proportion in which the
breadth of the mouth (that is to say, the dimension perpen-
dicular to the height) increases in the space of an entire whorl
—measure again here the breadth on two whorls which cover
each other, and set down the lesser number as a decimal frac-
tion of the greater. The increase in height and the increase
in breadth are very certain proportions for the different spe-
cies; taken together with the imvolution, these characters
completely determine the form of an Ammonite. The thick-
ness which expresses the proportion between the height and
the breadth of the mouth depends on the two first propor-
tions; it varies in each respect whenever the height (and

12 M. E. Beyrich on the Goniatites

that happens almost constantly) does not increase in the
same proportion as the breadth. For this reason I have en-
tirely neglected its determination ; moreover, for the distine-
tion of the several species, we must not attach to these nume-
rical proportions a greater degree of importance than they
really deserve. If, in general, questions concerning organic
bodies cannot be mathematically determined, we may with
still greater reason in the present instance disregard little
discrepancies; dealing as we are with fossils, the imperfect
preservation of which seldom permits a great degree of accu-
racy of admeasurement.

Section I. NavuTI.in1.

The dorsal lobe simple, infundibuliform or linguiform; there
is one single lateral lobe, smooth and rounded, which sometimes
disappears entirely.

1. Ammonites subnautilinus, Schlotth.

A. Neggerathi, Goldf. and Von Buch, Goniat. Pl. 1. fig. 6—11.

? A. evexus, L. von Buch, Goniat. p.33. Pl. I. fig. 3—5.

_ The dorsal lobe infundibuliform ; depth equal to two or
three times the breadth. ‘The lateral lobe is large, occupying
the whole extent of the side, it even descends nearly the whole
depth of the dorsal lobe, and returns towards the suture, with
a somewhat greater inclination, to the height of the dorsal
saddle*. The increase in height is 0°5 to 0°55; the increase
in breadth 0:68 to 0°72; there are 14 chambers in one com-
plete whorl. The number of whorls is 6 or 7: the inner
whorls are almost entirely enveloped, never more than one
fourth of them being perceptible.

M. von Buch has already observed, that the 4. Neggerathi,
Goldf., does not essentially differ from the 4. subnautilinus,
Schl. In these two Ammonites the lobes have a form alto-
gether similar ; the height and the breadth scarcely differ, and
the somewhat less complete involution of A. Neggerathi will
scarcely suffice to constitute avariety: still less can the more
discoid form of the latter be regarded as a distinctive charac-
ter. We must be very cautious in the appreciation of the ex-
terior form, and in the use of that characteristic for the di-

* The word saddle is used to denote those separations between the lobes

upon which the mantle of the animal is supposed to have rested. For fur-
ther explanation see Dr. Buckland’s Bridgewater Treatise, page 363, note.

of the Transition Formations of the Rhine. 13

stinction of species, where, as in this case, the height and
the breadth increase in entirely different ratios. A necessary
consequence of the more rapid increase in height than in
breadth is, that according to the law of geometrical progres-
sion, the thickness in the outer whorls diminishes very ra-
pidly also, and it follows that the ammonite in its growth
takes a form more and more discoid. In the A. subnautilinus
the difference between the increase of height and that of
breadth is already great enough to render this character very
evident. It appears to me that the fragment described by M.
von Buch, under the name of A. evexrus, ought to be restored
to the present species; it presents no character that per-
mits the establishment of a specific distinction between them.
In the A. subnautilinus, as in this, the transverse plates are
elevated in the middle, and their greatest depth found to be
on the edges near the lobes.

The A. subnautilinus is met with in the limestone of the
Kifel near Gerolstein, and in the state of pyrites in the clay
slate of Wissenbach (Thonschiefer). From these two localities
I have at present seen only casts. The pyritose fossils of
Wissenbach are almost always in the state of casts, and if any
striz are visible they must be considered as belonging to the
interior side of the shell, which was probably very thin.

2. Ammonites lateseptatus,n.s. Pl. I. figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.

The dorsal lobe infundibuliform; not much deeper than
broad. ‘There is no lateral lobe properly so called, that lobe
being only indicated, in the early period of its growth, by an
imperfect curve in the septa of the chambers. The increase
in height is 0°70, the increase in breadth 0°65. There are but
10 or 11 chambers in one whorl. The number of whorls is
7, only a third part of the interior whorls is visible.

This ammonite is found with the preceding, in the clay
slate of Wissenbach ; it is well characterized by its form and
by its lobes. As the height does not increase faster than the
breadth, but rather more slowly, the thickness of the ammo-
nite is not diminished in the exterior whorls, but is even some-
what increased. Figs. 1 and 2 of Pl. I. represent the finest
example that I possess ; there is very nearly a whorl and a half

14 M. E. Beyrich on the Goniatites

without a transverse plate. In order to see the lobes, one must
take off a part of the last whorl, as is shown in fig. 2. In
the outer whorls the breadth of the opening at the mouth
is considerably greater than the height ; consequently the side
is very narrow, and the dorsal saddle, which is large and
rounded, can scarcely be distinguished. The form of this am-
monite would be perfectly spherical, if the inner whorls were
not partly disengaged, and thus form a large and deep umbi-
licus. Upon the last whorl, destitute of transverse plates, the
side falls towards the interior in an obtuse angle, presenting
a well-defined ridge: this ridge is wholly wanting in the in-
terior whorls. The increase in breadth being more rapid than
the increase in height occasions the thickness in the inner
whorls to be a little less than that of the outer ones. The
back is also smaller in consequence, and the side more flat and
more distinctly separated from the back. For this reason
also the lateral lobe in the inner whorls is indicated on the
side by an imperfect curve of the transverse plate, whilst in
the outer whorls the dorsal lobe widens, and extends over the
back in such a manner that it has properly speaking no exist-
ence, except as a large and rounded dorsal saddle.

In fig. 3, Pl. I. the lobes are represented as they begin to
appear at first, in the specimen shown in figs. 1, 2, with a
whorl and half destitute of transverse plates; in fig. 4 are the
lobes of another specimen, of which only the three innermost
whorls are preserved. The shell of this ammonite was striated,
as may be distinctly seen upon the cast: the striz are in-
flected behind, upon the back, according to the ordinary law
for Goniatites, forming a very deep curve. I have chosen the
name lateseptatus on account of the considerable distance of
the transverse plates from each other, which is so great that
there are only 10 or 11 of them in one whorl, whilst in general
14 seems the lowest limit for the number of transverse plates
of the Goniatites.

3. Ammonites Dannenbergi,n.s. Pl. I. fig. 5. a, b.
The dorsal lobe infundibuliform, the depth twice as great
as the breadth; the lateral lobe sinks a little deeper than the
dorsal lobe ; it entirely occupies the side and ascends towards

of the Transition Formations of the Rhine. 15

the suture, but not quite to the height of the dorsal saddle.
The increase in height is 0°28; the increase in breadth 0°5.
There are 18 chambers in one whorl. The interior whorls
are not at all enveloped, but entirely free. The only specimen
that I am acquainted with is in the beautiful collection of M.
Dannenberg at Dillenburg; the figure is taken from a model
in plaster. It is a fragment of which only two whorls are
preserved; it wants the interior whorls and the outer un-
chambered part. The form is completely discoid, from. its
more rapid increase in height than in breadth. This am-
monite is thus distinguished from the A. expansus, which has
the whorls entirely enveloped. In the latter the height in-
creases still more rapidly, yet has less disproportion with the
increase in breadth. If we suppose that in this ammonite,
according to the ordinary law, there is a whorl and a half with-
out chambers, it will be found from the proportion of the
increase in height, that the diameter of the entire shell would
be nearly a foot. The thickness ought in this species to
diminish very rapidly, since the breadth of the mouth in-
creases much more gradually than the height. The dimension
is, at the commencement of the first of the two whorls pre-
served, 0°7 ; at the commencement of the second, 1; and at
the termination of the second, 1°5. The greatest thick-
ness is at the middle of the side; it decreases however, but
gently, till approaching the suture and the back. Upon the
outer of the two whorls the back is completely rounded,
and passes gradually to the side. Upon the inner whorl
it becomes flat, and at the commencement of the second whorl
it forms almost a right angle with the sides. Probably there
was upon the shell, between the back and the two sides, two
sharp edges, the impression of which may be seen upon the
cast. These edges limit the inflected curve behind, which is
formed by the striz of the shell and the back: they gradually
disappear upon the outer whorls. We shall see in many of
the following species this difference in the manner in which
the back is united to the sides, in the exterior and interior
whorls. The lobes of A. Dannenbergi are not essentially
different from those of A. subnautilinus. 'The dorsal saddle
is always somewhat narrower and higher ; the lateral lobe, on

16 M. E. Beyrich on the Goniatites

the contrary, is a little deeper: the last rises evidently to
form a lateral saddle. It does not ascend, as in A. subnau-
tilinus, quite to the suture, and is not cut off in an abrupt
manner, but inflected considerably upon the side. (See M.
von Buch, fig. 3 and 9. pl. I.) This difference is because in
A. subnautilinus each saddle that unites the lateral lobe with
the flat ventral lobe, which exists in that ammonite, is com-
pressed beneath the suture, in consequence of the decided
envelopment of the interior whorls.

4. Ammonites compressus. PI. I. fig. 6 a, b.

Spirula compressa, Goldf. Dechen Geogn. p. 536.

Gyroceratites gracilis, H. v. Meyer. Act. Nat. Cur. 1831. XV. II.
pe 52.

Bronn. Leth. geogn. p. 102. pl. I. fig. 6.

The dorsal lobe very small, infundibuliform, two or three
times as deep as broad. The lateral lobe is almost en-
tirely wanting, or at most only indicated by a very imperfect
curve on the transverse plates of the chambers. The increase
in height is 0°3, the increase in breadth 0°5. There are 15
chambers in a whorl; the number of whorls is from 4 to 5.
This ammonite has not any part enveloped; the innermost
whorls are entirely free.

It is not an unfrequent fossil in the clay slate of Wissen-
bach (Thonschiefer), nevertheless the specimens are seldom
well preserved : they often want the innermost whorl, and fre-
quently the exterior portion or that destitute of chambers. This
must have been the reason why Goldfuss called it a Spirula,
and H. von Meyer made it a distinct genus, under the name
Gyroceratites. The lobe distinctly exists, though certainly
small, and proves it to be really a Goniatite. The whorls are
by no means separated one from another, as in the Spirula,
but in contact with each other, although but slightly. The
greatest thickness 1s in the middle of the side, which gradually
diminishes, both towards the back and towards the suture, in
such a manner that the section of the mouth is an ellipsis.
One consequence of this is, that in the casts where the shell
is wanting there is really a little interval between the whorls ;
that space appears still larger if the particles of schist between
these whorls have not been taken off with sufficient care.

of the Transition Formations of the Rhine. 17

The drawing given by Bronn in the ‘ Lethzea geognostica’ has
certainly not been taken from nature, but probably from the
description of H. von Meyer. The Gyroceratite of the latter is
certainly only referrible to this fossil. Bronn gives as a syn-
onym a Lituites gracilis, Goldf. Collect.; certainly there is
in the Museum at Bonn a fossil designated as Lituites, but it
is another fossil: it presents no chambers, and I think is a
cast of Euoimphalus, perhaps Eu. levis, Goldf.

With regard to the increase in height and in breadth, the
A. compressus is very near the A. Dannendergi; it is princi-
pally distinguished from this by the simple lobes, and it never
attains the size of the latter. There are neither ventral nor late-
ral lobes in this species ; this Ammonite has in common with
A. lateseptatus the simplicity of lobes. In the specimen
figured PI. I. fig. 6. there is a portion of the part without
chambers preserved. It may be very distinctly seen, by the
striae upon the shell, that it was very thin.

The species described here, to which A. expansus, von Buch
is nearly allied, form a group among the Goniatites, limited
ina very natural manner. Except the dorsal lobe, which can
always be very distinctly seen, there is nothing very particular
to be said about the lobes. There is only a very slight in-
flexion of the transverse plates, that in every individual occu-
pies the entire side quite to the suture. We cannot arrange
here with certainty any of the Goniatites of the old transition
limestone of the Fichtelgebirge described by Count Minster ;
A. latus and A. angustiseptatus can only be added to this sec-
tion as doubtful species.

Section II. Simpxicss.
The dorsal lobe simple, infundibuliform or linguiform.
There is a lateral lobe more or less angulose, and a broad late-
ral saddle occupying the greatest part of the side.

5. Ammonites retrorsus, Von Buch. PI. I. fig. 10. a, 3, e.
L. de Buch Goniat. p. 49. Pl. II. fig. 13.

The dorsal lobe small, infundibuliform, almost as broad as
deep. The lateral lobe is rounded beneath, more than twice
as deep as the dorsal lobe, and a little broader than deep. The
lateral saddle, broad and rounded, is also raised to the dorsal

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No.14. March 1839. Cc

18 M. E. Beyrich on the Goniatites

saddle, occupies half the side, and is gently hollowed in ap-
proaching the suture. The increase in height is 0°45, the in-
crease in breadth 0°65 ; this Ammonite is altogether enve-
loped without an umbilicus. It is found with the Goniatites
of the limestone of Oberscheld near Dillenburg, and in the
Martenberg mine in the territory of Waldeck. The specimens
that I possess of the first locality are at the most one inch, and
otherwise altogether resemble those of Waldeck. This Am-
monite has nothing but the enveloped form in common with
A. Munsteri, which M. von Buch believed to be allied to A.
retrorsus ; on the contrary, it agrees so closely in the form and
lobeswith A. stmplex,von Buch, that perhaps they ought not to
be separated as distinct species. For the increase in height
M. von Buch gives for 4. retrorsus only 0°32, and for A. sim-
plex 0'4; in all cases the height in both increases more rapidly
than the breadth, so much so that the thickness in the outer
whorls diminishes very fast, and the larger the Ammonite is
the more discoid is its form. In A. simplex, as M. Buch has
described and figured it, the dorsal lobe is considerably larger
and the lateral lobe smaller, and of the same depth as the dorsal
lobe. That is the only distinction between this Ammonite and
A.retrorsus. The name of retrorsus is given from the very
delicate strize seen on the shell. On the lateral surface the
terminations of the folds form a very smooth curve, inflected
behind: they ascend again afterwards towards the back, and
form above a narrow and deep sinus, the concavity of which
is directed towards the front. The breadth and depth of the
dorsal sinus appear to correspond to the breadth of the back
in the different species. The smaller the back the deeper and
more contracted is the sinus: in A. /ateseptatus and A. Listeri
it is very large and flat.

The A. retrorsus is the only species in this section that up
to the present time has been found in the schistose rocks of the
Rhine. A. simplex, which is nearly allied to it, and which is
said to be found at Rammelsberg near Goslar, comes perhaps
from the limestone of Grund, the fossils of which have a near
affinity to those of the transition limestone of the Eifel. To
these two Ammonites the A. ovatus, Minster, is intimately
allied. The description gives us no important difference either

of the Transition Formations of the Rhine. 19

in the form or in the lobes. The principal part of this sec-
tion is composed of numerous species of the transition lime-
stone of the Fichtelgebirge, discovered by Count Miinster,
A. nodulosus, A. sublevis, A. globosus, A. sublinearis, A. l-
nearis, A. divisus and A. hybridus. We may add as forming a
third subdivision, A. sulcatus and A. subsulcatus, Minster,
which distinguish themselves by their lateral linguiformed
lobe, and are somewhat related to the following section: they
have nevertheless the lateral saddle broad and rounded, which
occupies the greater part of the side.

Section III]. AL QuALEs.

The dorsal lobe simple, linguiform or infundibuliform.
There are two or more lateral lobes, that become successively
greater or smaller in approaching the suture.

6. Ammonites Becheri, Goldf. Pl. I. fig. 7, 8.

L. de Buch Goniat. p. 39. Pl. Il. fig. 2.

The dorsal lobe infundibuliform; on the side which is
slightly vaulted are found four linguiform lateral lobes, which
become smaller and smaller in approaching the suture.
The first of these is twice as deep as the dorsal lobe; the
fourth is but two-thirds the depth of the first, after it comes
a considerable ventral saddle that is twice as broad as the third
lateral saddle. The increase in height is 0°4, the increase in
breadth 0°65. There are seven whorls; almost two-thirds of
the inner ones are enveloped. This Ammonite occurs in
the red limestone, amongst the Goniatites of Beilstein, near
Oberscheld ; it is also found in the hematitic iron of the mine
of Rinzenberg. It appears to come very near A. Henslowi,
Sow., but this has only three lateral linguiformed lobes. As
it augments much more quickly in height than in breadth, its
form is discoid, and the thickness rapidly diminishes. Its
contour presents an elliptical appearance, as always happens
when the height increases much faster than the breadth. The
shell is rarely well preserved ; itis thick and plaited: between
the folds are found regular spaces, with numerous finer
folds. The greatest thickness is near the suture; the side
slightly vaulted falls gently towards the back ; the latter forms

c2

20 Dr. W. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants.

with the sides two ridges, entirely immersed, between which
are found the folds of the dorsal sinus.

Besides A. Becheri and A. Henslowi, I place in this section
A. Miinsteri, yon Buch, A. orbicularis, Minster, and also A.
planus, Minst., which are all three found in the transition lime-
stone of the Fichtelgebirge, and are characterized by the lateral
lobes becoming larger and larger as they approach the suture.
This distinction establishes in the section two very natural
subdivisions.

[To be continued. |

I1I.—Descriptions of some New or rare Indian Plants. By
G. A. W. Arnorrt, Esq., LL.D.

Scuizostiema, Arn. (Rubiaceae).

Calycis tubus globosus, limbus 5-partitus, laciniis lanceolatis. Co-
rolla infundibuliformis, intus pubescens, extus hirsuta, ad medium
usque 5-fida, laciniis lineari-lanceolatis patulis. Anthere 5, lineares,
obtuse, ad faucem sessiles. Ovariwm coherens, multiloculare, lo-
culis multiovulatis. Stylus filiformis, stamina longe superans. Stigma
multi- (4—7) fidum, segmentis linearibus patulis. Fructus indehi-
scens, baccatus, globosus, costatus, hirsutus, laciniis calycinis folia-
ceis patentibus coronatus, pluri-(4—7) locularis, loculis polyspermis.

Herba decumbens vel subrepens, hirsuta. Caules simplices, 4—8
poll. longi. Folia, 1;—2 poll. longa, opposita, longiuscule petiolata,
oblongo-lanceolata, integerrima, supra viridia, parcius pilosa, subtus
pallida. Stipulz interpetiolares, late ovate, acute, membranacee.
Flores, 8—9 lin. longi, axillares, solitarit, alterni, subsessiles, basi
bracteis duabus stipulis subsimilibus stipati.

1. S. hirsutum, Arn.

Hab. in insula Ceylon.

This genus may be placed near Sabicea.

ACRANTHERA, Arn. (Rubiacee.)

Calycis tubus oblongo-turbinatus, limbus 5-fidus, laciniis linearibus.
Corolla tubulosa, intus glabra, extus hirsutissima, ultra medium
5-fida, laciniis erectis, spathulatis, retusis, zestivatione valvata plicata.
Stamina 5, erecta, basi corolle inserta, ea dimidio breviora ac ejus
laciniis alterna: filamenta filiformia subpapillosa: anthere innate,
oblongo-lineares, connectivo apice in mucronem longiusculum ultra

Dr. W. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants. 21

loculos producto. Ovarium coherens, pseudo-biloculare, dissepi-
mentis duobus oppositis vix ad medium attingentibus, placentam
bilamellatam divaricatam ferentibus: ovula innumera. Stylus fili-
formis, discum bulbiformem perforans: stigma clavatum, muriculatum.
Fructus hirsutus, lineari-oblongus, compressiusculus, limbo calycis
erecto coronatus, membranaceus, indehiscens, intus subpulposus,
pseudo-bilocularis. Semina innumera, minuta, globosa, papillosa,
placente lamellis nidulantia. Albumen corneum.

Herba humilis (8—8 poll. alta), hirsuta, simplex, habitu quodammodo
Cyrtandraceo. Folia opposita, 4—6 poll. longa, petiolata, oblongo-
obovata, obtusa, basi attenuata, membranacea, integerrima, supra vi-
rvidia, glabriosa, subtus pallida; supremum par ceteris sepius multo
minus : pili rigidi, acutissimi, forsan urentes. Stipule interpetiolares,
indivise, triangulares, ovate, acute. Pedunculi ex azillis supremis
orti, breves, flores fustigiatos breviter pedicellatos ferentes. Corolla
cerulea ac baccu matura pollicem longa, hec duas lineas lata.

1. A. Ceylanica, Arn. Wight, Cat. n. 2472.
Hab. in insuia Ceylon, legerunt Walker et Wight, Martio 1836.

This approaches most to Mussenda, but ditters by several
characters and by the whole aspect. The internal structure
of the fruit is not unlike that of some Cyrtandracee.

Nevurocatyx, Hook. (Rudiacee.)

Calycis tubus breve turbinatus, 10-sulcatus, hmbus 5-partitus, la-
ciniis oblongis vel ovatis, acutis, patentibus, petaloides (albis), ve-
nosis, persistentibus, ovario multo majoribus ; estivatio valvata, py-
ramidata. Corolla calyce brevior, rotata, stellatim 5-partita, tubo
brevissimo, laciniis anguste lanceolatis. Anthere magne, oblonge,
ad basin corolle subsessiles, erectee, marginibus in tubum subconi-
cum coalitz, connectivo dorso in ligulam brevem obtusam ultra lo-
culos paullo producto. Ovarium adherens, disco operculari puberulo
coronatum, biloculare, placenta in quoque loculo ad dissepimentum
medium peltata, carnosa, magna, multiovulata. Sty/us filiformis,
discum perforans. Stigma simpliciusculum vel obscure bilobum.
Fructus subgloboso-turbinatus, 5-gonus, calycinis laciniis coronatus,
membranaceus, indehiscens, bilocularis, polyspermus. Semina mi-
nuta.

Herbe simplices. Caules breves, versus apicem foliosi. Folia ap-
proximata attamen opposita, cuneuto-lanceolata, longe petiolata, inie-
gerrima, penninervia, subtus pallidiora, nervis venisque ac petiolis ful-

22 Dr. W. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants.

vis et plus minusve pubescentibus. Stipule interpetiolares bifida. Ra-
cemi simplices, avillares, folio breviores, pedunculati, bracteatt. Flores
pedicellati : pedicellus basi unibracteolatus.

1. N. Wightii (Arn.) ; stipularum segmentis ovatis, integris, apice
subulato cuspidatis, bracteis vel integris vel basi utrinque laci-
nulis setacea unica auctis. Wight, Cat. n. 2473.

Hab. ad Courtallum, Wight.

Caulis 3—12 poll. altus, inferne nudus, ferrugineo-pubescens.
Racemi cernui, folio 2—3-plo breviores : pedicellus calyce duplo bre-
vior. Calycis laciniz ovate, corolla paullo tantum longiores: ova-
rium 10-costatum, 10-sulcatum, at fructus 5-angulatus, faciebus pla-
niusculis.

2. N. ceylanicus (Hook.); stipularum segmentis lanceolatis atte-
nuatis latere exteriore pinnatisectis, bracteis pedunculi palmati-
sectis, laciniis sub 5 lateralibus tenuioribus.

Hab. in insula Ceylon, ad ‘‘ Adam’s Peak,” Walker.

Caulis subnullus. Racemi folio tantum paullo breviores: pedi-

cellus calycem subequans. Calycis laciniz oblonge, corollam duplo
superantes: ovarium et fructus omnino ut in antecedente.

That this genus is allied to Argostemma*, Wall., will not I
presume be disputed ; indeed, trusting to the generic charac-
ter alone which is given of that genus, it might be doubted if
the two were truly distinct. In Argostemma, however, the
calyx segments are green, and considerably shorter than the

* The following is a new species of Argostemma, the only one yet disco-
vered in the Peninsula of India, found at Couriallum, in 1835, by Dr.
Wight.

A. courtallense (Arn.) ; caule basi repente, supra terram erecto, simplici
pubescente, foliis utrinque glabris, verticillatis terminalibus vel quaternis,
duobus oppositis aut tribus late ovatis subeequalibus czetera oblonga multo
superantibus, nunc quinto inferiore, vel rarius ternis subzequalibus, stipulis
obsoletis, umbella pedunculata 2—6-flora foliis majoribus breviore, pedicellis
calycibusque pubescentibus, floribus 4-meris, filamentis declinatis, antheris
discretis, versus apicem rima duplici dehiscentibus. Wight, Cat. n. 2474.

Corolla alba, basi annulo viridi 4-fido lobis emarginatis notata, calycis seg-
menta ovata acuta duplo superans: laciniz ovate, acute. Ab hoc differt
affine 4. sarmentosum, Wall., foliis haud verticillatis at tantum approximatis,
cujusque pari valde inzequalibus, subtus ad nervos villosis, corolla calycem
5-plo superante ac laciniis lanceolatis : convenit autem stipularum defectu,
floribus tetrameris, calyce pubescente, corolla basi viridi annulata, staminibus
declinatis, antheris liberis.

DeCandolle, in his generic character, describes the anthers as cohering at
the apex, which dees not seem to be the case in any of the species noticed
by Dr. Wallich, who constituted the genus.

Dr. W. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants. 23

corolla; here they are white and veined, and during estivation
quite inclose the corolla: in Argostemma the peduncles are
either single-flowered, or bear an umbel or corymb; here the
flowers form a loose simple raceme. In none of the specimens
which I have examined, (and in some the seeds appeared per-
fectly ripe) did the fruit present the least appearance of dehi-
Scence ; as, however, the structure of the ovarium and disk is
very similar to that of Argostemma, it is not improbable that,
as described in that genus, the fruit may open in a radiating
manner at the apex, which renders it doubtful whether it
ought to be considered capsular, as DeCandolle, or baccata,
as Dr. Wallich views it.

Since the above characters were drawn up, Sir W. J. Hooker
has described this genus and figured one of the species in his
valuable ‘ Icones Plantarum’ : he, however, has mentioned, but
with doubt, the fruit as a 5-celled capsule, and in the plate
traces of five dissepiments are represented. As this is the
principal point of difference between his observations and mine,
I have re-examined both flower and fruit of N. Wighti, and.
an ovarium of N. ceylanicus, but I cannot perceive more than
the two cells which I have noticed.

In the same part of the ‘ Icones’ two Ceylonese species of
Eleocarpus are figured ; of these E. pubescens (tab. 155.) is
an excellent representation of my £. subvillosus, and E. coria-
ceus (tab. 154.) of my E. obovatus, published in the‘ Nov. Act.
Acad. C. L. Nat. Cur,’ xviii. p.322. Allied to Eleocarpus 1
possess a new genus, also from Ceylon, of which the petals
are exactly as in E/eocarpus, the filaments long as in Grewia,
or rather Tilia, the anthers short and considerably different
from those of either; the leaves, with nearly the structure of
some species of Capparis, are opposite and quite entire; the
calyx has a valvular estivation, and when in bud is globose
and inclosed within two rounded concave bracteole ; it may
be Eleocarpus integrifolius of Moon’s ‘ Catalogue of Ceylon
Plants. I have seen neither fruit nor seed.

[To be continued. ]

24 Mr. 'T. C. Eyton on the Fauna of Shropshire.

IV.—An attempt to ascertain the Fauna of Shropshire and
North Wales, By T. C. Eyron, Esq., F.L.S.

{Continued from vol. ii. p. 56.]

IV. Reptilia.

Lacerta agilis, Linn. (Sand Lizard.) ‘Two British specimens of
this beautiful species are in my collection, one captured by myself
in the garden of the Inn at Capel Cerrig, the other on the borders of
the Weald Moors.

Zootoca vivipara, Wagl. (Viviparous Lizard.) Common.

Anguis fragilis, Linn. (Blind Worm.) Common in many local-
ities in North Wales, particularly on the hills in the neighbourhood
of Barmouth.

Natriz torquata, Ray. (Common Snake.) Common.

Vipera communis, Leach. (Viper.) Found in many localities,
though not very common, amongst which may be named Rudge
Heath and Knocker Heath in Shropshire, and on the sea-shore in
the neighbourhood of Barmouth.

Rana temporaria, Linn. (Frog.) Common.

Rana esculenta, Linn. (Edible Frog.) Found on the Weald
Moors in Shropshire. During the war, some French emigrants who
were at Wellington were highly delighted in finding the true sort in
this locality.

Bufo vulgaris, Flem. (Toad.) Common.

Triton palustris, Flem. (Warty Eft.) Common in pits in the
neighbourhood of Eyton. Is this species distinct from the following ?

Triton punctatus, Bonap. (Common Eft.) Common both in Wales
and Shropshire. A variety is found on the Holyhead mountain in
spring, under stones, which differs in being of a much lighter colour,
and in having two dark stripes on each side of the dorsal line; the
belly is deep orange with much fewer spots than usual; the total
length three inches : the numbering of the vertebra however is the
same as in the common species.

V. Pisces.

Perca fluviatilis, Linn. (Perch.) A common fish both in the
rivers and pools throughout Shropshire, but I know of no lake in
North Wales in which it is indigenous; the deformed variety found
in the Thames I have repeatedly taken in the Shrewsbury canal.
This deformity is by no means peculiar to perch; I have in my col-
lection the back bone of a tench and also that of a roach exhibiting it.
It is I suspect produced by the ungenial nature of the water produ-

Mr. T. C. Eyton on the Fauna of Shropshire. 25

cing weakness while young, as I never found one in this state of
larger size.

Labrax Lupus, Cuv. et Val. (Basse.) Common at Barmouth,
North Wales, where it is caught in the mouth of the river by trail-
ing a piece of herring or other fish fixed on a hook after a sailing
boat in a brisk wind.

Serranus Cabrilla, Cuv. et Val. (The smooth Serranus.) I have
seen several specimens of this fish taken by lines in a small rocky
bay between Rhoscolyn and Holyhead ; it is of a beautiful glossy
colour when taken out of the water.

Crenilabrus rupestris, Selby. (Jago’s Gold Sinny.) A single spe-
cimen of this rare British fish is in my possession, obtained on the
coast of North Wales, near Aberystwith, two years ago, having been
thrown upon the sand by a storm; it agrees precisely with Mr.
Selby’s description in the ‘ Magazine of Zoology and Botany,’ vol. i.

Acerina vulgaris, Cuy. et Val. (Ruffe.) Common in the rivers
and canals of Shropshire; but I have never seen any Welsh speci-
mens.

Trachinus Draco, Linn. (Great Weaver.) Occasionally found on
the Welsh coast.

Trachinus Vipera, Cuv. et Val. (Lesser Weaver.) Common on
the sandy portions of the coast, and the horror of all bare-footed
shrimp-catchers.

Mullus Surmuletus, Linn. (Striped Red Mullet.) I once saw an
enormous shoal of this species in the harbour at Holyhead ; numbers
were taken in nets.

Trigla Gurnardus, Linn. (Grey Gurnard.) Common.

Cottus Gobio, Linn. (Bullhead.) Common in the brooks and
rivers of Shropshire, but never, that I am aware, observed in North
Wales.

Cottus Bubalis, Euph. (Father-lasher.) Common.

Gasterosteus leiurus, Cuv. et Val. (Smooth-tailed Stickle-back.)
The only species of this genus I have obtained in this neighbourhood,
and I have no doubt of it being distinct: at first, however, I sus-
pected this was not the case, having observed a single rudimentary
scale posterior to the true ones; but although I have confined them
by hundreds in small pools and jars with different kinds of water, no
change has been produced further than increase of size,

Pagellus centrodontus. (Sea Bream.) Common near Holyhead.

Scomber Scomber, Linn. (Mackerel.) Common.

- Zeus Faber, Linn. (Dory.) I have never obtained but one spe-
cimen on the Welsh coast, and it is certainly not by any means com-

26 Mr. T. C. Eyton on the Fauna of Shropshire.

mon, as all the fishermen at Holyhead where it was taken agreed in
never having seen a fish of the sort there before.

Mugil Capito, Cuv. (Grey Mullet.) Occasionally met with.

Blennius Montagui, Flem. (Montagu? Blenny.) Once captured
in the creek dividing Holyhead Island from Anglesea.

Blennius Gattorugine, Don. (Gattoruginous Blenny.) I never
took but one specimen of this fish in Wales, it was at Holyhead.
Although its form leaves no doubt as to the identity of the species,
some slight differences from the descriptions of colour exist. In my
specimen there are five black or dusky bands transversely across the
body and back fin ; the first arises at the anterior origin of the fin,
and is continued to the gill covers: the base of the pectoral fins is
also dusky.

Blennius Pholis, Linn. (Shanny.) In recent specimens of this fish
there is an appendage composed of a few branching hairs arising on
each side at the upper extremity of the cavity anterior to the eyes: in
dried specimens these appendages are not seen.

Murenoides guttata, Lacep. (Spotted Gunnel.) Holyhead: not
common.

Zoarces viviparus, Cuv. (Viviparous Blenny.) Holyhead and
Barmouth : common.

Gobius niger, Linn. (Black Goby.) My specimens were obtained
from Holyhead, under sea-weed in puddles, below high water mark ;
the black band in all is more distinct than represented in Mr. Yar-
rell’s cut, and the scales are not so distinct.

Gobius bipunctatus, Yarr. (Double-spotted Goby.) Obtained at
Holyhead, but not commonly.

Lophius piscatorius, Linn. (Angler.) Occasionally taken in her-
ring nets off Holyhead. I have a specimen 3 feet 6 in. long, from
which was taken nine herrings, and a leopard shark 18 inches long.

Cyprinus Carpio, Linn. (Carp.) Common.

Cyprinus Gibelio, Bloch. (Carucian Carp.) Found in a pit near
Cotwall, Shropshire, into which it was introduced from Warwickshire.

Gobio fluviatilis, Will. (Gudgeon.) Commion throughout Salop,
but, as far as I have been able to ascertain, not indigenous in North
Wales.

Tinca vulgaris, Cuv. (Tench.) Common.

Abramis Brama, Cuv. (Bream.) Found in Fennymere and other
lakes in Salop.

Leuciscus Rutilus,Cuv. (Roach.) Common.

Leuciscus vulgaris, Cuv. (Dace.) Common in rivers: neither this
nor the preceding species is found indigenous in North Wales.

Mr. T. C. Eyton on the Fauna of Shropshire. 27

Leuciscus Cephalus, Flem. (Chub.) Common in the rivers of
Shropshire, but not that I am aware of ever found in North Wales.

Leuciscus Erythrophthalmus, Cuv. (Red-eye Chub.) Found, but
not so commonly as the roach and dace, in Salop.

Leuciscus Alburnus, Cuv. (Bleak.) Not uncommon in the Severn
near Shrewsbury. My specimens were obtained in the spring from
small brooks running into that river, in company with minnows and
small gudgeons.

Leuciscus Phoxinus, Cuv. (Minnow.) Common: I have a spe-
cimen from the North Forest wanting the nasal projection.

Cobitis barbatula, Linn. (Loach.) Common in Shropshire, but
not observed in North Wales.

Esox Lucius, Linn. (Pike.) In Shropshire common, but not in-
digenous in North Wales.

Salmo Salar, Linn. (Salmon.) Ascends most of the rivers of
North Wales and the Severn to spawn.

Salmo Trutta, Linn. (Salmon Trout and Sewen.) Found in the
Islwyth and Conway.

Salmo Salmulus, Will. (Samlet.) Found in the Severn and in
most of the rivers of North Wales.

Salmo Fario, Linn. (Common Trout.) Common: several va-
rieties are found in the Welsh lakes, which at first sight might be
taken for species ; but upon a minute examination and dissection, I
am convinced to the contrary ; three different varieties are found in
Dyner alone.

Salmo Salvelinus, Don. (Welsh Char.) Found in the following
lakes of Wales, Corsygeddol, Llanberris, Llyn Quellyn near Snowdon,
and Edna, a lake on the hills between Capel Cerrig and Bedgellert.

Osmerus Eperlanus, Flem. (Smelt.) Found in the Conway and
Dee.

Thymallus vulgaris, Will. (Grayling.) Found in Severn, Team,
and Clan in Shropshire. I am not aware of its occurrence in North
Wales.

Salmo Lavaretus, Penn. (Groymad.) Found in abundance in
Rala Pool.

Scopelus Humboldti, Cuv. (Argentine.) Pennant mentions a spe-
cimen taken near Downing.

Clupea Harengus, Linn. (Herring.) Taken in abundance on the
Welsh coast.

Clupea alba, Yarrell. (White Bait.) The only locality I know
of for this fish in the district, is in the Murdoch, a river running into
the sea at Barmouth.

28 Mr. T. C. Eyton on the Fauna of Shropshire.

Alosa communis, Cuv. (Allis Shad.) In the Severn during
summer.

Engraulis Encrasicholus, Flem. (Anchovy.) Pennant mentions
having obtained this fish near Downing.

Morrhua vulgaris, Linn. (Cod.) Caught on many parts of the
coast of North Wales.

Morrhua Aiglefinus, Cuy. (Haddock.) Caught occasionally on
most parts of the coast.

Merlangus Pollachius, Cuv. (Pollach.) Common.

Platessa vulgaris, Flem. (Plaice.) Common.

Platessa Flesus, Cuv. (Flounder.) Common in the Severn.

Platessa Limanda, Cuv. (Dab.) Holyhead: common.

Rhombus maximus, Cuv. (‘Turbot.) Holyhead and on the Caer-
narvonshire coast.

Rhombus vulgaris. (Brill.) Common.

Rhombus megastoma, Cuv. (Whitf.) Once captured at Holyhead.

Solea vulgaris, Mer. (Sole.) Common.

Cyclopterus lumpus, Linn. (Lump-sucker.) Occasionally taken
at Holyhead. I have specimens in my coliection not more than
three quarters of an inch long.

Liparis vulgaris, Cuv. (Unctuous Sucker.) Common.

Liparis Montagui, Cuv. (Montagu’s Sucker.) Holyhead: not
common.

Anguilla acutirostris, Yarr. (Sharp-nosed Eel.) Found in the
Severn, and in pools near Eyton.

Anguilla latirostris, Yarr. (Broad-nosed Eel.) Frequents the
muddy drains on the Weald Moors rather than running water, and
grows to a much larger size than the preceding.

Anguilla mediorostris, Yarr. (Snig.) Also found occasionally in
the neighbourhood of Eyton.

Conger vulgaris, Cuv. (Conger.) Common in the neighbourhood
of Holyhead.

Leptocephalus Morrisii, Penn. (Anglesea Morris.) ‘Three or
four specimens have at different times been taken on the Welsh coast.

Ammodytes Tobianus, Cuv. (Sand Eel.) Common.

Ammodytes Lancea, Cuv. (Sand Launce.) Also found occasionally
on the Welsh coast in company with the preceding, but not nearly
so commonly.

Syngnathus Typhle, Linn. (Deep-nosed Pipe-fish.) Once taken
at Holyhead.

Syngnathus Ophidion, Bloch. (Snake Pipe-fish.) Several times
captured near Holyhead.

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 29

Syngnathus lumbriciformis, Jenyns. (Worm Pipe-fish.) Holyhead :
common.

Acipenser Sturio, Linn. (Sturgeon.) One of these fish was taken
in 1799 in the Severn above Shrewsbury. The specimen is now in
the Museum of the Shropshire and North Wales Natural History
Society.

Scyllium Canicula, Cuv. (Spotted Dog-fish.) Common on the
Welsh coast.

Lamna Monensis, Cuy. (Beaumaris Shark.) Has been twice taken
in the Menai Straits.

Selache maximus, Cuv. (Basking Shark.) Occurs but rarely on
the Welsh coast.

Raia Batis, Linn. (Skate.) On the Welsh coast, but not common.

Raia clavata, Will. (Thornback.) Common.

Petromyzon marinus, Linn. (Lamprey.) Found in the Severn
and Dee.

Petromyzon fluviatilis, Linn. (Lampern.) Also found in the Severn
and Dee; in the former, though in great abundance, near Worcester :
it is rare at Shrewsbury.

Ammocetes branchialis, Cuv. (Land Pride.) Common in the
brooks of Salop.

V.—Flore Insularum Nove Zelandie Precursor; or a Spe-
cimen of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By
ALLAN CUNNINGHAM, Esq.

{Continued from vol. ii. p. 214. ]

HALORAGEA, R. Br.
1. Cercopia, Murray, Lamarck.

Calycis tubus ovario adnatus, limbus 4-partitus. Petala 4. Stam. 8.
Stigmata 4, sessilia. Fructus nucamentaceus, indehiscens, tetraqueter,
4-alatus, 4-locularis, 4-spermus.

526. C. erecta, foliis (oppositis) petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis grosse den-
tatis, 2—3 uncialibus ; floribus in axillis superioribus sessilibus aggregato-
verticillatis, DC. Prodr. iii. p.67. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 324.—
Haloragis alata. Jacg. Ic. 1. ¢. 69.

Ti or Toa-Toa, incol. D’ Urville,

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Open fern-
grounds, Bay of Islands.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

527. C. alternifolia, foliis alternis petiolatis ovato-lanceolatis acutis grosse
serratis scabriusculis (uncialibus), floribus axillaribus pedicellatis solitariis
vel in verticillis 2—3, versus extremitates ramulorum, ramulis angulatis
asperis.

30 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Among fern, on the shores of the Bay
of Islands.—1833, R. Cunningham.

528. C. incana, cano-villosa, foliis oppositis brevi-petiolatis oblongo-ovatis
ovatisve coriaceis serratis, floribus axillaribus solitariis vel terminalibus race-
mosis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Dry exposed rocky hills. Wangaroa.
—1826, A. Cunningham.

Gontocarpus, Koenig.

Calycis tubus ovario ovato adherens, limbus 4-partitus. Petala 4, lobis
calycis alterna. Stamina 8. Stigmata 4. Fructus nucamentaceus
indehiscens, 8-angulatus, 8-nervius, 4-locularis, 4-spermus. Semina in
loculis pendula.

529. G. tetragynus, foliis ovatis serratis acutis subscabris, junioribus pe-
talis ramulisque pilosis, spicis elongatis, floribus sessilibus erectis. DC.
Prodr. iii. p.66.—G. tetragyna. Labill. Nov. Holl. i. p.39. t. 58.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Among fern, on hills around the Bay
of Islands.—1833, R. Cunningham.

Obs. Caulis spithameus et triplo altior, suberectus obtuse tetragonus ut
ramula. Flores ex axillis foliorum seu bractearum alternarum, solitarii.
Petala 4, pilis caducis exasperata. Staminum filamenta octo brevia, anther
oblonge tetragonz biloculares. Germen inferum subglobosum. Stigmata
penicilliformia.

530. G. citriodorus ; repens, foliis ovato-rotundatis cordatis acutis crenu-
latis, petalis ramulisque glabris, spicis abbreviatis, floribus tetrandris pen-
dulis.

Piri-piri ab incolis vulgo nominatur.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In bogs, on the banks of the Keri
Keri river, Bay of Islands.—1834, Rich. Cunningham.

531. G. depressus, repens, foliis elliptico-ovatis acutis crenatis, ramulisque
scabriusculis, spicis elongatis laxis, floribus subsessilibus patulis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Low boggy ground at Wangaroa.—
1826, A. Cunningham.

Myriornytium, Vaill., Linn.

532. M. propinguum, foliis quaternum verticillatis pinnatipartitis, lobis
linearibus oppositis, inferioribus quandoque linearibus integris vel dentatis,
floribus axillaribus solitariis geminisve.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Bogs at the Mission Station on the
Keri Keri river, as also on the Hokianga river.—1834, 2. Cunningham.

Obs. Herba facie Myriophylli verticillati, L. Omnino cum M.elatinoidi,
Gaud. (Ann. Sc. Nat. v. p. 105) characteribus congruit nostra planta ; flori-
bus axillaribus dioicis, masculis octandris, sed fortasse diversa.

ONAGRARIA, Juss.
1. Fucus1a, Plum., L.
* Flores petaliferi.
533. F. excorticata, ramis levibus demum excorticatis, foliis alternis pe-
tiolatis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis denticulatis subtus dealbatis glabris, pe-

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 31

dicellis axillaribus flore subbrevioribus, lobis calycis lanceolatis tubo longi-
oribus trinerviis, petala ovata duplo superantibus. DC. Prodr. iii. p.39.
Bot. Reg. t.857.—Skinnera excorticata. Forst. Gen. t.29. A. Rich. Fl.
Nov. Zel. p. 331.

Kohutu-hutu vulgo ab incolis dicitur.

The berries of this fine plant, which emit a delicious perfume, and
are produced in great abundance during the summer months in New
Zealand, contain a large portion of sugar, and on that account are
eaten with avidity, both by the natives and the birds of those islands.
How Forster could have so misunderstood the fruit of this shrub as
to have described it as a capsule, and in consequence erected it into
a genus distinct from Fuchsia, to which all subsequent botanists
(saving M. Ach. Richard, who retains Forster’s genus) have referred
it, is dificult to understand.

** Flores apetali.

534. F. procumbens (R.C. Mss.), caule procumbente adscendente, ramis
gracilibus glabris, foliis sparsis alternis longe petiolatis lato-ellipticis subro-
tundisve obtusis basi subinde cordatis remote denticulatis ciliatis, paginis
glabris, pedicellis solitariis axillaribus (in ramulis lateralibus) flore ter bre-
vioribus, perianthio infundibuliformi, lobis lanceolatis reflexis tubo breviori-
bus, stylo elongato filiformi stamina exserta superante, stigmate dilatato lo-
bato, pilis patentibus tenuiter instructo!

Totera indigenis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Around the village of Matauri on the
east coast opposite the Cavallos Isles, inhabiting the sands immediately
above the range of the tide, where it was found in flower in March.—
1834, R. Cunningham.

Fruticulus decumbens, virgatus. Rami patentes, graciles, glabri, teretes,
juniores foliati. olia subuncialia venosa, basi cordiformia, minute denti-
culata, utrinque glabra. Pedzoli unciales, complanato-filiformes, glabrius-
culi supra canaliculati. ores axillares, solitarii, erecti. Perianthium tu-
bulosum, aurantio-luteum, limbus 4-partitus reflexus, laciniis aqualibus
lanceolatis acutis viridibus, apicibus purpureo-luridis. Stamina octo, fila-
menta fauci inserta. Anthere ovate, biloculares, peltate. Ovarium 4-lo-
culare, loculis pluriovulatis, ovulis obovatis erectis. Stylus complanatus,
staminibus longior. Stigma clavatum, lobatum. Bacca—?

2. Epriosium, L.

535. E. nummularifolium (R. C. Mss.) foliis oppositis (lineam unam lon-
gis) subrotundis carnosis petiolatis integris subcrenulatisve glabris subtus
glaucis, floribus pedicellatis axillaribus solitariis, fructibus pedunculatis albo-
pubentibus, caule repente—E. pendulum. Sol. Mss. in Bibl. Banks.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Shores of the
Keri Keri river, and in dry as well as in boggy grounds.—1834, Rich. Cun-
ningham.

536. E. pedunculare, repens, radicans, parum_pubescens, foliis oppositis

32 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

subrotundis (2 lineas longis) membranaceis petiolatis denticulatis, floribus
axillaribus solitariis, pedunculis elongatis, fructibus glabris.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Near the lake situated between Wai-
maté Mission House and the great forest of Hokianga.—1834, Rich. Cun-
ningham.

537. E. microphyllum, caulibus erectis gracilibus levibus, foliis inferioribus
oppositis (vix unam lineam longis) ovalibus obtusis carnosis brevi-petiolatis
integerrimis utrinque glabris aveniis, floribus solitariis axillaribus pedicellatis,
fructibus brevi-pedunculatis, marginibus tantum albo-pubentibus. 4. Rich.
Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 325. t. 36. f. 2.

Popa vulgo incole nunecupant. D’Urville.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Dry and sandy places near Astrolabe
Harbour.—1827, D’ Urville.

538. E. rotundifolium, caule erectiusculo cinereo-pubescente, foliis oppo-
sitis (semiuncialibus) petiolatis subrotundis lato-ellipticisve obtusis denticu-
latis glabriusculis, petiolis ramulisque cinereis, floribus solitariis axillaribus
pedunculatis, pedunculis incanis folio longioribus, fructibus tenuissime pu-
bentibus. Forst. Prodr.n. 161. DC. Prodr. iii. p.48. A. Rich. Fl. Nov.
Zel, p. 326.—E. flaccidum. Sol. Ms. non Brot,

New Zealand (Northern Island)—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Alluvial shores
of the Kana-Kana river.—1826, 4. Cunningham. (Middle Island). Queen
Charlotte’s Sound.—1773, G. Forster.

539. E. thymifolium (RC. Ms.) ; caulibus ascendentibus cinereo-scabrius-
culis, foliis oppositis (2 lin. longis) ovato-oblongis obtusis crassiusculis undu-
latis integerrimis vel paucidenticulatis scabris, floribus solitariis geminisve
axillaribus, pedunculis capsulisque albo-pubentibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Among fern in dry exposed situations
at the Waimaté Mission Station.—1833, R. Cunningham.

540. £. alsinoides, caulibus adscendentibus divaricatis glabriusculis, foliis
oppositis alternisve ovatis obtusis membranaceis integerrimis seu paucidenti-
culatis glabris, floribus solitariis axillaribus pedicellatis, pedunculis elongatis
capsulisque tenuiter incano-pubescentibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Between the Waimaté and Keri-Keri
Mission Stations, Bay of Islands.—1833, R. Cunningham.

541. E. nerterioides, glabrum, caule repente radicante, foliis oppositis
ellipticis (2 lin. longis) obtusis petiolatis subintegerrimis margine revolutis,
utrinque capsulisque lzvibus, floribus solitariis axillaribus pedicellatis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Bogs, near the Kana-Kanariver, Bay
of Islands.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

542. E. atriplicifolium, glabriusculum, caule basi suffruticoso erecto, foliis
oppositis (sup. alternis) ovato-lanceolatis rhomboideisve crassiusculis remote
dentatis, floribus solitariis axillaribus breve pedicellatis, pedunculis fructife-
ris capsula levi subquater brevioribus, ramulis tenuissime cano-pubentibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Damp woods, near the great falls of the
Keri Keri river, Bay of Islands.—1833, R. Cunningham.

543. E. pubens, pubigerum, caule erecto, foliis inferioribus oppositis ova-
libus ovali-oblongisve venosis obtusis petiolatis serratis, floribus axillaribus

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 33

solitariis, pedunculis fructiferis capsula ter brevioribus. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov
Zel. p. 329. t. 36. f. 1.

Kata-pourogut nomen vernaculum. D’Urville.

Caulis repens, ramis erectis vix pedalibus. ores parvuli, albi, breviter
pedunculati.

544. E. cinereum, pubenti-cinereum, foliis suboppositis lineari-lanceolatis
subspathulatis apice mucronulatis margine parum et distanter dentatis, flo-
ribus axillaribus solitariis, pedunculis fructiferis capsula multoties brevi-
.oribus. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.320.

Pou-nao-ucko, indigenis, D’Urville.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shady situations on the skirts of woods,
Wangaroa, &c.—1833, &. Cunningham. Bay of Islands.—1827, D’Urville.

Caulis erectus, 2-pedalis. lores rubelli.

545. E. incanum, erectum cano-villosum, foliis lineari-oblongis apice api-
culo obtuso, margine pauci- remoteque dentatis, floribus axillaribus solitariis,
pedunculis capsuliferis, fructu parum brevioribus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Margins of woods, near the falls of the
Waitangy river, Bay of Islands.—1834, R. Cunningham.

Obs. Species precedenti valde affinis, sed forsan characteribus datis
distincta, omnino villosior.

546. E. hirtigerum, strictum, dense laxeque pilosum, foliis (uncialibus)
alternis sessilibus confertis angusto-lanceolatis acutiusculis supra convexis
integerrimis aut raro denticulatis modice erectis subappresisve, floribus ax-
illaribus solitariis brevissime pedicellatis, capsula pedunculo fructifero mul-
toties longiore.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Skirts of forests round Wangaroa
Harbour.—1833, R. Cunningham.

Caulis erectus, bipedalis, confertim foliosus. ores purpurei seu lilacini.
Capsula (2-pollicaris) obtuse tetragona, villosa, villis lanuginosis.

547. E. virgatum, erectum, gracile foliis (inferioribus) oppositis linearibus
(subuncialibus) acutis paucidentatis modice erectis, ramulisque tenuiter vir-
gatis incanis, floribus axillaribus solitariis, pedunculis fructiferis capsulam
subeequantibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In woods near the falls of the Keri-Keri
river, at the head of the Kana-Kana river, &c., Bay of Islands.—18384, R.
Cunningham.

548. E. glabellum, ramiserectis glabriusculis, foliis (inferioribus) oppositis
oblongo-lanceolatis lanceolatisve obtusiusculis brevi-petiolatis distanter ser-
ratis, nervis margineque ciliatis, floribus axillaribus solitariis, capsula pe-
dunculo fructifero plus triplo longiore. Forst. Prodr.n. 160. A. Rich. Fl.
Nov. Zel. p. 328.

Mati couragui, indig. D’ Urville.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Country be-
tween the Waitangy and the Keri-Keri rivers, Bay of Islands.—1834, RL.
Cunningham. (Middle Island.)—1773, G. Forster.

Caulis prostratus repens, ramis erectis pedalibus et ultra. Folia pollicem

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 14. Marci 1839. D

34 Mr. Thompson on an apparently undescribed

et ultra longa. Flores rubelli, pedunculati, pedunculo brevi tomentoso. Cap-
sula 2-pollicaris, obsolete quadrigona, przesertim ad suturas pubescens.

549. E. confertum, strictum, adpresso curtoque canum, foliis (uncialibus)
oblongo-lanceolatis argute serratis ad axillas confertis, floribus axillaribus
solitariis, pedunculis fructiferis capsula duplo brevioribus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Among grass on river banks, Wanga-
roa.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

Caulis erectus, pedalis. Rami rubelli, pilis albis adpressis brevissimis
conspersi. Jolia lanceolata, angusta, remote serrata vel subsinuata, fasci-
culata. Flores secus apices ramorum axillares. Capsula linearis bipolli-
caris, obtuse tetragona.

550. E. pallidiflorum, (Sol. Ms.) erectum, glabriusculum, foliis oppo-
sitis breviter petiolatis longo-lanceolatis acuminatis serrulatis venosis, flori-
bus ad summitatem ramulorum axillaribus, ramulisque albo-patentibus, cap-
sula pedunculo fructifero ter longiore.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Swampy grounds, Opuraga (Mercury
Bay, lat. 363°. S.)—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. In low wet situations, Wangaroa.
—1826, A. Cunningham.

Caulis erectus, tripedalis et ultra; ramis teretibus strictis virgatis fuscis
tenuissime pubentibus. ores albi, majores quam in alteris speciebus, laci-
niis calycinis ovatis acutis corolla brevioribus.

551. E. gunceum (Sol. Ms.) caule tereti fistuloso, superne incano-pube-
seente, foliis sessilibus lanceolatis acutis denticulatis glabriusculis, calycibus
acuminatis corollam superantibus. Spreng. Syst. Veg. ii. p. 233. Forst.
Prodr.n.516.—E., denticulatum, Ruiz et Pavon. Fl. Peruv. iii. p. 78. t. 314.
sec. Spreng.

552. E. haloragifolium, caule erecto, foliis (semiuncialibus) superioribus
alternis subsessilibus patentibus ovato-lanceolatis obtusis remote dentatis
glabris, floribus ad summa ramulorum solitariis, pedunculis fructiferis cap-
sula pubigera triplo quadruplove brevioribus, ramulis pubescentibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shady places among fern on the Wai-
caddy river, Bay of Islands.—1833, &. Cunningham.

Obs. Valde affine £. atriplicifolio, sed differt foliis ovato-lanceolatis, et
capsula matura pubente.

[To be continued. |

Vi.—On an apparently undescribed Species of Lepadogaster ;
and on the Gobrus minutus of Muller, and Cyclopterus
minutus of Pallas ? considered as the young of Cycl. lampus,
Linn. By Wn. Tuompson, Esq., Vice-President of the
Natural History Society of Belfast *.

LEPADOGASTER CEPHALUS, mihi. Connemara Sucker.
In the collection of Robert Ball, Esq., of Dublin, there is an

* Read before this Society December 5, 1838, and illustrated by the speci-
mens alluded to.

Species of Lepadogaster. 35

apparently undescribed species of Lepadogaster which was
taken in Roundstone Bay, Connemara, on the western coast of
Ireland. From the two British species already known, L. bima-
culatus and L. Cornubiensis, this fish is very different. It can-
not be that alluded to in his paper on the Fishes of Cornwall by
Mr. Couch, (Linn. Trans. v. xiv. p. 88.) as allied to the latter,
nor can it be mistaken by any ichthyologist for the L. Cornu-
biensis, which has been described so differently by authors as
to have led Mr. Jenyns to remark in reference to it that
“possibly we may have two species in our seas, which have
been hitherto confounded.” ‘ Man. Brit. Vert. An.’ p. 470. A
critical comparison shows that the fish under consideration
agrees not with any of the eleven or twelve ? (see p. 274) spe-
cies described by Risso as inhabiting the Mediterranean *,
‘Hist. Nat. ?Eur. Mer.’ t. 3. p. 271—of these, the L. bici-
hiatus is considered by Mr. Yarrell to be the same as the
L. Cornubiensis. Although in the depressed form of the head,
this fish resembles more the minute species L. bimaculatus
than the L. Cornubiensis, yet its equalling the latter in size,
and having with it the dorsal and anal fins occupying a con-
siderable portion of its length, renders it only necessary to
be compared with this species. In general form it differs
much from L. Cornubiensis + ; though narrower in the snout
it is of greater breadth across the posterior part of the head ;
it is-also much more depressed in the anterior half, and nar-
rows suddenly behind the ventral disk, being to the tail com-
pressed and tapering—in L. Cornubiensis the body slopes gra-
dually from the head posteriorly.

* This genus is either limited in geographical distribution, or there is
much yet to be learned respecting it. In the general work of Bloch there
is not a single species included; in the ‘ Prodromus Ichthyologie Scandi-
navice’ of Nilsson, published in 1832, there are none, and in the ‘ Fauna
Boreali- Americana’ it is remarked that none of the genus has yet been de-
tected in America.

Since this article was sent forward for publication I have seen Mr.
Lowe’s ‘ Synopsis of the Fishes of Madeira,’ just published in the ‘ Transac-
tions of the Zoological Society of London’ (vol. i. part 3). Here I find a
species of Lepadogaster described, but with much doubt, as the L. Candollii
of Risso.—The few characters of the Madeira fish given by Mr. Lowe ac-
cord with those of Z. eephalus ; but without a more detailed description of it,
any opinion as to the identity of the species must be premature.

+ The comparison is drawn up between the L. cephalus and an individual
of L. Cornubiensis of similar size.

D2

36 Mr. Thompson on an apparently undescribed

Desc. Length, 2} inches; skin smooth; fin rays in num-
ber, D. 15; A. 10; P. 25 and 4; C. 15 (conspicuous, or 20 in
all,)= Br. 5. Head very broad posteriorly, thence to the snout
(which is truncated and 1} line across*) sub-conical, occu-
pying rather more than 4 of the entire length ; from this part
to a little beyond the portion of the body above the termina-
tion of the ventral disk likewise sub-conical; thence to the
tail rather compressed and tapering: in advance of each eye
and on a line with its upper margin an extremely minute cir-
rus, hardly visible without a lens: eyes large, lateral, the
space between them twice their diameter, distant from snout
1} of their diameters, occupying + the length of head: gape
wide, the lower jaw rather the shorter; teeth pointed and
very numerous in both jaws, the outer ones of the upper jaw
the largest: gill opening small: pectoral fins placed just be-
hind it, and “ extending downwards to the lower surface of
the body, where the rays [4 in number] become suddenly
stronger, and the membrane doubling forwards passes on to
unite with that of the opposite fin under the throat ; the mem-
branes of the pectorals thus united inclose a disk, and form
a [slight] hemispherical cavity * * * * * [but smaller and of
a different structure from that of L. Cornubiensis| formed by
the united ventrals :” dorsal fin originating behind the middle
of the entire length, and continued to near the caudal fin,
with which it is unconnected; anal fin commencing nearer
the caudal, from which it is separate; last ray of dorsal and
anal fins when laid close to the body reaching to the base of
the outer rays of caudal fin, their posterior rays about equal
in length to the depth of the body at their base; caudal fin
occupying about 4 of the entire length, central rays longest ;
rays of all the fins articulated but not branched ; vent situated
midway between the posterior part of ventral disk and the
extremity of caudal fin: a short anal tubercle as in the genus
Gobius—this the L. Cornubiensis and L. bimaculatus also pos-
Sess.

Colour (in spirits)—entire upper surface, sides of head and
body, of an uniform dull flesh colour, (having been probably

* 2% lines in the specimen of Z. Cornubtensts.

Species of Lepadogaster. 37

crimson when recent,) pectoral fins and under surface of a
paler hue; dorsal, anal, and caudal fins pale carmine at the
base, changing gradually to deep carmine at the extremi-
ties.

Spec. Cuar. A single very minute cirrus before each eye;
dorsal and anal fins unconnected with the caudal; ventral
disk small.

When noticing the Lepadogaster Cornubiensis as an Irish
species before the Zoological Society of London in June 1835,
(Proceedings Z. S., p. 81.) I called attention to the very great
discrepancy in the number of fin-rays in the specimen then
exhibited, compared with that attributed to the species by the
British authors who had to that period described it ; stating
at the same time that I could not but consider the Irish spe-
cimen the L. Cornubiensis. The individuals who furnished
the descriptions to the works of Mr. Jenyns and Mr. Yarrell
since published have accorded with mine, and the view taken
by these authors respecting the synonyma is similar.

Dr. Fleming in describing the L. Cornudiensis (Brit. Anim.
p- 189.) remarks, that it “ differs from the L. Gouani and L.
Balbis of Risso ;” and adds, “ the former of these, figured by
Gouan, Ich. p. 177. gen. xxxiv. t. 1. f. 6, 7, differs in the spots
behind the eyes being crescent-shaped, and the dorsal fin
having a greater number of rays.” Here there is some con-
fusion—what is stated in reference to the spots in Gouan’s
figure is correct, but not so the number of fin-rays, as in the
figure of the upper side of the fish 11 rays—the number Dr.
Fleming attributes to the L. Cornubiensis—are represented in
the dorsal fin; in the engraving of the under side 10 rays
only appear in this same fin; in the anal fin likewise one ray
less is given in the view of the under side than in that of
the upper (9): it thus seems as if the precise number of rays
was not intended to be represented. Besides the form of the
markings behind the eyes being different in Gouan’s figure
from those of the LZ. Cornubiensis as mentioned in the extract
above quoted, the separation of the dorsal and anal from the
caudal fin (supposing the engraving to be correct) at once
shows his to be distinct from this species. Risso, referring
to Gouan’s figure as an illustration of the Lepadogaster that

38 Mr. Thompson on Gob. minutus and Cycl. minutus

he has named ZL. Gouani, gives 16 as the number of rays in
the dorsal fin*.

Gobius minutus, Mull., Cyclopterus minutus, Pall.?+ and
Cycl. lumpus, Linn.

When dredging in Strangford Lough, county of Down, on
the 2nd of July last,and whilst engaged in capturing specimens
of Couchia minor (see Annals for February) on the surface of
the sea, the dredge ¢ brought to light two individuals of the
Gobius minutus of the ‘ Zoologia Danica.’ In classification
these belong to the genus Cyclopterus as now restricted, and
in the ¢ Prodromus Ichthyologiz Scandinavice’ of Nilsson
(p. 61.) are brought under this genus, the specific name of
minutus being retained.

Desc. These specimens are each half an inch long—the
greatest length attributed to the species in Zool. Dan. is
2 inches—and when viewed from above, like the young of
C. lumpus, are much of a tadpole form, or about one half of the
entire length somewhat globose, thence to the caudal fin much
compressed: first dorsal fin lobiform as in that species, second
dorsal originating just behind it, and extending to near the
caudal fin: anal commencing at some little distance from the
vent, and ending on the same plane with the second dorsal—
the number of rays in the above fins could not be accurately
estimated : pectorals about 16 rays, large, “ uniting under the
throat and inclosing the disk of the ventrals” as in C. lumpus;
disk likewise similar (as it also is to that of Liparis Montagui)
with five lines diverging from the central one; caudal fin
square at the end, rays from 8 to 10: vent at about the mid-
dle of the entire length: no spines anywhere visible.

Colour (when recent)—one individual has the body of a very

* Hist. Nat. Eur. Merid. t. 3. p. 271. There is a typographical error
here; Gouan, i. 67. being quoted instead of [t.] i. [fig.] 6 and 7.

+ These have not been recorded with certainty as British, either as va-
rieties or genuine species. I have not had authentic specimens of either fish
to examine, but judge from descriptions and figures.

t They were taken in a sheltered bay in which the water was about 25
fathoms in depth; but although brought up in the dredge, they might have
been captured anywhere between the bottom and the surface of the water—
the warmth and calmness of the day was such that it might have attracted
them hither.

considered as the young of Cycl. lumpus. 39

pale dull yellow, and under the lens appears closely studded
with extremely minute black points ; besides these it exhibits
at intervals all over the body conspicuous round spots of a
reddish rust-colour ; a blue line extends from each eye to the
extremity of the mouth just beneath; first dorsal fin dusky
or blackish, other fins pale-coloured ; a blackish band across
the tail, at the base of the caudal fin.

Of the second specimen the general hue is slightly reddish,
and consequently the rust-coloured spots are less conspicuous;
they are likewise fewer in number; tail dusky and not exhi-
biting the band like the first described; in other respects si-
milar—no dull ferruginous strize apparent on dorsal or caudal
fins of either specimen are described in the ¢ Zool. Dan.’*

Having since the autumn of 1836 possessed very small spe-
cimens of a Cyclopterus a few lines longer than those just de-
scribed, and which I was disposed to consider the Cycl. mi-
nutus of authors, [ compared them with those of the God. mi-
nutus, when the difference seemed consequent on variety of
colour and on age only. Those looked upon as Cycl. minutus
again compared with undoubted specimens of Cycl. lumpus a
very little larger, were evidently this species in a younger
state. ‘To understand this some detail is requisite.

First,—with reference to the identity of Gob. minutus and
Cycl. minutus, Pallas, it may be observed that the two spe-
cimens of the former have what may be termed three tubercles
on the snout (a character attributed to Cycl. minutus, Pall., and
apparent on the specimens believed to be of this species now
before me {) from the bone (?) advancing forward so as to form
two points above the upper lip, and central between them but

* The specific characters here given are ‘‘ Gobius albicans, ferrugineo-
maculatus, radiis dorsalibus, et caudalibus ferrugineo obsolete striatis.”

+ Lhave not had the ‘Spicilegia Zoologica’ to consult, but judge from
the description and sketches of the figures most kindly copied from the work
for me by Mr. Yarrell. Cuvier, in the ‘Régne Animal’, t. 2. p. 346 (note),
considers the Gob. minutus, Zool. Dan. and Cycl. minutus, Pall., as distinct.
It is the latter, without any allusion to the Gob. minutus, that is enumerated
among the fishes given in the Appendix to Ross’s second Voyage. Since this
note was so far written I have had the opportunity of meeting Capt. J. C.
Ross, the author of that portion of the work, who informed me that he was
of opinion that the Gob. minutus, Z. D., and Cycl. minutus, Pall., constituted
two species—of the former he judged from the description, accordant with
which specimens had not been obtained during his northern voyages,

t Some individuals are so plump as not to exhibit these points.

40 Mr. Thompson on Gob. minutus and Cycl. mmutus

placed higher up is a third prominence. With the following
exceptions they have all the characters of any value in com-
mon. ‘The tubercles which appear on the side of the others
are wanting in God. minutus, but a series of specimens of C.
lumpus I have examined sufficiently prove that these are only
acquired by individuals of a larger size; and their absence is
consequently attributed in the present instance to the extreme
youth of the individuals. The reddish spots of God. minutus
would seem merely to indicate a variety ; an opinion which is
strengthened by the difference the two individuals present in
this respect, one displaying very few and the other numerous
spots, and further by these markings so conspicuous in the re-
cent state (having been quite as much so in one of my speci-
mens as represented in ‘ Zool. Dan.’) becoming very obscure
after the fish has been a short time preserved in spirits. Be-
tween these and equally small ordinary specimens of C. /um-
pus I perceive no difference but in the spotting. The God. mi-
nutus, which is not described as possessing spines or tubercles,
is stated to attain 2 inches in length*, a size much larger than
any specimens I have seen without tubercles; but as the C.
lumpus differs much with respect to the time these originate,
this circumstance does not, I conceive, affect the question of
their identity.

Secondly.—With reference to specimens intermediate in
size between the Gob. minutus and C. lumpus bemg the Cyel.
minutus, it may be remarked, that the only character of this
species given in Turton’s edition of the ‘Systema Nature,’
that seems specifically different, is, “in the place of the first
dorsal fin is a tapering reclined long spinet,” (vol. 1. p. 905) :
in my specimens, the fleshy appendage which takes the place of
the first dorsal fin has to the eye a rigid appearance, but is in
reality soft, and may from that circumstance have led to what
has just been quoted being adopted as a character. With
Pallas’s description of Cycl. minutus my specimens generally
accord: this author does not, hike Turton, speak of a dorsal

* The figures given as of adult specimens in ‘ Zool. Dan.’ very little ex-
ceed one inch.

+ This may be adopted from Gmelin, whom I see quoted for the species,

which was not described by Linnzus himself. Turton’s description seems
to refer to Pallas’s fish.

considered as the young of Cycl. lumpus. 4}

spine, but of a spurious dorsal fin, an expression most appli-
cable to those before me—this spurious fin is comparatively
longer in small than in large individuals. One of my specimens,
10 lines in length, conspicuously presents three tubercles on
the centre of body, where Cycl. minutus is stated to have two
(“in mediis lateribus, supra pinnas pectorales proxime ad si-
num branchialem tubercula duo ossea,” &c., Pallas), but at the
same time on close inspection has a few spines beginning to ap-
pear on the ridge of the back and on each side of the belly as
in C. lumpus ; but these are not more than 4 the size of those
on the middle of the body—the spines on this row (the central
one) are much larger than those forming the other rows in a
fully armed specimen of C. lwmpus (as to the rows of tubercles)
an inch in length. The fact of these tubercles first making
their appearance on this line and beginning to do so near the
head, may explain why these only should be described in ex-
amples of a certain size.

Mr. Couch mentions with some doubt as to its species, a
small Cyclopterus taken on the coast of Cornwall. He states
that “it is rarely found longer than an inch, and differs from
the C. lumpus in the skin between the [rows of] tubercles
being quite smooth.” Linn. Trans. vol. xiv. p. 87. Captain
J. C. Ross is disposed to consider it the Cycl. minutus, Pall.,
(App. Ross, 2nd Voy. p. xlvi.) which I am likewise inclined to
do in so far as an incidental description will warrant such a
conclusion ; and at the same time, with the single difference
pointed out between it and C. lumpus, 1 should consider it this
species, as in the very young state tubercles such as cover
over the skin of the adult fish are not apparent.

The specimens otherwise agreeing with the description of
Cycl. minutus, after having been preserved in spirits for two
years, are of an uniform pale dusky tinge; the ground or ge-
neral colour is light, but beimg densely dotted over with ex-
tremely minute black points, (visible under a lens,) these give
the appearance described. As before stated, both specimens
of Gob. minutus, Mull., have likewise these very minute dots,
though much more sparingly ; but in addition to them exhibit
the larger reddish spots—another individual similar to these
in size is of a light colour, blotched with dusky markings

42 Mr. Thompson oz Gob. minutus and Cycl. minutus

Instead of the spotting on the body, which forms the most
prominent character of the God. minutus, the Cycl. minutus is
described by Pallas and Turton to be whitish.

The specimens of God. minutus, Cycl. minutus and the
smallest C. /umpus of adult form, and possessing all the rows of
tubercles, have a straight dark line (which in the recent exam-
ples of Gob. minutus was of a blue colour) extending from
each eye to the corner of the mouth just beneath; this does
not, however, bespeak identity of species, as in the Liparis
Montagui 1 lave observed the same marking. All of these
specimens but the last are comparatively more elongate in
form than the mature C. lumpus. A similar remark has been
made by Montagu respecting the Lepadogaster bimaculatus,
the fry of which he states are proportionally longer in the
body than the adults. ‘Wern. Mem., 1. 92.

Thirdly.—As favouring the opinion of the identity of Cycel.
minutus, Pall., and C. lumpus, it may be remarked with respect
to the three tubercles on the snout, attributed to the former
species, that they are likewise possessed by specimens of the
C. lumpus of the extremes of size examined, one an inch long,
(as to the rows of tubercles a well-marked C. /umpus,) and an-
other 18 inches in length, equally displaying them.

In the form of the spines or tubercles, a very interesting
change takes place, analogous to that in the Trigla Cuculus
and T. Gurnardus (see Annals for February), but to a much
less extent, and requiring a much shorter time to be perfected.

The armature first appears in a spinous form, thus VA —in

the specimen an inch long, thus ‘as 7 ,orlikea shark’s tooth;

and in the individual 18 inches long, thus —in the adult

eiesece ue

fish only one slightly projecting central point is generally pre-
sent; of all the large tubercles on the body of the last-men-
tioned specimen two only exhibit more than one point: the
“ spurious dorsal fin” in this fish is a series of compressed tu-
bercles.

The C. lumpus occurs in all the localities in which the
Gob. minutus and Cycl. minutus are stated to have been found.

considered as the young of Cycl. lumpus. 43

The first of the two latter is mentioned by Muller and Nilsson
merely as taken on the shores of Norway ; the latter, by Pallas
and Capt. J. C. Ross, to have been obtained among floating
masses of sea-weed in the Atlantic ocean.

I have had the opportunity of examining specimens of C.
lumpus (as all are considered to be) taken from the northern
to the southern coast of Ireland. Of the individuals particu-
larised in this article, those answering to the Cycl. minutus,
Pall., were taken at the surface of the sea about Larne (in
September 1836) and Drumnasole (in August 1837), in the
county of Antrim, by Mrs. Patterson of Belfast, who fa-
voured me with them. In the month of July, a few years
ago, Mr. Hyndman (Memb. Nat. Hist. Soc. of Belfast) took
in Larne Lough several minute specimens of a Cyclopterus un-
der an inch in length, and which, like the Cycl. minutus of
Pallas, were among masses of sea-weed floating on the surface
of the water; but the specimens having unfortunately been
lost before they reached me, nothing further can be said of
them. Those agreeing with the God. minutus were, as before
mentioned, captured in Strangford Lough*, county Down. In
Kingstown harbour, near Dublin, an individual nearly as mi-
nute as any here described was taken by Mr. R. Ball and my-
self, in August 1836, by dredging. A rare fish mentioned by a
correspondent as occasionally taken at Wexford, and of which
a figure was communicated to me, proved to be this species ;
and at Youghal examples 18 inches in length have been
procured by Mr. Ball—of a similar size is one from the north-
ern coast preserved in the Belfast Museum.

The following notes from my journal on the mature Cy-
clopterus lumpus may not be unacceptable.

March 26, 1835. A large lump-fish, taken near Carrick-
fergus, was brought to me yesterday morning; but not being
purchased, was as a curiosity hawked about the streets of
Belfast throughout the day, and by several persons my atten-

* The C. lumpus has been described to me as entering this “ lough” or
arm of the sea, in spring, the period of depositing its ova.

At the island of Lambay, off the county of Dublin, I, early in the month
of June last, captured a Cyc/opterus which was equally minute with those

obtained in Strangford Lough, but of a dark colour—it did not possess any
tubercles.

44 Mr. Thompson on Gob. minutus and Cycl. minutus

tion was directed to it as an extraordinary production; its
semi-transparent dull grey colour, much diversified, or appa-
rently begrimed with black, certainly gave it somewhat of a
hideous aspect. No purchaser being found here, it was taken
this morning to the town of Lisburn, about seven miles di-
stant, and was displayed as on the preceding day, but with
more success, as it was here disposed of. This I learned in the
afternoon, by the taxidermist to whom it was sent, calling to
show it to me as a strange fish just received from the inland
town of Lisburn, a locality considered to enhance its rarity.

April 8,1836. To the middle of April, 1835, when I left
home, but the one lump-fish had been brought to Belfast
market, and the first for the present season was brought hi-
ther today. It was taken in the bay along with mullet (Mu-
gil Chelo), and was alive when I saw it, although several hours
out of the water. As in the specimen of last year, no bright
colours were displayed, the general hue being blackish, inter-
mixed with dirty white ; the under surface of the latter colour ;
on close examination a little dull red was visible at the extreme
tips of the caudal fin, and the pectorals presented an extremely
faint orange tinge. On dissection it proved to be a female,
and contained a vast quantity of ova, of a delicate rose colour.
The ova alone weighed 25 oz.; of this I had a drachm weighed
and carefully reckoned the number of particles, each nearly
a line in diameter, that it contained, and found the whole mass,
if considered accordingly, would consist of the amazing num-
ber of 101,935 ova—the produce of a fish about 15 inches in
length. With such prolific powers we can readily imagine
that this species should abound, as it is reported to do, in the
northern seas of both hemispheres, its chief abode. The sto-
mach did not contain any food.

On the 13th of this month another female specimen, of si-
milar size and colour and taken in the bay, was brought to
me. On the 20th of this same month two more were, like
that of the 8th, captured in the mullet nets at Garmoyle, a
deep part of the bay, about three miles from town. One of
these, in size and of a blackish colour like those hitherto no-
ticed, proved to be a female; but the other, a much smaller
specimen, was of a beautiful deep rose colour on the lower

considered as the young of Cycl. lumpus. 45

half of the body, this hue prevailing to a greater extent than
the orange represented in Donovan’s figure of the species ;
this was a male fish.

Cuvier remarks, “ Le Cycl. gibbosus, Will., v.10. f.2, ne
parait qu’un Lump male empaillé” (Reg. An. t. 2. 346. 2 éd.),
the correctness of which seems to admit not of doubt. It may
be added, that Willughby copied his figure from Gesner (lib.
4, paralipomena, p. 26). The hump appears to me to have
been a manufacture of the preserver’s, probably to add to the
effect of the uncouth aspect which the fish at best presents,
a conjecture which I venture to make on account of the
stretched appearance which the skin presents throughout this
dorsal pyramid (hence the appellation of pyramidatus bestowed
on it in Shaw’s General Zoology, vol. v. part 2. p. 390. pl. 167.)
in the figure of Gesner, and which is repeated in the works of
Willughby and Shaw. Opposed to this view, however, (which
might suffice were one specimen only recorded) is the circum-
stance, that the C. gibbosus is stated to have occurred in the
Baltic sea, Northern ocean, and (according to Sibbald) on
the coast of Scotland.

Note.—As the last Number of the Annals completed a volume, it is now too
late to notice in its ordinary place a typographical error there committed.
I take this opportunity of correcting it :—At p. 423, under “ references to pl.
16,” for Couchia glauca, read Fig.3. Motella quinquecirrata. Accompa-
nying the drawings, which have been engraved for the last number of the
Annals, were sketches of the formjof the scales on the dorsal ridge and late-
ral line of the Trigla Gurnardus in the young (7. Cuculus), the transition,
and the adult state. Had these appeared as wood-cuts or in any way, they
would I conceive have convinced the most sceptical as to the identity of
these hitherto supposed two species.

(‘These sketches were accidentally overlooked ; we therefore now subjoin
them.—Ebir. }

A OA OA Og OA A ce ne eed nO a sw css ans

1 2 3
MAPA TBUME a et
4 5 6
1. Form of scales on dorsal ridge of a specimen of Trigla Gurnardus.
2. Ditto ditto ditto.
38. Ditto ditto ditto.
4. Form of scales on lateral line of No. 1. ditto.
5. Ditto ditto No. 2. ditto.
6. Ditto ditto No. 3. ditto.

46 Bibliographical Notices.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A History of British Zoophytes. By George Johnston, M.D., with
44 Plates and 80 Wood Cuts. Lizars, Edinburgh; Highley, Lon-
don; and Curry and Co., Dublin. 1838.

It was in the year 1755 that John Ellis, a bright name in the list
of British Philosophers, first earnestly directed the attention of our
zoologists to the study of the native zoophytes by the publication of
his admirable ‘ Essay towards a Natural History of the Corallines
commonly found on the coasts of Great Britain and Ireland.’ His
clear descriptions and excellent illustrations first convinced natu-
ralists of the animal nature of those bodies. Yet, though his book was
interesting in the extreme, and though the beauty of the objects de-
scribed offered great inducements to those who loved to study nature,
not in books only but in her living works, few occupied themselves
with the pursuit. A meagre and compiled list of British zoophytes
appeared in Turton’s ‘ British Fauna ;’ a number of disconnected and
generally imperfect observations were made by various persons;
rarely our scientific Transactions and Journals contained some ex-
cellent Memoir on some detached species or perhaps genus ; and in
Dr. Fleming’s ‘ British Animals,’ a classification and synopsis of the
species to him known as British was presented—a list which greatly
facilitated the study—but no separate work appeared on the subject.
At length, however, it has been taken up in a worthy manner by Dr.
Johnston in the volume before us, and the student may now pursue
his researches with a safe and ample manual to guide him. Not
merely will he study Dr. Johnston’s work with advantage, but also
with pleasure; for the learned author records his observations amu-
singly as well as scientifically, and brings the varied reading of a
discursive and elegant mind delightfully to bear upon an abstruse and
intricate subject. It is indeed strange, the study of zoophytology
should not have become as popular as that of conchology and ento-
mology, or other favourite natural history pursuits. The forms of the
Polypes are beautiful and singular in the extreme, witness the coral-
lines ; and as to colour, what animals can vie in gorgeous hues with
the Actiniade ? Their habits too are interesting and easily observed ;
and if ladies who live near the sea but knew such things were, coral-
lines and sea flowers might ornament the drawing-room as well as
gold-fish, and with much more benefit to science.

Dr. Johnston prefaces his account of the species of British zoo-
phytes by three excellent dissertations. I. On the History of Zoo-

Bibliographical Notices. 47

phytology. 1. On the Structure and Physiology of Polypes; and
III. On their Classification. In the last he presents us with a clas-
sification of his own. Rejecting sponges altogether, considering
them as more nearly allied to vegetables than to animals, he di-
vides zoophytes into two sub-classes, first ‘‘ radiated zoophytes,”
and second, ‘‘molluscan zoophytes ;”’ the animals of the first sub-
class having a symmetrical contractile body, and their mouth and
anus in one; those of the second sub-class having a non-contractile
non-symmetrical body, and two openings to the digestive apparatus.
Under the first sub-class he places his three orders of Hyproipa,
Astrrerorpa, and HenianrHorpa; under the second that of Asct-
piorpA. ‘This is a great improvement on the classification of zoo-
phytes published by M. Blainville in his ‘ Manuel d’Actinologie,’
but would appear exactly to coincide with the present views of that
author, as lately published by M. Holland, a disciple of the great
French naturalist in his ‘ Manuel de Zoologie,’ wherein the class of
*« Polypiares” (corresponding to Dr. Johnston’s restriction of the
zoophytes) is divided into four sub-classes, ‘‘ Les Hydriens, les Alcy-
oniens, les Actiniens, et les Polypes douteux.” This correspond-
ence of the present views of M. Blainville with those maintained by
Dr. Johnston goes far to support the systematic ideas of the latter.
The older arrangements being founded mainly on artificial distinc-
tions, such as the presence or absence of a polypidom, must now be
entirely laid aside along with systems of conchology in another de-
partment of zoology, having served their purpose and now only tend-
ing to retard the science they once advanced.

Dr. Johnston’s first order, Hyprorpa, comprises eleven genera,
including fifty species. In the first genus, Hydra, the H. brunnea
of Templeton is referred to H. vulgaris, and the Hydra corynaria
of the same naturalist (Hydra lutea of Fleming) has its name
changed to Hydra littoralis, not being identical either with the Hy-
dra lutea or erynaria of Bose. The Coryne glandulosa of Lamarck is
made the type of a new genus, Hermza, thus characterized :—

* Polype fixed, sheathed in a thin horny membrane, clavate or
branched and subphytoidal, the apices of the branches clubbed and
furnished with scattered glandular tentacula ; mouth 0.”

A new species of Thoa is dedieated to Mr. Bean of Scarborough.
Sertularia pinnata, Templeton, is styled S. hibernice. Antennularia
ramosa is considered a variety of A. antennina.

In the second order, AsrerorpA, five British genera are enume-
rated, including seven truly native species and several doubtful.

48 Bibliographical Notices.

The order Hetrantnorpa includes five genera and thirteen Bri-
tish species. On the genus Actinia Dr. Johnston makes a number
of interesting remarks, the evident fruits of a careful study of the
native species. Many will differ with him however as to the union
of some of his synonyms. ‘The Actinia margaritifera of Templeton,
judging from the figure in the Magazine of Natural History, is surely
something different from A. mesembryanthemum, as also A. viduata,
Muller, which does not only differ from the common species in co-
lour, but also in habit and shape, being always much more elongated.
Though living almost invariably in sand, its peculiarities are not to
be attributed solely to its habitat; since when A. mesembryanthemum
is found in such a situation it retains its true characters. Under
Actinea gemmacea we find united A. verrucosa, Lam., A. monile, Tem-
pleton, A. senilts Decquemare, A. equina, Sow., and several other
supposed species. ‘Though in so doing the author has much reason
on his side, yet it is likely that several distinct forms have been
passed over in the British seas, as A. gemmacea.

The statement that the littoral varieties “are always strongly
warted” and ‘‘ coated with particles of broken shells,” &c., while the
deep water specimens are generally clean, showing more vivid and
varied tints, though a pleasing inference of adaptation of instinctive
habit to circumstances is drawn from it, is not always borne out by
fact. For instance, this species abounds at half tide at Newhaven
and other places on the shores of the Frith of Forth; more vividly
coloured or smoother creatures can scarcely be imagined; whilst
such as are dredged in deep water in the Irish sea are generally dull
in colour, and covered with broken shell. To the localities of Ac-
tinia maculata may be added the coasts of Man, where it is ex-
tremely common on old Fusi and Trochi in deep water. There the
shells to which this beautiful animal attaches itself are not always,
indeed seldom, inhabited by the hermit-crab, neither is the horny
base always present. This Actinta seems to change its habitation
according to its size. There are so many differences between it and
the other species, that it may be regarded as the type of a distinct
genus. In the wood-cut the tentacula are represented as much too few,
and in the living animal the mouth is bilobed, with two distinct rows
of tentacula encircling it. The lobing of the body is seen in all spe-
cimens whether embracing or simply on the surface of a shell. In
addition to Dr. Johnston’s references may be mentioned some inter-
esting notes on this animal in Chiagi’s Memorie, vol. ii. p. 248.

For the Actinie with non-retractile tentacula, Dr. Johnston con-
stitutes a new genus, Anthea, with the following character :—

Bibliographical Notices. 49

Body cylindraceous, adhering by a broad base ; tentacula disposed in
circles round the mouth, elongated, tapering, and incapable of
being retracted within the body.

It is the same with ‘‘ Anemonia” of Risso. Two species are re-
corded, Anthea cereus and A. Tuedie. Local names are always ob-
jectionable, more especially when the distribution of the species is
known to be wide, and when it has already received aname. Wouid
it not have been preferable to have followed Risso, and styled the
second species 4. edulis? By the way, is it not full time for natu-
ralists to reconcile the strange diversity of opinion as to the nervous
system of Actinia? Somebody must be in error, one set of observers
declaring there is little or no trace of a nervous system, and another
(including Dr. Grant) asserting that the nervous system is well
known and evident. In several popular works on natural history a
diagram of the nerves at the base of the Activia is figured, without
a note to mention the doubts regarding it. See, for instance, the
article ‘‘ Actinia”’ in the ‘ Penny Cyclopedia.’

In the order Asciprorpa, Dr. Johnston enumerates twenty-three
genera and seventy species. The complicated structure and singular
polypidom of the zoophytes of this order render them objects of great
interest. To Dr. Farre we are indebted chiefly for our knowledge of
their organization. Dr. Johnston gives an excellent abstract of Dr.
Farre’s researches and a very complete history of the British species.
In this order the genus “‘ Berenicea”’ of Fleming is styled “Lepralia,”
the former name being preoccupied. One new species, Lepralia va-
riolosa, is described. Doubtless many unrecorded forms of these
curious Lichens of the animal kingdom exist on our shores. A
new Flustra (F. Murrayana, Bean, MSS.) is also characterized. The
Alcyonidium echinatum and parasiticum are so different in habit from
the other two native species, that it might be advisable to separate
them from the genus with which they are at present associated.
Under Alcyonella will be found a most interesting account of that
singular polype, and lastly, the Plumatella sultana found in Berwick-
shire by Sir John Graham Dalyell, is added to the British Fauna.

The plates and cuts which ornament Dr. Johnston’s work are ad-
mirable and need no comment. They, of themselves, are most im-
portant additions to the natural history of our country, and for the
most of them we are indebted to the taste and skill of his lady.
Many and valuable have been the contributions to natural science
by the ladies of Britain, and often have their good services earned the
philosopher’s gratitude and admiration. From the publication of
Lister’s admirable folio on shells to the appearance of the delightful

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 3. No. 14. March 1839. E

50 Bibliographical Notices.

book before us, the pencil and the graver have often been wielded by
their hands and guided by their eyes.

Much yet remains to be done in British zoophytology. Dr. John-
ston’s volume is the herald of much research, and we trust he will
continue his own studies, whilst he has enabled others to commence
theirs. From Sir John Dalyell too, so often referred to in the volume
before us, much is to be expected. The fragments on polypi, which
thet learned observer has already put forth, announce facts so
strange and novel, that every British zoologist looks forward anx-
iously to the publication of his long-promised volume. In the allied
classes of Echinodermata and Arachnodermata our Fauna is sadly
confused. May we not look to Dr. Johnston for a clearing up
of these subjects ? The admirable manner in which, although sur-
rounded by difficulties and occupied by professional engagements,
he has elucidated the natural history of our zoophytes, is a sufficient
pledge for the mode in which the task would be performed.

We have great pleasure in being able to announce the appearance
of the first part of the Ist vol. of a ‘Frora or Norra AMERICA,
containing abridged descriptions of all the known indigenous and
naturalized plants growing north of Mexico, arranged according to
the Natural System, by Dr. John Torrey and Dr. Asa Gray.
When we consider the extent of country embraced by this Flora,
from Key west in Florida, lat. 25 S., to the extreme arctic regions,
and from Newfoundland in the east to California and Behring’s
Straits in the west, this may well be looked upon as a gigantic un-
dertaking, and such as few, if any, are so able to accomplish as the
well-known botanists now mentioned. They have been engaged
for a series of years in making preparations for this publication, and
they have met with the most powerful assistance from every person
who has taken an interest in the botany of that immense continent.
“The value of this Flora,” they assure us, ‘‘ will be greatly enhanced
by the extensive contributions of Mr. Nuttall, who has communi-
cated to us for publication his notes and descriptions of the plants
collected in his recent journey to Oregon and California, by way of
the southern ranges of the Rocky Mountains. Mr. Nuttall’s col-
lections are very interesting, and comprise a large number of new
genera and species, a considerable portion of which were obtained in
a region never before visited by botanists.” We cannot give a better
idea of the great progress of American botany than by comparing
the number of certain species contained in certain orders or genera
as published by Pursh in 1815, and Drs. Torrey and Gray in the
present work, published in 1838.

Bibliographical Notices. 51

Torrey and
ray Pursh
Ranunculacez .........0..e0e0e pS eee 73
REE Ly, cu cac temenecaeae ee 75 PRES Het Vettes 49
WPM ricte he Tass Sb Ee ty Bee AEE 22
Hypericum (including Elodea) 38 ............06 27
REIIIEDID «5 snc 5 asnases paiisgeays By cudecrtasdacyes 2
le. od pie SR RE ee ais aie r+: Mpati ties ha pate 13
eaten 3255.5 cb ini. geceecan £9) "Si reel ee 3
OMS ARINY, § 2025 fas «Hed haa ont ] fi Seige) een ae ee 6
ie So eae ter ain. pS er sca ag 7
RAUNGOONES ".2-sc.ccstarssor ty red 1 phe ee a Ae 5
Dida Mavetec see dee ine 19:: acthivqwsi hi 8
SO aS ee oP eee 99. as3 oe ee 5
si EE RR aie Geel ae ile 3S Let ae Bed | oazaunmen eeees 5

and other lesser genera in similar proportion. The work it is in-
tended shall be completed in three closely printed 8vo volumes,
each of about 550 pages; but as considerable time will necessarily
be occupied in the publication of the work, it is intended, for the
greater convenience of botanists, to issue the volumes in separate
parts as soon as printed. The first volume, therefore, which will
comprise the Exogenous Polypetalous plants, will appear in three
parts of about 184 pages each; of which the first part is just
published; the second is now nearly completed, a considerable
portion of the printed sheets having been forwarded to us; and
the third will follow as soon as is convenient with its faithful exe-
cution.

We also gladly take this opportunity to announce the arrival of
the second part of this invaluable work in this country, brought,
indeed, by one of the authors himself, Dr. Gray, who is come to
visit the collections of American plants in England and upon
the Continent, so as to clear up many dubious points in the spe-
cies and synonyms; a labour in which we know he has been emi-
nently successful, and which will stamp a great additional value on
the work in question. The second part, although comprising the
proper complement of pages, does not bring us to the conclusion of
the Leguminose, a family of plants in which N. America is eminently
rich, particularly in Astragalee. Astragalus alone includes 40 spe-
cies; Ozytropis, 16; Phaca, 31: and Homolobius, a new genus of
Nuttall with the aspect of Phaca and the legumes almost of Vicia,
10 species. Of Psoralea there are 27 species; of Petalostemum, 13;
of Trifolium, 33, of which 12 belong to that beautiful group with
involucrated capitula. It gives us pleasure to find Mr. Douglas’
Texas plants included in this work.

We flatter ourselves that the ‘Flora of North America’ will
meet with all the encouragement its high merit entitles it to.

E 2

52 Bibliographical Notices.

Genera Insectorum Iconibus illustravit et descripsit Dr. H. Burmeister.
Vol. I. Rhyncota,

Under this title Prof. Burmeister has begun a work, which in the
field of Entomology, can only be compared with those of Curtis and
Percheron-Guerins, and which, while it is not as the former limited
to a Fauna, is neither inferior to it in elegance or in the accuracy
of its execution ; and is to be preferred to the latter (which it ap-
pears is discontinued) from the greater care with which the subject
is treated, and from the method adopted of placing the nearly allied
genera together. ‘he author’s previously published observations on
this order in the ‘ Manual of Entomology’ may serve as basis to the
present work. The first parts contain :—

Lystra, with characters of seven species, illustrated by L. auri-
coma from Mexico, which externally has a great resemblance to
Phenaz, the second genus here described, the analyses of which are
subjoined on the plate of the former genus. Acocephalus represented
by A. costatus, Germ. Bythoscopus divided into four sub-genera:
Bythoscopus (Flaita varia, ¥.), Idiocerus Lewis (illustrated by Jassus
Juigidus, F.), Oniopsis (by B. lanio), and Pediopsis (B. tilie, Germ.).
Eurymela with five species, of which the most known, HL. fenestrata,
is chosen for the illustration of the genus. Ericuson, Bericht iiber
Eatomologie, Wiegmann’s Archiv. Part V. 1838.

Second Annual Report and Proceedings of the Botanical Society of
Edinburgh. Session 1837-8. 8vo. Printed for the Society.

We have had much satisfaction in perusing the Second Annual
Report of this Society ; it is rapidly advancing in importance ; and
if the same zeal and union of feeling continue to influence its mem-
bers, it will in a very short period stand at the head of the Botanical
Associations in Britain. Its correspondence and herbarium are al-
ready extensive, and the distributive plan which has been adopted in
regard to the latter will quickly increase it, whilst that of keeping a
paid Assistant-Curator will at once prevent any falling off or confu-
sion amidst the increasing work of the Society.

The Report contains a general notice of the present state of the
Society, prepared by the Committee of Management ; a digest of the
proceedings at the Society’s meetings, the greater part of which has
appeared from time to time in our pages; a list of office-bearers for
the year; of the members divided into classes; contributors to the
herbarium, donations to the library, &c.; and is preceded by extracts
from a report on the ‘ Progress and State of Botany in Britain from

Bibliographical Notices. 53

February 1837 to March 1838,’ by Professor Graham, as President ;
a practice which it is proposed to continue annually, and which will
prove most useful, tending to carry on the members from year to
year with the progress of their science, and by comparison to excite
them to continued exertion.

From the General Report we learn that Her Majesty the Queen
has been graciously pleased to become patron to the Society, thereby
giving a sanction to its conduct and proceedings, which must prove
of the utmost consequence. Another important event is the propo-
sal on the part of the Society for a union of their herbarium with
that belonging to the University: this has been favourably entertained
by the patrons and the senate, and the arrangements for effecting
the desired union are said to be nearly completed. The first edition
of the Society’s Catalogue of British Plants being nearly disposed of,
asecond is in preparation. A diplomaand seal have been completed,
and may now be had by members on application to the Treasurer or
Secretary. The number of members of different classes belonging
to the Society at the date of this report is 199. Specimens from
the herbarium have been distributed during the past year to 95 pub-
lic bodies or members.

The first volume has appeared of a ‘ Flora of Jamaica, or a De-
scription of the Plants of that Island, arranged according to the Na-
tural Orders ; with an Appendix, containing an Enumeration of the
Genera according to the Linnzan system, and an Essay on the Geo-
graphical Distribution of the Species.’ By James Macfadyen, M.D.,
F.L.S. Dr. Macfadyen was appointed some years ago to the charge
of the Government Botanic Garden at Kingston in Jamaica, where
he acquitted himself to the great satisfaction of the country, until
the dissolution of that valuable establishment; since which event
he has devoted what time he could spare from the duties of an ex-
tensive medical practice to the collecting materials for the Flora in
question, which has long been a desideratum in the botanical world.
«‘ As for my own share of the labour,’ Dr. Macfadyen remarks in
the Preface, ‘‘I may be allowed to state, that it has occupied a great
portion of my leisure during a residence of upwards of twelve years
in the island. I have carefully examined the characters of every
plant within my reach, and compared my own descriptions with
those of preceding botanists. I have visited a considerable portion
of the island, so that I have had opportunities of studying the pecu-
liarities of the Flora of each district. The nature also of my occu-
pation, as a medical practitioner in the country, has been of some

54 Linnean Society.

advantage, as in my almost daily rides I have had opportunities of
watching each plant during its period of flowering and perfecting
its fruit. There still remains, however, an extensive and inter-
esting field for botanical research; there are still left many plants
undiscovered and undescribed, a rich reward to stimulate to exer-
tion those who may follow in the same path. It is not the work of
a single individual, even if favoured with unusual length of life, and
gifted in the highest degree with mental and bodily energy, to com-
plete a perfect history of the botany of an island like Jamaica. It
would have been vain for me, in hope of accomplishing this, to have
waited from year to year, exposed to many contingencies and acci-
dents, any one of which might have rendered all my labours in vain,
and all the information I have acquired as if it had never been known.
I have therefore taken the present opportunity to offer the result of
my labours to the public, trusting it will be found to give a tolerably
accurate account of what is at present known of the vegetable pro-
ductions of this island, and in the hope that it may prove serviceable
to those who in after times may follow in the same course, and en-
gage, under more favourable auspices, in the task of perfecting the
history of the Flora of Jamaica.”

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZEAN SOCIETY.
Dec. 4.——Edward Forster, V.P., in the Chair.

Read, “ Observations on the Anatomical and Physiological Na-
ture of Ergot in certain Grasses.” By E. J. Queckett, Esq., F.L.S.

Having had the opportunity of examining the formation of the
ergot in several grasses, the author has endeavoured to trace the
cause and origin of this singular formation on them, and particularly
on Elymus sabulosus.

It was found, that when a grain of the grass was to be replaced by
an ergot, it presented before the period of expansion of the flower a
singular mildewed appearance. This, when examined microsco-
pically, was seen to consist of filaments, at whose base were myriads
of particles of exceedingly diminutive size, forming a complete
coating to the young grain, so that no part of its body was visible
through it.

From this state the increase of the young ergot, but not of the
filaments and particles, was very rapid, for in a short time after, when
the ergot began to appear between the palez of the flower, its violet

Linnean Society. 55

black colour was then visible, on account of the mildewed appear-
ance not keeping pace in development with the Ergot*.

After the ergot begins to appear beyond the palez, it in a short
time attains its full size, and loses almost entirely its mildewed
covering, presenting now its perfect violet black surface, and mea-
sures in different specimens from half an inch to one inch and half.

If the ergot be examined carefully at this period, in such speci-
mens as have not been subjected to injury or displacement on the
plant, it will be found that at its base are the two scales which are
observable in the same place in the healthy grain, and that it is ar-
ticulated to the receptacle, and separates from it as readily as the
grain when ripe does from the same spot, and at the apex of it isa
small body, frequently hairy, on which can be observed the remains
of the stigmas.

From the relations of the ergot to these parts, and compared with
those of the healthy grain, it is found that it is placed between and
upon the same organs as the grain, and there cannot be a doubt but
that this singular body is not an independent fungus, but a grain
diseased from causes presently to be mentioned.

When the particles before mentioned, which occur on the surface
of the ergot, and are also found in a viscid fluid that hangs about
the palee of the infected grass, are examined by the microscope,
their size is found to be zp'sv part of an inch in length, and go'ro
part of an inch in diameter in the generality of instances, and their
number is countless, probably 20 millions on each ergot. When
magnified from 500 to 800 times, it then can be observed that their
interior contains several well-defined green dots or granules, two
or three being the most common numbers.

If these particles, which are no doubt the cause of the ergot, as
they are found on every ergotized grass and are sporidia of a certain
fungus, be kept moistened on any convenient surface, as between a
plate of glass and talc, they soon commence germinating (if recent)
in various ways; sometimes by emitting a tube or tubes containing
green granules, similar to those in the interior of the sporidia, and
which probably separate finally into as many perfect reproductive
atoms; in other instances one sporidium gives off a minute process
from its side, which goes on increasing and ultimately becomes like

* The growth of the ergot is very rapid when compared with that of the
grain. Philippar, in his ‘ Traité Organographique et Physiologico-agricole
sur l’Ergot, &c., dans les Céréales’, observed some particular plants of rye,
whilst passing by a certain cornfield, which had no appearance of ergot, but
ten or twelve days after these same plants had full-sized ergots upon them.

56 Linnean Society.

its parent, and then separates from it. Often several sporidia so ge-
nerated, remain united to each other for a short time, forming a mo-
niliform filament, composed frequently of seven or eight joints.

The next and last method is the most perfect when it is found
that the sporidia have their cavity divided by a septum, which is
formed by a green granule of the interior extending itself laterally ;
each half of each sporidium being again subdivided, and by endless
repetitions of this process a radiated plant is produced, which, when
arrived at a certain size and age, bears upon its branchlets sporidia
similar to that one from which it was first produced.

From these observations, it is proved that the sporidia, found on the
surface of the diseased grain can germinate and ultimately develope
the means of their reproduction, without forming any body analo-
gous in shape or structure to an ergot, which fact is conclusive that
the filaments and sporidia are no part of that body, because they are
found to flourish unconnected with it, and even grow on many parts
of the same grass, as seen in the anthers by Mr. Smith, of Kew Gar-
dens, and observed by Mr. Queckett on the palez, glumes and ra-
chis ; therefore the ergot, Mr. Queckett conceives, originates by the
grain of the respective grass becoming diseased, from the presence of
a parasite, which occasions such alteration in its developement as to
cause it to assume the well-known form, and to possess also the sin-
gular properties manifested in that of rye.

If the ergot be sliced into thin transverse sections, and these ex-
amined with a very high magnifying power, it will be seen that nu-
merous particles escape from them when they are placed in water.
These have been taken by Philippar for sporidia, from which cir-
cumstance he considered the ergot as the reproductive apparatus
of a fungus ; but such particles are only those of a fatty oil, which
escape from the divided cells, and collect on the surface of the water,
in which the sections are immersed, and differ from the sporidia of
the exterior by floating on the surface, whilst the latter always sub-
side to the bottom of the vessel containing the water. The appli-
cation of heat to these supposed sporidia fuses them into irregular
masses of different sizes, and ether or turpentine, if allowed to eva-
porate after being added to them, leaves similar appearances.

The internal structure of the ergot looks extremely irregular, there
being no equally formed cells, but a confused jumble, out of which
can scarcely be traced the true cells, on account of their boundaries
being exceedingly sinuous, which structure is very like the centre
of the fungus produced during the germination of the sporidia, and
appears to be occasioned by fungoid matter having grown in the in-
terior of the grain.

Linnean Society. af

From these observations, which have been followed up in many
ergotized grasses, Mr. Queckett is inclined to believe that the ergot
is a grain diseased by a particular parasitic fungus developing in or
about it, whose sporidia find the young state of the grain a matrix
suitable for their growth, and quickly run their race, not entirely
depriving it of its vitality, but communicating to it such impressions,
which pervert its regular growth, and likewise the healthy formation
of its constituents, being at last composed of its diseased mate-
rials, which are mixed up with fungic matter, which has developed
within it.

The fungus caused to germinate in the way described is quite in-
visible to the naked eye, seldom measuring beyond the one or two
hundredth part of an inch; and from comparisons with British and
foreign gencra of Fungacez, it has not been found that it belongs
satisfactorily to any as at present constituted ; the author therefore
proposes a new genus, with the title Hrgoteiea, to represent this
minute fungus, which will belong to the sub-order Coniomycetes
of Fries, and to its division Mucedines, very near to the genus Sepe-
donium.

After repeated experiments with the sporidia of the ergot of rye,
of Elymus, and other grasses, the author has always succeeded in
making them germinate, and has not discovered such differences as
would lead him to consider that the parasite in each case was not
the same, therefore he has applied the term abortans, as the specific
name of Hrgotetea, to the plant found on the ergot of rye, and be-
lieves the parasites, on the other grasses which have been examined,
to be of the same species.

December 18.—Edward Forster, V. P., in the Chair.

Read, “A notice of Cereus tetragonus,” by Edward Rudge, Esq.,
F.R. & LS.

This plant has blossomed during the three past years in Mr.
Rudge’s collection at Abbey Manor House near Evesham. The
flowers expand in the evening like those of C. grandiflorus, which
they resemble, but are not above half the size. ‘The number of the
angles of the stem is variable. ‘The species is an old inhabitant of
our stoves, but has rarely flowered.

Read, ‘‘ Descriptions of the Indian species of Iris,” by D. Don,
Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot. King’s College.

The number of species of this beautiful genus belonging to the
Indian Flora is five, three of which have not been previously de-
scribed: one of the species is from Cashmere, another from Ludak,

58 Linnean Society.

a country situated beyond the Himalaya, and the remaining three
are natives of Nepal and Kamaon, and of the country to the west-
ward.

The following are the characters of the undescribed species :

1. J. kamaonensis (Wall. Cat. n. 5052.), barbata; scapo brevissimo uni-
floro, tubo perianthii longissimo subfiliformi, sepalis inferioribus bilo-
bis, longe unguiculatis, ovario turbinato, 3-gono.

2. I. longifolia (Royle Ill. t. 91. f. 2.), imberbis ; foliis margine scabris,
scapo brevissimo unifloro, sepalis sublanceolatis integerrimis, tubo pe-
rianthii vix ullo, ovario elongato triquetro scapum adzequante, stigma-
tis lobis integerrimis.

3. I. Moorcroftiana (Wall. Cat. n. 5051.), imberbis ;_scapo bifloro pedun-
culis breviore, spathis glumaceis, tubum perianthii superantibus, sepalis
lanceolatis acutiusculis, ovario 6-sulcato.

Read, ‘‘ Additional observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis.” By
John Hogg, Esq., M.A., F.L.S.

The author’s views of the vegetable nature of the river sponge
were given in a paper read before the Society on the 5th of June,
1838, a report of which was inserted in the August number of the
‘ Annals of Natural History.’

The present paper contains additional observations in confirmation
of these views, derived from a more accurate examination of the
seed-like bodies, which are found adhering in abundance to the walls
of the cells or cavities of the sponge, and also frequently free and
endowed with the faculty of locomotion ; and which have been re-
garded by some authors as the ova of the Spongilla, and by others
as those of the Plumatella. Mr. Hogg has determined the identity
of these bodies, having succeeded in raising young Spongilla from
both kinds; and he has also ascertained that they are destitute of
cilia, being merely studded with minute granular papilla. The mo-
tions of the unattached bodies resemble those observed by Unger in
the sporules of Ectospora clavata, and Mr. Hogg considers the cur-
rents to be due to the same causes, which affect the circulation of
the fluids in the cells of vegetables.

Jan. 15, 1839.—Edward Forster, V. P., in the Chair.

Read, “‘ A notice of the Encephalartos horridus, which flowered at
Kinmel Park.’ By Mr. Thomas Forrest. Communicated by the
Secretary.

This brief notice was accompanied by the male spadix, which had
flowered at Kinmel Park, the seat of Lord Dinorben, and was sent
for exhibition to the meeting by command of His Royal Highness the
Duke of Sussex. The plant had been sent to Lord Dinorben from

Linnean Society. 59

the Cape of Good Hope about six years ago by Lord John Spencer
Churchill, Capt. R.N. The spadix was of unusual size, and bore a
strong resemblance to a gigantic pine cone. The most remarkable
peculiarity observable was, that several scales, less developed than
the others, bore only one mass of anthers, whilst in others the two
masses were confluent.

Read, ‘‘ An account of the Indian Species of Juncus and Luzula.”
By D. Don, Esq., Libr. L.S., Prof. Bot., King’s College.

The species described in this paper are all from Northern India,
and were mostly collected by Dr. Royle in the range of the Hima-
laya, included between the Ganges and Sutlej. Of the eight spe-
cies described, seven belong to Juncus, and only one to Luzula.
Three of the former genus are entirely new, two had been previously
gathered by Dr. Wallich’s collectors in Nepal, and of the two others,
one (J. bufonius) is common throughout the northern hemisphere,
and the other (J. glaucus) is abundant in northern and central
Europe. The Luzula is spicata, which occurs on the mountains of
the north of England, Scotland, and throughout Europe, reaching
as high as 71° north latitude, and which is likewise found on the
Caucasus and Altai mountains in northern Asia. The present va-
riety is from Lippa in Kunawur, a country situated beyond the
Himalaya, in about 31° 33! north latitude, being about 11° more to
the south than any station previously recorded for Luzula spicata.
The variety differs in its broader sepals, blunt capsule, with obovate
valves, and in the seeds not being above half the size.

We subjoin the characters of the new species.

1. J. leucanthus (Royle), culmo bifolio tereti, foliis margine involutis
filiformibus culmum subzquantibus, capitulo terminali solitario 6—10-
floro, involucro 5-phyllo glumaceo floribus longiore, sepalis acutius-
culis, antheris acutis filamentis duplo longioribus, ovario incluso, stig-
matibus stylo ter brevioribus.

This species is nearly allied to J. triglumis.

2. J. leucomelas (Royle), culmo enodi filiformi aphyllo, feliis subulatis,
canaliculatis, capitulo terminali 3—5-floro, involucro 3-phyllo acuto
breviore, sepalis obtusis, antheris filamentorum fere longitudine, capsula
acuminata perianthio longiore.

3. J. membranaceus (Royle), culmo tereti subdiphyllo, foliis subfiliformi-
bus obtusis, capitulo terminali solitario 4—8-floro bractea communi
membranacea breviore, sepalis obtusis capsula acuta longioribus, stami-
nibus inclusis, antheris filamentis dilatatis ter brevioribus. f

4, J. concinnus (Don. Prodr. Fl. Nepal, p. 44), culmo tereti subdiphyllo,
foliis planiusculis obtusis, capitulis 3—6-floris corymbosis, bractea
communi elongata foliacea, sepalis acutis, capsula acuta longioribus,

60 . Royal Irish Academy.

staminibus longe exsertis, antheris filamentis simplicibus 6 plo brevi-
oribus.

5. J. indicus, triandrus; capit ulis multifloris squarrosis trichotome cy-
mosis, sepalis lineari-lanceolatis apice mucronatis recurvis capsule mu-
ticee longitudine, stigmatibus sessilibus.

ROYAL IRISH ACADEMY,

December 10.—Sir W. R. Hamilton, A.M., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Ball read a paper, entitled ‘‘ Description of the Cydippe po-
miformis, Patterson, (Berée ovatus, Flem.,) with notice of an ap-
parently undescribed species of Bolina, also found on the coast of
Ireland.” By Robert Patterson, Esq., Member of the Natural
History Society of Belfast.

The author referred to a paper of his published in the ‘ Edinburgh
New Philosophical Journal’ for January 1836, giving some account of
a tentaculated Berde taken im abundance by him at Larne Lough,
County of Antrim, in the spring of 1835. He then noticed the occur-
rence on different occasions in 1836-7, of a Berée, exhibiting a peculiar
ramiform arrangement of whitish internal vessels, branching off from
near the lower part of the stomach to the several bands of cilia ; and
detailed the observations by which he was enabled to identify this
with the Berée described in ‘Mem. Wer. Soc.,’ vol. ili. p. 400, by
Fleming,—the tentacula having escaped the notice of that writer
from the specimen he examined having been in an exhausted state
when these organs were retracted within the body. The presence
of the tentacula removes the animal from the genus Berdée of Fleming,
to the Pleurobrachia of the same author (Cydippe Eschs.) and as the
specific name ovata, under which it was described in the ‘ Hist. of
Brit. Animals,’ has been applied toa different species, Mr. Patterson
proposed that it should be designated as the Cydippe pomiformis.

The disappearance of the internal ramiform vessels was next no-
ticed, and the steps by which the writer was enabled to ascertain
that the species now brought forward was identical with that de-
scribed by him in 1835; and consequently, that a Beréde, of the oc-
currence of which we have no record, except of one individual taken
in 1820, was abundant on the Irish coast. Particular reference was
made to Dr. Grant’s paper, ‘ Zool. Trans.’ vol. i. p. 9, on B. pileus,
with a view to indicate the several points of agreement and of dif-
ference between these, the only two British species of tentaculated
Berées. The structure of the cilia, the aqueous currents at their
base, the position and structure of the tentacula, the food of the
Berée, its vitality, consistency, want of phosphorescence, movements,

Geological Society. 61
~
iridescence, times of appearance, and diffusion round the coast,

formed the principal topics embraced in the remainder of the paper.

The occurrence of the Bolina on different parts of the Irish coast
was mentioned, principally for the purpose of enabling Mr. Patterson
to refer to some points of its economy for comparison and contrast
with the C. pomiformis. He reserved a detailed account of various
- particulars concerning it to a future opportunity, when he expected
to be able to exhibit additional figures taken from living specimens,
and more accurately delineated than those at present brought for-
ward. Meantime, as the animal differed from the two species of
Bolina described by Mutius, he proposed to name it provisionally
Bolina Hibernica.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Nov. 21, 1838.—A paper was read ‘‘ On the Jaws of the Thyla-
cotherium Prevostii* (Valenciennes) from Stonesfield,” by Richard
Owen, Esq., F.G.S., Hunterian Professor, Royal College of Sur-
geons.

Doubts having been recently expressed by M. de Blainvillet, from
inspection of casts, respecting the mammiferous nature of the fossil
jaws found at Stonesfield, and assigned to the Marsupialia by Baron
Cuvier, Mr. Owen brought the paper before the Society, to meet the
objections and give a detailed account of the fossils from a careful
inspection of the originals. In this communication, however, he
confined his description chiefly to the jaws of one of the two genera
which have been discovered at Stonesfield, and characterized by
having eleven molars in each ramus of the lower jaw, reserving to a
future occasion an account of the remains of the other genusf.

Mr. Owen commences by observing that the scientific world pos-
sesses ample experience of the truth and tact with which the illus-
trious Cuvier formed his judgements of the affinities of an extinct
animal from the inspection of a fossil fragment; and that it is only
when so distinguished a comparative anatomist as M. de Blainville
questions the determinations, that it becomes the duty of those who
possess the means to investigate the nature of the doubts, and re-
assure the confidence of geologists in their great guide.

When Cuvier first hastily examined at Oxford, in 1818, one of

* Comptes Rendus, 1838 ; Second Semestre, No. 11, Sept. 10, p. 580.

+ Ibid., No. 8, Aout 20, p. 402 ef seg.; No. 9, Planche; No. 17.
Oct. 22, p. 727; No. 18, Oct. 29, p. 750.

t This has since been read, and an abstract of it will appear in one of
our next numbers.—Epir.

62 Geological Society.

the jaws described in this paper, and in the possession of Dr. Buck-
land, he decided that it was allied to the Didelphys (me semblérent
de quelque Didelphe) *; and when doubts were raised by M. Con-
stant Prevost, in 1824+, relative to the age of the Stonesfield slate,
Cuvier, from an examination of a drawing made for the express pur-
pose, was confirmed in his former determination ; but he added, that
the jaw differs from that of all known carnivorous Mammalia, in ha-
ving ten molars in a series in the lower jaw: (‘‘ il [the drawing] me con-
firme dans ]’idée que la premiere inspection m’en avoit donnée. C’est
celle d’un petit carnassier dont les macheliéres ressemblent beaucoup
a celles des sarigues; mais il y a dix de ces dents en série, nombre
que ne montre aucun carnassier connu.”’ Oss. Foss. 111. 349. note.)
It is to be regretted that the particular data, with the exception of
the number of the teeth, on which Cuvier based his opinion, were not
detailed; but he must have been well aware that the grounds of his
belief would be obvious, on an inspection of the fossil, to every com-
petent anatomist: it is also to be regretted that he did not assign to
the fossil a generic name, and thereby have prevented much of the
reasoning founded on the supposition that he considered it to have
belonged to a true Didelphys.

Mr. Owen then proceeded to describe the structure of the jaw ;
and he stated that having had in his possession two specimens of the
Thylacotherium Prevostii belonging to Dr. Buckland, he has no hesi-
tation in declaring that their condition is suchas to enable any ana-
tomist conversant with the established generalizations in compara-
tive osteology, to pronounce therefrom not only the class but the
more restricted group of animals to which they have belonged. The
specimens plainly reveal, first, a convex articular condyle; secondly,
a well-defined impression of what was once a broad, thin, high, and
slightly recurved, triangular, coronoid process, rising immediately
anterior to the condyle, having its basis extended over the whole of
the interspace between the condyle and the commencement of the
molar series, and having a vertical diameter equal to that of the ho-
rizontal ramus of the jaw itself: this impression also exhibits traces
of the ridge leading forwards from the condyle and the depression
above it, which characterizes the coronoid process of the zoophagous
marsupials; thirdly, the angle of the jaw is continued to the same
extent below the condyle as the coronoid process reaches above it,
and its apex is continued backwards in the form of a process;

* Ossemens Foss., tome iii. p. 349.

+ Annales des Sciences Nat., Avril, 1825; also the papers of Mr. Bro-
derip and Dr. Fitton in the Zoological Journal, 1828, vol. iii., p. 409.

Geological Society. 63

fourthly, the parts above described form one continuous portion with
the horizontal ramus of the jaw, neither the articular condyle nor
the coronoid being distinct pieces as in reptiles. These are the
characters, Mr. Owen believes, on which Cuvier formed his opinion
of the nature of the fossil; and they have arrested the attention of
M. Valenciennes in his endeavours to dissipate the doubts of M. de
Blainville*.

From the examination of a cast, the latter, however, has been in-
duced to infer that there is no trace of a convex condyle, but in
place thereof an articular fissure, somewhat as in the jaws of fishes;
that the teeth, instead of being imbedded in sockets, have their fangs
confluent with or anchylosed to the substance of the jaws, and that
the jaw itself presents evident traces of the composite structure.

In answer to the first of these positions, Mr. Owen states that the
portion of the true condyle which remains in both the specimens of
Thylacotherium examined by Cuvier and M. Valenciennes, clearly
shows that the condyle was convex, and not concave. It is situated
a little above the level of the grinding surface of the teeth, and pro-
jects beyond the vertical line, dropped from the extremity of the coro-
noid process, but not to the same extent as in the true Dideiphys.
In the specimen examined by M. Valenciennes, the condyle corre-
sponds in position with that of the jaw of the Dasyurus rather than
the Didelphys; it is convex, as in mammiferous animals, and not
concave as in oviparous. ‘The entire convex condyle exists in the
specimen belonging to the other genus, Phascolotherium, now in
the British Museum, but formerly in the cabinet of Mr. Broderip.
Mr. Owen is of opinion that the entering angle or notch, either above
or below the true articular condyle, has been mistaken for ‘“‘ une
sorte d’échancrure articulaire, un peu comme dans les poissons.”

The specimen of the half-jaw of the Thylacothere examined by
M. Valenciennes, like that [the drawing of?] which was trans-
mitted to Cuvier, presents the inner surface to the observer, and ex-
hibits both the orifice of the dental canal and the symphysis in a per-
fect state. The foramen in the fossil is situated relatively more for-
ward than in the recent Opossum and Dasyure, or in the Placental
Insectivora, but has the same place as in the marsupial genus Hypsi-
prymnus. The symphysis is long and narrow, and is continued for-
ward in the same line with the gently convex inferior margin of the
jaw, which thus tapers gradually to a pointed anterior extremity,

* Comptes Rendus, 1838; Second Semestre, No. 11, Sept. 10, p. 527
et seq.

64 Geological Society.

precisely as in the jaws of the Marsupial Insectivora. In the relative
length of the symphysis, its form and position, the jaw of the Thy-
Jacotherium precisely corresponds with that of the Didelphys.

In addition, however, to these proofs of the mammiferous nature
of the Stonesfield remains, and in part of their having belonged to
Marsupialia, Mr. Owen stated that the jaws exhibit a character
hitherto unnoticed by the able anatomists who have written respect-
ing them, but which, if co-existent with a convex condyle, would
serve to prove the marsupial nature of a fossil, though all the teeth
were wanting.

In recent marsupials the angle of the jaw is elongated and bent
inwards in the form of a process, varying in shape and development
in different genera. In looking, therefore, directly upon the infe-
rior margin of the marsupial jaw, we see in place of the edge of a
vertical plate of bone, a more or less flattened triangular surface or
plate of bone extended between the external ridge and the internal
process or inflected angle. In the Opossum this process is triangu-
lar and trihedral, and directed inwards with the point slightly curved
upwards and extended backwards, in which direction it is more pro-
duced in the small than in the large species of Didelphys.

Now, if the process from the angle of the jaw in the Stonesfield
fossil had been simply continued backwards, it would have resembled
the jaw of an ordinary placental carnivorous or insectivorous mam-
mal; but in both specimens of Thylacotherium, the half-jaws of
which exhibit their inner or mesial surfaces, this process presents
a fractured outline, evidently proving that when entire it must have
been produced inwards or mesially, as in the Opossum.

Mr. Owen then described in great detail the structure of the teeth,
and showed, in reply to M. de Blainville’s second objection, that they
are not confluent with the jaw, but are separated from it at their
base by a layer of matter of a distinct colour from the teeth or the
jaw, but evidently of the same nature as the matrix ; and secondly,
that the teeth cannot be considered as presenting an uniform com-
pressed tricuspid structure, and being all of one kind, as M. de
Blainville states, but must be divided into two series as regards their
composition. Five if not six of the posterior teeth are quinque-cus-
pidate and are molares veri; some of the molares spurii are tricuspid
and some bicuspid, asin the Opossums. An interesting result of this
examination is the observation that the five cusps of the tuberculate
molares are not arranged, as had been supposed, in the same line,
but in two pairs placed transversely to the axis of the jaw, with the
fifth cusp anterior, exactly as in the Didelphys, and totally different

Geological Society. 65
from the structure of the molares in any of the Phoce, to which these
very small Mammalia have been compared: and in reference to this
comparison, Mr. Owen again calls attention to the value of the cha-
racter of the process continued from the angle of the jaw, in the
fossils, as strongly contradistinguishing them from the Phocide, in
none of the species of which is the angle of the jaw so produced. The
Thylacotherium differs from the genus Didelphys in the greater num-
ber of its molars, and from every ferine quadruped known at the time
when Cuvier formed his opinion réspecting the nature of the fossil.
This difference in the number of the molar teeth, which Cuvier urged as
evidence of the generic distinction of the Stonesfield mammiferous
fossils, has since been regarded as one of.the proofs of their Saurian
nature ; but the exceptions by excess to the number seven, assigned
by M. de Blainville to the molar teeth in each ramus of the lower
jaw of the insectivorous Mammalia, are well established, and have
been long known. ‘The insectivorous Chrysochlore, in the order
Ferz, has eight molars in each ramus of the lower jaw; the insec-
tivorous Armadillos have not fewer ; and in one subgenus (Priodon)
there are more than twenty molar teeth on each side of the lower
jaw. The dental formule of the carnivorous Cetacea, again, de-
monstrate the fallacy of the argument against the mammiferous cha-
racter of the Thylacotherium founded upon the number of its molar
teeth. From the occurrence of the above exceptions in recent pla-
cental Mammalia, the example of a like excess in the number of
molar teeth in the marsupial fossil ought rather to have led to the
expectation of the discovery of a similar case among existing mar-
supials, and such an addition to our zoological catalogues has, in
fact, been recently made. In the Australian quadruped described
by Mr. Waterhouse under the name of Myrmecobius an approxima-
tion towards the dentition of the Thylacotherium is exemplified, not
only in the number of the molar teeth, which is nine on each side of
the lower jaw in the Myrmecobius, but also in their relative size,
structure, and disposition. Lastly, with respect to the dentition,
Mr. Owen says it must be obvious to all who inspect the fossil and
compare it with the jaw of a small Didelphys, that contrary to the
assertion of M. de Blainyille, the teeth and their fangs are arranged
with as much regularity in the one as in the other, and that no ar-
gument of the Saurian nature of the fossil can be founded on this
part of its structure.

With respect to M. de Blainville’s assertion that the jaw is com-
pound, Mr. Owen stated, that the indication of this structure near
the lower margin of the jaw of the Thylacotherium is not a true
suture, but a vascular groove similar to that which characterizes

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 14. March 1839. F

66 Zoological Society.

the lower jaw of Didelphys, Opossum, and some of the large species
of Sorex.

In a memoir to be brought forward on another occasion, Mr.
Owen intends to describe the other genus found at Stonesfield, and
for which, on account of its marsupial affinities, he proposes the name
of Phascolotherium.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
May 22, 1838.—Richard Owen, Esq., in the Chair.

A letter was first read, dated Sierra Leone, February 19, 1838,
from F. Strachan, Esq., Corresp. Memb., in which the writer, refer-
ring to the Chimpanzee, observes, that only two had been brought
over to Freetown during the late rains, both of which he believes to
be on their way to England; he also remarks, that there would be
no great difficulty in procuring a young Hippopotamus, and that it
might probably outlive the voyage to England if brought home in a
man of war.

Mr. Waterhouse then laid before the Meeting a collection of spe-
cimens received from Mr. Cuming, consisting of a considerable num-
ber of birds, with skins of Mammalia, &c.: among the latter were
several new or rare species, including specimens of the genera Tar-
sius, Galeopithecus, Sciurus, and Paradocurus.

‘The scientific value of the above donation was much increased by
some manuscript notes made by Mr. Cuming upon several of the ani-
mals, giving their native names, and information relative to their habits.
Of one of these, a species of Galeopithecus, Mr. Cuming remarks :—

“The Caguang is an inoffensive animal, inhabiting lofty trees in
dark woods, and is known to feed upon the leaves of the Nanka or
Jack Fruit ; it suspends itself from the upper branches of the tree by
all its feet, which gives it a large appearance, as it brings them all
four together.

“It flies heavily for about a hundred yards on an inclined plane,
but readily ascends the trees by its strong claws; it makes a weak
noise similar to geese when at rest: when the calls of nature ope-
rate on the animal, it erects its tail and membrane up to the back
part of the neck, which gives it a most singular appearance. They
are easily taken by the natives throwing nets over them, or by cut-
ting down the tree on which they are; and before they can clear
themselves of the branches are taken hold of by the hand. I never
saw one of them attempt to bite. When the female has young she
is very easily taken. They appear much attached to their young,
which are always hanging at the breast. Of late years great num-
Lers of them have been taken for the sake of their skins, which meet

Zoological Society. 67

with a ready sale at Manilla. They are found on the islands of Bo-
hol and Mindanado.”

Another of the specimens was the Tarsius spectrum of Geoffroy, of
which Mr. Cuming’s memoranda furnished the following interesting
details :—

«The Malmag is a small animal living under the roots of trees,
particularly the large bamboo of these islands. Its principal food is
lizards, which it prefers to all other. When extremely hungry, I
have known it to eat shrimps and cock-roaches, and give a great pre-
ference to those which arealive. It is very cleanly in its habits, never
touches any kind of food that has been partly consumed, and never
drinks a second time from the same water. It seldom makes any
kind of noise, and when it does emit sound it is a sharp shrill call,
and only once. On approaching it in its cage, it fixes its large full
eyes upon the party for a length of time, never moving a muscle:
on drawing nearer, or putting anything near it, it draws up the
muscles of the face similar to a monkey, and shows its beautiful
sharp regular set teeth. It laps water like a cat, but very slowly,
and eats much for so smallan animal. It springs, nearly two feet ata
time. It sleeps much by day, is easily tamed, and becomes quite
familiar, licking the hands and face, and creeping about your person,
and is fond of being caressed. It has an aversion to the light, al-
ways retiring to the darkest place. It sits upon its posteriors when
it feeds, holding its food by its fore paws; when not hungry, it will
ogle the food for a considerable time. A male and female are gene-
rally seen together: the natives of these islands make sure of taking
the second having secured the first. They are extremely scarce in
the island of Bohol, and only found in the woods of Jagna and the
island of Mindanado.

“It produces one atatime. I had the good fortune to procure a
female without knowing her to be with young: one morning I was
agreeably surprised to find she had brought forth. The young ap-
peared to be rather weak, but a perfect resemblance to its parent:
the eyes were open and covered with hair; it soon gathered strength,
and was constantly sucking betwixt its parent’s legs, and so well
covered by its mother, that I seldom could see anything of it but its
tail: on the second day it began to creep about the cage with apparent
strength, and even climb up to the top by the rods of which the cage
was composed. Upon persons wishing to see the young one when
covered over by the mother, we had to disturb her, upon which the
dam would take the young one in its mouth, in the same mannerasa
cat, and carry it about for some time ; several times I sawher when not
disturbed trying to get out of the cage, with the young one in hermouth

F 2

68 Zoological Society.

as before. It continued to live and increase in size for three weeks,
when unfortunately some person trod upon the tail of the old one,
which was protruded through the cage, a circumstance which caused
its death in a few days: the young one died a few hours after, which I
put into spirits.

Jagna, Isle of Bohol, August 1837.

Among the collection sent by Mr. Cuming to the Society were
specimens of two species of Saurian Reptiles, upon which, at the
request of the Chairman, Mr. Martin offered some remarks.

‘The first species to which he adverted was the Istiurus Amboi-
nensis of Cuvier: two specimens of this rare reptile, both males, were
procured by Mr. Cuming in the Island of Negros. The /stiurus
Amboinensis, from the circumstance of the male being furnished with
an elevated crest or fan, supported by the spinous processes of the
base of the tail, in which respect it agrees with the Basilisk, was
placed by Daudin in the same genus with this latter reptile, and
characterized as the Basiliscus Amboinensis, and in this arrangement
Daudin was followed by most succeeding writers. So little allied,
however, in reality, are these two reptiles (though possibly they
may be the representatives of each other in different quarters of the
globe), that they belong to two different sections of the Sauria, of
which one has the Old World, the other the New World, for
its range. The Basilisk (Baszliscus mitratus, Daud.), with all the
American genera of the Iguanian group or Hunotes of Dumeril
and Bibron, belong to the section of that group termed Pleuro-
donta, distinguished by the situation of the teeth, which rise from
a furrow along the internal aspect of each jaw; whereas the
Istiurus, with all the Old World genera of the Iguanian group,
(the genus Brachylophus, of which there is only one species, alone
excepted,) belong to the section termed Acrodonta, distinguished
by the teeth being firmly fixed along the very ridge of each
jaw, instead of having an insertion in a lateral furrow. Mr.
Martin observed, that the presence of the elevated fan at the base
of the tail, which occurs only in the males of Istiwrus Amboinensis,
was a circumstance of interest, inasmuch as it involves a structural
difference between the osteology of both sexes. In the common
Water Newt, the male of which acquires fanlike membranes at a
certain season of the year, the membrane is unsupported by an
osseous frame-work, and is deciduous, or rather temporary; but in
this animal, while the use of such a fan may be in all probability
connected with sexual functions, it is a persistent appendage. The
locality from which the specimens were derived gives them addi-
tional value.

“H. Cumine.”

Miscellaneous. 69

The next species to which Mr. Martin requested the attention of
the meeting was a Varanus from the Isle of Mindanado, which he
regarded as hitherto undescribed.

This Varanus, he observed, appeared to be closely allied to Va-
ranus chlorostigma, Dum. and Bibr., differing, nevertheless, materi-
ally in the character of the scales of the body, and in the distribu-
tion of its markings. As in Varanus chlorostigma and Var. bivittatus,
the suborbital scales consist of a crescent of plates, broader than
long, encircled by small plates, which latter cover the suborbital
margin. The nostrils are rounded, and placed on each side of the
muzzle rather nearer the apex than in Var. chlorostigma; the teeth
are also compressed with sharp edges very minutely dentated ; the
head is more produced than in Var. chlorostigma, being, in this re-
spect more like that of Var. bivittatus; and the scales are larger,
coarser, and more irregular.

For this new Varanus, Mr. Martin proposed the name of Varanus
Cumingi.

Varanus Cuminet. Varan. cauddé compressa, naribus feré ro-
tundalis et rostri apicem versus positis ; lamellis suborbitalibus
incequalibus, septem vel octo ceteris quoad magnitudinem pre-
stantibus latissimis, lineamque semilunarem efficientibus ; dentibus
compressis, acutis, et delicaté serralis; corpore supra nigro,
gultis ocellisque flavis ornato; abdomine aurantiaco.

Hab. apud Insulam Mindanado.

MISCELLANEOUS.
ON THE GENUS SYNGNATHUS.

A translation of Prof. Fries’ paper on the genus Syngnathus having
appeared in this Journal, we should not be doing justice to that gen-
tleman, were we to omit publishing the following correspondence
which has taken place between him and Prof. Wiegmann with refer-
ence to a note by the latter, which will be found at p. 100. vol. ii.
of the Annals.—Epir.

« To Prof. Wiegmann.—In the third part of your Journal (Archiv
fiir Naturgeschichte) you endeavour to weaken my statement that
‘the specimen which served for the original of Bloch’s figure was
S. equoreus, by the assertion that ‘the only specimen in Bloch’s
collection is my S. Ophidion.’ I am very sorry that you did not take
the trouble to compare Bloch’s specimen with the figure, for you
would certainly have come to a contrary conclusion. I have never
seen Bloch’s specimen, yet I still maintain that a S. Ophidion never
served for the original of the figure, because no S. Ophidion offers such
proportions as those presented by the figure. In no true S. Ophidion
can the caudal fin be placed in such relation to the anus; the figure

70 Miscellaneous.

indicates exactly the proportions which we find in S. equoreus, for
no S. Ophidion can become so large or thick, or have any such snout.
This may appear but a trifle, and in one respect it is so; but on the
other hand, it is of very great importance for the clearing up of the
synonomy and all the errors which have thence originated. You
will oblige me by correcting this as soon as possible.” —J. B. Frizs.
Stockholm, 21st August.
Note by Prof. Wiegmann.

«At the same time that I fulfil the wish of my respected corre-
spondent, I must state that I certainly did not compare Bloch’s
figure, whose work I had not at hand, erroneously supposing that
the only specimen in his collection had also been figured by him.
Hence it seems that Bloch did not distinguish both species.”

ON THE INFLUENCE OF NATIVE MAGNESIA ON THE GERMINATION,
VEGETATION, AND FRUCTIFICATION OF VEGETABLES. BY ANGELO
ABBENE.

Among the various causes which produce barrenness in lands, has
been enumerated the presence cf magnesia, because it had been ob-
served that the various magnesian soils are sterile. ‘This opinion
has begun to lose credit, since Bergmann, who examined the compo-
sition of fertile soils, considered magnesia as forming one of their
principal constituents.

Prof. Giobert has performed a number of experiments to inquire
into the action of native magnesia, which is found in numerous cul-
tivated soils. In the environs of Castellamonte and of Baldissero, this
substance is abundantly diffused in the soils cultivated with great
success, and which exhibit a vigorous vegetation. There are many di-
stricts in Piedmont and elsewhere, where the bi-carbonate of lime and
of magnesia is abundant in the cultivated lands, which produce beau-
tiful plants. Giobert concluded from these experiments; Ist, that
native carbonated magnesia is not injurious to the various functions
of vegetables; 2nd, that on account of the solubility of magnesia in
an excess of carbonic acid this earth can exercise an action analogous
to that of lime; 3rd, that a magnesian soil may become fertile when
the necessary manure is employed.

From these facts naturally proceeds the conclusion, that if the
magnesia was dissolved in an excess of carbonic acid and water, and
had entered like the lime into the composition of the sap, it ought
to be found in the plants with the potash, lime, oxide of iron, &c.
M. Abbene has ascertained this by the analysis of the ashes of
plants which had grown in magnesiferous mixtures. Moreover, he
endeayoured to find, by comparative experiments, whether the in-

Miscellaneous. 7s

fluence of magnesia on vegetation is analogous to that of lime. The
following are the conclusions he arrives at: Ist, Native magnesia
is not only not injurious to germination, vegetation, and fructifica-
tion of plants, but on the contrary, appears to be favourable to these
functions. 2nd, Magnesia, being soluble in an excess of carbonic
acid, has on vegetation an action analogous to that of lime; and
when a soil contains magnesia not sufficiently carbonated, this de-
fect may be remedied by the addition of manure, which by its de-
composition furnishes the necessary quantity of carbonic acid; the
amelioration will be much more efficacious if the soil be frequently
disturbed, as then the air will better exercise its action. 38rd,When lime
and magnesia exist in arable lands, the former is absorbed in prefer-
ence by the plants on account of its greater affinity for carbonic acid.
4th, In barren magnesian lands, it is not to the magnesia that the
sterility must be attributed, but to the cohesive state of their parts,
to the want of manure, of clay, or of other composts, to the large
quantity of oxide of iron, &c. 5th, Barren magnesian soils may be
rendered fertile by means of calcariferous substances, as rubbish,
chalk, ashes, marl, &c., provided the other conditions be fulfilled. —
Journal de Pharmacie de Janvier, 1839.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JANUARY, 1839.

Chiswick. Jan.1. Overcast. 2,3. Cloudy andfine. 4. Rain: clear. 5,
Clear and very fine. 6. Overcast: sleet: rain at night, with wind increasing to
a hurricane. 7. Boisterous. 8. Clear: slightsnow. 9,10. Frosty. 11. Over-
cast: rain. 12. Very fine. 13. Cloudy and windy, with slight showers. 14.
Rain. 15. Very clear. 16. Fine, but cold. 17,18. Sharp frost: clear, 19,
Stormy and wet: clear at night, with aurora borealis. 20. Fine: rain, 21,
Rain. 22. Clearandcold. 23. Overcast and fine. 24. Hazy: fine. 25.
Fine. 26. Fine: slight snow. 27. Cloudy and cold. 28. Frosty : slight
snow at night. 29. Clear: snow. 30. Sharp frost: slightly overcast: stormy
with snow: tempestuous at night. 31. Snowing.

Boston.—Jan. 1. Cloudy. 2. Stormy. 3. Fine: stormy night. 4. Cloudy :
rainearly A.M. 5. Fine. 6. Fine: snow rm. 7. Stormy: blew a hurricane
allday. 8. Stormy. 9,10. Fine. 11. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain a.m.
12, 13. Cloudy. 14. Fine. 15. Stormy. 16,17. Fine. 18. Fine: snow p.m.
19. Clondy: rain early a.M.: rainp.m. 20. Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 21.
Rain. 22. Fine: snow early a.m. 23, 24. Cloudy. 25. Fine: rain p.m. 26.
Cloudy : snow early a.m.: snowr.m. 27. Cloudy: raina.m. 28. Cloudy.
29. Fine: rain and snow p.m. 30. Fine: rain p.m. 31. Cloudy: large fall of
snow early a.M.: more snow in the day, with hail.

Applegarth Manse, Dum/ries-shire.—Jan. 1. High wind and sharp showers,
2. Generally clear: occasional showers. 3. Very boisterous. 4. Calmed a

little: stormy p.m. 5. Wind strong: snow. 6. Frost and snow: rain p.m.
7. Fearful storm: rain and sleet. 8. More calm: more snow. 9. Frost: snow
lying three inches. 10. Thaw: snow melting. 11. Rain moderate: flood.

12. Moderate day: sunshine. 13. Frequent heavy showers. 14. Showery :
auroraborealis. 15. Frosty after a boisterous night. 16. Clear frost: wind
lulled. 17. Calm and frosty, and sunny. 18. Frost a.m.: rain at night. 19,
Temperate: heavy flood. 20. Shower a.m.: still mild. 21. Frost a.m.: in-
creasing p.M. 22. Clear frost: overcast P.M. 23. Frost again: slight thaw p.m.
24. Thaw: a few drops of rain. 25. Fine day, without frost. 26, Fine frosty
day. 27. Calmand clear frost. 28. Frost: slight fallofsnow. 29. Frost :
storm of snow. 30, Frost; snowand high wind. 31. Frost: still snowing :
nine inches deep.

a os es ak

LS L.EF L-PE| €-€F| 3-8E |oSP-0€ 67-62 | Pog-6% | €£0-08

— BES Main ee ae oe oS 2 i ee
oan —- - —— ;

—

4 acc ee i en ae in - |
‘uvayy |PP.% | OP 1 Lz-1 | “wing | | Lbeo.¢¢\ og F9-18

| eile nei Seat ates.

AT SS ee ae

Gz | + Es : ‘m | O€| TE] 66| | LE |o.cz/ €.zE | $0 | £6.62 | 89-62 | £8-8% | 1H1-62 | 62-62 | OST-62 | “Ie
gz |e Vo. | °°" | POT. | MN |*MN lean] sms | Sz] 9B] bz | Lo | PE | 7.62] 0.98 LL | 08-66 | £6-66 | G6-8 | 6£0-68 | PBz-6z | 9Z7-63 | “of
63 | yf tas juupeoi a] cm | 3B] Za} 6@) AT | 6€ |g.7¢| £-LE| BEE | 62-62 | 0S-6z | 22-62 | SS1-62 | 165-6 | PS-6z | *6z
ez | o Lo. RR Ma COTES: “aN | mn | Of) Le} BE 6% | 9€ 9.1¢ | 9-SE | LB | PL.6z | £0-0€ | £4-6% | Z89-6z | F90-0€ | 900-0€ | “gz
ae | we Ss N juyeo an | -an | 93] 1€|/G-9€) 96 | GE I z.1¢)G.LE| EEE | Sb-0€ | 89-08 | G0-0€ | OFZ.0€ | PLE.O£ | OPE-0€ | “Zz
le | S0- re edie eet ee | | ze ce} GE} Of | ge iP.pe| E27] €SE | 09-08 | 09-08 | L8-6% | SZ1.0€ | B8E.0€ | 9ST-0€ | ‘oz
Beyer fl ff || amt | reves el] 68 | EF cf | OP | z.9€| 8-EF | OEP | 02-08 | CL-0€ | 9-62 | 686-62 | BOT-0F | 8R0-.08 | “Sz
a a ee oe eee era | 0 | oP| op| 9€ oe 8h | L.£¢| Pop | 98 | oF-0€ | 9-08 | ZI-0F | gOE-0€ | ELS-0€ | ZES.0€ | “Fe
€€ Igbo Ig cS oo | Je ON [om] cm | Of) 6%| PE) Of | SP |o.He| P.LE| S-9E| SS-0F | 09.0€ | ST-0F | P6P.O£ | 1SS-08 | O€9.0€ €%
ge lcdebgaaed 8 , eae” pe tN we CEEOL) SE ee LE | Lee | 2.67 | 4PE| gS-0€ | PE-0€ | €L-6z | ZI1-0€ | SPP-0€ | 060-08 08 C
ee = | 0S- e. | al ; oN [peleo) *as | sms | OV) VE) OF! St | OS /z.g¢| £.6P L-8V | €0-0€ | GL.6z | 08-62 | LL9.6z | LL8-6z | 859-62 at
ce | os | 60- Qt. | ALT. | “ms jue) «ms | «ms | 6€| LE} 6€| 6€ | 1S | o.cE]g.Lp| 9-8] 12-62 | 28.62 | SS-6z 621-62 | 8£0-0€ | 800.06 | “0%
7 AS have: ET | ot | ON [rms tems | cas | 6£| LEG-EP| 6% | OF | 7.6z,|0.Fh | 2] g9-6z | 6£-6z | 01-6 | Z6E-62 | 676-62 | ZLS-6z ‘61
| fae tee | 1. CANN TMN [mn] cm | 26] 13) 23) La | PP | ¢.6z} 0.8€ | 4:62 | 08-62 | 61-08 | 08-62 | PL0-0€ | 0Z-0€ | ZL1-0€ 81
se Sat Ses os ae gore MAN | SA | ANNA 62 | 8@ S.66 £% £ | 9.0€ | 9.07 L.of 02-08 | 91-08 | $9-6% | SPO.0€ | OLT-O€ | Z10-0€ "LT
ce | Psat 3 A te al "MN | “ma | 63) BE| OF} 9B] IP |o.ce|2.€F peak 90-08 00-0 | $8-62 | 196.66 | 720-08 | PP6-6¢ | “91
oe i | |60 | 46I- ae he og A ARS RORY GE, Ob Tes) PP 10.08 ber ae [6-68 | 89-62 | 42-60 | 0G8-62 | €£0.08 ae on
5 ESE ee esd ae on a fe 8 78) OF IV} VE | OF i zePierg be £9.62 | SL.6% vee 181-62 | 046-62 | 89 * vi]
1h [08:0 | Zo. | ** Pro. | ‘MS lwyea “wm [tea as! 1p] OF; OS) 1h | ZS 17 zh 1 E.0¢ ae 08-6% | 69.6% He 166-62 | 670.08 OnO08 eI
ce | Pe oD "V0- ne UTP) sm | *MNN | Cf] OF | EV! 6E | IS |o.zhlo.0¢| S47 | £0-08 | 60-0€ | 04-62 | Z0Z-0F | ZEZ-0€ | 08 08 ca
ve, [OG: 190" | LEO. | MS | “MS i ems] os | ep LepiGPh! sb | 0S |o.zelz.ep | V2? | 06-60 | 08-62 | 09-62 | OLT-0€ | I8T.0€ | OST-OF | “11
al ‘ie at es plc a ‘s | wp] PE| 82] 1€ | FV | ¢.6z | g.ce | 8:SE | b6-6z | 80-0€ | 88-62 | 0SZ-0€ | POE.0€ | PLZ-0F | “01
ve Se TN | A emu] smn | zz] 0z| 42) 12 | 9€ |o.celg.6e| VE | 01-08 | 82-62 | 96-62 | SEL-62 | 018.0 | 914-60 | “6
1¢ Jee |. ot. | ni aes - "Mm | "Mm [S67] 9z| PE} 1€ | SE | ere] e.op a OF-6% | 08-64 pre 92S:62 ays eee 3 ;
1f ae Se ee. | me | sas lcrreot at |} | 98) Sel 2h! BE | LP | o.ce |e0¢ oe 00:62 | 92-82 one 960-62 | EVE.62z ae .
of OL ve a GO: tall ee ‘ass "Ss PE | 02 rf. Ze eg ZVE |0-6E r. ¢ 66-82% | SS.6z spe LV1-62 | SEL.6% | SI ie G
oh ee ag F ee ale a ‘MS; 'S ltze| pe| PE) Ze | PP lo.ce\¢.pr hee 0£-6% | 17-62% | % fe ee aes Soe a
Ob bore freee ro. | ogy 4 heal m | ¢s ce| ze| €v| 18 | LV 6.17 l z.LP oy CP-6% | PZ-6% ee a re Lr a oe 7
= ec eer ee a = aI ‘mS | "MS | op |Spp (SIV) oF | 67 |z.pP\z.07| & G%-6% | OL-6% 0% | ZL9-60 | 896-60 | VVO- .
oS es oe SOUNVAN) om | cm [toe] of | OP] 2h | OP | op] ¢.6p | PSP | 96-62 | 96-62 | 29-62 | PLO-0€ | ZOT-0€ | OGO-0F | |
rer ff AA om] os Top] pp] EF | Eh | OS |z.o¢] p14 | 8:OP | 8-62 | 00-0€ | 08-62 | 180-0£ | 16£-0€ | PE-0F | “I
‘ure | © | -ureve.| ‘orgs | Se ere feat le tert ey Neri t acepels ae a re "ul ‘xe cee
soso] 5 | Be fee ee cog | PE | ures (endl wes) gobs | TAL! PIL fury exe [Ue 6) -urd9s| ures | yg. | A | MPA |) we6 | cue
DUO. 2 |.8 | 2 suopuoyy| “unr | © 2 |20s'kou] anys | BS spray jes | oaesouyuma wows soustya |r eopucy ry
aap g |S & | F 6! | UopUOTy) -sayyuing Be.) ae ‘00g ‘oy : UOpuo'T t : “quuo yyy
: “PULA, *J9JOWOULAIY,L, “1aJaWOIB] Jo shuq

‘aurys-sarsfiuncy ‘asunpy yjivdajddp yo avanag ‘iq 49 pun “uojsog yw VIVA ‘AN 49 fuopuorT avau ‘younsiyy yo Ajaw0g pounqynorLozy ay? fo
| M2PLDE) IY} JD NOSAKOUY, “I Ag { NoLUAGOY “Ap ‘Aunjasoag quoysisspy ay hg hyaroog yohoy ayy fo sjuaupavdpy ayz yo apni suorvasasgQ pva1Soj0Loajapy

. —

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

VII.—On a new Species of Bat found in the County of Durham,
and preserved in the Museum belonging to the Durham Uni-
versity. By the Rev. LEonarp Jenyns, M.A., F.LS., &c.

{ With a Plate. ]

DURING a visit at Durham last autumn, I noticed in the
Museum attached to the University of that town a White Bat,
which I at first supposed to be merely an accidental variety of
one of our common species. On a closer inspection I per-
ceived that it could not be referred to any species I was ac-
quainted with; and on making application to Mr. Fox, the
well-known naturalist of that place, who was accompanying
me at the time, I was kindly entrusted by that gentleman with
the loan of the specimen, to enable me on my return home to
submit it to a more rigorous examination. This I have ac-
cordingly done; and | have little hesitation in pronouncing
it to be distinct from all the bats which have been hitherto
met with in this country, and as far as my knowledge goes,
from all those described by continental authors. There is no
ground for supposing that its white colour is otherwise than
accidental ; but it possesses other characters, those especially
derived from the form of the tragus, of sufficient importance,
I think, to mark its peculiarity.

I learnt upon inquiry, that this bat had been obtained some
time preceding in the church of Auckland St. Andrew, which
place is about twelve miles S.W. of Durham. It is now
stuffed, on which account it is not possible to take some of the
measurements with as much accuracy as could be wished.
But the parts are well displayed; and the exact form of the
auricle and tragus in particular may be correctly traced.

I propose to designate this bat by the name of Vespertilio
edilis. And the following may serve as its specific character ;

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No.15. April 1839. G

74 Rey. L. Jenyns on a new Species of Bat.

—to which I shall annex a more detailed description, and a
table of dimensions.

VY. auriculis ovatis, marginibus externis sinuatis, caput longitudine
eequantibus ; trago dimidio breviore, margine interno recto, ex-
terno subarcuato ante apicem emarginato ; patagio interfemorali
subtus punctis, hic illic sparsis, setigeris.

In the form of the head and in its general physiognomy,
this bat resembles the V. mystacinus more than any other of
our British species. The snout is short, but moderately at-
tenuated, and slightly emarginate at the tip between the nos-
trils. The forehead appears elevated from the erect fur on
that part. The face and upper part of the muzzle are hairy.
There is some indication of a moustache on the upper lip,
with longer hairs interspersed : there are also a few long hairs
on the chin. The ears are about the length of the head*,
widely separate, oval, obtuse at the extremity, bending out-
wards: their inner margin convex, and folded back near the
base; the outer margin with a moderately deep sinus about
half-way down, but immediately beneath the sinus expanding
into a rounded lobe. On the whole the auricle very much
resembles that of the V. mystacinus and V. emarginatus, but it
is not so deeply notched. The éragus is of a very peculiar form,
and unlike that of any other species. It is not quite half the
length of the auricle, if this last be measured in front; but
rather more than half if measured behind: its greatest breadth
is not quite one third of its own length: the inner margin is
perfectly straight; the outer one arcuate, with a small but
rather deep notch a little below the tip which is rounded;
there is a somewhat similar notch at bottom, and beneath it a
projecting lobe, but these last may also be observed, though
not so distinctly, in V. mystacinus:—-were it not for the
upper notch and rounded apex, the form of the tragus would
be nearly that of a small segment of a circle, the broadest part
being im the middle. The flying and interfemoral membranes
are naked and moderately ample; the latter without any
transverse ciliated lines, but dotted irregularly on the under
surface with some minute white glands, from each of which

* Perhaps a little shorter; but the specimen being stuffed, the exact
length of the head cannot be determined.

Rev. L. Jenyns on a new Species of Bat. 7

proceed one or more small bristles: there are also a few mi-
nute scattered bristles along the margin. The fail is a little
shorter than the fore arm, and the tip appears to project a
little from the membrane, but owing to the dried state of the
skin, this last point cannot be accurately determined. The
feet are large, (much larger than in either V. mystacinus or
V. Pipistrellus): the toes long and bristly. The thumé is
longer than in either of the two species just mentioned. The
Jur is thick and woolly about the head, advancing a little on to
the ears externally at the base ; on the other parts of the body
of moderate length. Its colour (in this specimen) everywhere
of a beautiful silvery white: the membranes are also white, but
of a less pure tint.

Dimensions.
Inc. Lin
Leneth of the head and body :.............0.c..sceeeeee 2 0
ef Seville. CLO s. Ae I ee ms
of the -car.( behind). 3, iwi ctivaenscniles veh acetone sO iL
rE AM C408 SOON DY snes a nan ook k hapiak <Siastaown 0 6
ree LEER a 6 aca sip Guang sv nn Garcinia vine Wades ain ss ze
RORMEAT AL, BG EAE oie linn 03 Vense dada ie sodeuN oun saaceadegnises 0 38 perhaps more.
of the tragus (in the middle of its length)... 0 03%
Pecnptnror thie ares ts. peli ck. aS este ge hs cok df
eeihe fore arc siik ie de8.c eee 1 43
tne EN MATER a din yah wre anes sh ean aonb ae Diss
Extent of the-flyimg membrane ......<......ss0ceeee 10*

I have compared this bat closely with specimens of most
of our British species, with which it can possibly be con-
founded. It may be of use to point out the leading differences
in each case. ;

From V. Nattereri it may be at once distinguished by its
smaller ears and shorter tragus, independently of other cha-
racters. From V. Pipistrellus, by its larger size altogether,
sharper snout, longer fore arm and thumb, longer and more
slender tragus. From V. mystacinus, by its somewhat supe-
rior size and greater amplitude of wing ; by the ears not being
so deeply notched, and the tragus not subulate, but of the
form already described; larger feet ; want of transverse lines
on the interfemoral membrane, &c. From V. Daubentoniz,

* Not less; but from the way in which the membranes are dried, this
measurement cannot be made with accuracy.

eZ

76 Rey. L. Jenyns on a new Species of Bat.

(which species it approaches most nearly, especially in size
and general proportions,) by its sharper snout, its peculiarly
formed tragus, and the absence of ciliated lines beneath the
interfemoral.

Of the V. emarginatus I possess no specimen for compa-
rison. But it differs from Geoffroy’s description and figure
of that species*, in the ears being smaller as well as less deeply
notched on their external margins, and in the tragus not being
subulate, as before stated. The flying membrane also is not
quite so ample. But on the whole the proportions are not very
dissimilar.

It may still be inquired how far the above distinguishing
characters may be trusted as indicating a specific difference.
This however, is a question, to which, in the present state of
the science, no certain reply can be made. It is in general
hazardous to establish new species from single specimens.
But in no instance hitherto, have I ever seen any appreciable
variation in the form of the tragus, which is the great pecu-
liarity in the one now described. And whether I am right or
not in assigning so high an importance to this character, I
conceive it will be of equal advantage to science to have
brought it under the notice of the naturalist. it is only by
tracing every variation of form, with a view to ascertaining
the real value of characters, that we can arrive ultimately at a
true knowledge of the value of species. If the one here de-
scribed be a mere variety, it would seem to be a variety of the
V. Daubentonii, to which on the whole it makes the nearest
approach.

I have only to add, that this bat will shortly be returned to
the Museum at Durham, where it may be seen by those na-
turalists who may have an opportunity of visiting that collec-
tion ; and I beg to express my acknowledgements to Mr. Fox
for permission to examine it. |

REFERENCE TO THE PLATE.

Prate ITI. fig. 1. is a dorsal view of V. edilis—Fig. 2. is a front view
of the head enlarged.

Swaffham Bulbeck, Feb. 2, 1839.

* Ann. du Mus. tom. viii. p. 198. pl. 46.

Rev. P. Keith on the Pith of Plants. 77

VIII.—Of the Pith of Plants. By the Rev. Patrick
Keritu, F.L.S.

Tue pith, as every body knows, is that soft and spongy sub-
stance which occupies the centre of the vegetable column, in
which it is inclosed as in a sheath. In some plants it is close
and compact, as in the willow; in others it is loose and inter-
rupted, as in the walnut ; insome its diameter is large in pro-
portion to that of the trunk, as in the fig and elder; in others
it is very small, as in the oak and elm. Much has been said
concerning its functions, and many opinions have been ha-
zarded.

But the only points of view in which I mean to regard it
at present are, first, the extent to which it may be said to oc-
cupy the centre of the plant; and secondly, that of its dimi-
nution or obliteration in aged subjects.

1st. Does the pith occupy the root or any part of the root,
as well as the stem and branches? Before we proceed further,
it will be well to circumscribe the limits of the terms root and
stem.—* That part of the axis which forces its way down-
wards, constantly avoiding light, and withdrawing from the
influence of the air, is the descending axis or root; and that
which seeks the light, always striving to expose itself to the
air, and expanding itself to the utmost extent of its nature to
the solar rays, is the ascending axis or stem.” Such is the de-
finition of Dr. Lindley (Introd. 45.) with which we rest con-
tent.

Now though it seems to have been the opinion of the ear-
lier botanists that a pith is present in the root of all plants
as well as in the stem; yet M. Dutrochet, (‘ Recher. Anat.’
p- 13.) with some other modern botanists, deny its existence in
the root of exogens altogether.

With a view to satisfy myself on this point I began in 1836
to look out for subjects of imspection. I cannot say that I
met with anything that could be fairly called a pith in the roots
of full-grown or aged trees. I thought I had perceived a pith
in the root ofa plant of Berberis communis, which I inspected
many years before the period above stated, with a different
object in view ; but as it was merely a matter of recollection, I

78 Rev. P. Keith on the Pith of Plants.

laid no stress upon it, but proceeded in pursuit of a pith to
examine the roots as well as stems, not of aged trees, but of
young seedlings.

Accordingly, on the 24th of June 1836, I took up a seed-
ling of the sycamore, Acer Pseudoplatanus. 'The stem mea-
sured about ¢hree inches in height. It was still furnished with
its seed leaves, which were elevated about two inches above
the level of the soil, with a pair of terminal stem leaves two
inches in length by one and a half in breadth, and with a se-
cond and immature pair protruding from their axils. Ona
horizontal section it exhibited a circular layer of bark and a cir-
cular layer of woody fibre, enclosing a central pith conformable
to the terms of the definition as it regards the ascending axis,
or stem, which on being partly cut and partly broken asunder,
exhibited also spirals both above and below the seed leaves.
On the same day I took upa seedling of the beech tree, Fagus
sylvaticus. The seed leaves were still attached to it and were
fully expanded; and the stem on the horizontal section was
divisible into bark and bundles of woody fibre, t together with
a central pith and spirals.

All this is what was to be expected; and the next thing
remaining to be done was the inspection of the roots of the
said seedlings which was now undertaken. In the above spe-
cimens this root measured from two to three inches in length,
with a good many lateral fibres, and on a horizontal section
exhibited, like the stem, a bark, a circular layer of woody fibre,
but without spirals, and a central or axial mass, which mass
differed in nothing visible from the central mass of the stem,
whether as relative to its colour or to its spongy and cellular
texture. On this account I have no hesitation in pronouncing
it to be a true and legitimate pith, though lodged in the de-
scending axis. If it be said, that owing to the elevation of the
seed aber in the above cases, the piace of the collum must
have been rendered doubtful, and that of the commencement
of the real root uncertain, then I will present a case from
which doubt is altogether excluded.

On the 15th of July, 1836, I stumbled on a seedling of Co-
rylus Avellana. took it up with much care and found that
the seed lobes and half of the investing sheil were still attached

—

Rey. P. Keith on the Pith of Plants. 19

to it. The stem measured seven inches in length, with three or
four leaves. The root measured three or four inches in length,
with many lateral fibres; and the diameter of the plant, at
the widest, was about one eighth ofan inch. In taking a lon-
gitudinal section of a portion of the root and stem so as to
pass through the collum, which could not be mistaken, as the
lobes never rise above the level of the soil, it was evident that
the pith, strictly cellular and under the aspect of a fine thread,
descended into the root, without any node or interruption or
breach of continuity whatever, and without any appreciable
difference beyond that of colour. Above the col/um it was of
a deep red; below it was of a pale green. If any doubt re-
mains in the mind of the reader as to the accuracy of this
statement, I shall be very glad if he will have the goodness to
repeat the experiment on a seedling of the same species and
of the same age, and to say what he thinks of it then. With
regard to myself, I hold it to be a most satisfactory proof of the
existence of a pith in the descending axis even of exogens. It
may be seen equally well in the root of seedlings of the oak
and ash, but without the peculiarity of the red and green
colours.

2ndly. The other debateable point on the subject of the pith
is as follows:

Does the pith, after having reached its maximum of dia-
meter and parted with its specific juices, ever shrink further
in its dimensions, whether by the generation of longitudinal
fibres within it, or by pressure from without, or by any other
cause? In the earlier days of botanical inquiry, it was the
opinion of phytologists that the pith is obliterated with age,
or at least much diminished in its diameter. This opinion
was advocated by Mirbel in his ‘ Physiologie Végétale*, where
he not only states the fact, but explains how, in his opinion,
the change is effected,—that 1s, by being converted, first, into
longitudinal tubes and then into wood. But on the contrary,
there are botanists who contend that “the pith undergoes no
change after the end of the first year of its growth ;” at which
period it may be said to have become distinctly cellular, and

ee Len Baty

SO Rev. P. Keith on the Pith of Plants.

altogether, or nearly, dry. They add, that the fact of the great
discrepancy of dimension between the pith of the primary
shoot of the elder and that of the shoots of after years, so
often quoted as an evidence of the shrinking of the pith, is an
argument founded altogether in error, as the pith of the pri-
mary shoot from seed never was more than a mere thread*.
Yet the question is not whether the pith of the shoot of future
years does ever shrink to the diminutive size of the shoot
of the first year from seed; but, rather, whether the pith of
any shoot, be it primary or be it secondary, does ever shrink
in any sensible or perceptible degree after the end of a year’s
growth, when its juices, as it seems, may be said to be ex-
hausted. On the lst of June, 1836, I separated from the
stool of an ash-stock a stem of three years growth. It mea-
sured about nine feet in height, the growth of each year being
distinctly marked, and measuring each about three feet in
length. The upper shoot, that is the shoot of 1835, had a
diameter of 3ths of an inch, with a pith of {th at the widest.
The middle shoot, that is the shoot of 1834, had a diameter
of ;4ths of an inch, with a pith of 7th; and the lower shoot,
that is the shoot of 1833, had a diameter of Zths of an inch,
with a pith of ;th. Now as the shoots of the several years
were equally luxuriant, and the youngest a year old, the pith
ought, by hypothesis, to have been of the same dimensions in
all of them. Yet it was gradually smaller and smaller from
the youngest to the oldest; though it was undoubtedly of
equal diameter in the first year’s growth of each. For the
shoot of a single year, from a different stock, gave a diameter
of pith equal to that of the upper shoot of the above stem ;
and poles of twelve years old gave still a diminishing dia-
meter when inspected towards the base. Whence we infer
that the pith keeps shrinking, from one cause or other, long
after the period of the first year’s growth.

Since the above was written, it seems that several botanists
of eminence have expressed themselves with regard to the
preceding facts, in a way that seems to amount, either to a
total denial of them, or to a persuasion that they are of too

* Lind. Introd. 60, 213.

Mr. W. Yarrell on some Species of the Genus Syngnathus. 81

little importance to merit any particular consideration, or at
the least, that they are not new,—maintaining that wherever
pith occurs, it occurs as an adjunct of stem and not of root.
But with all due deference to great names and to great men,
I contend most zealously for the fact of the existence of a pith
in the root of exogenous seedlings at least. The affirmation
of it is good, at any rate, as far as my induction goes ; and no
one is at liberty to deny it, unless he can show that he has
examined roots of the same species and of the same age, with-
out having been able to discover the same appearances. Nor
is any one at liberty to say that the pith which is found in the
root is of no importance because it occurs merely in seedlings
aud disappears in the mature plant. As well might the zo-
ologist deny the importance of the tail of the tadpole, because
it disappears in the full-grown frog. And if it is said that
my facts are not new, I can only answer for myself, by saying
in reply, that I never either heard or read of such facts till I
discovered them in the course of my own investigations. They
may be old facts ; but if facts at all, whether old or new, why
are they contradicted by modern botanists ?

I contend also with equal zeal for the fact of the gradual
diminution of the pith of the stem till it dwindles away at last
toa mere thread in the mature trunk; and as I am persuaded
that the facts which I have adduced in support of the doc-
trine are new, so I am satisfied that they are also true. Yet
truth does not always meet with the ready reception which it
merits—not even from philosophers themselves ; especially
when any new fact occurs that happens to militate against
their recorded opinions.

1X.—Remarks on some Species of the Genus Syngnathus.
By Wiuiiam YARRELL, Ksq., F.LS., F.Z.S.

WueEn reading in November last in the 8th Number of the
‘ Annals of Natural History’ the translation of the paper on
the species of the genus Syngnathus by M. B. Fr. Fries of
Stockholm, in which that gentleman states that the first ex-
ample of the ophidial pipe-fish figured in the ‘ History of the

82 Mr. W. Yarrell on some Species of the Genus Syngnathus.

British Fishes,’ vol. il. p. 335, under the name of S. equoreus,
is the female ; and that the second example, figured at p. 338,
under the name of S. Ophidion, is the male of the same species,
I was at once induced to suppose that M. Fries was under
some misapprehension on the subject, from the following cir-
cumstances ; first, because as far as my own observation went,
S. e@quoreus was, in this country at least, a very rare species.
Montagu says that he obtained but two examples. At the
time of printing the account of that species in the ‘ British
Fishes,’ I possessed, as there stated, but two examples ; while
on the coast of Dorsetshire, where I have frequently fished
for Syngnathi, I could obtain any number of that which I
had called S. Ophidion, and it is equally common elsewhere.
This extraordinary disparity of numbers appeared to be strong
eround, but not the only ground, for supposing them distinct
as to species.

When in 1834 I first exhibited at the meetings of the Zo-
ological Society dissected specimens of males and females of
three species of the genus Syngnathus, in order to show the
peculiarities both of the marsupial and ophidial pipe-fish, I
had no difficulty in finding among my specimens females of
S. Ophidion of Bloch, and I insert here a paragraph from the
Report of the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for Oct.
28, 1834, which follows a notice of the exhibition of prepara-
tions of males and females of Syngnathus Acus and Typhle.
« Specimens of males and females of S. Ophidion, Bloch, were
also exhibited. In this species neither male nor female pos-
sesses an anal pouch, but the ova are carried by the male in
hemispheric depressions on the external surface of the abdo-
men, anterior to the anus. All the specimens examined ha-
ving these external depressions proved to be males, with the
testes in the abdomen very obvious: those without external
depressions proved to be all females, internally provided with
two lobes of enlarged ova.”

In reference to the recent observations of M. Fries I pur-
posely deferred any new examination of the various specimens
I possessed till Mr. Jenyns’s visit to London in the early part
of the present month, when we made the inspection together.
I may here observe, that at the Meeting of the British Asso-

Mr. W. Yarrell on some Species of the Genus Syngnathus. 83

ciation at Newcastle last autumn, Mr. Wallace, of the Isle of
Man, gave me two specimens of S. equoreus; I therefore now
possessed four examples of this rare fish, all dried, and all ap-
parently females, there being no appearance of the hemispheric
depressions which usually distinguish the males. On care-
fully opening these four we found that two of them were
males and two females, and contrary to M. Fries’s experience,
the males, in this instance, were the two largest of the four.
Supposing the disappearance of the hemispheric cells in the
dried males of the ophidial pipe-fish to be the consequence of
desiccation, I tried the experiment of drying a male specimen
of S. Ophidion, Bloch, which, when taken out of diluted spirit
of wine, bore the usual half circular depressions, and I found
that these depressions became less conspicuous in three or
four hours, and were lost in the sculpture of the abdominal
plates when the specimen became quite dry.

The best specific distinction between S. equoreus, Linn. and
S. Ophidion, Bloch, as it has been generally called, appears to be
in the situation of the anal aperture, which marks the division
between the body and tail in fishes. In the largest male of
S. equoreus, measured on this occasion, the body was 93
inches, the tail 101 ; in the second, the body was 94 inches,
the tail 93. In the largest male specimen of S. Ophidion that
was measured, the body was 6 inches, the tail 8 inches ; in
another the body was 4 inches, the tail 6. I admit that there
is considerable resemblance in the form and sculpture of the
plates, but in this country S. eguoreus is as rare as the S.
Ophidion of Bloch is common: males and females of both
exist, as has been shown, and I have not yet met with any
specimens, which by forming an intermediate series, would
bring these two fishes together. I have hitherto referred to
this second ophidial pipe-fish by the name of S. Ophidion, al-
though M. Fries is, I believe, perfectly correct in stating that
the Ophidion of Jenyns and Yarrell, identical with the Ophi-
dion of Bloch, tab. 91. figure 3. as quoted by both in their
synonyms, is not the true Ophidion of Artedi and Linnzus ;
but let us inquire a little further. In this country we are in
the habit of referring to the works of Swedish naturalists,
considering them good authorities for the Linnean species.

84 Mr. W. Yarrell on some Species of the Genus Syngnathus.

When engaged on the synonyms of the Syngnathi, I referred
to the works of Swedish authors, and found that M. Retz, in
his ‘ Fauna Suecica,’ at page 312, refers to Bloch’s figure 3.
tab. 91. as representing the Ophidion of Artedi and Linnzeus.
Again, M. Nilsson in his ‘ Prodromus Ichthyologiz Scandi-
navice,’ page 67. also refers to Bloch’s figure 3. tab. 91. as the
Ophidion of Linnzus*. If therefore we have erred in quoting
Bloch’s figure as the true Ophidion, we have at least gone
astray in good company ; the more so, since Lacepéde in his
original work,—the editor of the recent edition,—and Baron
Cuvier himself in his ‘ Régne Animal,’ have quoted Bloch’s
figure 3. tab. 91. as the S. Ophidion of Linnzus.

As short descriptions, without figures, have often led to an
erroneous adoption of names, I send herewith a representation
engraved on wood of the true S. Ophidion of Artedi and Lin-
neus. I have found it occasionally on the southern coast of
England, but it is not very common. It is described by M.
Fries in the 8th Number of the ‘ Annals,’ page 103. and by
Mr. Jenyns in his ‘ Manual of British Vertebrate Animals,’
page 488.

The straight-nosed Pipe-fish. ‘Nat. size.

The species which has hitherto been called S. Ophidion by
Mr. Jenyns and myself will in future be considered as S. an-

* M. Fries, when quoting the synonyms of three Swedish authors,
namely, Retz, Ekstroém, and Nilsson, for the true Ophzdion of Linnzus,
very quietly omits the references made by two of them, M. Retz and Nils-
son, to the figure of the Ophidion of Bloch.

Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants. 85

guineus: a name first suggested for it by Mr. Jenyns in his
‘ Catalogue of British Vertebrate Animals,’ and referred to as
a synonym for the fourth species of Syngnathus in his ‘ Ma-
nual of the British Vertebrate Animals,’ page 487.

The British Syngnathi, as suggested by Mr. Jenyns, con-
sist of 6 species: 2 marsupial pipe-fish, S. Acus and S. Typhle,
having true caudal fins; 4 ophidial pipe-fish, which may be
again divided into 2 sections, the first of which contains 2 spe-
cies, S. equoreus and S. anguineus, having each a rudimentary
caudal fin; the second section also containing 2 species, S.
Ophidion and S. lumbriciformis, in which there is no rudi-
mentary caudal fin, the round tail ending in a fine point.

In the recent works on British Fishes, one by Mr. Jenyns
the other by myself, we had considered the figure of Bloch’s
Ophidion as representing the true Ophidion of Linnzeus, which
as here admitted is not the case: Mr. Jenyns has described
the true Ophidion under the name of lumbriciformis, and I
inserted the true /umbriciformis but omitted the true Ophidion
altogether. I acknowledge with pleasure my obligations to
M. Fries for setting me right.

Ryder Street, Feb. 18, 1839.

X.—Descripiions of some new or rare Indian Plants. By
G. A. W. Arnott, Esq., LL.D.

[Continued from p. 23. ]
BALSAMODENDRON, Kunth (Burseracee).

In the ‘ Prodromus Florz Peninsule Indiz Orientalis’, i. p.
176, Dr. Wight and I united this as a subgenus to Protium,
and it still appears to me doubtful if the two be separated by
sufficiently important characters: the habit is, however, very
different. In consequence of the addition of several new spe-
cies, the character given by Dr. Wight and me, will require to
be slightly altered, as follows:

Calyx late vel tubuloso-campanulatus : torus disciformis in fundo
calycis ovarium cingens, externe inter singula stamina verrucula ele-
vata instructus: stamina octo: drupa ovata: nux obtusa angulata.

From this it is obvious that the shape of the calyx and nut

86 Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants.

is not sufficient to distinguish Balsamodendron from the spe-
cies we referred to the Protium of Burmann, and that the
principal character consists in the position of the torus or
disc.

All the East Indian species which I have seen have the
calyx tubular-campanulate as in the Senegambia one (Heude-
lotia) and Commiphora of Jacquin, while it is broad and shallow
in B. gileadense, and perhaps in the other two from Arabia :
but, as these last are not sufficiently known, I cannot avail
myself of that probable difference of structure to sub-divide
the genus into sections. The following is a synopsis of all
the species known :

1. B. Berryi (Arn.) ; spinescens, foliis longiuscule petiolatis gla-
bris, foliolis 3 cuneato-obovatis crenatis, terminali lateralibus
duplo majore, pedicellis unifloris brevibus, petalis calyce breviter
tubuloso subduplo longioribus, fructu apiculato.—Protium gi-
leadense. Wight et Arn. Prod.i. p. 177 (excl. syn.). Wight,
Cat. n. 543.—-Amyris Gileadensis. Roxd, Fl. Ind. 11. p. 246
(excl. syn.).

This was introduced to the Botanic Garden of Calcutta, by
Dr. Berry, of Madras, so that in all probability the plants
were obtained from the interior of the Peninsula, where it is
a native; and not from Arabia, as Roxburgh supposed.

2. B. Roxburghii (Arn.) ; spinescens, foliis petiolatis glabris, fo-
liolis 3, terminali ovali serrulato, lateralibus minutis, pedicellis
unifloris brevibus.—Amyris commiphora. Rovb. Fl. Ind. u. p,
244.—A. Agallocha. Rexb.: Herb. Beng. p. 28.—Commiphora
madagascariensis. Jacq. H. Schoenbdr. ii. t. 249 (fide Roxb.).

Hab. in Silhet, Assam, &c.

There can I think be little doubt of Commiphora being the
same with the present genus, but I feel less certain that C.
madagascariensis is the species described by Roxburgh. My
principal objection arises from the distance between the locali-
ties where the two are said to be indigenous. As, however, no
succeeding botanist appears to have received it from Mada-
gascar, Jacquin may have been accidentally led into an error
on that point.

3. B. Wightii (Arn.); spinescens, foliis sessilibus glabris, foliolis

3 subzequalibus cuneato-obovatis acute dentato-serratis, flori-

Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants. 87

bus sessilibus fasciculatis, fructu subiter acuminato. Wight,

Cat. n. 2426.

Hab. ad Bellary, Wight (1834).

4. B. Africanum (Arn.); spinescens, foliis longiuscule petiolatis
pubescentibus, foliolis cuneato-obovalibus subrugosis obtuse in-
ciso-serratis, terminali majore, floribus fasciculatis subsessilibus,
petalis calyce tubuloso parum longioribus, drupa ovoidea acu-
minata.—Heudelotia africana. Guillem. et Pierott, FI. Senegamb.
i. p. 150. t.39.

. B. Kafal (Kunth); spinescens, foliolis 3, ovalibus dentato-
serratis, junioribus villosis, senioribus glabris, drupa compressa
mammillata. DC. Prod. ii. p. 76.

6. B. Kataf (Kunth); inerme, foliolis 3, ovalibus plus minusve
acuminatis serratis glabris, pedunculis dichotomis.—Amyris
Kataf. Forsk. Descr. p. 80.

7. B. gileadense (Kunth) ; inerme, foliis petiolatis glabris, foliolis
3 integerrimis obovato-oblongis, pedicellis brevibus unifloris,
calyce latiuscule campanulato. JB. gileadense et B. opobalsa-
mum. Kunth. DC. Prod. p.76.—Amyris gileadensis et A.
opobalsamum, Linn.

Vahl, at the end of the second part of his ‘Symb. Bot.’ has
shown that A. opobalsamum was described by Linnzeus, not
from specimens, but from a bad figure, and that it is not distinct
from A. gileadensis. What Balsamea meccanensis, Gled., in
“Act moc.,Nat. Cur. Ber! i: p. 127. t. 3. f. 2., may be, I have
no means of determining. DeCandolle refers it as a variety
with bipinnate leaves to the present species ; but if it belongs
to this genus, that structure must have arisen either from ac-
cident or cultivation, and in neither case can be considered as
a permanent form.

Cnr

Brown has about twenty years ago shown that the Linnzan
genus Hxracum ought to be limited to the Kast Indian species
which have all showy flowers; it is therefore somewhat
strange, that in almost all the European Floras, those of Britain
not excepted, that name is given to small slender filiform
plants, with an appearance quite different from the typical
species. To the European species Adanson had long since
given the name Cicendia; they differ from EHzracum by the
funnel-shaped corolla, the segments of which become twisted
after flowering into a kind of calyptra above the capsule,

88 Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants.

and by the one-celled or at most imperfectly two-celled cap-
sule. The Asiatic genus, of which I am about to define se-
veral species, may be thus shortly distinguished from the
other genera of the Gentianee.

Exacum, L.

Sepale dorso carinato alata. Corolla rotata absque corona, circa
capsulam marcescens: estivatio dextrorsum contorta. Glandule
epipetale vel hypogyne nulla. Stamina 4—5: anthere immutate
porro dehiscentes. Ovarium complete biloculare. Stylus filiformis
plus minusve adscendens. Stigma indivisum. Capsula valvulis in-
troflexis complete bilocularis, placentis demum utringue liberis.

The following is a Clavis Analytica of all the species I have
seen:

Caules subsimplices, corymbi nudiusculi.
SR SUMIANSA OF cue devas ave aie ese wihne ae aoe sev asus abep top E. tetragonum, R.
Stamina 5.
Folia ovalia acuta vix acuminata, co-
rollz laciniz ovali-oblongze acute...
Folia lanceolata utrinque attenuata
subundulata, corollz laciniz obovales } E. ceylanicum, L.
obtusinsculae ..:...00cs000s. padpinnenaen

E. macranthum, Ayn.

Caules valde ramosi.
Stamina 5: inflorescentia foliosa.

Caules ramique late 4-alati: capsula glo- ,
te Aigeoides. flores aaa oe b Wigan
Caules ramique 4-goni vix alati: flores parvuli.
Folia oblongo-lanceolata acuminata :
cor. lacinize obovate ; capsula oats | E. courtallense, Arn.
oblonga ...... cemeiok a ctasduna asians oe
Folia ovata acuta: cor. laciniz ob-

longo-lanceolatz: capsula congo: E. Walkeri, Arn.

eUOWN eA. a vevensn as neues 2a -
Stamina4: inflorescentia nudiuscula : =: A E. pedunculatum, L.
sula globosa: flores parvi.......essseeee

These may be more enh its defined as follows :

1. EH. tetragonum (Roxb.) caulibus subsimplicibus basi 4-alatis
sursum 4-angulatis, foliis ovalibus vel oblongo-lanceolatis sessi-
libus, corymbo nudiusculo, corollz laciniis 4 oblongis acutis, pe-
dunculis fructiferis rectiusculis.

Hab. ad oras Malabaricas.

Flores mediocres.

2. H. macranthum (Arn.) caulibus subsimplicibus teretiusculis, fo-
liis subpetiolatis ovalibus acutis vix acuminatis, corymbo nudi-

Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants. 89

usculo, corollz laciniis 5 ovali-oblongis acutis, pedicellis fruc-
tiferis rectiusculis.

Hab. in montibus insule Ceylani.

Flores magni.

3. E.ceylanicum (Linn.) ; caulibus subsimplicibus tetragonis, foliis
lanceolatis longe acuminatis basi in pseudo-petiolum attenuatis
margine subundulatis, corymbo nudiusculo, coroile laciniis 5
obovalibus obtusiusculis, pedicellis fructiferis subrecurvis.—E.
ceylanicum. Wall. Cat. n. 4357, 6.

Hab. Prope Colombo in insula Ceylano.

Flores magni.

4. EK. Wightianum (Arn.); caulibus valde ramosis ramisque late
alatis, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis acuminatis subsessilibus, co-
rymbo folioso, corollz laciniis 5 ovalibus acutis vel acuminatis,
pedicellis fructiferis valde recurvis, capsula globoso-ellipsoidea.
—E. ceylanicum. Wall. Cat. n. 4357, a. (et forsan c.).

Hab. in Peninsule Indice montibus australioribus.

Flores magni. Capsula latitudine vix longior.

5. E. courtallense (Arn.) ; caule dichotome ramoso, ramis angus-
tissime 4-alatis, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis acuminatis, inflore-
scentia foliosa, corolle laciniis 5 obovalibus obtusiusculis, pedi-
cellis fructiferis rectiusculis, capsula ovato-oblonga.

Hab. ad Courtallum in Peninsula Ind. Or.

Flores subparvi. Capsula versus basin quam apicem latior.

6. EH. Walkeri (Arn.); caule dichotome ramoso, ramis angustis-
sime 4-alatis, foliis ovatis acutis vel acuminatis, inflorescentia
foliosa, corolle laciniis 5 oblongo-lanceolatis, pedicellis fructi-
feris rectiusculis vel leniter arcuatis, capsula oblongo-ellipsoidea.

Hab. in insulze Ceylani montibus.

Flores subparvi. Capsula revere ellipsoidea, 15—2-plo longior

quam lata.

7. E. pedunculare (Linn.) ; caule erecto ramoso tetragono, foliis
lanceolatis, corymbis nudiusculis, corolle laciniis 4 ovalibus,
capsula globosa.—E. pedunculare. Wall. Cat. n. 4359.—E.
carinatum, Rorb.—E. sulcatum, Roxb.

Hab. in insula Ceylano, et per omnem fere Hindoostaniam.

Flores parvi.

In addition to these Roxburgh mentions an FE. bicolor, and
Wallich E. teres, stylosum, pteranthum, and E. grandiflorum,
the last from the Peninsula (and perhaps the same as £&.
Wightianum), with none of which I am acquainted.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 3. No. 15. April 1839. H

90 Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants.

This genus occurs principally in the south-west parts of
India: it does not appear to be found in Java.

Lorantuus, L. (Loranthacee).

L. lageniferus (Wight) ; corolla longe tubulosa equaliter 5-fida,
antheris erectis, involucro campanulato magno colorato circa
flores paucos subcapitatos. Wight, Cat. n. 2437. Hook. Ic. Pl.
t. 229, 230.

Hab. in Malabaria; Wight.

Lignosus glaber parasiticus. Folia opposita petiolata, petiolo 2—4
lineas longo, ovato-lanceolata seu elliptico-oblonga, obtusa basi ro-
tundata, plurinervia, crassa, coriacea. Pedunculi fasciculati ad ramos
annotinos orti, brevissimi, apice involucrum sanguineum gamophyl-
lum campanulatum magnum 4—5 lobum ferentes. Flores 4—5 in
fundo involucri subsessiles. Calycis limbus cupularis membrana-
ceus repando-5-dentatus. Corolla pulverula tubulosa, involucrum
duplo superans, apice supra medium quinquefida, versus laciniarum
basin per eestivationem inflatim annulata, laciniis linearibus demum
reflexis. Anthere erectee.

Sin Involucratos DeCandollei, seu Lepeostegeres Blumii, bracteis
quandoque coalitis gaudere posse putes, tum hec nova ac pulcher-
rima species cum lis collocari debet : sin non, ad novam finitimamque
inter Symphyanthos subsectionem pertinebit facillime diagnosi supra
data limitatam.

This is perhaps the most beautiful of the genus: its blood-
red involucres are about an inch long and 4 to 6 lines across.

PoLtycarpHA, Lam. (Paronychiacee).

1. P. corymbosa (Lam.); suftruticosa vel herbacea, caulibus ple-
rumque albo-tomentosis, foliis ex oblongo-lanceolatis in linearia
vel etiam setacea fasciculatis, floribus cymose-corymbosis, sepalis
scariosis lanceolatis acuminatis enerviis, petala subovalia obtusa
capsulamque 2—38-plo superantibus.—a, radice simplici uni-
cauli, caule simplici vel ramis elongatis erectis simpliciusculis.
—P. corymbosa, Lam. Wight, Cat. n.1172.—3, caulibus di-
chotome ramosis, rarius (et tunc e radice lignoso multicipiti
pluribus) simpliciusculis.—P. spadicea, Lam. Wight et Arn.
Prod. Fl. Penins. Ind. Or. i. p. 8357.—a, foliis oblongo-lanceolatis
obtusiusculis, corymbis densissimis. Wight, Cat. n.1168.—8,
foliis approximatis oblongo-linearibus, stipulas vix superantibus,
corymbis densis. Wight, Cat. n. 1169.—c, foliis linearibus subu-

Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants. 9]

latisve plus minusve distantibus, corymbis laxiusculis, ramulis
albo-tomentosis, sepalis albis. Wight, Cat. n. 1170.—d, cauli-
bus ramulisque dense albo-tomentosis, foliis subulatis subdistan-

_tibus, corymbis laxiusculis, sepalis aurantiaceis—P. aurea,
Wight, Cat. n. 2443.—e, ramulis tenuibus glabriusculis, foliis
setaceis subulatisve, corymbis laxis gracilibus. Wight, Cat. n.
1 Wg

In compliance with Dr. Wight’s lately expressed wishes, I
now unite P. corymbosa and P. spadicea of authors, and cer-
tainly he has had most ample opportunities of examining them
in all situations and under various appearances. At the same
time there is in general a peculiar habit about P. corymbosa,
by which it can be distinguished from all forms of the other
species: this, however, cannot so easily be expressed in
words. In P. corymbosa the root is always simple, and ap-
parently either annual or biennial: it is occasionally so in P.
spadicea ; but what is the case ? the stems are dichotomously
branched, which they seem never to be in the other species.
Again, in P. spadicea the plant is usually, perhaps always,
if not removed, suffruticose, while I have seen no tendency to
that in P. corymbosa. The broad-leaved specimens, which
Dr. Wight and I referred to P. spadicea, appeared at first
sight to have simple stems; but there are numerous fascicles
of leaves and rudimentary branches in the axils of the leaves,
so that these stems must be considered as the primary ones,
or axes, of a branched form. The proportions of the petals
and sepals are nearly the same in all the varieties.

2. P. diffusa (Wight); suffruticosa ramosissima laxa diffusa gla-
briuscula, foliis fasciculatis linearibus, floribus cymoso-corym-
bosis, sepalis scariosis ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis enerviis, pe-
talis sepala subeequantibus, stamina capsulamque acutam parum
superantibus. Wight, Cat. n. 2442.

Hab. Prope Tuticoreen (Maio 1835), Wight.

3. P. spicata (Wight) ; glabra, radice ad collum multicipiti, cau-
libus plurimis gracilibus diffusis foliorum pedunculorumque
fasciculos distantes 1—2 gerentibus, foliis radicalibus cauli-
nisque fasciculatis glaucis subcarnosis spathulato-oblongis acu-
tiusculis, floribus imbricatis spicatis, spicis paucis ad pedunculi
apicem fasciculatis, sepalis scariosis dorso uninerviis, petala

H 2

92 Rey. F. W. Hope’s Observations on the Genus Cassida,

subulata multo superantibus, filamentis basi dilatatis uno cum
corolla basi in annulum circa capsulam coalitis. Wight, Cat.
n. 2441.
fab. in montibus Peninsule australioribus, Wight.
(To be continued. }

X1.— Observations on the Tortoise or Shield Beetles, commonly
denominated Cassida by Linneus, with the Characters of
Six New Genera. By the Rev. F. W. Horr, F.R.S., F.L.S.,
F.Z.S., and Member of various Foreign Societies.

{ With a Plate. ]

Or late years, amongst Coleopterous Insects, the Adephaya
have engaged much of the attention of entomologists, proba-
bly because they stand foremost in the artificial arrangement
of modern authors ; there are however some remarkable ex-
ceptions to the contrary, such as the Curculionide now in pro-
gress of publication by the illustrious Schénherr, the Ceto-
niade and Buprestide by Gory and Percheron, and also the
Heteromera by Solier. Other groups, however, have been com-
paratively neglected, and particularly the Cassidoidea. I pur-
pose therefore in the present paper to examine the group, and
suggest the adoption of some new genera, to be classed under
the family of Casside, so named by Dr. Leach. Cassida of
Linnzus is very rich in species. It presents us with singu-
larly grotesque and varied forms, and if we look more parti-
cularly to the larve, no less remarkable will they be found in
their earlier stages than in their complete development. The
larvee sometimes assume the appearance of vegetation, some
imitating in that state the squame of the fir cones, others
again the filamentous appearance of plants and lichens. The
entire group which I term Cassidoidea is composed of several
families and is confined to no particular country. Several of |
the forms which predominate in the New World have not
their counterpart in the Old World, at least as far as we know
at present. The European species with their larve and habits
have been ably described by Reesel Reaumur, DeGeer, and
others. Our indigenous British species early attracted the atten-
tion of my friend the Rev. Wm. Kirby, three of which, with their

with Characters of Six New Genera. 93

transformations, are described in the third volume of the Lin-
nzan Transactions. The whole group appears to be entirely
herbivorous in its habits. In our own country they are chiefly
partial to thistles and marsh marigolds, occurring also on the
water-mint and other aquatic plants. The thistle, when much
infested by the larvee early in the summer, occasionally appears
as if scorched by fire; the marsh marigolds turn perfectly
black, and in some years, when attacked by these parasites,
they are not only greatly impoverished by them, but are en-
tirely destroyed. The number of European tortoise beetles
known is about forty species. It is difficult however to state
the numbers accurately, as great difference of opinion exists
as to what are really species; their synonymy is perplexing,
and, as the range which some species enjoy is very extensive,
there is consequently an increase of varieties, arising probably
from difference of food, climate, temperature, and soil. In-
stead of entering accurately into their geographical distribu-
tion, I shall merely state the numbers mentioned by authors,
and then add some general remarks on the whole. Linneeus,
in his ‘Systema Nature,’ gives us but 23 species, Olivier 105,
Fabricius, after separating Jmatidium, 119. The Baron De
Jean, including the latter genus, gives us in the first Cata-
logue 109, and in his last about 400. In my own collection
there are 500 species, and at least 200 more have fallen under
my notice; and as Cassida is a group which has been greatly
neglected, it will eventually be found much more numerous
than is at present supposed. Out of the 500 now known, 400
belong to the New World. Perhaps scarcely 40 will be found
mentioned in catalogues and works as inhabiting Africa, and
less is the number described from Asia, even including the
extended continent of Australia. Professor Perty, in his ‘ Con-
spectus Coleopterorum Indiz Orientalis,’ mentions but 22
from Asia. From the above statement, therefore, it will ap-
pear that the New World affords a very large proportion of
the Cassidoideaknown. As to the Kuropean species, there is
not much reason to think that they will prove to be much
more numerous than at present. As to African Casside, they
will eventually be found to be considerably more numerous
than the European species, and I am inclined to think that

94 Rey. F. W. Hope’s Observations on the Genus Cassida,

those of Asia will far outnumber those of Africa. In both of
the last-mentioned continents, large tracts of diversified coun-
try are unexplored, and till we become better acquainted with
their entomology, it may seem like presumption to attempt to
express an opinion respecting them. At the end of this pa-
per will be found references to the different authors who
have written on the Cassidoidea of the chief divisions of
our globe; I shall therefore refer the entomologist for further
information to the species described by them, and conclude
these observations with a remark on the peculiar colouring
matter of some of these beetles which are called tortoise or
shield beetles.

Little, very little is known, respecting the substance com-
posing the elytra of insects, and what has been written re-
specting chitine or elytrine does not appear to be applicable
to several of the Casside: I allude more particularly to the
brilliant metallic splendour of those diaphanous species allied
to Cassida nobilis, Linnzeus, which are frequently ornamented
with greenish-gold and sulphury-silver coloured spots and
fasciz, the colours of which disappear when the insects are
dead, but may be made to reappear by immersing them in
hot water. I am inclined to think that the colouring matter,
alluded to in the above insects, is not to be found in the elytra,
but is derived from the intestines. I do not here attempt to
explain the cause, but merely record an impression, which
may be erroneous; it is with a hope indeed of inducing others
to investigate a cause very imperfectly understood, that this
suggestion is now thrown out.

CASSIDA, Linnavus.

Cassipa, Leach. CaAssipo1DEA, Hope. |

The first genus which I propose to separate from the mul-
tiplicity of forms now arranged under the term Cassida is the

Genus Mesomphalia*. Pl. IV. fig. 1.
Type of the genus Cassida gibbosa of Fabricius.

Forma fere orbicularis.

* Mesomphalia is derived from fzaou@aarsoy, or from péoos and 6u@aros,
the boss of 2 shield.

with Characters of Siw New Genera. 95

Antenne 11 articulate cylindrice, articulo 1™° crasso, 24° mi-
nimo, reliquis fere equalibus, extimo apice subconico.

Labrum breve, margine antico valde inciso.

Mandibule cochleariformes, apicibus incisis.

Mazille breves bilobze, lobo superiori tenui recto.

Palpi mazillares crassi et cornei, articulo 2 longo, duobus ul-
timis brevioribus et fere eequalibus.

Mentum parvum corneum antice angustum.

Labium membranaceum subquadratum.

Palpi iabiales cornei, articulo 2 longiori, ultimo ovato.

Elytra orbicularia ante medium umbone armata.

Thorax rotundatus emarginatus.

Prosternum sub ore protensum, intra pedes anticos productum
et contractum, canaliculatum, *

To this genus belong Cassida 6-pustulata, lateralis, discors,
enequalis, reticularis, and discoidea of Fabricius, and also
enea of Olivier, and at least 60 other species, many of which
are unpublished : several of them will be found ably described
by my friend Professor Germar of Halle, in his ‘ Species Insec-
torum,’ a work not sufficiently appreciated in this country ;
it was published in 1824 at Halle in Saxony.

Dolichotoma*, Hope. Pl. IV. fig. 2.
Type of the Genus, Cassida Chloris, Hope.
Antenne, \1 articulate, articulis sex basalibus glabris, reliquis
villosis, 1™° crasso, 24° minimo, quatuor sequentibus
parvis et zequalibus, reliquis multo longioribus.
Mandibule parve quadratz, extus tuberculo corniformi ar-
mate.
Mazxille minutz subcoriacez, lobis duobus rotundatis.
Palpi mazillares minuti, articulis subzequalibus, extimo conico,
Mentum parvum coriaceum. Ladbium subtrigonum setosum.
Palpi labiales minuti, articulis subeequalibus, ultimo ovato-
conico.
Elytra orbicularia, ante medium angulato-elevata.
Thorax antice rotundatus, lateribus in dentem acutum pro-
ductis.
Prosternum inter pedes anticos latius, subplanum,

* From doaixos et romeg.

96 Rey. F. W. Hope’s Observations on the Genus Cassida,

D. Chloris, Hope, long. 7 lin., lat. 7 lin. Totum corpus supra vi-
ride, thorace utrinque acute-angulato, convexo, impunctato ;
elytris in medio disci angulato-nodosis, subrugosis, lateribus
externis glabris ; corpus subtus atrum, elytris infra subcyaneis,
pedibus nigris plantisque ferrugineis.

Habitat in Insula Sancti Vincentii.

This Cassida 1 obtained by purchase from the valuable col-
lection of the Rey. Lansdown Guilding. To this genus be-
long Cassida strigata of Schuppell, and luctuosa of Olivier
and others.

Selenis*, Hope. Pl. IV. fig. 3.
Type of the Genus, Cassida perforata of Fabricius.

Antenne articulis compressis extrorsum crassioribus, 1™° crasso,
240 minimo, 3? lon&o gracili, 4t° breviori, 5° et reliquis
longitudine decrescentibus, et gradatim crassioribus, ex-
timo apice acuto.

Mandibule cornee multidentate.

Mazille simplices, lobis rotundatis.

Palpi mazillares 1° minimo, 2° longissimo curvato, apice la-
tiori, 34° et extimo zqualibus, ultimo apice conico.

Mentum parvum subquadratum.

Labium parvum trigonum et setosum.

Palpi labiales 1™° articulo brevi, 2° elongato, 3%° subsecuri-
form.

Elytra semicircularia ante medium angulato elevata, humera-
libus angulis acute porrectis, apice elytrorum acuminato.

Thorax trigonus utrinque in spinam acutam productus.

S. perforata | make the type of the genus. It appears
doubtful after examining many specimens of the above insects
if the perforations are not the result of accident ; no two spe-
cimens accord ; the holes under a lens seem irregularly worn,
the effect may be caused simply by attrition; it may be re-
marked also that the elytra of the same insect differ consider-
ably; the only published species besides the type is C. Spt-
nifex, Fab., which is considered only as a sexual distinction.
There are, however, in our English cabinets others which are
undescribed.

* Selenis, from the Greek Seagquss, signifying a crescent.

with Characters of Six New Genera. 37

Tauroma*, Hope. Pl. IV. fig. 4.
Type of the Genus, Cassida Taurus of Fabricius.

Antenne articulo 1™° crasso, 24° minimo, quatuor sequentibus
longioribus equalibus, metallicis, quatuor proximis lon-
gioribus eequalibus villosis, extimo majori ovato-conico.

Mandibule \atz cochleariformes, apice edentulz.

Labrum breve corneum, in medio acute emarginatum.

Mazxille minute bilobe et ciliate.

Palpi mazillares perbreves, articulo 7™° minimo, duobus prox-
imis equalibus, ultimo conico-ovato.

Mentum transversum, angulis anticis rotundatis.

Labium breve conicum et pilosum.

Lingua magna et membranacea.

Palpi labiales maxillaribus longitudine sequales, articulo 1™°
brevi, duobus aliis longitudine zequalibus, at ultimo ovato-
conico.

Elytra angulis anticis utrinque in spinam crassam truncatam
porrectis, angulis posticis rotundatis dorso haud tuber-
culato.

Thorax antice rotundatus valde emarginatus.

Prosternum \atum planum.

To the above genus belong C. bicornis, Fab., one of the
most splendid of the Cassidoidea. Monsieur Chevrolat has
named a third species as inhabiting Mexico: as I am doubtful
however of its having been described and published, I am un-
willing to mention manuscript or catalogue names; a fourth
I now describe from my cabinet.

Tauroma punctipennis, Hope. Long. 5 lin., lat. 34 lin. Atro-vi-
ridis elytris fortissime punctatis, dorso convexo cornubus hu-
meralibus crassis et truncatis. Corpus subtus atro-cyaneum, pe-
dibus conccloribus plantisque ferrugineis.

Habitat in Brasilia in Museo nostro.

Desmonotat, Hope. PI. IV. fig. 5.
Type of the Genus, Cassida Platynota of Germar.
Antenne articulo 1™° crasso, 24° minimo, octo sequentibus fere
aqualibus subdepressis, extimo ovato.

* Derived from raveos and duos, humerus.
{ From deouos and vatos, tergum, notted back.

98 Rev. F. W. Hope’s Observations on the Genus Cassida,

Mandibule crass cornez, apice truncato, dentibus duobus ex-
ternis majoribus.

Labrum corneum medio marginis antice emarginato.

Mazille membranacee bilobie, lobo externo parvo et coriaceo.

Palpi mavzillares breves, 1™° minuto, 2° et 3%° subtrigonis, ex-
timo ovato-acuto.

Mentum transversum.

Labium parvum trigonum setosum.

Lingua maxima et membranacea.

Palpi labiales maxillaribus zequales, 1™° brevi, duobus aliis lon-
gitudine aqualibus, ultimo apice acuto.

Elytra oblongo-quadrata, nodoso-convexa.

Thorax transversus, margine antico fere recto, lateribus ob-
liquis, angulis postieis recte truncatis, margine et postico
in medio angulato.

Prosternum \atum inter pedes anticos subimpressum.

The name of platynota was originally published by Germar,
and is therefore retained in preference to that of nodosa of
De Jean; there are other species belonging to it; some of
those in the French collections I regard merely as varieties.
The species of this division require a very accurate examina-
tion; none of my acquaintance accord altogether with the
above generic characters, they require therefore further sub-
division ; the typical insect is from the Brazils.

Batonota*, Hope. PL IV. fig. 6.
Type of the Genus, Cassidu bidens of Fabricius.

Antenne articulo 1™° crasso, quatuor sequentibus zequalibus
minutis, sex sequentibus multo longioribus, et fere longi-
tudine zequalibus, ultimo apice conico.

Mandibule subquadratz apicibus multidentatis.

Mazille bilobz lobo externo coriaceo.

Palpi mazillares articulo 1™° brevi, tribus aliis fere aqualibus
et preecedenti multo longioribus et crassioribus.

Mentum transversum.

Labium parvum subrotundatum et ciliatum.

Palpi labiales graciles, articulo 1™° crasso, duobus aliis equa-
libus et preecedenti paullo longioribus.

* From arog, a thorn, and y@rosg, back, Thorn-backed Casside.

with Characters of Six New Genera. 99

Elytra bumeris in lobum maximum angulatum antice por-
rectis, spina erecta in medio suture elongata, acuta.
Thorax antice rotundatus subemarginatus, dorso subcarinato.

Prosternum oblongum subplanum in medio impressum.

To the genus Batonota belongs also the Cassida truncata of
Fabricius from Cayenne, C. pugionata of Hoffmansegg and
laticoilis, Mihi, and others, which are undescribed. Those
spine-backed species with the humeral angles of the elytra
ought to belong to a subgenus, the description of which I leave
for future authors.

The above six genera are detached from the genus Cassida,
and may be ranged under the family Cassidide till the fami-
lies are more accurately characterized. Those forms have
chiefly been selected which differ considerably in their out-
ward appearance, and various others might have been added.
If at a future time a similar communication on this group or
any other is thought worthy of insertion in the ‘ Annals of
Natural History,’ the writer when possessed of more leisure
may be induced to accede to the requests of the Editor, as he
has on the present occasion.

References to Authors.

Besides consulting the general works of Linneus, Herbst,
Fabricius, Olivier, and Schénherr, for the description of nu-
merous species of Cassidoidea, the entomologist is referred to
the following authors who have written on the Casside of par-
ticular countries.

Europe.—Of England 1 mention Marsham’s Coleoptera ;
Mr. Kirby’s Memoir in the Linnzean Transactions, vol. u1. ;
Stephens’s Outlines of Entomology; Curtis’s Genera, and
the Entomologia Edinensis, by James Wilson.

Of Sweden—I give the names of De Geer, Paykull, and Gyl-
lenhail.

Of France—Reaumur, Latreille, Guerin and Percheron,
Dufour, and Baron Walckenaer.

Of Holland—Frisch.

Of Germany—Those of Schrank, Duftschmidt, and Panzer.

North and South America—Y¥or the Casside of the New
World consult the following works :—Say’s Writings ; Species
Insectorum, by Germar; Vigor’s in the Zoological Journal ;

100 Dr. Meyen on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria.

Delectus Animalium Articulatorum, by Spix and Martius ;
Voyage de Humboldt et Bonpland, Premier Volume; Kirby’s
Fauna Boreali-Americana ; Coleoptéres de Mexique, par Che-
vrolat (Omocerus N.G.); Dalmann’s Analecta Entomologica,
(C. fornicata) ; Guerin and Percheron, Genres des Insectes,
col. plate 12; Sahlberg’s Pereculi Entomographici Cassida ;
Der Naturforscher, Stuck 6 and 9, and Fuessly’s Archives.

Africa-—Refer to Klug’s Bericht on the Coleoptera of Ma-
dagascar ; Insectorum Knumeratio Eleutheratorum, by Gold-
fuss. The work of Palisot Beauvois also contains the figures
of some species from the kingdom of Oware.

Asia—Consult Brulle’s Voyage in the Morea ; Hope’s New
Species in Gray’s Zoological Miscellany ; Wiedemann’s Zoo-
logisches Magazin, 1817—1823 ; Perty’s Synopsis Coleoptero-
rum. Falderman records only a single species, namely, Cas-
sida bella, in his Fauna Entomologica Trans-Caucasica. It
seems probable that Casstda may be greatly swayed by the
vegetation on which the different species feed.

New Holland—Bois Duval’s Voyage de L’Astrolabe.

REFERENCE TO PLATE IV.

1. Mesomphalia gibbosa. 1 a. The same in profile; 71. Labrum; md. Man-
dible; mx. Maxilla; 72. Labium; a. Antenna; st. Sternum; ¢. Tarsus;
wu. Unguis.

2. Dolichotoma Chloris. 2 a. The same in profile; md. Mandible seen
in two positions; mx. Maxilla; / 2. Labium; a. Antenna.

3. Selenis perforata. 3 a. The same in profile; 21. Labrum; md. Man-
dible ; ma. Maxilla ; 72. Labium; a. Antenna.

4. Tauroma Taurus. 4 a. The same in profile; 21. Labrum; md.
Mandible; ma. Maxilla; 72. Labium (with the large fleshy internal
lingua); @. Antenna.

5. Desmonota platynota. 5 a. The same in profile; 71. Labrum; md.
Mandible; ma. Maxilla; / 2. Labium (with the internal lingua); a. Antenna.

6. Batonota bidens. 6a. The same in profile; md. Mandible; mz.
Maxilla. 72. Labium; a. Antenna; st. Sternum.

XI1.—Some Observations on the Digestive Apparatus of Infu-
soria.* By Dr. J. Meyen, Prof. Bot. University of Berlin.
To Richard Taylor, Esq.

SIR,
Excuse the liberty I take of forwarding to you a shor
memoir on the digestive apparatus of the Infusoria, which I
request you will publish in your highly valuable journal. My

* Communicated by the Author to, and translated for this Journal.

Dr. Meyen on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria. 101

paper was sent as early as October to Prof. J. von Miiller for
insertion in his ‘ Archiv,’ and since then I have seen in your
journal that Prof. Rymer Jones has made some correct ob-
servations on the same subject, which have been controverted,
but unsuccessfully, by Prof. Ehrenberg.

[We gladly comply with the wishes of our learned corre-
spondent, and, in order to lay the whole subject as it at pre-
sent stands before our readers, we have extracted from the
elegant and valuable work of Rymer Jones the passage treat-
ing on this subject. We intend also to give in our next num-
ber an extract from a memoir which has recently been pub-
lished by M. Dujardin in the ‘Annales des Sciences Natu-
relles, which is likewise opposed to the views taken by Dr.
Ehrenberg. In the mean time we hope that some of our
English naturalists (excellent microscopes bemg now much in
use in this country) will take up this subject and help to
bring this interesting question to an issue.—R. T.]

Ir wit be well known to naturalists that Von Gleichen even
as early as the year 1781 fed the infusorial animalcules with
carmine, and observed on the following day that several red
globules were apparent in the interior of their body, whence
he drew the inference that the animalcules had swallowed the
colouring substance; Gleichen also observed that the coloured
globules were expelled by a distinct aperture. Gleichen figures
these received red globules very correctly, and indeed each
globule in the interior of a distinct circle, without stating any-
thing respecting their design. Subsequently Prof. Ehrenberg
repeated these observations, and thence concluded that the
true Infusoria possess a larger or smaller number of stomachs,
which in one group are destitute of intestinal canal, but in the
other are connected with one another by peculiar extremities
of the canal, nay sometimes exhibit laterally appended canals
en cul-de-sac. In consequence of these discoveries the ani-
malcules received the name of Polygastrica. M. Ehrenberg
thought he observed that these stomachs are filled in regular
succession, and he has even figured, more or less completely,
in a number of animalcules of this kind, the intestinal canals

102 Dr. Meyen on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria.

which are said to lie between the globular stomachs and to
connect them one with the other.

These views of Dr. Ehrenberg on the digestive apparatus
of the Infusoria have already been doubted in various quar-
ters. I have never participated in them; in the first place,
because I could never perceive these intestinal canals which
are said to connect the various stomachs one with the other ;
and secondly, because many years ago I had observed in In-
fusoria of various genera that the supposed stomachs circu-
lated with more or less rapidity in their interior, resembling
exactly the rotatory currents of the globules in the cellules of
the Chare. Subsequently I frequently saw in Vorticellea,when
they had nine to fifteen large balls of indigo in their body, that
these revolved constantly round a fixed central point, and thus
evidently showed that in this case an intestinal canal connect-
ing the stomachs and in connexion at one extremity with the
oral and at the other extremity with the anal aperture could
not exist.

What then, however, are those equally sized vesicles and
globules which occur in the interior of animalcules and have
been regarded as their stomachs? This question will be ge-
nerally asked of me, and I have also put this question to my-
self, until by continued observation of this subject I have
ascertained the origin of these globules and vesicles. The
true Infusoria are vesicular animals, whose cavity is filled with
a gelatinous, somewhat slimy substance; the consistence of
the membrane forming the vesicle is in some of these creatures
distinctly visible, and in several genera I have been able to
observe in this membrane a spiral structure plainly recogni-
sable, so that the structure of these Infusoria, in the main, ap-
peared to me to resemble that of the cells of plants. In the
larger Infusoria there proceeds from the mouth a cylindrical’
canal (alimentary canal) obliquely through the membrane
which forms the animal ; the lower end of this canal expands
when it has taken up nutriment in a greater or less degree,
generally, however, to the size of the globules which occur in
the interior of these Infusoria. The inner surface of this por-
tion of the alimentary canal is beset with cilia, by the motion
of which the absorbed substances, both the nutritive sub-

Dr. Meyen on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria. 103

stances and foreign ingredients, are forced round with an ex-
ceedingly great velocity, until they are compressed together
into the form of a perfect sphere. During this formation of
the globules, the stomach (for this organ-can only be consi-
dered as such) is in free connexion with the alimentary canal,
and by the outer ciliary apparatus new substances are conti-
nually driven into this canal and into the stomach ; but whe-
ther the alimentary canal between the oral aperture and the
stomach is also clothed with cilia I have not been able to ascer-
tain with certainty. As soon as the globule of the absorbed
substances has attained the size of the stomach, it is expelled
at the other extremity, and forced into the cavity of the ani-
malcule, immediately on which a new globule is formed with-
in the stomach, if -solid substances are present in the sur-
rounding fluid; this second globule is also thrown into the
cavity of the animalcule, and now pushes the first globule
with the intervening slime further forwards, and thus the for-
mation of similar globules from the absorbed substances is
constantly going on. These are the globules from the num-
ber of which Dr. Ehrenberg inferred the great quantity of
stomachs of these animals. If the surrounding fluid does not
contain much solid matter, these globules are also less com-
pact, and they then have the same appearance as we find
them in Infusoria in common uncoloured infusions, where
such a globule at times only exhibits a few small particles,
and consists for the greater part of a slimy substance, with
which these are mixed. At times two such globules are
pressed in the interior of the body so forcibly together that
they remain in this connexion.

If it is desired to observe the formation of these globules
very distinctly, the observation should be commenced imme-
diately on the Infusoria coming in contact with the coloured
' fluid. The reception of the coloured matter takes place very
rapidly, frequently even in half a minute, and then it may
easily be perceived how one coloured globule after the other
passes from the stomach perfectly formed, and how in the
Paramecie, Keronia, and Vorticelle they are propelled down-
wards at the border ot the cavity of the animal, and how then
the new globule pushes the preceding one with the inter-
vening slime forwards, so that the first soon ascends on the

104 Dr. Meyen on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria.

inner border of the opposite side, turns round at the opposite
end of the cavity, and is then again forced down on the other
side; and thus the mass of the globules goes on continually
increasing, until again some are expelled at the anus. The
quantity of these globules is sometimes so great that the entire
cavity of the animalcule is filled with them, and they lie so
near to one another that all of them together form as it were
a great ball, which frequently, especially in the Vorticelle,
revolves slowly round its centre. This rotatory motion is
caused, however, as I have perfectly assured myself, by the
force with which the globule newly formed in the stomach is
propelled into the cavity, and hits against the under border of
the existing ball. In other cases on the contrary, when so
many globules are not yet present, this circular rotation is
also seen, of which I have already made mention at the com-
mencement; but it has not become clear to me by what ex-
ternal causes this motion is here produced.

In the true Infusoria, therefore, the substances which they
take up are brought in form of globules into the cavity of the
body, and here the nutritive substance is extracted from them ;
the useless passes off generally in the same globular form in
which it entered, but sometimes the intervening slime is reab-
sorbed, and the particles of the globule already separate in the
interior of the body, which, however, does not frequently hap-
pen.

But what then are those vesicular cavities which occur fre-
quently in such great number, and also of very different
sizes, in the interior of Infusoria? Stomachs they certainly
are not; they have nothing to do with the absorbed globules
just mentioned, although sometimes those globules penetrate
singly into these cavities, which, however, must be re-
garded only as an accidental occurrence. The origin of
these cavities, as also their sudden and total disappearance in
the slimy substance in the interior of the Infusoria, may be
observed with the same ease as the formation of the globules ;
nay, it is sometimes even possible to observe the formation of
such a cavity around one of the absorbed globules, which then
after some time again disappears. ‘The microscope shows that
these cavities have no distinct membranous sides, but consist
in mere excavations of the slimy substance; they also occur

Prof. R. Jones on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria. 105

generally near the inner surface. of the membrane which forms
the coating of the animalcule, and at times some of them in-
crease to avery considerable circumference, so that the cavity
of such a bladder constitutes one-third and one-half of the ca-
vity of the entire animalcule. That these cavities contain a
thin and aqueous fluid and are not filled with air is shown by
the remarkably small refraction of rays at their borders, and
in the larger Infusoria it may be quite distinctly seen that
they do not open exteriorly. Similar cavities are also formed
in the mucus of the cells of plants, especially frequent in Hy-
phomycetes growing in water.

My botanical researches prevent my working out this sub-
ject more fully; these brief notices may, however, suffice to
induce a greater number of naturalists to follow up the ob-
servations, which it is true require great patience; for the
above-mentioned facts are not to be seen immediately in every
animalcule; but they are sufficiently important, for already
have the Polygastrica passed into all recent works on zoology.

Prof. RymerR Jones on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria*.

However imposing, from their completeness, the views of
Ehrenberg concerning the digestive system of the Polygastrica
may be, and sanctioned as they are by almost general consent,
we cannot pass over a subject of so much importance without
expressing ourselves as being far from admitting their accuracy
in all respects, and we must say that our own observations
upon the structure of the Polygastrica have led us to very dif-
ferent conclusions.

The positions of the mouth and anal aperture we are well
assured, by frequent examination, to be such as are indicated
by the illustrious Professor of Berlin ; but with regard to the
tube named by him intestine, and the stomachs appended
thereto, our most patient and long-continued efforts have
failed to detect the arrangement depicted in his drawings. In
the first place, as regards the function of the sacculi, which he
looks upon as the organs in which digestion is accomplished ;

* Extracted from Prof. Rymer Jones’s work entitled ‘ A General Outline
of the Animal Kingdom.’

Ann, Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 15. April 1839. I

106 Prof. R. Jones on the Digestive Apparatus of Infusoria.

in carnivorous animalcules which devour other species we
might expect, were these the stomachs, that the prey would
at once be conveyed into one or other of these cavities ; yet,
setting aside the difficulty which must manifestly occur in
lodging large animalcules in these microscopic sacs, and ha-
ving recourse to the result of actual experience, we have never
in a single instance seen an animalcule, when swallowed, placed
in such a position, but have repeatedly traced the prey into
what seemed a cavity excavated in the general parenchyma of
the body.

In the second place, the sacculi have no appearance of being
pedunculated, and consequently in a certain degree fixed in
definite positions: during the last two hours we have been
carefully examining some beautiful specimens of Paramecium
aurelia, an animalcule which, from its size, is peculiarly adapt-
ed to the investigation of these vesicles; and so far from their
having any appearance of connexion with a central canal, as
represented in the figure copied from Ehrenberg, they are in
continual circulation, moving slowly upwards along one side
of the body, and in the opposite direction down the other,
changing moreover their relative positions with each other, and
resembling in every respect the coloured granules which have
been described as visible in the gelatinous parenchyma of the
Alydra.

With respect to the central canal, we have not in any in-
stance been able to detect it, or even any portion of the tube
seen in the figures, much less the branches represented as
leading from it to the vesicles or stomachs, as they are called.
Even the circumstances attending the prehension of food
would lead us to imagine a different structure ; witness for ex-
ample the changes of form which Enchelis pupa undergoes
when taking prey, as shown in fig. 16, 3, where it is repre-
sented in the act of devouring a large animalcule, almost equal
to itself in bulk, and is seen to assume a perfectly different
shape as it dilates its mouth to receive the victim, with which
its whole body becomes gradually distended. Such a capabi-
lity of taking in and digesting a prey so disproportionate,
would in itself go far to prove that the minute sacculi were not
stomachs; as it evidently cannot be in one of these that di-
gestion is accomplished,

Mr. W. Thompson on the Migration of the Snowy Owl. 107

XIII.— Note on the Migration of the Snowy Owi, Surnia nyctea,
Dum. By Wu. Titomeson, Esq., Vice-President of the
Natural History Society of Belfast.

I HAVE the pleasure on this occasion of recording a novel and
interesting fact in the history of that beautiful bird, the
Snowy Owl. By the ship ‘John and Robert’ (Captain
McKechnie), of 501 tons burden, belonging to the port of
Belfast, and which arrived here from Quebec early in the
month of December last, three specimens of this bird, which
had been caught on board, were brought hither alive. A
fourth individual, similarly obtained, died about the time the
vessel entered Belfast bay.

These birds were captured either at twilight or when dark,
as they perched on the rigging; the sailors observing that
they were asleep before attempting to lay hold of them.
They were kept on flesh-meat, which, for the first ten days,
was forced down their throats, but after this time they fed
themselves ; in about fifteen days after their capture the ves-
sel came into port. These three birds, of which two are
males and the other a female, are very fine examples of the
Surnia nyctea; a more splendid specimen than the last-
mentioned, which died and is now in my possession, I have
not seen. All of them I should consider birds of the year,
and from the one that died having been described to me as
similar to mine, it probably was so likewise*.

Having heard that these were part of a large “ flight” of
Snowy Owls that were for several days seen about the vessel,
I—never having read any account of this species being met
with on its migration—made the fullest inquiry into the sub-
ject. The captain obligingly replied to all my queries, and
besides furnished me with the log-book of the ship.

It may in the first place be desirable to give an extract
from the ‘log’ for a week previous to their occurrence, that
we may learn if the state of the wind, &c., will account for the

* See remarks on this subject in the 1st vol. of ‘ Annals’, p. 243. Two
of the Snowy Owls there noticed, which have since been kept in a spacious
garden containing many fruit trees, never perch upon them, but remain
constantly on the ground, although in rainy weather a portion of their snow-
white plumage is thereby much soiled, greatly to the disadvantage of their
appearance.

12

108 Mr. W. Thompson on the Migration of the Snowy Owl.

great number of these birds observed in the course of their
migration. The vessel, which was bound from Quebec to Bel-
fast, was driven by contrary winds along the coast of Labrador.
1838.
Noy. 8. Wind W.N.W. at noon; strong gales and tremendous
sea running. N.W. at midnight, and more moderate.
— 9. Wind W. by N. at 10 a.m.; weather hazy. At5 p.m.
strong gale from E.; bore up for the harbour of La-
brador; here we lay for the next 48 hours. On the
10th were strong gales from the E. On the 11thstrong
gales from the S.
— 12. Wind N. by E., moderate; left harbour of Labrador this
day; light breezes and clear weather.
— 138. Wind N.; going along shore passed Bellisle.
— 14. Wind E. by N. at noon; light airs; cloudy weather;
sun obscure.
— 15. Wind S. by E. at noon; sun obscure; strong gales from
the S.
— 16. WindS.S.W., light airs, clear weather; saw Owls * to
the number of about thirty or forty for the first time.
Lat. 54°02; long. 47°40; about 250 miles from the
straits of Bellisle.
— 17. Wind §8.8.W., fresh breezes; a few Owls alighted on
masts; two captured this evening about 7 o’clock.
Lat. 54°20; long. 46°20; about 375 miles from Bellisle.
— 18. Wind 8.W.; strong breeze and heavy sea from the E.;
great numbers of Owls, about fifty or sixty, flying about
and alighting on the rigging; captured none to-day,
nor did any remain on the ship this night. Lat. 54°50;
450 miles from Bellisle.
— 19. Wind N.W., strong breeze and cloudy weather; squally
with snow showers during the day; captured two more
Owls to-night. Lat. 54°51; long. 37°39; about 635
miles from Bellisle.
— 20. Wind N. by E., heavy gales with a tremendous sea run-
ning; saw several owls, but none were caught. Lat.
54:50; long 33°10.
— 21. Wind N.E. at 2 p.m., E. by S. at 4 p.m.; light breezes
and cloudy weather; saw a Gannet and Curlew. Lat.
54°25; long. 31°40; about 740 miles from Bellisle.

* Notices of the Owls are added to the ‘log’, which is otherwise much
condensed.

Mr. W. Thompson on the Migration of the Snowy Owl. 109

Noy. 22. Wind S.E. by S., light breezes; no Owls seen these two
days past, nor were any afterwards met with.
Dec. 4. Vessel arrived at Belfast.

The captain describes the migration of these Owls to have
been an extremely beautiful sight, and more particularly, from
his never having seen such birds before, was greatly interested
about them. Sometimes they kept flying about the vessel
without alighting, and again there would be one or two on
every yard-arm, with others hovering just above ; on alighting.
they fell asleep, apparently from exhaustion. Numerous as
were these beautiful creatures, it was only when occasional
bickerings took place among those which had alighted on the
yard-arms, and in the stillness of night, that they were heard
during their entire presence. Their flight, described to me as
inaudible, could not but call to mind the finest and most
poetical description of this characteristic trait applied to the
owls generally, “ How serenely beautiful their noiseless
fight! <A flake of snow is not winnowed through the air
more softly silent!*” Occasionally they remained for a day
about the ship, when but little way was made, and again, as
reported to me, “ went off for a day and returned next morn-
ing,” greatly to the surprise of the beholders how they could
find the ship after a night had intervened. What must have
added much additional interest to their appearance, was the
idea entertained, that these birds blown from the coast of La-
brador, and finding, like the dove of old, “ no rest for the sole
of her foot,” had, after traversing the pathless waters, sought
the vessel for this purpose, loitering about her course, disap-
pearing for a day, and again hastening to repose upon her
yards andrigging. But however pleasing such imaginings, it
is not for the naturalist here to pause, but in search of TRUTH,
assuredly not less attractive, to pursue inquiry further.

If by reason of storms or otherwise he cannot perceive why
the same birds should, after having rested on and left the ves-
sel, re-appear another day, he may perhaps conclude, that the
Owls thus seen, were bodies successively migrating to more
southern latitudes, and that different birds appeared on each
occasion, or at all events that it was not the same individuals
which presented themselves during the whole period.

* Blackwood’s Magazine, vol. xx. (1826) p. 671.

110 Mr. W. Thompson on the Migration of the Snowy Ovl.

That the chief abode of the Snowy Ow] is the regions within
the arctic circle, is well known, as it likewise is that numbers
migrate thence in winter to Canada and the United States.
Reference to the ‘log’ will show that, during the five days on
which these birds were successively observed, the vessel kept
nearly to the 54th degree of latitude, having sailed during the
time about 500 miles in an easterly direction; consequently,
if the course of the Owls were to Canada or the States, the
vessel, which in such event might possibly “ fall in with”
them a second time, was proceeding somewhat in an opposite
direction, but whither again it does not appear that they
would have been driven by storms. A greater number of
birds too being seen on the 18th than on the 16th favours the
idea of a continuous migration.

The vessel was about 250 miles from the straits of Bellisle,
or the 8.E. point of Labrador, when these Owls first appeared,
but sailing eastward, was on the day they were last seen about
740 miles distant from them and 480 miles from the southern
extremity of Greenland, which for some time was the nearest
land.

I shall take this opportunity of again noticing the occurrence of
the Snowy Owl in Ireland. In the possession of Edward Waller,
Esq., of Dublin, I lately saw a fine specimen, which was shot in the
winter, ‘‘ about three years ago,’ near Omagh in the county of
Tyrone. This individual may probably have migrated thither early
in the year 1835, when severa) others were obtained in different
parts of Ireland ; and at which period the species was first recorded as
visiting the country*. Ina letter, dated Twizell House, July 21,
1838, I was informed by P. J. Selby, Esq., that he had received a
Snowy Owl from Killibegs, county of Donegal, near which place it
was shot in the month of November or December, 1837 +. This is
the same individual which appears from the ‘ First Annual Report of
the Natural History Society of Dublin,’p. 6, to have been announced
at one of the meetings as an Eagle Owl (Bubo maximus) ; it is almost
unnecessary to add the fact, that the gentleman who made the an-
nouncement had not the opportunity of seeing the specimen, but
judged merely from the description communicated to him.

* See ‘ Magazine of Zoology and Botany’, vol. ii. p. 179.
+ In the first volume of the ‘ Annals’ (p. 241) a Snowy Owl is noticed
as having been killed near Belfast on the 2nd of December, 1837.

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 111

XIV.—Kore Insularum Nove Zelandie Precursor; or a Spe-
cimen of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By
ALLAN CUNNINGHAM, Esq.

[Continued from p. 34. ]

MYRTACE#, #. Br., DC.

1. Lerrospermum, Forst., Gertn.
553. L. scoparium, Forst. Char. Gen. t. 36. DC. Prodr. iii. p. 227.
Willd. Sp. Pl. 2. p.949. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 337. Andr. Rep. t. 622.
Kai-Katea ab incolis vulgo vocatur.
New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Bay of Islands.
—1826, 4. Cunningham. (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.

A stunted ¢ree flourishing in barren clayey soil, and producing a
a very hard red wood, sometimes used by the natives for the corner
parts of their larger canoes. The perfume, says the Rev. W. Yate,
which the blossoms exhale, is very fragrant.

554. ZL. ericoides, ramulis glabriusculis, foliis linearibus basi sensim an-
gustatis approximatis glabris punctatis ciliatis, calycibus villosiusculis, den-
tibus acutis persistentibus, caule arboreo. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.338.

Manouéa ab incolis designatur, D’Urville, Astrolabe Bay. Rawiri, R.
Cunningham, Bay of Islands.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Dry barren hills, Astrolabe Bay.—15827,
DUrville. (Northern Island.) —1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Hills around the
Bay of Islands.—1833, R. Cunningham.

Arbor mediocris, 12—15 pedalis, ramosissima. JV/ores parvi albi ad
apicem ramorum.

2. MertrosipeEros, R. Br., DC.
* Foliis oppositis.

555, M. buxifolia; scandens, ramulis incano-hirsutis, foliis (4—5 lineas
longis) ellipticis ovatisve obtusis coriaceis venosis nitidis margine revolutis,
breviter petiolatis utrinque pilis incanis conspersis subtus punctatis, floribus
corymbosis terminalibus, pedunculis szepe trifloris.

Aki, indigenis. Lignum-Vite of the Missionaries.

New Zealand (Northern Island). A rambling shrub adhering to trees,
and by its lateral roots climbing to the summits of the loftiest timber in the
forests of Wangaroa, Bay of Islands, &c.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

Frutex ramosissimus, caule scandente radicante vel fibrillis radiciformibus
ad truncos arborum adherente quemadmodum Hedere. Folia lato-elliptica,
ovalia, obtusa. Fores parvi, albi, in corymbis ad summa ramulorum dispo-
siti. Calyx monosepalus, tubu urceolato pubente limbo 5-dentato, dentibus
brevissimis latis obtusis. Corolla quinquepetala, petalis sessilibus rotundatis
valde concavis deciduis. Stamina numerosa, corolla longiora, filamentis
glabris, antheris bilocularibus. S¢y/us simplex staminibus paulo longior.
Capsula parvula, globosa, 3-locularis.

112 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

The wood of this plant, which is hard and heavy, takes a most
beautiful polish, and its grain seems to be only a continuation of hard
knots, which gives it a peculiar but very beautiful appearance when
wrought. Yate’s New Zealand, p. 47.

556. M. perforata; ramosissima ramulis hirtis, foliis ovalibus obtusis co-
riaceis, aveniis glabriusculis superne nitidis, brevissime petiolatis punctatis,
juvenilibus prasertim subtus pilosis, pedunculis axillaribus unifloris apice see-
piusve trifloris. 4. Rich. £l. Nov. Zel. p.334.—Melaleuca perforata, Forst.
Prodr, n. 212.—Leptospermum perforatum. Forst. Gen. Char. 36. n. 4.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1778, G. Forster. Astrolabe Harbour.
1827, D’ Urville.

Arbuscula ramosissima erecta. Folia ovalia unguiculata. Flores parvuli,
albi, axillares, solitarii aut terni. Calyx monosepalus adherens; tubo tur-
binato pilosiusculo limbo 5—6-dentato, dentibus latis obtusis. Corolla 5—6
petala, petalis sessilibus obtusis subconcavis, caducis. Stamina numerosa,
simplici serie disposita. Stylus simplex, teres, stigmate minimo depresso
vix distincto termivatus. Capsula globoso-depressa, 3- rarissime 4-locularis,
loculis polyspermis. Semina numerosa parvula subulata. 4. Rich.

557. M. robusta, foliis ellipticis ovatisve coriaceis obtusis emarginatis pe-
tiolatis glabriusculis subtus punctatis utrinque pulchre reticulato-veuosis,
corymbis terminalibus, pedunculis subtrifloris, calycibus bracteis ramulisque
ferrugineo-tomentosis.

fata ab incolis dicitur, &. Cunningham.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Forests of Wangaroa, Hokianga, &e.,
at some distance from the sea-coast.— 1826, 4. Cunningham.—1834, R. Cun-
ningham.

Arbor procera, spe usque 80-pedalis alta, coma irregulari, ramis glabris
teretibus. Lolia opposita, elliptica, ovalia vel oblongo-ovata. Facie Ligustri ;
apice rotunda vel emarginata 1 vel sesquiunciam longa. Flores pulcherrimi,
purpureo-rubicundi, pedunculati, corymbosi, terminales, bracteis obovatis
concavis deciduis. S/amina numerosa, petalis unguicularibus persistentibus
quater longiora stylum subeequantia. Stigma tubulosum. Capsula obovata
trilocularis, tubo turbinato calycis circumcingente nee polysperma.
Semina linearia, subulata.

A noble tree, frequent in the dense forests of the Northern Island,
where it not unusually attains the height of 80 feet; becomes ramified
at from 30 to 60 feet from the ground, and beneath the branches,
which are of very irregular growth, the trunk varies from 3 to 7 feet
in diameter, according to the extreme height of the tree. The wood
is hard, close-grained, very durable, and hence admirably adapted
for ships’ timbers and the construction of agricultural implements.
A colonial trading vessel from Port Jackson was built by Messrs.
Macdonell at Hokianga in 1828, the principal timbers of which were
of the Rata ; andthe experiment answered so well, that they are now

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 113

engaged in the construction of another ship on the same stocks and
of similar material. The natives entertain the notion that this tree,
the Rata, and the following very distinct species, which they call

Pohutu-Kawa, are the same, but that the former is the Wahéné or
female !

558, M. tomentosa; foliis ellipticis coriaceis acutiusculis breviter petiolatis
utrinque reticulato-venosis superne glabris, subtus ramulis calycibusque
albo-tomentosis, corymbis terminalibus paniculatis, pedunculis trifloris. 4.
Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 336. t. 37.—Callistemon ellipticum. 4. Cunn. Ms.
1826.

Pohutu-Kawa ab incolis vulgo vocatur. 4. C. Yate.—Poutu-Kaoua, nom.
vernac. sec. D’ Urville.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Rocky sea-
eoast and shores of the Bay of Islands, within range of the tide.—1826, 4.
Cunningham.

Arbor vix 30 pedalis alta, habitu irregularis, ramulis teretibus, cano-to-
mentosis. Folia opposita, elliptico-acuta, basi sensim angustata, margine re-
voluta, 2!—3 pollices longa. Flores sat magni, speciosi, splendide coccinei,
in racemum terminalem paniculato-corymbosum digesti racemis, ramis ra-
mulisque trichotomis, basi articulatis niveo-tomentosis. Stamina numerosa,
petalis subunguiculatis deciduis multoties longiora stylum paulo snperantia.
Capsula ovoideo-obtusa, calyce cincta, ima basi tantum adherens, trilocularis,
polysperma. Semina subulata adscendentia.

An ordinary sized tree, inhabiting usually the immediate sea shore,

where it is readily distinguished among other plants by the bril-
liancy and abundance of its flowers. ‘The wood of the tree also is
exceedingly hard, close-grained and heavy, equally valuable for ship
building and implements of husbandry. It usually enlivens the
shores of the Northern Island with its blossoms in December.

559. M. florida, foliis obovato-oblongis glabris lucidis venosis, subtus dis-
coloribus punctatis, thyrso terminali calycibus oblongis turbinatis, ramulis
radicantibus. Sm. in Linn. Soc. Tr. v. iii. p. 268. DC. Prodr. iii. p. 224.
A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 333.—Leptospermum scandens. ovst. Char.
Gen, t.36. f. 1.

Raka-pika ab incolis dicitur. R. Cunn.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Str Jos. Banks. Dense forests
at the Bay of Islands, Wangaroa, &c. climbing to the summits of the loftiest
trees.—1826, 4. Cunningham.—1833, R. Cunningham.

Frutex ramosus, ramis glabris radicantibus scandentibus. Folia opposita,
elliptico-cblonga, venosa, venis primariis parallelis in nervum margini ap-
proximatum desinentibus, utrinque minutissime et copiosissime punctatis,
Flores in thyrsum coarctatum terminalem dispositi. Calycis tubus elongatus
fere quemadmodum Caryophylli turbinatus, limbus 5-lobatus, lobis persis-
tentibus rotundatis obtusis. Petala 5, flavescentia, unguiculata, obtusa, mar-

gine membranacea, tenuissime lacerata. Stamina numerosa, rubicunda,

114 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

petalis deciduis plus duplo polysperma, stylum aquantia. Cupsula trilocu-
laris, polysperma. Semina minuta, cuneiformia.

560. M. diffusa, ramulis radicantibus, foliis ellipticis ovatisve acuminatis
venosis utrinque glabris nitidis, paniculis axillaribus terminalibusve, pedi-
cellis oppositis, ramulisque pilis rigidis curtis conspersis, calycibus campa-
nulato-urceolatis. Sm. in Linn. Soc. Tr. v. iii. p. 268. DC. Prodr. iii. p.
224. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.333.—Melaleuca lucida. Linn, Suppl. p. 342.
non Forst.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. In dense fo-
rests at Wangaroa, adhering to the trunks of the largest timber trees.—
1826, 4. Cunningham.

Frutex ramosus, glaberrimus. Famuli radicantes. Folia elliptica, acumi-
nata, obtusa, petiolata, lucida, revoluta ab basin trinervia. Panicula ramosa
plerumque terminalis. Calyx campanulatus, persistens, limbus 5-lobatus,
lobis obtusis. Petala 5, lutea, breviter unguiculata, concava, obtusa, tenuis-
sime ciliata decidua. Stamina flavescentia, petalis quater longiora, stylum
wquantia. Capsula globosa, trilocularis, trivalvis. Semina :

561. M. ? lucida, foliis lanceolatis utrinque acuminatis aveniis enerviis,
floribus terminalibus congestis sessilibus. 4. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 333.
—Melaleuca lucida. Forst. Prodr.n. 216. non Linn.

New Zealand.—1773, G. Forster.

Obs. A very little understood species, not noticed by M. DeCandolle, and
only by M. A. Richard from Forster with a mark of doubt.

562. M. hypericifolia, glabra, ramis radicantibus, foliis sessilibus ovalibus
oblongo-lanceolatisve obtusis cum apiculo utrinque glabris, junioribus subci-
liatis, subtus venosis ad basin triplinerviis, racemis brevibus subpaniculatis
Jateralibus ramulisque pubentibus, calycibus subinfundibuliformibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In dense forests, adhering to trees,
near the Kahio river, Wangaroa,—1833, R. Cunningham.

Frutex subscandens, cortice ramulorum pallide testaceo membranaceo pu-
bente laxo, facile separabili. Rami stricti, teretes, juniores foliati. Folia
opposita, sessilia, basi rotundata, uncialia subtus discoloria. Fores race-
mosi rubicundi. Calycis limbus quinquedentatus, dentibus brevibus deci-
duis. Petala 5, rosea, glabra, obtusa, caduca. Stamina numerosa, petalis
plus triplo longiora, stylum equantia. Capsula parva, globosa, leviter pu-
bens (loculicido-dehiscens) 3-locularis, 3-valvis, valvis medio septiferis.

563. M.? salicifolia, glabra, racemis strictis virgatis, foliis lineari-lanceo-
latis elongatis acuminatis subfalcatis levigatis, margine revolutis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Forests of Wangaroa.—18335, R. Cun-
ningham.

Arbuscula gracilis elegans, ramis teretibus pallidis seepe et presertim ad
axillas radicantibus. Folia (8—5 uncialia) opposita valde angusta, attenu-
ata coriacea, nitidissima, parce punctata, venosa. //ores nondum vidi.

3. Eucenia, Mich., L.
564. E. Maire, glabra, pedunculis axillaribus multifloris (4—12) folio
sublongioribus racemosis, pedicellis infevioribus oppositis 2—3-floris, foliis

Bibliographical Notices. 115

ovato-lanceolatis acuminatis basi attenuatis petiolatis, fructu ovato turbi-
nato.

Mairi-tawaka ab incolis vulgo vocatur.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Alluvial banks of rivers, Bay of Islands,
&c.—1833, R. Cunningham.

Arbor 30—40 pedalis. Rami pallidi, glabri, sparsi, alterni. Flores nu-
merosi, axillares, calycibus coloratis. Drupa monosperma, lobis calycis ob-
tusis ample coronata.

4. Myrrtus, Z., Gart.

565. M. bullata, pedunculis axillaribus 1- rare 2-floris vix folio longioribus,
pubescentibus apice bibracteatis, bracteis deciduis, foliis rhombeo-ellipticis
acutiusculis ovato-orbiculatisve petiolatis alte bullatis supra glabris, subtus
coloratis ramulisque dense pubentibus, calycibus tuberculatis, pilosis quadri-
lobis. Sol. Ms. in Bibl. Banks.

fama-rama indigenis.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Shady woods,
Bay of Islands, flowering in December.—1826, 4. Cunningham.—1834, R.
Cunningham. .

Arbuscula gracilis, 10—15 pedalis, ramis virgatis patentibus. olia op-
posita. Flores albi. Stamina numerosa, longitudine styli. Lobi calycis
elliptici, acuti, concavi. Petala 4, orbiculata, concava, leviter crenulata, ci-
liata. Bacca verrucosa, bilocularis di- vel oligo-sperma. Semina reniformi-
incurva.

[To be continued. ]

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Genera et Species Gentianearum, adjectis Observationibus quibusdam
Phytogeographicis, auctoris Aug. Henr. Grisebach, M.D., &c. &c.

This extremely valuable work, which we some time ago announced,
in the ‘Companion to the Bot. Magazine,’ as being in a state of for-
wardness, has at length appeared at “ Stuttgard and Tubingen,” in
one volume, 8vo. It is one of the most learned and accurate works
which we have seen for a long while, and does infinite honour to the
industry and acquirements of the learned author.

The preface is followed by a disquisition on the Gentianee, which
is full of valuable information. First, the character of the natural
family is ably discussed ; then follow its affinities; and lastly, the
geographical distribution. The number of species the author de-
scribes is 348, or about 45th of the known portion of the vegetable
kingdom. These are dispersed over a considerable portion of the
world: but it is to be observed that no species have been found in
several of the isles of the Pacific Ocean, in tropical New Holland, in
the islands of Timor, Sumatra, and other of the Polynesian group,

116 Bibliographical Notices.

nor in the African deserts, the shores of Venezuela, and scarcely in
the mountains of the South of Europe. ‘Two hundred and ten spe-
cies are found in the tropics ; 133 are extra-tropical, of which 45 in-
habit the southern hemisphere. ‘The New World affords 180 species,
the old 175; but 12 are common to both. The higher mountains
of the Andes yield the greater proportion of species (51), then fol-
lows tropical Brazil (46), the Himalaya Mountains (41), the United
States (33), the Alpine Flora of Europe and Siberia (32), Hindostan
(30), the Cape of Good Hope (25). One hundred and thirty-five
species flourish at an elevation exceeding 5000 feet above the level
of the sea, 230 below that elevation. The maximum of the family
may be considered alpine ; nevertheless the species are rare or al-
together wanting in the Alps of Mexico, Java, on the Peak of Tene-
rifte, and of Sicily.
The following is Dr. Grisebach’s Conspectus Gentianearum ex
methodo analytico dispositus.
A. stivatio corollz dextrorsum contorta.
a. Stylus distinctus, deciduus.
a. a. Antherarum loculi absque connectivo oppositi! Corolla rotata, circa
capsulam marcescens, Trib. 1. Cuirontex,
b. b. Anthere connectivo instructz.
a. a. Semina placente immersa. Inflorescentia centrifuga, dichotoma.
#. Corolla spectabilis, seepius rotata, demum circa capsulam marce-
scens. Trib. II. Cutorez. :
4. Corolla parvula, infundibuliformis, demum aut supra capsulam
torta aut decidua. Trib. LV. Erytur#acea,
b. 6. Semina funiculis imposita! inflorescentia centripeta. Trib. LIT.
Hipriez.
b. Stigma ovario stylo persistenti impositum.
a. @. Inflorescentia dichotoma. Sepala connexa. Stylus distinctus.
Trib. V. LisyaAnTHEs.
b. &. Inflorescentia racemiformis. Sepala sublibera 1. membrana intra-
calycina juncta. Stylus sepius 0. Trib. VI. Swerrizaz.
B. stivatio corolle induplicativa. Trib. VII. Menyantuipez.

I. CHIRONIES.
A. Stigma indivisum. Antherarum rima contigua.

a. Placente valvares. Antherarum rima elongata ... 1. Chironia, L.
L. Placentze demum centrales liber. Antherarum
THA POLMOFMIS ..... sccesscnssuccssss aceesercsccesss 2o LOGCHME Nae

B. Stigma bicrure. Antherarum loculi distincti.
a. Antheree strictze rime poriformes. Stigma immu-
CAEN ocd ccecncucwnae cepa menuns coe eee eR en eee ees deteeicas 3. Dejanira, Cham.
6. Antherz spirales rima elongata. Stigma spirale. Sabbatie Sect.
Pseudochironia.

Bibliographical Notices. — 137

II. Curorez.
A. Stigmata bina.

a. Stigmata bilamellata, immutata.
a. a. Corolla rotata 5—8-mera. Calyx exalatus...... 4. Chlora, L.
6. 6. Corolla infundibuliformis 4-mera. Calyx alatus
Prearinaiig- 1.4 2s Ree es dcr eeeiild oe 6. Schultesia, M.
6. Stigmata bicruria, demum torta. Corolla rotata ... 5. Sabbatia, Ad.
B. Stigma capitulatum. Corolla rotata ......... haawau fa) AeQnnnUs.

Iif. Hierrez.
a. Calyx calyculatus. Corolla rotata. Stigma 2-la-
SE LLALIUR ©. cae avescsssanssee cays winroute Rae tale tek «»» 8. Coutoubea,Aubl.
B. Calyx nudus, zequalis. Corolla infundibuliformis.
Stigma capitulatum. Capsula unilocularis ... 9. Hippion, Sprgl.
c. Calyxinzequalis. Corolla infundibuliformis. Stig-
ma capitatum. Capsula semibilocularis......... 10. Enicestema, Bl.

. IV. Eryrarzacez,
a. Corolla regularis.
a. Placentze valvares.
a. a. Anthere spirales. Genitalia exserta ......... 1]. Lrythrea, Ren.
b. b. Antherze immutatz (I. si subtorta, calyx tubu-
losus, stigmata bicruria Zygostigma.)

a. Stigma bilamellatum ...............66. eus@ussmuscs 13. Orthostemon, Br.
6. Stigmata bicruria conglutinata! Calyx cari-

ETDS: 3 sores aatade vee tela peiied Padua eaasemaree ames 12. Zygostigma.
Bie) SELENA, CATED. "5 aa sian a nas eascessosnp soeeee 15. Cicendia, Ad.

b. Placenta centralis.
a. a. Stigma indivisum 1. emarginatum.
a. Anthere immutatz. Corolla decidua ......... 16. Schueblera, Mart.
6. Antheree aut demum recurve aut in spiculum
discolorem productz. Corolla marcescens... 18. Seb@a, Br.
b. b. Stigma bilamellatum. Flos tetramerus......... 17. Apophragma.
BegGorallahilaviatd $i... <cescecncehwnsdd sins dacs eee 14. Canscora, Lam.

VY. LisyanTHes.
A. Stigma bilamellatum.
a. Calyx imbricatus.
a. a. Filamenta tubo inserta. Corolla infundibuli-

fermis, 10 CONsiriete , ....<.<.-neeseemes pease 19. Lisyanthus, Aubl.
b. b. Filamenta membrane annulari inserta. Co-
rolla hypocrateriformis, tubo cylindrico...... 24. Leiothamnus.

b. Calyx valvaris.
a. a. Calyx exalatus. Corolla infundibuliformis... 20. Zrlbachia, Mart.
b. 6. Calycis suture alate. Corolle faux campanu-
LOT POR pee Bere Steer discs seusassaccecddse eee 25. Prepusa, Mart.
ec. c. Calyx dorso angulatus. Annulus hypogynus.
Corolla fava GlaVats ovis. ...0cs.0sc0vesetameadee 23. Tachia, Aubl.

118 Bibliographical Notices.

B. Stigma indivisum, capitulatum.
a. Filamenta imo tubo inserta.
a.a, Annulus hypogynus. Corolla hypocrateri-

PT Siig ince cdi Rises duvadedes -igbbuttcttsy tune 22. Tachiadenus.
b. b. Annulus 0, Corolla infundibuliformis ......... 21. Leianthus.
b. Filamenta summo tubo inserta, brevia, corolle tu-
bus demum scissus!........+. Jasin des» shenanbapndberiees 26. Voyra, Aubl.

VI. SwerTizex.
a. Capsula unilocularis.

a. Fovez epipetale glandulifere nulle.

Sd. SHAGIDALA LAVCTONIG 04 ccnicnsosnsssxtsssees¥ baa © fs 31. Pleurogyne,Eschh.
b. b. Stigma capituliforme crassuM ........ceeeeeeee 30. Centaurella,Mich.
c. c. Stigmata 2 revoluta, aut si contigua infundibu-
liformia.
a. Placente cum endocarpio connate. Herb
Paps Meee c ls oP tex. wu os web sick wah Soish Mena gas 27. Gentiana, L.
6. Placente suturis impositz. Volubiles......... 28. Crawfurdia, Wall.
b. Fovee epipetale glandulifere.
a. a. Petala calcarata .........- Aaateanctds Peau eeaien ... 09. Halenia, Borkh.

6. 6. Caleara nulla.
a. Fovez fimbriis cinctz.
ae. Stigmata distincta, stylo imposita. Semina

sibdefinita, suturze valvularum inserta...... 36. Frasera, Walt.
68. Stigma reniforme, ovario impositum, Pla-
centee cum endocarpio connate...........666- 37. Swertia, L.

6. Foveze squamula tectee.
az. Corolla basi coronata. Placentz cum endo-

CAPDIO COMA <1 oncasuess isapaekees ss’ @taaeee he 32. Anagallidium.
88. Corolla basi nuda. Placentz suturales spon-
PIONS -sepesecer es 2 sah Boon hr iar) padbr yas B36 33. Ophelia, Don.
s. Capsula bilocularis, placenta centrali. Petala
extus glandulosa ..... ... Saeesnase Souda. soe eee ... 384. Exadenus.
c. Bacca, seminibus triseriatis. Volubiles...... 35. Tripterospermum, Bl.

VII. MenyantTHIDE&.
a. Semina in nervo medio valvulz cujusque uni-

serialia. Capsula ruptilis............... seccescesese 39. Menyanthes, L.

s. Placentz suturales.
a. Capsula bivalvis, valvis bifidis ........ eaesvesecseess.s/00. We anarsia, VCs
b. Capsula evalvis ....... sede eaee secseceecesseceres 40. Limnanthemum,Gmel.

The Natural History of the Sperm Whale, &c., to which is added a
Sketch of a South-Sea Whaling Voyage. By Thomas Beale, Esq.
Surgeon. 8vo. John Van Voorst, London.

This is a second and much enlarged edition of a work published

a few years ago, and is certainly one of the most valuable contribu-

Bibliographical Notices. 119

tions we have received towards the history of this curious and very
imperfectly known race of animals. The author believes that there
is only one species of sperm whale, common to all the various lati-
tudes in which it is found, from Japan to the mouth of the Thames,
and that it is the largest of the sea animals, old males at times at-
taining the enormous length of 84 feet, and the females about one
fifth less, while according to Scoresby, the largest Greenland whale
seldom exceeds 70—72 feet. He corrects many points in the hi-
story of this animal as given by Lacépéde, Cuvier, and others, and
shows most decidedly, that in the accounts they have given, they
have very often confounded the habits of the different species of
whales. They are said to feed on cuttlefish (Octopus) and small fish,
and are very quiet and inoffensive unless attacked. The latter part
of the work consists of an interesting account, written in a very lively
style, of the author’s adventures as Surgeon in a South-Sea Whaler.

Flora excursoria Hafniensis. Scripsit S. T. N. Drejer. Hafnie,
1838. 12mo.

This interesting little work is a Flora of two islands at the mouth
of the Baltic, and is full of valuable observations. It appears to have
been executed with great care, and we doubt not will attract much
attention in this country from the great similarity of its plants to
those included in the British Flora, but more particularly to those of
Scotland.

The author distinguishes Circea intermedia from C. alpina by the
form of its fruit, which we suspect is an uncertain character, and de-
scribes C. /utetiana as without bractea, which is incorrect, since they
may always be detected, although usually very minute and setaceous.
Aira caryophyllea and precoz he refers to Avena, and makes cespitosa
the only representative of the former genus.

He introduces a new Poa, denominated adspersa, ‘‘ culmo levi su-
perne nudo yaginis levibus internodio brevioribus suprema folio suo
multo breviore, ligula elongata obtusa,” and includes in his list
P. fertilis, Host., and P. costata, Schum. In the genus Myosotis
the proportional length of the style and calyx or fruit has been in-
troduced, and we believe for the first time used as a specific charac-
ter in all the species. We have not time to examine into its value,
but esteem it well deserving of attention. Viola canina is divided
into several species, but apparently without sufficient cause ; we be-
lieve that it will be found that V. /actea, Sm., referred by Koch to
lancifolia, Thore, V. stagnina, Kit., which is the dactea of Reich. Icon.

120 Bibliographical Notices.

f. 208, and V. Ruppii, All., are only modifications .of one species.
The most certain characters in this genus will be found in the spurs
to the anthers. Inthe Chenopodiacee Meyer's arrangement has been
adopted, by which several true species of Chenopodium are referred
to Blitum. C. polyspermum and acutifolium are combined, but C.
viride is kept distinct from C. album; C.rhombifolium, Mihl., which
is the urbicum of Eng. Bot., is separated from the true urbicum of Lin-
nus, notwithstanding the observation of Koch, that they proved to be
only varieties by repeated culture. Our author’s Blitum botryoides
does not appear to be the same as C. bofryoides, Sm., for he says,
“caule erecto |... 2". 3 racemis subaphyllis,’’ but Smith describes the
stems as ‘‘spreading or prostrate,’’ and the spikes leafy. In Atripler
the names have been remarkably transposed, but the descriptions
are so good as clearly to point out what plants are intended; A. an-
gustifolia is probably a form of A. erecta, Sm., which appears to be
far from a rare plant in this country; A. patula is rosea; A. latifolia
is the true patula of Linnzus and Smith, and A. longipes is probably
our angustifolia, the only doubtful point being that he describes the
fruit-bearing calyces as “‘longe pedunculatis.” Statice rariflora,
given as a new species, appears to be our S. spathulata; S. limonium
(bahusiensis) Fries Mantiss. p. 10, is referred, on the authority of a
specimen, to this plant. A new Juncus is introduced between con-
glomeratus and effusus, under the name of ‘J. subuliflorus, anthela
supra decomposita laxa ramis exterioribus reliquos multum superan-
tibus anthelam minorem gerentibus, caps. obovata truncatula, stylo
mammille elevate insidente.” We think it probable that all three
-will ultimately be combined. The genus Polygonum is divided ;
Centinodium (P. aviculare), Tinaria (P. convolvulus and dumetorum)
and Fagopyrum (P. fagopyrum and tataricum) being separated from
it. The latter of these we hold to be a good genus, the others only
sections of Polygonum. In Ranunculus, Smith’s aquatilis is divided
into aqguatilis, circinatus and fluitans, three plants distinguished by
well-marked and permanent characters, and now recognised by al-
most every continental botanist, although not as yet adepted in this
country. Platanthera solstitialis is H. fornicata, Bab., P. bifoiia,
Reich., f.1143. To this he refers Sven. Bot., t. 314, which is the
true O. bifolia, Linn.

We have gone somewhat into detail in reviewing this work,
for the purpose of drawing the attention of English botanists to the
local Floras of the continent, many of which are of great value to the
descriptive botanist. We purpose noticing some of the others in
future numbers.

Bibliographical Notices. 121

The Bee-Keeper’s Manual; or, Practical Hints on the Management
and Complete Preservation of the Honey-Bee. By Henry Taylor.
Second Edition, considerably enlarged. London, Groombridge,
1839.

In a late number of our Journal we had occasion to notice the ap-
pearance of a second edition of Dr. Bevan’s valuable work, the
‘Honey-Bee.’ We are glad to see the increasing interest which the
subject of the ceconomy of bee-keeping excites,—a fact which is
shown by the numerous manuals, which appear in rapid succession
from the press. The one now under our notice, ‘ The Bee-Keeper’s
Manual,’ is a useful compendium of the natural history of the Bee,
with observations and hints on their habits and treatment. The au-
thor gives the result of his own experience, and describes various
kinds of hives, some of his own construction. He also quotes the
opinions of Gelieu, Nutt, Payne, and other apiarians, who have de-
voted their attention to the subject. One great object he has in view
is to show the needless cruelty of destroying bees, in any kind of
hive, to obtain their honey, and that the true interest of the pro-
prietor is best promoted by adopting the “‘ humane or depriving sy-
stem.”

The author describes, amongst various hives, a new one, which he
calls the Nadir Hive, constructed from an observation of the dispo-
sition of bees to work downwards. It consists of two boxes, one
placed over the other, with a communication between them. We
conclude our notice of this excellent little work by recommending it
to all who are interested in the subject of bee-keeping.

A Botanical Chart for Schools. By Miss Elizabeth Andrew Warren.

This excellent Chart, prepared by a lady whose accurate researches
in British botany have obtained for her a name which will rank with
those of Miss Hutchins and Mrs. Griffiths (and we scarcely know if,
botanically speaking, we can pay her a higher compliment)—ought
to be in the hands of every teacher of youth throughout the king-
dom. It was compiled, as the accomplished authoress tells us, ex-
pressly for the use of Miss James’ school at Falmouth ; and believing
it would be useful in other similar establishments, she has, at much
labour and cost, submitted it to the public. The system adopted is
that of Linnzeus, as the most ready for beginners; and after some
preliminary observations there are three columns extending the whole
length of the Chart—the first, a very broad one, contains a character
of each class, with copious remarks on the more useful and valuable

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No.15. April 1839. K

122 Bibliographical Notices.

species belonging to it; a second column defines the orders and
states the number of genera they contain; and the third enumerates
a list of genera.

Flora Aberdonensis ; comprehending a list of the Flowering Plants and
Ferns found in the neighbourhood of Aberdeen, with remarks on the
Climate, the Features of the Vegetation, &c. By George Dickie,
A.M., &c. &c.

This is a useful little manual for the botanical students of Aber-
deen; and the preface, containing as it does very interesting facts
relative to the influence of climate, soil, &c., upon vegetation, will
be read by more distant botanists with interest. The catalogue in-
cludes such flowering plants and ferns as are found growing in a
range extending about fifteen miles round Aberdeen. ‘The stations
are very exactly given, for the author has either seen dried or living
specimens, or has himself gathered in the district nearly all the spe-
cies mentioned: the total number is 584. The following remarks
occur regarding the plants which contribute to the formation of
peat: ‘“ The surface of the country is interspersed with marshes or
bogs, lakes or lochs, woods and moors, and these are very productive
of the plants producing the varieties of peat, severally named by
McCulloch (Edin. Phil. Journ. vol. ii.) mountain, marsh, forest, and
lake peat. Jn our marshes and bogs the plants which mostly contri-
bute to the formation of this very important natural production are
several species of Carer, as C. dioica, C. pulicaris, C. ampullacea. C.
curta, and sometimes C. teretiuscula ; also Krica tetralix, Eriophorum
angustifolium, and E. vaginatum ; also various species of Juncus, the
Menyanthes bifoliata, Caliha palustris, Pedicularis sylvatica and pa-
lustris, Comarum palustre, and, more rarely, Drosera Anglica, Schoenus
nigricans, and many others. In such places, and also on the borders
of lochs, we find what are called quaking bogs, consisting of a semi-
fluid mass of peat, the surface of which is covered with vegetation.
The adventurous botanist, whose ardour leads him into such si-
tuations, entirely owes his safety to the matted roots and stems of
the different plants.

In lochs the following plants principally contribute to the forma-
tion of peat: Scirpus lacustris, Arundo Phragmites, the yellow and
white water lilies, Sparganium natans, Phalaris arundinacea, &c., and
about their edges in shallower water, Littorella lacustris, Scirpus seta-
ceus, Peplis Portula, and, more rarely (in this district), Subularia
aquatica, Pilularia globulifera, Lobelia Dortmanna, Utricularia inier-
media, and others. The variety called Mountain Peat is produced in

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 123

drier places, and is of a loose texture ; the different heaths, the Crow-
berry (Hmpetrum nigrum), various species of Carer, as C. binervis,
C. pilulifera, Nardus stricta, and many grasses and others, all assist
in the formation of this variety. Our woods abound in Erica cine-
rea and H. tetralix, Trientalis europea, Galium saxatile, Goodyera
repens, many grasses and other plants, whose remains, mixed with
decayed leaves and branches of trees, all combine to form the forest
peat. Many of the plants enumerated, however insignificant they
may appear to be, have contributed, in no mean degree, to modify
the nature of the surface of the district, and perhaps also its climate,
by the filling up of lakes and marshes (by the formation of peat), a
process still going on.

Mr. Dickie is known to botanists as the discoverer, in conjunction
with Mr. Templeton, of the rare northern Carex rupestris (Brit. F1.
ed.4. p.331) at the top of Glen Callader. We heartily wish he
would publish a similar catalogue and with similar observations to
the present, of the alpine vegetation of Aberdeenshire and the ad-
joining counties.

Commentationes de Leguminosarum Generibus. Auctore Georgio

Bentham, Vienna.

This work exhibits great talent and great research, as may be ex-
pected from the well-known character of the author, and it is to be
considered as the forerunner of a more elaborate publication on this
extensive and difficult family. ‘The tribes here discussed are Poda-
lyriee, Sophoree, Dalbergiee, and Phaseolee. Many new genera are
given, and amended characters of previously established ones, and
numerous species are described.

The same distinguished botanist is also engaged in a Monograph
of the Linnzan genus Frica for the forthcoming volume of DeCan-
dolle’s Prodromus.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
November 8th, 1838.—Professor Christison, V.P., in the Chair.

The President was directed to convey to Mr. Christy, in the most
special manner, the thanks of the Society for his very splendid con-
tributions to the Herbarium and Library.

1. Professor Graham read an account of a visit which he along
with some friends had paid to the West of Ireland in August last,
to examine its botanical productions. It was stated that the moun-
tains of Cunnamara present very little of the alpine vegetation with

K 2

124 Botanical Society of Edinburgh.

which the mountains of Scotland are clothed,—a difference probably
arising from their structure, the summits, or nearly two-thirds of
their height, being composed of the most unproductive quartz. Near
the base of the mountains some micaceous soil exists, and there a
little alpine vegetation was found. ‘The only peculiarity which the
quartz presented was abundance of Saxifraga umbrosa. Menziesia
polifolia was found to be scattered over a larger extent of country
than was expected, being met with in abundance on the road sides
from within a few miles of Galway to Clifden, the most westerly
point visited. Cnicus pratensis occupied the situation which Cnicus
heterophyllus usually holds in Scotland,—the latter not yet having been
seen in Ireland. Pimpinella magna occurred in profusion along the
road-sides between Galway and Oughterard. rica mediterranea was
ascertained to have been found in three stations in the West of Ire-
land, considerably remote from each other. The introduction of
Erica carnea into the Irish Flora was understood to have arisen from
a mistake.

2. Mr. Forbes exhibited specimens of the true Primula elatior, of
Jacquin, gathered by him during the summer on the mountains of
Styria. He pointed out the distinctions between these and the Bri-
tish specimens, and remarked that they confirmed the views he had
formerly laid before the Society, in which he maintained that no true
Primula elatior has hitherto been found in Britain. He also laid be-
fore the Society some specimens of Viola pinnata, from Mount Nanas,
in Carniola, in order to show that the form of the filamental append-
ages in that species indicates a passage from the true Violets to the
Pansies.

3. Professor Graham stated that some months ago he had received
from Dr. Christison a root of Ipomea Purga, now believed to be the
plant which yields the true Jalap of commerce, and that when cul-
tivated in the stove it had grown freely and produced flowers. It is
altogether a different plant from that previously in cultivation.

December 13th.—Prof. Graham, President, in the Chair.

1. Mr. Brand read a paper containing remarks on the Statistics of
British Botany, intended to illustrate the plan proposed to be adopted
in the formation of the Botanical Society’s British Herbarium. Be-
sides detailing very fully the plan which he formerly suggested for
dividing Great Britain and Ireland into 42 districts or Floras, from
each of which, specimens of all indigenous plants, with certain excep-
tions, should if possible be obtained for the Society’s Herbarium,
Mr. Brand exhibited a series of elaborate Tables, deduced from an ex-
amination of Mr. Watson’s excellent work on the Geographical Dis-
tribution of British Plants, and showed how far, and in what respect,

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 125

that work fell short of accomplishing Mr. Watson's design. It ap-
peared from these tables that the 33 Local Floras and Catalogues
consulted by Mr. Watson (besides being for the most part very im-
perfect in themselves) only partially represented the vegetation of 18
out of the 42 districts above-mentioned; and that with respect to
the remaining 24 districts, his work had left us entirely in the dark.
It further appeared, with regard to the districts represented by the
12 Floras and 19 Catalogues referred to by Mr. Watson,—extend-
ing (though by interrupted lines), the former from Devonshire to
Edinburgh, the latter from Sussex to Orkney,—that out of 1220
species noticed in them, 317 occurred in all the Floras, and 156
were confined to one or other of them; and that 78 species occurred
in all the catalogues, and 152 were peculiar to one or other of them ;
whilst, on the other hand, in the Floras only 64 species, and in the
Catalogues only 50 species were peculiar to the medium numbers re-
spectively; thus showing according to Mr. Brand’s view a remarkable
tendency in species to accumulate (as respects their frequency) to-
wards extremes—that is to say, to be either very generally or very
partially distributed over the country. On these and similar data,
supported in some degree by other circumstances which he explained,
Mr. Brand calculated that, allowing nearly 4000 for varieties, about
30,000 specimens would suffice for completing a British Herbarium
on the plan which he proposed, requiring probably about 5000 leaves
of paper.

The thanks of the Society were given to Mr. Brand for the labour
bestowed in the preparation of this paper, and the valuable tables
which it contained.

2. Mr. Forbes read an account of an excursion to the mountains
of Ternova in Carniola, in company with Signor Tommasini of
Trieste. They left Goritzia about the middle of June last, and pro-
ceeded to Chapovano by way of Monte Santo, gathering the true
Athamantha Matthioli on the banks of the Izonzo, with several other
plants of much interest. At Chapovano they ascended the Stoddier,
thence they proceeded through the forests to the mountain of Boda-
nowitz, and on the third day ascended the Golaks, the highest moun-
tains of the chain, being about 5800 feet above the level of the sea.
Among the plants collected during the excursion, were Lilium car-
niolicum, Hieracium incarnatum, Campanula carnica, C. spicata, Cyti-
sus angustifolius, Aquilegia Sternbergii, Polygala austriaca (new to
the district), P. alpestris, Pleurospermum Golaka, Spartium radiatum,
Paederoia Ageria, Carex firma and tenuis, Huphorbia carniolica, Pri-
mula carniolica, Hacquetia Epipactis, Astraniia cariiolica, Gentiane

126 Botanical Sociely of Edinburgh.

angulosa, and many other species peculiar to those rarely visited
mountains.

3. Mr. Brand exhibited a specimen of Carex leporina, found by
him in 1830, during an excursion to Braemar and the mountains of
Aberdeenshire.

4. Mr. Thomas W. Morrison exhibited specimens of the following
plants from Cumberland and Westmoreland :—Epimedium alpinum,
Wastwater, Cumberland ; Impatiens noli-me-tangere, Barron Wood,
Westmoreland ; Rosa gracilis, Whinlater, near Keswick ; Rosa cin-
namomea, Portinscale, near Keswick.

The Society then proceeded to the election of Office-Bearers for
1839, when the following gentlemen were elected :—

President.
Rosert Grauan, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., Hon. M.R.J.A., Regius Professor
of Botany in the University of Edinburgh.
Vice-Presidents.

Davin Fatconar, Esq. of Carlowrie. Rost. Kaye Grevitte, Esq., L.L.D.,
Rosert Curistison, M.D.,F.R.S.E., F.RS.E., Fi,

Pres. R.C.P.E. Davin Stevart, Esq.
Councillors.
Witiram M‘Nas, Esq., A.L.S. Epwarp R. Roserts, Esq.
W. F. Linpsay Carnecise, Esq. of R. Wirsranam Fatconer, Esgq.,
Boysack. Pres. Roy. Med. Soe.

ParrickNeii,Esq.,LL.D.,F.R.S.E., Tuomas Buizarp Bert, Esq.
F.L.S.

Treasurer: WituiAM Branp, Esq., W.S.—Seecretary : Witt1am Hunter
Campsett, Esq.—Voreign Secretarics: Epwarp Forses, Esq., Pres. Roy.
Phys. Society; Jonn Hutton Batrour, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.R.C.S.E.—
Curator: Joun Hurron Potitexren, M.D.—Assisiant Curator: Aucust
AgemiL KeLLerman.—Artist: James M‘Nas, Esq.

January 10th, 1839.—Professor Graham, President, in the Chair.

A letter to the President was read, from His Excellency the Mi-
nister Resident and Plenipotentiary of the King of Saxony, inti-
mating that His Majesty had been graciously pleased to acquiesce in
the proposal of the Society to elect His Majesty a Foreign Honorary
Member.

It was resolved that on the occasion of so exalted a personage
joining the Society, that the usual mode of election by ballot should
be dispensed with ; His Majesty Frederick Augustus, King of Saxony,
was accordingly elected a Foreign Honorary Member by unanimous
acclamation.

1. Mr. Forbes read some observations on certain Continental
Plants allied to British species. He exhibited to the Society speci-

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 127

mens of the various plants alluded to, chiefly collected by himself in
Carniola, accompanied by critical remarks on their alliances and
synonyms amongst British species. He noticed particularly the fol-
lowing :—1. Rhinanthus hirsutus, Lam. 2. Acinos villosus, Pers. 3.
Ranunculus verrucosus, Prsl. 4. Rubus tomentosus, Borkh. 5. Po-
lygonum Bellardi, All. 6. Hieracium Peleterianum, Merat.

2. Mr. Herbert Giraud read the first part of a paper on the Struc-
ture and Functions of Pollen. An account of this paper will be
found in the Proceedings of the Society at the following meeting.

3. Mr. Brand read a communication explanatory of a scheme
which he proposed for the publication of a work under the Society’s
direction, intended to give a general but comprehensive view of the
whole range of Botanical Science, with reference both to its natural
and civil history, and commencing with the earliest period in each
department. He proposed that the work should consist of nine se-
parate but connecting essays, forming as many divisions of the sub-
ject, and that the Society should invite its Members to write these
several essays according to a plan, and on certain conditions speci-
fied by him. The proposal was referred to a Committee for consi-
deration.

February 14th.—Prof. Graham, President, in the Chair.

1. Mr. Giraud read the second part of his paper on the Structure
and Functions of Pollen. In the former part of this paper, after de-
scribing the phenomena which are attendant on the development of
pollen in various tribes of plants, Mr. Giraud pointed out some pe-
culiarities which he had met with in the external configuration and
internal structure of the mature pollen grain, and showed that from
the former character no correct indications could be deduced for de-
termining the limits of certain groups of plants; as the figure and
surface of the pollen-grain often differs widely even in individuals of
the same genus. The existence of a ¢hird tunic, or investing mem-
brane, was shown to occur in the pollen of Crocus vernus, and also
the presence of minute opaque bodies on the surface of the pollen of
Polemonium ceruleum, which, when immersed in water, appeared to
be possessed of spontaneous motion. The true nature of the furrow
which exists in certain spherical and elliptical pollen grains, was
pointed out, and shown not to be a slit in the outer membrane, as is
the opinion of some vegetable anatomists.

Mr. Giraud then described the chemical composition of pollen,
showing the existence of potassa in the pollen of Antirrhinum majus ;
and of raphides, consisting of phosphate of lime, mixed up with the

128 Wernerian Society.

pollen of Tradescantia virginica, and with that of certain species of
Orchidee. The effects produced by water, alcohol, ether, iodine,
and sulphuric acid on the physical conditions of pollen, were also
adverted to.

The functions of pollen were then noticed, and the phenomena
which are attendant on the performance of those functions, from the
period when the pollen leaves the anther till its tubes arrive at the
base of the nucleus of the ovule. It was shown that a somewhat
elevated temperature is in many cases necessary for the develop-
ment of the pollen tubes, and that this condition is supplied by the
evolution of caloric attendant on estivation; and lastly, the various
provisions, which exist for the preservation of the pollen from the
deleterious effects of moisture, were pointed out.

2. Notes on Lychnis dioica, Linn., with reference to the occurrence
of the varieties vespertina, intermedia and diurna, and some anoma-
lous forms of these observed in the neighbourhood of Dundee. By
Mr. Wm. Gardiner, Jun., Dundee. Communicated by Mr. Camp-
bell.

3. Notes on Primula vulgaris, elatior and veris. By Mr. Wm.
Gardiner, Jun., Dundee. Communicated by Mr. Campbell.

WERNERIAN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.
January 12, 1839.—John Sligo, Esq., in the Chair.

Dr. Robert Paterson read a Memoir, Observations on the Artesian
Wells of Clackmananshire, and their connection with the doctrine
of Central Heat. As this paper does not refer directly to zoology or
botany we shall not dwell upon it.

A paper on the Climate and Productions of Devonshire. By Dr.
Chas. Goring, was then read.

Professor Jameson exhibited two rare Fishes found in the Pent-
land Frith and sent to the Natural History Museum by the Duchess
Countess of Sutherland. He regarded them as Labrus trimaculatus,
and the Gadus minutus or the Poor. A specimen of the Ornithorhyn-
chus was exhibited, having the poison-duct and gland beautifully dis-
played; presented to the College Museum by Lord Glenelg. The
carcass of a large Cinereous Eagle was also exhibited ; being one of
two birds of that kind which attacked a traveller the week before,
near Newtown-Stuart in Galloway.

Jan. 26—Wnm. Copland, Esq. in the Chair.
Mr. Smith of Jordan-hill, read an Account of further Observa-

Wernerian Sociery. 129

tions on the elevated Marine Deposits in the Basin of Clyde, ac-
companied with remarks by Mr. Deshayes, Mr. Lyell, and Mr. G.
R. Sowerby, on the Shells unknown as British imbedded in them ;
from which it appeared, that out of twenty species, seven are at pre-
sent to be found recent in the Arctic Seas; five in the Crag and
Sicilian newer Pliocene ; and that the rest are peculiar to the de-
posit in question.

Dr. Trail exhibited a specimen of Bergmehl from the North of
Sweden, communicated to him by Mr. Laing. The Doctor had sub-
mitted it to analysis, and found it to be composed of the minute
shields of infusoria, about one thousandth part of an inch in size,
consisting chiefly of siliceous earth and alumina. Professor Jameson
exhibited a very fine specimen of flexible sandstone from the Hima-
laya Mountains, transmitted from India by Dr. Robert Stevenson.

February 9.—John Sligo, Esq., in the Chair.

A paper by Dr. Chas. R. Goring was read, on the Comparative
Merits of the Reflecting Microscope of Sir D. Brewster, and the
Catadioptric Engiscope of Prof. Amici of Modena, with an account
of a new Reflecting Telescope for Terrestrial Objects. On this paper
we will not dilate, as not bearing directly on the subject of our work.
Dr. Goring is of the opinion, that however admirable Sir David’s
microscope may be in theory, it will not answer in practice.

A communication was then read, on the Geology of Greece and
the Greek Islands, illustrated with numerous specimens.

Professor Wallace then explained by a model and diagram his so-
lution of the Miner’s Problem, in reference to the depths of different
strata, &c.

- February 23.—Dr. Thomas Stewart Traill in the Chair.

Mr. Edward Forbes laid before the meeting a communication on
the Asteriade of the Irish Sea, illustrated by the exhibition of spe-
cimens. Inhis arrangement he chiefly followed the one recently pro-
posed by Professor Agassiz, occasionally modifying it, and introdu-
cing a few new genera and species. As this valuable and original
paper will appear in the forthcoming number of the Society’s Trans-
actions, we need not enter further into particulars*. Professor Jame-
son then exhibited a fine specimen of the Beaumaris Shark, taken off
the coast of Aberdeenshire. The characters which distinguish it
from the Porbeagle Shark were dwelt upon.

* We trust that arrangements have been made for the more regular pub-

lication of its excellent memoirs; vol. vi. was published in 1832; vol. vii.,
containing two Prize Essays and an Appendix, appeared in 1838.—Ep.

130 Zoological Society.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
June 12, 1838.—The Rev. F. W. Hope in the Chair.

Mr. Owen communicated to the Meeting another portion of the
results attending his examination of the body of the Apteryz, em-
bracing a description of the parts connected with the function of re-
spiration, and their general relations, as shown in this extraordinary
bird, to that structure of the respiratory organs which is so eminent-
ly characteristic of the entire class.

Mr. Owen remarks, that the system of respiration in birds is so
obviously framed with especial reference to the faculty of aérial pro-
gression, and the peculiarities in the former exhibit so marked a phy-
siological relation to the latter, that inthe Apteryx, where the wings
are reduced to the lowest known rudimentary condition, the exami-
nation of the accompanying modifications in the respiratory apparatus
presented a most interesting subject for inquiry.

Upon carefully removing the viscera from the abdomen, Mr. Owen
was both gratified and surprised at finding no trace of air-cells in
the abdominal cavity; the diaphragm being entire, and pierced only
for the transmission of the esophagus and larger blood-vessels, as in
the Mammalia.

The position of the diaphragm was almost horizontal, like that of
the Dugong, differing from it principally in relation to the heart and
pericardium, which projected into the abdominal cavity, as through a
hernial aperture, the aponeurosis of the diaphragm being continuous
over the pericardium ; an approach towards the oviparous type in the
disposition of the viscera being thus preserved.

In the origins of the diaphragm Mr. Owen found the crura of the
lesser muscle exhibiting a greater degree of development than is
known to exist in any other bird ; the crura were entirely tendinous,
and arose from slight projections at the sides of the last costal ver-
tebre, their fibres expanding and being lost in the large aponeuro-
tic centre; at the point of their expansion to join the aponeurosis a
small proportion of muscular fibre was observed.

The abdominal surface of the diaphragm, as in the Mammalia, was
principally in contact with the convex surface of the liver, but the
thoracic surface of the former was separated from the lungs by a se-
ries of small but well-marked air-cells, one of which projected
slightly through the anterior aperture of the thoracic-abdominal
cavity at the base of the neck; the Apteryr thus still retains the
ornithic type of structure, although presenting us with the only
known instance, in the feathered race, of a species in which the recep-
tacular portion of the lungs is not extended into the abdomen.

Zoological Society. 131

In the simplicity of its structure the trachea resembled that of the
struthious birds, but there was no trace of a dilated membranous
pouch as inthe Emeu. The trachea consisted of 120 small rings,
becoming gradually smaller to the last 20, and alternately overlap-
ping and being overlapped at the sides, during the relaxation of the
tube.

Mr. Owen remarks that the fixed condition of the lungs, and the
existence of air-cells between the lungs and the diaphragm, clearly
prove that inspiration cannot be effectually performed by the action
of the diaphragm alone, but that it takes place in the Apteryzr as in
other birds, by the sternum being depressed, and the angle between
the vertebral and sternal ribs being increased.

A communication was then read to the Meeting by Dr. Cantor,
entitled, ‘‘ A notice of the Hamadryas, a genus of Hooded Serpents
with poisonous fangs and maxillary teeth.”

Dr. Cantor commences with observing, that ‘‘ since Dr. Russell em-
bodied the results of his investigations in his unequalled work upon
Indian Serpents, the attention which this branch of Indian zoology
has received has been chiefly confined to occasional discoveries of
single species ; and yet from experience I have been convinced how
rich this branch is, and how much still is left to be illustrated, not
only with regard to species, but also with regard to the habits and
the geographical distribution of this order of reptiles, the number
and variety of which forms so prominent a feature in the zoology of
Southern Asia.

‘«« The venomous serpent, to which I shall here call attention, is the
type of a new genus; which, from its inhabiting hollow trees and
frequenting the branches, I propose to call Hamadryas. Its charac.
ters induce me to assign it a place between the genera Naja, Lau-
renti, and Bungarus, Daudin, which two forms it will be found to
connect together.

HaMapRyas.

Caput latum, subovatum, deplanatum, rostro brevi obtuso, scutis

quindecim superne tectum. ;

Bucce tumide.

Oculi magni prominentes, pupilld rotunda.

Nares laté aperte, duorum scutorum in confinio.

Oris rictus peramplus, subundatus.

Tela antica, pone qua dentes maxillares.

Collum dilatabile.

Corpus crassum, teres, sqguamis levibus, per series obliquas dis-

positis, imbricatim tectum.

Cauda brevis, apice acuto, scutis et scutellis tecta.

132 Zoological Society.

Hamapryas Oruropuacus. Ham. superne olivaceo-viridis, sirius
sagittalibus nigris cinctus, abdomine glauco, nigro marmoralo.
Scuta abdominalia a 215 ad 245
Scuta subcaudalia a 13 ad 32
Scutella subcaudalia a 63 ad 71

Hab. Bengal.

Hindustanee name, ‘ Sunkr-Choar.’

‘‘ For the description and anatomical details, I beg to refer to my
provisional description, published in the Asiatic Researches, vol. xx.
p. 87., while I shall here confine myself to some general remarks
upon the habits, the effects of the poison, and the history of this
serpent.

«The Hamadryas, like the Bungarus, Hydrus, and Hydrophis, has
a few maxillary teeth behind the poison-fangs, and thus like the lat-
ter connects the venomous serpents with isolated poison-fangs to the
harmless, which possess a complete row of maxillary teeth.

«« Of the terrestrial venomous serpents the Bungarus is chiefly cha-
racterized by a distribution of the teeth similar to that of the Hama-
dryas, which, also partaking of the chief characteristic of the genus
Naja, viz. that of forming a hood or disc, constitutes an immediate
link between the genera Bungarus and Naja.

“In consequence of the strong resemblance in the general appear-
ance between the Naja and the Hamadryas, when first my attention
became attracted to the latter, I thought I could refer this serpent
to that genus; and it was not until I was able to examine a speci-
men whose poison-fangs were untouched (those of the first speci-
mens I saw having been drawn by the natives, who are greatly
afraid of this serpent), that I discovered the maxillary teeth behind
the poison-fangs.

‘“« Hamadryas ophiophagus differs from the Naja tripudians :

1. By its maxillary teeth.

. By the strongly developed spines on the os occipitale inferius.
. By the integuments covering the head.

By the integuments covering the abdominal surface of the tail.
. By its colour.

6. By its size.

‘‘ According to the natives the Hamadryas feeds chiefly upon other
serpents; in one I dissected I found remains of a good-sized Mo-
nitor, which fact may account for its arboreal habits, as I have in
Bengal, along the banks of the rivers, observed numbers of those
large lizards among the branches of trees watching for birds.

‘« The power of abstaining from food, generally speaking, so charac-
teristic of the serpents, is but in comparatively small degree possessed.

wm oo bo

or

Zoological Society. 133

by this species; the most protracted starvation amounts to a period
of about one month, while the Vipera elegans, the Naja tripudians,
and the Bungarus annularis, have, without inconvenience, been con-
fined in cages without any food for more than ten months. Two
specimens of the Hamadryas in my possession were regularly fed by
giving them a serpent, no matter whether venomous or not, every
fortnight. As soon as this food is brought near, the serpent be-
gins to hiss loudly, and expanding the hood rises two or three
feet, and retaining this attitude as if to take a sure aim, watching
the movements of the prey, darts upon it in the same manner as the
Naja tripudians does. When the victim is killed by poison, and by
degrees swallowed, the act is followed by a lethargic state, lasting
for about twelve hours. Such of the other Indian venomous ser-
pents, the habits of which I have had opportunity to study from life,
show themselves much inclined to avoid other serpents, however
ready they are to attack men or animals, when provoked or driven
by hunger ; and I am not aware of any other of those serpents being
recorded as preying upon its own kind. A short time ago, however,
during my sojourn at the Cape of Good Hope, I received from high
authority the following fact, which throws a light upon the habits
of the Naja of southern Africa, one of which, when being captured,
threw up the body of a Vipera arietans (Vip. brachyurus, Cuvier),
which bore marks of having been submitted to the process of di-
gestion.

“The Hamadryas, like the greater number of Indian serpents,
evinces a great partiality to water; with the exception of the tree-
serpents (Leptophina, Bell), they all not only drink, but also moisten
the tongue, which, as this organ is not situated immediately in the
cavity of the mouth, become in the serpents two different acts *. Spe-
cimens of this serpent in my possession changed the skin every third
or fourth month, a process which takes place in all the Indian ser-
pents several times during the year. The Hamadryas is very fierce,
and is always ready not only to attack. but to pursue when opposed;
while the Cophias, the Vipera, the Naja, and the Bungarus, merely
defend themselves, which done, they always retreat, provided no
further provocation is offered. The natives of India assert, that in-

* M. Schlegel is of opinion that serpents never drink. (Essai sur la Physiogn.
des Serpens, Partie Generale.) As mentioned above, I have had opportunities of
ascertaining that the greater number of Indian serpents are very fond of water,
a fact which I am aware has also been observed in the African serpents by the
eminent naturalist Dr. A. Smith, whose valuable discoveries, which he is at present
engaged in publishing, will bring to light many facts, of which we are at present

in almost total ignorance concerning the habits of animals, particularly those of the
Reptiles.

134 Zoological Society.

dividuals are found upwards of twelve feet in length, a statement
probably not exaggerated, as I have myself seen specimens from eight
to ten feet in length, and from six to eight inches in circumference.
I have often heard it asserted, that ‘Cobras’ (which name is natu-
rally enough given to every hooded serpent,) have been met with of
an enormous size, but I strongly doubt their belonging to the genus
Naja: among a considerable number which have come under my ob-
servation, I never saw any exceeding five to six feet in length, while
the common size is about four feet. Some time before I discovered
the Hamadryas, I was favoured by J. W. Grant, Esq., of the Hon.
Company’s Civil Service, with an interesting description of a gi-
gantic hooded serpent he had observed in the upper provinces, and
which, he remarked, was not a Naja. By inspection this gentleman
denied the Hamadryas to be identical with the above-mentioned.

“The natives describe another hooded serpent, which is said to
attain a much larger size than the Hamadryas, and which, to con-
clude from the vernacular name, ‘Mony Choar’, is perhaps another
nearly allied species.

“The fresh poison of the Hamadryas is a pellucid, tasteless fluid,
in consistence like a thin solution of gum arabic in water; it red-
dens slightly litmus paper*, which is also the case with the fresh
poison of the Cophias viridis, Vipera elegans, Naja tripudians, Bun-
garus annularis and Bung. ceruleus: when kept for some time it acts
much stronger upon litmus, but after being kept it loses considerably
if not entirely its deleterious effects.

“From a series of experiments upon living animals, the effects of
this poison come nearest to those produced by that of the Naja tripu-
dians, although it appears to act less quickly. The shortest period
within which this poison proved fatal to a fowl, was fourteen mi-
nutes; whilst a dog expired in two hours eighteen minutes after
being bitten. It should however be observed, that the experiments
were made during the cold season of the year.”

A specimen of the present genus (Hamadryas), in the Collection
of the Society, was upon the table, having been presented to the
Museum by Sir Stamford Rafiles, but without any facts respecting
its history, or the locality in which he had procured at:

* “M. Schlegel asserts (loc. cit. p. 34,) the venom is ‘ ni alcalin ni acide.’ The
only way in which I can account for this mistake from a man who ranks among
the first Erpetologists, is by supposing that M. Schlegel himself never had an
opportunity of testing the poison of a living serpent ; for besides the five above-
mentioned genera of Indian venomous serpents, I found the fresh poison of dif-
ferent species of marine serpents (Hydrus) to possess the property of turning litmus
paper red. The same fact with the Crotalus is noticed by Dr. Harlan, who says,
‘The poisor of the living Crotalus tested in numerous instances with litmus paper,
&c. invariably displayed acid properties.’ (Vide Harlan, Medical and Physical Re-
searches, p. 501, sq.)”’

Zoological Society. 135

Mr. Yarrell called the attention of the Meeting to some specimens
of fish presented by Mr. Harvey, of Teignmouth, whom he stated to
be on the point of quitting England for a residence in Australia, and
to whose zealous exertions as a Corresponding Member the Society
had on many occasions been largely indebted.—A vote of thanks was
proposed and carried unanimously.

June 26, 1838.—William Horton Lloyd, Esq., in the Chair.

A specimen of the Peregrine Falcon was upon the table, which
had been sent to the Society’s office as a donation to the Menagerie,
with the following letter addressed to Mr. Rees, from the donor,
Capt. Charles Robertson :—

«Sir,

‘I pec to present to you the accompanying Hawk, which was caught
on board the ship Exmouth, on the 12th of February last, on her
passage from Bengal to London, when in about latitude 12° north,
and longitude 88°°30 east, which placed the ship about 300 miles
from the Andaman Islands; and from observing the bird’s tendency
to fly away towards the east about the time of sunrise, for some
days after it was caught, I am led to suppose that it must have been
blown off, or followed its prey till out of sight of, those Islands. At
the time that it was taken, it was in the act of devouring the remains
of.a sea bird on the main-topsail yard, which it had previously been
seen to pounce down upon and take up from the sea.

“« 'The injured leg was occasioned by a ring, to which it was attached
when first caught, and the struggles of the bird to get away; but I
have great hopes that it will regain in some measure the use of it
by proper care and attention, which I was unable to give it; and it is
now much improved to what it was, the two parts being more in-
clined to unite. I have fed it upon raw fresh meat, and young rats
occasionally, but it never looks at water. When approaching the
coast of England, it was very remarkable that the bird again strug-
gled to get away in the direction of the land, although we were so
far off as not to see it from the ship. I am not aware that this
hawk differs from the common species, but the circumstances attend-
ing it may be interesting to a naturalist; and if it should be thought
worthy of being added to your collection, I shall feel amply repaid
for the trouble I have taken to preserve it.

«This is the second instance of a hawk being taken by me out of
sight of land; and on the former occasion a sparrow took refuge in
the cabin: we were at that time about 80 miles from Ceylon. From

136 Zoological Society.

these circumstances it is evident that hawks traverse great spaces of
the ocean, being able to feed on the wing.
“‘T remain, Sir, your obedient Servant,
‘“CHar.es Rospertson,.”’
18, Alfred-place, Bedford-square,
26th June, 1838.

The first part of a paper was then read by Mr. Blyth, entitled

‘« Outlines of a Systematic Arrangement of the class Aves.”

July 10th, 1838.—Wm. Ogilby, Esq., in the Chair.

A letter dated Tymaen Pyle, Glamorganshire, May 14th, 1838,
was read, addressed to the Secretary by J. E. Bicheno, Esq., accom-
panying a donation to the Museum of a skin of the Burrhal Sheep
from the Himalaya Mountains. The animal being quite new to the
collection had been set up by Mr. Gould, and was placed in the room
for exhibition. Mr. Bicheno writes as follows :

«T found the accompanying skin in the possession of a neigh-
bouring gentleman, who left India last year; and as I apprehend it
to belong to a rare animal, and hardly known in this country, I
have, with his permission, sent it to the Museum of the Zoological
Society. It is not possible for me, at this distance from authorities,
to make it out satisfactorily, but it seems very near to the Asiatic
Argal ( Ovis Argala), if not identical; if.so, however, it varies in many
particulars from the descriptions given of that species.

“It was killed, June lst, 1836, by Thos. Smith, Esq., 15th Native
Infantry ; known in India as one of the most intrepid sportsmen
and best shots in the country. He met with it in the Great Snowy
Range close to the Barinda Pass, communicating with Chinese Tar-
tary, near also to the famous peak called Jaurnootrie, under which
rises the river Tamna. He estimates the height at which he found
the animal to have been from 15,000 to 17,000 feet: Humboldt,
he thinks, calls the Berinda Pass 18,000 feet high.

«The hill-men call it Burrhal, and considered this specimen to
have been seven years old by the horns. The cry was that of a tame
sheep. It was exceedingly shy, and no animal in Mr. Smith’s opi-
nion is so difficult ofapproach. During his expedition in pursuit of
the Burrhal he killed also the Thaar, which he took to be a species of
Goat, and the ‘Serow,’ an Antelope, which Mr. Hodgson has de-
scribed in the Journal of the Asiatic Society, No. 45, for Sept. 1835.
The Thaar is also described in the same paper, and is regarded by
him to be an Antelope. Mr. Hodgson suspects the Burrhal to be his
Ovis Nahoor, but I have no opportunity of consulting the work.”

Zoological Society. 137

An extract, forwarded by Mr. Bicheno, copied from the journal of
Lieut. Thomas Smith, was also read, in which, after describing the
great difficulty he found in reaching the district frequented by the
Burrhal, he proceeds :

‘« T was at last repaid by seeing nine of them at about 600 yards,
and they saw us. I attempted to get near; but no! they are with-
out exception the most difficult animals in the world to get near; and
the air being so rarified I could hardly breathe, my Paharrees con-
stantly falling and declaring they would die, and begging me to re-
turn.

“* About four o’clock, as I was just giving it up indespair, I suddenly
came round a peak of snow, and found the large Ram at about 300
yards looking at me: despairing of ever getting nearer, and knowing
my rifle would do it if only held straight, I beat a place in the snow
and laid it along, taking a steady aim, pulled, and to my delight saw
him fall on his side and kick. He recovered himself and crawled
inte some frightful rock, and there stood showing me his horns.”

The animal was not eventually captured until it had received a
large number of balls. ‘‘ Thus I killed,” says Lieut. Smith, ‘the
first Burrhal ever killed by European or native that I can learn.”

Mr. Ogilby observed, that the present animal, although extremely
rare and valuable, had been for some time known to naturalists, by a
specimen in the collection of the Linnean Society, and by the re-
searches of Mr. Hodgson, who had described two species of sheep
inhabiting the Himalayan range. Recently, however, Mr. Hodgson
had changed his opinion with respect to the existence of two di-
stinct species, referring them both to his Ovis Nahoor; but Mr. Ogilby
believed that another species did inhabit the Himalaya Mountains
decidedly distinct from the present, and the horns of which are so
capacious, that the young Foxes are said to nestle in such as are
found unattached to the animals.

A paper was then read, entitled, ‘‘ Observations on Marine Ser-
pents.”” By Dr. Cantor.

This communication embodies the results of Dr. Cantor’s obser-
vations upon the habits and general conformation of the Marine
Ophidians, a group of Vertebrata to which but little attention has
hitherto been given, from the circumstance of the danger attending
their examination in the living state, and also from their geogra-
phical distribution being entirely confined to the tropical seas. The
author being stationed, in the East India Company’s service, on the
Delta of the Ganges, had, during a considerable period, most favour-
able opportunities for studying these serpents, many of which were

Ann, Nat. Hist. Vol. 3. No. 15. April 1839. E

138 Geological Society.

captured in the nets employed for fishing. His observations are
principally directed to the anatomical characters which distinguish
the marine from the terrestrial serpents, and to the modifications of
structure by which the former are adapted to the element in which
they exist. With respect to their physiology, the principal point of
interest he establishes is, the circumstance of all the species, with-
out exception, being highly venomous, a fact which has been denied
by Schlegel, who states that the Marine Snakes are harmless; and
the same erroneous idea is very current with the natives. Dr. Cantor
in proof of the contrary refers to the recent death of an officer in
Her Majesty’s service, within an hour or two after the bite of a Serpent
which had been caught at sea, and also to numerous experiments
of his own, in which fowls, fish, and other animals invariably died
within a few minutes after the bite had been inflicted. Numerous
sketches were exhibited to the Meeting in illustration of Dr. Cantor’s
observations.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Award of the Wollaston Medal to Dr. Ehrenberg of Berlin ;—Ez-
tracted from the President's Address.

The Council have adjudged the Wollaston medal for the present
year to Professor Ehrenberg, for his discoveries respecting fossil In-
fusoria and other microscopic objects contained in the materials of
the earth’s strata. We all recollect the astonishment with which,
nearly three years ago, we received the assertion, that large masses
of rock, and even whole strata, are composed of the remains of mi-
croscopic animals. This assertion, made at that time by Professor
Ehrenberg, has now not only been fully confirmed and very greatly
extended by him, but it has assumed the character of one of the
most important and striking geological truths which have been
brought to light in our time: for the connection of the present
state of the earth with its condition at former periods of its history,
a problem now always present to the mind of the philosophical
geologist, receives new and unexpected illustration from these re-
searches. Of about eighty species of fossil Infusoria which have
been discovered in various strata, almost the half are species which
still exist in the waters: and thus these forms of life, so long over-
looked as invisible specks of brute matter, have a constancy and
durability through the revolutions of the earth’s surface which is
denied to animals of a more conspicuous size and organization.
Again, we are so accustomed to receive new confirmations of our
well-established geological doctrines, that the occurrence of such an

Geological Society. 139

event produces in us little surprise; but if this were not so, we could
not avoid being struck with one feature of Prof. Ehrenberg’s dis-
coveries ;—that while the microscopic contents of the more recent
strata are all freshwater Infusoria, those of the chalk are bodies
( Peridineum, Xanthidium, Fucoides,) which must, or at least can,
live in the waters of the ocean. Nor has Prof. Ehrenberg been con-
tent with examining the rocks in which these objects occur. During
the last two years he has been pursuing a highly interesting series
of researches with the view of ascertaining in what manner these
vast masses of minute animals can have been accumulated. And
the result of his inquiries is*, that these creatures exist at present in
such abundance, under favourable circumstances, that the difficulty
disappears. In the Public Garden at Berlin he found that workmen
were employed for several days in removing in wheelbarrows masses
which consisted entirely of fossil Infusoria. He produced from the
living animals, in masses so large as to be expressed in pounds, tri-
poli and polishing slate similar to the rocks from which he had ori-
ginally obtained the remains of such animals; and he declares that
a small rise in the price of tripoli would make it worth while to
manufacture it from the living animals as an article of commerce.
These results are only curious ; but his speculations, founded upon
these and similar facts, with respect to the formation of such rocks,
for example, polishing slate, the siliceous paste called kieselguhr, and
the layers of flint in chalk, are replete with geological instruction.
As the discoveries of Prof. Ehrenberg are thus full of interest for
the geological speculator, so have they been the result, not of any
fortunate chance, but of great attainments, knowledge, and labour.
The author of them had made that most obscure and difficult portion
of natural history, the infusorial animals, his study for many years ;
had travelled to the shores of the Mediterranean and the Red Sea
in order to observe them; and had published (in conjunction with
Prof. Miller) a work far eclipsing anything which had previously
appeared upon the subject. It was in consequence of his being
thus prepared, that when his attention was called to the subject of
fossil Infusoria, (which was done in June, 1836, by M. Fischer) he
was able to produce, not loose analogies and insecure conjectures,
but a clear determination of many species, many of them already
familiar to him, although hardly ever seen perhaps by any other eye.
The animals (for he has proved them to be animals, and not, as others
had deemed them, plants) consist, in the greater number of examples,
of a staff-like siliceous case, with a number of transverse markings ;

* Abhandl. Kon. Ak. Wissensch. Berlin. 1838.
2

140 Miscellaneous.

and these cases appear in many instances to make up vast masses by
mere accumulation without any change. Whole rocks are composed
of these minute cuirasses of crystal heaped together. Prof. Ehren-
berg himself has examined the microscopic products of fifteen locali-
ties, and is still employed in extending his researches; and we already
see researches of the same kind undertaken by others, to such an
extent, as to show us that this new path of investigation will exercise
a powerful influence upon the pursuits of geologists. We are sure
therefore that we have acted in a manner suitable to the wishes
of the honoured Donor of the medal, and to the interests of the
science which we all in common seek to promote, in assigning the
Wollaston medal to Prof. Ehrenberg for these discoveries.
Although it is not necessary as a ground for this adjudication, it
is only justice to Prof. Ehrenberg to remark, that his services to
geology are not confined to the researches which I have mentioned.
His observations, made in the Red Sea, upon the growth of corals,
are of great value and interest; and he was one of the distinguished
band of scientific explorers who accompanied Baron von Humboldt
in his expedition to the Ural Mountains. And I may further add,
that even since the Council adjudged this medal, Prof. Ehrenberg
has announced to the Royal Academy of Sciences of Berlin new
discoveries ; particularly his observations on the organic structure
of chalk; on the freshwater Infusoria found near Newcastle and
Edinburgh, and on the marine animalcules observed near Dublin
and Gravesend; and, what cannot but give rise to curious reflections,
an account of meteoric paper which fell from the sky in Courland in
1686, and was found to be composed of Confervee and Infusoria*.

MISCELLANEOUS.

A FEW PARTICULARS RESPECTING SOME RARE BIRDS WHICH HAVE
LATELY OCCURRED IN THE VICINITY OF YARMOUTH.

Many varieties in ornithology having occurred in this neighbour-
hood since Messrs. Paget gave a list of them in their ‘ Sketch of
the Natural History of Yarmouth,’ it has been thought that the fol-
lowing notices respecting them might not be unacceptable.

A specimen of the honey buzzard was shot at Caistor, a village
about two miles from hence, in the month of November 1837. From
its size and the appearance of its plumage it was judged to be an im-
mature female. ‘This was not the only instance of its occurrence on
our ea-tern coast during that season. A male bird was procured at

* An account of this curious substance will appear in our next Number.
—Enpit.

Miscellaneous. 141

Southwold, and Mr. Hoy had recorded the capture of one in his
neighbourhood not long before.

An adult male bird of the rose ouzel (Pastor roseus) was ob-
tained in the same locality as the first-mentioned honey buzzard in
the month of June 1836. This bird is now in the possession of J. H.
Gurney, Esq. The Bohemian waxwing (Bombycilla garrula), and
the crossbill (Loxia curvirostra) have both been shot three or four
times in as many years. ‘The hoopoe has been once, at least, taken
here in that period.

Two specimens of the white-tailed eagle (Halidetos albicilla) were
procured last December—the one at Hasborough, the other at
Ormesby.

I cannot avoid what may be deemed going out of my district to
notice the occurrence of one of those birds whose loss every orni-
thologist must deplore. A fine female specimen of the great bustard
(Otis tarda) was procured in the early part of May 1837, and was
set up by Mr. King, of London Street, Norwich, in whose shop I saw
it in the month of June. In size it was not more than a common
turkey. The markings on the back and scapulars were exceedingly
handsome. This bird, I believe, is now in the possession of the Hon.
F, W. Keppel.

The occurrence of the Tringa pectoralis and Tr. platyrhyncha has
already been noticed by Mr. Hoy in the ‘ Magazine of Natural Hi-
story,’ New Series, vol. i. in which place he has also mentioned the
peculiar form of the bill of the latter bird, by which it may at once
be distinguished.

The brown snipe (Scolopax grisea) was shot on Yarmouth Beach
in October 1836. ‘This bird had not completely obtained its winter
plumage when procured. ‘The bill is rugose and punctured at the tip
in a similar manner to that of the common snipe. Why Dr. Leach
should have given to it the name of Macroramphus is perhaps not easily
accounted for. Its bill is certainly of a consideravle length, but not
so long in proportion as that of the common snipe. I was kindly fa-
voured with the sight of this bird by Leonard Rudd, Esq. in whose
collection it now is. The same gentleman has also specimens of the
Kentish plover (Charadrius Cantianus) and one of the little gull
(Larus minutus) which he shot at this place.

Mr. Stephen Miller of this town, the possessor of a very nume-
rous collection of British birds, has an adult specimen of the ivory
gull (Larus eburneus). Nothing could more aptly describe the co-
lour of this bird than its name. It is intermediate in size between
the herring and black-headed gulls.

142 Miscellaneous.

By way of conclusion I may be allowed to notice that albino va-
rieties of the stormy petrel sometimes occur, Mr. Miller has one
which is altogether of a dirty white, except those parts which are
white in the common variety, and which are here clearly distinguish-
able by their brightness. Mr. J. Smith of this place has also an albino
variety ? of the furze chat (Savicola Rubetra), and I have seen spe-
cimens of the common grey linnet nearly white.—Tuos. Parng, Jun.

ON THE INSTRUMENTS OF PERFORATION IN THE CICADA,

M. Doyére has published some remarks on the ovipositor of the
Cicada, ‘ Ann. Se, Nat.’ t. vil. p. 193. tending to show that Reaumur’s
notion, according to which the perforation is effected by the up and
down motion of the two lateral parts which are serrated at their apex,
and that the middle piece serves merely to hold together the side
pieces, cannot be correct ; as in the first place, the serratures of the
lateral pieces are too blunt, and on the other hand, the whole in-
strument would want a point of support, as the whole weight would
fall on the anterior portion of the body only. He therefore brings
forward the view that the lateral pieces are employed rather 2s
pincers and serve as a point of support to the borer, and that the
process might perhaps be the following : the pincers are at each time
inserted into the small aperture made by the middle piece, and these
are then extended in such a manner that the middle piece, again ad-
vancing, forces them, after the manner of a wedge, one from the
other. As the Cicada, according to Reaumur, only use withered
twigs for piercing holes for their eggs, would the strength of the
ovipositor be sufficient for this process ’—Ericuson’s Report on En-
tomology in Wiegmann’s Archiv, Part V. 1838.

OCCURRENCE OF CAREX RUPESTRIS, WAHL.

I was so fortunate as to discover this very rare plant on the edges
of rocks at Inchnadamff, Sutherlandshire, in the early part of Sep-
tember 1838, growing with C. capillaris and Dryas octopetala at an
inconsiderable elevation.—CuarLes CuurcuiLt BaBinerTon.

BLACK VARIETY OF THE COMMON HARE.

At a recent meeting of the Cambridge Ray Club a specimen of
the alpine swift, Cypselus alpinus, 'Temm., which had been killed
between Cambridge and Granchester in September 1838, was exhi-
bited by its possessor Mr. C. Sawle; and at another meeting the
Rev. J. J. Smith exhibited a totally black variety ef the common
hare lately shot at Shortgrove in Cambridgeshire.—C. C. B.

Meteorological Observations. 143

The death of Mr. Hunneman, who has for a very great number of
years transacted, in the most prompt and liberal manner, the busi-
ness concerns connected with the purchase and transmission of books
and parcels of so large a portion of naturalists both of this country
and the continent, will be long and severely felt. But it is with
great pleasure we can announce, that Mr. Wm. Pamplin, Jun., bo-
tanical bookseller of Wandsworth Road, London, (and now also of
No. 9, Queen Street, Soho,) has succeeded Mr. Hunneman in this
department. We have the pleasure to know Mr. Pamplin per-
sonally, and are well acquainted with his punctual business habits,
his great steadiness of character, his obliging manners, and his ar-
dent attachment to natural history in general and to botany in par-
ticular; and we can with confidence recommend him as a worthy
successor to our lamented friend. We have reason to believe that
circulars, containing further particulars, will at once be issued by
Mr. Pamplin, and we know that he will have the advice and as-

sistance of Mr. Hunneman’s family in the first outset of his transac-
tions. —W. J. H.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR FEBRUARY, 1839.

Chiswick.—Feb. 1. Overcast: fine: frosty at night. 2. Sharp frost. 3.
Thawing: hazy. 4. Fine: cloudy. 5. Hazy: heavy rainat night. 6. Foggy.
7. Drizzly. 8. Hazy: cloudy and windy at night. 9. Overcast. 10. Very
fine. 1). Dense fog. 12. Fine: overcast: rain. 13. Fine. 14. Boisterous.
15. Clear. 16. Stormy and wet: fine. 17. Clear. 18. Snowing: sleet:
clear. 19. Sharp frost. 20. Bleak andcold. 21. Cloudy and cold: dry haze :
rain at night. 22. Hazy: rain. 23. Rain: very fine. 24. Very fine. 25.
Clear: showery: fine. 26. Clear and frosty: fine. 27. Fine. 28. Very fine.

Boston.—Feb.1. Fine. 2. Cloudy. 3. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 4, 5. Fine:
raine.M. 6. Cloudy. 7,8. Fine. 9 Fine: rainr.m. 10. Fine. 11.
Cloudy. 12,13. Fine. 14. Stormy. 15. Fine. 16. Cloudy: rain early a.s1.
17—19. Fine. 20,21. Cloudy. 22. Cloudy: snow early a.m. 23. Cloudy:
rainearlya.m. 24. Fine. 25. Fine: hailandsnowr.m. 26. Fine. 27.
Cloudy. 28. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—Feb. 1. Clear day: ground covered with
snow. 2. Cloudy: gentle thaw. 3. Moderate thaw: snow melting slowly.
4. Moderate thaw: small rain evening. 5..Thaw continuing: snow melting.
6. The same: very temperate: rain p.m. 7. Stormy day: suow gone: very wet.
8. Quiet a.m.: wind rose r.m.: wet. 9. Rain: dark and cloudy: mild. 10.
Fair and mild: threatening p.m. 11. Rawcold: cloudy. 12. Fine day: flying
hail showers. 13. Mild a.m.: rain and wind p.m. 14. Boisterous day: fre-
quent hail and sleet. 15. Tolerable spring day: wet p.m. 16. Showers of
snow: high wind. 17. Snow half an inch deep: frosty. 18. Moderate day :
snow melting: freezing. 19. Fine frosty day : getting cloudy p.m. 20. Favour-
able day: slight snow. 21. Hard frost: cloudy: slight snow P.M. 22. Thaw :
snow preceding night: snow melts. 23. Very fine day: temperate and spring-
like. 24, On the whole mild: occasional showers. 25. Moderately temperate :
slight frost a.m. 26. Fine day though rather chill. 27. Severe showers of sleet :
cleared up p.m. 28. Occasional slight showers.

‘aays-snifuncy ‘asunpy yzavoaddy yw uvaxaq ‘ay fg pup ‘uozsogy yw Viva ACY 49 fuopuoT avau ‘younsiy yo hjarvog pounynoysozy ay] fo
UIPADE) IY} JV NOSAKOHT “APY 49 | NOLUaGOY ‘A ‘Auvjasoagy quojsisspy ayy hg hijnoog pphoy ayy fo Sjuaupivd py 24} JD apo SuorwALISYC) 109190]0109}9 YF

18-62

86-62
79.6%
C6-6%
09-64%
OL-6Z
19.62
09-62
PZ-0€
98.8%
99.8%
69.62
08.6%
LZ-6%
18.6%
05.6%
CZ-0£

| OT-0€

2-0€
9£-.0€
18-62
CIL-0€
I1-0€
ZI-0€
16-62
OL-6%
Z8-6%
| G0-08
L1-0€

‘uvayy (LS-1 | O1-1 61-3 | “wing | | | 16-98 F.S¢ ge L0.c¢ Po.LP TLE L-PV | S-0P | 62-62
i oleae abba a ene | = Paces
| | | | | |
/ | | |
ras oe | as | ese tee “MS anyeo oA “ms | » I gt! o ZS | LSE] S.9P £-6£ | 66-62
Papas se | oe ts Ck Ms os 7 ad ay of ‘ 1G | 3-SE| p-ah | IP | 7.62
ze sae | 60- J cee | zZCo. om | MN | oy om 6£ ze | EE | 0% 8 L-€& | Q-PF o-SE 08-6%
SE |" |a0- 190. °° | tm AN |e] re se} LE) 62 | IG |€9€|9-Lb/8-8E | 09.62
St [86-0 } = ho.) “| cm lunes) -m | om Eze fof} SE) PE | IG | PSE} E.19 |9-8E | 09.6%
set es 11S. |€0- | €8S- | sm jmpes ean! ereas foe S18 1¢-€F) 1¢ | oS | 0-€P | 6.05 8-67 | £9.62
0 ag aged (a a8 se a gf| LE| 1p] 1S |6-bE| cer | POP | Gc.6z
> A ae CO Wy ) as |S lean | can | we ¥L1Z| 9F| ze | sv | 0-SE! 8.6€ 6-SE | 78.62
ge fee | LPE | geo. | MS [ml Z| 2 |tea| pe] LE] ve | 6f |P-2E) 0.66 /£-8E | ceo
Ob fj}. 1 | £0. | ox WIR) «as | emn | c £97, | 1€| oF | OF | G-08 | E.ge | 8-2 | 9¢.gz
7 «| 108. | SSO | = jue yn | - sg of ef CIE | ez | g€ | zbE| g.ze | &LE | oL-62
ze | alee ere OS Meee | MN [TCO em | og 1f | TE | VE| oz | OV | 2.PE|0.SP g:SE | £.6z
iP Star: }*** | GSO. | sms juyes, «4 | man leo] pel IP] ze | Lp | €-6€ | o-6P C-£7 | 92.6%
Le Ts ie! ie PI- | tee “MS WYPD +m copy MS) ar Le EG oP 1S P.o€ €.Z5 £.6£ 05.6%
OF Pe tt ge. (ca | #8 | 8 se] op] oP] re | e¢ |o-or | Ler |0-8F | once
oF CS, Bocce Tica ee”) ee ee 1p | gf | 9f| gf | 1¢ | BRE 9-8P L-OF | 16.6%
My foe Pye] fras | cfs] ss ['oel op) er] re | gb [z1P | g.eb |6SP | s1.0f
oP Jost | nse | eee ieee ie BLY ee et ee op| op! LE! ib | 6P | 6-LE | 0-27 | PIP | g0.08
OV | °" 1Go. | °° | 160. | ass jorpeo| «an | can Iv SpE GS-17} gz | €S | 6€b | 0-bF | 8-EP | of.0€
br jee. | *** | Q0- eee *S ay evo “MS “MS CP cP | eC 6¢ eC 6-LP g.1S L-0S | ToS
gb Bees EL eee see “Ss WUyBO +Ms | *s } Ch gf LY 6P eS 6-LP | P.6P 9-897 06-62
ge le eo 10. ees *s uuyeo “AAS | ‘ASS Ch of | LV | QP €¢ 6-6€ L-9h Q-LV 08.62
we be bey. | oo GLE. | vas-lanes| ge | oN 6€ | ce| 6€| zr | 0S | oof | £.ch | €-6€ | bg.6z
bE |$0-t or. 6€- | 880. | ‘as wR. «s | “® |gpe} of] LE| of | OF |eg€| 88h |8-1P | 96.62
ey | ier. | oe? | cae [oneal 4g | “as | op| gf} €f| Ce] 6 \9.9¢| €.6€ | 4:8E | 9c.6z
Of | °° |60- | oF. | SEO. | ms | -m leas] .g lcpe ltze| SE] 62 | SP \ Le} e.ge | V-LE | 9/.6z |
9% | ° Jor | ct | B80. | cms foupes) ea! emg “ce | gt SIE| 6%] IP |0.08] €-SE | $28 | 06.62
: oz | dus | se Jere | GO. | tan forqea| ow | cay rz | ¢z| L&| of | 9€ 89% 9-¢¢ | L-6% | ¢r.0€
mes | 2]. O | -ureg | ‘aus (Eerie ps eS an | ul “xeyl | ONAL | Xe [ure 6 | -urd
Boon SE | S| F foostou| wey [wom] ae |mys |e selwee aeg| NON TO tor gogltama | oe
; | aq = g = ‘uopuoyy “und BS ‘uopuo’]| aeranials BS | WMS | 90g «Soy : uopuory +%
si | ‘Urey | *PUIAA *JIIULOULIIY J,

| “ure G

‘OITYS"SoLyUN(

£5-62 | Z£6-62 | 0L0-0£
OL-6Z | 6S1-0€ | 961-0€
OP-6% | £98-6% | 000-08
60-62 | 996-62 | zS0-0€
12-62 | 289-62 | 196.62
V£.6% | LS9-6% | 928-62
60-62% | 659-62 | 28-62%
£V-62 | 9zL-62 | CL8.6z%
06-62 | 12-08 | PLz.0€
08-62 | F6£-6% | PF6-6z
G3-6% | ZSP-6Z | 6£9-4Z
S1-62 | PLP-62 | 989-6
[0-62 | Lov-6% | PoS-6z
80-62 | £66.62 | PSS.6z
1S.6 | €18-62 | 601-08
62-62 | P£6-6% | €g0-0€
L6-62 | SIE-0£ | Sgf-a€
CL-6Z | 19Z-08 | 9z£-0€
76-62 | 1LE-0€ | SgP-0€
76-62 | 082-08 | 6G¢-0€
69-62% | La€-0£ | 1S¢-0€
Z8-6Z | POE-0€ | ELE.0€
08-62% | 86z-0€ | O£€.0€
18-62 | 611-0€ | zEs.0€
69-62 | PL6-62 | £91.08
PP-62 | 068-62 | 998.6%
0S-62 | SL8-6% | 016-62
OL-6Z | 101-08 | OF 1-0€
€L-62@ | L90-0£ | 121-0€
“UN ‘XPyl
“ue Bg z =
“UO sOog *YOIMSTYyO
*1IJIWOLVET

gLI-0€
998-6z
820-08
ZL9.62
018-6z
PPS.6z
9£8-6z
8fZ-0€
PVLE.6z
069.62
boP-6z
P6P-6z
029-62
POI-0€
016.6%
SgP-oF
00£.0€
Z9V.0£
OLP.o£
ZVe-o€
09¢-0€
882-08
ZO1-0€
POL-oF
GZB-6%
898-62
940-0€

g00-0f

“UL'e G

20g ‘AOY

: uopuo'y

;
0 LEe-1 116.62

Hci BSNS AS
—]

“YIuoy
josktq

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

XV.—On two British Species of Cydippe. By Epwarp
Forses, Esq.

[With a Plate.]

WHEN walking along the sandy shore at St. Andrews’ on
Saturday the 28th of December, 1838, in company with my
friend Mr. J. Goodsir of Anstruther, our attention was di-
rected to a number of small, shining jelly-like globes which
were thrown up by the sea and rolled back on the receding of
the waves. On gathering some we were delighted to recognise
them as species of Beroé, and on placing the creatures in sea-
water were greatly astonished and pleased by their elegant
appearance and lively motions. They were kept alive for se-
veral days: imperfectly known as these animals are, the fol-
lowing remarks may prove of some importance in illustrating
their natural history. As every precaution was taken, and the
observations of several persons carefully compared, whilst
sketches were made at the time from the specimens (more
than twenty) collected, I trust they may prove deserving of
confidence.

The animals found at St. Andrews’ belonged to the genus
Cydippe of Eschscholtz, Pleurobrachia of Fleming: two dif-
ferent species occurred, the character and structure of which
[ shall first describe.

1st species—ciliferous ridges broad, commencing near the
anus and extending over two-thirds of the body; rows of cilia
on each ridge 19 or 20, 3 to 7 cilia in each row; lateral fila-
ments very long.

2nd species—ciliferous ridges narrow, extending over more
than two-thirds the length of the body from near the anus ;
rows of cilia about 36, crowded ; filaments mederate.

. Both the species are about the same size, seldom exceeding
three-fourths of an inch in length, though some specimens

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 16. May 1839. M

146 Mr. E. Forbes on two Species of Cydippe.

were longer (especially when first caught), melon-shaped and
not so broad as long. Sometimes they appeared a little longer
than at others, but they never altered their forms in the man-
ner reported of Beroé cucumis by Fabricius and by Dr. Ma~
cartuey. The body of both is divided into eight longitudinal
lobes, the furrows separating, which are deepest in the first
species; on the summit of each lobe is a ciliferous ridge, not
however continuous from mouth to anus in either case. The
cilia when in motion are beautifully iridescent. The second
species generally exceeds the first in size, and is slightly more
elongated, but is comparatively a sluggish animal. The cilia
of the first are very large compared with those of the second,
and consequently the first species is much more lively in its
motions. It is also a much less delicate animal, bearing
transportation with comparatively little injury.

It swims by striking the rows of cilia exactly as a fish strikes
the water with its pectoral fins: sometimes it moves them
slowly, sometimes extremely quick, sometimes when in mo-
tion, and sometimes when at rest. At times the animal
seems quite quiescent, but the least motion in the water ex-
cites it to move its cilia. It always strikes the cilia towards
the anal extremity, and in no instance did either species swim
with that extremity forwards. At the anterior end of the ani-
mal is the mouth, which contracts and dilates irregularly, and
occasionally pouts out, when it appears lobed. The mouth
opens into a cavity or stomach, slightly contracted superiorly,
and extending more than half-way into the centre of the ani-
mal. This stomach contracts and dilates also irregularly and
is lobed. When contracted, the folds appear as if coloured
(purplish), and are apt to mislead the observer into the notion
that they are separate organs or vessels in the stomach, which
however when dilated presents no trace of them. Near the
base of the stomach is a translucent brownish tongue-shaped
organ of some size, the nature of which I cannot guess. It
has the power of changing form, sometimes lengthening and
at other times contracting. It does not extend altogether to
the base, but appears to terminate in four hooked-shaped pro-
cesses, which are lodged in what seems the bilobed extremity
of the stomach. From the end of the stomach there is a very

Mr. EK. Forbes on two Species of Cydippe. 147

small canal proceeding to the other extremity of the animal,
and opening in the little funnel-like cavity of the anus. At
about one-fourth the length of the animal on each side the
anal half are the openings of the two filamental cavities.
Each cavity is a cul-de-sac, in which a long filamental arm is
lodged, attached to a triangular process projecting from the
inner side of the base. The filaments are not rolled spirally,
but packed irregularly in the cavities, and are jerked as it
were out of the body by their contraction. In the first spe-
cies the filamental cavity is shorter, though wider than in
the second, but the filaments themselves are much longer,
Kach filament is furnished on one side with a number of small
filaments coiled spirally like the tendrils of a pea. When the
main filaments are ejected from the body the little filaments
begin to uncoil, ‘not simultaneously, but separately, those
about the centre generally uncoiling first. The two main
filaments appear to be tubular. They are not ejected from
the body simultaneously, at least in all my specimens they
were sent out alternately,

On making sections of the animal we find the following ap-~
pearances. The stomach is compressed laterally and four-
lobed, the two cross lobes being smallest; the filamental ca-
vities are cordiform towards the base in consequence of the
projecting pedules of the filaments. From the basal angles of
each filamental cavity proceed six canals, two to the stomach,
meeting at the extremity of the cross lobes, and four to the
ridges of cilia. Two of the latter and one of the former ca-
nals meet at each of the basal angles. The canals to the ci-
liferous ridges probably communicate with longitudinal canals
at their bases. The rest of the body is homogeneous and solid,
Round the mouth isa white thread-like circle, but I could ob-
serve no filaments branching from it: it is not connected with
the terminations of the ciliferous ridges. This circle, judging
from analogy, is probably nervous.

When an individual of either species is placed in a vessel
of sea-water, it often projects its long filaments upwards, itself
resting at the bottom of the vessel. At other times it darts
upwards with great velocity, drawing its long filaments after

M 2

148 Mr. E. Forbes on two Species of Cydippe.

it, retracting and extending them alternately. They seem to
guide it in its course. Not unfrequently it remains some time
at the top of the water; and when it wishes to descend, turns
over, drawing up its filaments suddenly, and then swims
mouth downwards to the bottom of the vessel.

Imbedded in the substance of one of these animals, near the
stomach, is aremarkable parasitic worm, in shape resembling
a Filaria. The only specimen in which the parasite was found
is now preserved in Mr. Goodsir’s collection.

The comparison of the two species of Cydippe here described
induces me to regard the filamentary cavities and the filaments
themselves as the generic points of their organization; while
the number of rows of cilia, the length of the ciliferous ridges,
and the relative proportions of the various parts of the ani-
mals afford good specific distinctions. The character of the
genus given by Blainville, ‘ Actinologie,’ p. 148, abounds in
errors, being founded on the imperfect observations and rude
sketches (chiefly of travellers) published before his book came
out. Thus the filaments are represented as proceeding from
the mouth, and the body of the animal as divided into eight
lobes by the ciliferous ridges, whereas the ridges are really
placed on the summits of the eight lobes. The fragility of
the animals and the unfavourable circumstances under which
they have generally been observed easily account for these
mistakes. The observations of Otho Fabricius on this Beroé
ovum (Mertensia ovum, Lesson), of Dr. Fleming on his Beroé
ovatus, ‘Vern. Mem, ii. 401, and of Dr. Grant on Cydippe
pileus, ‘Zool. Trans,’ vol.i. are most important of any on this
tribe of animals.

Lesson, in his ‘ Mémoire sur la Famille des Beroides,’ (An.
Sc. Nat. 1836), divides the genus Cydippe into three genera;
Eucharis, Eschscholtz; Cydippe, Eschscholtz; and Merten-
sia, Lesson. Of Cydippe, to which both the species I have
described belong, he enumerates two species, Cydippe pileus
and Cydippe densa, the latter a Mediterranean animal having
red filaments. The only recorded British species is the Beroé
pueus of authors, Plewrobranchia pileus of Fleming, Cydippe
pileus of Eschscholtz, Blainville, and Lesson. To it the first

Mr. E. Forbes on two Species of Cydippe. 149

of the two animals I have described probably belongs: the
second, as far as I know, is undescribed, and new to the British
Fauna.

Yet if the first be the Beroé pileus, Professor Grant’s ani-
mal, judging from his elaborate figure and the appended de-
scription, must either be distinct, or has been incorrectly ob-
served. I am inclined (with all due deference to that distin-
guished naturalist) to the latter opinion, for the following
reasons:

Ist. In Professor Grant’s figure the filamentary cavities, 1n-
stead of opening at the anal, open at the oral end of the ani-
mal. Imperfect as most of the older figures are, they repre-
sent the filaments coming out at the anal end, as they do in
the two species I have described. It is not likely so import-
ant a part of the animal’s organization should be reversed in
so remarkable a manner.

2nd. The ovaries are represented where the filamentary ca-
vities are placed in my animals. When the Cydippe is at rest
with its filaments withdrawn, the cavities at first glance ap-
pear filled with ovaries, and as such I noted them on the sea-
shore under the impression that the animal was a true Beroé
before I saw it protrude its filaments. Is it not possible that
many of the so-called species of Beroé may be species of Cy-
dippe with the filaments packed up in the cavity ? The second
species did not send out its filaments for a long time after
being placed in sea-water, and even then rarely. If Professor
Grant’s figure be correct, the eggs must be imbedded in the
solid substance of the animal; but it is much more likely that
the long filaments are analogous to the ovigerous filaments of
the Diphysa and other allied animals, and that in the proper
season the eggs are developed in the filamentary cavities.
The filaments when ejected are plainly seen to proceed from
their pedicles at the bases of their cavities, and not merely
from the mouths of the cavities as represented in Professor
Grant’s figure.

I have little doubt as to Dr. Fleming’s Beroé ovatus being
a Cydippe, judging from the imperfect figures in the ‘ Wer
nerian Transactions,’ vol. 11.

3rd. The filamentary cavities in Professor Grant’s figure

150 Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants.

are curved with a sigmoid flexure /owards the stomach; in
both the species examined the curve is but slight and always
Jrom the centre of the animal.

The ridges of cilia are represented by Professor Grant as
extending the whole length of the animal from mouth to anus.
This probably indicates a difference of species. The rows of
cilia do not appear. to me to be webbed, especially in the se-
cond species ; and when in motion, it seemed as if the lateral
cilia in each rows moyed before the central, thus causing an
undulating appearance and a play of colours. I could not
observe the filaments branching out from the nervous circle
as figured by Professor Grant.

‘The whole structure of the animal examined conveyed the
idea of the bilateral rather than of the radiate type, and
tended to confirm the opinions of M. Blainville on that sub-
ject.

M. Blainville’s character of Cydippe might be amended thus:

Body regular, free, gelatinous, oval, divided into eight lobes,
each crowned by a ridge furnished with transverse rows of
vibratile cilia.

Mouth opening into a compressed and 4-lobed stomach,
from which a canal proceeds to the anus. <A cavity on each
side of the centre opening towards the anal extremity and
containing a long semipinnated retractile filament.

REFERENCES TO PLATE II.

1. Cydippe No. 2.

2. Cydippe No. 1.

3. Diagram of stomach and filamentary cavities.

4. Section showing vessels.

XVI.— Descriptions of some new or rare Indian Plants. By
G. A. W. Arnort, Esq., LL.D.
[Continued from p. 92.]
LorpHopetaLuM, Wight, MSS. (Celastrinee).

Calyx scutelliformis 4—5-lobus, lobis rotundatis brevibus. Petala
4 —-5 sessilia orbiculata patentia, supra circa basin cristis lobulisque
carnosis instructa versus marginem nuda levia. Torus discoideus,
4—5-gonus crassus carnosus calycis cavitatem omnino implens.

Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Planis. 151
Stamina 4—5, petalis alterna, supra discum inserta: filamenta per-
sistentia subulata. Anthere ovate, biloculares, longitudinaliter de-
hiscentes. Ovarium disco semi-immersum, 3—4-loculare. Ovula
biserialia, 8—12 in quoque loculo, adscendentia. Stylus brevis per-
sistens. Stigma obtusum. Capsula 3—4-angularis, 3—4-locularis,
loculicide dehiscens, loculis subdispermis. Semina arillata.

Fructices glabri. Folia opposita, petiolata. Flores magni, corym-
bosi.

1. L. Wightianum (Arn.); foliis elliptico-oblongis paullo acumi-
natis basi obtusis integerrimis, corymbis terminalibus panicu-
latis, floribus pentameris, ovario 3-loculari. Wight. Cat. n.
2440.

Hab. in Malabaria, Wight.

Flores 6-8 lineas lati. Petala pallide sulphurea. Discus sangui-
neus, angulis protuberantibus rotundatis, petalorum bases incumben-
tibus. ;

2. L. grandiflorum (Arn.); foliis subovalibus obtusis basi acutis
serratis, corymbis axillaribus folio brevioribus, floribus tetra-
meris, evario 4-loculari.—Evonymus grandiflorus. Wall. in
Roxb. Fl. Ind. (ed. Wall.) ii. p. 404 ; Cat. n. 4282.—E. lucidus.
Don, Prod. Fl. Nep. p.191. DC. Prod. i. p. 4.

Hab. in Nepala, Wallich.

Flores 10 lin. lati. Petala (fide Wallich) alba. Discus atroviridis,

guadratus.

I am unwilling to change the specific name of this species,
as it has been already fully described under it by its distin-
guished discoverer, but the flowers are scarcely larger than
those of the other species.

Microrropis, Wall.

Sepala 5, orbiculata, 3 interiora, 2 exteriora, imbricata. Corolla
hypogyna, gamopetala, carnosa, 5-partita, laciniis oblongis concavis
erectis intus carina longitudinal instructis, deciduis tubum carnosum
annuliformem circa ovarium relinquentibus: estivatio imbricativa.
Stamina 5, brevia, corollz tubo inserta, laciniis alternantia. Filamenta
subulata glabra. Anthere cordato-oblonge, dorso medio affixe, bi-
loculares intus longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Squamule 5, breves,
epipetale staminibus alternantes, paullo inferius inserte. Discus
nullus (nisi tubo corolle arcte coalitus). Ovarium liberum, brevis-
‘simum, biloculare, loculis 2-ovulatis. Ovula collateralia, adscen-
dentia. Stylus conicus, carnosus, ab ovario externe haud distin-

152 Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants.

guendus. Stigmata 4, punctiformia.—‘‘ Capsula oblonga, unilocu-
laris, bivalvis, a basi dehiscens. Semina solitaria, arillo tenui succu-
lento involuta. Albumen firmumtenax. Hmbryo erectus, cotyledo-
nibus cordato-ovatis, radicula cylindrica, infera.”—Rozd.

Arbor elegans, glabra, habitu Carallie. Folia opposita, ovata vel
ovato-lanceolata, ebtuse acuminata, coriacea, integerrima, subtus pal-
lida, tenuiter penninervia, petiolata. Stipule nulla. Pedunculi awvil-
lares, vel supra-axillares ac interpetiolares, perbreves, semel bisve di-
chotomi, pauciflori. Flores brevissime pedicellati, pedicellis basi bi-
bracteolatis.

1. M. discolor. Wall. Cat. n. 4337.—Cassine discolor, Wall. in
Rowvb. Fl. Ind, (ed. Wall.) 1. p. 378.—Evonymus garcinifolius.
Roxb. Fl. Ind. i. p. 628. (ed. Wall.) i. p. 404.

Hab. in Silhet.

The above character is derived solely from MM. discolor, but
Dr. Wallich, in his list of East India plants, indicates with
doubt some other species. One of these, however, is Celas-
trus bivalvis of Jack, which has no petals, and must be very
different.

The genus is only pointed out by Dr. Wallich, and is
adopted by Dr. Lindley, in his ‘ Introduction to the Natural
System’, without a definition. Dr. Wallich, influenced pre-
bably by the gamopetalous corolla, originally united it with
Cassine, which is now generally referred to Ilicinee: Rox-
burgh inserted it in Evonymus, and described the petals as di-
stinct: DeCandolle seems not to have been acquainted with
it: Lindley places it without doubt in Cel/astrinee. To me
its affinities are not at first sight very clear. In the true Ce-
lastrinee there is usually a large flat disk, covering the shallow
bottom of the calyx and cohering with it; the petals are di-
stinct, and the stamens, so far from being inserted on the pe-
tals, often arise from the middle of the upper surface of the
torus or disk. In Jlicinee, on the contrary, the petals are
more or less united at the base, the stamens inserted on the
tube, and there is no disk; from which considerations only
one would have little hesitation in referring Microtropis to the
latter family. But in I/icinee the ovules are solitary, the seeds
exarillate, and the fruit indehiscent ; so that in as far as re-
lates to these organs this genus is more related to Celastrinee.

Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Planis. 153

- After the fall of the segments of the corolla, its annular base
around the ovarium, bearing on its imside the persistent fila-
laments and scales, presents so much the appearance of a cup-
shaped fleshy torus or disk (such as 1s to be seen In some spe-
cies of Celastrus), that for some time I felt disposed to view it
as such, and that the petals might be distinct and attached
to the back or edge of this ring; but on examining several
flowers in various stages I can perceive no trace whatever of
an annulus, so long as the segments of the corolla were not
broken off. There is therefore no distinct disk ; but I am far
from denying it a torus, and in a sense somewhat different from
what usually exists in the Corollifloree. In most of that group
of orders the petals are soldered together by their margins,
and the filaments of the stamens, although apparently epipe-
talous, are decurrent, and may have their insertion traced to
the same point as that of the corolla; there is besides some-
times a hypogynous disk, or glands. In Microtropis, however,
the stamens are not at all decurrent, and therefore it is not
improbable that there is a disk or torus, with which the lower
part of the petals is completely incorporated, and that the sta-
mens and scales are inserted on the upper or inner surface of
the disk. Under this point of view Microtropis might be left
in Celastrinee, and the principal objection to such would arise
from the supposed torus being hypogynous, while in those
species of Celastrus in which a cup-shaped torus is to be seen
the torus is adnate to the bottom of the calyx, the margin
only being free. In Celastrinee, moreover, the tube of the
calyx is shallow and broad, in Microtropis it is small, if indeed
any can be said to exist, for the sepals appear almost quite
distinct.

Nearly all the genera referred to Celastrinee and Ilicinee
require careful revision, several of them being much at variance
with the characters of the orders in which they are placed.
Professor Lindley inserts all the section Aguifoliacee of De
Candolle in one order, reserving Celastrinee for the others.
Mr. G. Don, in his edition of * Miller’s Dictionary, or General
System of Gardening,’ reters Cassine, Nemopanthes, and a few
others of DeCandolle’s Aguzfoliacee to Celastrinee, and My-
ginda, Ilex, Prinos, and some new genera of Blume’s to Jii-

154 Dr. Arnott on some new or rare Indian Plants.

cinee ; but perhaps neither have weighed sufficiently the cha-
racters derived from the disk and position of the ovula. Iam
not aware of any genera that agree with the characters of J/i-
cinee, as limited by Brongniart and now usually adopted, ex-
cept lex, Prinos (with their synonyms or subgenera, Win-
terlia, Macoucoua, and Ayeria), and Myginda integrifolia (not
however a Myginda, that genus belonging certainly to Ce-
lastrinee): to these Rhaptostylum approaches, and appears,
from Kunth’s description, principally to differ from them by
the stamens being twice as many as the segments of the co-
rolla. Nearly all the other genera enumerated by Lindley
have the disk, distinct petals, and ascending ovula of Celas-
trinee. Lepionurus, referred to Ilicinee by Don, and to
Rhamnee by Lindley, having a monopetalous corolla, and the
stamens inserted on it opposite to its lobes, has perhaps more
affinity with Myrsinee. Strombosia, Bl., with a perigynous
disk, and stamens opposite to, and inserted on the petals, and
Leucoxylon, with numerous stamens, must obviously be also
excluded. Nemopanthes has solitary pendulous ovules in each
cell of the ovary, no disk ; and although the petals are distinct
and unconnected with the stamens, must undoubtedly be’
joined to the Ilicinee, while the character of the order on that
account ought to be slightly modified. Mylocaryum, having
ten stamens and other points of difference, cannot be placed,
as proposed by Lindley, among Celastrinee, as presently h-
mited. As to Olinia, I had probably expressed myself too
decidedly to Prof. Lindley when he refers it on my authority
to Celastrinee : my original memoranda merely bear, that from
the position of the stamens it was more related to Celastrinee
that Rhamnee, in which DeCandolle placed it; but lam now
convinced, from an examination of three species, and of the
fruit, which is inferior, that M. O. Klotzsch, of Berlin, is
correct in associating it with Myrrhinium and Fenzla: these
three may form a small group (Oliniee, or Myrrhinice, to
prevent it being confounded with Oleinee), intermediate be-
tween Memecylee and Myrtacee, but bearing more affinity
with the latter: if Memecylee, as Brown suggests, be united
to Melastomacee, then Myrrhinee may form asection of Myr-
tace@.

M. E. Beyrich on Goniatites. 155

VaTerRiA, L. (Dipterocarpee).
In the Prod. Fl. Penins. Ind. Or’ i. p. 84, Dr. Wight and
I pointed out how V. lanceolata of Roxburgh differed from
the original species of the genus. Our remarks have been
lately confirmed by the discovery of another species allied to,
but distinct from V. lanceolata. I shall here therefore divide
the genus into two sections or subgenera.

I. KUVATERIA.

Calycis laciniz obtuse, fructiferi immutate. Petala ovalia caly-
cem vix superantia. Stamina 40—50: antherarum loculi lineares.
Stylus elongatus, stigma acutum.—Panicula magna, terminalis.

1. V. Indica, Linn. Wight et Arn., l.c.

II. Isavuxis.
Calycis laciniz ovate acute, fructiferi grandefacte. Petala fal-
cata, calyce triplo longiora. Stamina 15: antherarum loculi ob-
longi. Stylus brevis, stigma clavatum, 3—6-dentatum.—Paniculze
axillares, folio breviores.
2. V. lanceolata (Roxb.) ; foliis lanceolatis basiacutis. Rod. Fl.
Ind. ii. p. 601.

Hab. in Silhet.

3. V. Roxburghiana (Wight Mss.) ; foliis oblongis basi retusis vel
obtusis. Wight, Cat. n. 2448.

Hab. in Malabaria, Wight.

X VII.— On the Goniatites found in the Transition Formations
of the Rhine. By M. Ernest Beyricu.
{ With Plates. ]
{| Continued from p. 20. }

Section IV. IRREGULARES.

Tue dorsal lobe simple, infundibuliform. Two or more
pointed lateral lobes, generally infundibuliform, increasing ir-
regularly.
7. Ammonites Heninghausi, Von Buch.
L. Von Buch Goniat. p.40. Pl. II. fig. 2.

The dorsal lobe is somewhat broader than deep, the dorsal
saddle angulose ; there are two lateral lobes ; the first is lingui-
form and twice the depth of the dorsal lobe. The first lateral
saddle is narrow and elevated much higher than the dorsal

156 M. E. Beyrich on the Goniatites.

saddle. The second lateral lobe is but half the depth of the
first; the second lateral saddle scarcely reaches the height of
the dorsal saddle, and declines strongly towards the suture.
The increase in height is 0°51; the increase in breadth 0°55.
Nearly half the interior whorls are enveloped.

Besides the fragment in the Museum of Bonn, there is a
more complete and better preserved specimen of this ammonite
to be found in the collection of Dr. Hassbach of Bensberg.
According to his assertion, it came from the transition lime-
stone near the quarry (Steinbreche) not far from Bensberg,
that is to say, from a limestone identical with that of the Hifel.

8. Ammonites multiseptatus, Von Buch.
L. Von Buch Goniat. p. 42. Pl. II. fig. 13.

The dorsal lobe is small, its breadth and depth nearly
equal. Of the four lateral lobes the first is three times the
depth of the dorsal lobe, the second is the deepest, the third
and fourth are smaller, and there is the commencement of a
fifth. The lateral saddles as well as the dorsal saddle are
broad and rounded; the second of them is most elevated.
The increase in height is 0°53; the increase in breadth 0°48.
There are fifty-six chambers in one whorl.

Of this ammonite, which is well characterized by the form
of the lobes and number of the chambers, we know at present
only a fragment in the Museum at Bonn. It is changed into
pyrites, and may very probably belong to the transition lime-
stone of the Eifel, where pyritose fossils often occur.

9. Ammonites multilobatus, n. s. Pl. I. fig. 9.

Upon the flat and smooth side are six and sometimes even
seven lateral pointed lobes; the first five from the back be-
come gradually deeper; the fifth is the deepest ; after that fol-
lows a sixth, much smaller, and probably alsoa seventh. The
lateral saddles are pointed; the fifth is the most elevated.
The form is discoid, the back very narrow, and rounded off
at its junction with the flat sides. On account of the number
of lobes and the great difference of form between this and all
the other Goniatites, I have thought it right to establish it as
a species, though I possess but an insignificant fragment from

of the Transition Formations of the Rhine. 157

the red limestone of the Oberscheld. Neither the increase of
the height or breadth can be determined from this fragment,
the breadth of the side upon the portion of the fragment pre-
served, amounts to nearly an inch and a half, so that this am-
monite must have been of very considerable size. The fourth
dorsal saddle is situated nearly at the middle of the side.

The following Goniatites belong to the fourth section ; they
are from the Fichtelgebirge, A. contiguus, A. speciosus, A. sub-
armatus, and A. spurius, Minster, probably also A. maximus,
of which the lobes are not yet known.

Section V. PRiIMORDIALES.

The dorsal lobe is divided. There is but one lateral lobe,
which is generally rounded; more rarely pointed, its ventral
side is raised quite to the suture, without bending itself round
to form a Jateral saddle.

10. Ammonites equabilis, n. s. Pl. LU. fig. 1. a, 6.

The dorsal lobe is more than twice as broad as it is deep.
The two sides in consequence rise very gradually to the dorsal
saddle. The middle elevation which separates the two divi-
sions of the dorsal lobe is rounded above, does not even attain
half the height, and is somewhat hollowed near the siphuncle.
The dorsal saddle is broad and rounded, and extends forward
as far as the middle of the side; the lateral lobe is nearly as
broad as the dorsal saddle and descends somewhat deeper than
half the height of the dorsal lobe ; its ventral side ascends ra-
pidly towards the suture, to an equal height with the dorsal
saddle. The increase in height is 0°7, the increase in breadth
0°75. The number of whorls is from five to six, half the in-
nermost ones being enveloped. ‘The height increases more
slowly in this ammonite than is generally the case with
Goniatites. The breadth also increases slowly, so that the
form is very discoid. The outer whorls are but little ele-
vated above the inner ones, which are nearly half enveloped;
on this account they lie together, forming almost an even sur-
face. The greatest thickness is at the middle of the side,
which abates gradually towards the back and towards the su-
ture. The back is rounded; the shell thick, presenting faint

158 M. E. Beyrich on the Goniatitles.

traces of stria. This ammonite is found with the Goniatites
of the red limestone at Sessacker near Oberscheld.

11. Ammonites carinatus, n. s. Pl. I. fig. 11. a, 0, ¢.

The dorsal lobe is nearly three times as broad as it is deep,
consequently the two sides rise very gradually to the dorsal
saddle, the middle elevation of the dorsal lobe is broad, round-
ed above, and reaches to about half the height of the lobe.
‘The dorsal saddle is very broad and rounded, and reaches
much beyond half the side. The lateral lobe rounded below
rises towards the suture, but only to about half the height
of the dorsal saddle. The increase in height is 0°45, the in-
crease in breadth 0°57. There are five or six whorls, the
inner whorls being almost wholly enveloped, leaving a narrow
and deep umbilicus.

The lobes of this ammonite present a great resemblance to
those of the preceding species with which it occurs. The only
difference is, that in consequence of the still greater breadth
of the dorsal lobe and dorsal saddle the latter extends further
over the side, and the ventral wall of the lateral lobe is less
raised towards the suture. The last character may arise from
the inner whorls being here more strongly involuted, and in
consequence a part of the lateral lobe may be compressed by
the suture above. The septa of the chambers are hollowed to
form a straight and deep ventral lobe at the part where they
come in contact with the back of the preceding whorl. This
ventral lobe is accompanied by two broad and smooth aux-
iliary lobes, which occupy the side of the preceding whorl, in
the part which is enveloped. The greatest thickness is near
the suture, from whence the side very gradually declines to-
wards the back. On the middle of the back, if the shell is
preserved, a small elevated ridge is visihle, which is unusual
in the Goniatites, and can only be produced by the siphuncle,
situated immediately beneath the shell. This ridge cannot be
seen if the shell is wanting, nor is it found on the unchambered
part of the shell; on that part the back is altogether rounded. —

In the specimen represented the unchambered part is en-
tirely wanting. The complete ammonite is many inches in
diameter. The shell thick and almost quite smooth.

of the Transition Formations of the Rhine. 159

12. Ammonites intumescens, n. s. Pl. II. fig. 2, a, b,c.

The dorsal lobe is rather less broad than deep, the sides
ascending rapidly to the dorsal saddle. The elevation in the
middle reaches to at least half the height of the lobe. The
dorsal saddle has much greater height than breadth, occupies
the middle of the side, and declines rapidly towards the late-
ral lobe ; this is almost as deep as the dorsal lobe, is angulose,
and its ventral side raised, at first rapidly and afterwards
more gradually, towards the suture, almost to half the height
of the dorsal lobe. The increase in height is 0°45, the in-
crease in breadth 0°5. Of the five or six whorls the inner
ones are almost wholly enveloped, so that only a narrow and
deep umbilicus remains. This ammonite is found with the
two preceding at Sessacker, near Oberscheld. In its form it
bears some resemblance to A. carinatus; it is, however, thicker
and less discoid, for with a similar increase in height it has
more rapid increase in breadth. ‘The lobes moreover suffi-
ciently distinguish it. The greatest thickness is found towards
the suture, the sides decline somewhat rapidly towards the
back. The unchambered part is wanting in the specimen
represented. ‘The complete ammonite must have a diameter
of at least four inches.

13. Ammonites orbiculus, n.s. Pl. I. fig. 12, a, d.

The dorsal lobe is twice as broad as it is deep, and its sides
gradually ascend to the dorsal saddle. The middle elevation
reaches to half the height. The dorsal saddle is broad and
rounded, and occupies at least three-fourths of the side; its
breadth is greater than its height. The lateral lobe is angu-
lose, and almost the same depth as the dorsal lobe ; its ventral
side wall ascends towards the suture, but only reaches to about
half the height of the dorsal saddle. The increase in height
is 0°47, the increase in breadth 0°56. The mner whorls are
almost entirely enveloped, forming a narrow and deep umbi-
licus.

This ammonite has been found in the state of pyrites in the
environs of Gerolstein. The only specimen that I am ac-
quainted with, now figured and described, is in the collection
of M. Zehler at Crefeld. It is peculiarly interesting, as the

160 M. EK. Beyrich on the Geniatites.

only example at present known of a Goniatite with divided
dorsal lobe from the limestone of the Eifel. It has in common
with the preceding species its lateral lobe pointed, in its form
it approaches nearer to A. carinatus, but is sufficiently di-
stinguished from both. The unchambered part of this ammo-
nite must be imagined, as the whole of the fragment preserved

is chambered.

14. Ammonites calculiformis, n. s. Pl. II. fig. 3, a, 6, ¢.

The dorsal lobe is almost as broad as deep, its sides ascend
rapidly to the dorsal saddle. The middle elevation does not
reach one fourth the height of the lobe. The dorsal saddle is
broad, rounded, and occupies half the side. The lateral lobe
is also greatly rounded, and does not reach the third part of
the depth of the dorsal lobe. Its ventral side ascends towards
the suture nearly to the height of the dorsal saddle. The in-
crease in height is 0°5, the increase in breadth 0°57. There
are five or six whorls, the inner ones entirely disengaged.
This ammonite is found with the Goniatites of the red lime-
stone of Sessacker, near Oberscheld. From its form it might
be taken for a Clymenia, rather than a Goniatite. In the in-
ner whorls the flattened back forms a right or rather a sharp
angle with the side, from the greatest thickness being imme-—
diately near the back, and the side descending to form an in-
clined surface somewhat concave from the back to the suture.
The back is singularly excavated, so that a wide shallow furrow
runs along it. On the last whorl but one the back is broader
than the side. The sides of all the whorls are entirely ex-
posed. Neither the sharp ridge formed by the back and side
nor the furrow on the former appear in the last unchambered
whorl. In this part the back is completely rounded, and the
greatest thickness found in the middle of the side, rendering
the section of the mouth very nearly circular. The shell is
thin and very elegantly striated upon the last whorl, the strize
forming on the side and on the back a smooth curve directed
backward. We must further remark that in this ammonite
there is a deep ventral lobe, which sinks into the back of the
preceding whorl, unaccompanied by the auxiliary lobes on
either side. Among the species already described only the

of the Transition Formations of the Rhine. 161

A. primordialis, Schl., belongs to this fifth section. It occurs
with other species partly appertaining to this section in the
transition limestone of the Hartz, near Grund; strata which
have great resemblance to the limestone of the Eifel, if not al-
together identical with it. As the limestone of the Goniatites of
Oberscheld is probably yet more recent than the limestone of
the Eifel, it appears that we may lay down this rule, that the
Goniatites of this section belong only to the recent transition
limestone in the neighbourhood of the carboniferous limestone.
Notwithstanding the great analogy that exists between the
lobes of this and those of the following section, it is interesting
to perceive that we can establish for the Goniatites of the car-
boniferous system a difference in the lobes not very impor-
tant, but nevertheless very constant.

Section VI. CARBONARII.

The dorsal lobe is divided, only a single, lateral, angulose

lobe, and one lateral saddle, large and rounded.

15. Ammonites sphericus, Mart.
A. carbonarius, Goldf., L. von Buch Goniat. p. 44. Pl. IL. fig. 9 to 9¥¥,

The dorsal lobe is about as broad as deep. The middle
elevation does not reach half the height of the lobe. The dor-
sal saddle, as well as the two saddles of the middle elevation,
form, in uniting above, an obtuse angle. The lateral lobe is
single, small, not much deeper than the dorsal lobe, but has
rather more breadth than depth. The lateral saddle inclines
very gradually towards the suture ; it is as high as the dorsal
saddle and broader than the lateral lobe. The increase in
height is 0°65 to 0°72, the increase in breadth 0:7. There are
fourteen chambers in one whorl. The inner whorls are al-
most entirely enveloped, leaving an umbilicus of greater or
less circumference.

Between the A. sphericus, Mart., and A. carbonarius, Goldf.,
there 1s no specific difference with regard to the form or the
lobes. One may observe all the gradations from the spherical
form to those with a large and deep umbilicus. If there is a
difference in the two, it is only to be sought in the quality of
the shell and in the great number of the folds, which in A. car-

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No.16. May 1839. N

162 M. E. Beyrich on the Goniatites

bonarius, even when the shell is wanting, are visible like ribs on
the casts. This occurs in those individuals which were for-
merly found in the mine Hoffnung, near Werden, and to which
Goldfuss specially gave the name carbonarius. The pyritose
ammonites which are found in the state of pebbles in the.
Ruhr, as well as those of the carboniferous limestone, properly
so called, of Visé, are casts upon which the lobes are very
well preserved, though nothing of the structure of the shell
can be perceived. The lobes of A. sphericus are distinguished
from those of the other Goniatites of the carboniferous strata by
the dorsal saddle, which, as well as the two saddles of the mid-
dle elevation of the dorsal lobe, are not rounded, but on the
contrary angulose. A. sphericus is not met with among the
ammonites found in the aluminous schist near Choquier.

16. Ammonites Listeri, Mart. Pl. 1. fig. 13, a, 6.

The dorsal lobe is nearly equal in breadth and depth. The
middle elevation attains half the height of the lobe: the two
saddles are rounded, as is also the dorsal saddle ; the lateral
lobe is nearly as deep as the dorsal lobe; it has, like the last,
its two arms sloping towards the lower part, in the form of a
tongue. The back, which is broad and rounded, forms a sharp
ridge with the side, which descends rapidly towards the inte-
rior, and cuts across the lateral saddle in the middle. This
latter is of the same height as the dorsal saddle. The increase
in height is 0°72, the increase in breadth 0°62. There are six-
teen to eighteen chambers in one whorl. The inner whorls
are strictly enveloped, even to the ridge which is between the
back and the side, so that the sides form a large and deep in-
fundibuliform umbilicus. On the back are large and elevated
folds. A. Listeri, as it is figured Pl. I. fig. 13, is met with at
Choquier in the aluminous schist supervening on the carbo-
niferous limestone; it is found in rounded kidney-shaped
masses, inclosed by the aluminous schist, which is almost en-
tirely composed of ammonites. I am not at present aware
that it has been found in the carboniferous limestone of the
Rhine. With this ammonite the A. Diadema and A. atratus,
Goldf., are also found at Choquier. In these the form of the
lobes is entirely similar. The peculiar characteristic of A.

of the Transition Formations of the Rhine. 163

Listeri is the sharp ridge, which must be regarded as the limit
between the broad back and side, and which intersects the
lateral saddle at the centre. The ridges of the shell are strong
and simple on the inner whorls; on the outer they become
finer and finer, and are bifurcated at the commencement of
the back. They are always perceptible as ribs even upon the
casts. The folds are raised upon the dorsal ridge in the form
of scales, so that it appears indented; and this is well de-
scribed by the series marginalis tuberculorum that Martin
gives in his characteristic. ‘The number of ridges upon the
third or fourth whorl is about thirty or forty. Their num-
ber rapidly augments in the last whorls. A remarkable and
very interesting fact is, that upon the outer whorls the folds
change their direction altogether. Upon the inner whorls,
contrary to the general rule for Goniatites, they form a curve
upon the back, of which the convexity is directed forward.
This curve becomes more and more flattened, the folds keep
for some time in a straight line, and at last resume the or-
dinary direction. The change in the direction of the folds is
figured, Pl. II. fig. 8. It proves that no great importance
should be attached to the direction of the striz or folds of the
shell in separating the Goniatites from the rest of the Am-
monites.

17. Ammonites Diadema, Goldf. PI. II. fig. 5, 6, 7.

The dorsal lobe is nearly equal in breadth and height. The
middle elevation is rounded like the dorsal saddle. The late-
ral lobe is almost as deep as the dorsal lobe and somewhat
sloped in the form of a tongue. The lateral saddle is broad
and rounded, and declines gradually towards the suture. The
increase in height is 3°52 ; the increase in breadth 0°62 to 0°65.
The inner whorls are almost entirely enveloped, leaving a nar-
row and deep umbilicus. The form is rather discoid than glo-
bular; the shell finely folded. The name which Goldfuss has
chosen for this ammonite may have been occasioned by the
smooth furrows, which to the number of four or six upon the
circumference of a whorl, run along on the back and side, at
nearly equal distances. The direction of these furrows en-
tirely follows that of the plications of the shell, notwithstand-

N 2

164 M. Kk. Beyrich on Goniatiles.

ing which they are only visible on the casts, being completely
filled wp by the shell. The shell is very delicately plicated on
the outer whorls; the folds are but little raised, and leave
very indistinct traces on the casts. They become certainly
stronger on the inner whorls, without however being much
elevated. The direction of the folds changes as deseribed
above, but the change commences further back, and we must
retrograde at least one entire whorl to perceive it. The A.
Diadema, as here represented, appears to differ totally from
A, Listeri in the form and structure of the shell, yet we ought
not to consider these ammonites as two different species, if
we would rigorously follow the principle of uniting all those
which are connected by a continuous passage. In fact all
possible varieties of passage may be observed in these two
ammonites; they are determined by the variations which
arise in the increase in height and the increase in breadth,
characters of great constancy in the Goniatites, but which
here vary between very distant limits. The increase in height
for A. Listeri is estimated at 0°72; it is a very gradual increase.
For A. Diadema it is 0°52: these are the two extremes. The
merease in breadth remains nearly equal in both. The pas-
sage of the form of A. Listeri into A. Diadema is influenced —
thus: by following the continually rapid increase in height
the breadth of the back diminishes, and in consequence the
ridge, which 1s perceived as forming the limit between the back
and side, appears less and less evident. According as the
back becomes more straight, and the sides which begin to ap-
pear become larger, the umbilicus is narrowed and the plica-
tions of the shell become at the same time more numerous.

18. Ammonites atratus, Gold. PL. II. fig. 8. a, 6.

The dorsal lobe is a little wider than deep, the middle ele-
vation reaches half the height of the lobe and is rounded, as
is also the dorsal saddle. In the lateral lobe the breadth and
depth are equal, the lateral saddle attains the same height as
the dorsal saddle, and declines but little towards the suture.
The increase in height is 0°4; the increase in breadth 0°55.
The inner whorls are completely enveloped without umbi-
licus. ‘This ammonite is found with the two preceding at

Mr. Dickie on the Reproductive Organs of the Lichens. 165

Choquier. It is entirely enveloped, the height increases ra~
pidly, its form is in consequence very discoid, and this di-
stinguishes it from A. Diadema, with which it must never be
confounded. The shell is extremely thin and very finely
striated and plicated. The folds, as far as I have been able
to observe, present no change in their direction. The lobes
agree in all their characters, as has been already remarked,
with those of the two preceding species. It remains gene-
rally very small, being seldom more than three-fourths of an
inch in diameter.

XVIII—Remarks on the Reproductive Organs of the Lichens.
By GeorceE Dickis, Esq., A.L.S., Lecturer on Botany at
Aberdeen.

Srarcu seems to be a product of almost universal occurrence
in the vegetable kingdom ; it is found in stems, roots, &c. ; and
in the parts of fructification of many plants, it is abundant, and
appears to serve a very important purpose. It is plentiful in
the disk of the almond, and Dunal has detected it in the disks
of certain species of drum; and it is supposed to undergo a
certain change in order to render it fit to afford nourishment to
the pollen and young ovules. Its presence in the ripe seed is
well known, and its use during germination has been fully
established. But starch is not confined to what are called the
higher tribes of plants; it is also found in some which are
generally allowed to stand low in the scale of vegetables. In
‘Mag. Zoology and Botany,’ vol. i. p. 382. I have stated that
it occurs in the nucules of Chara vulgaris, and in the bodies,
formerly called capsules, of Pilularia globulifera, in both ot
which it is also found along with a matter having all the prc-
perties of a fixed oil; it also occurs in those pyriform bodies
which are found in the axilla of the leaves of certain species of
Jungermannia, ‘ Mag. Zool. and Bot., vol. 1. p.592. So that
the bodies in the capsules of Pilularia are grains of starch and
not sporules, and the contents of the anthers (of some authors)
of Jungermannia consist also of the same substance. The
bodies, which are found in the tubes (transversely undulated

166 Mr. Dickie on the Reproductive Organs of the Lichens.

filaments of Greville), contained in the globules of Chara, pos-
sess all the physical characters of starch globules; and although
on account of their very small size I have been unable hitherto
to ascertain satisfactorily the action of iodine upon them, still
it is very probable that they are grains of fecula. The lichens
which are placed still lower also contain starch, their thallus
is the part to which it has been supposed to be confined, but
even in this part it does not seem to be of universal occur-
rence, since I have been unable to detect it in the thallus of
Collema and Baomyces as specimens; however, if all the genera
have not been tested, these are probably not the only two
which do not contain it. But the reproductive organs of the
lichens also contain a substance which is tinged blue by iodine.
The thecze or tubes which contain the sporules are the parts
referred to.

The accompanying figure represents one of the
thecze (¢) of Pertusaria communis; it consists of i
a fine transparent membrane, capable of being |
tinged blue by iodine, and containing in its inte- \ fi
rior a fluid matter in which the sporules (s, s) are 7
immersed. Each sporule consists of a membrane
similar to the thece, but not capable of being
tinged blue by iodine likeit. In the interior of
each sporule there is a fluid in which numerous \
small globules are seen; they do not seem to
possess any constant form. It has been already remarked,
that iodine does not strike a blue colour with the thallus of
Baomyces or Collema; in the latter however the thece are
tinged by it, but in the former there is no blue colour pro-
duced in any part. Ifthe action of iodine entitles us to infer
the presence of starch, the thecz of the lichens must be con-
sidered a peculiar modification of it. From the investigations
of Raspail, it appears that each starch globule has the power
of producing in its interior other smaller globules, and that
these last are (at one period) attached to the inner parietes of
the mother cell.

Perhaps the thecz of a lichen may be considered as a glo-
bule of starch of a peculiar form, in the interior of which
other globules are produced, the sporules namely. I have not

Capt. Cautley on a Fossil Ruminant allied to Giraffide. 167

been able as yet to see any connexion of the sporules with
the wall of the thecz ; they appear to float loosely in the fluid
which surrounds them. If thece in a very young state were
examined, some connexion might be found.

Some of the lichens are considered to be closely allied to
certain forms of Algz, and Raspail, in his Organic Chemistry,
states his belief that the colours of many marine Algze may be
owing to a peculiar combination of iodine with starch ; he also
states that he has succeeded in tinging lichens with iodine so
that they resembled some Algae. 1 am not aware of any of
the fungi which contain starch, in such a state, at least, as to
afford a blue colour with iodine: now it has been already
stated that the same is true regarding Beomyces, and this ge-
nus has been considered to make a near approach to the fungi.
Sir J. EK. Smith compares the fructification of Beomyces ro-
seus to some minute Helvelia.

XIX.—WNote on a Fossil Ruminant Genus allied to Giraffidee
in the Siwalik Hills. By Capt. P. T. CaurLEy.*

WueEN we look at the number of species of Proboscidan Pa-
chydermata which swarmed in the primeval forests ; when we
see that in the present day nature appears to have left but so-
litary species to attest the gigantic form of primitive existence,
the imagination naturally places before our eyes forms of cor-
responding magnitude in other genera ; we picture to ourselves
gigantic Ruminants and gigantic Carnivora only to be revealed
by the remains which nature has placed in her own keeping
to exhibit to inquiring man the wisdom of design and the
systematic chain of organization established throughout the
whole of the animal kingdom.

Amongst the Ruminants the discovery of the Stvathertum
giganteum has most amply tended to prove the truth of this
induction, exhibiting a ruminating animal bearing the same
proportion to the rest of its genus as the Mastodon and Ele-
phant do to that of the Pachydermata. Amongst the Carni-
vora we have the Ursus Sivalensis, an animal far exceeding in

* From the ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ No. 79, 1838.

168 Capt. Cautley on a Fossil Ruminant allied to Giraffidee.

dimensions its congener of the present period, or the Ursus
Speleus and bears of the German caves, with a species of
hyzena at least one-third larger than that now existing. The
reptiles also have their gigantic representative in an entirely
new genus of the tortoise, for which we propose the generic
name of Megalochelys, from the enormous proportions of its
remains as yet discovered, and the size of its femoral and hu-
meral extremities equaling those of the largest rhinoceros.
The question, however, does not appear to be whether the ani-
mals of former periods were larger than those now existing,
but whether the genera of larger animals were not more nu-
merous? We appear to be gradually losing all the larger
forms of the creation. The elephant and giraffe of the present
period will in all probability share the same fate as the Mas-
todon and Sivatherium of former eras, and be only recognized
in the proofs exhibited by the researches of the geologists.

Having discovered the type of a gigantic Ruminant amongst
the fossils of the Siwaliks in company with the remains of the
larger Pachydermata, and having at the same time proved the
existence of the camel, with other numerous species of the
cervine and caprine family of Ruminants, it was not by any
means improbable that the present tribe of Giraffide should
have its representative, so that the connexion of the chain of
existing and fossii Ruminants might be still more perfect.
The discovery of the Stvatherium and camel in conjunction,
led to the probability of the existence of the giraffe, giving this
genus the first position amongst the family of Cervide. The
fossil now to be described appears to throw some light on the
subject; and should further research tend to corroborate the
contents of this paper, it will be interesting to remark on the
co-existence of the Sivatherium, Camel and Giraffe with Qua-
drumana, Anoplotheria, Mastodons, and reptiles so closely re-
sembling those of-the present rivers, that it is not possible to
discover, in their osteological pictures at least, any remarkable
deviation from the type which has been left to us.

The remain which I wish to describe is the third cervical
vertebra: it was cleared out of a block of sandstone, and as is
usual in similar cases, is very perfect in all its parts and pro-
portions, and sufficiently armed with processes for the pur-

Capt. Cautley on a Fossil Ruminant allied to Giraffidee. 169

pose of recognition and comparison. The dimensions are as
follows :

Reneth in the barrel see 22 )e.e 7°8 inch.
Breadth in centre ditto........ 1:7 —
Deptiy ditto ditter Fe eon see 22 —

There are marked differences between this fossil and the
corresponding vertebra of the existing camel, and in com-
paring them together the following appear to be the most
worthy of notice.

In the fossil the oblique processes are much shorter and
stouter than those of the camel, with articulating surfaces at
a greater angle: the barrel of the vertebra is much longer:
the hollows or depressions which appear directly under the
anterior oblique processes, and the ridges radiating from the
extremity of the ‘spinous process towards the expanded sur-
face of the posterior oblique processes so well marked in the
camel, are altogether wanting in the-fossil; the upper surface,
with the exception of the spinous process, being altogether
flat and unmarked.

On the inferior or lower side of the vertebra there is also a
considerable difference, that of the camel being much curved
and hollow, uninterupted by ridge excepting in the vicinity
of the posterior extremity, where there is a knob or round pro-
cess: in the fossil this knob is wanting, but in its place there
exists a well-defined sharp ridge from one extremity to the
other. The transverse processes of the fossil are imperfect,
but the form and angle of departure from the barrel of the
vertebra differs from those of the camel.

The foramina for the transmission of the vertebral artery
are well defined in the fossil, the space between the entrance
and exit occupying the central third portion of the whole
length; a prominent well-defined ridge runs obliquely across
the plane of the side, connecting the upper anterior oblique
process with the lower and posterior extremity of the trans-
verse process; a very marked peculiarity, which, with the po-
sition of the foramina, separates the fossil from the camel.

170 M. F. Dujardin on the Digestive Organs of Infusoria.

XX.—On the Digestive Organs of Infusoria.
By M. F. Dusarpin*,

Tue experiments of artificial coloration had led M. Ehren-
berg to recognise in 1830 the existence of deglutition in many
Infusoria; considering at that time as stomachs all the vesicles
in which the colouring matter had lodged, this observer en-
deayoured to find out the mode of connexion of these stomachs
with a mouth and anus. Deceived undoubtedly by some il-
lusion, he thought he perceived a central tube, straight or va-
riously curved, to which the stomachic vesicles were attached
by still narrower tubes, like the berries of a bunch of grapes.
He described and figured Enchelys pupa with a straight intes-
tine, Leucophra patula with the intestine curved three times,
and Vorticella citrina with the intestine forming almost a com-
plete circle, and returning to open for excretion at the side of
the mouth. In the Monads, on the contrary, he represented
the stomachs as attached around the mouth by long pedicles,
and not affixed to the intestine. Although in the text of his
memoir he took care to state that the vesicles filled with a
solid nutriment are spherical and appear to be isolated, be-
cause the intestine which unites them contracts and becomes
transparent, yet his drawings, supposed to be made after na-
ture, represent this intestine equally extended everywhere,
and even filled with colouring matter in Vorticella, so that one
was naturally led to think that these representations were ideal.
It did not escape him that a vesicle was capable of dilating
considerably so as to contain a very voluminous prey, and con-
sequently he admitted that the intestine must have dilated
equally in order to allow it to pass. He had not yet noticed
the difference between the vesicles or the globules of the
interior, but he then attached so much importance to the dis-
covery which he thought to have made of the intestine of In-
fusoria, that he made it the basis of his classification, calling
Polygastrica the true Infusoria in opposition to the Rotatoria
which are monogastric, and which united by him under the
same denomination furnished false analogies. He distinguished

. Extracted from F, Dujardin’s ‘ Mémoire sur ]’Organisation des Infu-
soires,’ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, November 1838.

M. F. Dujardin on the Digestive Organs of Infusoria. 171

the Anentera, which, unfurnished with intestines like the
Monads, have their pedicellated stomachs simply suspended
around the mouth, and the Enterodela which possess an in-
testine.

These were divided into Cyclocela, Orthocela, and Campy-
locela, according to whether the intestine formed a circle as in
the Vorticella, straight as in Enchelys, or contorted as in the
Leucophre ; but the author, to conform, he observes, to the
received laws of zoology, immediately substituted for these di-
visions other sections established on external characters de-
pending on the position of the intestine, 1. e. on the position
of the anus and mouth. He thus termed Anopisthia the Cy-
clocela which have the two apertures united in front; Enan-
tiotreta those with the two apertures opposite and situated at
the extremities of the body, and which may be subdivided into
Orthocela and Campylocela; Allotreta those having one of the
apertures terminal, the other lateral; and lastly Katotreta, those
in which both apertures are lateral or non-terminal. In his
second memoir (1832), M. Ehrenberg, without adducing new
facts in support of his opinion, developed further his first ideas.
In his third memoir (1833) he figured in two new types Chi-
lodon cucullus and Stylonychia mitylus, the intestine as large, if
not larger than in the three preceding species, which seems to
be in contradiction to the extreme contractability which would
have concealed this organ from the persevering investigations
of other observers. At the same time he began to establish
a distinction between the vesicles which can be filled by the
colouring matter, and those which, always containing a dia-
phanous fluid and generally more voluminous and less suscep-
tible of sudden contractions, are considered by him to be the
male organs of generation. Even in 1776 Spallanzani had men-
tioned in the Paramecie these latter vesicles, which in this
species are stelliform, but had assigned respiratory functions
to them. M. Ehrenberg, on the contrary, following up his
ideas of the signification or analogies of these parts, has af-
forded himself a means of solving, in appearance, the difficul-
ties presented by the explanation of the functions of all these
inner vesicles.

In his large work recently published in 1838, he has re-

172 M. F. Dujardin on the Digestive Organs of Infusoria.

produced without any alteration the figures of five species,
previously represented with an intestine much expanded, and
has moreover added, as also showing this organ, the figure of
Trachelium ovum already described in 1833 (third memoir),
with a large sunk band in the centre, and whence proceed
very thin ramifications, anastomosing, which truly has no re-
lation to the primitively supposed intestine so contractile and
so difficult to perceive. He has also figured an intestine more
or less complete in several Vorticelline, and this intestine di-
lated uniformly in some is represented in the figure of one of
them (Hpistylis plicatilis) as being from time to time inflated,
as if the stomachs, instead of being appended in raceme, were
arranged one after the other. With respect to the figure of
Paramecium Aurelia, with a curved intestine, he himself re-
marks, that it is only an ideal figure. While declaring that
it is only in seven species, four of which are Vorticelline, in
which he has been able to distinguish plainly the intestine so
as to be able to draw it*; he enumerates among the four spe-
cies in which he had ies able to trace it only from the suc-
cessive passage of the nutriment, precisely the two Infusoria
given in 1830, as having been the first that exhibited the in-
testine to him; moreover he has placed by the side of his old
figures of Leucophra some new ones which seem to contradict
them+. It will also be noticed with what urgency the author
recommends the Vorticelline for the verification of this im-
portant fact, and the tendency which he has always shown to
neglect representing the intestine in those species which he
had cited in his first memoir as having been the first in which
he had noticed this organ; thus, the example of Leucophra
loses a great part of its value by comparison with the new
drawings, the Paramecie have furnished but an ideal figure,
and the Kolpodea have never been represented by him with
any intestine whatsoever.

Can the analogy of the Rotatoria or St yntolides, &c., be
called in aid, as has been already done, to prove the existence
of an intestine in Infusoria, in which it is not even possible

* Die Infusionsthierchen, von Ehrenberg, 1838, p. 362.
+ Die Infusionsthierchen, von Ehrenberg, 1838, Pl. XXXII. fig. 1, 2,

oO, 4,0.

M. F. Dujardin on the Digestive Organs of Infusoria. 173

to indicate a trace? But, as I have before stated, the differ-
ence between the two types is so great that this analogy is one
of the most imperfect ; and while denying the existence of an
intestine in the true Jnfusoria, 1 admit in the Rotatoria not
only an intestine, but even true jaws, respiratory organs,
glands and an ovary.

Can it be said, that it suffices to have demonstrated that the
alimentary substances have penetrated from outwards into
these vesicles, to conclude, first, that they are stomachs, and
then that these stomachs must communicate with an intestine ?
for it would not be possible to conceive stomachs having no
communication with the exterior. But that is precisely what
might be contested ; for this consequence is founded on a false
analogy with higher animals, in which the stomach is always
in continuation with the intestine. But before coming to
direct proofs, we must examine one objection which was first
advanced by M. Bory de St. Vincent in 1832, was reproduced
in 1835 by Dr. Foeke, of Bremen*, and has recently been
again presented to M. Ehrenberg, by Prof. Rymer Jones, be-
fore the British Association at Newcastle. This objection,
which I consider well-founded, rests on the inner motion of
the globules or sacculi, which can in no way be reconciled
with the hypothesis of an intestine connecting all these glo-
bules together, and which, on the contrary, proves their entire
independence. As M. Bory observed, the intestines, the tubes
of communication, did they exist, would soon become inextri-
cably entangled, unless by supposing them to be indefinitely
extensible, they would not allow of the globules moving about
as they do in the interior.

To these objections, founded on the displacement of the
pretended stomachs in the interior of the Infusoria, M. Ehren-
berg answers in his great work, that this motion is merely an
apparent displacement, analogous to that of the small painted

* The analysis of the communication made by Dr. Foeke to the Associa-
tion of German Naturalists at Bonn in 1835, will be found in the Isis for
1836, p. 785. M. Foeke says he had never been able to distinguish the sup-
posed intestine in Stentor Mulleri, in Loxodes bursaria, and in a species of
Vaginicola; and declares that the evident motion of the nutriment or of the
colour in the interior of the body of these animalcules is incompatible with
the supposition of the existence of an intestine. (Hier muss also eine andere
Organization des Darmcanals, als die von Ehrenberg angegebene, stattfinden.)

174 M. F. Dujardin on the Digestive Organs of Infusoria.

wooden figures which children put in motion upon the play-
thing consisting of an extensible arm, formed of splines
crossed lozenge-wise. This inner displacement, which I
thought in 1835 capable of explanation by the change of po-
sition in the Infusoria, by their rotation around the axis of
their body, I have for two years considered as quite real, and
it has been well seen and described by Prof. Rymer Jones*.
This observer, in declaring publicly at Newcastle that he never
had been able to perceive the least trace of the central canal
described by M. Ehrenberg, nor the branches which proceed
therefrom to communicate with the sacculi, added that he was
convinced from numerous observations, that in Paramecium
Aurelia and in allied species the minute gastric sacs (vesicles)
move in a fixed direction all round the body of the animalcule ;
—a fact, which of itself, says the English observer, appears to
be incompatible with the arrangement indicated by the Pro-
fessor of Berlin. To this M. Ehrenberg, without recurring to
the comparison to the child’s toy, answered, that it is ex-
cessively difficult to see the central canal (the intestine), and
that it was only in following the course of great masses of nu-
triment that he himself had been able to trace it.

This is not what was first stated, and still less what had
been represented in the figures of 1830 reproduced in 1838.
But it is at present seen, from the very confession of the in-
ventor, that the whole theory of the inner structure of the In-
fusoria rests on ideal figures and on observations impossible
to be verified on those very Infusoria on which they had been
founded+. And be it well remembered, these observations,—
this discovery of the intestine,—were made previous to 1838,
with instruments evidently less perfect than those since em-
ployed by the author, and which have allowed him to discover
the armature of the mouth of Nassula and of Chilodon, and re-

* In the Athenzeum, No. 567, p. 635.

[The report in the Atheneum contained several erroneous statements,
some of which were corrected in a reply to Prof. Jones from Dr. Ehrenberg
inserted in vol. ii. p.121. of this Journal.—Epir. ]

+ We certainly must say that we cannot see all this, and think it very pos-
sible that M. Dujardin will have at some future day to do, what he has so
frequently done already,—namely to announce that many of his present as-
sertions are trop hazardées.—Eptrt.

M. F, Dujardin on the Digestive Organs of Infusoria. 175

cognise the generative organs in all the Infusoria, and the
locomotive filament of the Monadine and the Euglene, &c.
Now would not a fact as important as that which served as
basis to the physiology and classification of the Polygastrica
deserve, not only ten, but even a hundred confirmations ?
Ought it not to have been confirmed a hundred times with
the means of observation, which the author informs us has
become more and more powerful in his hands? Ought it not
to be especially clearly expressed in most of his figures so as
to be capable of being verified? Far from this, the fact, di-
minished and almost entirely disappearing in the vast extent
of the grand treatise on Infusoria, is limited to the same ex-
amples previously cited and become in some sort superan-
nuated by the very deed of the author. And M. Ehrenberg,
not condescending to reply to the objections made to him al-
ready for many years since, traverses the continent to go and
hear at Newcastle in presence of the British Association ob-
jections no less forcible.

I attempted in 1835 (Ann. Sc. Nat. Dec.) to prove the non-
existence of the intestine in Infusoria by this sole fact;—that to
be so extensible and contractile as supposed, it ought to con-
tain in its tissue at least some fibres which would remain and
become visible when the animalcule decomposed by diffluence.
Now I said that in this kind of dissolution not one single
trace of intestine can be perceived, and this phenomenon of
diffuence moreover tends to prove in every way the simplicity
of the organisation of the Infusoria. Having seen in 1836
several Nassule swallow some long fragments of Oscillatoria
which were curved in the interior and distended the animal-
cules in the form of a sac, I cited this fact in a subsequent
memoir, as proving, it is true, the deglutition which I was wrong
in previously denying, but also as quite incompatible with the
hypothesis of an intestine and true stomach. In fact I no-
ticed other vesicles containing fragments of Oscillatoria at the
same time entirely independent one of the other; and the large
vesicle excavated by the elasticity of the Oscillatortum com-
municated in its entire breadth with the mouth and not by a
tube or branch of the central canal. The objection which I
then made against the existence of an intestine, the fibres of

176 M. ¥. Dujardin on the Digestive Organs of Infusoria.

which ought to have been persistent, J] now again repeat, and
the more so, as M. Ehrenberg insists more strongly on the
great contractibility* of this intestine to explain the reason
why it is never seen in a large number of species: “ it is,” he
observes,“ because this canal, like the cesophagus of larger ani-
mals, serves merely for the passage of the aliments, and not
to contain or digest them, which takes place solely in the
stomachic vesicles: it dilates at will for the passage of the nu-
triment like the small mouth or throat of a serpent when swal-
lowing a rabbit, and contracts immediately afterwards and
becomes entirely invisible if not in action.” But, it may be
said, if the indefinite contractibility of the stomachic vessels
and their digesting action be admitted, we may suppose them,
with greater reason, to have a rather complex membrane, and
containing as many, if not more fibres, than the intestine ; now
these vesicles on their decomposition by diffluence never show
any fibres. We must therefore conclude either that the con-
traction is effected without fibres, or that these fibres are
really invisible in the vesicles as in the intestine. I shall pre-
sently show that the vesicles must be regarded as vacuities
excayated at will in the gelatinous substance of the interior,
and that consequently they are without any peculiar mem-
brane, and contract by the approximation of the mass; I shall
state that the alleged diaphanous vesicles observed at the ex-
terior of the body of the Infusoria are nothing more than glo-
bules of sarcode, expelled by expression, or by laceration, or
by the diffluence of the body of the animalcule, as proved by
their refraction and by their faculty of decomposing in exca-
vating vacuoles; but there is a single fact mentioned by Dr.
Ehrenberg in his third memoir in 1833, and which I had not
been able to understand in 1836, ‘Ann. Sc. Nat.’ April 1836,
any more than at present. It relates to a stomachic vesicle
expelled from Bursaria vernalis decomposing by diffluence,
and which still contained two fragments of Oscillatoria. It
is in this manner, at least, that he then represented it (PI. III.
fig. 4 v.), and he has reproduced the same figure, consequently
the same fact, in his large work.

* Die Infusionsthierchen, 1838, p. 362.

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 177

M. Ehrenberg* considers the separation and isolation of
the stomachic vesicles as surprising only to those who have
not observed earth worms cut into pieces. These pieces, he
observes, let them be ever so minute, contract at each extre-
mity in such a manner that but very little of the contained
juices escape, and a similar effect is produced by the contrac-
tion of the isolated stomachs of the Infusoria. One fact un-
doubtedly is more forcible than all arguments ; and I only re-
eret that that ofa vesicle containing fragments of Oscallatoria
has not presented itself several times to the observer ; for with
respect to the alleged stomachs without contained aliments,
even when they appzar slightly coloured, the false comparison
with the pieces of earth worms will not suffice to prove to me
that the globules are not part of the gelatinous substance of
the Infusoria, since I have frequently seen these globules co-
loured, either from their having a tinge of their own, or that
this effect was the result of an optical illusion or of a phzeno-
menon of accidental colours.

XXI.—Descriptions of British Chalcidites. By Francis WALKER,
F.L:S.

[Continued from vol. ii. p. 355. ]

Sp. 45. Cirrospilus Murcia, Mas. Cyaneus, abdomen cupreum, antenne
nigro-picee, femora nigra, tibie picee, tarsi fusci, protibie fulve, ale
sublimpide.

Obscure cyaneus: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz nigro-picez ; articuli 1"s
et 2"S nigro-cyanei, hic apice piceus ; abdomen cupreum: pedes fusci; coxe
nigre ; femora nigra; tibiz pice ; genua fulva; propedum femora apice
fulva : alz sublimpide ; squamule pice; nervipallide fusci. (Corp. long.
ling 2... alar. lin. 1.)

Found near London.

Mas. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum : caput
transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum ; vertex sat latus; frons
abrupte declivis: oculi mediocres: antennz filiformes corporis fongitudine,
pilis longis vestite ; articulus 1" gracilis, sublinearis ; 2"* longicyathiformis ;
3"5 brevis; 4", 5¥S et 6" longi, lineares; clava longifusiformis, acuminata,
articulo 6° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus: prothorax brevissimus,
supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius; parapsidum
suture remote, bene determinate; scutellum breviconicum: metathorax
transversus, mediocris: peticlus brevissimus: abdomen sublineare, planum,

* Die Infusionsthierchen, 1838, p. 361.
Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 3. No. 16. May 1839. O

178 Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites.

horace brevius, fere angustius ; segmentum 1"™ magnum, 2"™ et sequentia
breviora, transversa : sexualia exerta: pedes graciles, simplices, subaequales ;
tarsis articuli 1° ad 3"™ curtantes, 4"* 3° longior ; ungues et pulvilli parvi :
alis nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat longus
ad ale apicem propensus stigma parvum fere bimucronatum fingens.

Fem. Antenne subclavate, corporis dimidio longiores ; articulus 4"* 3°
brevior ; 5"* adhuc brevior ; clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 5° duplo
longior : abdomen longiovatum, thorace longius, vix latius, supra planum,
subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum.

Sp. 46. Cirr. Athyrte, Mas et Fem. Cyaneo-viridis, cupreo-varius, an-
tenne fusce aut nigra, pedes flavi, femora piceo- aut viridi-varia, ale
sublimpide.

Fem. Cyaneo-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz fusce ; articulus 1™*
viridis ; 2"* piceus, apice fulvus: gula flava: abdomen cupreo-varium : ovi-
ductus vagine nigre: pedes flavi; cox virides; tarsi apice fusci; protarsi
fulvi; mesofemora piceo-cincta ; metafemora viridia, apice flava: alz sub-
limpide ; squamulz fulvz; proalis nervi fulvi, metalis flavi.

Mas. Antennis articulus 2" viridis, apice fulvus; gula picea: abdomen
cupreum : sexualia picea: femora flava, basi supra picea. (Corp. long. lin.
4—1; alar. lin. 1—14.)

Var. 8. Fem.—Abdomen cupreun, apice cyaneo-viride cupreo-varium :
propedum femora basi viridia, tibize extus fulve : meso- et metatibiz fulve,
apice et basi flave.

Var. vy. Fem.—Thoracis discus cupreo-varius.

Var. 6. Fem.—Var. v. similis : pro- et mesofemora flava, basi supra picea.

Var. «. Fem.—Alez limpide.

Var. ¢. Fem.—Abdomen cupreum: meso- et metafemora flava, piceo
vittata: ale limpide.

Var. 4. Fem.—Viridi-cyaneus : abdominis discus cupreo-varius: femora
flava, piceo-cincta; ale limpide.

Var. 6. Fem.—Cyaneus: abdomen cupreum : femora flava, piceo-cincta ;
alz limpide.

Var. «. Fem.—Femora omnia basi viridia.

Var. x. Fem.—Cupreus: caput et mesothoracis scutellum viridia.

Var. »~. Fem.—Antenne nigre ; articuli 1"° et 2° virides: abdomen su-
pra cupreum: pro- et meso-femora basi viridia.

Var. w. Fem.—Cyaneo-viridis eneo-varius: antennis articuli 1"° et 25 vi-
rides, hic apice subtus fulyus: abdomen cupreum: femora flava, basi vi-
ridia.

Var. y. Fem.—Obscure viridis: antenne picee ; articuli 1"° et 2" virides,
hic apice fulvus: thoracis discus cupreo-varius: abdominis discus cupreus:
femora flava, basi viridia; propedes tibiis et tarsis fulvis.

Var. o. Fem.—Var. v. similis: thorax omnino viridis: femora viridia,
apice flava.

May to September; near London, Hampshire. Found by Mr. Haliday,
on willows, near Belfast, Ireland.

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 179

Sp. 47. Cirr. Bunus, Mas et Fem. Precedenti simillimus, at minor et

gracilior.

/£neo-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi; antennz fuscz; articulus 1"° viridis :
2" fulvus, basi piceus: abdomen cupreum: sexualia picea: pedes flavi;
coxe virides ; tarsi apice fusci, metafemora basi picea; protarsi fulvi: ale
sublimpidz ; squamulz pice; nervifusci. (Corp. long. lin. +—%; alar.
lin. 3—12.)

Var. 8. Fem.—Antennis articulus 2"° piceus: abdomen viridi-varium.

Var. y. Fem.—Caput viride : thorax concolor : antennis articulus 2" pi-
ceus, apice fulvus: femora basi picea; metafemora viridia, apice fulva.

Var. 0. Fem.—Cyaneo- viridis: antenne pallide fuscz ; articuli 1"* et 2"
virides, hic apice subtus fulvus: abdomen viridi-cyaneum; discus cupreo-
varius; femora basi picea ; alis squamulz fulve, nervi flavi.

Var. «. Fem.—Var. 6 similis: thorax cupreo-viridis: abdomen cyaneo-
cupreum.

Var. €. Fem.—Cyaneo-viridis, eneo-varius: antenne nigro-picee ; arti-
culi 1“* et 2"* virides: abdomen cupreum : femora nigra, apice flava; pro-
pedum femora flava, basi nigra, tibize pallide fulvz, tarsi obscuriores.

September; near London, Devonshire. Ireland, Mr. Haliday.

Sp. 48. Cirr. Abantidas, Mas. Nigro-viridis precedentibus simillimus,
at longior ; abdomen cupreum, antenne fulve, pedes flavi, ale limpide.
Nigro-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: os fuseum: antenne fulve ; articulus
1"* viridis; 2"* basi piceus: abdomen cupreum: pedes flavi; coxze virides ;
femora picea, apice flava; tarsi apice fusci; protarsi fulvi: ale limpide ;
squamule picez; nervi fusci, basi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin. #; alar. lin. 14.)
Found near London.

Sp. 49. Cirr. Menius, Mas. C. Buno simillimus, antenne densius pilose.

Obscure viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz nigro-picez ; articuli 1% et
2's virides, hic apice et subtus piceus: abdomen nigro-cupreum: sexualia
picea: pedes flavi; coxz virides; femora basi nigra; tarsi apice fusci; pro-
tibize fulvze ; meso- et metatibie pallide fusce, apice et basi flave ; protarsi
fulvi: ale sublimpidze; squamule picee; nervi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin.
3—4; alar. lin. 3—+.)

Var. 8.—Meso- et metatibiz flave, fusco-cincte.

Found near London.

Sp. 50. Cirr. Enagoras, Mas. Nigro-viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne

picee, pedes fusci, ale subfusce.

Nigro-viridis : oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne pice; articuli lus et 2" vi-
rides: abdomen cupreum: sexualia picea: pedes fusci; cox virides ; tro-
chanteres fulvi ; femora viridia, apice flava; tarsi basi fulvi; protibie fulve:
alz subfuscze ; squamule picee ; proalis nervi fusci, metalis fulvi. (Corp.
long. lin. 2; alar. lin. 1.)

Found near London.

Sp. 51. Cirr. Molo, Fem. Cyaneus, viridi- et eneo-varius, antenne fusce,

pedes flavi, femora viridia aut cyanea: ale limpide.
02

180 Mr. Walker on the British Chaleidites.

Cyaneo-viridis: oculi et ocellirufi: antenna fusce; articuli 1" et 2" vi-
rides, hic apice et subtus fuscus: abdomen cyaneum eneo-varium : pedes
flavi; cox virides; femora basi viridia; tarsi apice fulvi; metafemora vi-
ridia; propedum tibie et tarsi fulva: alz limpidz ; squamule fulvz ; nervi
fulvi. (Corp. long. lin. +—%; alar. lin. 3—+#.)

Var. 8.—Cyaneus: abdomen eneo-varium : femora cyanea.

Var. y—Var. 3. similis: abdomen omnino cyaneum: profemora flava,
basi cyanea.

Found near London.

Sp. 52. Cirr. Epicharmus, Fem. Nigro-viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne
nigr@ aut fusce, femora viridia, tibia picee aut fusce, tarsi flavi, ale
late limpide.

Nigro-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz nigro-picee ; articuli 1"* et
2°s virides: abdomen cupreum: pedes picei; cox virides; femora viridia;
genua fulva; tarsi fulvi, apice fusci; propedum tibie subtus fulve, tarsi
fusci: ale limpide ; squamule pice ; nervi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 3—Z;
alar. lin. 1—14.)

Var. 8.—Antenne fuscz; articuli 1% et 2"* virides, ille basi et hic apice
fusci: abdomen cyaneum ; discus cupreus: pedes flavi; coxz virides: femora
viridia; tibize fuscze ; tarsi apice fusci.

Var. y.—Antenne nigre ; articuli 1"* et 2"§ virides: pedes virides; tro-
chanteres picei; genua fulva; tibiz picee; tarsi fiavi, apice fusci; pro-
tarsi fulvi.

Found near London.

Sp. 53. Cirr. Endemus, Fem. Cyaneo-viridis, abdomen cupreo-varium,
antenne picee, pedes fusci, femora viridia, ale late limpide.

Cyaneo-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne picez; articuli 1"* et 2"
virides; abdomen cyaneum, basi cupreum: pedes virides ; trochanteres fusci ;
genua fulva; tibiz picez ; tarsi fusci, basi fulvi; propedes tibiis et tarsis
fulvis; mesopedum tibize fusce, tarsi flavi, apice fusci; metatibie picee:
ale limpide ; squamulecyanez ; nervifulvi; stigmafuscum. (Corp. long.
lin. 2—,; alar. lin. 1—14.)

Var. @.—Abdomen cupreum, apicem versus cyaneo-viridi-varium ; tibize
fuscze ; tarsi fusci, basi fulvi; propedum tibiz fulvz, tarsi obscuriores.

May, September; near London; Hampshire, Isle of Wight.

Sp. 54. Cirr. Chares, Fem. Viridis aut viridi-cyaneus, abdomen cupreum,
antenne fusce, pedes flavi, femora viridia: anguste ale sublimpide.

Viridis: oculi et ocellirufi: antenne fusce; articulus 1" viridis; 2"S su-
pra piceus: abdomen cupreum: pedes flavi; coxz virides ; femora viridia,
apice flava; tarsi apice fulvi; protibiz et protarsi fulva: alz sublimpide ;
squamule fulve : nervi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 4; alar. lin. 3.) .

Var. 8.—Ceput viridi-cyaneum: thorax concolor: femora viridi-fusca,
apice et basi flava.

Found near London.

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 181

Sp. 55. Cirr. Beroé, Fem. Nigro-viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne

picee, pedes flavi, metafemora picea, ale late limpide.

Nigro-viridis : oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz picee, articuli 1"° et 2° vi-
rides, hic apice fuscus : abdomen cupreum : pedes flavi; coxe virides ; tarsi
apice fusci; metafemora picea; propedum tibie et tarsi pallide fulva; ale
limpide ; squamule picee; nervi fulvi. (Corp. Jong. lin. 2; alar. lin. 1.)

Found near London.

Fem. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum:
caput transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antenne extror-
sum crassiores, corporis dimidio longiores ; articulus 1"S gracilis, sublinearis ;
2"s longicyathiformis ; 4"° 3° brevior; 5" adhuc brevior; clava fusiformis,
acuminata, articulo 5° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus; prothorax
brevissimus, supra Vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius ;
parapsidum suture bene determinate; scutellum brevi-conicum: meta-
thorax transversus, mediocris : petiolus brevissimus ; abdomen longiovatum,
thorace longius vix latius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acumina-
tum: proalz latz, nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis vix ullus, cubi-
talis sat longus.

Sp. 56. Cirr. Rhacius, Fem. £neus aut viridi-cyaneus, antenne fusce,
pedes flavi, femora basi fusca aut enea, ale limpide.

fEneus: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne fuscz; articuli 1" et 2"° cenei, hic
apice fuscus: abdomen cupreo-zneum: pedes flavi; coxe nigro-enee ;
femora nigro-znea, apice flava; tarsi apice fusci; propedes tibiis et tarsis
fulvis: ale limpide; squamule fusce; nervi fusci. (Corp. long. lin. 3;
alar. lin. 1.)

Var. @.—Thorax viridi-zeneus.

Var. y.—Viridis : abdomen viridi-zneum.

Var. 6.—Viridi-cyaneus: antennis articuli 1"% et 2" virides: abdomen
cupreum: oviductus fulvus; vagine pice: coxe virides; femora flava,
basi fusca; alis squamule fulve ; nervi flavi.

Found near London.

Sp. 57. Cirr. Ega, Fem. Cyaneus, abdomen cupreo-viride, antenne
picee, pedes flavi, femora cyanea, tibie fuseo-cincta, ale sublimpide.

Cyaneus: oculi et ocelli rnfi: antenne picee ; articuli 1" et 2"° cyanei:
abdomen cupreo-viride: pedes cyanei; femora apice flava; trochanteres
picel; tibiz fusce, apice et basi flave; tarsi flavi, apice fusci; protarsi
fulvi: alz sublimpide; squamule picez ; nervi flavi. (Corp. long. lin $ ;
alar. lin. 1.)

Found near London.

Fem. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum : ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antenne clavate,
corporis dimidio paullo breviores ; articulus 1"° gracilis, sublinearis; 2°5 lon-
gicyathiformis ; 4"° 3° brevior, 5"Sadhuc brevior; clava fusiformis, acuminata,
articulo 5° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus: prothorax brevissimus,
supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius ; parapsidum

182 W. Thompson on the Effects of the Hurricane

suture bene determinate; scutellum brevi-conicum: metathorax trans-
versus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus : abdomen fusiforme, thorace angus-
tius et multo longius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum :
pedes graciles: ala mediocres; nervus ulnaris humeralilongior, radialis vix
ullus, cubitalis sat longus.

Sp. 58. Cirr. Anticlea, Fem. Véiridis, cyaneo- et e@neo-varius, abdomen
cupreum, antenneé nigre aut picee, pedes picei aut fulvo-fusci, femora
viridia, tarsi flavi, ale limpide.

Viridi-cyaneus: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne nigro-picee ; articuli 1" et
2"s virides, hic apice fulvus: abdomen cyaneum; discus cupreus: pedes
virides ; trochanteres picei; genua flava; tibie fusca, apice flave ; tarsi
pallide fusci, basi flavi; propedum tibiz et tarsi fulva; alz limpide; squa-
mule picez; nervi fulvi, basi flavi; metalis nervi flavi. (Corp. long. lin.
3—3; alar. lin. 1—14.)

Var. §.—Viridi-eneus: antenne nigre; articulus 1"* fulvus, apice pi-
ceus: abdomen cupreum, basi cyaneo-viride: pedes fulvi; coxz virides ;
femora viridia ; meso- et metatarsi flavi, apice fusci; protarsi apice fusci ;
proalis nervi fusci.

Var. y.—Nigro-viridis ; antenne picez ; articulus 1"* niger, 2" apice ful-
vus: abdomen nigro-cupreum: pedes nigro-virides; trochanteres fulvi;
genta fulva; tibie picez, apice fulve; tarsi flavi, basi fulvi ; protarsi fusci.

July ; near London, Isle of Wight.

Mas. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum : antenne filiformes,
hirte, corporis longitudine; articulus 1" gracilis, sublinearis; 2"* longicya-
thiformis ; 3"° brevis; 4", 5¥° et 6"§ subzquales, latitudine longiores; clava
longifusiformis, acuminata, articulo 6° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, con-
vexus: prothorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum
latitudine longius ; parapsidum suture bene determinate ; scutellum brevi-
conicum: metathorax transversus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdo-
men sublineare, planum, thorace angustius, non brevius: pedes graciles :
proalz late ; nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat
longus.

Fem. Antennz subclavatze, corporis dimidio longiores; articulus 4"° 3°
brevior; 5"* adhuc brevior; clava fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 5° duplo
longior: abdomen longiovatum, thorace longius, vix latius, supra planum,
subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum.

[To be continued. ]

XXII.—Note on the Effects of the Hurricane of January 7,
1839, in Ireland, on some Birds, Fishes, &c. By W1LLIAM
Tuompson, Esq.

I sHatu here record the very few particulars on this subject that
have as yet become known to me. As may be conjectured, stormy

of Jan. 7, 1839, on some Birds, Fishes, &c. 188

petrels (Thalassidrome) were taken in many parts of the country;
and chiefly during the latter part of the day of the 7th after the hur-
ricane had ceased. At two o'clock, p.m. or just about its termina-
tion, one of these birds was picked up alive, but in a very exhausted
state, in one of the streets of Belfast. On the 10th inst. two others,
one of which I saw, and found to be the T. pelagica, were taken—
the one alive, the other dead—beside a spring-well at Seymour Hill,
about four miles from Belfast. Near Saintfield in the county of
Down, distant about ten miles from this town, I have heard that a
petrel was obtained after the hurricane.

Mr. Glennon, bird preserver, Dublin, states that a specimen sent
him to be preserved was procured on the 7th in one of the streets of
the town of Cavan, and that on the same day another was found at
Brown Hall, county of Carlow. C. Carleton L’Estrange, Esq. in-
forms me, that when out woodcock shooting in the plantations at
Colonel Eniry’s demesne some miles from the town of Cavan, about
a week after the 7th of January, he found two petrels which had evi-
dently been dead for a few days or from about the time of the hur-
ricane; they were too much injured by exposure to the weather to
be preserved. In the possession of my friend R. Ball, Esq, of Dublin,
I have seen a Thal. pelagica which was sent him from Kells, county
of Meath, where it was procured on the 7th—on the same daya
petrel picked up near Mullingar, county of Westmeath, was sent to
a gentleman of my acquaintance in Dublin; and on this day like-
wise I have been informed that one was found dead near the town
of Wicklow. Of all these specimens I have seen but the two no-
ticed as T. pelagica ; of two or three others I could not obtain inform-
ation sufficiently satisfactory to enable me to judge whether they
were this or the fork-tailed species, Thal. Bullockii, but the remainder
were described in such a manner as to leave no doubt on my mind
as to their being the T. pelagica. Of the petrels which I have be-
fore seen and which were obtained at various times and places
throughout Ireland, about as many were of the T. Bullockii as of the
other, which is considered the more common species. There have
been different conjectures as to the cause of the petrels’ appearance
on land, but in this instance when more of these birds were found
scattered over the country than on any previous occasion imme-
diately after the greatest hurricane that has within the memory of
the oldest persons swept over Ireland, we are compelled to attribute
their presence to its agency alone. From several of these birds ha-
ving been found in the extreme east as well as the more central por-
tion of Ireland, it would seem from the fact of the hurricane ranging

184 On the Effects of the Hurricane of Jan. 7, 1839.

from the north-west to the south-west, that some of them had been
blown from the Atlantic*, almost entirely across the island, a cir-
cumstance which, strange as it may appear, is less singular than the
occurrence of these birds on a more ordinary occasion in the very
centre of England.

Of the great northern diver (Colymbus glacialis), a species which
naturally keeps far out from the shore, I saw a specimen in Dublin,
that was shot in a dock at Ringsend near that city, after the subsi-
dence of the hurricane.

In a letter from Viscount Cole, dated Hazelwood, Jan. 14, 1839,
is the following passage—‘‘I mention underneath a curious fact
hardly to be believed, but which two decent men would testify by
affidavit—that on the morning after the hurricane a great quantity
of perch} fry were found thrown up high and dry two yards, and
some more, on the grassy shore of Church Island in Lough Gill or
Hazelwood. Lake, in the county of Sligo.” In a note with which I
was subsequently favoured, Lord Cole remarked, that he had ‘‘ heard”’
of several roach{| being thrown up on an island in Lough Earn on
the night of the great storm. On the 24th of January, Robert Ball,
Esq. wrote me from Dublin to the effect—that after the late hurricane
the dead bodies of rooks§ to the amazing number of 33,000 (as a
matter of curiosity the number was reckoned by some boys) were
picked up on the shores of a lake some miles in extent and with ex-
tensive rookeries on its borders, in the county of Westmeath; and
that in the same locality numbers of perch were thrown to some
distance into the fields. The almost incredible mortality of rooks
induced me to make further inquiry, when I was informed that
Dean Vignolles (on whose property the circumstance occurred),
states that the number of these birds above-mentioned were cer-
tainly destroyed. This gentleman likewise submitted to Mr. Ball’s
inspection a more than ordinarily strong panel of a new window
shutter which was driven in and broken through by a rook dash-
ing, or perhaps rather from being dashed against it on the night in

* At all times of the year they are met with off the western and northern
coasts—they breed in a few of the islands, from Tory in the north, to the
Skeligs in the south, inclusive.

+ In the Magazine of Natural History for 1832, (p. 283.) two petrels are
recorded to have been found dead at Birmingham in December 1831; one
was discovered in a street of the town, the other at a few miles distance.
The Rev. Mr. Bree of Allesly, who saw the former specimen in Weaver's
Museum, has informed us that it is the Fork-tailed species, 7. Bullocku—
loc. cit. p. 738. t Perca fluviatilis.

| The fish so called in Ireland is the rudd, Leuciscus erythrophthalmus.

§ Corvus frugilegus.

On a Meteoric Paper composed of Conferve & Infusoria. 185

question—he further mentioned that some of the perch were found
as far as fifteen yards from the edge of the lake.

Benjamin J. Clarke, Esq. of Merrion Square, Dublin, in a letter to
a friend here, states“that at La Bergerie in Queen’s county, where
he was on the 7th of January, he found lying under the branches of
an ash-tree which had been blown down, two of the large titmice
(Parus major) ; and that in Dublin he saw a specimen of the pere-
grine falcon (Falco peregrinus) that met with its death on the same
occasion.

From a newspaper report of the devastation committed by the
hurricane at Downhill, in the county of Londonderry, it appeared
that a slab blown from the mausoleum, cut completely in two a poor
hare that was sheltering beneath it. Thus far only have I heard of
the effects of this terrific night upon the lower animals.

Belfast, March 5, 1839.

XXIII.—On a Meteoric Paper which fell from the Sky in the
year 1686 in Courland, composed of Confervee and Infusoria.
By Prof. Enrenspere of Berlin*.

On the 31st January 1687, a great mass of a paper-like black
substance fell with a violent snow-storm from the atmosphere
near the village of Rauden in Courland ; it was seen to fall, and
after dinner was found at places where the labourers at work
had seen nothing similar before dinner. This meteoric sub-
stance, described completely and figured in 1686, 1688, was
recently again considered by M. v. Grotthus, after a chemical
analysis, to be a meteoric mass; but M. v. Berzelius, who also
analysed it, could not discover the nickel said to be contained
in it; and Von Grotthus then revoked his opinion. It is men-
tioned in Chladni’s work on Meteors, and noticed as an aéro-
phyte in Nees von Esenbeck’s valuable Appendix to R. Brown’s
‘ Botan. Schriften.’ I examined this substance, some of which
is contained in the Berlin Museum (also in Chladni’s collec-
tion) microscopically. I found the whole to consist evidently
of a compactly matted mass of Conferva crispata, traces of a
Nostoc, and of about twenty-nine well-preserved species of

* Translated from the Berichte der Academie der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin, 1838.

186 Bibliographical Notices.

Infusoria, of which three only are not mentioned in my large
work on Infusoria, although they have since occurred living
near Berlin; moreover, of the case of Daphnia Pulex? Of the
twenty-nine species of Infusoria, only eight have siliceous
shields, the others are soft or with membranous shields. Se-
veral of the most beautiful exceedingly rare Baccillarie are
frequent in it. These Infusoria have now been preserved 152
years. The mass may have been raised by a storm from a
Courland marsh and merely carried away, but may also have
come from a far distant district, as my brother Carl Ehrenberg
has sent from Mexico forms still existing near Berlin. Seeds,
leaves of trees, and other things of the kind scattered through
the mass, were, on the examination of larger portions, easily
visible. The numerous native Infusoria and the shells of the
common Daphnia Pulex seem to speak thus much for the sub-
stance, that its original locality was not the atmosphere nor
America, but most probably either Kast Prussia or Courland.
The substance and drawings of all the constituent parts were
laid before the Academy.

4

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES

The London Flora. By A. Irvine, of Marischal College, Aberdeen,
London, 1838. 12mo.

It has been commonly supposed that the London district did not
extend to more than a few miles, twenty-five at most, from St. Paul’s,
but the author of this book extends it to the English Channel, South-
ampton, Oxford, Buckingham, and parts of Lincolnshire and Der-
byshire.

He proposes, but does not adopt, numerous alterations in nomen-
clature, many of which would doubtless be improvements, and it is
much to be wished that they had been made by Linneus. Allsuch
changes are, in the present day, greatly to be deprecated as only in-
troducing confusion into the synonymy; similar alterations were
attempted by Gray in his Natural Arrangement, Salisbury, and others;
but there is not, we believe, a single instance of their being adopted
im a work of authority. The author objects to the formation of spe-
cific names like Smithii, Michelii, &c., and proposes that they should
always terminate in ana, not probably knowing that the most correct

Bibliographical Notices. 187

nomenclators of plants use the genitive of the substantive when
expressing the connection of discovery or original description be-
tween the plant and the person commemorated ; and the adjective
when no such connection exists, and the name is only a compliment.

The earlier part of this book is occupied by short accounts of
Classification, Geographical Distribution, and Vegetable Organiza-
tion and Physiology, and then follows a long exposition of the Na-
tural Orders. These dissertations may be of use to the medical
student preparing for examination, but are far too superficial for the
botanist.

We now come to the “ descriptive Botany,’’ which we suspect
has been written several years, for the author is manifestly unac-
quainted with the third volume of the ‘ Suppl. to Eng. Bot.,’ the
later volumes of the ‘ Linnzan Transactions,’ and the ‘ Magazine of
Zoology and Botany.’ The descriptions are probably sufficient for
the mere English botanist who is quite satisfied if he can reduce a
plant to some species of Smith or Hooker, not suspecting that it can
have been omitted by those excellent authors ; but we hope that that
class is rapidly becoming extinct, and that British botanists will soon
take their station upon an equality with those on the continent of
Europe. This remark does not of course apply to our leading bota-
nists, who have long been celebrated for their deep and careful re-
search.

In the Appendix distinguishing marks are requested between Ha-
benaria bifolia and chlorantha (plants which appear to be confounded
by the author): we would refer him either to an early number of
this Journal or to the ‘ Suppl. to English Botany,’ where they will
be found carefully pointed out. We suspect that Mr. Borrer will be
not a little surprised to learn that Isnardia palustris grows ‘‘ spa-
ringly on the south side of the bog on Henfield common; more
plentiful on the other side.’’ We have several times had the advan-
tage of examining that bog, with Mr. Borrer, but have never seena
trace of this plant.

The book concludes with a Glossary and very copious Index.

The Little English Flora, or a Botanical and Popular Account of all
our common Field Flowers. By G. W. Francis.

We spoke with commendation in the ‘Companion to the Bota-
nical Magazine,’ of Mr. Francis’s little ‘Manual of the British
Ferns.’ The success of that work has induced him to undertake the
present; his object being, first, ‘‘ to invite the young to the ex-

188 Bibliographical Notices.

amination of the flowers of the field,”’ by pointing out the beauties
they are likely everywhere to meet with, that thus an additional
charm may be added to their rambles over the meads and commons;
and secondly, to induce a love for the science itself, by showing that
it is easy of acquirement, and that it yields instruction and delight,
not merely in our after progress, but even from our first commence-
ment of its study. ‘This object we think the author has fully at-
tained. The descriptions are entirely popular, accompanied by re-
marks and by poetical extracts, which will be read with pleasure by
the young student. The plates are numerous and executed by Mr.
Francis on the same size and plan with those of his ferns. We
could have wished that, if not the plants themselves, yet that the de-
tails were represented upon a larger scale, so as to exhibit more
clearly the generic and specific distinctions.

We should hardly do justice to our feelings, did we not introduce
in our list of botanical publications, and did we not refer to a recent
work of Mr. Loudon’s as one of the highest importance and of the
greatest utility to the arboriculturist ; to every nobleman and gentle-
man of landed estate, who is desirous of improving his property and
enlarging the resources of his country ; and to every botanist and cul-
tivator who wishes to become acquainted with the trees and shrubs,
whether indigenous or exotic, which will bear the climate of Great
Britain: we allude to the ‘‘ Arboretum et Fruticetum Britannicum, or
the Trees and Shrubs of Britain, native and foreign, hardy and half-
hardy, pictorially and botanically delineated, and scientifically and
popularly described ; with their propagation, culture, and manage-
ment, and uses in the arts, in useful and ornamental plantations, and
in landscape gardening ; preceded by a historical and geographical
outline of the trees and shrubs throughout the world,” by J. C. Lou-
don, F.L. and H.S., &c., author of the ‘ Encyclopedia of Gardening
and of Agriculture,’ and conductor of the ‘ Gardener’s Magazine’ : in
eight volumes ; four of letter-press, illustrated by above 2500 engra-
vings, and four of Svo and 4to plates. And in this ample and cha-
racteristic title there is nothing promised that is not fully and skil-
fully performed—so skilfully, that we will venture to say, there is
not a naturalist in Europe who could have executed the task with
anything like the talent and judgement and accuracy that is here
displayed by Mr. Loudon. The first volume contains the history,
geography, science, and descriptions (arranged according to the
system of DeCandolle,) from Ranunculacee to Staphyleacee inclusive;

Bibliographical Notices. 189

the second volume, descriptions from Celastracee to Apocynacee in-
clusive ; the third volume, descriptions from Asclepiadacee to Cory-
lacee inclusive ; the fourth volume, from Garryacee to the end. ‘The
fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth volumes are entirely occupied with
plates of portraits of trees, and representations of their leaves and
flowers and fruits. These are copper-plates ; but we must confess,
that in point of execution we give the preference to the very nume-
rous wood-cuts which so beautifully illustrate the descriptions they
accompany—and these are not confined to representations of plants
and their analyses, but include landscapes and scenery of various
kinds, where certain trees form a characteristic feature ; and insects
and parasitic vegetables which do injury to their plants are faithfully
exhibited and described, and the best modes of their destruction are
recommended. In short, nothing is omitted, either in the descriptive
or pictorial matter, which can tend to illustrate the history and uses
of trees and shrubs; and when it is considered that these vegetables
include the most valuable materials for our ships and dwellings and
implements of various kinds, the greatest ornaments of our parks,
our gardens, and pleasure-grounds, and most of the fruits which are
cultivated in the open air with us, it will be at once seen of what
vast importance must such a work be to this country, to every part
of Europe and the temperate parts of North America; and we may
even say, to all the temperate parts of the civilized world. Weare
sorry that the nature of our Journal does not allow us to make such
copious extracts as would give an idea of the execution of the histo-
rical and scientific department of the work—but this is the less to
be regretted, since other Journals have not been backward in doing
justice to its great merits, and since it has received the highest
encomiums from an able writer in the Quarterly Review for Oc-
tober 1838, (an honour not often accorded to works on Natural Hi-
story,) with whose concluding words we shall terminate our brief
notice. ‘‘ Let us warmly congratulate our author on having finished
his herculean task ; a task which few men except himself would have
had the courage to begin, and still fewer the perserverance to com-
plete. The Arboretum Britannicum is unique in its kind, and it
must become a standard book of reference on all subjects connected
with trees.”

Enumeratio Plantarum quas in Nove Hollandie ora Austro-occidentah
ad fluvium Cygnorum et in sinu Regis Georgii collegit Carolus Liber
Baro de Hiigel.

Under this title, has appeared at Vienna the first number of a

190 Bibliographical Notices.

work on the plants of the Swan river and King George’s Sound, col-
lected during the voyages and travels of Baron von Hiigel, an Au-
strian nobleman, of which we gave some account in the second vo-
lume of the ‘Companion to the Botanical Magazine,’ p. 190. Fol-
lowing, with some trifling alterations, the arrangement of De Can-
dolle, this fasciculus comprises from the Ranunculacee to Primulacee
inclusive. Besides containing full descriptions of the new and rare
species of the localities just mentioned, it includes, in the notes, re-
marks on other Australasian species; as for example, of Candollee,
Rhamnee, Brachycome, &c. The authors of the different portions
of this work are, Mr. Bentham of the Leguminose, and all the orders
of Gamopetale ; Edward Fenyl of the Paronychiee, Rhamnee, Halo-
ragee, Portulacee, Loranthacee, Restiacee and Cyperacee; Henry
Schlott of the Cryptogamia; and of the rest Stephen Endlicher.

The Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, Conducted by Professor
Jameson. Number for April 1838. Edinburgh, A. Black and

Co. §Svo.
[Continued from vol. i. p. 398.]

ApriL 1838. Zoology.

There are not many papers purely zoological in this number; at
the same time, there are several very interesting, and which touch,
to a certain extent, on various points intimately connected both with
Zoology and Botany :—On the cause of the Temperature of Hot and
Thermal Springs, &c.; by Professor Gustav Bischof of Bonn. Re-
marks on the geographical position of some points on the west coast
of Scotland; by William Galbraith, Edinburgh. Observations on
the Hurricanes and Storms of the West Indies, and the coast of the
United States—and, on the Differences of the Laws regulating Vital
and Physical Phenomena; by William B. Carpenter, will be found
worthy of perusal. I, Observations on Rabies or Madness in Dogs,
Oxen, Horses, Pigs and Sheep; by Dr. Wagner, Medico-Forensic
Censor of the Schieben District. ‘‘ Jn Dogs”? a dread of water is
not an invariable symptom attending rabies, several instances ha-
ving occurred to the author where this was not exhibited. ‘In Oxen”
the author has met with the most numerous instances of madness.
Two states of it appear to prevail; one in which there is no apparent
loathing of water, and where the animal pines and loses condition,
but seems to be urged by no vicious propensity ; life is terminated
between the sixth and the ninth day; the animals sink on one side
(mostly on the left), the head stretched backwards; the trunk con-

Bibliographical Notices. bib

tinues motionless, while the legs undergo a constant but languid
movement to and fro, until the animal has ceased to exist. The
other state is more violent, with periodical paroxysms; about
the fourth day they will snap every kind of fastening, and attack
and gore all who approach them, and continue thus until palsy of
the joints supervenes. On dissection the gall-bladder is discovered
filled to excess with muddy yellowish-green coloured bile. <“‘ In
Horses”’ the rabies increases to such an extent on the second or
third day, that no person or creature can approach them without
being bit and kicked in the most frightful manner. ‘‘ In Pigs” only
one instance was known, and the symptoms were very violent; an
end was put to existence; and by the disgraceful conduct of a
butcher, the carcase was exposed for sale, and cut up and disposed
of ; no mischief, however, was heard of as arising from the consump-
tion of it. ‘Jn Sheep” also, only one instance was known arising
from a bite; the animal kept quiet and dejected, but it was killed
before the termination of the disease was seen. The author has
known the milk of rabid animals taken, and in two instances the
flesh of rabid oxen eaten, without any bad effects. He has also
known the bite of decidedly rabid animals not to produce any bad
effects, and he argues from this, that with mankind a predisposition
to Hydrophobia very rarely exists. (This paper is a translation from
Hecker’s Annalen.)
Botany.

I. An attempt to ascertain characters of the Botanical Alliances ;
by Sir Edward Ffrench Bromhead, Bart. Il. Description of several
new or rare Plants which have lately flowered in the neighbourhood of
Edinburgh, chiefly in the Royal Botanic Garden; by Dr. Graham,
Professor of Botany. Three plants only are mentioned, Aristolochia
saccata, Batemannia Calleyi, and Rhododendron albiflorum, the last
reared from seed sent from British America by Mr. Drummond. In
speaking of the Aristolochia, Dr. Graham notices a curious property
in the pouches, the reason of which is left undetermined, and which
would be well worthy of the attention of those who delight in tracing
design in the structures of natural productions. ‘‘'The ensnaring of
insects by plants is observed in many cases, its use disputed, some-
times I think misunderstood, and its benevolence in the arrangement
of Nature considered equivocal. One thing is obvious, it demon-
strates premeditation and design in the configuration of parts. The
large heavy pouch in the middle of the tube necessarily keeps the
flower pendulous, and its throat erect. Having removed from the
plant one of the racemes for examination, I laid this down on the

192 Bibliographical Notices.

table, and was surprised to see a crowd of small flies immediately
rush out at the throat; I raised the flowers into their natural po-
sition again, and though I saw, by placing them between me and
the light, that very many flies were still in the tube, all very restless
and attempting to escape, not one could climb up the now erect
throat. I could not discover with the microscope any cause for this,
and am forced to suppose that there may be a particular condition
of the surface in the upper part of the tube from secretion or some
other cause, which prevents the adhesion of the feet of the insects,
though they are able to walk along it when horizontal.”

Microscopic Illustrations of Living Objects, &c.; with Researches con-
cerning the most eligible method of constructing Microscopes and
Instructions for using them. By Dr. C. R. Goring and A, Pritchard.
Svo. Whittaker and Co. 1838.

The present work may be divided into two parts, the first by Mr.
Pritchard on the natural history of several aquatic larve, which on
account of their great transparency are well suited for the micro-
scope; forming as they do objects of great amusement to the general
observer, and of research to the inquiring naturalist. Among these
are the larve of a species of gnat, of Hphemera marginalis, and of a
species of Hydrophilus, each being illustrated by several wood-cuts,
and a highly finished coloured engraving. The second part, the me-
chanical and practical part, is, with the exception of the Introduc-
tion, from the pen of Dr. Goring,—on the terms employed in micro-
scopic science, method of constructing and using microscopes, prac-
tical remarks on viewing and drawing of microscopic objects, illus-
trated by numerous wood-cuts and a well-executed copper-plate. A
great portion of this has been rewritten on account of the great pro-
gress made in this department of science since the appearance of the
first edition. Mr. H. F. Talbot’s memoirs on the optical phenomena
of crystals, which appeared in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions’ for
1837, and observations on Swammerdam’s method of dissecting and
preparing objects for the microscope, extracted from ‘Adam’s Essays
on the Microscope,’ are added as an Appendix, and give additional
interest to the volume.

The style is popular without being diffuse, and the matter on the
whole exceedingly well arranged. We have no doubt that the work
will meet with a favourable reception both from the general lover of
science and from those more deeply engaged in unveiling some of
the wonderful mysteries with which nature abounds.

Linnean Society. 193

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

February 5.—Edward Forster, Esq., V. P., in the Chair.

Read, a paper entitled ‘‘ A Note upon the Anatomy of the Roots
of Ophrydee.” By John Lindley, Ph. D., F.R. and L.S., Prof. Bot.
University College.

The object of the author in this paper was to show that salep, the
prepared roots of certain Ophrydee, is not a substance consisting
principally of starch, as is the common opinion among writers of the
present day, but is composed of a bassorine-like matter, organized
in a peculiar manner.

After stating the opinions of recent authorities, the author gives
the results of his own microscopical examination of the tissue of re-
cent and prepared roots, by which it appears that the tubercles of
Ophrydee universally contain large cartilaginous nodules of a muci-
laginous substance, not coloured by iodine, and a small quantity of
the grains of starch, lying in the usual manner in the parenchyma
which surround the nodules, and readily susceptible to the usual ac-
tion of iodine. The tubercles of many South-African Ophrydee pre-
sent when dried the appearance of bags filled with small pebbles, as
if the epidermis had contracted over hard bodies in the inside. Ifa
fresh root of Satyrium pallidum be divided transversely the cause of
this appearance is explained, for with its soft parenchyma are mixed
tough nodules, clear as water, and often twenty times as large as the
cells which surround them. ‘These nodules are easily separable, are
tough like horn, and on being sliced appear to be perfectly homo-
geneous. They are scarcely soluble in cold water ; when boiled they
become tumid and partially dissolve into a transparent jelly. If ex-
posed to the air they rapidly dry and become brown. The aqueous
solution of iodine has no sensible effect upon them in their natural
state.

On charring slices of some salep procured at Covent Garden, a
coarse preparation of wild Ophrydee, the author found that the no-
dules apparently homogeneous were composed of extremely minute
transparent cells, filled, as he supposed, with a secretion of the same
refractive power as themselves, and adhering naturally to each other
firmly ; the double walls of the cells and intercellular spaces being
only made apparent by the charring process. The author explains
the error of those who have considered salep to consist chiefly of
starch, by allusion to the mode of its preparation. ‘The tubercles

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 16. May 1839. P

194 Linnean Society

are first parboiled and then dried, the effect of which is to dissolve
what starch exists in the cells surrounding the nodules. ‘The dis-
solved starch flows over the surface of the nodules, from which when
dried it is undistinguishable, and consequently when iodine is ap-
plied to salep the mass appears to become iodide of starch. If the
nodules, however, after this action of iodine, be removed, they are
seen to retain their original vitreous lustre. >

The author remarks that these nodules of Ophrydee are, as far as
his observations extend, absent in the tubercles of the other tribes
of Orchidaceae.

Read, a paper entitled ‘Some Data towards a Botanical Geogra-
phy of New Holland.” By Dr. John Lhotsky, late of the Civil Ser-
vice, Van Diemen’s Land. Communicated by Prof. Don, Libr. L.S.

The author commences his paper with the observation, that it was
the lot of Mr. Brown to become connected in an almost exclusive
way with the Flora of New Hoiland, he having been the first to illus-
trate its vegetable riches im an extensive and philosophic manner.
Notwithstanding the important discoveries since made, his re-
marks, and especially those upon the botanical geography of that
country, (published nearly twenty years ago,) have been confirmed
by subsequent observations. ‘The great approximation towards the
European Flora, in that part of the country first explored by the
author, agrees perfectly with the following observation of Mr. Brown:
‘It appears that a much greater proportion of the peculiarities of the
Australian Flora exist in this, which | have therefore called the prin-
cipal parallel (between 33° and 35° S. latitude), and that many of
them are nearly confined to it.*” The author proposes the follow-
ing geographical division of the Flora of the south-eastern part of
New Holland.

Ist. The coast vegetation.—This class of vegetation clothes the
almost moveable sand of the coast, and the rocks of sandstone of the
coal formation, or skirts the ponds of salt or brackish water. Hpa-
cris, Boronia, Lambertia, Astroloma, Xanthorrhea, Hakea, Banksia,
&c. are the most characteristic genera, forming usually a dense
shrubbery of stiff and harsh plants. Of trees, scarcely any but
species of Hucalyptus are to be met with.

2nd. Vegetation of the rocky gullies near the sea coast.—-Such lo-
calities are generally characterized by small creeks or springs of fresh-
water, of which the localities of the former class are mostly devoid.

* General remarks, geographical and systematical, on the Botany of
Terra Australis, p. 586.

Linnean Society. 195

Two palms, Corypha australis and Seaforthia elegans, and the won-
der of Australian forests, Doryanthes excelsa, adorn these localities.

3rd. The Argyle vegetation characterizes those park-like spots, with
their stately Eucalyptus trees growing at some distance from each
other, with very little underwood, which have attracted the notice of
travellers, from Tasman down to those of our times. The geological
features of this region consist of various rocks, the sandstone of the
coal formation excepted, which last never yields a good soil. The
genera of this class of vegetation are various grasses, Thlaspi, Cera-
stium, Thymus, Scandiz, Hydrocotyle, Dianella, Exarrhena, Silene,
Hypericum, &c., many of them European forms, and soft juicy
plants. Where this vegetation occurs are to be found some of the
most advantageous parts of the colony for the purposes of grazing.

4th. The Mencro vegetation comprehends the Flora of those exten-
sive downs which extend on the east side of the Alps to the extent
of more thana hundred miles, and which are capable of maintaining
vast numbers of sheep and other cattle. These downs present a dif-
ferent aspect in different seasons, being in some covered with the
most luxuriant herbage, which at other times is parched and dried
up. Many genera of the preceding class occur in these localities,
besides Lythrum, Epilobium, Potentilla, Leuzea, Rumex, and other
European genera. ‘The author regrets that the season was too far
advanced to examine the Graminee and Cyperacee, which abound
in this region.

5th. Alpine vegetation —This was traced by the author to the
summit of Mount William the Fourth.* These mountains being very
extensive, will yield a great harvest to future travellers. ‘The few
plants collected by the author in this first investigation were two
species of Gentiana, Mniarum, Sphagnum, Dracophyllum, Azeroe, Co-
prosma, Podolepis, some of the latter genus being three feet high.

February 19.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read, ‘‘ Extracts from Letters addressed to Dr. Royle, V.P.R. &
F.L.S., Prof. Mat. Med., King’s College.” By Dr. Falconer, Super-
intendent of the Hon. E. I. C.’s Garden, Saharunpore.

Under date of January 24, 1837, from Saharunpore, Dr. Falconer
gives a general report of the state of the garden.

«« The Bixa Orellana,” he remarks, ‘‘ now flowers and fruits freely.

* According toa recent calculation, made from the degree of temperature
at which water boiled on the top of this mountain (viz. 196°), it possesses an
absolute height of 5000 feet, being by far the highest point reached hitherto
by any traveller in Australia. ,

P2

196 Linnean Society.

‘The umbelliferous flowered Panaz, near the cinnamon tree, is now
a large and lofty tree, and there are numbers of it all over the gar-
den. The Bombay Mangoes and Leechees are abundant with us.
The medicinal garden still gives the annual supply of Hyoscyamus,
and the Canal nursery turns out about 2000 teaks. The Otaheite
sugar cane, brought up by Colvin, is likely soon to spread all over
the district; it has succeeded famously here, and I have now in pre-
paration about a couple of beegahs of ground outside the garden for
it. Iam also preparing for sowing about twenty beegahs with up-
land Georgia cotton seed, which will undoubtedly be most success-
ful; it ripens before the Bourbon cotton comes into flower. This
last season I got a few pods of Egyptian cotton, of the garden
growth ; the seed only reached me on the 15th of July, six weeks at
the least too late, and it did not all ripen before the frosts, but what
did ripen was long, fine, and strong in the staple, and the pods
large. I expect to have a better account of it at the end of this
season. I have also some Peruvian seed to experiment on.

«The herbarium has been largely added to. The family of all others
that has yielded most additions perhaps is the Orchidee. There
are upwards of thirty epiphytous species growing on the trees in the
garden, and many more in the herbarium ; some of them are most
interesting additions: one of them is a triandrous Dendrobium,
D. normale, Fal. The three anthers are not the only singularity
about it. The flower is perfectly regular; the three sepals being
exactly equal, as are also the three petals, which, although of the
same length, are twice as broad as the sepals. ‘The colfimn is also
symmetrical; and as there is no labellum, it is difficult when the
flower is removed from the axis to find out which of the petals re-
presents the lip. Further, and what is most interesting of all, it
clearly shows what is the normal position of the supplementary an-
thers in the family. Lindley makes them alternate with the lateral
petals ; while Brown, from the structure of Apostasia and Cypripe-
dium, states that they alternate with the lateral sepals, and belong
to a different whorl from the fertile anther. In my plant it is most
distinctly evident, both by a decurrent ridge on each filament
and by transverse sections of the column at all heights down to
its base, that the supplementary anthers have the same relative
position as the usual fertile one, and in harmony with Lindley’s for-
mula. Further, I have another variety of the species, in which the
column is sliced off in front as is usual in the genus, and then the
labellar petal is invariably developed into a spurred lip, so that it
would appear that in the family the irregularity of the lip is a state

Linnean Society. 197

of anamorphosis consequent on the imperfect development of the
column, or vice versd; in fact, that the deficiency of the one is abs-
tracted to make up the excess of the other. Next I discovered an-
other genus of the tribe Gastrodia, with a monophyllous perianth, the
segments, sepals and petals being united for two-thirds of their length
into a tube. I found it on Dhunoultee, and have called it Gamo-
plexis ; it has the habit and look of an Orobanche. I have found
also a magnificent Malaxideous genus, standing, when in flower, 9
feet. You never saw a more superb affair, with rich yellow flowers
like the Cyrtopera. I have called it Thysanochilus. ‘The seed-vessel
has no ribs, and in one flower of it I found a plurality of stamens.
I have several other new genera, which it would tire you to de-
scribe. Talking of Dhunoultee, I found Wallich’s Fravinus flori-
bunda growing on the ridge half-way between it and Landour, close
to the road. You remember the description you give of the irregu-
larity of the Paris polyphylla in Wallich’s Plantz Asiaticee,—I found
the Podophyllum Emodi growing intermixed with it, and strange to
say, as if bewitched with the same turn for vagaries, with every
number of stamens from 6 to 10, and in almost every flower one
filament bearing two anthers, and that filament invariably the one
opposite the petiole of the flower-bearing leaf. In one flower I found
the following irregularities: 6 petals, 10 anthers, 7 filaments, or
stamens if you like; on one filament 3 anthers, on another 2, and the
remaining 5 regular. Singular that it and the Paris should grow
together and both so irregular.”

Under date of January 26, 1838, from Cashmere, whither he had
proceeded on a Botanic mission in connexion with Sir Alex. Burnes’s
Expedition, Dr. F. says, ‘‘ 1am now wintering in Cashmere, with the
prospect before me of pushing across through Little Thibet towards the
Kuenlun Mountains when the snow clears. I started from Loodiana,
where, by the by, I got the Butomus umbellatus in flower and fruit,
new, I believe, to the plains of India ; and after a few days at Lahore,
I marched on through the Punjab to Attock in the month of July ; no
rains and fearful heat in the sandy plains I went along. From the want
of rain and my route being through an open plain I did not glean much
in my march. The Flora is exactly that of the neighbourhood of Delhi;
Peganum Harmala everywhere, with Capparidee, Crotolaria Bushia,
Calotropis Hamiltonii, Alhagi Maurorum, Tamarix, Acacia modesta,
&c. &c. Near Lahore I got what I believe to be anew Asclepiadeous
genus exactly intermediate between Calotropis and Paratropis, with
the angular and saccate sinued corolla, membrane lipped anthers and

198 Linnean Society.

corona of the former, but the coronal leaflets cleft and the pollen
masses oval and ventricose as in the latter, with other peculiar cha-
racters besides. It is alow, twining, small, fleshy, lance-leaved under-
shrub. I havecalled it provisionally Lutropis. It is in great abundance
in the Punjab. I met with the Dhak (urea frondosa) as far as the west-
ern bank of the Jhelum. The Flora begins to change at Rawul Pindee,
which is elevated and continuous so on to the plain of Chuch, along
the banks of the Attock. Here I first came on the famous Zuetoon,
the wild olive, Olea ? and further on, at Hussan Abdal, I found
Himalayan Rubi and a Cashmeer Dianthus, white flowered and new
to you. Near Attock I joined the party, having marched hitherto
alone. We halted at Attock, the dry arid hills of which have a pecu-
liar vegetation. We crossed the noble Indus at Attock; a fearful
ferry, in the rains the river running eight knots an hour. The
lower part of the plain of Peshawur, where we now were, is sandy,
and has exactly the Flora of the arid tracts of the Punjab; Salsolas,
Chenopodee, Alhagi, Calotropis, Peganum, Tamariz, &c. But when
we got to Peshawur, so much do the seasons differ that peaches
were coming into fruit the 15th of August, and the Kurreel (Cap-
puris aphylia) out of flower only lately. From Peshawur I made an
excursion to Cohaut, and from thence to the Salt Hills and the
valley of Rungush. Ia the Salt Hills I got 2 Stapeliaceous Asclepiad,
unfortunately neither in flower nor fruit, very probably one of Wight’s
Carallumas or Boucerosias. Also the Cassia obovata, the Egyptian
senna in flower. I had previously got the same plant from near Delhi,
no doubt about the species; certainly not the obtusa of Roxb.; the
legumes always crested over the bulge of the seeds. I got numerous
other plants. From Peshawur Burnes started for Cabul, and Mackeson
and I for Cashmeer. From Attock, Mackeson went by the straight
military road, as he was on a military survey, while I made an
attempt to run up the Indus into the hills. I got on three marches
and was forcibly stopped at Durbund (look at Burnes’s map) and
threatened with rather rough usage. I then turned across the hills
and rejoined my companion in the nobie valley of Huzara. The vege-
tation along the banks of the Indus from Attock to Durbund surprised
me much. It is quite that of the characteristic forms of the Deyra
Dhoon, and taking difference of latitude and altitude into account,
with the great distance westward, this might not have been looked for:
Grislea tomentosa, Rottlera tinctoria, Hastingia coccinea, Acacia Ca-
techu, Holostemma, &c. On the banks of the Indus, in the valley lead-
ing up to Cashmeer from Huzara, I found the Dodonwea Burmanaiana.
You remark in your notice of the Sapiadacee its absence from the

Linnean Soerety. 199

Bengal and Hindoostan region. Its occurrence with a leap further
north is remarkable. From Huzara we marched on by the Paklee
road to Mosufferabad. Near Drumbur I came on the Hovenia dulcis.
At Mosufferabad I got on a high ridge, and followed it on to Cash-
meer, where we arrived early in October. It was now too late in
the season to exhaust the Flora of the valley and neighbourhood, so
I made up my mind to winter here and make a fresh start in spring.
It would take pages to contain what I have observed about the Flora
here, late as I came. It has several anomalies; few if any oaks de-
scend on the northern side of the Peerpunjal into the valley. I have
not seen one yet. I have selected oaks as a very characteristic type.
The same holds with respect to the plants that are associated with
the oaks, &c. about Mussourie. In the lake you see Nelumbium
and Euryale ferox, growing along with Menyanthes trifoliata; and
cotton, a poor sort, growing on the banks, while the sides of the
bounding hills are skirted with pines. I got Staphylea Emodi grow-
ing along with Ribes Grossularia (your Himalense ?), while it grows
as you know at Mussourie on low slopes near Budraj. The Prangos
pabularia grows in the valley. I found it most abundant on Ahatoong,
a low trap hill on the valley, but it is not so vigorous a plant as in
its Thibetian habitat. I expect in the summer to get as far north
as lat. 36° at the least on the Kuenlun or Kara Korun range, a
most desirable tract to explore, as it will be clear beyond Hima-
layan vegetation, partly characteristic of that of central Asia. I have
already seen enough to convince me from a trip to the Thibet
frontier to near Durass, that the Flora ahead will bear a close re-
semblance in many general relations to that of the Altai Mountains
shown by Ledebour and yourself.”

“ Deosir, Cashmeer, June 20, 1838.

‘‘T have written to you twice from Cashmeer. I have been going
leisurely all round the valley, and into all the subordinate valleys
which radiate on all sides from the great one. I have made many
acquisitions. Among Ranunculacee I have got species of Hepatica,
Ceratocephalus, and Callianthemum, all of which I believe to be new,
and making up the very blanks you notice in your ‘ Illustrations.’
Of Callianthemum, I have no knowledge, besides your quotation, but
my plant has leaves with umbelliferous habit, 8 white strap-shaped
clawed petals, with the nectariferous pore high up on the claw, and
a pendulous ovulum. It cannot therefore be a Ranunculus, nor your
R. pimpinelloides. Further, I have got anew Ranunculaceous genus,
new unless Jacquemont has got it, having the habit of Trodlius in its

200 Linnean Society.

leaves and mode of inflorescence, 8 herbaceous sepals, 24 strap-
shaped petals, plane with no fovea at the claw, and solitary trans-
versely attached ovula, being neither pendulous nor erect. It forms
a transition from Adonis to the Ranunculee. This is another
blank filled up in the desiderata so pointedly mentioned by you. I
have called the genus Chrysocyathus. It grows intermixed with
Trollius, ‘ inter nives deliquescentes,’ and till I examined it I took it
for a Trollius. I have got a new species of Adowa, forming I believe
the second of the genus, A. inodora (mihi), a larger plant than
the A. Moschatellina, and with the lateral flower 12-androus, and
6 segments in the flowers. I have also a new Epimedium, a large
handsome leaved herb, EL. hydaspidis (mihi), and two species of Al-
chemilla, Fritillaria imperialis, the Crown Imperial of English gardens,
grows wild in the lofty shady forests of Cashmeer. ‘The Cashmerees
regard it to be unlucky, and grow it only near musjids and over graves.
Fothergilla involucrata (mihi), belonging to the Hamamelideae, exists
in vast abundance in Cashmeer, forming whole tracts of low jungle ;
—strange that it should not have been brought before either to you
or tome. It occupies the place that the hazel (Corylus Avellana)
does in England, and at a little distance does not look unlike it.
Thus, Hamamelidee are found at opposite ends of the Himalaya
range, Bucklandia and Sedgwickia in Assam, and Fothergilla in Cash-
meer, but none of the family have yet been met with in the interme-
diate tracts. Prangos pabularia I have found in vast abundance in
several directions, but the Cashmerees do not know it for any useful
purpose, except as a plant highly prized by Europeans. They some-
times use the roots to destroy worms, by steeping them in Dhaun
fields as Calamus (butch) is used in Hindoostan. The Umbellifere
have not come into fruit yet, so I do not know much of my new ac-
quisitions, but I have got among others a species of Turgenia, a genus
which I believe is new to the Himalayas. My brother wrote me
that you were inquiring about Koot and Amomum. Koot is ex-
ported from Cashmere: it is a plant of the natural family of Compo-
site, which has not yet come into flower, but I shall let you know
about it hereafter. Amomum, Humama, or Amamoon, is not known
in Cashmeer nor to be had at the Piensarees. I have got a magni-
ficent species of Ornithogallum ?, with ascape 7 feet high: the Cash-
merees call it Prustereen, and prize it highly asa culinary vegetable.
I have had Dodonea brought to me from above Jummos in the heart
of the hills, growing along the banks of the Chenab. I mentioned
to you in a former letter some of the anomalies I had met with in
the absence of forms common elsewhere ; not an oak, nor Andromeda,

Zoological Society. 201

Rhododendron arboreum, Mahonia nepalensis, &c., have I yet found,
though so common in the hills elsewhere. I have got Sparganium
(carinatum, mihi), Butomus and Villarsia Nymphoides from the jhils.
A species of Sagittaria is used here as a Cashmeeree Salep, the natives
collecting the roots as inChina. The Conifere are, as to the east-
ward, 3 pines, 2 or 3 firs and Deodar, but I have not seen the Cu-
pressus torulosa, the lofty cypress of the Mussourie hills.”

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
July 24, 1838.—Thomas Bell, Esq., in the Chair.

A letter, addressed to the Secretary, was read, from Walter Paton,
Esq., accompanying a donation to the Museum of an Indian Fowl,
remarkable for having had one of its spurs engrafted upon its head.
The spur, in consequence of its removal to a part in which the supply
of arterial blood was_ greatly increased, had grown to an unnatural
size, and hung down in crescentic shape, presenting a very singular
appearance.

Mr. Martin brought before the Meeting a collection of Snakes
procured by the Euphrates Expedition, which, at the request of the
Chairman, he proceeded to notice in detail.

The first, he observed, appeared to be referable to the Coluber
Cliffordii; it agreed in every respect with specimens of that snake
from Trebizond, procured by Keith Abbott, Esq., except that its co-
lours were more obscure. Of this species there were several speci-
mens, young and adult.

The others he regarded as new, and described them as follows :

Cotuser Cuesnet. This species is allied to Col. “Hippocrepis,
but differs in the shape of the muzzle, (which is more acute,) in the
figure and extent of the nasal and labial plates, and in the disposition
of the markings.

The labial plates are small and numerous, and in one specimen
several are divided.

The posterior frontals are small, and in one specimen are divided
into two.

The anterior frontals are contracted.

The superciliary plates are convex ;—the eyes are small.

The scales of the trunk are small, imbricate, and without a keel.

The head is pale yellowish brown, the plates beautifully freckled
or finely marbled with dark brown: a brown band traverses the
superciliary and vertical plates from eye to eye, and then descends
on each side obliquely to the angle of the mouth. The labial plates
are bordered with dusky brown or deep gray.

202 Zoological Society.

The ground colour of the body above is yellowish brown ; a series
of square spots of a brown, or olive brown colour, extend from the
back of the neck, above the median dorsal line, to the end of the
tail. On the sides of the neck begins a line of the same colour,
which soon breaks into elongated narrow marks, which towards the
middle of the body become confused, broken, and irregular.

The superior margins of the abdominal plates are tinged with
gray or dusky brown.

The whole of the under surface of head, body, and tail, pale
yellow,

Caudal plates, 69 pairs in one specimen, and 57 in another. Length
of head and body, 1 foot 11 inches; of tail, 44 inches.

CoronELLA MULTICINCTA. Allied to the ‘‘Couleuvre a capuchon’
but has the muzzle much shorter and rounder; it differs also in the
distribution of the colours.

The head is broad, the eyes very small, the muzzle very short
and blunt.

The head is gray, finely and closely marbled, and dotted with
black; a ring of which colour encircles the neck. The ground
colour of the trunk above is pale cinereous gray, barred with trans-
verse marks of black, broadest in the middle, and having a disposition
to assume the arrow-head form; they unite with the black of the
abdomen alternately, so that their direction across the back is not
directly transverse but obliquely so. Length of head and body, 1
foot, 15 inches; of tail, 24 inches.

CoRoNELLA MoDEsTA. Head small; muzzle short, but moderately
pointed ; eyes small. Scales of upper parts smooth and small; uni-
versal colour yellowish gray. A black band passes from eye to eye;
a second crosses the occiput; and a third of a more decided tint en-
circles the back of the neck. In a specimen from Trebizond, pro-
cured by K. Abbott, Esq., the marks on the head are more obscure.
Length of head and body, 9 inches; of tail, 25 inches.

CorongeLua PuLcHRA. Head long, flat, and pointed at the muzzle ;
eyes moderate.

Scales small and smooth.

General ground colour ashy gray; the head above beautifully
marbled and mottled with black; an irregular mark crosses each
superciliary plate and extends upon the vertical; and a mark of the
same character traverses each occipital, and extends upon the sides
of the occiput. A black mark runs below the eye to the margin of
the lips, and a second to the angle of the mouth; a series of black-
ish spots begins on the back of the neck, and runs down the back,

Zoological Society. 203

where they become larger, and often broken iato a double alternating
series; a line of smaller and deeper black spots runs along each
side, and the upper margins of the abdominal plates also are irregu-
larly mottled with black. The plates of the abdomen are minutely
and obscurely freckled with dusky black. Length of head and body,
1 foot 14 inch; of tail, 34 inches.

Vipera Evenratica. Allied to Vipera elegans, but differs in the
. disposition of the plates around and between the nostrils, and in the
style of its colourmg. A large fossa indicates, as in Vip. elegans,
the aperture of the nostrils, and within this a valve, only to be
seen when the fossa is opened, stretches obliquely across, forming
the posterior margin of the nasal canal, as it extends from the bot- _
tom of the fossa.

The rostral plate is large and rounded above; the muzzle is large
and swollen; the eyes sunk, but are not overshadowed, as in V.
elegans, by a single superciliary plate; the scales, however, which
occupy its place, are somewhat larger than those covering the top
of the skull between the eyes. A large elongated scale intervenes
between the nasal cayity and the rostral plate. The scales between
the nostrils are larger than those which succeed them; the labials
are rather small, the fourth from the rostral being the largest—their
number on each side is ten. The scales on the top of the head are
small, keeled, subacute at the points; those of the trunk are large,
flat, elongated, with rounded points, and narrowly keeled.

Subcaudal plates 47 pairs.

Body stout and robust, gradually tapering tc the ape of the tail.
The general colour of the upper surface is brownish gray, minutely
freckled with black, the dots of which are more clustered on the
sides, in some places, and at regular intervals, giving the appearance
of obscure clouded fascia, or nebule. 'The plates of the under surface
are pale yellow, obscurely mottled and dotted with dusky gray.
Length of head and body, 4 feet 5 inches; of tail, 74 inches.

Two other snakes, one from India, the other from Antigua, were
also described as follows :

CotuserR Cantor. Eyes large; head broad; muzzle moderate ;
vertical plate broad, as are also the two occipital plates, and the an-
terior ocular on each side. Scales of body small, smooth, and
closely imbricate.

Body deep, somewhat compressed and tapering.

General colour of upper surface glossy brownish black ; a black
spot below each eye, on the meeting edges of the 5th and 6th labial
plates; a black line from the back of the eye to the angle of the

204 Geological Society.

mouth, and a black band from the side of each occipital plate to the
sides of the neck, where it ends abruptly.

Along the sides, for the anterior half of the body, a small whitish
spot occurs at regular intervals, with a broad black spot below it ;
these marks become fainter and fainter, and at length disappear.
The central line of the back, from the neck to the middle of the
body, pale brown.

Abdomen yellowish white, becoming dusky as it proceeds ; the
posterior portion and the under surface of the tail being a little
paler than the ground colour of the upper surface. Length of head
and body, 1 foot 1 inch; of tail, 34 inches.

Mr. Martin observed, that Dr. Cantor, in honor of whom he named
this Snake, had observed it in India; and, according to the observa-
tions of this gentleman, it did not attain much larger dimensions
than those of the specimen exhibited.

Inhabits India.

The exact locality of the specimen exhibited unknown.

HERPETODRYAS PUNCTIFER. Head narrow, scarcely distinct from
the body; muzzle short and pointed; eyes small; body stout and
gradually tapering. Scales smooth, short, broad, and imbricate.

General colour pale brown. A dark brown line runs down the top
of the head; a riband of dark brown, made up of diamond-shaped
marks joined together, commences at the occiput, and runs down
the middle of the back to the end of the tail, on which last it is a
simple line ; a brown riband, little darker than the ground colour,
but narrowly margined with dark brown, begins behind each eye,
but soon loses itself on the sides of the body. Every scale at its
apex has two minute dots of chalk-white, which, if not examined
through a lens, might lead to the idea of their being the indications
of pores ; they are, however, simply round little dots of opake white.
Plates of abdomen pale yellowish white, irregularly and obscurely
marked with a dusky tint.

The specific term punctifer is given io allusion to the two white
points at the apex of each scale.

Inhabits Antigua.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Dec. 9, 1838.—A paper on the ‘ Phascolotherium,” being the
second part of the ‘‘ Description of the Remains of Marsupial
Mammalia from the Stonesfield Slate,” by Richard Owen, Esq.,
F.G.5., was read.

Mr. Owen first gave a brief summary of the characters of the

Geological Society. 205

‘“ Thylacotherium,”’ described in the first part of the memoir*, and
which he conceives fully prove the mammiferous nature of that
fossil. He stated, that the remains of the split condyles in the spe-
cimen demonstrate their original convex form, which is diametrically
opposite to that which characterizes the same part in all reptiles
and all ovipara ;—that the size, figure and position of the coronoid
process are such as were never yet witnessed in any except a
zoophagous mammal endowed with a temporal muscle sufficiently
developed to demand so extensive an attachment for working
a powerful carnivorous jaw;—that the teeth, composed of dense
ivory with crowns covered with a thick coat of enamel, are every where
distinct from the substance of the jaw, but have two fangs deeply im-
bedded in it ;—that these teeth, which belong to the molar series,
are of two kinds ; the hinder being bristled with five cusps, four of
which are placed in pairs transversely across the crown of the teeth,
and the anterior or false molars, having a different form, and only
two or three cusps—characters never yet found united in the teeth
of any other than a zoophagous mammiferous quadruped ;—that the
general form of the jaw corresponds with the preceding more essen-
tial indications of its mammiferous nature. Fully impressed with
the value of these characters, as determining the class to which the
fossils belonged, Mr. Owen stated, that he had sought in the next
place for secondary characters which might reveal the group of
mammalia to which the remains could be assigned, and that he
had found in the modification of the angle of the jaw, combined
with the form, structure and proportions of the teeth, sufficient
evidence to induce him to believe, that the Thylacotherium was a
marsupial quadruped.

Mr. Owen then recapitulated the objections against the mammi-
ferous nature of the Thylacotherian jaws from their supposed imperfect
state ; and repeated his former assertion, that they are in a condition
to enable these characters to he fully ascertained : he next reviewed,
first the differences of opinion with respect to the actual structure
of the jaw; and, secondly, to the interpretation of admitted appear-
ances.

1. As respects the structure.—It has been asserted that the jaws
must belong to cold-blooded vertebrata, because the articular sur-
face is in the form of an entering angle; to which Mr. Owen
replies, that the articular surface is supported on a convex condyle,
which is met with in no other class of vertebrata except in the
mammalia. Again, it is asserted, that the teeth are all of an uni-

* An abstract of the first part of Prof. Owen’s memoir was given at p. 61
of the present volume.—Ebit.

206 Geological Society.

form structure, as in certain reptiles; but, on reference to the fos-
sils, Mr. Owen states, it will be found that such is not the case, and
that the actual difference in the structure of the teeth strongly sup-
ports the mammiferous theory of the fossils.

2. With respect to the argument founded on an interpretation of
structure, which really exists, the author showed, that the Thylaco-
therium, having eleven molars on each side of the lower jaw is no
objection to its mammiferous nature, because among the placental
carnivora, the Canis Megalotis has constantly one more grinder on
each side of the lower jaw than the usual number; because the
Chrysochlore among the Insectivora has also eight instead of seven
molars in each ramus of the lower jaw; and the Myrmecobius,
among the Marsupialia, has nine molars on each side of the lower
jaw ; and because some of the insectivorous Armadillos and zoopha-
gous Cetacea offer still more numerous and reptile-like teeth, with all
the true and essential characters of the mammiferous class. ‘The ob-
jection to the false molars having two fangs, Mr. Owen showed
was futile, as the greater number of the spurious molars in every
genus of the placental fere have two fangs, and the whole of them
in the Marsupialia. Ifthe ascending ramus in the Stonesfield jaws
had been absent, and with it the evidence of their mammiferous
nature afforded by the condyloid, coronoid and angular processes,
Mr. Owen stated, that he conceived the teeth alone would have
given sufficient proof, especially in their double fangs, that the
fossils do belong to the highest class of animals.

In reply to the objections founded on the double fangs of the
Basilosaurus, Mr. Owen said, that the characters of that fossil not
having been fully given, it is doubtful to what class the animal be-
longed; and, in answer to the opinion, that certain sharks have
double fangs, he explained, that the widely bifurcate basis support-
ing the tooth of the shark, is no part of the actual tooth, but true
bone, and ossified parts of the jaw itself, to which the tooth is an-
chylosed at one part, and the ligaments of connexion attached at the
other. The form, depth and position of the sockets of the teeth in
the Thylacothere are precisely similar to those in the small opos-
sums. The colour of the fossils, Mr. Owen said, could be no ob-
jection to those acquainted with the diversity in this respect, which
obtains in the fossil remains of Mammalia. Lastly, with respect to
the Thylacothere, the author stated, that the only trace of compound
structure is a mere vascular groove running along its lower margin,
and that a similar structure is present in the corresponding part of
the lower jaw of some species of opossum, of the Wombat, of the
Balena antarctica, and of the Myrmecobius, though the groove does

Geological Society. 207

not reach so far forwards in this animal; and that a similar groove
is present near the lower margin, but on the outer side of the jaw,
in the Sorex Indicus.

Description of the Half Jaw of the Phascolotherium—This fossil
is a right ramus of the lower jaw, having its internal or mesial sur-
face exposed. It once formed the chief ornament of the private
collection of Mr. Broderip, by whom it has since been liberally pre-
sented to the British Museum. It was described by Mr. Broderip
in the Zoological Journal, and its distinction from the Thylacothe-
rium clearly pointed out. The condyle of the jaw is entire, stand-
ing in bold relief, and presents the same form and degree of con-
vexity as in the genera Didelphys and Dasyurus. In its being ona
level with the molar teeth, it corresponds with the marsupial
genera Dasyurus and Thylacynus as well as with the placental zoo-
phaga. The general form and proportions of the coronoid process
closely resemble those in zoophagous marsupials; but in the depth
and form of the entering notch, between the process and the condyle,
it corresponds most closely with the Thylacynus. Judging from the
fractured surface of the inwardly reflected angle, that part had an
extended oblique base, similar to the inflected angle of the Thy-
lacynus. In the Phascolotherium the flattened inferior surface
of the jaw, external to the fractured inflected angle, inclines out-
wards at an obtuse angle with the plane of the ascending ramus,
and not at an acute angle, as in the Thylacyne and Dasyurus ; but
this difference is not one which approximates the fossil in question
to any of the placental zoophaga; on the contrary, it is in the
marsupial genus Phascolomys, where a precisely similar relation of
the inferior flattened base to the elevated plate of the ascending ramus
of the jaw is manifested. In the position of the dental foramen,
the Phascolothere, like the Thylacothere, differs from all zoophagous
marsupials, and the placental fere ; but in the Hypsiprymnus and
Phascolomys, marsupial herbivora, the orifice of the dental canal is
situated, as in the Stonesfield fossils, very near the vertical line
dropped from the last molar teeth. The form of the symphysis,
in the Phascolothere, cannot be truly determined ; but Mr. Owen is
of opinion that it resembles the symphysis of the Didelphys more
than that of the Dasyurus or Thylacynus.

Mr. Owen agrees with Mr. Brederip in assigning four incisors to
each ramus of the lower jaw of the Phascolothere, as in the Didelphys;
but in their scattered arrangement they resemble the incisors of the
Myrmecobius, In the relative extent of the alveolar ridge occupied by
the grinders, and in the proportions of the grinders to each other, espe-

208 Geological Society.

cially the small size of the hindermost molar; the Phascolothere resem-
bles the Myrmecobius more than it does the Opossum, Dasyurus or
Thylacynus ; but in the form of the crown, the molars of the fossil re-
semble the Thylacynus more closely than any other genus of marsupials.
In the numberof the grinders the Phascolothere resembles the Opossum
and Thylacine, having four true and three false in each maxillary
ramus; but the molares veri of the fossil differ from those of the Opos~
sum and Thylacothere in wanting a pointed tubercle on the inner side
of the middle large tubercle, and in the same transverse line with it,
the place being occupied by a ridge which extends along the inner
side of the base of the crown of the true molars, and projects a little
beyond the anterior and posterior smaller cusps, giving the quin-
quecuspid appearance to the crown of the tooth. This ridge,
which, in Phascolotherium, represents the inner cusps of the true
molars in Didelphys and Thylacotherium, is wanting in Thylacynus,
in which the true molars are more simple than in the Phascolo-
there, though hardly less distinguishable from the false molars.
In the second true molar of the Phascolothere, the internal ridge is
also obsolete at the base of the middle cusp, and this tooth presents
a close resemblance to the corresponding tooth in the Thylacine ;
but in the Thylacine the two posterior molars increase in size,
while in the Phascolothere they progressively diminish, as in the
Myrmecobius. As the outer sides of the grinders in the jaw of the
Phascolothere are imbedded in the matrix, we cannot be sure that
there is not a smaller cuspidated ridge sloping down towards that
side, as in the crowns of the teeth of the Myrmecobius. But,
assuming that all the cusps of the teeth of the Phascolothere are
exhibited in the fossil, still the crowns of these teeth resemble
those of the Thylacine more than they do those of any placental
Insectivora or Phoca, if even the form of the jaw permitted a com-
parison of it with that of any of the seal tribe. Connecting then the
close resemblance which the molar teeth of the Phascolotherium bear to
those of the Thylacynus with the similarities of the ascending ramus
of the jaw, Mr. Owen is of opinion that the Stonesfield fossil was
nearly allied to Thylacynus, and that its position in the marsupial
series is between Thylacynus and Didelphys. With respect to the
supposed compound structure of the jaw of the Phascolotherium,
Mr. Owen is of opinion that, of the two linear impressions which have
been mistaken for harmonieé or toothless sutures, one, a faint shallow
linear impression continued from between the antepenultimate and
penultimate molars obliquely downwards and backwards to the
foramen of the dental artery, is due to the pressure of a small

Geological Society. 209

artery, and that the author possesses the jaw of a Didelphys Virgi-
niana which exhibits a similar groove in the same place. Moreover,
this groove in the Phascolothere does not occupy the same relative
position as any of the contiguous margins of the opercular and den-
tary pieces of a reptile’s jaw. The other impression in the jaw of
the Phascolotherium is a deep groove continued from the anterior
extremity of the fractured base of the inflected angle obliquely
downwards to the broken surface ofthe anterior part of the jaw.
Whether this line be due to a vascular impression, or an accidental
fracture, is doubtful ; but as the lower jaw of the Wombat presents an
impression in the precisely corresponding situation, and which is
undoubtedly due to the presence of an artery, Mr. Owen conceives
that this impression is also natural in the Phascolothere, but equally
unconnected with a compound structure of the jaw; for there is
not any suture in the compound jaw of a reptile which occupies a
corresponding situation.

The most numerous, the most characteristic, and the best marked
sutures in the compound jaws of a reptile, are those which define the
limits of the coronoid, articular, angular, and surangular pieces, and
which are chiefly conspicuous on the inner side of the posterior part of
the jaw. Now the corresponding surface of the jaw of the Phascolo-
there is entire; yet the smallest trace of sutures, or of any indication
that the coronoid or articular processes were distinct pieces, cannot be
detected; these processes are clearly and indisputably continuous,
and confluent with the rest of the ramus of the jaw. So that
where sutures ought to be visible, if the jaw of the Phascolothere
were composite, there are none; and the hypothetical sutures that
are apparent do not agree in position with any of the real sutures
of an oviparous compound jaw.

Lastly, with reference to the philosophy of pronouncing judg-
ment on the saurian nature of the Stonesfield fossils from the
appearance of sutures, Mr. Owen offered one remark, the justness
of which, he said would be obvious alike to those who were, and
to those who were not, conversant with comparative anatomy. The
accumulative evidence of the true nature of the Stonesfield fossils,
afforded by the shape of the condyle, coronoid process, angle of the
jaw, different kinds of teeth, shape of their crowns, double fangs,
impiantation in sockets,—the appearance, he repeated, presented
by these important particulars cannot be due to accident; while
those which favour the evidence of the compound structure of the
jaw may arise from accidental circumstances.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 16. May 1839. Q

210 Geological Society.

Jan. 9, 1839.—-A paper was read, entitled, ‘‘ Observations on the
Teeth of the Zeuglodon, Basilosaurus of Dr. Harlan,” by Richard
Owen, Esq., F.G.S.

During the recent discussions respecting the Stonesfield fossil
jaws, one of the strongest arguments adduced and reiterated by
M. de Blainville and others in support of their saurian nature, was
founded on the presumed existence in America of a fossil reptile
possessing teeth with double fangs, and called by Dr. Harlan the
Basilosaurus. ‘To the validity of this argument, Mr. Owen refused
to assent, until the teeth of the American fossil had been subjected
to a re-examination with an especial view to their alleged mode of
implantation in the jaw; and until they had been submitted to the
test of the microscopic investigation of their intimate structure
with reference to the true affinities of the animal to which they be-
longed. The recent arrival of Dr. Harlan in England with the fossils,
and the permission which he has liberally granted Mr. Owen of
haying the necessary sections made, have enabled him to determine
the mammiferous nature of the fossil.

Among the parts of the Basilosaurus brought to England by Dr.
Harlan, are two portions of bone belonging to the upper jaw ; the
larger of them contains three teeth; the other, the sockets of twoteeth.
In the larger specimen, the crowns of the teeth aremore or less perfect,
and they are compressed and conical, but with an obtuse apex. The
longitudinal diameter of the middle, and most perfect one, is three
inches, the transverse diameter one inch two lines, and the height
above the alveolar process two inches and a half. The crown is trans-
versely contracted in the middle, giving its horizontal section an
hour-glass form; and the opposite wide longitudinal grooves which
produce this shape, becoming deeper as the crown approaches the
socket, at length meet and divide the root of the tooth into two se-
parate fangs. ‘The two teeth in the fore part of the jaw are smaller
than the hinder tooth, and the anterior one appears to be of a sim-
pler structure.

A worn-down tooth contained in another portion of jaw, Mr. Owen
had sliced, and it presented the same hour-glass form, the crown
being divided into two irregular, rounded lobes joined by a narrow
isthmus or neck. The anterior lobe is placed obliquely, but the
posterior parallel with the axis of the jaw. The isthmus increases
in length as the tooth descends in the socket until the isthmus finally
disappears, and the two portions of the tooth take on the character
of separate fangs.

The sockets in the anterior fragment of the upper jaw are indistinct

Geological Society. 211

and filled with hard calcareous matter, but a transverse horizontal
section of the alveolar margin proves, that these sockets are single,
and that the teeth lodged therein had single fangs. ‘This fragment
of the lower jaw thus confirms the evidence afforded by the frag-
ments of the upper jaw, that the teeth in the Basilosaurus were of
two kinds, the anterior being smaller and simpler in form and fur-
ther from each other than those behind.

Mr. Owen then proceeds to compare the Basilosaurus with those
animals which have their teeth lodged in distinct sockets, as the
Sphyreena, and its congeners among fishes, the Plesiosauroid and Cro-
codilean Sauria, and the class Mammalia; but as there is no instance
of either fish or reptile having teeth implanted by two fangs in a
double socket, he commences his comparison of the Basilosaurus
with those Mammalia which most nearly resemble the fossil in other
respects. Among the zoophagous Cetacea the teeth are always si-
milar as to form and structure, and are invariably implanted in the
socket by a broad and simple basis, and they never have two fangs.
Among the herbivorous Cetacea however, the structure, form, num-
ber and mode of implantation of the teeth differ considerably. In
the Manatee, the molars have two long and separate fangs lodged
im deep sockets, and the anterior teeth, when worn down, present
a form of the crown similar to that of the Basilosaurus, but the
opposite indentations are not so deep; and the entire grinding sur-
face of the molars of the Manatee differs considerably from those of
the Basilosaurus, the anterior supporting two transverse conical
ridges, and the posterior three. The Dugong resembles more nearly
the fossil in its molar teeth; the anterior ones being smaller and
simpler than the posterior, and the complication of the latter being
due to exactly the same kind of modification as in the Basiloraurus,
viz. a transverse constriction of the crown. The posterior molar
has its longitudinal diameter increased, and its transverse section
approaches to the hour-glass figure, produced by opposite grooves.
There is in this tooth also a tendency to the formation of a double
fang, and the establishment of two centres of radiation for the calci-
gerous tubes of the ivory, but the double fang is probably never com-
pleted. The teeth in the Dugong moreover are not scattered as in
the Basilosaurus.

Mr. Owen then briefly compared the teeth of the fossil with
thuse of the Saurians, and stated that he had not found a single
instance of agreement in the Basilosaurus with the known dental
peculiarities of that class. From the Mosasaurus the teeth of
the American fossil differ in being implanted freely in sockets and

Q2

212 Geological Society.

not anchylosed to the substance of the jaw ; from the Ichthyosaurus
and all the lacertine Sauriain being implanted in distinct sockets, and
not in a continuous groove; from the Plesiosaurus and crocodilean
reptiles from the fangs not being simple and expanding as they de-
scend, but double, diminishing in size as they sink in the socket,
and becoming consolidated by the progressive deposition of dental
substance from temporary pulp in progress of absorption. In the
Enaliosauria and the Crocodilia, moreover, there are invariably two
or more germs of new teeth in different stages of formation close to
or contained within the cavity of the base of the protruded teeth ; but
the Basilosaurus presents no trace of this characteristic Saurian
structure. From the external characters only of the teeth, Mr. Owen
therefore infers, that the fossil was a Mammifer of the cetaceous
order, and intermediate to the herbivorous and piscivorous sections
of that order, as it now stands in the Cuvierian system.

In consequence however of the Basilosaurus having been re-
garded as affording an exceptional example among Reptilia of teeth
having two fangs, though contrary to all analogy, and as the other
characters stated above may be considered by the same anatomists
to be only exceptions, Mr. Owen procured sections of the teeth for
microscopic examination of their intimate structure and for com-
paring it with that of the teeth of other animals.

In the Sphyreena and allied fossil fishes which are implanted in
sockets, the teeth are characterized by a continuation of medullary
canals, arranged in a beautifully reticulated manner, extending
through the entire substance of the tooth, and affording innumerable
centres of radiation to extremely fine calcizerous tubes.

In the Ichthyosaurus and Crocodile the pulp cavity is simple and
central, as in Mammalia, and the calcigerous tubuli radiate from
this centre to every part of the circumference of the tooth, to which
they are generally at right angles. The crown of the tooth in these
Saurians is covered with enamel, while that part of the tooth which is
in the alveolus is surrounded with a thick layer of cortical substance.
In the Dolphins which have simple conical teeth like the higher
reptiles, the crown is also covered with enamel and the base with
cementum. But in the Cachalot and Dugong the whole of the
teethis covered with cementum. In the Dugong this external layer
presents the same characteristic radiated purkingian corpuscles
or cells as in the cementum of the human teeth, and those of other
animals ; but the cementum of the Dugong differs from that of the
Pachyderms and Ruminants in being traversed by numerous calcige-
rous tubes, the corpuscles or cells being scattered in the interstices

Geological Sociely. 213

of these tubes. Now the crowns of the teeth of the Basilosau-
rus evidently exhibit in many parts a thin investing layer of a
substance distinct from the body or ivory of the tooth, and the mi-
croscopic examination of a thin layer of this substance proves it to
possess the same characters as the cementum of the crown of the
tooth of the Dugong. ‘The entire substance of the ivory of the teeth
consists of fine calcigerous tubes radiating from the centres of the
two lobes, without any intermixture of coarser medullary tubes
which characterize the teeth of the Iguanodon ; or the slightest trace
of the reticulated canals, which distinguish the texture of the teeth
of the Sphyreena and its congeners. The calcigerous tubes undulate
regularly, and also communicate with numerous minute cells ar-
ranged in concentric lines.

Thus, the microscopic characters of the texture of the teeth of the
great Basilosaurus are strictly of a mammiferous nature, and con-
firm the inference respecting the position of the fossil in the natural
system drawn from the external aspect of the teeth.

Mr. Owen then adduced further proofs of the mammiferous and
cetaceous character of the Basilosaurus, from the structure of the
vertebre, from the great capacity of the canal for the spinal chord,
and from the form and position of the transverse processes, which
however present a greater vertical thickness than in the true Cetacea,
and approach in this respect to the vertebrze of the Dugong.

With respect to the other bones of the Basilosaurus, Mr. Owen
stated, that the ribs in their excentric laminated structure are pecu-
liar, and unlike those of any Mammal or Saurian. The hollow
structure of the lower jaw of the Basilosaurus, which has been ad-
vanced as a proof of its saurian nature, Mr. Owen showed occurs
also in the lower jaw of the Cachalot, and is therefore equally good
for the cetaceous character of the fossil.

In the compressed shaft of the humerus, and its proportion to the
vertebre, the Basilosaurus again approximates to the true Cetacea,
as much as it recedes from the Enaliosaurians ; but in the expansion
of the distal extremity and the form of the articular surface, this hu-
merus stands alone; and no one can contemplate the comparative
feebleness of this, the principal bone of the anterior extremity, with-
out agreeing with Dr. Harlan, that the tail must have been the main
organ of locomotion.

Mr. Owen proposes to substitute for the name of Basilosaurus that
of Zeuglodon, suggested by the form of the posterior molars, which
resemble two teeth tied or yoked together.

214 Miscellaneous.

MISCELLANEOUS.
ON THE NATURE OF POLYPIDOMS.

M. H. Milne Edwards, in a valuable paper on the nature and
growth of Polypidoms, published in the December number of the
‘Ann. Scienc. Nat.’, after relating numerous observations on the
structure of the polypidoms in various tribes, concludes his able ar-
ticle in the following words :—‘‘ The various facts which we have ex-
amined seem to prove that the current opinion relative to the nature
and to the mode of formation of the polypidoms is inaccurate, and
that these bodies, far from always being external incrustations and
without any organic connexion with the animals which produce
them, are integral parts of these beings, and consist of an organized
tissue, the substance of which becomes charged more or less with
corneous or calcareous matter deposited at its base, and the nutrition
of which is effected by intus-susception. In all these animals there
is a tendency in the tegumentary and reproductive portion of the
body to harden, but the degree this solidification reaches varies much,
and this alone determines the differences which exist betweeen the
species distinguished by zoologists under the names of naked Polypes,
Polypes with flexible polypidom, fleshy Polypes, and Polypes with
stony polypidom. ‘The cartilaginous or stony polypidom of a Sertu-
laria or of a Zoanthus, is not, as is usually stated, a habitation which
these animals build; it is in some measure their membrane which
forms the solid structure of their body, and which, in the same man-
ner as the skeleton of vertebrate animals, assumes at one time a
membranous form, at another a cartilaginous texture, and some-
times a condition in some degree osseous.”

[A contrary opinion is taken by Dr. Johnston in his article on
British Zoophytes, in the ‘Mag. Zool. and Bot.’ vol. i. p. 440.
“‘ Now when we trace the formation of this axis through the various
genera, from its first appearance in the form of scattered crystalline
spicula until it graduates into a solid continuous rod, we can scarcely
doubt its inorganic and extravascular character; it is the crystalli-
zation of calcareous matter excreted by the living polypiferous bark,

and once excreted, beyond their power to change it, excepting by
the addition of material of the same quality.’’—Epir. }

COMPARISON OF THE STRUCTURE OF SUCCULENT PLANTS WITH THE
SIGILLARIZ.

M. Link exhibited at the meeting of the Berlin Academy on the
23rd of July, 1838, some drawings showing the structure of the
stem of arborescent succulent plants, with reference to the alleged

Meteorological Observations. 215

similarity between them and the Sigillarie of a former world. It is
certainly remarkable that numerous layers of bark are deposited one
on the other, far more so than in all other trees, and one consequence
of this is that they compress each other into a flattened shape, and
that the outer bark falls off. The cells, however, of the new layers are
flatter than in general. The ligneous bundles pass from the wood
to the scars of the leaves; and such a difference in the form of these
scars on the outer bark and beneath it, as that observed by Ad. Bron-
gniart in the Sigillarie, was not perceptible. ‘The wood is very thin,
even in the thickest stems of succulent plants; the bark and pith
very thick ; they remain a long while succulent and then rot, so that
their preservation among fossil bodies is very improbable.—From the
Bericht tiber Verhandlungen der kinigl. Preuss. Akad. zu Berlin.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MARCH, 1839.

Chiswick.—March 1. Cloudy. 2% Very fine. 3. Foggy: fine. 4. Cold
haze. 5. Bleak and cold. 6. Frosty. 7. Sharp frost. 8. Cloudy and cold.
9. Frosty: fine. 10. Frosty: cloudy. 11. Dry haze. J2. Frosty: hazy.
13. Hazy. 14,15. Rain. 16. Fine. 17. Overcast. 18. Cold haze. 19.
Cloudy: frosty at night. 20. Rain. . 21. Cloudy: fine: rain. 22. Cloudy.
23, 24. Fine. 25. Overcast. 26. Dry haze. 27, 28. Showery. 29. Fine.
$0. Cold dry haze. 31. Overcast: rain.

Boston.— March 1—3. Cloudy. 4. Fine. 5. Cloudy. 6. Cloudy : hail and
snow early a.M.: more snow p.m. 7. Cloudy: snow early a.m. 8. Stormy with
snow. 9—12. Fine. 13—15. Rain: rain early a.m. 16. Cloudy: rain early
a.M. 17. Cloudy. 18. Cloudy: snowa.m. 19, 20. Cloudy. 21. Cloudy:
rain a.m. 22—24. Cloudy. 25, 26. Fine. 27. Cloudy: rain early a.m.: rain
a.m. 28. Cloudy: rain, hail, and snow with thunder and lightning p.m. 29—
31. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.—March 1. Occasional showers a.m. : heavy
rain aud wind r.m. 2. Fine spring day: little raw frost morning. 3. Clear
day: wind rather piercing. 4. Cold and ungenial. 5. Cold: dry a.m.: slight
snow e.M. 6. Calm cold day: frost keen. 7. Thesame: showers of snow P.M. :
frost. 8. Cold and bleak: hills white: frost continued. 9. Frost continuing:
mod. barometer falling. 10. Still frosty: fine day though cold. 11. Snow
two inches deep: frost giving way. 12. Snow gone: very chill and slight frost.
13. Temperate: wet afternoon. 14. Damp day: rain in the evening. 15.
Calm moist day: drizzlingr.m. 16. Spring day, though somewhat raw: rain
p.M. 17. Cold and stormy: hills white: frost rpm. 18. Quietday: frost gone:
drizzling p.m. 19. Frosty morning: moderate: cloudyr.m. 20. Moist all
day: rain heavy r.m. 21. Mild spring day: occasional slight showers: wind.
292. Boisterous morning, with severe snow showers, 25. Unsettled weather :
slight showers, with wind. 24. Still very changeable : occasional showers. 25.
Showery : unsettled: snow on the hills. 26. Hoar-frost morning: ice a quarter
ofan inchthick: raine.m. 27. Heavy rain a.m.: cleared up: rain again P.M.
28. Rainy morning: cleared up and was fine. 29. Cold drying day : threaten -
ing frost p.m. 30. Very cold anddry: cloudyr.m. 31. Cold: threatening
rain came on P.M.

Sun, 25 days.

Rain, i5 days.

Frost, 10 days.

Snow, 6 days.

Wind southerly, 13 days.
easterly, 9 days.
northerly, 7 days.

Wind westerly, 2 days.
Calm, 9 days.
Moderate, 9 days.
Brisk, 8 days.

Strong breeze, 3 days.
Stormy, 2 days.

LO 6FS.1 fe: | 3
‘uve |90-P | 69-% ‘ung | mob ats ov68 SCR TLE oP | C-1P |S61-62 299.68 ZV-62 | €9L-6% | 088-6% | 118-63} “are
LE Pd te Lous] ot | Shoe ome) ne | Le s6e| oV| oF | gp |3-lo| O-8b 0-1P | L9-62 | 99.6z | Z8:6% | €FS-62 | Vi9-6% | Z19-63 | “IE
ge fot fee (es | | ce | fean| aa | Ze ge) OF] LE | Sp [0-96] Lh] GIP | $2.65 | go.6z | $P-66 | 0LL-60 | 008.62 | z9L.6¢ | “080
oP ez of. | ** | 16% | “% juyeo| an] -mnn | CE 826! BP) If | LH | €-0b| B£S L-€P | LL-6% | 99.6z | 01-62 | 61P-62 | SPP-6% | PSP-6% | °66
tP ee 60: | OZ: Sy. [2a Nlunqea) “aN ~s | LE) tr | gv; 6£ | Fg | L:h| GS-19 | 8-8P | 99-62% | GE.6z | 08-8% | ZOv-6% €2G-6% | 98E-6Z | “gz
ov Ci "PT: | PL Pro. | “MS | -s | ow ‘s lgep| gf SSP) IV | Po |3-sh|8-8h | 0-87 | Le.6z | S¢.6z G1-63 | EPE-62 | £99.62 | 019-62 | “Le
oe fa 4 ego: ‘s |-m |x | «an [Gop sce) OF) 68 | 2g | LI1b| o-SP| %-PP | QL.62 | $6.62 | 0F-62 1LL-62 | 9F6.62 | OF8-6% | “9%
eb fo te fea] vt | fem} em] os | oe l'6e| Pr) LE | €¢ [9-10] €-60 | LLP | So.6z | gh.6z | 80-62 | PE9.62 | 9OL-60 | 8h9.60 | “Se
Le a | vs | ce | 880+ | “4s joes] -m | +s | of | 1p G47) oF | gc | gor €-8P PLY | 0.66 | 3S.6z | £1-6% | 959-62 | 089-66 | 789-6% | “Fz
fh po fo foe} | 8 fm lems] cs | Th] op GLP] GP | Go | €-Fh |2-19 | 5-05) 09.6 | £h.6z | 81-68 199-6 | L1L.62 | 004.62 | "€%
br pee ot: | ss* | QTO- | *AN MAN | ‘a | ems | OP S/o) OF] CP | Lp | P-or| 8-8P Z-LP | 69.62 | 06.6z | Z1:6% | 069-62 | €E2-6% | 00L-6z | “Bs C
ob | | {zo | LL0. | *s fumes) -m | -m | 6f| 2b| 9F] oF | 9 |z-1h| 8h | L9P | 19.62 | F9.6z | $1.62 | 109-62 | 189-60 | 919-66 | “Te
ce pte |60. | se | sass nye) Met ta ep top GLE) 1b | 6r | 3-96 | LIP ZIV | £6.6z | 08.6z | 99:62 | Z1L-6% | £00.08 896.6% | ‘0%
ee a ogi ag ner | *ANSAN TBO) oan hk OP Ege | 9€| 6z | 6P |E-E| O-8E 0-LE | Fo.0€ 80-08 C9-6Z | 9Z0-0€ | 790-08 | ZZ0.0€ Ol
¢ ae coo [eee | cee begs! san | an | can toe| og | SE] Lz | Le |g-bE| OI? 8.SE) Go.n€ | zt.o¢ | £9-6% | $08-6% | 160-08 088-6 | “SI
gf oe poe |" PhO. \#AqNiuyes| «a | ean | zp) Le} OF] FE] Eh |0-go| SIS 8-6£ | O-0€ | 68.6z | 01-62 | ZEP-62 | 128-AG | POt-6z “LY
fb | |9S. Jor. | O8- |x) rm /ems| ms | Lelezp| SP] gf | 7G.|£-ah| 8-05 |8-9P | ZP.62 | 62.62 | 08°86 | 190-68 PIE.GE | 096-62 | 91
oP £3. 62. | LOE. | “ASS! *s |-ms| -s |§zplsep| 9V! ob | o¢ |9-S7) G-LP L-OF | 9£.62 | OL.6z | SE-6% | 96€-62 | 8/8-6z 908-62 | “St®
QE (80-0 | Lp |6€. | OIG | “3S | “z | ss ‘as | €p Sop) OV! pp | Sg | Lob | 3-0 | 4-SP | 06.62 | 00.0€ 79-62 | €20:0€ | 9L0-0€ | P10.0€ | “PI
i bo 99. |o€. | 220. | “88 | "a | -as | san [erp lEoe| 8€| 1h | So |e-Pe| G-£P | 40 | 00.08 | Go.o¢ | 24-62 | Th0-0€ | PLO.0€ | 8P0.08 el
6G [coef] |e | om | as lea asl pelgoe| S€| Le | Lb |g-ze| €96|P-SE] o1.0€ | St.0¢ | 78-66) P90-0€ | PIT-OF | P.0.08 | at
Sopp yc] eS jas | as | a lezel| ce] S€| ce | oF | 6-60 | BLE | #98 | €1.0€ | 60.08 26-66 | COL-O€F | 91G-0F | G8T-OF | TTT
Cz. ae a sre | °MS | SAAN | oars ie o€ | of GL] of | 2p |S-92| 8-SE G-0£ | gt-0€ | ST-o€ £8.66 | 961-08 | BEs-0F oLT-0£ ‘Ol
SG ee? wa te OG RIN a el a Be a ie CB a 2 ZE) oz | oF |0.9z|Z-0€ | 8-62 | St.0€ | gig | $9-62 | 286-62 | 6ET-0€ | 8P6.62 | “6
Se baa ete" Ady = | zt |x| mn |$6z/ o¢| lf] 12 | ge |0-08| LE Z-BE | O1-0€ | Fo.0€ | 8P-6Z | 692-62 | 186-62 ghL-6z 8 y)
9% te < se [aN | ct lemn| ome | Gz lS6z| TE] 6%] SE | Plz] LTE L-0€ | 96.62 | £6.67 | ££:62 | SS-6z | 29-62% | 905-60 L
6% |st-L |“ |90.) °°" a | a jeux] ax | oz! of | SE] ga | SE |9-1E| BBE | S-ZE | O0-0€ | ET-08 29-62 | 931-62 | 168-62 | PS8-6c | 9
a ae ee a as ‘€ wes -an} «an | ee iecg} PE! o€ | Se | g-€€|0.LE|o-SE | 62-08 | 0-08 08-62 | 8S0-0€ | 9ZT-0£ | 80T-0€ |“
- Sen Be, Ye pas a ee “ax ecg} g¢ |S-LE| ce | 2G | g.9€| €-0S £.0F | La-0€ | 02.08 | £466 | LG0-0€ | 811-0€ | 690-08 3
Ob fo peepee} se) me lores an] on | ce] ge| 2h] ce | 2g |9-1h| £5 | 4-€7 | gt-08 | 02-08 | £9-60 | 140-08 | 880-08 g90.08 | *€
3 eg om “** | sms lume) -ms| ass | o¢| tp] PV! ge | Lo | 9.00 | £-9P L-SP | 90.0€ | 98.6z | OF-62 | 988-6@ | 210-08 898-62 | ©
: ¢ | see tree | THO. | MS [unpeo! ms] eg ty| ty OVW) 6€ | 0G | L.6¢) LL €-07 | 09.62 | SL.6z | ¥S:6% | 268-62 | SV0-0F 0£0-08 i
‘wes | oe OT vue g |e | Ol lardelureg! coos | anne | xen | unt xe [ure 6| -urd gg} eur wna | “Xe | cwesé | -youey
ae 53 | g z ogo] 24 “0g we oat hag ee o2 — — "4aysiBar-g1og | TUPA | face Navies OTMRID. 05 604 ace
| a : | g = aegis) igre B 5 |uopuo'] -satajuing Bg "SLMSIYO ‘20g “hoy : WOpUO’y ‘aATYS-sotyun dq YOUMstyo Paul “WIUO PY
-Moq] “UIv YT | “PUM *AIJOWOULIY, LT, *1aJOWOIL josheqy
‘aurys-sarifiuncy ‘asunpy yjendajddy yo AVENAC “AN fig pun ‘uopsog yo TIVAA ‘AN 49 SuopuorT avau ‘youmsiyg 3” Ayavoog joanyynayLozy 2y JO

UIPADL) IY} JD NOSAWOU YT, “AIT fig | NOLUAMOY “AIA Aumjauoag Juvjsisspy ayy

fig hynoog yohoy ay2 fo syuaupundp ay7 yo apo suoryna

lISQQ) 10918070409} 2 JY

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

XXIV.—Remarks on the Generic Distribution of the British
Hydromyzide (Diprpra). By A. H. Hauipay.

THE multitude of genera and species contained in the family
Muscide makes it convenient to employ some intermediate
divisions between the family and the genera. At the same
time their affinities are so multiplied and intricate that few of
the divisions which have been proposed can be considered as
generally recognised. This is more particularly the case
with the subdivisions of the third grand section Acalyptere.
Meigen has omitted all such intermediate steps, but the order
of succession in which his genera are disposed supplies in
part the deficiency. Fallen, R. Desvoidy, Macquart and La-
treille have each proposed a general arrangement, but their
methods vary considerably, and especially in this section of
the family. Of the groups instituted, Fallen’s tribe of Hy-
dromyzide may be considered as one of the most established,
being adopted by Latreille with very little alteration. None
of this tribe, except the singularly formed Musca Mantis of
DeGeer, had been described before the appearance of Fallen’s
Essay in the Stockholm Transactions for the year 1813,in which
the tribe first assumed a distinct character and definite limits.
The author has here described nineteen genuine species, and
characterized most of the genera ultimately admitted. The
Dolichopide were included with this tribe in the first sketch
of his arrangement of Diptera, published three years before.
How great an advance was made in the interval is evident.
Latreille adds to the tribe the exotic genus Ropalomera, and
excludes from it the type of Fallen’s genus Hydromyza, Musca
livens of Fabricius, referred to the Cordylure in accordance
with Meigen’s arrangement. There seems no reason to doubt
that such is the true affinity of this insect, and it is only un-
fortunate that the typical generic name was appropriated by
Fallen to the only extraneous species which he has admitted.
Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 17. June 1839. R

218 Mr.A. H. Haliday on the generic distribution

It is remarkable, that R. Desvoidy, who was not likely to be
influenced by too much deference for the authority of his pre-
decessors, has also placed with his Hydrellidee a group of
Cordylure less aberrant (than C. livens) from the ordinary cha-
racter; the type of his genus Nupharia being the C. fraterna
of Meigen. In other respects his method to some extent cor-
roborates the distinction of this tribe, as his seventh family
Napeelle comprises, in addition to Fallen’s Hydromyzide,
only the Spheroceride and some osculant species allied to
these last, and is again divided into two groups. It is true,
that he has drawn the line of separation between these so as
to include in the latter the genus EKphydra of Fallen, disjoined
from its more natural affinities—the remainder of the Hydro-
myzide constituting his first tribe Hydrellidee. The origin
of this discrepancy is to be sought in the principles of Des-
voidy’s system, which give a preference to partial knowledge
or conjecture concerning habits and economy, as the basis of
arrangement, over the study of (at least external) structure;
with the exception of this particular, and of his habitual dis-
regard of the labours of previous writers, this portion of
Desvoidy’s Essay is executed with judgement and precision,
and as a generic arrangement of this tribe is second only to
Fallen’s. Macquart, remanding Hydromyza and Nupharia to
their proper place among the Cordylure, has further limited
the Hydromyzide, by rejecting all the species which have not
the arista pectinate. These he has placed in his family Pio-
philide, im conjunction with many genera of diversified cha-
racter and remote affinity.

I here employ the tribe as defined by Fallen in his ‘ Diptera
Suecie,’ removing Hydromyza to the Scatomyzide, and re-
jecting the addition of Ropalomera. ‘The tribe thus limited
is one of the most remote from the Calyptrate section, and
can scarcely be confounded with any other group, unless it be
with certain species of the Geomyzid@, which appear to offer
the nearest affinity. Nevertheless from these the Hydromy-
zide may be distinguished, either by the form of the head and
mouth, the characteristic imperfection of the cells of the wing,
or the total concealment of the ovipositor. The greater num-
ber frequent the neighbourhood of waters, a destination indi-

of the British Hydromyzide. 219

cated by the satiny lustre of the minute scales which clothe
the face and sides. I consider as the type of the group the
Ephydra riparia, the feet of which are formed peculiarly for
resting on the surface of pools. The larvee of most Ephydre
live among the semi-fluid green matter, which mantles on the
surface of stagnant waters, or in the mud at the bottom.
Desvoidy assumes, that the other genera of the family in their
larva state are nourished by the living tissue of phanerogamous
plants; but this view rests on conjecture and a solitary fact
observed regarding a species of Notiphila. The firm and ho-
mogeneous texture of the face indicates but little sensibility to
smells, from which we may probably conclude that the larvee
are not eminently saprophagous.

* Fam. MUSCID.

et

io

AREOLETS or CELLS. NERVES.
a, humeral. 1° Excurrent or Main Nerves.
6, subcostal. 1, costal.
d, radial. 3, mediastinal.
f, cubital. 4, radial.

y, radical.
e, preebrachial.
2, pobrachial.
0, anal.
u, discoidal.
g, h, k, external.
J, m, axillary.
n, axillary lobe.

5, cubital.

7, preebrachial.
10, pobrachial.
12, anal.

13, axillary.
2° Recurrent or Cross Nerves.
14, humeral.

6, preebrachial.

8, pobrachial.

9, discoidal.
11, subanal.

2
ce, mediastinal or ulnar. | 2, subcostal.

Tribe Hypromyzip#, Fail.
Calyptra auricula interiore quasi nulla*. Nervus media-
stinus cum subcostali connaius, ale 4 longitudinem via per-

tingens.
* A little more apparent in Ochthera,

R2

220 Mr. A. H. Haliday on the generic distribution

Areole pobrachialis et analis perparve, modo non semper
incomplete *,

Antenne breves, articulo 1™° inconspicuo.

Arista quasi exarticulata, non nisi dorso pectinata.

Facies convexa, absque foveolis membranaceis. Peristoma
rotundatum. Mentum breve incrassatum. Tibie antice
et postice setis lateralibus expertes. Ovidepositorium
Semine plane reconditum +.

Fallen in his ‘ Diptera Sueciz’ has divided this tribe into
four genera, exclusive of Hydromyza. 'This number has
been greatly multiplied by authors. All the genera added by
Meigen appear to represent natural groups, but others equal-
ly distinct remain confounded among the numerous Notiphile
and Ephydre. Ihave therefore retained the groups proposed
by him as well as by Desvoidy, adding a few which seem to
be denoted by characters of equal importance. I have not
thought it necessary to give all these the rank of genera, but
have reverted to the limited number employed by Fallen.
One of his (Psilopa) has been degraded, as not materially dif-
fering from Notiphila. On the other hand, I have adopted
the genus Hydrellia of Desvoidy, comprehending with it two
allied groups unnoticed by him. I have not had occasion to
refer much to Macquart ; as his arrangement, where it departs
from those before named, does not seem to be improved in
consequence. It is rarely that this can be objected to any
portion of his classical work. For the determination of the
species, aere as elsewhere, the Diptera of Europe by Meigen is
the standard of reference. Macquart has added some to the
number, and Desvoidy has described several Notiphile, Hy-
drelie and Hydryne, apparently unnoticed by either.

Generum Synopsis.
Femora antica.

OVALA ANCTASEAIA. 45:27: asc siesbnue's oh paphwemnee aeoeaee ne talieeaces 1. Ochthera.
subeequalia ;

* For an exception see Ephydra nasica. ‘The imperfection of the same
areolets is a character of the Oscinide also; but in that tribe they become
incomplete after attaining their full development in the Loxoceride. This
appears as well from the indication of their limit in the thickening of the
nervures and the corresponding divarication of the radial and cubital nerves,
as from the analogy of the last named tribe.

+ There is a slight exception in the subgenera Glenanthe and Teicho-
MBA.

of the British Hydromyzide. 221

Oculj MPPOGRO-PLOST, ”. 1. coc ce ange seek aae ve nedente ons an seaaes 3. Hydrellia.
glabri s. vage
: eee neey wnowiculato, 10 see secacvedssess canes eas 2. Notiphila.
ticulo 2d CXUNSWICHIALO, 9-22.05 e0ads ons eeccensws 4. Ephydra.

Gen. 1. OCHTHERA, Latr.

Pedes antici femoribus crassis ovatis, tibilis arcuatis acutis. Me-
tatarsus posticus incrassatus. Areola prima exterior apice attenuata.
Nervus discoidali-recurrens obliquatus. Corpus vix nisi nudum.
Caput subtus attenuatum, subtrigonum: vertex impressus: oculi
magni protuberantes: clypeus exertus, suborbiculatus. Palpi ex-
erti dilatati. Arista dorso ciliis perpaucis pectinata. Abdomen de-
planatum.

Sp. 1. Mantis, O: nigra submetallica, abdominis margine albo-
punctato.

Latr. Hist. Nat. xiv. 391. Gen. Cr. Ins. iv. 347. tab. xv. fig. 10.
Meig. D. Eur. vi. 78. tab. 58. fig. 1S—21. Macq. S.aB. ii. 519.
pl. xxi. fig. 7.—Musca id. DeGeer. Mém. vi. 143. pl. viii. fig. 15,
16.—Musca manicata. Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. 334.—Tephritis id.
Fabr. Antl. 323.—Ochthera id. Fallen Act. Holm. 1813. p. 244.—
Hydrom. 2. Desv. Myod. 787.

In marshes, from Dorsetshire to the Isle of Skye, and westward
to the wilds of Connemara.

Gen. 2. NOTIPHILA, Fail.

Caput oblatum. Oculi subglabri. Antenne articulo 2° incras-
sato unguiculato; arista dorso pectinata. Mentum parum incrassa-
tum. Ale plerumque unguiculate.

Subgenerum Synopsis.
Nervus costalis
alze apicem ambiens ; ale
plane ; proboscis
unigeniculata ; abdomen
5-annulatum; antenne articulo 3°

GUIODED, vsnesceseviasuccasaendae 5. Hygrella.
suborbiculato, sist <cecacssece 6. Discocerina.

quasi 3-annulatum, ........-.se00e 4, Trimerina.

A IRICIIAL Ay avg cee one coens-cnnmeeealss 7. Hecamede.
AEC OCH ORE an onan sine seins oolcnananeeednensa es 3. Discomyza.

in alz apice desinens ; abdomen
HAA APCS SPIN OSU, cence seo saantennses one 2. Dicheta.
CAR ean ee aye sdanbavecss<cedscddes sovst ede 1. Notiphila.

222 Mr. A. H. Haliday on the generic distribution

Subg. 1. Norreurta.

Nervus costalis in alz apice evanescens. Tibie mediz extrorsum
spinose. Facies perpendicularis lateribus ciliata. Palpi dilatati.
Abdomen depressum inerme.

Sp. 1. cierea, N: thorace ferruginoso, abdomine cinereo ni-
gro-maculato, facie fulvescente, palpis tibiis tarsisque ferrugi-
neis.

Fallen Act. Holm. 1813. p. 250.—Hydrom. 8. Meig. Dipt. Eur.
vi. 65. Macq. 8S. a B. ii. 521. pl. xxi. fig. 9.—Keratocera palustris,
Desy. Myod. 88.—K. trape & fulvicornis, Ibid. 78. 9.

Everywhere abundant in marshes. Desvoidy has observed
that it deposits its eggs in the flowers of Potamogeton.

Sp. 2. riparia, N: thorace ferruginoso, abdomine cinereo nigro-
maculato, facie cinerea, palpis tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis, tibiis
annulo nigro.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi.65. Macq. S.aB. ii. 522.

Found on the borders of the lake at Blarney Castle, county Cork.

Sp. 3. wliginosa (Curtis App.), N: thorace ferruginoso, abdomine
cinereo nigro-maculato, facie fulvescente, palpis pedibus nigris,
tarsis ferrugineis; m. f. 2 lin.

In a marsh between Glengariff and Adrighoule; banks of the
Shannon at Tarbert ; shores of Belfast Lough, much less common
than the first species.

Antenne and palpi black. Face tawny yellow. Frontals
dull black. Vertex, orbits, and thorax rusty brown. Abdo-
men cinereous, with a blackish spot at the sides of each seg-
ment. Legs black, the tarsi (at least the two hinder pair)
ferruginous. Halteres yellowish. Wings obscurely hyaline.

Subg. 2. Dicuzata, Meig.

Abdomen maris convexum, apice bispinosum segmento penultimo
margine pectinato. Characteres reliqui fere quales Notiphile.

Sp. 4. caudata, N: D: nigra obscura, facie fulvescente, tarsis fer-

ruginels. .

Fallen Act. Holm. 1813. p. 249. Hydrom. 8.—Dichetaid. Meig.
Dipt. Eur. vi. 62. tab. 58. fig. 1—6. Macq. S.aB. ii. 521. pl. xxi.
ie. 3.

Found in England. Communicated by F. Walker, Esq.

Subg. 3. Discomyza, Meig.

Ale abdomen non superantes, postice decurve. Tibi mediz

of the British Hydromyzide. 223

nisi apice nud. Corpus depressum. Facies latissima rugosa. Ab-
domen 4-annulatum, orbiculatum, planum, subdeflexum.

Sp. 5. incurva, N: Discom: nigra tarsis posterioribus antennisque
luteis.
Psilopa id. Fallen, Hydrom. 6.—Discomyzaid. Meig. Dipt. Eur.
vi. 76. tab. 58. fig. 14—17. Macq. 8.aB. ii. 529. pl. xxi. fig. 138.
Found on the wooded cliffs about Isle-oronsay in Skye; Septem-
ber. Runs swiftly, but scarcely flies.

Subg. 4. Trimerina, Macq.

Tibiz medize nisi apice inermes. Ale plane abdomen non supe-
rantes. Abdomen marginatum quasi 3-annulatum, 7.,e. segmentis
1° et 5° minimis, tribus intermediis magnis. Facies perpendicularis.
Antenne articulo 3° oblongo.

Sp. 6. Madizans, N: Tr: nigricans submetallica, antennis femo-

ribus anticis pedibusque posterioribus rufis.

Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813. p. 252. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi.74. Ent.
Mag. 1. 178.—Psilopa id. Fallen, Hydrom. 7.—Trimerina id. Macq.
m. a B. i. 529.

Not uncommon on grassy banks, running actively and flying little.

Subg. 5. Hyerevpa.

Tibiz mediz nisi apice nude. Abdomen immarginatum segmentis
5 subzequalibus. Ale abdomen superantes. Facies perpendicularis,
lateribus ciliata. Antenne articulo 3° oblongo deflexo.

Sp. 7. nitidula, N: H: obscure enea, antennis tiblis tarsisque po-

sterioribus ferrugineis, alis hyalinis.

Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813. p. 252. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 75.—Ps?-
lopaid. Fallen, Hydrom. 7.—WNotiphila comta. Meig. Dipt. Eur.
vi. 68.—Hydrellia id. Macq. 8.aB. ii. 524.—Keratocera viride-
scens. Desv. Myod. 790?

England; communicated by F. Walker.

Sp. 8. leucostoma, N: H: obscure znea, antennis pedibusque fer-
rugineis, alis hyalinis nervo transverso fusco-cincto.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 68. tab. 58. fig. 12.—Hydrellia id. Macq.
8.aB. i. 524.

Common among aquatic plants.

Subg. 6. Discocerina, Macq.

Tibize mediz nisi apice nude. Ale plane. Facies medio con-

vexa lateribus ciliata. Antenne articulo 3° suborbiculato. Probos-

cis basi tantum geniculata.

224 On the British Hydromyzide.

* Clypeus subexertus brevissimus.
Sp. 9. obscurella, N : Discoc: nigricans, fronte thoraceque cine-
rascentibus, facie exalbida, tarsis ferrugineis.
Notiphila nigrina. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 69.—Hydrellia id. Macq.
S.aB. ii. 524,
Var. 3. Antennis subtus et fronte antice ferrugineis.
Notiphila obscurella? Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813. p.251. Hydrom.
10. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 73.
Var. y. Minor, thorace fusco, pedibus fere totis nigris.
Common in moist grassy places; var. /3. rare.

Sp. 10. calceata, N: Discoc: nigra subnitida, tarsis basi flavis, scu-

telli disco subglabro.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 69.

Not rare about streams.

Sp. 11. pulicaria, N: Discoc: nigra, tarsis fuscis, scutello pube-

scente; nervo pobrachiali non abbreviato. 1 lin.

A minute species, with the wings scarcely exceeding the
abdomen; the base of the costal nerve more bristly and the
radial rather shorter than in the others: the pobrachial
scarcely abbreviate. Arista with only four or five hairs. Tho-
rax and scutellum pubescent. Extremity of the abdomen
glossy. Club of the halteres white. Wings obscure hyaline.

Not common; mostly found on windows.

** Clypeus exertus inflexcus subquadratus.

Sp. 12. glabra, N : Discoc: nigra nitida, tarsis basi flavis, alis hya-

linis, halteribus fuscis.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 69.—Discocerina id. Macq. S.aB. i. 528.

England. Communicated by F. Walker.

Subg. 7. Hecamens, Curt. Guide, App.

Tibiz nisi apice nude. Facies tuberculata. Oculia peristomate
distantes. Proboscis bigeniculata. Antenna articulo 8° orbiculato.
Abdomen planum subdeflexum 4-annulatum, ventre toto coriaceo
haud insecto. Ale abdomen non superantes.

“Sp. 13. albicans, N: Hec: albida, facie puncto nigro antennis
tibiis tarsisque flavis.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 65. Macq. S.aB. ii. 522.

On sandy coasts, especially on fresh marine rejectamenta; runs
fast and does not fly readily.

[To be continued. ]

Mr. Charles C. Babington on Ranunculus aquatilis. 225

XXV.—On Ranunculus aquatilis of Smith. By Cuarues
C. Basineron, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c.

Owine to the respect in which Sir J. E. Smith is justly held
by English botanists, the plants included in the Batrachian
section of the Ranunculi have been considered as forming only
two species by all our native authors whose works have ap-
peared since the publication of his ‘ Flora Britannica.” In
that work, following the example of Linnzeus, he describes R.
hederaceus and aquatilis as distinct species, including under
the latter four species of Ray (Syn. 249.) and Sibthorp (FI.
Oxon. 175.) ; and it is not a little surprising, that so bold an
undertaking, as the destruction of three species, of authors so
well known for their attention to the living plants, and for their
discrimination of species (although, owing to the low state of
descriptive botany, they may not have clearly defined their
distinctive characters) should not have attracted more atten-
tion from the practical botanists of this country.

For several years I have taken every opportunity of study-
ing these plants in their native waters, and am now fully con-
vinced that R. aquatilis, circinatus and fluviatilis of Sibthorp
are truly distinct species, having excellent and clearly distin-
guishable characters when examined in a living state, although
the pressure required in their preparation causes their differ-
ences to be less remarkable when preserved in the herbarium.
Upon reference to foreign books, it will be found that nearly
all the more modern writers have divided the R. aquatilis of
Smith into two or more species, but that owing to the diffi-
culty of determining upon what characters dependence could
be placed, it is only of late years that they have been correctly
defined; and the sceptical have been strongly confirmed in
their doubts by observing that the learned DeCandolle, who
described two species (R. aquatilis and pantothriz) in his
‘Systema’, has again formed them into only one in his ¢ Pro-
dromus’. This result might have been confidently predicted
by any person who was well acquainted with the plants; for
he has not mentioned a single character which is not extremely
variable, founding his distinctions upon some of the leaves
being tripartite, or all of them multifid, and upon the gla-

226 Mr. Charles C. Babington on Ranunculus aquatilis.

brous or hispid carpels; points in which each of the plants
described below is found to vary, except that tripartite leaves
have never been noticed in R. circinatus.

The idea that the different forms concerning which we are
treating are caused by the plants being placed in stagnant or
swiftly flowing water, or upon nearly dry land, was first, I be-
lieve, started by Mr. Woodward in Withering’s arrangement,
and adopted by Smith, DeCandolle, and others; but I have
constantly observed R. aguatilis and circinatus inhabiting, side
by side, the same stagnant muddy water, or the same pure
and swiftly flowing brook, and yet remaining totally unaltered
and remarkably different ; I have also gathered R. fluitans in
perfectly stagnant ditches, quite preserving its specific distinc-
tion, and am convinced that the form and mode of division of
the leaves will be found to constitute plain and constant spe-
cific characters. I am confirmed in this view by Wallroth,
who appears to have studied these plants with peculiar care,
and by Gaudin, Mertens, Koch, Schlechtendal, Sturm, and
others, who have kept the plants separate, and recorded ob-
servations similar to my own.

In R#. aqguatilis the submersed leaves (and sometimes, when
erowing upon mud, all the foliage) are divided into numerous
capillary segments, which spread in all directions, so as to form
a more or less spherical mass; in R. circinatus they are divided
into capillary segments, but spread only in one plane, so as to
present a thin flat surface with a well-defined circular outline,
as if an additional quantity of parenchyma only was wanting to
form them into an entire circular leaf, and they have not the
slightest tendency to a spherical arrangement; they are also
invariably sessile, that is, have only the amplexicaule sheath
between their limb and the stem, whilst in KR. aquatilis they have
usually a distinct petiole interposed which.is often much elon-
gated. In R. fluitans the leaves are upon long petioles, and very
much elongated, and repeatedly dichotomous, with a long in-
terval between the forks, the divisions taking a parallel direc-
tion and not spreading into a spherical mass, nor yet remaining
in one plane surface.

The persistent style also and the shape of the carpels ought
to be attended to; in R. aquatilis the carpel is usually ovate,

Mr. Charles C. Babington on Ranunculus aquatilis. 227

and tipped by the short straight blunt persistent style; in R.
circinatus the same part is semi-obovate, and the style is twice
or three times the length of that of R. aquatilis, and is acute
and placed upon the extreme point of the nearly straight side
of the carpel, towards which it curves over; in R. fluitans it is
more regularly ovate than in either of the others, and bears
the short straight persistent blunt style below the top upon
the straighter side of the carpel.

R. hederaceus is distinguished from these by the total want
of capillary divided leaves, by having a truly creeping stem
giving out roots from every joint, and its few (5—10) sta-
mens; its flowers are usually very small, and the petals nar-
row and scarcely as long as the calyx ; but I possess specimens
which were floating upon deep water and whose roots did not
reach the ground, in which the petals are broad and much
longer than the calyx, yet agreeing in all other respects with
this species.

I now proceed to the description of the species.

1. R. aquatilis, Linn. Caule natante, foliis submersis capillaceo-
multifidis laciniis divergentibus undique patentibus, natantibus
reniformibus tripartitis partitionibus lobatis, carpellis trans-
versim rugosis subhispidis imequaliter ovatis apicula terminali
obtusa instructis.

R. aquatilis, Wallr. Sched. 282. Gaud. Fl. Helv. iii. 522. Mer-
tens et Koch, Deut. Fl. iv. 148. Koch, Syn. 11. Bluff. et Fing.
(ed. 2.) t. i. p. 2.285. Reich. Fl. excurs. 719. Dreger. Fl. Hafn.
191.

a. heterophyllus, Wallr. Foliis emersis reniformibus.

R. aquatilis, Raii Syn. (ed. 3.) 249. Eng. Bot. 101.

R. aquatilis, a, Linn. Sp. Pl. 781. Sm. Fl. Br. ii. 596. Eng.
FI. iii. 54. Hooker, Br. Fl. (ed. 4.) 218. DC. Syst. 1.234. Prod.
i. 26.

. heterophyllus, Sith. Fl. Oxon. 175.

. pantothrix. Foliis omnibus capillaceo-multifidis.

. aquatilis omnino tenuifolius. fay, 249.

. aquatilis, y, Lison. 782.

. aquatilis, Szbth. 175.

. aquatilis, 8. Sm. Fl. Br. 11.596. Engl. Fl. i. 54.
. aquatilis, e et €, Koch, Syn. 11.

a. capillaceus, Wallr. Caule natante.

marr nea

228 Mr. Charles C. Babington on Ranunculus aquatilis.

. pantothrix, a, capillaceus, DC. Sys. i. 235.
. aquatilis, 3, capillaceus, DC. Prod. i. 26.
. capillaceus, “‘ Thuil.”” Lois. Fl. Gall. i. 391.
cespitosus. Caulibus erectis brevibus.
pantothrix, 3, ceespitosus, DC. Sys. i. 236. (Syn. Sibth. excl.)
. aquatilis, y, ceespitosus, DC. Prod. i. 26.
. cespitosus, “ Thuil.’”’ Lois. i, 391.
. Bauhinii, Tausch in Ann. Sc. Nat. (1835.) p. 57?
a and (3, a. Frequent in ponds, ditches and streams.
B, 6. On mud in places where water has stagnated, but after-
wards disappeared.

bd bd bo ES by od oe

Stems long, floating upon or near to the surface of the
water, throwing out fibrous roots from its lower joints; in
var. 8. 6. the stems are numerous, short, erect, much branched,
slightly decumbent and rooting at the base, and thereby form-
ing small dense upright tufts. Leaves all more or less stalked
with a sheathing stipule-like base, when below the surface of
the water divided into very numerous capillary segments,
spreading in all directions from their base so as to form a
spherical mass; when floating they are three-lobed, the lobes
being two or three crenate, or divided into a similar number
of segments, which are usually obtuse but sometimes acute ;
the intermediate lobe has usually three simple divisions, and
the lateral ones two, each of which is often again slightly di-
vided into two or three parts; in var. 8. a. the leaves are all
capillaceo-multifid, and in var. 8. 6., from growing wholly
in the air, the segments have a much greater tendency up-
wards, but still retain the divergent character of the species
forming part of a sphere. In var.aasomewhat similar struc-
ture is sometimes noticed in the intermediate leaves, when
growing in water, which is liable to great differences of level,
so as to leave the plant at times nearly dry, but in that casé
the segments are flattened and linear with parallel sides, or
slightly narrowed towards their point, and not setaceous.
Flowers white, rising above the surface of the water, very
variable in size. Petals white, with the base yellow, broad
and blunt, with a naked nectariferous pore at their base, al-
ways longer than the sepals, which are deciduous, smooth,
pale green, elegantly marked with numerous slender dark lines

Mr. Charles C. Babington on Ranunculus aquatilis. 229

near to their diaphanous white margins. Stamens numerous.
Carpels in dense roundish heads, unequally ovate, tipped with
the short obtuse persistent straight style, transversely wrinkled,
usually, together with their torus minutely bristly.

2. R. circinatus, Sibth. Caule natante, foliis omnibus sessilibus
capillaceo-multifidis laciniis in planum orbiculare dispositis te-
retiusculis abbreviatis 2—3-furcellatis, carpellis transversim ru-
gosis glabriusculis gibboso-obovatis apicula laterali elongata ar-
cuata acuta instructis.

R. aquaticus albus, circinatis tenuissime divisis foliis ex alis longis

pediculis innixis. Ray, 249.

R. aquatilis, 8. Linn. 781.

R. circinatus, Sibth. 175. Reich. 719. Drejer, 192.

R. aquatilis, y. Sm. Fl. Br. ii. 596. Eng. Fl. iii. 54. (Syn. DC.
excl.) Hook. 218. —

R. aquatilis, 6. stagnalis, DC. Prod. i. 27.

R. stagnatilis, Wallr. 285. (Syn. DC. excl.)

R. pantothrix, 3. Gaud. iii. 524.

R. divaricatus, Koch, 12. Bluff. et Fing. 285.

In still water and also in brooks and rivers, probably frequent.
I have gathered it in the canal near Bath; in Henfield level, Sussex ;
in the river Soar near Leicester; in Reche load and near Cherry
Hinton, Cambridgeshire.

Stems long, ascending, seldom spreading much near the
surface of the water, throwing out a few long fibrous roots
from the lower joints, after branching at all the joints, ex-
cept a few of the upper ones. Leaves small, sessile, always
immersed, having a brassy tinge, terminating below in a short
slightly sheathing stipule-like base; the limb is divided into
numerous, rigid, two, three, or four times forked, short, terete,
capillary segments, all lying exactly in one plane, which has a
very regular orbicular outline. Flowers large, similar to the
last, but the sepals are much more deciduous, blunter, and
have much narrower diaphanous margins. Carpels in dense
roundish heads, semiobovate, laterally tipped by the long acute
persistent incurved style, transversely wrinkled, usually gla-
brous, sometimes slightly bristly.

3. R. fluitans, Lam. Caule fluitante, foliis longe petiolatis repe-

tito di- vel trichotomis, laciniis longissimis linearibus parallelis,
f. superioribus subsessilibus, carpellis transversim rugosis gla-
bris obovatis apicula laterali brevi obtusa recta instructis.

230 Mr. Charles C. Babington on Ranuncults aquatilis.

R. sive Polyanthemo aquatili albo affine, Millefolium, Maratri-
phyllon fluitans. Ray, 376.

R. aquatilis, 6. Linn. 782. Sm. Fl. Br. ii. 596. Eng. Fl. iii. 55.

R. fluitans, Lam. Fl. Fr. i. 164. Reich. 719. Koch, 12. Gaud.
ii. 525. Bluff. et Fing. 286. Drej. 192.

R, fluviatilis, Sibth.176. Walir.284. St. Amans, Fl. Agen. (var.a.)

R. pantothrix, y. peucedanifolius, DC. Syst. i. 236.

R. aquatilis, e. peucedanifolius, DC. Prod. i. 27.

R. peucedanifolius, ‘‘ All. Ped. No. 1469?” Schlech. in Linnea
(1831) 576. Host. u. 118? Lois. 1.392.

In rivers and also in stagnant water. I have seen it in a perfectly
stagnant ditch at Mildenhall, Suffolk.

Stems thick, very long, sometimes even twenty or thirty
feet in length, floating near to the surface of the water, pro-
ducing a few fibrous roots from the lower joints, branched; the
internodes very long. Leaves, including their long petioles,
from three inches to a foot or more in length, divided at long
intervals in a di- or trichotomous manner, the segments very
long, linear, rather flat and nearly parallel to each other ; the
upper leaves are often nearly sessile, and sometimes but rarely
divided into a few short segments which are dilated towards
their points, not linear or narrowed towards the point as in
R. aquatilis when this structure occurs: very rarely upper
floating leaves are found which are “ half trifid, truncate, and
broader than long”: usually all the leaves have the same di-
vided structure. ‘The stipules are narrow, elongated, and in-
conspicuous, except in the upper part of the plant, where they
are broad and sheathing. Flowers large, resembling those of
R. aquatilis. Carpels obovate, slightly gibbous, laterally
tipped by the short obtuse persistent straight style, trans-
versely wrinkled, usually, as well as the torus, slightly bristly.

R. fluviatilis, Bigelow, ‘ Boston Flora,’ 139, which Smith
notices as a totally different species from this, is now referred
by Torrey and Gray, ‘Fl. of N. Amer.’ i. 20. to R. Purshii,
Rich., in * Hook. Fl. Br.-Amer.’

It is probable that this species ought to have been called
R. peucedanifolius after Allioni; but not being certain of the
correctness of that synonym, I have adopted R. fluitans, Lam.,
as the next oldest and the most generally employed name.

St. John’s Coll., Cambridge, March 18, 1839.

Mr. Patterson on the Common Limpet. 231

XXVI.—On the Common Limpet (Patella vulgaris), considered
as an article of food in the North of Ireland. By Ropert
PatrerRson, Ksq., Treasurer for the Belfast Museum.

In the month of May 1835, I passed some time in the vici-
nity of the sea-port town of Larne, county of Antrim, and
could not avoid noticing the number of persons who were en-
gaged at low water in collecting limpets. On inquiry I found
that they were sought by many as an addition to their ordi-
nary food; while others were employed in procuring them for
sale. These people informed me, that ten women, inhabitants
of the town of Larne, were thus occupied, and sold on an
average four quarts of “the fish” daily. The word “ fish”
was invariably employed by them to designate the animal
when removed from the shell; and about five pints of limpets
as gathered from the rocks were required to produce one
quart of “the fish,” which was sold in Larne for twopence.
Their average earnings would at this rate have amounted to
about eight pence per day. At particular seasons, these peo-
ple collect dullesh (Rodomenia palmata), and sloke or laver
(Porphyra vulgaris, &c.), which are either sold in Larne or
carried to other towns.

In the month of July 1837, I was again in the same locality,
and renewed my inquiries on the subject. At this time very
great and general distress prevailed in many parts of the king-
dom, and the neighbourhood of Larne had not escaped. Those
whose means did not enable them to purchase bread, were
driven to extremities to procure food, and the productions
offered by the beach, formed a natural, though very precarious
resource. 'To some of these poor people the sabbath was not
always a day of rest. Necessity drove them forth to collect
the scanty repast which an examination of the rocks about
the coast might afford. Of this I saw no instance at Larne,
but further northward on the morning of Sunday the 25th of
June 1837, I observed many persons thus occupied on a ledge
of low rocks, lying between Cairnlough and Drumnasole.
The absence of other employment and the scarcity of food,
occasioned, as might be supposed, a great increase of the

232 Mr. Patterson on the Common Limpet.

limpet gatherers about Larne. Some of them stated their
entire number to be above forty, and none estimated it at
less than thirty. One ferryman assured me that nineteen
people had in one day crossed in his boat to “ Island Magee,”
to collect limpets on the more retired shores of that peninsula.
They also seized with avidity any opportunity of visiting the
Maiden Rocks, on which, as they are some miles distant from
the coast, the limpets were plentiful, and were allowed to at-
tain their full size.

From the greater number of persons employed about Larne
and Island Magee, in searching for limpets, they were be-
coming towards the end of July difficult to be obtained, and
that woman considered herself fortunate who could then earn
by collecting them sixpence per day. The average of their
earnings at that period would not, I was assured, much ex-
ceed fourpence. A rather anomalous circumstance must how-
ever be mentioned. Though the limpets were in greater de-
mand than ever, the price did not advance; on the contrary,
from the increased competition of the sellers, it fell from two-
pence to three halfpence per quart.

Some persons in the spring of 1837, were employed in
gathering limpets so early as February, but few do so until
the month of March is far advanced. In May “the fish” are
in their prime, and on some parts of the County Down shore,
the plumpness which they assume in this month is with great
simplicity attributed to “the May dew.” ‘The season is over
by the middle of August*. It may be regarded therefore as
lasting for five months; or as the beginning and ending do
not afford employment to the same number of people as the
time when it is at its height, four months may be computed
as the period of active exertion.

It would be difficult, or rather it would be quite impossible,
to form any correct estimate of the quantity of limpets col-
lected this season about Larne and the adjacent peninsula of
“Tsland Magee.” Some rude approximation to the result
may however be obtained. |

* On the 10th of Sept. 1838, when spending a day at Larne, I met one
of my old friends the limpet gatherers, with her bag filled with limpets,
which she had just been collecting for sale. ‘The trade is therefore carried
on later in the autumn than stated above.

Mr. Patterson on the Common Limpet. 233

It may be remarked, that almost no limpets are collected
there on the Sundays or during severe weather. On the other
hand, there are women and children who are in the habit of
coming frequently to the rocks and collecting for their own
use. The extra quantity withdrawn in the latter way, may
fairly counterbalance the diminished consumption occasioned
by the recurrence of the former causes; so that all these con-
siderations may perhaps, without much error, be excluded
from the following calculation.

Assuming that the smaller number of persons is the more
correct, we have this year (1837) thirty individuals employed
for four months or one hundred and twenty days, and selling
daily four quarts of limpets. The total quantity thus sold
would be 14,400 quarts, which at three halfpence per quart
would amount to 83/. 15s. As however the rate at the com-
mencement of the season was two pence, and that price was
always obtained for “ horned*” limpets, and for those sold in
the country, the money actually realized would exceed 100/.

Three quarts of the boiled limpets were found by a friend
to weigh 5 lb. 2.0z. Five quarts weighed in my presence gave
9 lbs. The average of our two trials gave a weight of 1 lb. 1202.
to each quart. According to these data, the actual weight sold
this season, would be 25,200 lbs, or eleven and a quarter tons.

The weight as carried from the beach is however much
greater, for in addition to that of the animal, there is that of
the shell, and of a small quantity of sea-water which it con-
tains. I found that while five quarts of limpets weighed 9 lbs.
the shells of the same “ fish” weighed 13 lbs. making the total
weight of the animals and their shells 22 lbs. If therefore 9 lbs.
of the limpets amount with their shells to 22 lbs., the total
quantity as before stated, 25,200 Ibs. would give an aggregate
of 61,600 lbs., or twenty seven and a half tons.

If we wish to know however the actual weight of the mol-
lusca and their shells removed from the coast, we must recol-
lect that whelks or periwinkles (Turbo littoreus, Linn.) are col-
lected along with the limpets. ‘These are sold in their shells

* The process of “ horning”’ consists in seizing the head, from which, when
boiled, the tentacula or “ horns” invariably project, and pulling it from the
body with the intestinal canal attached, thus freeing “ the fish” from all im-
purities.

Ann. Nat. Mist. Vol.3. No.17. June 1839. s

234 Mr. Patterson on the Common Limpet.

at one penny per quart*. In a large-sized can containing
twenty quarts, the weight of the lmpets was 22 lbs., that of
the whelks 12 lbs. Whether the proportion of “ whelks” may
not have been greater than usual is uncertain. If however
they constituted as in this case more than one third of the en-
tire, we shall perhaps not be far wrong in stating, that the
weight of whelks and limpets, as removed from the shore this
season, could not have been less than forty tons.

As a natural sequel to the preceding observations, it may
be interesting to glance at the consumption of some marine
testacea as food in the adjoining county of Down. At Holly-
wood, four miles from Belfast, the coast is destitute of rocks,
and consequently of limpets, but their absence is amply com-
pensated by very extensive beds of muscles (Mytilus edulis),
which supply an important article of diet to the poorer classes
in the village. The shells are in general allowed to accumulate
about their habitations until they become sufficiently nume-
rous to fill a cart. They are then sold to lhme-burners, who
spread them on the lime at the top of their kilns, and consider
that when thus placed they facilitate the combustion. Large
quantities of muscles are carried by the poor venders into Bel-
fast ; and sometimes a boat laden at the muscle-bank, will dis-
charge her cargo on one of the town wharfs, whence it is carted
off and prepared for market.

At Bangor, six miles nearer to the entrance of the Lough,
the shore becomes rocky with the occasional intervention of
sandy bays. No one here makes a business of selling limpets,
but many poor people are glad to collect them, to eke out
their scanty repast. At Donaghadee, four miles distant, they
are found in large quantities. Nor are they used merely as
an article of human food; they become of some importance
in the economy of the farm-yard as feeding for swine. After
being removed from the shells, they are thrown back into
the water in which they have been boiled; and with the ad-
dition of a little oaten meal, are regarded as nutritive and
highly salutary. To such an extent does this conviction pre-
vail among the small farmers living along the coast, that even

* Ten large sacks filled with “ whelks” were lately landed on the quay

at Belfast. My informant did not inquire from what part of the coast they
had been collected.

M. Lund on Fossil Mammifera discovered in Brazil. 235

when the limpets are retained as food for their household,
“the brew” is carefully laid aside for their swine, especially
if the animals appear at all sickly.

From Donaghadee to the entrance of Strangford Lough,
limpets furnish to the humbler classes a valuable supply of
food, and their general use is attested by the vast quantity of
shells which may occasionally be seen about their dwellings.
In conclusion it may be remarked, that oysters (Ostrea edulis)
and cockles (Cardium edule) are found in such abundance in
some parts of the County Down shore that they cannot be
overlooked in any notice, however slight, of the marine tes-
tacea of that coast.

Additional Note.—By Robert Ball, Esq. of Dublin, I am
informed that limpet shells are seen lying in prodigious heaps,
about the very old round houses, in the south island of Arran.
He does not think that limpets are consumed to the same ex-
tent by the present inhabitants of the island ; they are in com-
mon use among the very poorest people on the coasts of Water-
ford and Cork.

XXVII.—Exztract from a Letter of M. Lunp on the Fossil
Mammifera discovered by him in Brazil*.
Lagoa Santa, Nov. 5, 1838.

EVER since my arrival in Brazil, five years ago, I have continued te
devote my particular attention to the fossil vertebrate animals which
abound in the caverns. You will have some idea when I tell you
that I have already collected 75 distinct species of Mammifera alone,
belonging to 43 genera, that is to say, equaling in number of spe-
cies, and exceeding in genera, the animals which actually inhabit the
same country. The portion of Brazil which I have most carefully
investigated is comprised between the rivers of Rio das Velhas and
the Rio Paraopeba. This country forms an elevated plain 2000 feet
above the level of the sea, and is traversed in its centre by a chain
of mountains 8300—700 feet in height, which is formed of secondary
limestone stratified in horizontal beds, and possessing all the charac-
ters of the Zechstein or Hohlen-Kalkstein of the Germans (cavern
limestone). It is entirely perforated with caverns and traversed in
all directions by fissures which are more or less filled with the red
earth identical with that forming the superficial stratum of the di-

* From an extract given by Victor Audouin, to whom the letter was ad-
dressed, in the Comptes Rendus, No. 15, Avril 1839.

pS pe

236 Mr. E. Forbes’ Botanical Excursion to

strict. This bed, which varies from 10 to 50 feet in thickness, covers
indiscriminately and without interruption the plains, valleys, hills,
and even the gentle slopes of the mountains. It consists principally
of clay containing subordinate strata of gravel and quartz pebbles,
and is frequently ferruginous to such a degree, that the particles of
iron are converted into pistholitic iron ore resembling that which
fills the fissures of the Jura.

The soil which fills the caverns has undergone some modifications,
arising from its introduction and sojourn in them; lst, it contains
angulose or rounded fragments of limestone; 2nd, it is hardened by
the particles of lime deposited in its interior by the waters charged
with this substance filtrating through the fissures of the rock; 3rd,
it is impregnated with saltpetre, and is on this account explored by
the inhabitants of the country.

It is in this soil that the fossil bones are found; they are deposited
pell-mell, are fragile, very white in their fracture, and adhere
strongly to the tongue. Frequently they are petrified, more often
converted into calcareous spar. In general they are broken or mu-
tilated, and, lastly, they frequently bear the impressions of teeth,
leaving no doubt that the animals to which they belonged had been
dragged into these caverns by ferocious animals then inhabiting
them. The larger ones have been introduced by various carniyo-
rous Mammifera and the smaller ones by a diurnal bird.

At the present day not a single ferocious animal of the Mammi-
fera sojourns in these caverns, and none accumulate masses of bones
comparable to those we find in the diluvial deposits. At the utmost,
we find in the modern excavations bones of small animals scattered
at the surface, which had served as prey to a nocturnal bird, the
Terror (Effraie) of Brazil, Strix perlata, Licht.

[We shall give the list of the fossils in one of our next numbers.
—EpIr. |

XXVIII.—Notices of a Botanical Excursion to the Mountains
of Ternova in Carniola. By Epwarp Forses, M.W5S.;
For. Sec. B.S., &c.

In the chain of the Julian Alps, nearly opposite Goritzia, is a

district called the Forest of Ternova, reserved by the Austrian

government for the use of its navy, on account of the fine tim-
ber therein found. It consists of a group of well-wooded
mountains, of from 4000 to 5000 feet above the level of the sea.

The highest summits are bare and rocky, but the general form

of the hills is round-backed. They rise from an elevated plain,

the Mountains of Ternova. 237

which itself is the summit of an extended elevation raised as
it were on the high plain of the Karst.

My distinguished friend Mr. Tommasini, of Trieste, has for
some time past been occupied with a Flora of Illyria, and
these mountains have furnished him with some of its richest
ornaments, they having been scarcely examined since the days
of Scopoli. There still remained several elevations of the
group to be explored, and as the promise of a good harvest
was great, I gladly accepted the invitation of M. Tommasini
to join him in an excursion to the unexplored part. Accord-
ingly I met him at Goritzia on Tuesday, the 26th of June, and
on the same day, with a proper stock of materials, botanical
and gastronomical, vascula and bottles, boards, plates, bread
and paper, we set off in a wicker cart for the mountains, our
first object being ‘to reach the village of Chapovano, in the
heart of the forest (a distance of about 30 miles), by night.
After following the course of the river Izonzo, remarkable for
the white colour of its waters, we commenced ascending the
mountains at about6 miles from Goritzia. The point of ascent is
the locality given by Reichenbach for the true dthamanta Mat-
thiol of Wulfen,the only known locality, and there we found it.
But assuredly it does not specifically differ from the dihaman-
ta rupestris of Scopoli, which I had gathered the week before
at its recorded habitat near Trieste. The differences arise from
situation, and are in themselves scarcely sufficient to consti-
tute a variety, much less a species. Had Reichenbach seen the
two plants in their native stations he would doubtless have
recognized their identity ; but he has probably in this case, as
in many others, been deceived by the fallacious experiment of
cultivation ; assuredly no test of specific character, as the fleet-
ing difference of the field not unfrequently becomes (abnorm-
ally) permanent in the garden. Along with the dthamanta grew
the Phyteuma Scheuchzeri and the Dianthus monspeliacus.

After rattling up and down several steep hills in our basket-
like vehicle we changed it for ponies at a village a few miles
beyond the church of Monte Santo, and commenced ascend-
ing again. On the way the Flora gradually changed from that
of the Karst to a more alpine character, and the vegetation
assumed a more northern aspect. Phyteuma nigra, certainly
only a variety of Phyteuma spicata, which grew along with tt,

238 Mr. E. Forbes’ Botanical Lacursion to

ornamented the road side in company with Cirsiwm serratu-
loides. My companion was delighted to find Scrophularia
verna, a plant much prized in his country. At Chapovano,
our destination for the night, we found a tolerable village inn,
and after a hearty supper of omelettes we slept soundly until
4 o'clock on Wednesday morning, when we proceeded to
ascend the neighbouring mountain of the Stoddar. Our way
lay up a steep slope, so covered with rare and beautiful plants
that it resembled a garden run wild. All the colours of the
rainbow were represented amid the grass, for the richest plants
were in full flower. There were Lilium carniolicum and bul-
biferum, with their gorgeous flame-coloured petals ; the modest
pink of Hieracium incarnatum; the bright yellow Biscutella
and Cineraria ; the blue of Campanula carnica; Veronica pro-
strata and the Gladiole, with its brilliant purple blossoms.
Here and there Cytisus angustifolius waved its golden flowers
above our heads, whilst Aquilegia Sternbergii flourished in its
shade. Most of the plants I saw around me were new to me;
for though the vegetation resembled generically that of the Va-
lerian Alps of Switzerland, specifically it almost entirely differed.
Every now and then however some well-known acquaintance,
such as Rhododendron ferrugineum or Tofieldia palustris, re-
minded me of my alpine rambles. One of the rarest flowers
which there grew was Primula carniolica, but its time of flower-
ing was nearly over, and most of the specimens were in fruit.
After recovering from the first shock of the novel and beauti-
ful florabefore me,my Polygala-hunting propensities came inte
full action. I sought and I found: for among quantities of
Polygala vulgaris | discovered a few stalks of Polygala austri-
aca, and higher up the pretty plant grew in great plenty. It
delighted my friend as much as myself, being an addition to the
Flora of Carniola. Near the summit we found a new locality
for one of the rarest plants in Europe, the Pleurospermum Go-
laka, a native of these mountains only; its time of flowering
had not yetcome. The summit itself was covered with bushes
of Rosa alpina and Spartium radiatum, which only flourishes
on mountain tops where the winds prevail. The view from
the Stoddar is truly magnificent: in front the valley of Idria;
behind the gigantic mountains of the Terglon, capped with
perennial snows; far beneath and around, the thick forests of

the Mountains of Ternova. 239

Ternova and the fearful precipice of the Budanowitz, a moun-
tain of great height, cleft as it were from its summit to its base,
adds not a little to the grandeur of the scene. From the Stod-
dar we traversed the forest at a considerable elevation (about
3500 feet) to the Budanowitz, but had no small trouble with
our guides and porters on the way. The peasantry of these
mountains are Sclavonian and speak a dialect of that language;
a very few know some words of Italian.

Much is said about travellers corrupting the virtue of the
Swiss mountaineers, but certainly in knavery the Carniolian
peasants excel them; they must be born knaves, as no travel-
lers visit these mountains, and certainly no Englishmen. Yet
although M. Tommasini spoke their language and knew their
habits, they contrived to cheat, lie, beg, and annoy us through-
out our excursion. They are as ugly as they are roguish.

In the forest we found Cardamine bifolia and sylvatica,
three species of Dentaria, Aremonia Agrimonioides, Omphalodes
verna, Atragene alpina, Paederota Ageria, Carex firma, pedata,
tenuis and mucronata. The rare Euphorbia carniolica was also
extremely abundant. On the Budanowitz we gathered Gentiana
Frolichii, assuredly distinct from Gentiana acaulis, and not to
be confounded with the variety of the latter called angustifo-
lia, in Switzerland. Here also we obtained Achillea Clavenne,
Saxifraga crustata,Orobus flaccidus, Kernera saxatilis, Astran-
tia carniolica, Salix Wulfenii, Apargia incana, Betonica Alope-
curus and Polygala alpestris. It is of importance to observe
that in these mountains Polygala alpestris, P. austriaca and
P. vulgaris all grow at the same elevation and never pass into
each other. I regard them as truly distinct species.

We descended to a hamlet called Lagua, where we dined.
On our way down we found Sambucus racemosa, Primula ela-
tior (the true plant) in fruit, Spirea ulmifolia, and Arnica
austriaca; also a Myrrhis regarded by M.'Tommasini as un-
described. From Lagua we journeyed on ponies through the
forest to Doll, a small village distant 12 miles. Except Pyrola
uniflora, here very rare, nothing of interest occurred on the
way. Both Lagua and Dollare situated on the elevated table
land of the forest. This table land is about 3000 feet and up-
wards above the level of the sea. At Doll we stopped and slept.

The object of our Thursday’s excursion was to ascend the

240 Botanical Excursion to the Mountains of Ternova.

highest mountains of the forest, namely the Golaks (385
toises high). Our guide was an old forester, but missing his
way he misled us sadly, and I have seldom been obliged to
scramble so much or so inconveniently as during the ascent
of the Maligolak. Our scratched faces and torn clothes (tra-
vellers carry few coats) bore evidence of our toil for some
time afterwards. The general aspect of the vegetation was
similar to what we had seen the two preceding days, but se-
veral plants of great interest and novelty diversified it. In the
wood we found Lonicera cerulea and nigra, Hacquetia Epi-
pactis and Salix Kitaibeliana. Towards the summit of the
Golaks Pinus Mughus grew in great plenty ; also Silene guadri-
dentata, Carex capillaris, Apargia fetida, and that variety of
Gnaphalium dioicum which Don named Gnaphahum hyperbo-
reum. ‘Though the weather was warm and the month June,
in consequence of the lateness of the season, much snow lay
around us, which we turned to good account by manufacturing
ice-punch, being well provided with materials, wherewith to
drink the health and happiness of Queen Victoria with all the
honours, this being the coronation day. The snow was use-
ful in another respect also, for in its neighbourhood we found
Gentiana angulosa in beautiful flower, a great gratification to
myself, as I had despaired of seeing its blossoms; hitherto
all the specimens I had found were in fruit. We found no
other plants of interest before descending to the Karst, when
we gathered the beautiful Campanula spicata in fine condition,
also Geranium macrorrhizon and Anthriscus fumarioides. The
botanical part of our excursion was now at an end; and once
more reclining in a wicker car, we jogged on to Goritzia, well
loaded with treasures, and arrived there at midnight.

During this excursion I found but few land shells. Helix
verticellus and H. planospira were common in the woods. Se-
veral good species of Clausilia, Vitrina elongata, and Cyclo-
stoma elegans also occurred. ‘The greatest rarities were a few
specimens gathered on the summit of the Maligolak of two of
the scarcest and most interesting Kuropean Pupe, viz. Pupa
pagodula and Pupa Kokeilii. 'The latter is a trochiform Pupa
with a ringent mouth, and forms a natural link between Pupa
and Helix ; 1t was first described by Rossmassler, who received
it from Carinthia about a year and a half ago.

Sir P. Grey Egerton on the Wild Cattle of England. 241

XXIX.—On the Wild Cattle of England. By Sir Puixie
Grey Ecerton, M.P., F.R.S., &c.

To the Editors of the Annals of Natural History.

Gentlemen,
As no mention was made in Mr. Hindmarsh’s communication
to the British Association at Newcastle, “ On the Wild Cattle
of Chillingham Park*,” of the existence formerly of a breed of
wild cattle at Bishops Auckland, the following extract may
be worthy of record :—It is copied from a MS. in my posses-
sion, entitled, “ The Second Yeares Travell. thorow Scottland
and Ireland, 1635.” The writer passes a few days on his road
to Scotland “att Bishoppe-Auckland wt® Dr. Moreton, Bi-
shoppe of Durham: who maintaines great hospitalitie, in an
orderly well-governed house, and is a verye worthy Reverend
Bishoppe.” After describing the palace, “ chapples,” &c., he
mentions “ A daintie stately parke : where-in I saw wild bulls
and kine: w* had 2 calves rufers; there are about 20 wild
beasts all white: will nott endure yo" approach : butt if they
bee enraged or distressed, verye violent and furious: their
calves will bee wonderous fatt.”
I have the honour to be
Your obedient servant,
Puitie Grey EGERTON.

XXX.—On three undescribed Species of the Genus Cimex,
closely allied to the Common Bed-Bug. By the Rev. Lro-
NARD JENYNS, M.A., F.L.S., &c.+

{ With a Plate. ]

I am not aware that any entomologist has described more
than one species of the genus Cimez, as restricted at the pre-
sent day, although Latreille has alluded to a second, found on

* See Mr. Hindmarsh’s paper, vol. ii. p. 282, which also contains notices
of the existence of this breed at Hamilton, Lynn Park, Chartley Park; and
formerly at Burton Constable, and Drumlanrig, with ancient descriptions of
them from Hector Boethius and Bishop Leslie.

+ Read to the Natural History Section of the British Association at New-
castle, August 23, 1838 ; and communicated by the Author.

242 Rev. L. Jenyns on three undescribed species of Cimex.

swallows*, which he thought would prove to be distinct from
the common bed-bug+. A year or two since I had occasion
to destroy a great number of martins’ nests, when I found
them swarming with the species just alluded to, which on
being compared with the C. lectularius of authors, offered se-
veral obvious differences. A short time afterwards I obtained
a third species, equally distinct and equally well characterized,
from the Pipistrelle bat, to which I can find no allusion what-
ever. And very lately I have been favoured by Mr. West-
wood with specimens of a fourth species found on pigeons,
which though often met with before, has not been generally
considered as distinct from the one found in houses. I beg
to draw the attention of entomologists to these three unde-
scribed insects, which acquire an interest from their parasitic
habits, beyond what they might possess on other accounts.
As they are all closely allied to the common bed-bug which
is so well known, I shall not enter into a detailed account of
their characters ; but merely point out the differential marks
by which each is distinguished from the others as well as from
the C. lectularius of authors. And I shall commence with
the species found on pigeons, from its bearing a closer resem-
blance to the one just mentioned than either of the two others.

C. columbarius, Nob.

On comparing this species with the common house-bug, it
will be found to be smaller and of a more orbicular form. The
antenne are shorter, and the jomts not quite so slender; and
the difference in length between the third and fourth joints
not so considerable. The thoraz is rather less hollowed out
in front, the anterior angles less produced, and the sides less
reflexed. The abdomen more nearly approaches to round,
the lateral margins being very much curved, and the greatest
breadth exactly in the middle; whereas in the house-bug the
lateral margins are at first but little curved, and the greatest
breadth rather behind the middle. The colours, as well as the

* Reg. Anim. (2nd edit.) tom. v. p. 201.

+ There is also allusion to “ the discovery of a new and winged species of
Cimea (C. domestica)” by M. Schilling, in the ‘Journal of Proceedings of

the Entomological Society of London,” (vol. i. p. 4.) but neither its cha-
racter nor its habitat are annexed.

Rev. L. Jenyns on three undescribed species of Cimex. 243

punctures and the degree of pubescence, are similar in the
two species.
C. Hirundinis, Nob.

This species is rather less than the C. columbarius, and in
respect to form, different from both that and the C. lectularius.
The antenne are comparatively short, and the third joint is
scarcely, if at all, longer than the fourth. The eyes are not
soprominent. The thorax is much less hollowed out in front,
the anterior angles but little produced, and the sides scarcely
at all reflexed. The scutellum is wider at the base or more
transverse, and does not project so far backwards. The elytra
are less coarsely punctured. The abdomen is not so broad,
and more rounded at the apex; the sides regularly curved.
The whole insect is more pubescent. The colour is ferrugi-
nous inclining to testaceous, darker than in the common bed-
bug ; and the head and thorax are much clouded with fuscous.
In one specimen the legs are spotted, at or near the joints,
with this last colour. There are also some fuscous spots on
the abdomen.

The young, or pupe, have the abdomen much narrower
than the perfect insect, inclining to oblong.

C. Pipistrelli, Nob.

The antenne of this species are of an intermediate length
between those of the C. lectularius and those of the C. colum-
barius ; and the third joint is obviously longer than the fourth.
The eyes are prominent. The ¢horax has a moderately deep
excavation in front, and the sides are partially reflexed. The
abdomen is narrower than in either of the above-named spe-
cies, and much more attenuated posteriorly, the greatest
breadth being rather before the middle. The thighs are more
incrassated. The whole insect is very pubescent, approaching
to hispid; and rather coarsely punctured. The colour is dark
ferruginous-ochre, glistening with a faint metallic or sub-
geneous hue, not perceptible in any of the other species. The
legs and antenne are a shade paler than the abdomen, and as
well as this last, without spots.

I shall annex a synoptic view of the specific characters of

244 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

all the four species drawn up with reference to the above dif-
ferences.

1. C. lectularius.—Ferrugineo-ochraceus : thorace profunde emar-
ginato, lateribus reflexis : abdomine suborbiculato, apice acuto :
antennis articulo tertio quarto longiore.

Long. 2} lin. Hab. In domibus.

2. C. columbarius. — Ferrugineo-ochraceus : thorace profunde
emarginato, lateribus reflexis: abdomine orbiculato, apice sub-
acuto: antennis articulo tertio quarto paulo longiore.

Long. vix 24 lin. Had. In Columbis.

3. C. Hirundinis.—Fusco-ferrugineus : thorace leviter emarginato,
lateribus planis: abdomine ovato, apice subacuto: antennis
brevibus, articulis tertio et quarto subzequalibus.

Long. 14 lin. Hab. In nidis Hirundinis urbice.

4. C. Pipistrelli—Ferrugineo-ochraceus, nitidus: thorace pro-
funde emarginato, lateribus paulo reflexis: abdomine ovato,
postice attenuato : antennis articulo tertio quarto longiore.

Long. 2 lin. Hab. In Vespertilione Pipistrello.

I have only to add, that the last two species were both
taken in Cambridgeshire. Of the C. Pipistrelli I have seen
but one specimen.

REFERENCE TO PLATE V.

Fig. 1. C. columbarius. Fig. 2. C. Hirundinis. Fig. 3. C. Pipistrelli.
a. One of the antenne. All the figures are highly magnified. ‘The line
above each denotes the natural size.

Swaffham Bulbeck, April 6, 1839.

XXXI.—Flore Insularum Nove Zelandie Precursor; or a
Specimen of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By
ALLAN CuNNINGHAM, Esq.

[Continued from p. 115.]
ROSACEA, Juss.

Acana, Vahl.

566. A. Sanguisorbe. Vahl Enum.i. p.294. DC. Prodr.ii. p.592. Roem.
et Sch. Syst. Veg. i. p. 268.—Ancistrum Sanguisorbe. L. Willd. Sp. Pl. i.
p. 154.—A, diandrum. Forst. Prodr. n. 52. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 341.

New Zealand (Middle Island). Dusky Bay.—1773, G. Forster. Cook’s
Strait—1827, D’Urville. (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. In
dry exposed situations, Bay of Islands, —1826, 4. Cunningham.

—

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 245

Rusus, L.

567. R. australis, caule glabro teretiusculo, aculeis ramorum secundis re-
curvis, foliis ternatis quinatisve petiolatis, foliolis ellipticis ovatisve extra
medium argute serratis, serraturis acuminatis coriaceis venosis utrinque
glabris, floribus axillaribus racemosis dioicis, laciniis calycinis obtusis paten-
tibus, pedunculis ramulisque tomentosis, Forst. Prodr. n. 224. DC. Prodr.
i. p. 556. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 340.

Tataramora, indigenis.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Margins of
forests, Wangaroa.—1826, 4. Cunningham. (Middle Island).—1773, G.
Forster.

568. R. Schmidelioides, canle glabro tereti, aculeis ramorum brevissimis
sparsis revurvis, foliis ternatis petiolatis, foliolis ovalibus lato-ellipticisve
coriaceis rugosis venosis extra medium serratis acutis basi rotundatis sub-
cordatis supra viridibus leevibus, subtus pedunculis ramulisque-ferrugineo-
tomentosis, racemis axillaribus conferti floris brevibus paniculatis, floribus
divicis, calycibus obtusis lanatis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Forests at Wangaroa and Bay of
Islands.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

Obs. Habitus preecedentis, sed differt foliolis omnino ternatis rugosis ve-
nosis subtus (discoloribus) valde ferrugineo-tomentosis, racemoque multo
breviore.

569. R. cissoides; caule glabro tereti ramoque inermi, foliis ternatis
quinatisve elliptico-lanceolatis lanceolatisve peticlatis acuminatis serratis
basi rotundatis utrinque levibus, petiolis costisve mediis retrorso-aculeatis,
paniculis axillaribus terminalibusve glabriusculis laxis elongatis pendulis,
calycinis laciniis ovatis obtusiusculis refiexis tomentosis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Dense forests of Wangaroa.—1826, 4.
Cunningham.

Obs. Habitus omnino Cissi. Folia presertim quinata longe petiolata,
valde nitida et pulcherrime venosa, serraturis acuminatis. Panicula ramosa
pedalis.

LEGUMINOSAE, Juss.

1. Epwarpsta, Salisb.

570. E. microphylla, foliolis 33—41, obovatis subrotundis villiosiusculis,
carine petalis ellipticis, margine dorsali uncinato. DC. Prodr. ii. p. 97.
A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 344.—Sophora microphylla. it. Hort. Kew. ed.
1. v. ii. p.42. Jacg. Hort. Scheenb. iii. t. 269. Bot. Mag. t. 1442.

Kowhy or Kongi, indigenis.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Bay of Islands.
1826, A. Cunningham.

571. E. grandiflora, foliolis 17—21 oblongo-linearibus sublanceolatis vil-
losiusculis carine petalis late faleatis. DC. Prodr. ii. p. 97.—Sophora te-
traptera. dit. Hort. Kew. ed. 1. v. ii. p.43. Curtis Bot, Mag. t. 167.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks.

246 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

Quid £. microphylla, Wenderoth in Linnea, vy. p. 202. ex nova Zelandia,
sec. Endl.?

2. Crrantuus, Sol. mss, in Bibl. Banks.

Calyx late campanulatus subzequalis 5-dentatus. Vexillum acuminatum
reflexum, alis parallelis longius; Carina scaphiformis, vexillo alisque
multo longior, omnino monopetala. Stamina manifeste perigyna, dia-
delpha, omnia fertilia. Stylus staminibus duplo longior, versus apicem
hine leviter barbatus, stigmate simplicissimo. Legumen pedicellatum,
coriaceum, acuminatum, ventricosum, polyspermum, intus lanulosum
sutura dorsali recta, ventrali convexa. Semina reniformia, funiculis
longiusculis aflixa.

572. C. puniceus, suffruticosus diffusus glaber, foliolis alternis oblongis
subemarginatis racemis pendulis multifloris, calyce quinquedentato, legu-
mine glabro. Lindl. in Bot. Reg. 1775. Sol. mser. in Mus. Brit. A. Cunn,
in Hort. Lond. Trans. v. i. (new series) p. 521. t. 22.—Donia punicea. G.
Don. Syst. of Gard. ii. p. 468.

Kowainguta Kaka, indigenis Anglice Parrot’s-bill.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Shores of Mer-
cury Bay, 1833, Missionaries.

Suffrutex diffusus ramosus, quinquepedalis, ramis viridibus parum lignosis.
Folia 8-juga cum impari. Racemi penduli, multiflori, floribus speciosissimis
coccineis. Legumen fere tripollices longum, atro-fuscum, venosum. Se-
mina reniformia, fusca, atro-nebulosa. Lindl. loc. cit.

3. Guinanpina, Juss., L.

573. G. Bonduc, L. DC. Prodr. ii. p. 480. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.
348.—G. Bonducella, L.—Forst. Prodr. n. 185. Rumph. Amb. t. 48. and
49.
New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.

4. Carmicuacg.ia, &., Br.

Calyx cyathiformis quinquedentatus. Ovarium dispermum. Stigma sim-
plex. Legumen oligospermum (1-3 spermum) replo post lapsum valvularum
persistente.

574. C. australis, ft. Br. in Bot. Reg. 912.—Lotus? arboreus. Forst.
Prodr. n. 278. Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. p. 13892. A. Rich, Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 345.
DC. Prodr. ii. p.214.—Bossizea Scolopendrea. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.
345. non Brownii atque exel. syn. Andrewsii Ventenatisque.—Genista com-
pressa. Sol. ms. in Bibl. Banks. :

New Zealand (Northern Island). On the east side.—1769, Sir Jos.
Banks. Frequent in dry woods and open sandy shores among underwood.
—1826, A. Cunningham.—( Middle Island). Dusky Bay.—1773, G. Forster.

Frutex ramosissimus (sexpedalis) sub statu florescentiz szepius aphyllus.
Caulis ramique primarii teretes, tenuiores v. plano-compressi v. ancipites,
stipulis minutis alternatim dentati. Folia e dentibus ramorum fruticis
junioris ternata v. pinnata (foliolis 3—7, obcordatis). Racemi simplicissimi
e denticulis ramorum. lores parvi albo-purpurei. Petala longitudine

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 247

subzequalia, vexillum lamina latiore quam longiore basi absque callis auri-
culisve, carina obtusa. Filamenta 1—9 fida. Ovarium lineare, 5—6-sper-
mum. Stylus subalatus. Stigma obtusum, imberbe. Semina reniformia,
sinu clauso, umbilico nudo. &. Br.

This very remarkable plant seems to have been but imperfectly
understood until Mr. Brown ably defined the true structure of its
pod. Forster, with an expression of doubt, referred it to Lotus, in
which genus it was retained by Willdenow, notwithstanding that he
appears to have been acquainted with its fruit; and by DeCandolle
in the 2nd vol. of his ‘ Prodromus,’ which appeared in 1825, who
could not have been aware of its having been erected into a new
genus by Mr. Brown; and from the MSS. of that eminent botanist,
published in the ‘ Bot. Reg.’ in September of that year. But the
blunders of M. Ach. Richard, respecting this very curious plant which
had been living in the English gardens antecedent to the publication
of his ‘ Essai d’une Flore de la Nouv. Zélande’ in 1832, (and one
might have supposed it would at that time have got into the Paris
gardens from us) appear wholly inexplicable. Apparently altogether
ignorant of Mr. Brown’s name, and evidently without an idea cf what
Forster meant by Lotus? arboreus, he not only inserts this latter in
his work from Forster’s MSS. at some length, but on finding speci-
mens in fruit of the Carmichaelia in the collections formed during the
voyage of the Astrolabe by Capt. D’Urville (who had gathered them
in the Bay of Islands in 1827), he confounds them with Bassiea
Scolopendria, a common Port Jackson plant ; and thus our genus ap-
. pears, in his volume on the Botany of New Zealand, under two
names, viz. the above one of Bassiea, and that of Lotus.

_ RHAMNEA, &. Br,
1. Carropetus, Forst. Gen. t. 17.

575. C. serratus. Forst. Prodr.n. 11. Char. Gen. t. 17. DC. Prodr. ii.
p. 29. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 366.

Piri-piri-water ab incolis dicitur.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster. (Northern Island.)
On the alluvial banks of rivers, occasionally in salt-water marshes, Wanga-
roa, &c. bearing fruit in December.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

Arbuscula 10—20 pedalis, ramosa, ramis foliosis sparsis divaricatisve,
foliorum casu tuberculatis. Folia alterna, ovalia, oblonga, acuta, petiolata,
glanduloso-serrata, superne puberula, subtus discolora, glabra, reticulata.
Racemi axillares, terminalesve corymbosi. Calyx turbinatus ovario adna-
tus, limbo 5-partito, laciniis linearibus deciduis. Corolla 5-petala, pe-
talis albis, zestivatione valvatis, calycis limbo duplo longioribus. Stamina 5,
filamentis subulatis cum petalis alternantibus. Stylus simplex, erectus,

248 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

staminibus longior. J’ructus coriaceus, subglobosus, quasi zona cinctus ex
margine calycis adnato, 5-locularis. Semina plura, angulata rugulosa.

2. PennantiA, Forst., Gen. 67.

Calycis sepala 5, lanceolata, acuta, zstivatione imbricata, in anthesi pa-
tentissima. Stamina 5, hypogyna, sepalis alterna; filamentis liberis,
antheris introrsus bilocularibus, dorso aflixis. Ovarium sessile, ovato-
oblongum, 3 loculare, loculis biovulatis, ovulis ex apice loculi pendulis.
Stigma sessile, discoideum, obsolete 3-lobum. /’ructus drupaceus, mo-
nospermus, semine inverso. Endl.

576. P. corymbosa. Forst. Prodr.n. 379. Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. p. 1122.
Endl, Prodr. Fl. Norf. p. 80. Roem, et Sch. Syst. Veg. v. 5. p. 569. A.
Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 868. Icon. Ferd. Bauer, illustr. Pl. Norf. Ins. t.
165.

New Zealand (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.

Arbor 40-pedalis, et infra cortice albo. Sami teretes, albo-punctati, fistu-
losi. Folia alterna, petiolata, elliptico-oblonga v. obovata, integerrima (vel
extra medium serrata) emarginata, venosa, glabra. Flores hermaphroditi,
pentandri, paucissimis abortu masculis intermixtis, corymbosi. Corymba
cymosi, 4-pollicares, in ramis ramulisque terminales. Ovarium 3 loculare,
loculis biovulatis, ovulis pendulis superpositis. Druwpa atro-purpurea stigmate
coronata, semine unico inverso feeta.

38. Pomaperris, Labill.
* Flores petaliferi.

577. P. Kumeraho, cymis densifloris umbellato-paniculatis, foliis ellipticis
coriaceis valde obtusis super glabris subrugulosis margine tenuiter crenulatis
integrisve subtus alte costatis ramulisque albo-tomentosis.

Kumeraho nom. vernaculum. &. Cunningham.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Banks of the Keri-Keri river, &c.,
Bay of Islands.—1826, 4. Cunningham.—18338, R. Cunningham.

Obs. Valde afiinis P. elliptice que differt foliis preesertim acutioribus, pa-
nicula multo minore et laxiore, floribusve perquam minus confertis.

The flowering of this shrub, which takes place in the month of
September, the spring of New Zealand, is the signal for the natives
to plant their Koomeras or sweet potatoes ; hence doubtless origin-
ates the name by which they call this plant in the present day.

** Flores apetali.

578. P. ericifolia, foliis linearibus pubescenti-scabris marginibus condu-
plicato-revolutis subtus cinereo-hirsutissimis, cymis parvifloris axillaribus
folio vix longioribus, stipulis subulatis ramisque oblongis. Hooker, Journ.
Bot. i. p. 257.

Tuturnai incolarum.

New Zealand (Northern Island). On hills among fern, Bay of Islands,
—1826, 4. Cunningham.

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 249

The above character accords so fully with the plant from New Zea-
land, as to leave no doubt of its identity with that from Van Diemen’s
Land, recently described by Sir Wm. J. Hooker in the work above
quoted.

Fruticulus incanus, erectus, ramosissimus. Rami stricti, numerosi. Folia
linearia, obtusa, petiolata, 3—4 lineas longa, supra convexa, margine valde
revoluta. Flores parvi apetali cymosi, pedunculati, folia subequantia. Pe-
rianthium 5-fidum, laciniis ovatis acutis. Stamina 5, inclusa, segmentis pe-
rianthii alterna. Stylus apice trifidus staminum longitudine. Stigmata tria.

Genus novum Rhamneis affine, —
CorokIa.

Flores dioici. Mas. . Foem. Calycis tubus ovario adherens limbo 5-
fido persistente, per zestivationem valvato. Petala 5, lanceolata, lobis
calycis alterna, decidua. Discus carnosus, glandulosus, epigynus.
Stylus 1. Stigma capitatum lobatum. Ovarium inferum biloculare,
loculis 1-ovulatis pendulis. Drupa 2-locularis, loculis 1-spermis.

579. C. Buddleioides.

Korokia-taranga, appellatio incolarum est. R. Cunn.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Margins of woods, on the shores of the
Bay of Islands, Wangaroa, &c.—1826, 4. Cunningham.—1834, R. Cun-
ningham.

Caulis fruticosus, 10 pedalis, ramis ramulisque strictis albo-tomentosis
instar Buddleie. Folia alterna, lanceolata, acuta, petiolata, coriacea, supra
plerumque glabra, valde lucida, subtus dense albo-lanata. Flores parvi, sub-
paniculati, paniculis brevibus szepius axillaribus v. terminalibus cano-pilosis.
Corolle petala alba, oblongo-lanceolata, reflexa, segmentis calycis ter lon-
giora, extus incano-villosa, intus glabra. Drupa spherica, pisi magnitudine
(epicarpio fragili, nigro, nitido) apice umbilicato villosa.

Nomen hujus generis ad nomen vernaculum refert.

Genus novum Ordinis manifeste intus
Brextaceas et CELASTRINEAS.
TxXERBA.

Calyx inferus, 5-phyllus, persistens, zestivatione imbricata. Petala 5, mem-
branacea, unguiculata, disco hypogyno inserta, decidua, fere zstiva-
tione imbricata. Stamina 5, hypogyna, petalis alterna. Anthere
ovate acuminate, adnate, biloculares, longitudinaliter dehiscentes.
Discus hypogynus, carnosus, 5-lobatus, lobis inter bases staminum re-
tusis integris. Sty/us.1, angulatus, continuus, versus apicem attenuatus.
Stigma simplex. Ovarium superum 5-lobum, 5-loculare, loculis 2-ovu-
latis, ovulis collateralibus suspensis. Fructus nondum vidi.

Nomen Brezie anagramma est, cui generi nostra planta certe maxime

affinis.

580. I. Bresioides.

New Zealand (Northern Island). A tree on the skirts of woods at Wan-

garoa, Nov. 1828. 4. Cunningham.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No.17. June 1839. 4

250 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

Arbor elegans sempervirens, viginti pedalis et infra; ramis teretibus gla-
bris, cortice rugose. Folia (4—5 uncialia) alterna, petiolata, exstipulata, ad
summitatem ramulorum spe verticillato-conferta, elongato-lanceolata, acu-
minata, obtusiuscula, coriacea remote calloso-serrata, utrinque glabra, su-
perne nitida, subtus pallidiora. lores albi, terminales, corymbosi, pedun-
culis (uncialibus) plerumque trichotomis.

One of the most remarkable plants of New Zealand, where, however,
it is of very rare occurrence, and in affinity approaching nearer to
Brexia of M. du Petit Thouars than to any other published genus.
With it our plant accords in the estivation and forms of the calyx
and petals, in its hypogynous stamens and the figure of the anthers,
and in its superior pentagonal quinquelocular ovarium with a disk at
its base. In the form of these latter, however, our genus differs es-
sentially ; having neither, in the one, an indefinite number of ovules
attached in two rows to placente in the axis, nor in the other the
toothed or fringed lobes between the bases of the stamens, as bota-
nists have described the genus of M. du Petit Thouars. The ma-
tured fruit of Iverba has not yet been examined, so that the structure
of the seeds remains to be ascertained. Its nearest affinity appears
with Celastrinee, with which it agrees in the estivation of the floral
envelopes, the number of the stamens, and their alternating with the
petals, but differing in the insertion of the stamens ; these, in that
family being perigynous, and the ovules, for the most part, ascend-
ing from the axis of the ovarium.

[To be continued. }

XXXII.—Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

Mr. Gardner’s Journeys in Brazil.

Tue following extracts of letters lately received from Mr. Gardner
cannot fail to give pleasure to those who take an interest in his tra-
vels and collections, which promise to throw great light on the hi-
story of the vegetable productions of a very extensive and hitherto
little explored region of tropical South America.—En1r.

Villa do Icé, Sertao of the Province of Seira,
August 25, 1838.

About the middle of last month I did myself the pleasure of writing
to you from Pernambuco, stating that it was my intention to pass
into the interior from Aracaty, a sea-port in this province, and pro-
bably to try to reach the mountains to the west of the province of

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 251

Piauhy, which, from Von Martius’ account to Mr. Bentham, must
offer a good field for botanical research. I quitted Pernambuco on
the 17th of July, in a coasting schooner, for Aracaty. Previous to
my departure I was introduced to two gentlemen, brothers, named
Pinto, very respectable merchants belonging to Icé, who visit Per-
nambuco to make purchases about once in two years. ‘The vessel in
which I sailed was freighted by them, and I considered myself fortunate
in having such companions. Besides ourselves there were about a
dozen more passengers ; and as the cabin was filled with goods, we
were all obliged to sleep on deck without shelter, a most uncomfort-
able position, as we were four days at sea and it rained heavily
nearly all that time. During our meals we more resembled wild
beasts than civilized beings, and to crown my misery I was dreadfully
sea-sick for two days. An illness succeeded for three days after
landing owing to my-exposure to the wet.

The town of Aracaty is situated on the east side of the Rio Jagua-
ride (Ounce river), about three leagues from the sea. The only
British merchant there is a young man from Ayrshire, with whom I
lived during my stay, and who kindly assisted me in making prepa-
rations for the inland journey. Icé is distant from Aracaty about
200 miles, and the intervening country being level, it is customary
to convey all goods in large waggons, generally drawn by twelve
oxen. In one of these I forwarded all my travelling trunks and bun-
dles of paper, so that I had only to buy two horses, one for myself,
the other to carry provisions and a few indispensable articles for the
journey. It was about twelve days before the brothers Pintu were
ready to depart, and I occupied this time in making excursions
around Aracaty, which produced a few species that I had not seen
before, among them Angelonia procumbens (Martius). ‘The country
is uninteresting, especially to a botanist, from its arid and level na-
ture: except one small hill to the south-west and a few sand hills
towards the sea, it is a continued plain, covered with abundance of
Carnahuba palms (Corypha cerifera of Martius), but nothing else
worthy the name of a tree. ‘This palm is one of the finest I have
seen in the north of Brazil, and I regret that I could not meet with
it in flower. Its stem, which is quite straight, rises to a height of
about 40 feet, while its fan-shaped leaves are so arranged as to form
a sort of round ball at the summit. I have never before seen a palm
occurring in such quantities as this does, the road from Aracaty to
Icé passing through a dense forest of it, more than 20 leagues in
length ; its foliage shelters a great multitude of parrots, parakeets,

pigeons, woodpeckers, and hosts of other small birds. Of the wax,
wD

252 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

which the young leaves produce and which gives origin to the spe-
cific name, I have obtained some good specimens for you.

On the morning of the 3rd of August I started for Icé, in company
with the MM. Pinto, but by an awkward mistake of my black servant
I only travelled with them for one day. On the second morning,
setting off before daybreak and in the hurry of departure, the man
caught a mare of the same size and colour as my riding horse, and it
was 9 o'clock before the mistake was discovered. It was then necessary
to halt and send back for my beast, a distance of 3 leagues; but I
was not sorry for this, as the Pintos travelled at full speed, thus pre-
venting me from gathering several plants which I saw by the way-
side. ‘hey accomplished the distance in five days and a half, and
lin eight. I however travelled more at ease, and made a small col-
lection of plants. At this season the road is as good as the common
roads in England. For the first two-thirds of the way the ground is
level, but the latter part is more undulating and rocky, in conse-
quence of being traversed by several small sierras. Nearer Aracaty
the vegetation consists chiefly of Carnahuba palms, mixed occasion-
ally with small trees, such as Patagonula americana, Linn., called
Pao-branco, from its large clusters of white flowers, a species of Z72
zyphus, several Mimosas, and a small tree to which the natives give
the name of Pereira. The latter I did not see in flower, but it has
a superior fruit, formed of two woody valves, dehiscent from top to
bottom, one-celled, many-seeded, the seeds broadly winged and sus-
pended from the summit of the valves. The fruit is of an obovate
form, nearly 3 inches long and 14 inch broad. The country further
up, which as I before remarked is more undulating, consists of large
open places (vargems) almost destitute of vegetation, extensive tracts
being, however, covered with small trees and shrubs (Catingas), all
of which are deciduous, the heat and drought producing the same
effect on foliage here as the cold does in the north of Europe.

On my arrival at Icd I found that my friends the Pintos had pre-
pared an empty dwelling belonging to them for my reception. In
consequence of the non-arrival of my trunks, which were delayed by
the breaking down of the waggon which conveyed them, I was how-
ever detained here, as they only came three days ago. The town of
Icé is of considerable size, containing about 7000 inhabitants, and
situated in a plain, from which all vegetation has already disappeared,
though it is not long since the rains have ceased. Of course there is
little for me to do here, but I am assured by everyone that the case is
quite otherwise at Crato, about 100 miles higher up the country, a
town situated at the foot of the mountains which divide this province

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 253

(of Leira) from that of Piauhy, and where there is verdure all the year
round. Should these accounts prove correct I will stay there a short
time to botanize, if otherwise I shall push on immediately to Oceiras,
picking up all I can by the way. The first rains (primeiras aguas)
fallin Piauhy in October, andI shall try if possible to reach Occiras
before the end of that’month, and remain there till the rains are over,
so as to be ready to start immediately for the westward. Should all
proceed according to my wishes, I hope to spend some months in
Piauhy, and then proceed to the Rio Tocintins, descending this river
to Para. I have met with several persons who have been to Oceiras
and beyond it, and especially an old man, who tells me that he has
made the journey twenty-eight times. All represent the country as
well-watered and fertile, but they add that fevers of a malignant and
intermittent character prevail there, which are peculiarly fatal to
strangers from other provinces. Such reports will not however pre-
vent my undertaking the journey ; my only fear being lest my col-
lections should not cover the expense, which threatens to be consi-
derable, though my constant endeavour is to spend as little as pos-
sible. My four horses have cost about 40/., and it is very proba-
ble that when I start for Crato 1 may require another. My servant,
an active and useful fellow, costs about 2/. 10s. a month, and it is
often needful to have the assistance of another person, who may lend
occasional help and act as a guide. While travelling, I always start
at day-break, and about 10 o’clock, when the sun begins to get hot,
I rest at some place where grass and water can be obtained for the
beasts, and remain stationary till about 3, when I set out again, and
continue proceeding till 6 or 7. When a house can be seen in the
neighbourhood I take advantage of the shelter of its verandah,
otherwise my hammock is slung under a tree. Nothing can be
simpler than my diet; a basin of tea and two biscuits for break-
fast, dried beef and farinha of mandiocea for dinner, varied some-
times by a stew of such parrots or pigeons as I can shoot, and my
supper at night is of the same fare as my breakfast. Wine or spirits
I never taste, having found by experience that they are rather inju-
rious than otherwise when travelling. During the middle of the day,
while the horses are resting, I shift and arrange my plants, and ge-
nerally walk a little way to add something to my collections.

The following isa list of a few of those plants which I gathered be-
tween Aracaty and this place :—Angelonia procumbens, Mariius ; and
another large and beautiful species of this genus, which I believe to be
new ; Patagonula americana, in fruit and flower ; a very fine Herpestes,
and a beautiful Avolvulus, growing about a foot high, very much re-

254 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

sembling Linum usitatissimum in the arrangement, size and colour of its
blossoms ; Pithecoseris pacourinoides (of Martius in DC. Prodr. v. 5.) ;
an undescribed species of Martius’ new genus Stilpnopappa (DC.
Prodr. v. 5.); Triplaris mevicana, with both male and female flowers ;
two fine Polygale; alarge yellow-flowered Utricularia; a Villarsia,
with white inflorescence ; and a Combretum, perhaps C. micropetalum,
DC. ; besides a number of other things, of which I am sorry not to
have got complete sets, owing to the small quantity of paper that
I took, not anticipating the leisurely manner in which I performed
the journey between Aracaty and this place. I gathered the other
day, in this neighbourhood, a species of Hyptis, that appears to me
an anomaly in the tribe to which it belongs. So faras I am aware,
all the Labiate have square stems, but the stem and branches of
this one are quite round. It appears to be abundant here; the heat
and drought, however, have so destroyed all vegetation, that I could
only procure two wretched specimens, with a few flowers on them.
The blossoms are large and light blue. I however gathered a few of
its seeds.

As respects Cactee, | have seen nothing different from what I
sent from the Rio San Francisco, but if I find any between this place
and Oceiras I shall endeavour at least to obtain seeds of them; while
if this tribe inhabits the vicinity of the Tocantius it will be easy so to
transport the living specimens to Para. It is of course out of the
question to expect Orchidee in such a country as this. The province
of Para may perhaps afford some, and their seeds at least I shall se-
cure, for they are easily conveyed from place to place.

On quitting Pernambuco, I requested Mr. Harrison’s house to for-
ward nothing after me, neither letter nor parcel; thus for a long
time to come I shall be deprived of all intelligence of my friends in
England. The hope that good tidings will await my return to Per-
nambuco must cheer me during my wanderings. If I have not the
pleasure of addressing you again from Crato I will certainly do so
from Oceiras, and give you a full detail of my past and present pro-
ceedings.

It is confidently stated that within a few months large steam-boats
will have arrived from Britain, which will ply constantly between
Pernambuco and Rio de Janeiro, and in one of these I can easily re-
turn to the former place, and thence to Rio on my way to Monte
Video. I only hope that health and strength will be granted to
me to accomplish the journey to Para, and then I shall think no-

thing of the dangers, toils and difficulties that I must expect to en-
counter.

Bibliographical Notices. eae

Not a single beetle have I seen since quitting Pernambuco ; the
country is too arid and barren for them.

I much regret that the few instruments which I wrote about some
months ago did not arrive before I left Pernambuco, especially the
Sympiesometer. It is always useful and interesting to ascertain the
height of mountains in little-known localities, and I hope to find
them on my return to that country. The thermometer here, at this
time, never stands under 86°, and often so high as 93° at noon, but
during the night it falls about 10°, so that the mornings and eve-
nings are delightfully cool.

There is alittle, and but a very little, cotton cultivated between this
place and Aracaty; most of the country people being engaged in
rearing cattle. The cotton is more grown further up, along the base
of the mountains.

[A subsequent letter from Mr. Gardner will be given in our next
Number.—Epir.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Synopsis Flore Helvetice; Auctore J. Gaudin; Opus posthumum
continuatum et editum a J. P. Monnard, Turici, 1836. 24mo.

The ‘ Flora Helvetica’ of Gaudin, which extends to seven octavo
volumes, is too well known and appreciated to require any praise
from us, but we believe that this little work has not attracted any
attention in Britain. It stands in the same relation to the ‘ Fl. Helv.’
that Smith’s ‘ Compendium’ does to his ‘ Flora,’ except that it enters
more into detail. Generic and specific descriptions of 2313 Swiss
flowering plants are given, and generally a few observations in ad-
dition : the arrangement is Linnean, and we can strongly recom-
mend the book to botanists intending to visit Switzerland or re-
quiring short descriptions of the plants of that country.

Flora Cestrica ; or an Attempt to enumerate and describe the Flower-
ing and Filicoid Plants of Chester County, in the State of Pennsyl-
vania ; with brief Notices of their Properties and Uses in Medicine,
Domestic and Rural Giconomy, and the Arts. By William Darling-
ton, M.D., &c.

Botany is indeed making rapid progress in the United States.
Practical and experienced botanists are now resident in the Northern,
the Middle, and Southern States, busily engaged in investigating the
riches of the vegetable kingdom in their respective districts, and
communicating to each other and to foreigners the well-dried spe-

256 Bibliographical Notices.

cimens, the result of their discoveries. The name of Dr. Darlington
has been long known as the author of a little work under the unas-
suming title of ‘ Florula Cestrica,’ or an Essay towards a Catalogue
of the Phznogamous Plants of West Chester (1826); containing
many valuable and original observations, which have in the present
work been greatly extended. Accompanying every species in the
‘Flora’ there is a full description and remarks, an excellent glossary,
and a very neat map of the county, coloured so as to indicate the
geological structure ; all, in short, that a botanist can wish who is
studying the plants of that inland district. ‘The arrangement in the
body of the work is the Linnean, and the author remarks, that
‘“‘ whilst he freely admits that the true science of vegetables can only
be attained by a well-disciplined and philosophical investigation of
their structure, functions, and natural affinities, he cannot help think-
ing, that even the superficial knowledge of genera and species, which
is so readily acquired by the Linnean system, may be advantageous
to the cause, by exciting an early interest in learners, and facilita-
ting the first steps of the uninitiated. When the young recruits are
once securely enlisted, we may venture to exact a more rigid disci-
pline.”

An appendix contains a list of the genera and the number of spe-
cies comprised in the work, arranged according to the natural affi-
nities ; from which it appears, that there are (exclusive of Cellulares)
128 orders, 482 genera, and 1073 species in West Chester County.
But of these there are

CalLIVnECI. tie haces. ck be bee Gok ee
Introduced and naturalized, about.. 138-———230
Fave Wtes 1161) 1 pee A PAD Ar RH 843
ORAL, baa tee Ree! 5.

Novitiarum Flore Suecice Mantissa prima. E. Fries, Lunde,
1832. Svo.

We have only recently obtained a copy of this pamphlet, which
we consider well worthy of its excellent author; but although it has
been now published for some years, it is scarcely, if at all, known in
this country. In it he has followed up the plan which he had adopted
jn the two editions of his ‘ Novitie ;’ taking as his text the ‘ Flora
Suecica’ of Wahlenberg, he has written a commentary upon it in-
troducing as he proceeded numerous recent discoveries. The first
and shorter part of the present publication is chiefly occupied by the
description of plants newly added to the Swedish Flora, and the

Linnean Society. 257

second division (from page 21 to p. 80.) is entitled ‘Commentatio de
Salicibus Suecie.’

Under Scirpus multicaulis, Sm., is given a very detailed account of
the mode of growth and structure of that plant and of Sc. palustris,
pauciflorus, and cespitosus. A new species of Cuscuta, considered as
intermediate between C. europea and epilinon, which has been disco-
vered by Mr. Blyth of Christiania, parasitical upon Chenopodiacee on
the sea-shore of Norway, is described under the name of “ C. halo-
phyta, caule simplici, florum glomerulis multifloris subbracteatis, co-
rollz tubo globoso limbum zquante.”’ We have seen specimens of
this plant from Norway in the Herbarium of Mr. R. B. Bowman of
Newcastle, and itis much to be wished, that that gentleman, or some
other botanist, who may have the opportunity, would examine the
structure of the scales in the interior of the corolla, as no notice is
taken of that part by Fries.

Zannichellia pedunculata and polycarpa are separated from Z. pa-
lustris : the former we suspect is only a variety, but the latter ap-
pears to be a good species, characterized by its very short styles.

In the ‘Commentatio de Salicibus’ our author first endeavours
to determine the species contained in ‘ Linn. Fl. Lapp.’ and then pro-
ceeds to enumerate and describe all the Swedish species; and the syn-
onyms of Linnzus, Smith, Willdenow, Wahlenberg, and Koch are
quoted throughout. It would occupy too much of our space to go
in detail through this part of the book before us, nor indeed is it at
all necessary, as we doubt not that it will soon be in the hands of all
students of this very difficult genus.

A new number of Reichenbach’s ‘ Icones Flore Germanicz’ has
just reached us: it contains 23 plates, figuring 56 species and va-
rieties of German Violets. The plates are executed with the usual
care, and will be found most useful in determining the different forms
in this genus.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

March 5, 1839.—Edward Forster, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.
Read, ‘‘ Observations on some Fungi or Agarici, which by de-
liquescence form an inky fluid, drying into a bister-coloured mass,
capable of being used as a water-colour for drawings, and of a very
indestructible nature by means of common agencies.” By John

258 Linnean Society.

Redman Coxe, M.D., formerly Professor of Materia Medica in the
University of Pennsylvania. Communicated by the Secretary.

Dr. Coxe having gathered a Fungus and placed it on a sheet of
white paper, leaving it until the next day, found several drops of an
inky fluid, slowly trickling from the inner surface, which had as-
sumed a black appearance ; by placing the Fungus in a glass, the
whole except the outer skin liquefied. ‘The colour of the fluid was
rather a deep bister than black, and being left in the glass, in a few
hours it separated into a solid sediment, with a lighter coloured fluid
swimming above. Having afterwards collected a considerable quan-
tity of fluid from the same species, he obtained by drying an extract
of a pretty deep black colour of both parts conjoined, which would
otherwise have separated. This on trial formed an admirable bister-
like water-colour, well adapted for drawing when mixed with a little
gum.

Dr. Coxe used the “fresh inky fluid as ink, and from such fresh
fluid the accompanying drawings were made ;” but it was soon found
that its change was too rapid to think of depending on it for sucha
purpose, he therefore was led to dry it as quickly as possible by
spontaneous evaporation, and then to use it diluted with water.
Having exposed various portions of writing thus made to the direct
rays of the sun for several months with little change, he tried the
effects of chlorine and euchlorine gas, muriatic acid, and ammoniacal
gases : from these but a trifling change ensued, except from the mu-
riatic acid gas, which destroyed very considerably the dark tint of
the writings. He also placed some small and recent specimens of the
Fungus in a solution of corrosive sublimate, which preserved them
and prevented any deliquescence : the same effect was produced by
alcohol.

The ink is fully formed and escapes in about three or four days.
When received into a phial, in a short time the heavier and blacker
matter was found to settle as a sediment ; the lighter brownish amber-
coloured fluid surmounts it, and may be poured off from it to dry them
separately. From a good-sized specimen nearly half an ounce of
fluid has been obtained. |

The following chemical experiments among others were made :—

1. Two drachms of the fluid added to Z 1 of hydrate gave a clear
brown transparent solution, to which in separate glasses was added

2. Nitrate of Silver: no effect at first, but in a few minutes dark
brown flocculi subsided, leaving a transparent fluid above.

3. Muriate of Baryies: no effect at first, finally a subsidence of
dark brown flocculi.

Linnean Society. 259

4. Acetate of Lead. Immediate dark brown flocculi, leaving a
clear liquid above.

5. Carbonate of Potash. Transparency destroyed ; a trifling brown
deposit in a few hours.

6. Alcohol. Noapparent change from it.

7. Solution of Corrosive Sublimate. An apparent diffusion of brown-
ish hue, gradually subsiding in dirty brown flocculi.

8. Dilute Muriatic Acid. The same, but much smaller in amount.

10. Lime Water. Light brown flocculi in a few hours.

11. Liquor Ammonie. No effect.

12. Succinate of Ammonia. Deep brown deposit in a few hours.

13. Prussiate of Potash. No effect.

14. Oxalate of Ammonia. Clouds form and settle in a dirty brown
sediment.

From these experrments Dr. Coxe is disposed to think that an ex-
cellent India Ink might be prepared for drawing; perhaps its dried
deposit mixed with oil might answer for engravings; and as an ink,
indestructible from any common agents, it might be well to try it in
the filling up of bank notes and other papers of consequence, as he
believes it cannot be extracted by any means without destroying the
paper itself.

The Fungus described, and on which the above experiments were
tried, is referred with some hesitation to Agaricus ovatus, Scheffer,
‘Icones Fungorum,’ fig. 7. A. eylindricus, fig. 8. A. porcellaneus,
fig.46.and 47. The drawings are named Agaricus ovatus*.

March 19.—Edward Forster, Esq., V. P., in the Chair.

Read, ‘‘ A Notice of the Birds of Iceland, accompanied by speci-
mens.” By George Townshend Fox, Esq., F.L.S.

It is perhaps not generally known that the Durham University
has established a Museum as one of the necessary appendages of an
academical institution; the subcurator of which, Mr. Wm. Proctor,
requested and obtained permission to go out to Iceland in the summer
of 1837 to procure a collection of the birds of that island. Three
months were passed on the most northern part of Iceland, this local-
ity being chosen by Mr. Proctor as one least visited by naturalists,

* The drawings evidently represent Agaricus fimetarius, Linn. and Curtis ;
A. comatus, Mull. and Berkeley ; 4. cylindricus, Sowerby ; to which A. cy-
lindricus, Scheeff. f.8. and 4. porcellaneus, figs. 46 & 47. belong; it is not
so clear that 4. ovatus, fig. 7. (the name adopted by Dr.Coxe) does. In the
subgenus named by Berkeley Corrinus every species is deliquescent. Curtis
observes, under his 4. ovatus, which is 4. atramentarius, Bull. and Berk.,
that the seeds may be seen in the black liquor if magnified.

260 Linnean Society.

and therefore the most likely to repay his labours by the number or
rarity of the specimens to be obtained. Skins of fifty-two species of
birds were brought home, besides skins of six Rein Deer, three spe-
cies of Seals, two large Fishes (Anarrhicas), and a Porpoise.

Frederick Faber in his Ornithology of Iceland, published at Copen-
hagen in 1822, enumerates eighty-four species of birds; of which
about twenty are land birds, and sixty water birds. Faber adopted the
nomenclature of Linneus, but an examination of the skins brought
home by Mr. Proctor has led to the belief that several of Faber’s
birds are not identical with the Linnean species. The Iceland
Falcon is considered by Mr. Hancock* as distinct from the whiter
falcon of Greenland. ‘The Iceland Grouse is correctly considered
by Faber as peculiar to that island. The Bridled Guillemot, Uria
lacrymans, Lapyl., is for various reasons believed to be a species
distinct from the Common Guillemot, Uria Troile, Lath. Clangula
Barrovii was found breeding on the ground in a nest formed of
its own down, and placed among aquatic plants a little above high-
water mark. Some rare eggs were also obtained, namely, those of
the Iceland Falcon, Little Auk, Bridled Guillemot, and Sclavonian
Grebe.

Read also a paper, ‘‘ On the Structure and Development of
the Reproductive organs of Pilularia globulifera.” In a letter to
R. H. Solly, Esq., F.R.S. and L.S. By William Valentine, Esq.,
F.L.S.

The author observes, that the involucrum of Pilularia globulifera
contains two kinds of bodies, which, however, occupy distinct sacs ;
one kind are round, very numerous, and minute, not larger than the
460th part of an inch; they are found principally in the upper part
of the involucrum, and are about forty in each sac. The other kind
are of an oblong pyriform shape, a little constricted near the middle,
with a conical projection at one extremity, and are much less nu-
merous, about sixty, and occur singly in each sac; they are about
the 80th part of an inch broad, and have the power of germination,
which the former kind do not appear to possess. Both kinds are
loose in their sacs, and have an opake, pure white, minutely granular,
testaceous covering, and are imbedded in a kind of gelatin, which
softens and expands by the action of water, but is not completely
dissolved. The larger bodies, the undoubted sporules, after a very
slight maceration in water, (less than a minute is sufficient,) are en-

* See Mr. Hancock’s paper on this subject in the ‘ Annals of Natural
History,’ vol. 11. p. 241,
!

Linnean Society. 261

veloped by a well-defined covering of gelatinous matter, which be-
fore the maceration existed in a concrete state. Further macera-
tion does not appear to affect this gelatinous covering, as it remains
unchanged long after germination, and gives to the sporule the ap-
pearance of having a very delicate transparent border, whose breadth
is about the 4th part of the diameter of the sporule.

The sporule consists of three coats, the outer of which is white,
opake, somewhat brittle, more or less incomplete at the conical ex-
tremity, but much thickened about the upper third of the sporule,
where it exhibits traces of cellularity. The middle coat is mem-
branous, elastic, of a light yellowish brown colour, and perforated at
the apex of the conical projection which is essentially formed by
this coat, the outer coat being gradually lost upon its surface, or in
some instances being scarcely continued on to it, in which case the
sporule appears truncated, the middle membrane not having sufficient
firmness of itself to support the conical form. This conical projec-
tion is more or less plicated, and in those instances in which the outer
coat is very deficient the middle membrane exhibits lines radiating
from the aperture. The third coat, or internal membrane, is similar
in colour to the middle, differing from it however in being inelastic,
and not being continued into the cone, but forming a short cavity,
by passing directly across the base of the cone, at which point it is
not in contact with either of the other membranes, and is marked
by three lines, which radiate from the centre of the unsupported
portion, and indicate a valvular structure to allow of the protrusion
of the growing matter in germination. ‘The cavity of the sporule is
occupied by a quantity of grumous fluid and particles, which are of
_various sizes, the larger ones being mostly of an ovoid shape, but
altering by pressure.

I found many of these sporules in a germinating state, the major-
ity having escaped from the involucrum, but in several instances I
found them considerably advanced in germination before the rupture
of the involucrum and whilst they were yet inclosed in their sacs.
The first external sign of germination is either the appearance of
four cells projecting through the apex of the conical projection
or a general swelling of that part. By dissection, however, we
can observe this process at an earlier period, and | find upon re-
moving the conical projection that the first evidence of germination
having commenced is an appearance of cellularity within the unsup-
ported or valved portion of the internal membrane, which is transpa-
rent; and I now find for the first time a very delicate pellucid mem-
brane lining the whole cavity of the sporule, and having the cells

262 Linnean Society.

which give the appearance just mentioned either lying on its exter-
nal surface or forming that portion of it which lies beneath the valves.
From the appearances and impossibility of separating the cells from
the membrane I am inclined to believe that the cavity formed by this
membrane is completed by the cells, or, in other words, that the
sac is partly membranous and partly cellular. It is possible that
this last described membrane may exist before germination begins,
notwithstanding the numerous unsuccessful dissections which I
have made to discover it, the failure being owing to its extreme de-
licacy ; but I am pretty well satisfied that it is a product of germi-
nation, because I have not the slightest difficulty in demonstrating
it after that has commenced, nor is there the slightest trace of it in
any stage of the development of the sporule. However this may be, it
is quite certain that fresh cells are gradually formed on the external
surface of the cellular part of the sac, and that the valves of the
third membrane are very soon ruptured and gradually turned back
by the growth and protrusion of this button-like cellular germ.
The enlarging cellular mass then distends the conical projection,
unfolding the plice of that body, and at length appears externally,
with four of its cells projecting beyond the general mass and com-
pressed into a quadrangular form, I fancy by the pressure of the apex
of the cone, the aperture in which is quadrangular. ‘These projecting
cells soon harden and acquire a reddish brown hue, and in the ad-
vanced stage of germination appear like a brown quadrangular space,
which I should have little hesitation in referring to the above cause
did I not find several similar spaces on the germinating sporules of
Isoetes lacustris, which I could not refer to such an origin: it must
be observed however that I have not seen the earlier stages of germi-
nation in Jsoetes. Soon after the exposure of the entire germ, which
is effected by the reflexion of the valves and conical membrane over
the side of the sporule, where they hie quite concealed by the germ,
little fibrille or rootlets begin to shoot from one side. ‘They are
simply articulated tubes or elongated cells applied end to end with
frequently a bulbous extremity, and each is produced from one of
the cells of the germ. They differ much in length in different
sporules; in some they are not longer than the sporule, whilst in
others they are three or four times that length, and, in common with
the cells of the germ, contain granules which in these are colourless
but in the germ green. The cluster-like appearance of the cells
which form the germ, soon after the appearance of these fibrille be-
gin to change, the cells becoming flatter and more intimately con-
nected with each other. At the same time an internal change is taking

Linnean Society. 263

place, for by a gradual arching or receding upwards of that part of
the germ which closes the cavity of the sporule the germ becomes
hollow, the hollow communicating with the cavity of the sporule,
which is of course proportionably enlarged. ‘The germ now gra-
dually points in two places, which are by no means fixed, but occur
in various situations according to the position of the sporule in rela-
tion to the light. The direction of the first leaf is generally in the
direction of the axis of the sporule, or rather a little inclined, and
that of the first root at right angles or lateral, but very soon chan-
ging to an opposite direction to that of the leaf. This would be the
constant direction if the sporules were always left to themselves free
from entanglements, on account of the peculiar structure of their
outer coats; the spongy fibro-cellular texture of the superior third
of which, causing that end to be the most buoyant in the water, ex-
poses the superior surface of the germ to the direct action of the
light; but as it cannot always happen that the sporules should be
free, the direction of the leaf and root is sometimes quite the reverse,
and at others both leaf and root are lateral, but proceeding from
opposite sides of the germ. ‘These two points gradually lengthen,
and if dissected each will be found to consist of a closed sheath, con-
taining in one instance the leaf, in the other the root in the form of
a conical process like a finger in a glove. ‘The young leaf, which is
taper and its cells crowded with green granules, being in advance of
the root, which is obtuse and destitute of green granules, bursts
through the summit of its sheath when it has become rather longer
than the sporule, whilst the root, although more backward in its de-
velopment, pierces its sheath before it is as long as the sporule. The
sheaths are not distinct, but communicate with each other; and the
only point of connexion between the sheath (there being in fact but
one) and the germ is around its base close to the sporule, so that
nearly the whole of the germ is inclosed in this sheath. Besides
this sheath which embraces the upper part of the root, there is an
exceedingly delicate expansion, which so closely embraces the ex-
tremity of the root like a cap, that it is only by a careful examina-
tion that it can be discovered. I am not aware that this has ever had
any connexion with the sheath through which the root bursts, but,
on the contrary, I believe it to be a distinct formation. After the
leaf has grown many times the length of the sporule, or about 2
lines long, another leaf grows from the germ close to the first, to
which it is in all respects similar, and then a bud begins to be de-
veloped from some indefinite part of the germ, but like the leaves
and root from within the sheath, which is now frequently much lace-

264 Linnean Society.

rated. This bud is covered bya peculiar kind of jointed hairs, whose
attachments are lateral, at a short distance from their bases, and
they contain a few colourless granules. This bud sometimes appears
after the first leaf, in which case there is no second primordial leaf
formed, and is the rudimentary stem, the first growth from it being
a leaf which exhibits, although in a small degree, the first evidence
of gyration, and shortly after a root which is furnished with its own
sheath. As I have not seen more advanced specimens, I am unable
to describe the succeeding steps; but as, up to this point, my obser-
vations were made upon several hundred examples, I may safely
affirm that the instances were sufficiently numerous for my purpose.

All the leaves after the primordial ones, or those which grow direct
from the germ, are developed in a similar manner to ferns, and even
the running stem partakes in a slight degree of the same gyrate evo-
lution. The roots are all formed in sheaths, through the apices of
which they ultimately burst; the sheath continuing to embrace the
base of the root, whilst a distinct and far more delicate sheath
closely embraces its point. Transverse sections of the stem, root,
and leaves show them all to be hollow with the cavity divided longi-
tudinally into separate channels. In the stem these longitudinal par-
titions are about fifteen or sixteen in number, and in the leaf and
root they are about ten or twelve, which in the latter are arranged
in pairs. These partitions radiate from a central column of enlarged
cells which surround a bundle of minutely dotted ducts that may be
unrolled spirally, and the channels between these partitions are fre-
quently divided by transverse partitions or diaphragms. The cells
which form these partitions are curiously arranged—they are flat-
tened on two opposite sides, and connected with each other by their
narrow sides and extremities, but only at intervals, so that there are
numerous holes formed which afford a free communication between
all the channels. In the partitions of the root the intervening holes
are so large in proportion to the breadth of the cells that these have
the appearance of a string of beads. Another peculiarity of the
root is, that, in addition to the diaphragms formed of this tissue,
which are also found in the stem and leaf, a peculiar body is fre-
quently met with occupying a similar position to the diaphragms.
These bodies (for they are sometimes numerous) are each formed of
one or more cylindrical cells coiled up in a gyrate manner. They
grow from the angle formed by the partition and the cuticle, and
are developed subsequent to the other tissue, for they may be found
in various stages of advancement in the same root. Their nature I
have not been able to ascertain.

Linnean Society. 265

The author then proceeds to describe the development of the spo-
rules. A transverse section of the involucrum when about the size
of a small pin’s head shows it to consist of four integuments, con-
taining a mass of very delicate spongy compressible cellular tissue,
subdivided into four equal triangular portions by four lines radiating
from the centre. In the centre of each of these portions is a cavity,
and projecting into each of these cavities are a number of nipple-
like processes which are attached in each cavity to a common recep-
tacle, whilst this again is connected with an open rigid cellular
tissue that lies between the spongy tissue before described and the
involucrum, and serves as a connexion between the two. As the
involucrum advances, the spongy tissue recedes all round the four
cavities, which consequently become larger and afford more space
for the growth of the nipple-like processes. This recession of the
spongy tissue is nof caused by the pressure of the growing pro-
cesses, for it is frequently in advance of them ; but it is produced by
a gradual condensation inherent to the tissue around the cavities
and along the radiating dividing lines, which, in fact, are nothing
more than this condensation, which at maturity is so complete that
the whole of the spongy tissue is condensed into four dissepiments,
dividing the cavity of the involucrum into four equal loculi. The
nipple-like processes are found upon a careful examination to be
hollow sacs with obscurely cellular walls—those which occupy the
lowest part of the involucrum being considerably in advance of the
upper ones. ‘These sacs contain a quantity of grumous matter, and
a number, perhaps about ten, of soft rather opake pulpy bodies,
which are evidently compounded of four closely connected parts so
placed on each other as to form a cone with a triangular base.

April 2.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Mr. Owen read a Paper on a New Species of the genus Lepido-
siren of Fitzinger and Natterer. The author commenced by advert-
ing to the first announcement of that anomalous animal, the Lepido-
siren paradoxa, as the type of a new genus of Perennibranchiate
Reptiles by Fitzinger at the meeting of the German naturalists at
Prague in 1837, and to its subsequent description by its discoverer
Dr. Natterer, the well-known South American traveller.

With the generic characters assigned by these able German na-
turalists to their Lepidosiren, the species described by Mr. Owen
fully and closely agreed; but it differed specifically in the greater
relative length of the head and rudimental extremities, and its much
smaller size.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 17. June 1839. U

266 Linnean Society.

Mr. Owen observed, that since the time of the discovery of the
Ornithorhynchus there had not been submitted to naturalists a spe-
cies which proved more strongly the necessity of a knowledge of its
whole organization, both external and internal, in order to arrive at
a correct view of its real nature and affinities, than did the Lepidosiren,
and as he had felt a reluctance to bring before the Society an in-
complete description, which might only have served to raise new
doubts in the minds of naturalists with regard to this animal, he had
deferred since June 1837 the completion and communication of the
present paper. He had however at that time prepared a brief descrip-
tion of the specific characters of the specimen in question, under
the name of Protopterus, and had referred it in the Catalogue of the
Museum of the College of Surgeons to the Class of Fishes, on ac-
count of its scaly covering and the condition of its nostrils as plicated
sacs, and to the abdominal family of the Malacopterygian order
of that class, in which it seemed to present an extreme modification
or rudimental condition of the fins indicative of a transition from the
abdominal to the apodal families.

The anatomical details which formed the principal part of the present
communication, confirmed the propriety of referring the Lepidosiren
to the class of fishes ; but they also led, Mr. Owen observed, to a con-
siderable extension in his original views of its affinities in that class.

A minute description was then given of the external characters
and peculiarities of the present species, which differed from the Le-
pidosiren paradoxa in the greater relative length of the head and ru-
dimental fins as compared with that of the trunk; and in its general
size, which is three-fourths smaller.

The chief peculiarities of the skeleton consist in its imperfect, or
rather partial ossification, and in the green colour of the ossified
parts ; in which it resembles that of the gar-pike (Belone vulgaris).
The parts which continue permanently in the cartilaginous condition
are the petrous elements of the temporal bones containing the acoustic
labyrinth, a portion of the articular pedicle of the lower jaw, the
branchial arches, and the bodies of the vertebre : these, moreover, are
not separated to correspond with the neurapophyses and ribs, as in
Plagiostomous Cartilaginous Fishes, but retain their primitive con-
fluent condition as around continuous chord, extending from the oc-
ciput to the end of the tail: this vertebral chord consists of an ex-
ternal firm, elastic, yellowish capsule, enveloping a softer subgelati-
nous material, as in the Cyclostomous Fishes. ‘The corresponding
parts or basilar elements of the cranial vertebrze were ossified: and
Mr. Owen then entered upon a detailed description of the skull.

Linnean Society. 267

The ribs are thirty-six pairs, and consist of short, slightly curved,
slender styles, encompassing, with the spine, about one-sixth part of
the cavity of the abdomen. These ribs are attached to the lower part
of the side of the fibrous sheath of the central vertebral chord ; their
pointed free extremities are cemented to the intermuscular ligaments.

The superior spines are throughout separated from the neurapo-
physes, and these are not anchylosed together at their upper extre-
mities. Hzemapophyseal spines are developed in the caudal region,
and both these and the neurapophyseal spines have articulated to
them dermo-osseous spines, of equal length, with their distal extre-
mities expanded, and supporting the transparent elastic horny rays
of the caudal fin. The rudimental filiform pectoral and ventral
fins were supported each by a single cartilaginous ray composed of
many joints.

The muscles of the head, jaws, hyoid and branchial apparatus
were then described: the muscular system of the body consists of
subvertical layers of oblique fibres separated at brief intervals by
aponeurotic intersections.

The following peculiarities of the Digestive system were then
pointed out ;—two long, slightly curved, slender, sharp-pointed
teeth project from the intermaxillary bones, which are moveable.
The upper maxillary bones support each a single dental plate divi-

-ded into three cutting lobes, by two oblique notches entering from
the outer side: the lower jaw is armed witha single dental plate si-
milarly modified, the produced cutting edges fitting into the notches
above : these maxillary teeth somewhat resemble the dental plate of
the extinct Ceratodus of Agassiz. ‘The fleshy and sensitive parts of
the tongue are more developed than in fishes generally. The jaws
are adapted to minutely divide and comminute alimentary substances;
the pharyngeal opening is contracted; the entrance to the pharynx
guarded by a soft semicircular valvular process. Gullet short, straight,
narrow, but longitudinally plicated. Stomach simple, straight, with
thick walls, in capacity corresponding with the cesophagus; termi-
nating by a valvular pylorus projecting with a scalloped margin into
the intestine. No pancreas or spleen. Liver well-developed, partly
divided into two lobes. A gall-bladder, and large ductus choledochus,
opening by a valvular termination close to the pylorus. Intestine
round, straight, at first of equal diameter with the stomach, but gra-
dually contracting to the vent, with thick parietes ;_ traversed inter-
nally by a spiral valve describing six gyrations; the first of which is
the longest.

The respiratory organs consist of branchie, and a double elon-

U2

268 Linnean Society.

gated air-bladder, with the usual vascular and cellular structure of
the lungs of a reptile.

The branchie consist of elongated, sub-compressed, soft, pendu-
lous filaments, attached to cartilaginous branchial arches; these
arches are not joined together, or to the os hyoides by an interme-
diate chain of cartilages or bones below, nor are they articulated to
the cranium above. There are six branchial arches on each side,
and five intervals for the passage of the water from the mouth to the
branchial sac. All the branchial arches do not support branchial
filaments ; but only the first, fourth, fifth, and sixth. The first and
last branchial arches each support a single row, the fourth and fifth
each a double row of branchial filaments. The second and third
branchial arches have their full proportions, but offer not the slight-
est trace of gills. The branchial sac is pretty large, and opens ex-
ternally by a small vertical fissure immediately anterior to the ru-
dimental pectoral extremities.

The heart is situate below the cesophagus, in a strong pericardium ;
it consists of a single auricle and ventricle and a contorted bulbus
arteriosus, with a longitudinal valvular process as in the Siren. The
two branchial arteries, which wind round the gill-less arches, after-
wards unite together on each side, and give off branches which form
the pulmonary arteries, or those which go to the air-bladders.

The apparatus for aerial respiration commences by a short, single, -
wide and membranous trachea, or ductus pneumaticus, which com-
mences by a longitudinal laryngeal sht, one line in extent, situated
three lines behind the orifice of the pharynx: a single plate of car-
tilage is continued from this laryngeal opening forwards to that of
the pharynx: the plate is as broad as the floor of the pharynx, and
its office seems to be to prevent the collapse of the parietes of that
tube, and to keep a free passage for the air to the trachea. This tube
dilates at its lower end into a sac with very thin parietes, which com-
municates directly with each division or lobe of the air-bladder.
These lobes or lungs are partially subdivided into small lobes at their
anterior and broadest part; and then continue simple and flattened,
gradually diminishing to an obtuse point situated behind the poste-
rior extremity of the cloaca. The whole of the parietes of the lungs
is honey-combed : the cells are largest, deepest and most vascular
and subdivided at the anterior and broader end of the lung. The.
lungs are situated behind the ovaria, the kidneys, and the perito-
neum, which is in contact with merely that part of their ventral
flattened surfaces, not covered by other viscera.

The two kidneys are quite distinct, very long and narrow, but

Linnean Society. 269

broadest towards the cloaca: the ureters communicate with the back
part of the common termination of the oviducts. There were not
any suprarenal bodies, nor any spleen.

The ovaria are two long, flattened bodies, with ovisacs and ova of
different sizes: many between 2 and 3 lines in diameter, scattered
among clusters of other ova of smallersize. The oviducts are distinct
tortuous tubes, which commence by a very wide and thin-coated
portion, opening by a slit, 3 lines widé at their anterior extremity,
and not communicating with each other before opening into the pe-
ritoneal cavity, as in the Plagiostomes. The oviduct contracts and
performs many short undulations, adhering to the ovarian capsule
as it descends : its coats become thicker, and oblique spiral folds are
developed from the inner surface; the capacity of the oviduct in-
creases before its termination, which is by a single prominent open-
ing, common to the two oviducts in the posterior part of the cloaca.

A small Allantois is situated between the oviduct and rectum.
The cloaca receives the above parts in the following order,—first, or
most anteriorly, the common opening of the peritoneal canals; se-
condly, the anus; thirdly, the Allantoid bladder ; fourthly, the ovi-
ducts, with the ureters, which open into the back part of the ovi-
ducts.

The drain consists of two elongated subcompressed distinct cere-
bral hemispheres ; a single elliptical optic lobe, or representative of
the bigeminal bodies ; a simple transverse cerebellar fold, not cover-
ing the widely-open fourth ventricle ; largely developed pineal and
pituitary glands; and a single corpus mammillare.

The nerves given off from the brain, were the olfactory ; the optic,
which arose from the same point at the middle line between the
crura cerebri, and did not decussate ; the fifth pair ; the acoustic ; the
pneumogastric ; and lingual nerves : there were no traces of the third,
fourth, or sixth nerves; there being no muscles to the eyeballs.

The eyes are very small, and adhere to the skin, which passes over
them without forming any projection: they have a small spherical
lens, and no choroid gland.

The organ of hearing consists of a vestibule enclosed in a thick
cartilaginous case, without external communication except for the
foramina transmitting the portio mollis: it consists of two large
otolithic sacs, containing each a white chalky mass; the external one
being six times the size of the one next the brain: above these sacs
are three small semicircular canals. No trace of tympanic cavity or
Eustachian tube.

The organ of smell consists of two oval membranous sacs, pli-

270 Royal Irish Academy.

cated internally, and having each a single external aperture upon
the upper lip; but without any communication with the mouth,—a
structure which the author observed was perhaps the only single
character which unexceptionably proved the Lepidosiren to be a true
fish. The remaining evidence of its ichthyic nature reposed rather
upon the concurrence of many less decisive characters.

These characters were stated to be, its covering of large round
scales; the mucous ducts of the head and lateral line; the many-
jointed soft ray supporting the rudimental pectoral and ventral fins ;
the gelatinous vertebral chord, united anteriorly to the whole of the
basi-occipital, and not to two condyles as in Batrachia; a pre-
opercular bone, the intermaxillary bone being moveable ; the lower
jaw having each ramus composed simply of a post-mandibular and
dentary piece ; the double row of spinous processes, both above and
below the vertebral chord; the green colour of the ossified parts of
the skeleton ; the straight intestine, with its spiral valve ; the absence
of pancreas and spleen; the single peritoneal outlet; the position
of the anus; the single auricle of the heart ; the number of branchial
arches, and the internal position of the gills; a long lateral nerve ;
acoustic labyrinth with large otolithes. These characters, with the
nasal sacs opening only externally, prove satisfactorily the Lepido-
siren to be a true Fish, and not a Perennibranchiate Reptile.

In the class of fishes, Mr. Owen pointed out the interesting rela-
tions of the Lepidosiren as a link connecting the Cartilaginous fishes
with the Malacopterygians, and especially with the Sauroid genera,
Polypterus and Lepidosteus, and at the same time making the near-
est approach in the class of fishes to the Perennibranchiate Reptiles.

For the species here described Mr. Owen proposed the name of
Lepidosiren annectens. It is a native of the river Gambia, Africa.

ROYAL IRISH ACADEMY.

January 28.—Sir Wm. R. Hamilton, A.M., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Ball read a Paper on the Remains of Oxen found in the Bogs
of Ireland. |

Having alluded to the occurrence of fossil remains of oxen in
Britain, and the existence of the Auroch or Wild Ox, in some parks
in that country, he remarked on the old and generally received opi-
nion, that Ireland could not furnish any evidence of having ever pos-
sessed an indigenous ox; and he stated, that a specimen which he
received from the sub-marine forest, in the Bay of Youghal, seemed
to have been the core of a horn of the fossil ox, often found in Bri-

Royal Irish Academy. 271

tain, and supposed to have been the Urus; but this specimen having
been lost, he alluded to it, to direct the attention of the Academy to
the subject, in the hope of having his view confirmed. He then en-
tered upon the principal object of his paper, which was to show, that
the remains of oxen found at considerable depths in bogs in West-
meath, Tyrone, and Longford, belonged to a variety or race, differ-
ing very remarkably from any noticed in Cuvier’s ‘ Ossemens Fos-
siles,’ or any other work with which he was acquainted. He con-
cluded by expressing a conviction, that Ireland had possessed at least
one native race of oxen, distinguished by the convexity of the upper
part of the forehead, by its great proportionate length, and by the
shortness and downward direction of the horns. As this fact seems
to have escaped altogether the notice of British and continental na-
turalists, and as analogy in the case of other Irish mammals justified
the view, he urged the great probability of the race in question pro-
ving to be one peculiar to Ireland.

Mr. Ball exhibited specimens and drawings, and solicited the co-
operation of Members of the Academy in effecting a perfect eluci-
dation of the subject, by collecting specimens from the bogs of the
country.

April 8.—Dr. Wilde, a visiter, by permission of the Academy,
read a paper on some Discoveries he had made at Tyre, relating to
the manufacture of the celebrated Purple Dye.

Dr. Wilde stated, that having been engaged in investigating the
ruins of Tyre, he discovered several circular apertures or reservoirs
cut in the solid sandstone rock close to the water’s edge along the
southern shores of the Peninsula. ‘These in shape resembled a large
pot, and varied in size from two to eight feet in diameter, and from
four to five deep; some were in clusters, others isolated, and several
were connected in pairs by a conduit about a foot deep. Many of
those reservoirs were filled with a breccia solely composed of broken
up shells, bound together by carbonate of lime, and a small trace of
strontian ; large heaps of a similar breccia were found in the vicinity
of the pots. ‘This mass, a portion of which Dr. Wilde exhibited to
the Academy, is exceedingly heavy, of adamantine hardness, and the
shells of which it is composed appear to be all of one species, and
from the sharpness of their fracture, were evidently broken by art
and not worn or water-washed. The portions of shell were examined
by eminent naturalists, and are pronounced to be the Murez trun-
culus, which most conchologists agree was one species from which
the Tyrian dye was obtained, but until now, no proof could be given
of its being the actual shell.

272 Botanical Society of London.

Dr. Wilde is of opinion that the reservoirs he discovered were the
vats or mortars in which the shells were broken up, in order to ob-
tain the dye (which lies in a sac in the neck of the mollusc inhabit-
ing them,) and showed that it accurately accords with the descrip-
tion of Pliny, who states, that the smaller shells (of which those in
the specimen are examples) were broken in certain mills.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF LUNDON.

October 5th.—J. E. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., President, in the Chair.

Mr. Daniel Cooper, the Curator, exhibited a specimen of the natural
living fence mentioned at a former meeting, vol.ii. p. 234. Mr. James
Rich communicated a translation from the French ‘‘ On the Forma-
tion of Crystals in the Cellules of Plants.”

November 2nd.—The President in the Chair.

Dr. F. Bossey read a paper, being the results of an excursion from
Woolwich to Cobham, Kent, made in company with several members
of the Society. At the commencement of the paper Dr. B. alluded
to the general imperfect manner in which the habitats of uncommon
species were in general described, and proposed the use of the com-
pass in defining particular habitats. Particular attention was directed
to the habitat of Polypogon monspeliensis and P. littoralis, which
were discovered in the marshes east of Woolwich, particularly in
front of the south of the butt or mound in the Plumstead practice
ground.

On ditch banks, forming the east border of the practice ground, Poa
distans, P. procumbens, and P. maritima, were observed, and in the
water Zanniciellia palustris, Potamogeton pectinatum and Scirpus la-
custris with the Polygonum maritimum of Ray, see vol. il. p.234. In the
hedge banks towards Plumstead a small patch of Hrysimum cheiran-
thoides was noticed. Passing over Plumstead Common to a road
called the King’s Highway, Dr. B. found in a little wood on the
right the Orobus teauifolius of Roth. This plant, which Willdenow,
Smith, and Hooker agree in regarding as a narrow-leaved variety of
O. tuberosus, is considered by Don and others as a distinct species.
The characters which are permanent in cultivated plants are given
by Mr. D. Don in the 3rd volume of the Memoirs of the Wernerian
Society, and sufficiently distinguish it from the common species.
In fields, near Darne Wood, the following plants were met with—
Linaria minor, Elitine and spuria, Adonis autumnalis, Ajuga Chame-
pitys, Anagallis cerulea, Galium tricorne, Papaver hybridum and som-

Botanical Society of London. 273

niferum. In Darne Wood, Astragalus glycyphyllos, Asperula Cynan-
chica, and Rubus cesius. Towards Cobham Brachypodium pinnatum,
Althea hirsuta, Salvia pratensis, &c. &c.

November 16th.—The President in the Chair.

Specimens of the fruit, bark, and liber of Bertholletia excelsa were
announced, presented by R. H. Schomburgk, Esq. now in British
Guiana. Mr. Chatterley read a paper on the importance of “ Bota-
nical Statistics,’ illustrated by the order Conifere, which led to
much interesting discussion.

November 29th.—The President in the Chair.

This being the second Anniversary of the Society, the Secretary
read the report of the Council, from which it appeared that the pre-
sent number of Members is 100, of which 42 are Resident, 34 Corre-
sponding, and 24 Foreign, 47 having been elected since the last An-
niversary. In the Treasurer’s report it was stated that the receipts
amounted to 71/. 16s. 6d., and the expenditure to 667. 16s. 10d., lea-
ving a balance in the hands of the Treasurer of 4/. 19s. 8d. exclusive
of subscriptions for the ensuing year. The President congratulated
the Society on its present condition as contrasted with the report of
the state of the funds at the last Anniversary, when the Society were
351. 17s. 6d. in arrears. Donations to the library were announced
from 13 Members, and to the herbarium from 42. The number of
British plants received amount to 18,592 specimens, including a va-
luable collection of British Salices from Mr. W. Baxter, A.L.S., of the
Botanic Garden, Oxford. The number of foreign specimens received
amount to upwards of 10,000, including 4000 species, principally
received from H. B. Fielding, Esq., F.L.S., Baron Macedo, A. White,
and the Botanical Society of Edinburgh. ‘The report also announced
that the Council had opened a correspondence with the Botanical So-
ciety of Edinburgh, and that an exchange of specimens will annually
take place between both Societies. ‘The Council have also caused
to be published a list of the Natural Orders and Genera of DeCan-
dolle, together with the Linnzan Classes and Orders, in such a form
as to allow of cutting out to paste on the labels of collections: this,
together with the Edinburgh Societies’ list of species, will form a
complete printed index to British Herbaria. The report was una-
nimously adopted. Ballot then took place for the officers of the
ensuing year: J. G. Gray, Esq., F.R.S., was re-elected President, who
appointed J. E. Children, V.P.R.S., &c., and Dr. D. C. Macreight,
F.L.S., Vice-Presidents ; John Reynolds, Esq. was re-elected Trea-
surer, together with Daniel Cooper, Esq., A.L.S., Curator, and George

274 Dublin Natural History Society.

E. Dennes, Esq., F.L.S., Secretary. The President then delivered
an address, in which he expatiated on the advancement the Society
had made since the last year, and gave a brief sketch of the pro-
gress of Botanical Science for 1837.

DUBLIN NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY.

We have received the first annual report of the above-named As-
sociation, established in March 1838, ‘‘ for promoting the Investi-
gation of the Natural History of Ireland,” and were gratified to see
the attempt made to institute a society of this character in the me-
tropolis of Ireland. It already consists of one hundred and thirty-six
members, and a museum and library have been founded. ‘The rules
are very ample, consisting of thirty-eight articles, which a little
further experience in their wording may perhaps condense, while the
chief aim of the society is stated to be ‘‘ undivided attention to the
study of the natural history of Ireland by forming a standard collec-
tion of species ;”” and the reading of papers at the evening meetings,
‘‘ when a free and unrestrained communication of facts would be en-
couraged.” The report above alluded to is unassumingly drawn up,
and relates rather to statistics than to the transactions of the meetings.
It is to be continued annually, we trust in the form of an address to
the members ; and we would recommend a little detail being entered
into of the proceedings of the bygone year, both as a useful sum-
mary to the members themselves, and as valuable to persons at a di-
stance interested in the zoology of the British Islands, and who could
scarcely otherwise become acquainted with what discoveries had been
made or what additional information had been obtained.

NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY FOR THE WEST RIDING OF YORKSHIRE.

Henry Denny, Esq. of Leeds, the author of a History of the British
Pselaphide*, is at present attempting to establish a Society in the
West Riding of Yorkshire, for the promotion of the local Natural
History, and we trust he may be successful. This is one of the ob-
jects which has been recommended by the British Association, as
tending in an eminent manner to render our knowledge of the zo-
ology and botany of the country complete, and the additions which
have been made of late years both of new species and of valuable in-
formation regarding some previously accounted rare or little known
by the researches of local investigators, is ample testimony that the

* We would anxiously recommend the work which Mr. Denny has at
present in preparation on the British Nirmide.

Zoological Society. 975

recommendation should be attended to. The plan proposed is nearly
that acted upon by the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club, which has
now continued for several years, holding five meetings annually,
examining the adjacent country during the days of assembling, and
bringing together after a frugal but always well-relished dinner the
results of the different excursions. There is no subscription, and a
few shillings from each member suffices to defray the expense of
printing the Transactions and annual address, which already hold
an important place in the literature of our natural history. Mr.
Denny remarks, ‘<I feel confident, that if such an association were
formed for the West Riding, (than which no district of equal extent
in the kingdom is richer for varieties of soil, suitable localities, di-
versity and abundance of its productions,) a large mass of highly
valuable materials might be collected, our knowledge of the organised
beings surrounding us increased, and much friendly and scientific
intercourse carried on, to the mutual benefit of all parties.” It will
give us satisfaction to learn that Mr. Denny’s project has been realised.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
August 14, 1838.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

A series of skins, belonging to species of the genus Sciurus, in-
cluding, with one or two exceptions, all which are known to in-
habit North America, were upon the table; and the Rev. Dr. Bach-
man, of S. Carolina, brought them severally before the notice of the
Members. Six of the species exhibited were new, and for these he
proposed the specific names of Texianus, lanuginosus, fuliginosus,
subauratus, Auduboni, and Richardsoni. Dr. Bachman’s manuscript
notes upon the habits and characters of the North American Squir-
rels, with descriptions of the newly characterized species, were also
jaid before the Meeting.

The first species noticed by Dr. Bachman is the Sciurus capi-
stratus of Bosc, or Fox Squirrel; vulpinus of Gmel.; niger, Catesby ;
variegatus, Desm.; the Black Squirrel of Bartram. Its essential
characters consist in its large size, in having the tail longer than
the body, the hair coarse, and the ears and nose white. The dental
formula is inc. > can. = mol. re

Sciurus Texianus. Texian Squirrel. This name is proposed by
Dr. Bachman for an apparently undescribed species which he saw in
the Museum at Paris. It was said to have been received from
Mexico. Inthe Museums of Berlin and Zurich, he also found what
he conceives to be the same species; and in the British Museum

276 Zoological Society.

there is a specimen obtained at ‘Texas by Mr. Douglas, agreeing with
the others in almost every particular. Dr. Bachman also states that,
among his notes there is a description of a specimen received by a
friend from the south-western parts of Louisiana, which, on a com-
parison with memoranda taken from the other specimens, does not
appear to differ in any important particular. Hence, he thinks it
probable that this species has a tolerably extensive range extending
perhaps from the south-western portions of Louisiana, through
Texas, into Mexico.

The Texian Squirrel is about the size of the Fox Squirrel. On
the upper surface there is a mixture of black and yellow, and on the
under parts deep yellow. ‘The under sides of the limbs, and also the
parts of the body contiguous, are whitish. Fore-legs externally,
and the feet, rich yellow: ears, on both surfaces, yellow, with in-
terspersed white hairs: nose and lips, brownish white : hairs of tail,
rich rusty yellow at base, with a broad black space near the ex-
tremity, and finally tipt with yellow.

Dimensions. in. lines.
Lengsthror body oS... ee oe,
Lail-te end of hair 407 eee Sh Bee
POSS. io ce Jalan eis Vie eee ee ee
Height of ears to endof fur .......... 0O,- 62

The Texian Squirrel bears some resemblance to the Sciurus ca-
pistratus. The latter species, however, in all the varieties hitherto
examined by Dr. Bachman, has uniformly the white ears and nose.

This species would appear to replace the Capistratus in the south-
western parts of America.

Scrurus suBpAuratus. Sei. corpore supra cinereo, flavo lavato,
infra austere aureo, caudd corpore longiore. Dentes, inc. 3, mol.

The designation ‘‘ Golden-bellied Squirrel,’ and the specific term
subauratus, are given by Dr. Bachman to a species, of which two
dead specimens were procured in the markets of New Orleans by
Mr. Audubon. ‘Their size was between that of the Northern Gray,
and the Little Carolina Squirrel. There was no trace of the smail
anterior upper molar generally found in the species of the genus
Sciurus. The upper incisors are of a deep orange brown colour, and
of moderate size: under incisors a little paler than the upper; the
head is of moderate size; whiskers longer than the head; the ears
are short and pointed, and clothed with hair on both surfaces. The
body seems better formed for agility than that of the small Carolina,
in this respect approaching nearer to the Northern Gray Squirrel.

Zoological Society. 277

The tail is broad and nearly as long as that cf the last-named spe-
cies.

The colour of the§whole upper surface is gray, with a distinct
yellow tint. The hairs, which give this outward appearance, are
grayish slate colour at their base, then very broadly annulated with
yellow ; then black, and near the apex annulated with yellowish
white. The sides of the face and neck, the whole of the inner side
of the limbs, feet, and the whole of the under parts, of a deep golden
yellow ; on the cheeks and sides of the neck, however, the hairs are
obscurely annulated with black and whitish; the ears are well
clothed on both surfaces with tolerably long hairs of the same deep
golden hue as the sides of the face; hairs of the feet are mostly
blackish at the root, and some are obscurely tipped with black ;
hairs of the tail black at the roots, and the remaining portion of a
bright rusty yellow; each hair three times in its length annulated
with black; the under surface of the tail is chiefly bright rusty yel-
low; whiskers longer than the head, black.

Sciurus magnicaudatus, Harlan’s Fauna, p. 170. S. macrourus, Say.
Long’s Expedition, vol. i. p. 115.

Of this species Dr. Bachman remarks, that although he has seen
many specimens labelled under the above name, yet the only true
S. macrourus which has come under his own observation, is one in the
Philadelphia Museum.

Sciurus aureogaster, F.Cuv. et Geoff. Mamm. Californian Squirrel.
Habitat Mexico and California.

Sciurus cinereus. Gmel. Cat Squirrel, Pen. Arct. Zool. i. 137.
A little smaller than the Fox Squirrel; larger than the Northern
Gray Squirrel; body stout; legs rather short; nose and ears not

white; tail longer than the body. Dental formula, incis. = can. —

mol. =, = 20):

“This squirrel has many habits in common with other species,
residing in the hollows of trees, building in summer its nest of
leaves in some convenient crutch, and subsisting on the same va-
riety of food. It is, however, the most inactive of all our known
species. It mounts a tree, not with the lightness and agility of the
Northern Gray Squirrel, but with the slowness and apparent reluc-
tance of the little Striped Squirrel (Tamias Lysteri). After ascend-
ing, it does not mount to the top, as is the case with other species,
but clings to the body of the tree on the side opposite to you, or
tries to conceal itself behind the first convenient limb. I have never _
observed it escaping from branch to branch. When it is induced in

278 Zoological Society.

search of food to proceed to the extremity of a limb, it moves cau-
tiously and heavily, and returns the same way. On the ground it
runs clumsily and makes slower progress thag the Gray Squirrel.
It is usually fat, especially in autumn, and the flesh is said to be
preferable to that of any other of our species.

«The Cat Squirrel does not appear to be migratory in its habits.
The same pair, if undisturbed, may be found taking up their resi-
dence in a particular vicinity for a number of years in succession,
and the sexes seem mated for life.”

Sciurus leucotis. Northern Gray Squirrel.

Gray Squirrel. Penn. Arct. Zool. vol. i. p. 1385. Hist. Quad.
No. 272.

Sci. Carolinensis. Godman non Gmel.

Sci. leucotis. Gapper, Zoological Journal, vol. v. p. 206, pub-
lished in 1830.

Larger than the Carolina Gray Squirrel’; tail much longer than
the body; smaller than the Cat Squirrel; subject to many varieties
of colour.

Dental formula, incis. a mol. = A == 22)

Sciurus Carolinensis, Gmel. Little Carolina Gray Squirrel.

This species is smaller than the Northern Gray Squirrel, and has
the tail, which is the same length as its body, narrower than in that
species. ‘The colour above is rusty gray, beneath white, and not
subject to variation.

Sciurus Colliei. For a description of this species, of which the
original specimen is in the Collection of the Zoological Society,
Dr. Bachman refers to Dr. Richardson’s Appendix to Capt. Beechey’s
Voyage.

Sciurus nigrescens. A species described by Mr. Bennett, in the
Proceedings of the Zool. Soc. for 18338, p. 41.

Sciurus niger, Linn. non Catesby. The Black Squirrel.

A little larger than the Northern Gray Squirrel; fur soft and
glossy. Ears, nose, and the whole body, pure black ; A few white
tufts of hair interspersed. Incis. £ , canines =, molars + —p=20.
Scrurus Aupusoni. Larger Lees Black Squirrel.

Sciurus corpore supra nigro, subtis fuscescente ; caudd corpus lon-

gitudine equante.

A new species, for which Dr. Bachman is indebted to Mr. Audu-
bon. It has the fur very harsh to the touch, and is rather less in
size than the Sciurus niger.

Scrurvus Futiernosus. Sooty Squirrel.
Sciurus corpore supra nigro et fuscescenti-flavo irrorato, subtis

Zoological Society. 279
Juscescente ; caudd corpore valde longiore: dentes inc. 3,
mol, = ,

Dr. Bachman remarks of this species, ‘“‘ I am indebted to J. W.
Audubon, Esq., for a specimen of an interesting little Squirrel ob-
tained at New Orleans on the 24th March, 1837, which I find
agreeing in most particulars with the specimen in the Philadelphia
Museum, referred by American authors to Sciurus rufiventer.

** Dr. Harlan’s description does not apply very closely to the spe-
cimen in question, but seems to be with slight variations that of
Desmarest’s description of Sciurus rufiventer.

** The following description is taken from the specimen procured
by Mr. Audubon. It was that of an old female, containing several
young, and I am enabled to state with certainty that it was an adult
animal.

“TI have given to this species the character of 22 teeth, from
the circumstance of my having found that number in the specimen
from which I described. The animal could not have been less than
a year old. ‘The anterior molars in the upper jaw are small; the
inner surface of the upper grinders is obtuse, and the two outer
points on each tooth are elevated and sharper than those of most
other species. In the lower jaw the molars regularly increase in
size from the first, which is the smallest, to the fourth, which is the
largest. Head short and broad; nose very obtuse ; ears short and
rounded, slightly clothed with hair; feet and claws rather short and
strong ; tail short and flattened, but not broad, resembling that of
- the Sc. Hudsonius. The form of the body, like that of the little
Carolina Squirrel, is more indicative of strength than of agility.

« The hairs on the upper part of the body, the limbs externally
and feet, are black, obscurely grizzled with brownish yellow. On the
under parts, with the exception of the chin and throat, which
are grayish, the hairs are annulated with brownish orange and
black, and a grayish white at the roots. ‘The prevailing colour of
the tail above is black, the hairs however are brown at base and some
of them are obscurely annulated with brown, and at the apex pale
brown. On the under side of the tail the hairs exhibit pale yellowish
brown annulations.”’

Sciurus Douglasii, Gray. Oppoce-poce, Indian name.

A species about one-fourth larger than the Hudson’s Bay Squirrel ;
tail shorter than the body. Colour: dark brown above, and bright
buff beneath. Dental formula ; incis. z, can. ao? mol. = 20.

Sciurus Hudsonius, (Pennant). The Chickaree Hudson’s Bay

Squirrel. Red Squirrel.

280 Zoological Society.

The Hudson’s Bay Squirrel, a well-known species, is a third
smaller than the Northern Gray Squirrel; tail shorter than the
body; ears slightly tufted. Colour, reddish above, white beneath.
Dental formula : incis. ae can. as mol, p= 20.

Sciurus Richardsoni. Columbia Pine Squirrel.

Small Brown Squirrel. Lewis and Clarke, vol. iii. p. 37.

Sciurus Hudsonius, var. (3. Columbia Pine Squirrel. Richardson,
Fauna Boreali-Americana, p. 190.

Smaller than Sc. Hudsonius; tail shorter than the body ; rusty
gray above, whitish beneath; extremity of the tail black.

This small species was first noticed by Lewis and Clarke, who
deposited a specimen in the Philadelphia Museum, where it still
exists. I have compared it with the specimen brought by Dr.
Townsend, and find them identical. Dr. Richardson, who appears
not to have seen it, supposes it to be a mere variety of the Sciurus
Hudsonius.

RT —0
Dental formula: incis. “

2 can. 0—0’

‘“« The body of this most diminutive of all the known species of

4—4
mol. 7—, = 20.

genuine squirrel in North America, is short, and does not present
that appearance of lightness and agility which distinguishes the ©
Sciurus Hudsonius. Head large, less elongated, forehead more
arched, and nose a little blunter than Sc. Hudsonius ; ears short ;
feet of moderate size. ‘he third toe on the fore-feet but slightly
longer than the second; the claws are compressed, hooked and
acute; tail shorter than the body; the thumb-nail is broad, flat and
blunt.

«The fur on the back is dark plumbeous from the roots, tipped
with rusty brown and black, giving it a rusty gray appearance.
It is less rufous than the Sc. Hudsonius, and lighter coloured
than the Sc. Douglasii. The feet on their upper surface are
rufous: on the shoulders, forehead, ears, and along the thighs,
there is a slight tinge of the same colour. ‘The whiskers, which are
a little longer than the head, are black. The whole of the under
surface, as well as a line around the eyes, and a small patch above
the nostrils, smoke-gray. The tail for about one half its length
presents on the upper surface a dark rufous appearance, many of the
hairs being nearly black, pointed with light rufous: at the extremity
of the tail, for about an inch and three-fourths in length, the hairs
are black, a few of them slightly tipped with rufous. ‘The hind-feet,
from the heel to the palms, are thickly clothed with short adpressed
light-coloured hairs; the palms are naked, The sides of the body
are marked by a line of black commencing at the shoulder and ter-

Zoological Society. 281

minating abruptly on the flanks: this line is about two inches in
length and four lines wide.
Scrurus Lanucinosus. Downy Squirrel.

Sciurus corpore supra flavescenti-griseo, lateribus argenteo-cinereis,
abdomine albo: pilis mollibus et lanuginosis: auribus brevibus :
palmis pilis sericeis crebré instructis ; caudd corpore breviore.

“A singular and beautiful quadruped, to which I have conceived
the above name appropriate, was sent to me with the collection of
Dr. Townsend. He states in his letter, ‘ Of this animal I have ne
further knowledge than that it was killed on the North-west coast,
near Sitka, where it is said to be common: it was given to me by
my friend W. F. Tolmie, Esq., surgeon of the Hon. Hudson’s Bay
Company. I saw three other specimens from Paget’s Sound,. in
the possession of Capt. Brotchie, and understood him to say that
it was a burrowing animal.’ Sitka is, I believe, the principal set-
tlement of the Russians on Norfolk Sound and Paget’s Sound, a few
degrees North of the Columbia River.

«The head is broader than that of the Sc. Hudsonius, and the fore-
head much arched. The ears, which are situated far back on the
head, are short, oval, and thickly clothed with fur; they are not
tufted as inthe Se. Hudsonius and Sc. vulgaris of Europe, but a quan-
tity of longer fur, situated on the outer base of the ear, and rising
two or three lines above the margins, give the ears the appearance
of being somewhat tufted. In the Squirrels generally, the posterior
margin of the ear doubles forward to form a valve over the auditory
opening, and the anterior one curves to form a helix; in the present
species the margins are less folded than those of any other species I
have examined. The whiskers are longer than the head; feet and toes
short; rudimental thumb armed with a broad flat nail ; nails slender,
compressed, arched and acute; the third on the fore-feet is a little the
longest, as in the Squirrels. The tail bears some resemblance to that
of the Flying Squirrel, and is thickly clothed with hair, which is a
little coarser than those on the back. On the fore-feet the palms
are only partially covered with hair; but on the hind feet, the under
surface, from the heel even to the extremity of the nails, is thickly
clothed with short soft hairs.

«The fur is softer and more downy than that of any other North
American species, and the whele covering of the animal indicates it
to be a native of a cold region. :

‘Dental formula: zncis. = can. = mol, a = 20.

‘The upper incisors are smaller and more compressed than those
of Sc. Hudsonius; the lower ones are a little longer and sharper than

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 17. June 1839. ¥

982 Miscellaneous.

the upper: the upper grinders, on their inner surface, have each an
elevated ridge of enamel; on the outer crest or edge of the tooth,
there are three sharp points instead of two obtuse elevations, as in
the Squirrels generally, and in this particular it approaches the
Spermophiles. In the lower jaw, the grinders, which are quadrangu-
lar in shape, present each four sharp points.

‘‘On the back and tail there are so many white hairs inter-
spersed, the white spot on the head being merely occasioned by
a greater number of hairs nearly or wholly white, that there is great
reason to believe that this species becomes much lighter, if not
wholly white, during winter.

‘‘In the shape of the head and ears, and in the pointed projec-
tions of the teeth, this species approaches the Marmots and Sper-
mophiles ; but in the shape of its body, its soft fur, its curved and
acute nails, constructed more for climbing than digging in the earth,
and in the third toe being longer than the second, it must be placed
among the Squirrels.”

Mr.Ogilby pointed out the characters of a new species of Muntjac
Deer, which lately died at the Gardens. This species is about the same
size as the common Indian Muntjac, but has a longer head and tail;
has less red, and more blue in the general shade of the colouring,
and is readily distinguished by the want of the white over the hoofs,
which is so apparent in its congener. The specimen, a male, was
brought from China by J. R. Reeves, Esq., to whom the Society is
already indebted for many rare and valuable animals, and to whom
Mr. Ogilby proposed to dedicate the present species by applying the
name of Cervus Reevesi. A female specimen which accompanied
that here described, is still living and has lately produced a fawn,
which is interesting from exhibiting the spotted character common to
the generality of the young in this extensive group.

MISCELLANEOUS.

FORMATION OF INDIGO IN POLYGONUM TINCTORIUM,

Prof. Morren of Liége in a memoir read before the Academy of
Sciences at Brussels, on the culture of, and method of obtaining the
indigo from Polygonum tinctorium, makes the following statement with
respect to the formation of the indigo in the leaves of this plant :—
«The indigo,” he observes, ‘‘ is contained in the mesophylle of the
leaf especially. It is dissolved originally in a hquid which fills the
cells, and in which float pure granules of chlorophylle either inclo-

Miscellaneous. 283

sing nuclei of cells or bundles of crystals. The formation of the
indigo is in connexion with the non-development of the fecula, so
that the more there is of this substance the less there is of the blue
product. Whence it follows that the young leaves being less feculi-
ferous than the old ones, are more useful.

“The chlorophylle is a formation prior to the fecula, which is
developed in separate nuclei in the green granules; but there is
nothing to prove that the indigo is influenced by the chlorophylle,
or that it is the anthocyan, the blue principle of the chlorophylle,
which has any connexion with the indigo, so that the leaves of a
bright and uniform green are also those which are best adapted for
the extraction of indigo; for the greener and more healthy a leaf is,
the more it contains of the blue principle.””—F tract from the Bul-
letin de 1 Académie de Bruxelles, 1838.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF CYRENA. BY H. NYST.

The species of this genus formed by Lamarck at the expense of
Cyclas of Bruguiére, and belonging like those to his Conchiféres di-
myaires lamellipéedes, are all inhabitants of rivers. They are at pre-
sent all exotic, but formerly they must have been widely spread
through Europe, since they are found in a fossil state with Melanie,
Melanopsides, and Paludine, in layers of considerable extent: such
is, amongst others, the Cyrena semistriata, Desh., which we have
discovered in abundance at Kleyn Spauwen, near Maestricht, and
which is figured in our ‘“ Inquiries on the Fossil Shells of Housselt
and of Kleyn Spauwen,” Pl. III. fig. 13.

The genus Cyrena has been subdivided by Lamarck into two
sections, the one containing the species with lateral serrulated
teeth, of which Megerle afterwards made his genus Corbicula; the
other comprehending those with entire teeth, which constitute the
genus Pridonta, established by Schumacher. The shell under con-
sideration belongs to the first of these sections. It should take its
place by the side of the Cyrena cor, Lamk., if indeed it be not its
fossil representative.

Cyrena Duchastelii, Nob.—Testa cordata, subeequilatera, tumida ;

scalariter sulcata ; natibus fere conjunctis.

Shell cordiform, nearly equilateral, thick, probably grooved,
traces of grooves visible towards the hinges in the injured speci-
men which we have before us. The hinges are very near each
other.

We dedicate this species to M. F. Duchastel, who was so obliging

Go

284 Miscellaneous.

as to present us with the second specimen, which he possessed from
the Crag of the County of Norfolk, where Mr. Wood, an English
geologist had found it.—Budletin de l’ Académie de Bruxelles, 1838.

ON A NEW EXOTIC SPECIES OF POLYPORUS. BY PROF, J. KICKX.

Polyporus myrrhinus, Nob.—Graveolens, suberoso-coriaceus , pi-

leo rufescente, strigoso-velutino, zonato, basi subtus tubercu-
loso ; poris rotundis lutescentibus.

Hab. Cuba.

Sessile, unilateral, obliquely and irregularly reniform, plane, thin
(its greatest thickness not surpassing 7 mill.), nearly 11 centim. long
to 17 centim. broad. Pileus marked with zones of various colours ;
some brownish-red with short hairs, very dense and soft, giving the
surface a velvety appearance; others alternating with the first, nar-
rower, greyish, with stiff erect hairs. Lines of growth deep. Base in-
feriorly tuberculous. Margin thin, straight, presenting now and then
small perforations arising from foreign bodies inclosed by the plant
during its growth. Hymenium yellow, of a deeper tint towards the
outer margin. Pores very small, approximate, rounded, entire, de-
current along the basal tuberosities of the pileus. Sporidia white.

The Polyporus myrrhinus belongs therefore to the group of annual
and coriaceous Apodes, and should take its place by the side of P.
hirsutus, Schrad., Lundii, Fr., and Polyzonus, Pers. The odour which
this species diffuses is that of myrrh. It is impossible to mistake it.
Besides, there is a method which I have had recourse to more than
once for the diagnosis of vegetable emanations, and with which I
have almost always succeeded. It consists in passing the object over
a bottle containing ammonia for some minutes. The experiment
proves that by this process (the theory of which however I do not
take upon myself to give), we strengthen without altering the aromas,
the weakness of which would otherwise have hindered their being
recognised.

A character so easy to prove as the existence of the resinoso-
balsamic odour, which we have mentioned, seemed to merit being ex-
pressed in the specific name.—I0.

ON THE VERNATION OF THE CYCADACEZ. BY F. A. W. MIQUEL.

In all botanical works, we find quoted, as one of the characters of
the Cycadacee, the circinate arrangement of the young leaves, and
from this at one period was inferred their affinity to Ferns. ‘The au-

Miscellaneous. 985

thor’s researches have shown that this fact is not general. Ona spe-
cimen of Encephalartos affinis, Lehm., he found a bud composed of
young leaves shortened, the points of which converged at their
summit, and the leaflets on each side of the rachis were imbricate
(on account of the shortening of the latter), and they were applied
one against the other by their front surface. The same phenomenon
is seen in the F#. Altensteinii and horridus, Lehm. The terminal bud
in the species of this genus is not in general developed except at
intervals of two or even of several years : inthe young plants and the
lateral buds of great stems very often only a single leaf or a very
small number of leaves is developed at a time. ‘The growth of the
young leaves is caused by the extension of the rachis and of the
leaflets. The L£. spiralis, Lehm., likewise presents the same cha-
racters.

In the Zamia, Lehm. the leaves present a development altogether
different. In the Z. pumila, media, the young rachis in the bud is
bent in the form of the head of a crosier, but the two series of leaf-
lets are imbricated on each side and applied one against the other,
so that their summit is directed downwards by the gyrate arrange-
ment of the rachis.

Another disposition of the young leaves is noticed on Cycas circi-
nalis and revoluta, Thunb. Their rachis as well as the leaflets are
bent like the head of a crosier, each one having its own axis of in-
volution as in the Ferns.

These different characters in the disposition of the leaves appear
to merit consideration with respect to their use in defining the ge-
nera; and M. Miquel, notwithstanding the small number of species
which he has been able to observe, is induced to attribute some im-
portance to these differences which have hitherto escaped most bo-
tanists.— Extract from the Bulletin des Scienc. Phys. de Néerlande,
t.1. p. 129.

ON THE SYSTEMATIC ARRANGEMENT OF THE CHRYSIDIDE,

M. Klug has given a systematic arrangement of the family of in-
sects called Chrysidide. He first separates the genus Cleptes, which
is sufficiently distinguished from Chrysis by the abdomen, arched be-
low and above, terminating in a point and consisting of more than
four segments, whilst in the latter the abdomen is flat beneath, blunt
at the point, often broad, consisting only of three, or at the most of
four segments: hence Cleptes might be separated as a sub-family,
Cleptide, and might then be considered as following Chrysis, and

286 Miscellaneous.

thus the Oxryuri would be connected with Cleptes, as Chrysis is with
the Chalcidites, and form a commodious transition to the Formi-
carie.

Among the Chrysidide M. Klug first distinguished those which are
cheracterized by the difference of the number of abdominal segments
in the two sexes. ‘The disappearance of the submarginal and dis-—
coidal cells in the fore wing here indicates an approach to the second
chief division of the Chrysidide, yet it appears more suitable to
place them not at the end but at the head of the first division, and
thus entirely at the head of the Chrysidide. Only one genus belong-
ing to that section Parnopes, which is distinguished by the porrect
linear mouth, is yet known. To this a new genus is now added, An-
thracias, a female, with two abdominal segments and with a short
mouth more like that of Chrysis. The Chrysidide with an equal num-
ber of abdominal segments in both sexes are divided from the form
of the body into oblong and round, the first with distinct lower mar-
ginal and discoidal cells in the fore wing and simple claws, the last
with obsolete cells and cleft claws. In the divisions themselves the
generic characters should be taken from the formation of the mouth
alone, according to whether it, or especially the ligula as in Par-
nopes, be linear and porrect or not, and at the apex emarginate or
rounded, or lastly short and almost conical. In the first division
with simple claws, next to Parnopes, or rather Anthracias, anew ge-
nus Leptoglossa should follow, not dissimilar to Euchroeus, with a
porrect ligula and emarginate at the apex; then Pyrochloris, also
with a porrect ligula and rounded at the apex ; after which Euchroeus,
subdivided according to whether the apex of the abdomen (as is usu-
ally the case here) is serrated, or indented, or quite unarmed; and then
the genus Sti/bum, which hardly differs sufficiently from Euchroeus.
The conclusion of the first division would be formed by the genus
Chrysis, which is the most abundant in species, and which might be
much subdivided from the structure of the mandibles, completeness
of the marginal cells in the superior wings, and the direction of the
nerves forming them, projection of the scutellum, and the armature
of the apex of the abdomen, but is nevertheless well characterized
by the short nearly conical ligula. In the section of Chrysidide with
divided claws, the difference between the genera Klampus and Hedy-
chrum consists either, as in Chrysis, in the short or conical ligula, or
as in Huchroeus and Stilbum, only in the more projecting ligula
emarginate at the apex and without regard to the projection of the
scutellum.—From the Bericht der Berliner Akademie, &c., for 1839.

Meteorological Observations. 287

British Coleoptera Delineated, consisting of Figures of all the Genera
of British Beetles. Drawn in outline by W. Spry, M.E.S. Edited
by W. E. Suucxarp, Librarian to the Royal Society.

Wehave just seen the first two numbers of this work, which promises
to be of considerable assistance to the British Entomologist ; it is to
consist of a series of figures in outline of all the genera of British
Coleoptera, drawn by Mr. Spry and edited by Mr. Shuckard. As
the distinctions of form are sometimes so peculiar that it is scarcely
possible for the most elaborate description to convey a correct idea
of them, we consider this work a very happy conception; and as we
have no doubt that the execution will continue in the spirit and with
the care with which it commences, we certainly think that it deserves
the patronage of all who cultivate the delightful science of entomo-
logy, for its very moderate price must meet the means of all.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR APRIL, 1839.

Chiswick. ~ April 1. Rain. 92 Overcast. 3, 4. Bleak and cold. 5. Snow-
ing. 6. Cloudy andcold. 7. Fine. 8. Snowing. 9. Bleak and cold. 10,
11. Fine but cold. 12-14. Cloudy andcold. 15. Overcast. 16. Very fine.
17. Showery. 18. Boisterous with rain. 19, Very fine. 20. Showery. 21.
Fine. 22. Very fine. 25. Rain. 24—26. Fine. 27. Dry haze. 28—g0,
Very fine.

Boston.—April1. Fine. 2. Stormy. 3—7. Cloudy. 8. Cloudy: sleet early
a.m. 9. Cloudy. 10. Fine. 11—15. Cloudy. 16. Fine. 17, 18. Rain.
19. Fine: rain early a.m. 20,21. Fine: rain a.m.and p.m. 22. Fine: rain
early a.m. 23. Rain. 24—26. Cloudy. 27. Cloudy: vaina.m. 28—30. Fine.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire.— April 1. A most inclement day; snow on
hills.) 2. The same: snow on hills melting. 3. Thesame: bitterly cold. 4,
Another piercing day: cloudy p.m. 5. Still extremely cold: snow showers. 6,
Wind fallen : more temperate. 7. Moderate day: stillno vegetation. 8. Pier-
cingly cold and withering. 9. Dry and cold: frosty mornings. 10. Sun warm,
but wind cold and withering. 11. Milder, but still no spring. 12. Great in-
crease of temperature. 13. Sun warm: wind moderate but parching. 14. Mo-
derate day: vegetation commencing. 15. The same: temperature’ lower :
cloudy. 16. Threatening rain: showery: very wet p.m. 17. Showers: rain:
hail: cleared p.m. 18. Frequent showers: rainand sleet: snow. 19. Violent
wind : showers of hail. 20. Dry and cold: vegetation ata stand. 21. Dry:
temperature rising. 22. Foggy morning: drizzlingday. 23. Clear: tempera-
ture increasing. 24. The same: cool evening. 25. Temperature increasing :
clearsun. 26. Cloudy: threatening: cleared up »y.m. 27. Clear and fine:
hoar frost morning. 28. The same: cloudyr.m. 29. Finespringday. 30.
Remarkably fine spring day.

Sun 25 days. Rain 4 days. Snow 2 days. Hail2days. Frost 3 mornings.

Wind easterly 13 days. Southerly 12 days. Northerly 2days. Westerly 3
days.

Calm 11 days. Moderate 7 days. Strong breeze 4 days. Stormy 5 days.
Brisk 3 days.

Mean daily range of barometer 0°092. Mean nightly range 0:°080. Mean
range of 24 hours 0°172,

Mean daily range of thermometer 10:4,

i RS aS
LOE S-EV 1-Sh 9Z-9E9.z5 L-6€ | 0-9F | 8-VP 980-0£ |g01-0€ | 29-62 | LPO-0€ |ZPI-0€ | gLo.0€ | ‘urary

—_——

“uvaTy 96-0 |SL-0 lop-t | “wang

© ee ee aka

SS eel

6LE j LLE-1 | | |
|

Oe ae Boe ‘a |f6P) o¢ G.99| IP | eZ | z.op| L:89|€-L9 | Z0-0€ | S0.08 | z9-6z | 6£0-0€ | SFI-0€ | ghI-0€ | ‘of
es eT ane femee (Ue?) | sw | OP F0G|G.95| LE | go |o. 8-8P | OT-0F | OT-0€ | L9-6Z | ZEI-0€ | Z9Z-0E | OSz-0€ | *6z
oa |: yy “A888 lonyeo) saz | wn | LE) 19] PS] Of | €9 |o.cp| POV | @LP | 82-08 | Of-0€ | LL-6z | 1.08 | SEE-0F | OFE-0F | "920
‘ MSS "WP «ms | vas HEE) LP} S| 8€ | 19 | o.ep| £-6P | LBP | 72-0 | 02-0€ | 01.62 | FEz.0€ | 29z-0F | BEz-0F | “Le
oe pie | | ann |¥SV) Lb \c.€F| 8f | 79 z.6¢ | 09 | £-PP | ST-0€ | g0-0€ | S9.6z | 6E1-0€ | 612-08 | grT-0€ | oz
ay le aN | mn | OF) OF) SP] PE | £9 | G.9¢| 0-97 | 9-PP | PO-0F | L0.0€ | 89.62 | BE0.0€ | 060-0F | PLO.0€ | “Sz
" | oN | sms | PP] gh] Sh) 8% | CS | ¢.gp| P-97 | 8ST | ZI-0€ | 90-0€ | £5.62 | SL0.0€ | 111-0€ | 8L0.0€ | “Fe
coe JOE: G1. | SST | “SNE nye, sm | os | SP GOP] ZS] OF | GS | p.2h| BIS] E-1S | £0-0€ | 26-62 | ob-6z | 856.62 | Poo.0E | 786.62 | “ez
we Ot) og | MS (ere?) sm | es FOE] EF} OS) OP | 19 | Lzp| GSES | €-ZS | LO-0€ | 02-0€ | 92-62 | gOT-0€ | OLZ-0F | 89Z-0F | “2%
[EO | | ae “Dem | mm FOE] LP] gh] ZE] SS |e1p| S-6P | L987 | 81-0€ | £9.62 | 09Z-0€ | ELZ.0€ | 09G-0€ | “Iz
| | MN | tem! om | LE] Lb G.Lb) LE | SS | g.op| L:05 | 8-6P | E1-0€ | $6.62 | 9.62 | 690-08 | S€z-0F | Z80.08 | °02 ¢
~% CBT | jc fw | om | £8] Ph) gh) LE | 69 | Lop | 0-29] P-19| PL-62 | 06-6 | $0.62 | 919.62 | $96.6z | 299.62 | °61
ae | | iM |S) ems | vs | SE sep Ger) OF | gS | 6.0p/9-LP | CLP | 9€-62 | Lz-6z | 16.92 | 169-62 | BL¢.62 | OSP.6z | “81
= eae MSS “MS ss cava m FOV Erp) Ob) 6€ | SE |c.cp|P-6P | P-sh | Lz-6z | Fz-6z | £8-9z | 60F-6z | LST.6z | 9EP-62 | “LT
| |S aye ss | ss | 1h) gp) S| PP | 09 |9.Fh| 8-09 | G-08 | PP-62 | £9.62 | L2-6z | SES.6z | 9€8-6z | Z6L-6z | “91
8 meo -ms | sms [fh] pp) of) OF | €¢ |z.cp| €-6 |S.8h | F8-6z | S0.0€ | 8S.6z | $16.62 | oF 1-08 | BET-0f | “ST
MSS Une «mx | sm | LE] gp) S| 2b | So | Lep|P-9F |L-Sh | 08-08 | €2.08 | SZ.6z | Stz-08 | Lrz-of | Zz-08 | “PT

©

a

a
a)
S
=

:
7)
=

—
=
3)

3

n

Q
Se
fo)
oo)

: } | |

ve doe {ae | owe | [2M] ON | cw [FOP] og] oF] IV | Lb | e.1p/ ESP 1 8.PP| 12-08 | 62-08 | 08-62 | hz-08 | gLz-08 | ZLZ-08 | “C1@

eee “Th! Meee ee i egg al nx ESE 0S | vy | ov oS |%ZL¢e £0 19.27 | VE-0€ | €P-0£ | 28-62% | 9zz-0F | LOE-0€ | ZBZ-0F | “SI

Ae Oe tee | 2N7) 9 | san | ann | 8% |t9¢ \S-0F| LE | €S | z.cE| L:2P | P-17 | VS-0€ | Lo O€ | 11-0€ | ZHP-0F | EVS-0€ | BIS.08 | “II

ve [| | 4000) aNe) a | x | caw [EZelc6e] €F| 62 | 2S |e.Le|%EP | Por | 99-08 | Go.0€ | of-0€ | SSP.0€ | 0GG.0€ | PPP-0f | “OT

a lou |e | 7 | t | ann FOE lz9¢| oF | 9E | IP |0.9¢| 46 | 8-8E | 09-0€ | 0G-0€ | So.0€ | CLE.0€ | VEP-0£ | ZSE-08 | °6

vee fice [UO] TT | ESE) | ca’) sana [$23 29g) OF | ZE | €P |g-be|P-1P | EOP | GP-0€ | g£-08 | 98.62 | CLE.08 | BPE-0£ | OZE-08 | °8
: A st | «| x | ann $62 /F9¢ GE) If | 6P |G.0€| £68 | 9-86 | LE-OF | OF-0€ | PO-0F | ELP-0€ | LrP.0f | g6E-0€ | “L D

(00-0 coe | Ove: | aes ee ae “ANN | oe EO6 | gf x6 Vv o-Pe L-oV o-0P ZE-0€ OT-0€ R8-6% PST-.0¢ goe.o£ gSTt.o£ ge]

M0 | Tr 98. | 190) “* |e | ea | caw | ce Eoe GLE] PE | IF lope |EPE| S.C | 66.62 | €g.6z | 19-62 | Lzg.6z | $66 62 | 208-62 | “S

bee fil} | ID | [3 | ax | -aww gre lice | 9€| z€ | Le |6.£¢ [0-96 | $-S€ | 16.62 | 96.62 | Lo.6z | 6£6.62 | gzo-0€ | 986-62 | ‘P

ver | soe | ane | 2 | HN} tan | ZB) Ge] GE} 1€ | Of | 9.G¢|9-9E | 6-SE | £0-0€ | 66-62 | 79-62 | 016-62 | PL6.62 | 968-60 | *

te oe 880. | - fees Reese tame a 5 of oF | LE | 6F | 6.g€| 0-17 | 8-8E| 80-08 | 86.62 | ZS-62 | 192-6 | 626-62 | 99L-66 | “%

5 | — ee | ott | |" | a | a | PE) op] EF! B€| Sh | Lop| £90) L.1h| €8-62 | 99.62 | Lz-6z | 109-62 | ZL9-6z | 989-60 | “I
sony £2) | S| wee [amu] | LS gg pada ures gee |u| ew fume | oeope|uees| wdtel wes | | wn | XN | weg | dy
ul 2 ue | 5 HOPES a | PS ‘uopuo']| -sanguing! 3S | 899 | og «oy : uopuory | O2TUs-seRguING a YOIMSTYO : UOpUuo'y ane
MOT “UIRYT | “PULA *J9}OWLOULLDYT, piemowe jo skuqy

‘adiys-snrafungy ‘asunyy yjivdajddy yo uvaNxog “1X Ag puv ‘uopsog yw VIVAA ‘AN 49 {uopuoryT avau ‘younsiyg yo hyaroog pounynaysozy 34] fo
MOPLDE) 24} JD NOSAWOUT, “AJ AQ ! NOLUATOY “AP ‘Aunjauvag qunjsisspy ay) Ag Kyaroog johog ayy fo siuaupindypy ay] yo apmu suoywasasg( 100190]0L09}9]4/

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

XXXII1.— Miscellanea Zoologica. By GEorGE JOHNSTON,
M.D., Fellow of the Royal College of Surgeons of Edin-
burgh. With Plate VI.*.

VII. Tue Britisu NEREIDEs.
Class ANNELIDES. Order ERRANTES.

CuHaracter. Head usually distinct and antenniferous : pro-
boscis very large, with one or two pairs of jaws in most: seg-
ments numerous, co-ordinate; the feet highly developed, fur-
nished with spines and bristles: branchie either obsolete or
in the form of lobules or papilla inserted generally at the apex
of the feet: the tentacular cirri rarely wanting.

1. Nereis, Linneus.

Cuar. Head antenniferous, the antenne small; palpi two,
larger, mammillate; proboscis with two horny falcate jaws ;
segments numerous, the first with four tentacular cirri on each
side ; feet bizamous, variously lobulated, furnished with a dor-
sal and ventral czrrus.

Observations. The body of the Nereis is always vermiform,
insensibly tapered towards the tail, somewhat truncate in front,
and composed of numerous narrow segments : the back round-
ish, but the ventral surface is flattened, and marked down the
middle with an impressed line. The head is distinct, a little
contracted in front, and furnished with two pairs of eyes placed
on the occiput, the one before the other. The small subulate
antenne are inserted on its frontal margin (Plate VI. fig. 1 a,
a.); and, in general, we find two of these organs, which are
guarded, on each side, by a thick palpus distinctly formed of
two articulations, the apical capable of being retracted within
the other (fig. 1a, p). The large cylindrical exsertile pro-
boscis is divided into two rings, and its surface is roughened
with minute corneous prickles, more or less numerous in the

* This plate will form part of the SuppLemEnr to the present volume. a

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 18. July 1839. ‘3

290 Dr. Johnston on the British Nereides.

various species, and distributed in annular rows or limited
patches: the orifice is destitute of tentacula, but armed with
two powerful jaws curved like a sithe and serrulated on the
inner margin (fig. 1 a, pr.). The first segment of the body
(fig. cit. s.) is often larger than the following; and from its
anterior margin four pairs of tentacular cirri arise (¢), which
spread out on each side of the head in the form of tapered
filaments. The feet are homologous throughout and protu-
berant, formed of two branches coalescent at their insertion
with the trunk ; and each branch is furnished with a spine,
or sometimes with two or three spines, and one or two bun-
dles of bristles (fig. 1 4.) : the latter are two-jointed, the basilar
portion being thickened towards its extremity, which is deeply
cleft to receive the termmal piece into a sort of socket (fig.
1 c.): this piece is sometimes long, straight, and subulate, at
other times short, flattish, and slightly curved. The cirri are
always slender and tapered ; we find one at the base of each
branch of the foot, and that of the ventral branch is invariably
shorter than the one pertaining to the dorsal (fig. 1 J, ¢.).
The branchiz, according to Savigny, are constituent parts of
the feet, consisting of three fleshy papille which occupy their
extremity (fig. 1 4, 6.). Two of these lobe-like appendages are
fixed to the dorsal branch, one under the superior cirrus and
one under the setigerous tubercle; and the third is situated
under the ventral branch, between the setigerous tubercle and
inferior cirrus. The form of these papilla, as well as their
relative size, often varies on the different parts of the body,
but they are found on all the feet, excepting, sometimes, on the
second and third pairs, where they are more or less rudiment-
ary. Audouin and Milne Edwards deny their branchial cha-
racter, since they are not more vascular than the other lobules
of the foot; but at the base of these organs there is a vascular
net-work, which appears to the naturalists mentioned to be
the principal seat of respiration. The anal segment is always
terminated with two styles.

1. N. pelagica, body brownish, more or less tinted with
green ; post-occipital segment nearly twice as large as the fol-
lowing ; cirri shorter than the pa illary processes of the feet.

Plate VI. fig. 1.

Dr. Johnston on the British Nereides. 291

Nereis pelagica, Linn. Syst.1086. Bast. Opusc. Subse. ii. 133. tab. 6. fig.
6. Turt. Gmel. iv. 86.—N. verrucosa, Mull. Zool. Dan. prod. 217.
no. 2628.—N. ccerulea, Penn. Brit. Zool. iv. 93. tab. 27. fig. sup. (edit.
1812.). Zurt. Gmel. iv. 88. Turt. Brit. Faun. 1385. Stew. Elem. i.
390. Bosc. Vers, i. 170.—Lycoris viridis, Johnston in Zool. Journ. iv.
419.—L. margaritacea, Zbid. 420; and in Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. 230.

fig. 42.
Hab. Under stones, between tide marks, common.

Desc. Body from four to six, or, when fully extended, even
eight inches long, semicylindrical, of the thickness of a large
quill, tapered towards the tail, of a brown colour more or less
deeply tinted with metallic green, particularly near the head
and on the anterior margins or sides of the segments, and in cer-
tain lights iridescent. Head square, with four eyes, pointed
in front, on which are two small antenne; palpi much larger,
two-jointed, the apical joint minute: ¢entacular cirri in four
pairs, greenish, setaceous, the superior reaching to the margin
of the fourth segment and longer by a third than the second
pair, which again are nearly twice the length of the inferior
pairs: mouth inferior, with a large cylindrical protrusile pro-
boscis divided into two portions by a circular fold, armed
with two strong jaws, around which are placed, on as many
swellings, six distinct patches of small black prickles, the side
patches larger than the others; two still smaller patches are
situated just under the projecting lobe of the head, while at
the very base of the proboscis we find a band of similar
prickles, some larger than others, arranged in several irregu-
lar series: jaws falcate, horn-coloured at their insertions, the
upper half dark brown with six strong serratures on the inner
edge, the apex forming a seventh: first segment footless, twice
as large as the following, scored with faint whitish lines or
sometimes spotted ; and oblique lines of the same kind may
be seen, with a magnifier, on the sides of the other seg-
ments, of which, in a large specimen, there were 123, smooth,
excepting that across the front margin of a few of the anterior
segments a line of minute granules is very often visible: feet
nearly all alike, the civ7i short, the terminal or branchial lo-
bules conical, nearly equal on the anterior feet, but towards the
middle of the body the superior becomes larger and more pro-
minent than either of the others; setigerous tubercles small,

y 2

3892 Dr. Johnston on the British Nereides.

the dristles of the superior fewer and more slender than these
of the inferior, all of them two-jointed, the terminal piece ob-
liquely set, setaceous, smooth, liable to be broken off: spines
one to each bundle of bristles, acute, dark-brown: tail termi-
nated with two short styles.

I have seen specimens which were of a uniform grass-green
colour, tinted only with fuscous-brown about the head. At
some seasons of the year, in autumn especially, the body is
often blotched with large irregular yellow patches, and traversed
with red lines, occasioned by the viscera appearing through the
skin. A red vessel may be always traced down the middle of
the back, giving off, to each foot, a small branch, which is
again slightly ramified ; and a similar vessel runs along the
flat ventral surface, which is marked with a median furrow.
But after being macerated in spirits the colours entirely dis-
appear, the worm becoming of a uniform dead yellowish white
with a pearly gloss, most distinct on the belly, and a tinge of
brown sometimes remains on the back. When allowed to die
gradually in sea-water, the animal often pushes forth its well-
armed proboscis, which is marked with pale anastomosing
lines in a longitudinal direction, probably of a muscular cha-
racter. In dying it relaxes considerably. Fresh water is an
immediate poison to such individuals as are taken from the
sea-shores ; yet a partial mixture is not unfavourable to its
habits, for the species 1s to be found abundantly burrowing,
like an earth-worm, in mud in the brackish water of our tide
ways and littoreal marshes.

The figure in the ‘ Magazine of Natural History’ is too short
proportionably, and does not give a good idea of the worm.
That either of Basten or of Pennant is sufficient to identify
their species with the one before us: and I have taken these
figures as my guide to the synonyms quoted, for the descrip-
tions do not always tally; but to expect a coincidence between
the descriptions of Linnzeus or Muller and those drawn up by
naturalists of the present day would be unreasonable. I can-
not refer Nereis pelagica to any species described by Audouin
and Milne Edwards. Their description and figure of N. Beau-
coudrayt show that it is very nearly allied, but it differs in
having only 100 segments, though of equal or rather superior

Dr. Johnston on the British Nereides. £93

size; in the first segment not being larger than the others ;
in the jaws having ten serratures; and in the greater elonga-
tion of the tentacular cirri.

The changes which the Annelides pass through, from the
egg state to their maturity, have not been traced by any one,
and the general belief appears to be that none of the class un-
dergoes any metamorphosis, proceeding from the egg with all
the characters and lineaments of the parents. I have no di-
rect observation to oppose to this belief, which, however, I
have been led to think is questionable. In Plate VI. figure 2.
represents what seems to me to be the young of a Nereis,
probably of N. pelagica, and the differences between it and the
adult are not inconsiderable. The tentacula and tentacular
cirri, it will be observed, are wanting, while the head is large
and well developed ; and there is a pair of large clavate organs
at its junction with the first segment, by the aid of which the
little creature appears to move through the water, for in this
stage of its life it is an excellent swimmer as well as a swift
creeper. There is a prominence at the base of each, perhaps
the buds of future tentacular cirri; and here we observe un-
derneath some minute ciliated organ, by whose play a current
of water is driven violently along the sides. By the play of
ether ciliated organs at the tail, similar currents are there
created and kept up; and the whole process forcibly recalls to
memory the mechanism by which respiration is carried on in
many of the edriophthalmous Crustacea. The eyes are ina
straight line, and not less distinct than in the adult. The feet
are well developed, bizamous: the caudal segment rounded,
of a dark colour, and ciliated all round. I found these sup-
posed young inthe beginning of September amongst Conferve:
they were about two lines in length, and very active.

The luminous animalcule sometimes to be seen on the shells
of oysters, and delineated by Baker, ‘Employm. for the
Micros.’ p. 399. pl. 15 A.) seems to be the same worm, a little
further advanced. The tentacula are now developed, as well
as a single pair of the tentacular cirri. “ This little insect,
says Baker, “ can emit or conceal its light ; and sometimes its
lustre is so bright as to be discoverable even in open daylight,
especially on being touched or disturbed. Its light is bluish
like that of the glowworm, or a spark of burning brimstone.”

294 Dr. Johnston on the British Nereides.

Prate VI. fig. 1. Nereis pelagica, of the natural size; 1 a. The head and
proboscis magnified ; 1 b. A lateral view of one of the feet; 1 ¢. Two bris-
tles. Fig. 2. The young? of Nereis pelagica.

2. N. margaritacea, of a uniform mother-of-pearl colour,
post-occipital segment equal in breadth to the two following ;
jaws with five or six serratures, the apex plain ; superior cirrus
elongate, the inferior lobed at the base; bristles numerous,
the dorsal brush with two, and the ventral with four spines.
Plate VI. fig. 3.

Nereis margaritacea, Leach in Supp. Encyclop. Brit.i.451. pl. 26. Au-
douin and M. Edwards in Ann. des Sc. Nat. xxviii. 217. Wilson in
Encyclop. Brit. (last edit.) xi. 220.—N. margarita, Montagu in Lin.
Trans. vii. 82. Turt. Brit. Faun. 135.—Lycoris margaritacea, Lam.
Anim. s. Vert. v. 312. seconde édit. v. 550. Stark, Elem. ii. 139.

Hab. Amongst the rocks at Milton, rare, Montagu. Coast of Berwickshire,

also rare. Mr. Wilson informs us that “ this species is common near the
Bell Rock, and is subject to great variation of colour,” but the latter remark
probably flows from a confounding of more than one species together.

Desc. Body, about four inches long, vermiform, rounded
dorsally and flattened on the belly, of a uniform mother-of-
pearl colour, iridescent, the feet tinted with a dusky pale green.
Head corneous, brown, subquadrangular: eyes four, very di-
stinct, occipital, blackish: antenne and palpi similar to those
of N. pelagica, nor is there any material difference in the pro-
boscis, but the yaws are armed with only five or six denticu-
lations, and the point is longer and smooth: tentacular cirri
subequal, reaching to the posterior margin of the post-occi-
pital segment, which is twice as broad as the following: seg-
ments rather narrow; the anterior with small feet, which be-
come gradually larger as we reckon backwards, attaining their
maximum of development behind the middle, whence they
again lessen: superior cirrus longer than the branchial? lo-
bules; the inferior cirrus of the anterior feet simple, that of
the more developed feet with a lobe and short filament at its
base: bristles in two considerable brushes, colourless, jointed,

the terminal piece long and setaceous ; spines conical, corneous,
some darker than others.

Prats VI. fig. 3 a. The head of Nereis margaritacea, with the proboscis
protruded; 3 6. A jaw separated and highly magnified; 3 c. An anterior

foot (from the twelfth segment); 3 d. A foot from near the middle of the
body, viewed laterally.

mR

Dr. Johnston on the British Nereides. 29

3. N. bilineata, body tile-red with two white lines down the
back ; segments about 120; feet uniform with conoid papillary
processes, the dorsal longer and larger than the others ; supe-
rior cirrus elongated. Plate VI. fig. 4.

Hab. In old shells, Berwick Bay.

Desc. Body from three to four inches long, ;4,ths or ith
broad, semicylindrical, tapered towards the tail, of a tile-red
colour marked along the back with two suow-white lines, the
narrow space between them being of a fine dark red colour,
glossed with a pearly purple lustre, more especially on the
ventral surface. Head small, the front as usual pointed with
two conical antenne longer than its own diameter, and fur-
nished at each side with a large bi-articulate palpus: eyes four,
black and very distinct: mouth inferior, the proboscis roughened
with black prickles: jaws falcate, rather small and slender,
corneous, crenulate on the inner edge, the crenulations four
or five and not deep, the brown curved extremity plain: fen-
tacular cirri four on each side, setaceous, of unequal lengths :
segments 118, very narrow, the first broader than the following
but not equal in breadth to two united, convex dorsally,
smooth ; feet uniform, the superior cirrus elongate, surpassing
the dorsal branchial ? papilla, which is longer and much larger
than the others: bristles of the upper tubercle few, those of
the lower bifasciculate, two-jointed, the apical jomt smooth,
often broken away from the lowermost bristles: spines brown,
acute ; ventral surface flat: tai/ with two short styles.

When macerated in spirits the lines and red colour are com-
pletely removed, and the body becomes of a uniform pearl-
grey.

I have occasionally found this beautiful species concealed in
old univalve shells brought up, with other rubbish, on the
lines of our fishermen; one individual was taken from a shell
of Fusus corneus, which appeared at first to be fully occupied
with a Hermit-lobster.

Prate VI. fig. 4. A side view of the foot of Nereis bilineata, from about
the middle of the body.

[To be continued. }

296 Capt. S. E. Cook on Pinus and Abies.

XXXIV.—On the Pinus and Abies, with remarks on a New
Species. By Caprain S. E. Cook, R.N.

In the paper which was given in a preceding Number (vol. i.
p- 163.) the general distribution of the genera through Europe
was stated, as faras my observations and information at that
period enabled me to do. Since that time an addition to our
knowledge of this branch has been made by the ascertaining a
species which was first announced by me to exist in the moun-
tains of Ronda, the bearings of which on the positions laid down
as to the piology of Europe are too important not to require
its introduction into the system. My information respecting it
was too vague, except as to the locality, and that it differed
from all the species in the vicinity, to enable me to do more
than suppose, that, as I had found the upper parts of the Sierra
de Cuenca, which bear some analogy to the mountains of
Ronda, clothed with P. sylvestris, that it might possibly be
that species; but having only conjecture to guide me, I pub-
lished the notice with the view of drawing the attention of
other travellers to the subject—‘ Sketches in Spain,’ vol. i.
p. 239.

It was the more mortifying to me to leave this point un-
determined, owing solely to the late period which my infor-
mation was obtained, because I had previously planned and
actually commenced a section of the district which would have
carried me quite through the centre of the forest, when the
death of the horse I rode at Antequera obliged me to return
to Malaga, and I had no opportunity of again undertaking it.
We are indebted to M. Boissier, who is, I believe, a na-
turalist of Geneva, for the information that the tree in ques-
tion is a new and undescribed species of the silver fir.

Great as the interest is to those engaged in the study of
this subject by the discovery or observation of a new species,
it is enhanced in this instance by its bearing on and connexion
with the pinal vegetation of Europe; and we shall now pro-
ceed to place the Pinsapo*, by which provincial name it is
most properly designated, in its true position, in which it

* The term I believe to mean literally gummy, exuding resins.

Capt. S. E. Cook on Pinus and Abies. 297

affords beautiful proofs of the order and harmony with which
the operations of nature are found to be conducted whenever
they are closely investigated.

The Serrania de Ronda is a mountainous region rising ab-
ruptly from the shores of the Atlantic and Mediterranean and
from the newly raised plains of Western Andalusia, which
bound it on three sides, its eastern boundary being continuous
chains connecting it with the great mountainous system of the
interior of the Peninsula. It thus forms the bulwark of Spain
to the Atlantic, the vapours of which are arrested by its higher
summits, giving the region a character of comparative humi-
dity, and imparting to its valleys extreme fertility. The height
of S. Cristobal and the Sierra de la Nieve, the most elevated
summits, may be taken at six to seven thousand feet, and high
upon their flanks is placed the Pinsapo, where it forms a zone
above the P. Pinaster, which was stated in the last paper to
occupy the lower valleys of the same district.

The resemblance of this Hesperian region to the Pelopon-
nesus, with which it very nearly corresponds in latitude, alti-
tude, and relative situation, both to the adjacent continent and
the adjoining sea, is too striking not to require notice; and as
we have seen in a preceding paper the flanks of Mount Taygetus
are covered with a silver fir, we have the new and curious in-
formation that this genus forms three grand divisions, extend-
ing from the Altaian Chain through central Europe, and end-
ing at a moderately high elevation at its southern extremities
of Greece and Western Spain.

The next point to determine is the connexion of these lo-
calities with the central zone, and the demarcation or limits
of the extension. There is little doubt that that of the Grecian
division must be sought for in the Apennines, and if, as I
believe, the genus is found to be indigenous at Camaldoli in
Tuscany, it requires examination, and the attention of those
who reside in or may visit the district is earnestly called to
the subject. If not found there it must be sought for in the
Southern Alps, and especially where a zone of beech, which is
met with in the Abruzzi, points out in that latitude the silver
fir as the next superior member of the forest.

In Spain we pass at once from the extreme south to the

298 Capt. S. E. Cook on Pinus and Abies.

valleys of Navarre and the Western Pyrenees, and it requires
close examination to ascertain whether the species which is
found in those comparatively genial valleys belong not to the
southern division, and if so, whether, as is possible, it be iden-
tical with that which occupies the great zone in the highest
valleys of the range at the back of the Maledetta and Mont
Perdu.

From the description of the localities above mentioned, it
might be inferred, that the natural habitats of the silver fir are
rather characterized by humidity. I have no doubt it is so,
and in attentively considering its natural position in Europe,
we find that in the regions where dryness of atmosphere pre-
dominates, it is replaced by its congeners the Pinus of the
corresponding zone. This observation is of material import-
ance as to the ceconomic value of the tree, because it would
point out the species as particularly suited to most parts of
these islands, of which the climate seems peculiarly fitted to
its cultivation on an extended scale.

That the Pinsapo should have remained so long unnoticed
is less singular than that of many other points connected with
the natural history of the same country, which have been left
equally unobserved. The locality which it occupies is of
small extent; and it is not only unnoticed by the Moorish
writer of Arab agriculture who wrote in the twelfth century,
and was well acquainted with the arboreal vegetation of An-
dalusia, but I believe it was unknown in the Arsenal at Cadiz,
where, from the dearth of timber, it would have been invalu-
able, though its total destruction would have probably been
the result of the discovery. The order of position of the
pine in that portion of Spain, by observation of the Sierra de
Macael and other ranges to the east and west of the same di-
strict, is, ascending, P. halepensis and Pinea, P. Pinaster, P.
Pinsapo.

On the Division of the Genus Abies.

The division of this portion of the great family of Pinus ap-
pears to have been proposed in the observation that some of
the members of it had the cones placed vertically on the tree,
whilst in others they are pendent. Some other differences in
the structure of the cone have been noticed, a recent one,

Capt. S. E. Cook on Pinus and Abies. 299

and the most important, being that in the section to which
the name of Picea is affixed; the scales are arranged round a
spindle, which remains on the tree after the scales have dropped
off. As no real distinction in the great family of Pinus exists,
and properly speaking it in reality forms one whole, as pro-
posed by our great progenitor Linnzus, therefore all divisions of
it being merely matters of convenience, it remains to be decided
whether the additional section of Picea be required or not.
Granting fully all the points of difference which have been set
forward, and supposing, which is by no means clear, that they
are hereafter to be found uniform in the various species which
are scattered over the globe, it will then remain to be deter-
mined whether the members so distinguished properly form a
genus or merelyagroup. Some limit must unquestionably be
put to the crowding our catalogues with useless names of ge-
nera, quite as much or even more than species, and it does, on
mature consideration, appear that the subdivision of Adies will
lead to this. ‘There are good and substantial reasons (conve-
nience solely being understood) for the admitting the Adies
section, which is a well-defined division, as is also the Larix
or deciduous portion of the family; but it certainly does
seem, that by allowing the establishment of this genus we
shall open the way to other subdivisions to the hindrance ra-
ther than the advance of science, by making demarcations
where none exist, and denominating genera what are in fact
only groups. Should further and more extended observations,
however, make it expedient to adopt this separation, it is to be
hoped a better word will be found to designate it than Picea,
which of course means “ pitch,” and would lead to the infer-
ence that the members composing it were distinguished by af-
fording that substance in greater quantity than the congeners,
such conclusion being quite erroneous, and any step leading
to such should be avoided in the affixing of terms connected
with science.
On the Pinus hispanica.

In describing this remarkable species in the preceding pa-
per, it ought to have been noticed that my observations were
entirely made in the Sierra de Segura, in the South of Spain.
This magnificent forest, which in 1804 contained 62,000,000

300 Capt. S. E. Cook on Pinus and Abies.

of trees, was traversed by me in its greatest extent, and from
it my descriptions are taken and the cones were brought which
through the Horticultural Society and other channels have
been circulated through England. Those which are now sold
and figure under the inappropriate name of pyrenaica are from
a forest of much less extent in Upper Aragon, at the south
foot of the Pyrenees. The reason for not conferring a spe-
cific name upon the species of Segura when introduced by me
was, that having previously seen the forest of Aragon I be-
lieved the species to be formed of the same pine, and having
information on which I could rely that those of an extensive
district in the Sierra de Cuenca was probably identical with
these, and knowing that the species was confined to Spain, the
appropriate name of Aispanica was proposed, in order to pre-
vent the multiplication of names as much as possible, and at
the same time give the clearest idea of the arboreal vegetation
of the country, which no one had before attempted. The tree
then as introduced and described by me is the Pine of Segura ;
and that known in the catalogues as P. pyrenaica is from Ara-
gon, which I believe and have assumed to be identical with it,
but do not positively assert that it is so. The points of di-
stinction between this species and its neighbour the Laricio as
indicated were sufficiently numerous, but two others were
omitted: the P. Laricio is so resinous that it was used at
Toulon for masts; the P. hispanica is so dry in its texture as
to be quite unfit for that purpose, and could only be used, even
in their direful scarcity of native timber, in the arsenals of
Cadiz and Carthagena for decks and similar uses which do not
require elasticity, and the timber for which is quite of a dif-
ferent quality from that used for masts.

In my original account of the species it was stated, that the
cones, after being some time shut up in a box, exhaled a deli-
cious perfume, which quickly evaporated. Whilst writing this
paper it occurred that the same quality might distinguish the
buds of the species, and on rubbing them I found that the tur-
pentine of the Laricio is strong and coarse in flavour, like
those of the northern species, its scent remaining long on the
fingers, whilst that of the hispanica is light, aromatic, and
highly volatile. I have no doubt that a fine and peculiar bal-

Capt. S. E. Cook on Pinus and Abies. 301

sam might be prepared from it. Owing to its dryness and to
its not bleeding in consequence, the hispanica bears the knife
better than any of the genus which have come under my ob-
servation.

There is no doubt whatever, from the reasons above stated,
that for economic purposes the Laricio isthe better tree, though
I believe that in hardiness and quickness of growth they are
about equal. The French government have, owing to its great
value, caused the Laricio to be extensively grafted, with P.
sylvestris (see ‘ Arb. Brit.’), a process of doubtful utility, cer-
tainly so in this country, where, in soil and situations suited to
it,itwould grow faster than the Scotch fir. As ornamental trees,
both, differing totally in character, are equally desirable in the
park. There is a very just observation of M. Vilmorin, that
the P. hispanica has more resemblance to the Pinaster than
to the Laricio. The trees in the Landes I believe, by tapping to
extract the turpentine, have a glaucous hue, and in form are
not at all unlike the P. hispanica; but of course the cones and
other peculiarities distinguish them quite as much as from the
Laricios, and forbid the supposition of any connexion between
them.

On Pinus uncinata.

The distinction between this species and sylvestris is not
great, but in my opinion quite sufficient not only to justify
the separation, but in fact make it necessary, it being equally
imperative to form good distinctions of genera and species as
to reject those which are insufficient. For instance, the rudra
and alba, the rigensis and genevensis, are merely varieties of
sylvestris. The first point of distinction is in the cone, and
was given by the French botanists who noticed the form of
the scales; and from a peculiar hook or knob at the extre-
mity, which is most remarkable when the cone is full formed,
before it begins to dry, gave it the name of “ Pin a crochets.”
It is really a good designation and has nothing to do with the
general form of the cone, which is often curved or bent, as are
those of sylvestris, Pinaster, and many others. Besides this
form of the hooks, the cone is more rugged in texture and in
form than that of its congener, and they are easily distin-
guished by those who have studied them in the forest, as well

302 Capt. S. E. Cook on Pinus and Abies.

as the appearance of the foliage, which is more dark in co-
lour, and stronger in the spicule, which stand out in a pecu-
liarly rigid form like the spokes of a bottle brush, if such a
comparison may be used*. Those which were brought to this
country by me were chiefly from the forests of the Spanish
Pyrenees, which are still of vast extent, very few trees now
existing on the French side.

I have no doubt that the Mughus of the catalogues is
synonymous with the wncinata, and if the species, as there
is reason to believe, occurs on Mount Cenis, it is probable
that wncinata has been applied to the Pyrenean and Mughus
to the Alpine tree.

P. Pumilio is completely distinct from either Mughus or un-
cinata, with both of which it has been confounded. It is de-
scribed in the French books as being found in the “ Marais tour-
beux du Jura.” I have never seen it in any part of the Jura I
have visited, but from the difficulty of establishing it in hard
ground it is probably the case, and I have heard that it exists
in Hungary. There are two varieties, one red and the other
white in the flower, both which may be seen in great beauty
at Dropmore. The peculiar habit of the tree is to trail on the
ground and extend itself laterally, the branches being curved
upwards; the cone is small and something like that of P. un-
cinata.

In assigning the species which have come under my obser-
vation in this and in the preceding paper, the cones and fruc-
tification are the points principally attended to. I have
given the characters as clearly as I could commit them to pa-
per. There are others as to the port and bearing of the trees
which can only be fairly judged by much practice and the ha-
bit of seeing the trees in their native forests and in masses,
where both species and individuals are fully developed.

* It is quite erroneous to suppose that individuals with these characters
are to be found in the common woods of sylvestris, as any one may satisfy
himself by visiting a forest of this species and studying the foliage and form
of the trees.

Mr. E. Newman on the Synonymy of Passandra. 303

XXXV.—Supplementary Note to the Synonymy of Passandra.
By Epwarp Newman, F.L.S.*

I HAVE just received from Mr. Melly of Liverpool his spe-
cimens of the Passandra, together with two other highly cu-
rious Coleoptera: one of the Passandre and both the others
are undescribed, and I therefore hasten to avail myself of that
gentleman’s kind permission to lay descriptions of them be-
fore the public.

Genus CaroGenus, Westwood.

Sp. 5. Cato. decoratus. Niger, nitidus ; elytrorum fascia lata pone
medium, abdomineque subtus ferrugineis : prothorax punctatus disco
postice obscure bifosso, lineaque longitudinali utrinque impresso :
elytra striata. (Corp. long. ‘275 unc.; lat. -75 unc.)

Black, shining ; the elytra having a broad ferruginous band
rather behind the middle, and the abdominal segments beneath
being of the same colour : the head is sculptured as in the other
species of the genus, having a deep posterior transverse fur-
row, on each side a longitudinal marginal furrow, two deep
oblique frontal impressions, and a somewhat circular impres-
sion on the clypeus: the prothorax is deeply punctured, pos-
teriorly it has a somewhat double longitudinal impression com-
posed of deep and confluent punctures; on each side it has
an obvious but not deep longitudinal furrow: the elytra are
striated, the sutural stria and the 7th on each elytron being the
deepest and being united at the apical angle; the 2nd, 3rd,
and 4th are distinct, and continue nearly to the apex ; the 5th
and 6th are abbreviated and terminate in an indistinct series

of punctures.
Inhabits the island of Chiloé. A single specimen taken on the
west coast of that island is in the cabinet of Mr. Melly.

Genus Oma, Newman.

Caput exsertum, porrectum, cum oculis prothorace paullo angus-
tius ; oculi rotundi, prominentes, laterales; antennz submoniliformes,
prothorace breviores, 11-articulate, articulus 1S czeteris crassior, 2US
brevior, 8" longior. Mandibule valid, curvate, apice tridentate ;

* The paper alluded to was published in the second volume of this Jour-
nal, page 388.

304. Mr. E. Newman on the Synonymy of Passandra.

maxillarum lacinia brevis subacuta, pilosa; galea mihi invisa ; maxi-
palpi 4-articulati ; articuli 1—3 subzquales, 4" longior, crassior,
apice oblique truncatus ; labium angustum, ligula brevi rotundata ;
labipalpi 3-articulati, articuli 1"° 2"Sque breves, subaquales, 3"
longior, crassior, obovatus; clypeus et mentum porrecta, maxillas
labiumque tegentia. Prothorax complanatus, subquadratus, postice
paullo angustior, angulis anticis rotundatis. Elytra prothorace duplo
latiora quintuplo longiora. Pedes mediocres, tarsi 5-articulati; ar-
ticulus 1"5 elongatus; ungues simplices.

Sp. 1. Omma Stanleyi. Totum fuscum, obscurum, lanugine aurea
sparsim tectum ; omnino verrucosum ; elytra seriebus 10 punc-
torum profundorum fere conjunctorum impressa. (Corp. long. *85
unc.; lat. *25 unc.)

Brown without gloss, sparingly covered with a short golden
pilosity; all parts of the insect are rugose, resembling shagreen ;
in size and habit, the form being very depressed, the insect
much resembles some of the heteromerous beetles, particularly
Plateia orientalis of De Haan, (the Tenebrio complanata of
Dalman,) and it possesses a superficial similarity to the nor-
mal Cucuji, but from both of these families it is at once distin-
guished by its very distinctly 5-jointed tarsi, the 1st joint
being elongate and all of them fully developed : the structure
of the mouth will be found to approach that of the anomalous
genus Rhysodes of Latreille (the Clinidium of Kirby) ; the si-
milarity is particularly observable in the structure of the max-
ille and in the mentum, which is very broad, porrected, and
covering the labium: the tarsi and the lateral and nearly sphe-
rical eyes are those of the genus Cupes of Fabricius. The
prothorax has a deep transverse impression posteriorly. The
elytra have five double rows of very deep and nearly conti-
guous impressions: at the bottom of each impression the
elytron is thin and semitransparent: between each pair of
rows is a slightly elevated ridge.

Inhabits Australia; a single specimen brought to this country by
Lady Parry is in the cabinet of Mr. Melly. ‘The insect will not
range with any described family of Coleoptera.

Genus Cupgs, Fabricius.

Sp. 1. Cupesleucophzus. Squamosus, leucopheus, fusco variega-
tus ; antenne compresse, fusce, articulis 1° 2° canis; prothoraxr

Prof. Ch. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia. 305

utringue dente magno emarginato armatus. (Corp. long. ‘7 unc. ;
lat. -175 unc.)

The general colour gray ; the antennz stout, much com-
pressed, brown with the exception of the two basal joints,
which are gray ; the head is gray, the eyes being large, round,
distant, lateral, very shining, and of a darker colour than the
crown of the head which has four tubercles, two nearly erect
and rather acute, each situated about equi-distant from a me-
dian line and the margin of the eye; the other two are less
prominent, directed forwards and situated between the first
pair and the base of the antenne. The prothorax is of a pale
whitish ash-colour, the centre of the disk being darker and
having a slender impressed black longitudinal line; the lateral
margins are produced into a bifid porrected tooth, the anterior
lobe of which is rather acute. The elytra have five ridges,
one sutural, two dorsal, one lateral and one marginal: the mar-
ginal interstice has a triple row of deeply impressed punctures,
the other interstices have a double row: the elytra are ash-
coloured, with various brown shades, the ridges nearly white
interrupted with dark brown.

Inhabits the Cape of Good Hope; a single specimen is in the ca-
binet of Mr. Melly.

XXXVI.—On the Morphology of the Ascidia of Plants. By
M. Cu. Morren, Professor of Botany at Liége, Member
of the Royal Academy of Brussels.

Wirnour doubt there are few persons who have not admired,
whilst passing through the hot-houses of our horticulturists,
the singular structure of the ascidia of Nepenthes, Sarracenia,
Cephalotus, Marcgravia and Norantea. The three first of
these genera evidently have lids to their pitchers, which are
formed at the expense of the foliaceous organs ; but is the na-
ture of these reservoirs of water properly viewed by morpho-
logists ? is it well understood? Many authors confine them-
selves to describing them, and few like Lindley, DeCandolle
and Link have hazarded an opinion as to their origin. I have
been fortunate enough to meet with two ascidia developed by
Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 3. No. 18. July 1839. Z.

306 Prof. Ch. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia.

a case of monstrosity upon two plants, the leaves of which
generally offer no similarity at all; and the examination of these
two vegetable monstrosities, which I would rather term simple
anomalies, afford me an opportunity of putting forth some new
ideas on the formation of the ascidia. In fact, the question
is to know whether the ascidia are modifications of the pe-
tiole or whether they are derived from the blade of the leaf;
whether they are petioles which are become hollow, or whe-
ther they are the blades of leaves cohering at their margins
in the form of pitchers. Mr. Lindley thinks that they are
hollow petioles, although he himself admits, whilst declaring
this principle, that the ascidia are fistular bodies oecupying
the place and performing the functions of leaves.

The pitcher is the true petiole according to him, and the
operculum which covers the hollow part is the blade of the
leaf in an extraordinary state of transformation. This illus-
trious English botanist arrives at this idea by the analogy
which he finds between the structure of the leaves of Dionea
muscipula and those of Nepenthes and Sarracenia, having found ~
another between the three families, the Sarracenia, the Dro-
seracee@, and the Nepenthee, to which these plants belong*.
In the Dionea muscipula he says, the leaf consists of a broad-
winged petiole, articulated with a collapsing blade, the mar-
gins of which are pectinate and inflexed. Let us suppose, he
continues, the broad-winged petiole to collapse also, and that
its margins, when they meet, as they would in consequence of
a collapsion, cohere ; a fistular body would then be formed
just like the pitcher of the Sarracenia; and in this case there
will be no difficulty in identifying the acknowledged blade of
the Dionea with the operculum of Sarracenia. From Sarra-
cenia the transition to Nepenthes would perhaps not be con-
sidered improbable +.

We see then that Mr. Lindley views the ascidia of Ne-
penthes and of Sarracenia as a deviation of form of a winged
petiole, the upper surface of which is become the outer surface
of the pitcher; the under surface of the petiolar blade would

* Natural System of Botany, p. 152—155.
¢ Introduction to Botany, p. 118—119.

Prof. Ch. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia. 307

be represented by the inner surface of the ascidium. Let us
attend to this fact because we shall return to it by and by.

Dr. Lindley, however, with the skill which characterizes all
his literary productions, adds, that it would be wrong to sup-
pose that all pitchers are by nature petioles; he even figures
Dischidia Raffiesiana, the leaves of which are evidently united
at their margins to form the singular hollow organs of this
plant. In Marcgravia and Norantea it is no longer the leaves,
properly so called, which form the ascidia, but the bracts
united likewise by their margins. In this last case it is the
blade which constitutes the organ.

There would then be two systems of ascidia, petiolar, and
lamellar or limbar, the latter formed by the cohesion of the
margins of the blade, the former by the cohesion of the mar-
gins of the wings of a petiole. In none of these cases would
it be a petiole hollowed in the interior and rendered fistular,
being at the same time open; in like manner as the pedicels and
the leaves of the garlics are, remaining closed. M. Alphonse
DeCandolle also thinks that it is the petiole which unites toge-
ther the two margins of its wings to form the ascidium in Ne-
penthes and in Sarracenia*. This opinion was moreover con-
formable to the theory of M. DeCandolle, senior, who also
regards the lid as the representative of the blade, and the
pitcher as a dilatation of the petiole; but adds, that in the
present state of the science, it will always be difficult to form
a decided opinion with respect to this subjectt. M. DeCan-
dolle, senior, however mentions small cups formed at the ex-
pense of the tendrils in Vicia, and others which arose from the
expansion of the medial nerve prolonged beyond the blade of
the leaf in cabbages.

That which M. DeCandolle says of the Vicia naturally brings
back the question to where it was left by Willdenow f, who con-
nects the pitchers to the ochrez of Polygonee, to the spathes,
to the ramenta, and to the stipules on one hand, and on the
other hand to the aeriferous vesicles of the Utricularia, to the
ligula, the involucra and other analogous organs. But this

* Introduction & l'étude de la botanique, suites 4 Buffon, t. i. p. 88.
+ Organographie, vol. i. p. 320.
t Grundriss der Krauterkunde, § 52. p. 94. (ed. 1802).

Zz 2

308 Prof.Ch. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia.

author does not explain the genesis or the morphology of
these aquiferous organs.

M. Link proposes quite a different system. He first lays
down this principle, that the blade of a leaf is never developed
after the petiole, but always before (nunquam lamina post pe-
tiolum, sed semper ante ipsum explicatur), which I shall take
the liberty of denying; for if we observe the development of
the leaves with large reniform blades of Hydrocharis morsus-
rane, we shall see precisely the contrary; the petiole is first
developed without a trace of blade and sometimes becomes
more than a foot long, then at its free extremity it expands at
first into two auricles which unite to form an oval; this grows
larger and larger to elongate finally into a great kidney-
shaped blade. There the subsequent origin of the blade is a
thing quite evident. I have also observed it on Sagittaria
sagittifolia, &c. M. Link however, setting out from this fact
as from an incontestable principle, afterwards observes, that
in Nepenthes the leaves have at first no ascidia which origin-
ate subsequently ; and he further remarks, that the inferior
leaves are without the ascidiferous petiole, which is only pre-
sent on the upper leaves. He thus takes the lanceolate organ
which terminates the lower part of the ascidiferous apparatus
of Nepenthes for a true leaf, and the pitcher with its cirrhose
support appears to him to be an appendix of the inflorescence,
which is confirmed in his opinion by what happens in the
bracts of Norantea (Ascium*). This idea of comparing the
pitcher to a floral organ, of reducing its origin to a state of the
flower, appears to me a first step towards the correct appre-
ciation of the true nature of the ascidium. This is the state
of the discussion between the principal English, French, and
Prussian botanists who have treated of organography at the
present period. I cannot agree with them, however great in-
fluence their authority may have upon my opinions. In the
first place, there is a great difference between the ascidium of
Nepenthes and those of Sarracenia. Upon Nepenthes distilla-
toria as upon N. cristata, two species which I have before me,
the moveable lid is articulated and its system of nervation

* Elementa Philosophiz Botanice, 1837, vol. 1. p.474. § 115.

Prof. Ch. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia. 30%

differs from that of the pitcher. Upon the operculum there
is a palmate nervation, on the pitcher a parallel nervation.
Let us first examine Nepenthes distillatoria: the pitcher has
three principal nerves, two in front and one behind, parallel,
but diverging at the extremity of the inferior cirrhus ; between
these nerves there are other smaller ones parallel with these
and with each other. The operculum ends at the posterior
nerve, and bears two nerves which terminate angularly at its
base and then radiate like two fingers of the hand. Now this
posterior nerve of the pitcher is the elongation of the ascidi-
ferous cirrhus which is the elongation of the medial nerve of
the inferior foliaceous organ. And moreover, upon Nepenthes
créstata, each of the two front nerves bears a ridge which evi-
dently represents the two margins of a foliaceous blade co-
hering so as to form a pitcher.

In fact, the pitcher is in my opinion a true blade, and the
inferior foliaceous organ is a winged petiole. Let us first re-
collect that in the phyllodia a compound leaf may unite its
leaflets into one body, and that it is not unusual to meet with
these halves, quarters, and fifths of these phyllodia, bodies
simple at the lower part, leaves compound superiorly, and
there bearing a smaller or larger number of leaflets, even from
a single leaflet up to a great number. The phyllodia are per-
pendicular to the direction of the common plane of all the leaf-
lets in a state of waking, and the plane of the phyllodium is
in the same direction as the leaflets which are dormant; as if
the cohesion having taken place in their youth, the leaflets had
the situation of sleeping organs (the sense in which I use this
word sleeping (endormi) here is known.). But these direc-
tions, respectively perpendicular the one to the other, are not
indispensable when the leaflets of a compound leaf cohere with
one another to form the appearance of a simple leaf. I have
before me, at this moment, a Schinus Molle raised from seed, in
which the young leaves present their leaflets cohering side by
side and occupying the same plane as a simple leaf, that is to
say, the direction parallel with the horizon. I have in the
Museum of Vegetable Anatomy at Liége, a decidedly com-
pound leaf of Epimedium macranthum, where there is a simi-
lar cohesion of the leaflets, side to side. I suppose now that

310 Prof. Ch. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia.

all the leaflets of an impari-pinnate leaf cohere with the ex-
ception of the odd one, a thing which is very possible; this
condition, with a winged petiole, will represent the first mor-
phological phase of Nepenthes, where the operculum will be
the free leaflet. Mr. Lindley supposed that the wing of Dio-
nea was folded back to cohere, so that the upper had become
the outer surface of the pitcher of Nepenthes. This appears to
me contrary to all analogy. I said above that I possessed two
monstrous ascidia. One is on Vinca rosea, the other ona
Polygonatum multifiorum. Now, upon these two ascidia, it is
the blade which has cohered and not the petiole which is be-
come hollow, and the cohesion has taken place in such a man-
ner that the under surface of the blade is become the outer of
the pitcher and the upper the inner surface. The pitcher of
Polygonaium resembles that of a Sarracenia so closely that it
might be easily mistaken for it.

This mode of cohesion and this direction of the folding
were all to be foreseen. Wolff, Goethe, DeCandolle, and
Turpin have all proved by the unitarian theory of morphology,
that for a carpel to be produced, the leaf, the generating ele-
ment of all the appendicular organs, is not differently circum-
stanced, that it coheres above and not below; and thence arises
that the ovules are produced by the secreting surface of the
leaf, the upper surface, while the stomata are on the outside of
the ovarium, and while the absorption is carried on by this
same outer surface. The same philosophic mode of reasoning
has proved the anther also to be the blade of a leaf cohering
above and producing (this antherian leaf) by its secreting sur-
face (or surface of production, which is one and the same
thing) the pollen, as upon several anthers there are stomata
on the under surface, that is to say, on the outer surface
of the leaf which produced them.

It is on this account that Link’s idea of the ascidium o
Nepenthes being a floriform organ, appeared to me fruitful in
consequences, although they seem as yet to have struck no one.

From the manner of thinking above expressed it will now
be perceived that the functions of the ascidia are quite natu-
rally explained, and as simple deductions from a well-esta-
blished fact. Indeed up to the half of the pitcher it exhibits

Prof. Ch. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia. 311

its surface inwardly covered with those glands, so well de-
scribed by M. Meyen in his excellent memoir on the glandu-
lar system of vegetables*, glands which, according to the ob-
servations of Turner, secrete a liquid, which by ebullition ac-
quires a smell of baked apples and deposits crystals of the
super-oxalate of potash+. These glands evidently represent
the ovules of the carpels, the pollen of the anther, the necta-
riform fluid of the ascidimorphous bracts of Norantea and of
Marcgravia, that is to say in one word, the secretions of the
upper surface of the leaf, the typical organ. Upon the oper-
culum of the pitcher in Nepenthes cristata, on that surface
which faces the cavity of the pitcher, there are similar glands.
Now this is the upper surface of the leaflet which constitutes
the operculum.

The outer surface of the pitcher is then in our opinion the
under part of the leaf which has formed the ascidium. We
also find upon it the stomata which abound on the corre-
sponding surface of the leaves. Upon Nepenthes distillatoria
the lower surface of the winged petiole offers the same dull
aspect as the outer surface of the urn, and within this, upon
a dry specimen, gathered in the Edinburgh Botanic Garden,
I perceive in the zone above the glandular region a waxy
velvet, of a varying violet colour, like the bloom which covers
grapes and plums, globules of wax which hinder the urn from
becoming wet within, and which moreover, favouring my sy-
stem, indicate the existence of a glandular excretion.

In the same manner, upon the ascidium of Polygonatum the
inner surface was covered with a gum, like the upper surface
of the leaves of this plant, and its outer superficies dull like
the under surface of the leaves.

Lastly I will add, that upon Nepenthes cristata the crests
which imitate the two margins of the ascidimorphous leaf are
pectinated with flattened and stiff hairs, like the blade of Dio-
nea muscipula.

If we look at the ascidia of Sarracenia we see nothing which
authorizes us to take them for petioles. Upon Sarracenia

* Berlin, 4to, 1837, p. 88. tab. v. fig. 11—27.
+ Graham, Botanical Magazine, 2798.

312 Prof. Ch. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia.

purpurea, rubra, variolaris and flava, which I have particu-
larly examined, there is everywhere a prominent crest which
imitates a phyllodium perfectly ; it is very decided upon Sar-
yacenia purpurea and variolaris ; then come the rubra and the
flava, where it is least developed. Upon the variolaris, at
the aperture of the urn, on the side opposite to the opercular
lamella, we see that the crest is formed of two cohering
blades, which diverge or separate to form the urn. Moreover
there is upon the urn, on the side opposite to the crest, a
principal nerve which evidently represents the medial nerve
of the blade of the leaf; the crest is merely the junction of the
margins of the blade, and the urn is the cavity which results
from this cohesion. It is here a simple leaf of which the two
lateral portions of the blade are conjoint. This seems to me
to be so true that the accidental ascidium of Polygonatum of-
fered the greatest affinities with the permanent ascidium of
Sarracenia rubra, only that the crest and the struma were
not present, but the opercular lamella presented equally the
same form and the same arrangement. This opercular la-
mella is not articulated as in Nepenthes, and does not differ
in the system of neuration from the rest of the apparatus ; it
represents then simply the extremity of the ascidimorphous
leaf, the margins of which extremity do not cohere. Upon
the accidental ascidium of Vinca rosea the operculiform la-
mella was much larger in proportion to the size of the hollow
cavity.

When we examine the origin of the ascidium of Sarracenia
purpurea we see that it is the crest which first forms and
grows quickly; towards its principal nerve there is a cylin-
drical hollow tube which is subsequently developed into a
pitcher. This tube is at first closed by the circinate disposi-
tion of its extremity, and in this species two small lateral la-
mellae separate to form the opening of the pitcher. These two
lamellze become in the purpurea the two lips which serve as
an operculum to shut the pitcher like two lateral valves. Their
junction, instead of being elongated into an opercular blade as
in the other species mentioned, is on the contrary grooved.
There is here an organic compensation; the substance of the

Prof. Ch. Morren on the Morphology ef the Ascidia. 313

lips has carried away that of the blade. Thus Sarracenia flava
represents the intermediate state; there is a blade and the lips,
each half developed. Sarracenia variolaris has small lips and
a larger blade, and Sarracenia rubra has a large blade with-
out any lip. Moreover the same antagonism exists between
the struma and the lips; in Sarracenia purpurea a struma
which occupies but the third of the aperture of the pitcher,
and great lips; in Sarracenia variolaris a semi-struma and
small lips, and in Sarracenia rubra a struma almost circular
without lips. The Sarracenia flava deviates somewhat from
this law.

From all these considerations it appears to me, Ist, that
since all the ascidimorphous bracts of Norantea and of Marc-
gravia are the blades of bracteal leaves joined at their mar-
gins so as to form hollow pitchers; 2nd, that since the Di-
schidia Raffiesiana evidently presents leaves with the blade co-
hering to form an ascidium; 3rd, that since in monstrous
states we see blades of leaves become ascidia, and that petioles
are not hollowed to produce this form accidentally, and that
when they are winged we do not see their wings cohere at
their free margins; 4th, that since the structure of Sarracenia
proves very decidedly that it is a leaf which forms the asci-
dium, retaining the apex of the blade in its non-coherent state ;
5th, that since the ascidia of Nepenthes have already at the
lower part a winged petiole, and that the crests of their pitcher
are traces of foliaceous blades ;—it must be allowed that the
ascidia have, wherever they have been observed hitherto, a
similar organic composition, and that all are metamorphoses
of the leaf and particularly of the blade of this organ.

It must be admitted that to give rise to this production na-
ture has folded in the blade of the leaf above, by uniting its
margins so that the upper surface of the organ becomes the
inner side of the pitcher; that thus there is a great analogy
between a carpel and an ascidium, that this is invested with a
floral condition, that it has advanced a step further in organi-
zation,—but that with all these changes the functions remain
the same, because the anatomy of the organs has not been af-
fected, and that thus it was necessary that the ascidium should
secrete a fluid in its cavity; as the nectary, another united or

314 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

modified leaf, secretes nectar; as the anther, also a united leaf,
forms the pollen; as the carpel, also a united leaf, produces
ovules: and thus it is that a well-understood law, the unity
of organic composition, explains phenomena about which there
was only disagreement, uncertainty and error.

—$———

XXXVII.—Flore Insularum Nove Zelandie Precursor; or
a Specimen of the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand.
By ALLAN CunnineuaM, Esq.

[Continued from p. 250. ]

CORIARIEX, DC.
1. Corraria, Niss., Linn.

581. C. sarmentosa. Forst. Prodr.n.377. D.C. Prodr.i. p.739. A. Rich.
Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 364. Bot. Mag. 2470.

Tupakihi ab incolis dicitur. Wine berry shrub of the Missionaries.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Abundant on
the hills around the Bay of Islands, Wangaroa, &c.—1826, 4. Cunningham.
(Middle Island.)—1773, G. Forster.

Frutex dumosus, diffusus, procumbens, ramis elongatis, glabris. Folia
cordato-ovata, acuminata, integerrima, glabra, 5-nervia, breviter petiolata.
Racemus axillaris, elongatus, pendulus, folio multo longior. Flores masculi :
numerosi, breviter pedicellati, pedicellis basi bracteatis. Calyx 5-fidus, laciniis
obtusis. Petala nulla, glandulez 5 segmentis calycis alterne. Filamenta
staminum filiformia. Anthere purpure 2-loculares. Flores foeminei: Calyx
et glandulé uti in masculis, etiam absque petalis. Stamina 10 effceta. Ova-
ria 5. Stigmata 5 patentia. Carpella 5, coherentia (ad maturitatem sub-
discreta approximata) monosperma, glandulis grandifactis cincta.

The expressed juice of the fruit of this shrub, which is a berry, is
very palateable, and is drunk by the natives or used with their fern
root, which, when baked, is soaked in it. The Missionaries also
make a wine (Tuta) from the fruit, which, in flavour, bears great
resemblance to that usually prepared in England from the berries of
the elder. As the natives are well aware that a highly poisonous
property resides in the seeds, they are careful to strain the juice of
them ; for if they are eaten in any quantity, violent convulsions and
delirium have been brought on, and sometimes even death has been
known to ensue. M. DeCandolle tells us, that by eating the fruit
of another species (C. myrtifolia), several soldiers of the French army
in Catalonia were affected, of whom fifteen were stupified and three
died.

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 315

RUTACEA, Juss.
1. Meuicors, Forst.

582. M. ternata; foliis oppositis petiolatis trifoliatis, foliolis (biuncialibus)
obovato-oblongis obtusis integerrimis subcrenulatisve glabris, racemis erectis
subpaniculatis axillaribus petiolo longioribus. Forst. Prodr.n. 166. Char.
Gen. t. 28. DC. Prodr.i. p. 723. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.293.—Ento-
ganum levigatum. Sol. Ms. Gert. Fr. i. p. 331. t. 68.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Hills round the
Bay of Islands, &c.—1828, 4. Cunningham.

Arbuscula 12—15 pedalis, ramis teretibus glabris. Folia: foliola elliptica
v. obovata, obtusa, subintegra. Cyma paniculata, axillaris. Corolla: pe-
tala 4 ovata, subacuminata, albida, calyce triplo longiora. Stamina 8 co-
rolla minora. Ovaria 4, superne mediante stylo connexa. Stigma con-
caviusculum. Carpella 4, subcoriacea, venosa, divaricata, superne dehis-
centia. Semina in loculis solitaria, obovata, atra, valde nitida.

583. M. simplex, foliis oppositis simplicibus petiolatis rhombeo-obovatis
subrotundisve obtusis bicrenatis glabris, racemis simplicibus axillaribus pau-
cifloris petiolum zequantibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Forests near the sources of the Ho-
kianga river.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

Frutex gracilis, glaber, orgyalis, ramulis elongatis virgatis fascibus teretibus.
Folia simplicia, opposita, semiuncialia, longe petiolata, pellucido-punctata,
petiolis leviter alatis canaliculatis apice articulatis. lores parvi albi, in
racemis simplicissimis ad axillas dispositi. Calyx brevis 4-partitus persistens,
Petala 4, ovata, concava, patentia, decidua. Stamina 8, quorum 4 breviora,
petalis opposita, filamentis basi complanatis. -dnthere biloculares. Ova-
rium disco brevi hypogyno 8-lobato impositum. Stylus brevissimus. Stigma
4-lobatum. Fructus: Carpella 4, bivalvia, divaricata. Epicarpium coria-
ceum, nervoso-venosum, villosum, ab endocarpio cartilagineo elastico facile
solubile. Semina in loculis solitaria. Z'esta venosa, brunnea, nitida; cha-

laza prope hilum.
OXALIDE, DC.
i Oxanis. i:
* Folis palmato-trifoliatis.

584. O. Urvillei, caulibus erectis ramosis, foliis longe petiolatis, foliolis
obcordato-bilobis, lobis patentibus calycibusque strigoso-hirtis, paginis viridi
cinereis, marginibus subdenticulatis pedunculis elongatis 2—4 floris, petiolis
foliis duplo longioribus stylis stamina longiora zquantibus, foliolis calycis
ovato-lanceolatis longitudine dimidii corolle.—O. ambigua. 4. Rich. Fl.
Nov. Zel. p. 296. non Jacq.

New Zealand (Northern Island). River Thames.—1827, D’Urville.
Among fern at the Bay of Islands.—1833, A. Cunningham.

585. O. Cataracte ; ceespitosa, caulibus ramosis decumbentibus, foliis
longe petiolatis, foliolis sessilibus obcordato-lobatis, lobis subdivergentibus,
adultis utrinque caulibusve glabris venosis, subtus albido-glaucis, marginibus

316 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

revolutis subintegris petiolis (uncialibus) membranaceis, basi dilatatis sca-
riosis semivaginantibus, pedunculis elongatis unifloris, petiolo longioribus,
pilis albis conspersis, calycibus (pilosis) corollis fere triplo brevioribus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). On rocks beneath the Great Fall of the
Keri-Keri river.—1826, 4. Cunningham.—1833, R. Cunningham.

Flores albi.

586. O. propinqua; incano-pilosa, caulibus procumbentibus ramosis,
foliis filiformi-petiolatis, foliolis subsessilibus obcordatis venosis, marginibus
tenuissime scabris, pedunculis (14—2 uncialibus) unifloris petiolo longiori-
bus, calycibus villosis, dimidium corollz subzequantibus, bracteis a calyce
remotis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). In bogs at Hokianga.—18383, #. Cun-
ningham.

587. O. exilis; caule debili ramoso decumbente sulcato, cortice spadiceo
membranaceo laxo levi, foliis longe petiolatis, foliolis brevissime pedicellatis
late obcordatis venulosis, marginibus integris, pedunculis, petiolis ramulis-
que cinereo-pilosis, pedunculis unifloris petiolo brevioribus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Bay of Islands.—1333, R. Cunningham.

588. O. divergens, caulibus procumbentibus adscendentibus angulatis ra-
mosis pilis cinereis patulis tenuiter sparsis, foliis petiolatis, foliolis curto-pe-
dicellatis apice dilatatis bilobo-obcordatis, lobis divergentibus rotundatis,
subtruncato-retusisve, petiolis, pedunculis, calycibusve cinereo-villosis, pe-
dunculis (medio bibracteatis) unifloris petiolo fere duplo longioribus, sepalis
angusto-oblongis obtusis dimidium corolla zquantibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). On the sea-shore near Matauri, oppo-
site the Cavallos Isles. —1833, R. Cunningham.

589. O. tenuicaulis; caulibus procumbentibus tenuissimis, pilis laxis pa-
tentibus sparsim instructis foliis tenuissime petiolatis, foliolis late bilobo-ob-
cordatis, membranaceis, venosis integris ciliatis, pedunculis axillaribus uni-
floris longitudine petiolorum, foliolis calycis linearibus dimidium capsulze
zequantibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Among fern, on the shores of the Bay
of Islands.—1833, A. Cunningham.

590. O. lacicola; caulibus erectis angulatis tenuiter parceque pilosis,
foliis filiformi-petiolatis, foliolis sessilibus spatiose bilobo-obcordatis integris
cinereis, pedunculis axillaribus uni- szpius bifloris, petiolis plus duplo lon-
gioribus, laciniis calycis albo-villosis ovatis obtusis, dimidium corolle fere
zequantibus.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Margins of the lake near Waimaté,
Bay of Islands.— 1833, R. Cunningham.

591. O. ciliifera, pilosa, pilis laxis patentibus, caulibus debilibus adscen-
dentibus sulcatis, foliis longe petiolatis, foliolis subsessilibus bilobo-obcor-
datis integerrimis ciliatis, ciliis patentibus, lobis rotundatis subapproximatis
venosis, sinu obtuso, pedunculis unifloris petiolo parum brevioribus, foliolis
calycis dimidium corollz fere zquantibus, siliquisve duplo brevioribus, semi-
nibus obovatis pulchre transversim sulcatis.

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 317

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shores of the Bay of Islands, between
Waimaté and Keri-Keri.—1833, R. Cunningham.

592. O. crassifolia; caulibus numerosis (ex eadem radice) latissime cz-
spitosis, pilis valde raris conspersis, foliis petiolatis, foliolis obcordatis car-
nosis integerrimis minutissime scrobiculatis utrinque petiolisque cinereo-
pilosis, pedunculis 1-floris axillaribus petiolo subzequantibus, corollze foliola
calycis angustato-oblonga vix superantia.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Shores of the Bay of Islands,—1833,
R. Cunningham.

GERANIACEA, DC.
1. Geranium, L’ Hérit.

593. G. pilosum. Forst. Prodr. n. 531. DC. Prodr. i. p. 642. A. Rich.
Fl. Nov. Zel. p. 295. Sweet Geran. ii. t. 119.

Pouhou-Poukou indig. D’Urville.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Low moist places in the valley of
Wangaroa.—1826, 4. Cunningham. (Middle Island).—1773, G. Forster.
Astrolabe Harbour.—1827, D’ Urville.

Petala obovata, subemarginata, pallide purpurascentia. DeCand.

594. G. retrorsum (L’Hérit. Mss.) foliis quinquepartitis, lobis trifidis sub-
linearibus, lobulis tridentatis obtusis, pube caulis retrorsum adpressa, petalis
obtusis, calyce aristato vix longioribus, carpellis villosis, seminibus reticu-
latis. DC. Prodr. i. p. 644.—G. patulum. Sol. Ms. ex Forst, Prodr. n. 530.
conf. Endl. in Ann. Wien. Mus. i. p. 182.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Valley of Wan-
garoa, &c.—1828, 4d. Cunningham.

2. Pevarconium, L’Hérit.

595. P. clandestinum; caulibus herbaceis erectis, foliis subglabris reni-
formibus obsolete lobatis denticulato-crenatis, umbellis multifloris capitatis,
pedunculis ramulisque pilosiusculis petiolo longioribus, petalis calycis pilosi
acuminati long!‘idine. L’ Hérit. Geran. med. n. 29.—P. Acugnaticum. Du
Pet. Thouars, Fl. Acugn. p. 44. t.18. DC. Prodr.i. p. 860.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Valley of Wangaroa.—1828, 4. Cun-
ningham.

Petala cuneata, rubella.

HYPERICINE, DC.
1, Hyrericum, LZ. Chois.

596. H. pusillum, caule debili prostrato tetragono, foliis ovatis obtusis pel-
lucido-punctatis, calyce lanceolato, petalis rectis stigmatibus capitatis. Chois.
Prodr. Hyp. p.50. DC. Prodr. i. p.549.—Ascyrum humifusum, Labill.
Nov. Holl. ii. p. 33. t. 175.

New Zealand (Northern Island). Hills among fern, Keri-Keri river, Bay
of Islands.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

318 Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand.

MELIACE, Juss.
1. Harticusia, Ad. de Juss.

Calyx 4—5 dentatus, v. partitus. Petala 5 basi inter se et cum tubo sta-
mineo coalita, valvata. Filam. 8—10, in tubum cylindricum 8—10
crenatum, fauce antheriferum coalita. Anthere incluse, cum tubi in-
cisuris alternantes, erectze. Discus ovarium vaginans, integer v. crenas
tus. Stylus simplex, staminum longitudine v. subnullus. Stigma dis-
coideum. Capsula 3—5 locularis, loculis 1—2 spermis, loculicido 35—5
valvis. Semina arillata.

597. H. spectabilis (melius Banksii) foliis impari-pinnatis, foliolis trijugis
ovatis obovatisve obtusiusculis integerrimis subundulatis glabris subtus dis-
coloribus, racemis (e ramis vetustioribus) axillaribus paniculatis elongatis
pendulis paucifloris, floribus quinquefidis, ovario 3—4 loculari, stigmate
breviter pedicellato, caule arboreo. dd. Juss. in Mem. Mus. xxix. p. 227.—
Trichilia spectabilis. Forst. Prodr.n. 188. DC. Prodr. i. p.623. A. Rich.
Fl. Nov. Zel. p.306.—T. cauliflora. Sol. Ms. in Bibl. Banks.

Koa-Koa incolarum.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. A tree 30 to
40 feet high, in damp forests on the banks of rivers, Bay of Islands, &e.—
1826, A. Cunningham.

SAPINDACEX, Juss.
Doponzacez, Thunb.
1. ALeprRyoN, Gert. Fr. 1. p. 216. t. 46.

Calyx 5-phyllus, zstivatione imbricata. Petala 0. Stamina 8, hypogyna.
Anthere incurvate, biloculares, filamentorum longitudine. Stylus 1.
Stigma 3-fidum. Ovarium 3-loculare. acca sicca abortu 1-locularis
margine aut apice alata. Semen exalbuminosum, arillo in completo
cinctum, basi loculi adfixum, erectum. Cotyledones spiraliter convolute,
et radicula deorsum spectans.

598. A. excelsum, fructu apice ala cristato, foliis alternatim pinnatis sub
4-jugis, foliolis (sesqui 2-uncialibus) ovato-oblongis obtusis acuminatisve
supra glabris, subtus parallelo-venosis, ramulisque tomentosis, racemis axil-
laribus terminalibusve. DC. Prodr.i. p.617. Gert. Fr. i. p. 216. t. 46.—
Euonymoides excelsa. Sol. Ms. in Bibl. Banks.

Tetoki, indig. RK. C.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Str Jos. Banks, Shady forests
of Wangaroa.—1826, 4. Cunningham. On the banks of rivers and shores
of harbours, frequently within the range of the tide.—1833, 2. Cunningham.

Formerly an oil was extracted by the natives from the fruit of this
tree. Of late years, however, the constant visits of whalers to their
ports, have enabled them readily to obtain, by way of barter, abun-
dance of fish oil, which they now prefer to that of vegetable extrac-
tion, wherewith to anoint their persons. R. Cunningham.

2. Dovonza, L.
599. D. spathulata; dioica, foliis oblongo-linearibus subspathulatis basi

Specimen of the Botany of New Zealand. 319

sensim in petiolum attenuatis, apice obtuso apiculatis emarginatisve viscidis,
sepalis ovatis acutis nudis, fructibus bi-trialatis. Sm. in Rees Cycl. DC.
Prodr. i. p.616. A. Rich. Fl. Nov. Zel. p.308.—D. viscosa. Forst. Prodr.
n. 27. non Linn.

Heakeé, indig. R.C.

New Zealand (Northern Island).—1769, Sir Jos. Banks. Dry woods,
flowering in October, Bay of Islands, &c.—1826, 4. Cunningham.

BOMBACEA, Kunth. (s. Malvacez.)

1. Houertra.

Calyx inferus monophyllus, cyathiformis, persistens, zqualiter 5-dentatus,
dentibus acutis triangularibus per cestivationem valvatis. Petala 5,
hypogyna, unguiculata, segmentis calycis alterna subintegra basi unita,
wstivatione imbricata. Stamina numerosa (20—24) filamentis basi in
tubum coalitis et cum basibus petalorum concretis. Anthere reniformes,
adnatz, 1-loculares, longitudinaliter dehiscentes. Stylus 1, supra basiti
5-partitus. Stigmata 5, dilatata, depressa, lobata. Ovarium 5-angu-
lare.—Arbuscula biorgyalis, spectabilis, sempervirens et maxime ornata
in sylvis natalibus tis. Folia alterna, petiolata, ovata valde acuminata,
grosse duplicato-serrata, membranacea, penninervia, venosa, stipulata ?
stipulee caduce ? Flores albi magnitudine. Pruni, pedunculati facie.
Philadelphi, ex axilla foliorum fasciculati umbellative, pedunculis ple-
rumque 1-floris, subuncialibus medio articulatis. Calyx monosepalus,
persistens, corolla dimidio brevior. Petala, 5, equalia, dentibus calycis
alternantia, calycem bis superantia, concava, obovata, acuminata, ner-
vosa, cxtus villosa, pube stellata, intus glabra basi incrassata, pube ci-
nereo instructa. Stamina circa 24 antherifera equalia. Filamenta ima
basi connexa. Antherez peltate, uniloculares, medio longitudinaliter de-
hiscentes. Ovarium superum, 5-lobatum, dense villosum, 5-loculare.
Fructus

600. H. populnea.

Hoheri ab incolis vulgo vocatur, unde nomen Generis.

New Zealand (Northern Island). A large shrub, of agreeable aspect and
very ornamented growth, inhabiting the banks of rivers and skirts of forests,
on the shores of the Bay of Islands. —1825, C. Fraser.—1833, R. Cunn.

A very distinct genus, whose place in the system appears to be in
the vicinity of Tiliacee, Malvacee, and Bombacee. From the first
order its monadelphous stamens and unilocular anthers sufficiently
remove it, in which particulars, however, it agrees with the two latter,
as well as in the valvate estivation of its calyx, its alternate stipu-
late leaves (the stipules here being deciduous at an early period) and
the stellated pubescence. It may therefore rest where it is here placed,
until its fruit, which has not yet been detected in its native country,
has been examined, and its structure determined.

(To be continued. ]

320 Profs. Kersten and Ehrenberg on

XXXVIII.—On a Leather-like Substance found formed upon
a Meadow. By Cuarues Kersten, Prof. of Chemistry
in Freiberg, Saxony, and Prof. EarenBere, of Berlin*.

IncLoseED I send you an interesting vegetable production,
having a deceptive resemblance to white dressed glove-leather,
and which was found by M. Lindner on a meadow above the
wire-factory at Schwartzenberg in the Erzgebirge.

A green slimy substance grew on the surface of the stag-
nant waters inthe meadow, which, the water being slowly let
off, deposited itself on the grass, dried, became quite colour-
less, and might then be removed in large pieces. The outside
of this natural production, as you will observe, resembles soft
dressed glove-leather, or fine paper, is shining, smooth to the
touch, and of the toughness of common printing-papert. On
the inner side, which was in contact with the water, it has a
lively green colour, and one can still distinguish green leaves,
which have formed the leather-like pellicle. I dare say a bo-
tanist could still determine the species to which they belong.

I have made the following experiments on the leather-like
substance, having separated it from the green inner coat.

It catches fire very easily, burns with a wax-yellow flame,
leaving a pale-red rough light ash. When heated in a small
retort dense white fumes are evolved, an odour of burnt paper
is perceived, and simultaneously drops of a yellow empyreu-
matic oil are deposited on the neck of the retort. ‘Somewhat
later, water, having a strong acid action, is given off, which
evaporates without leaving any residue. A light charcoal re-
mains in the bottom of the retort.

Water, alcohol, «ther, nitric acid and aqua regia have no
action on it, nothing being dissolved, nor does its texture alter
when heated with these re-agents. A solution of hydrate of
potassa dissolves it to a brown slimy fluid; caustic ammonia
has at first only a slight action, but after some days it swells
out, becomes like wet printing paper, and is partially altered.

If the substance is gradually heated with hydrate of potassa,

* We are indebted for this communication, and for a specimen of the sub-
stance described, to the kind attention of Prof. Kersten. The original ap-

peared in Poggendorff’s ‘ Annalen,’ Part I. 1839.—R. T.
+ Unsized paper.—Ebpir.

a Leather-like Substance composed of Infusoria. 321

and the gas then given off conducted into a solution of nitrate
of mercury, there is no black precipitate, neither are white
fumes observable when the gas is brought into contact with a
glass rod dipped in acetic acid: consequently no ammonia is
Jormed when the substance is burnt, and, therefore, i¢ can con-
tain little or no nitrogen. The ash of itself, or when moistened
with sulphuric acid, does not colour the oxidizing flame of the
blowpipe. In borax it is dissolved, giving a gloss which while
warm is of a deep yellow, when cold of a pale yellow colour.
With the double salt phosphate of soda and phosphate of am-
monia it gives a pale yellow glass, leaving a thin scale of si-
lica. Fused with soda and saltpetre on a platinum plate the
ash gives a deep green mass. It has no alkaline action, does
not effervesce with acids, nor does it contain any salt soluble
in hot or cold water.

Thus the ash of the substance in question is composed es-
sentially of silica, oxide of manganese and oxide of iron. The
substance itself appears to be an aggregation of leaves, from
which the green colouring matter, the extractive matter, and
also the organic matters have by some organic process entirely
disappeared.

I shall endeavour to find out the circumstances under which
this complete discoloration of the ligneous matter of the
leaves takes place, for this is interesting in a technical point
of view.

Postscript by Prof. Ehrenberg.

The very meritorious attention of Prof. Kersten to this
leather-like substance has recalled to my mind the subject
formerly touched upon p.119 of my work on Infusoria, but
particularly so in relation to the meteoric paper of Courland *
that I could not omit submitting it to a microscopic exami-
nation. With regard to this meadow-leather of Schwarzen-
berg, it consists most distinctly of Conferva capillaris, Con-
ferva punctalis and Oscillatoria limosa, forming together a
compact felt, bleached by the sun on the upper surface, and
including some fallen tree leaves and some blades of grass.
Among these conferve lie scattered a number of siliceous in-

* A translation of Dr. Ehrenberg’s notice on the meteoric paper of 1686
was given at p. 185 of the present volume.—Enpir.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 18. July 1839. 2A

322 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on the Flora of Van Diemen’s Land.

fusoria, chiefly Fragilarie and Meridion vernale. I have ob-
served sixteen different sorts of such siliceous infusoria, be-
longing to six genera; besides these I have found three sorts
of infusoria with membranous shields, and dried specimens of
Anguillula fluviatilis.

Thus the silica is quite explained, as well as a part of the
iron, of which last another part, as also the manganese, may
arise from a little dust which les in irregular particles with the
infusoria among the conferve. I have treated more circum-
stantially, before the Academy of Sciences, of the meteoric pa-
per of 1686, which I found to be similar to this in composi-
tion.

XXXIX.—Contributions towards a Flora of Van Diemen’s
Land; from collections sent by R. W. Lawrence and
Ronald Gunn, Esgqrs., to Sir W. J. Hooker. By the Rev.
M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S.

(A sequel to Sir W. J. Hooker’s Paper; Journal of Botany, p. 258.)

[ With a Plate. ]
FuNGI.

1. Lentinus villosus, Kl). in Linn. Found also in Mauritius.

2. Favolus pusillus, Fr., Linn. vol. v. p. 511. tab. xi. fig. 2.
var. pallidus, Nob. Minute, not + an inch broad. Pileus
horizontal, reniform, smooth, of a tough fleshy substance,
brittle when dry, ochraceous, furnished with a short lateral
cylindrical stem of the same colour as the pileus. Hymenium
pale. Alveoli at length elongated, flexuous; gills vein-like ;
their edges pruinose.

On bark. This pretty fungus accords exactly with that
brought by Beyrich from Brazil, except in being paler in every
part. Montagne refers to the same species Boletus papulatus,
Bertero, MSS. n. 1680, gathered in Juan Fernandez, May,
1830, but I am inclined to think that it is quite distinct and
may therefore bear the name of Favolus papulatus, Kl, in
Hook. Herb. The alveoli, as Montagne remarks, are rounder;
they are besides 4—6-sided, and much more distinct. The
whole plant when fresh is apparently white and of a softer
texture. In the dry state it is minutely pruinose. It may be
thus characterized :—

Rey. M. J. Berkeley on the Flora of Van Diemen’s Land. 323

Gregarious, minute, dirty white, pruinose. Pileus membra-
naceous, reniform; stem distinct, lateral; alveoli roundish
4—6-sided.

3. Polyporus (Favolus) vesparius, n.s. Pileus 2—3+ inches
across, 1—1} broad, 13 inch high, stemless, subungulate,
sometimes imbricated, smooth or slightly scabrous, wood-
coloured, slightly zoned towards the margin; flesh browner,
corky but soft. Pores very large, }—1 of an inch in diameter,
5—6-sided, of the same colour as the pileus.

On bark, Mr. Gunn.

8. corticosus. This variety appears at first sight very di-
stinct, but amongst the specimens sent is one which unites
the two forms. The pileusis grey, obliquely ungulate, rugose
and cracked, and resembles the bark so much that it would
scarcely be discerned did not the hymenium project beyond
the margin.

4. Polyporus (Mesopus) rudis, n. s. Stem 3—2} inches
high, nearly central, rooting into the wood, even, brown, co-
vered with coffee-coloured bloom, shining when rubbed. Pi-
leus 35—41 inches broad, convex, not at all depressed in the
centre, orbicular, brown like the stem, and covered with coffee-
coloured bloom or very minutely velvety, rugged, wrinkled as
if from the contraction of the flesh; margin obtuse. Pores
brown, nearly orbicular, middle-sized. Substance light, pale,
soft and spongy.

On rotten wood, Mr. Gunn. Its nearest ally is probably
P. rugosus, which has however extremely minute pores.

5. P. lucidus, Fr.

6. P. frondosus, Fr. The specimens are not in a good state,
but they are apparently referable to this species.

7. P. sulphureus, Fr. Mr. Gunn.

8. P. velutinus, Fr. Thicker than the usual state, but ac-
cording with specimens from Mougeot.

9. P. (Ap. Coriacei) radiato-rugosus, n. s. Densely imbri-
cated. Pilei 23 inches across, horizontal, rather thin, at length
- smooth, radiato-rugose, dirty white or grey. Flesh white,
fibroso-coriaceous, but rather brittle. Tubes longer than the
flesh, middle-sized, white within, irregular ; orifice often jagged.
Resembling some states of P. versicolor, but certainly distinct.

2A2

324 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on the Flora of Van Diemen’s Land.

10. P. sanguineus, Fr.

11. P. cinnabarrinus, Fr. Mr. Gunn.

12. P. (Ap. Bienn.) lilacino-gilvus, n. s. Subimbricated,
suberoso-coriaceous, horizontal, thin. Pilei 3 inches broad, 14
inch long, rugged with raised subfibrous lines, more or less
zoned towards the margin, reddish grey tinged with lilac espe-
cially towards the margin, which is thin and acute; older
parts tinged with brown. Hymenium lilac-grey ; pores of the
same colour within, middle-sized, irregular, very shallow to-
wards the margin, which is without pores. Flesh lilac-grey,
spongy, about equal to the length of the tubes.

On charred wood, Mr. Gunn. Allied to Pol. gilvus.

13. P. australis, Fr. Mr. Gunn.

14. P. igniarius, Fr. Besides the more common form there
is one frosted with a ferruginous bloom; and a very distinct
variety sent by Mr. Lawrence, which occurs also in Mauri-
tius. This may be distinguished asa variety under the name
of P. igniarius var. scaber. Pileus 3} inches broad, 24 inches
high, stemless, ungulate, dark brown, here and there tinged
with red, cracking in age into coarse scale-like scabrous plates.
Hymenium hollowed out or convex; pores minute, round.
Heavy ; flesh not very hard.

15. P. (Ap. Bienn.) rubiginosus, n. s. Horizontal, hard,
stemless, rather thin, zoned, rugose, minutely velvety, espe-
cially when young, ferruginous. The older parts acquire a
brown tinge, and the margin is occasionally reddish-grey.
Substance ferruginous. Hymenium uneven, ferruginous ;
pores minute, round.

On charred wood. Nearly allied to Pol. Ridis.

16. P. (Resup.) orbicularis, n.s. Exactly orbicular, 3 inches
in diameter; 3 of an inch thick in the centre, dark brown,
margin barren, membranaceous, covered with strigose pubes-
cence. Hymenium confined to the centre, very much cracked
when dry; pores shallow, with three or four partitions minute
sinuated, orifice toothed, dissepiments very thin.

On living bark, Mr. Gunn. A very remarkable species with
the habit of a lichen representing in the resupinate division
Polypori allied to P. vulpinus. On examination of the hyme-
nium under a high magnifier, the pores are found to be stra-

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on the Flora of Van Diemen’s Land. 325

tose, indicating the growth is interrupted, though probably
the fungus is annual.

17. P. (Resup.) latus,n.s. Resupinate but with the mar-
gin here and there free; 8 inches across, following all the
inequalities of the matrix. Above obscurely zoned dingy-
brown pruinoso-velvety ; flesh of the same colour as the pi-
leus, with a slight ferruginous tinge, suberoso-coriaceous. Hy-
menium wood-coloured, even; pores round, regular ; dissepi-
ments thin.

On branches, Mr. Gunn. A very distinct species, perhaps
better placed near P. sanguineus, amongst Api Biennes. The
colour is peculiar, like that of the flocci of Lycoperdon pyri-
Sorme.

18. P. (Resupinati) dedaleoides, n.s. Altogether resupi-
nate, 3—4 inches across; suborbicular, flesh very thin tan-
coloured ofa close cottony texture. Hymenium weod-coloured,
pores large, rather deep, round, angular, =,th of an inch broad,
pale within ; dissepiments thin, at length splitting, in conse-
quence of which some portions of the hymenium put on the
appearance of a Dedalea.

On charred wood. The pores are large, otherwise it might
be supposed to be a resupinate state of P. velutinus.

19. Thelephora rubiginosa, Fr.

20. Thel. hirsuta, Fr.

21. Thel. lobata, Kze. in Linn.

22. Exidia Auricula Jude, Fr.

23. Spheria concentrica, Bolt.

24. Mitremyces fuscus, n.s. Deep brown. Simple or
cespitose. Calyptra hemispherical, pale red-brown within,
margin denticulate. Peridium thick, horny, granulato-squa~-
mose above, supported below by the anastomosing, subcylin-
dric cartilaginous processes of the stem-like mycelium; teeth
4—6, lined and bordered with bright vermillion, sometimes
partially frosted with yellow meal. Internal peridium white.
Sporidia forming a solid ball, broadly oval, dirty white.

Epping forest, Van Diemen’s Land, in gravelly shady places,
Mr. Lawrence. Greatly resembling Mitremyces lutescens, but
the colour, which reminds us of Peziza melastoma; is altoge-
ther different, and the peridium thicker and more horny.

326 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on the Flora of Van Diemen’s Land.

Mitremyces coccineus, has the processes of the root coarser and
much less distinct ; and the sporidia*, instead of being broadly
oval, are oblong. I have had no opportunity of examining
those of M. lutescens. I do not find any flocci amongst the
sporidia in M. fuscus, but in M. coccineus they are abundant.
In an authentic specimen of M. lutescens before me the inner
peridium is inverted as in Spherobolus and hangs out at the
orifice. The inner peridium, the upper border of which is
scolloped, in an early stage clearly lines the outer, and the
void space arises from its ceasing to grow sooner than the
outer. The teeth leave within the calyptra a bright vermillion
impression. The stem, which must be regarded as a highly
developed mycelium, is sometimes obconic, but more fre-
quently there is a large knob of gravel at the base. The my-
celium is composed of extremely minute filaments, which are
much curled, so that in a fresh state it is probably highly
elastic. Plate VII. fig. 1.

25. Aithalium septicum, Fr.

26. Stemonitis fusca, Roth.

27. Mylitta australis, n.s. Globose, 3} inches in diame-
ter, solid covered with a rugged black bark, beneath which is
a white mealy vesiculoso-floccose substance, which traverses
the central yellowish nucleus, dividing it into sinuous veins,
which consist of a dense mass of extremely minute flexuous
filaments, portions of which are swollen and distorted. When
dry the veins are extremely hard and horny, and so transpa-
rent that the white substance is seen through them. When
moistened it becomes rather gelatinous. I can find nothing
like sporidia.

This is the species of Tuber mentioned by Mr. Backhouse
in his account of the esculent plants of Van Diemen’s Land,
‘Comp. Bot. Mag.’ vol. ii. p. 40. It is called native bread,
and is said to grow on rotten trees. To the specimen before
me one or two root-like extraneous fibres are attached. I
have no doubt that it is congeneric with Mylitta Pseudacacie,
as it agrees with the description of that species in everything

* The sporidia of AZ. coccineus are minutely wrinkled in the direction of
their larger axis as those of Ascobolus furfuraceus. Possibly this may be
the case in less advanced individuals of M. fuscus.

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 327

except size and colour. The structure is very different from
that of Pachyma Cocos, Schwein, Plate VII. fig. 2.

ALGA.

1. Scytonema arenarium, n.s. Forming a thin uniform
yellow brown stratum for some inches over sand, which it
binds together by means of numerous transparent colourless
rooting filaments. Threads obtuse, flexuous, here and there
slightly branched at the base, and rooting ;_ border thick trans-
parent gelatinous; sporangia obscure, seldom visible, occupy-
ing only about a half of the central tube. Plate VII. fig. 3.

The specimens described above are in the rich collection of
Sir W. J. Hooker, who has kindly lent me all the fungi he
possesses. Out of the twenty-seven species sent by Messrs.
Lawrence and Gunn it will be observed that twelve are com-
mon European fungi. Amongst them is a specimen of Par-
melia parietina on an apple twig, on which perhaps it had
been introduced from England.

REFERENCES TO PLATE VII.

Fig. 1. Mitremyces fuscus, with its calyptra; one of the individuals is
cut open to show the inner peridium; a. sporidia; 0. a horizontal section
of one of the processes of the mycelium very highly magnified ; c. sporidia
and flocci of M. coccineus.

Fig. 2. Flocci of Mylitta australis from the transparent veins, very highly
magnified.

Fig. 3. Scytonema arenarium; a. filaments and rootlets; 6. a filament
more highly magnified; c. a portion of a filament with sporangia.

XL.—Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

Mr. Gardner’s Journeys in Brazil.

Villa do Crato, Sertao of the Province of Ceara,
December 5, 1838.

Wuen I had the pleasure of writing to you from the Villa do Icé I
expressed myself doubtful as to the success which might attend my
visit to this neighbourhood. After a residence, however, of nearly
three months in this town, I am happy to inform you that my fears
have been agreeably disappointed, and before proceeding to give an
account of the nature of the country or its vegetation, I hasten to
inform you that yesterday I despatched six cases of plants for Eng-

328 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

land. Four of these contain a collection of dried specimens, amount-
ing to 470 species, for you; and the two others are filled with living
Orchidea, &c., for Mr. Murray. The boxes are to travel from this
place to Icé, a distance of 100 miles, on horseback ; and from thence
they will be forwarded in an ox-waggon to Aracaty, through the
kindness of a Portuguese friend, to whose care I have addressed them.
Mr. Miller, the only Englishman in Aracaty, has promised to send
them by a vessel to England, if there be one in the river bound for
London or Liverpool when they arrive ; if not, and if none is shortly
expected, they will be transmitted to the city of Ceara, whence there
is oftener a direct intercourse with my native island. I have been
obliged to let these plants go en masse, and only arranged according
to their natural orders, my chief reason for doing so being the great
run that the subdivision of such a collection would cause upon my
stock of paper, to recruit which will be impracticable till I again
reach the coast; where, if all is well, I do not expect to arrive for at
least twelve months. At one time I had some thoughts of despatch-
ing this collection to Pernambuco, there to remain till my return from
Par4, but as it includes a larger number of new species than any that
I have previously sent, and as I am aware that you are always anxious
to obtain undescribed plants as quickly as possible, I have decided
on forwarding it immediately to Glasgow. Well knowing the great
labour and loss of time that the distribution of the late Mr. Drum-
mond’s plants cost you, I cannot ask you to undertake the like task
for me; but as the species are already in a state fit to be sent away,
I think it is possible you may be able, from time to time, to get some
of them forwarded to their respective destinations. If so, when you -
choose your own set, be so kind as to select one for me also; ob-
serving that where there is only one specimen of a species, such sin-
gle plant belongs to your own set; if two, then the best is for you
and the other for myself. As however there are more specimens
than enough for my subscribers of many kinds, I will thank you to
reserve the surplus for me, after having liberally supplied your own
herbarium; for on my return to England such duplicates may be
very useful for effecting exchanges with the plants of other coun-
tries.

In two of the boxes you will find a few packets of seeds, which
you will be so kind as to send to Mr. Murray; alsoa small parcel of
the wax produced by the Carrahuba palm (Corypha cerifera, Mart.),
which grows abundantly in the plains between Aracaty and Icé, and
of which Dr. Christison, of Edinburgh, may perhaps like to have a
portion. Some shells, addressed to my own name, may be handed

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 329

to my father. There is also a collection of mosses, gathered in this
neighbourhood : the species are few in number, as the country is low,
but among them I think you will find a new Bryum, allied to B. ro-
seum, and an undescribed Hookeria, which seems to approach your
H, pallescens. Along with these articles I have sent a short me-
moir, which I lately drew up, on the establishment of the genus
Mouriria, Juss., as the type of a new natural order, with a few ob-
servations on one or two other genera. If you deem this paper worth
publishing in the Magazine it is very much at your service; if not,
be kind enough to lay it aside for me, as I have not kept a copy.

The collection now sent differs very materially from that which I
transmitted from the Organ mountains, in its paucity of Orchidee and
Ferns. If, however, it affords you the same pleasure in examining
the plants that I derived from collecting them, it will not be small ;
a pleasure heightened to me by anticipating your gratification. I
will thank you to ascertain whether the beautiful leguminous shrub
which I have named in honour of my excellent friend J. E. Bowman,
Esq., does not belong, as I suspect, to anew genus. Some observa-
tions on the structure of the flower accompany my paper on the
genus Mouriria, and I am anxious that the facts should be ascer-
tained before Mr. Murray distributes the seeds, of which I have sent
him an abundant supply. I may also mention that the composite
plant (No. 1732), which I took to be a new genus when arranging
the collection; I have since found to be an undescribed species of
Ichthyothere, Mart. (vide DeCand. Prodr. vol. v. p. 504.)

Having told you thus much respecting the collections, I proceed
to give you some account of my journey from Icé hither, and of my
residence here. Having purchased two horses more than I had
brought with me from Aracaty, I started from Ico at half-past seven
in the morning of the 4th of September, and after a journey of six
days arrived here. The distance is 30 leagues, or somewhat more
than 100 miles, and the country through which I passed differs re-
markably from that which lies between Aracaty and Icé, both in the
nature of its surface and its vegetation. The former is of a hilly un-
dulating character, exhibiting none of those large plains which are
seen further down, but on the contrary it is all wooded with small
trees and shrubs, nearly the whole of which are deciduous. As it
was the beginning of the dry season when I started from Icé on my
way hither, there was scarcely a leaf to be seen; a circumstance which,
to a botanist particularly, makes a journey in such a country very
monotonous and uninteresting. The most abundant tree is that
which is called by the natives Arocira (Schinus Arocira, of St. Hi-

330 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

laire); it flowers before the foliage appears, and in this state much
resembles the alder of Europe when loaded with its catkins. Its
mode of growth is upright, and it attains a height of 30 or 40 feet.
Large Ingas or Mimosas, and the Triplaris Americana are also com-
mon; of the latter the female plant when in flower is recognizable
at a great distance, as well as the Chrysobalanus, that I formerly
mentioned as abounding below Icé, and which also grows in plenty
here. In passing along the eye is sometimes relieved from the flower-
less monotony of the woods by seeing here and there a solitary pur-
ple or yellow Bignonia, or an azure-blossomed Jacaranda, destitute
of foliage, but rearing its therefore more conspicuous and magnifi-
cent diadem of flowers above the other denizens of the wood; or
an occasional plant of Cochlospermum serratifolium, loaded also with
its large and beautiful yellow bloom, attracts the attention of the
traveller. On dry hilly places there are abundance of small shrubs.
The only ones, however, that I recognized were two or three species
of Lantana and Krameria Ivina. Within a day’s journey of Crato I
collected the only orchideous plant that I have seen since quitting
the coast, a new Oncidium, which I have called O. urophyllum. The
natives of the Sertao call it Rabo de Tat’u (armadillo’s tail). It
grows in great plenty on the soft bark of a species of Geoffroya.

It was not until I came within a few leagues of Crato that the
country became more verdant, and large tracts of land planted with
cane gave the assurance that I was approaching a place better suited
to my pursuits than any that I had seen since my arrival in the Ser-
tio. It is impossible to express to you my delight on entering into
this comparatively rich and smiling district, after a ride of more than
300 miles through one which is little better at this season of the year
than a desert. The evening on which I approached this town was
one of the most beautiful I ever remember to have seen. The sun
was setting in great splendour behind the Serra de Araripe, a long
range of hills about a league to the westward of the villa, but the
freshness of the country deprived his rays of that burning heat which
shortly before sunset is so oppressive to the traveller further down.
The beauty of the night, the cool and reviving feeling of the atmo-
sphere, and the richness of the landscape, so different from what I
had lately seen, all tended to produce a buoyancy of spirit such as
only the lover of nature can experience, and which I vainly wished
might prove enduring, as I felt not only at ease with myself, but
‘at peace with all the world.”

During the journey I had added but little to my stock of speci-
mens. The mostremarkable of them is a small Jungermannia-look-

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 331

ing plant, which I found on the first day, growing on rocks, stones,
and among gravel in the bed of the Rio Salgado, about 5 leagues
from Icd. As it was in seed, the flowers having all passed away, I
could not positively ascertain the genus, but I suspect it to belong
to Mniopsis, Mart., at all events to the natural order Podostemacee.
From Icé I brought several letters of recommendation to this place ;
but before I left the former town, one of my fellow-travellers from
Pernambuco having written to a friend here that I was about to visit
his neighbourhood, I found that an empty house had been obligingly
procured for my reception.

Crato is a small and sufficiently miserable town, situated in the
hollow part of a large valley, several leagues in extent, and bounded
by the Serra de Araripe on the south and west. In case you should
consult a map of Brazil to find the place where I now am, I may
mention that the one which I possess, and which I believe to be the
last published, is very incorrect as regards the situations of the towns
in this province: for instance, Icé is placed where the Serras de
Mangabeira ought to be, and vice versd, and the distance between them
ought to be 10 leagues. Crato, instead of being 10 leagues to the
S.W. of Icé, is 30, thus bringing it exactly to the Serra de Araripe,
its proper position; and Barra de Jardim (not Bomjardin) is 16
leagues to the south of Crato. Sugar cane, mandiocea, rice and to-
bacco are the principal articles of culture in the vicinity of Crato.
From the juice of the cane a kind of sugar is prepared called rapa
dura, and made into hard cakes about the size of half bricks. This sub-
stance is used all over the Sertao as a substitute for sugar, and forms
the great article of commerce between Crato andIcé6. Almost all the
fruits which are sold in the towns near the coast are obtainable here :
such as the orange, lime, lemon, mango, papau, banana, plantain,
grape, pine-apple, melon, and water-melons. The first of these are
vended at about ld. the dozen, pine-apples double that price, and I
purchased to-day a remarkably fine-flavoured melon, as big as my
head, for about 2d. of our money. There are a few small planta-
tions of cocoa-nuts, which appear to thrive well and bear abundantly,
and in the woods are great numbers of cashew trees, but their fruit
(or rather the thickened peduncle, which is the esculent part) is small,
not bigger than a cherry: probably it is a different species, of whigh
you may judge, as I send you a specimen in flower and leaf, and to
Mr. Murray a few of its seeds. In the Catingas, or deciduous fo-
rests, a fruit abounds called mangaba, of which you received speci-
mens from Pernambuco; it belongs to the Apocynee, and the flavour
is, in my opinion, very superior to that of any native fruit that I have

332 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

tasted. Araca and Grava are also common. Another fruit is also
much spoken of, the marangaba, but it is not yet ripe ; the tree which
produces it is a new species of Psidium, to which I have given the
name of P. nanum, as the shrub does not rise a foot high. It grows
plentifully on the top of the Serra de Araripe. The neighbouring
woods produce a fruit belonging to a new species of Mouriria, the
berry of which is black, and about as big as a middle-sized goose-
berry. In appearance and taste it much resembles the fruit of Hu-
genia cauliflora, DC. (the Jaboticaba of the south of Brazil). This is
called by the natives Pusd, a name which I have retained as its spe-
cific appellation, as I am ‘an advocate for the retention of native
names to new plants.

The great cause to which the fertility of this part of the Sertao
may be attributed exists in the numerous springs which rise from
the base of the Serra de Araripe, and which are again divaricated in
a thousand directions for the purpose of urigation. At present but
little land is cultivated in comparison with what would amply repay
such labour; the vicinity being but thinly populated and the habits
of the natives very indolent. With very little trouble they raise
as much as wil support life, and seem to care for nothing else. Their
dress is of the simplest kind, and not expensive. When, however,
the population becomes more numerous, and civilization shall have
multiplied their wants, this district will assuredly prove a rich and
valuable part of the province.

During my residence here I have made many excursions, but the
Serra de Araripe has afforded my best field. I have spent several
days in exploring its ravines, sides and summit, every trip yielding
me large supplies of new and rare plants, as the collections now sent
home will abundantly testify. The greater proportion of the wooded
districts around Crato consists of deciduous trees and shrubs, here
called Catingas; but in low moist localities, and along the base of the
Serra, a great many of the trees are evergreen. AsI am aware that
you feel particularly interested in knowing what are the large trees —
of the countries which I visit, I shall now give a list of such as are
most abundant or remarkable in this vicinity. One of the common-
est denizens of the Catingas is Moghania glabrata, St. Hilaire, and it
is the only truly gregarious exogenous tree that I have met with in
Brazil, covering large tracts for miles, to the exclusion of almost
everything else. In general it is a tree of 30 or 40 feet high; but
old individuals often attain a much greater stature. Like many of the
other inhabitants of the Catingas, its flowers appear before the leaves.
The blossoms are produced in large panicles, they are of a greenish-

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 333

yellow colour, and very sweet-scented. The natives of the Sertao call
this tree Ting? and apply it to many useful purposes. An infusion of
the bark of the root is employed to poison fish, and that of the stem
to cure old ulcers, while an excellent soup is afforded by the large
cotyledons of the seeds. Another tree, which grows in the same si-
tuations, is a species of Caryocar, and makes a fine appearance when
covered with its large racemes of yellow flowers. The fruit, which
is not yet ripe, is said to be excellent when cooked, and the hard
wood is used in mill-work. This tree is called Piki by the natives
of the Sertao. Two large ingas are also common in the woods, and
I have sent specimens of both; one is called Timbahuba and the other
Visgéira. ‘The former is the smaller; the Visgéira presents a most
remarkable appearance when its flowers expand, these being of a
dark purple colour, and suspended on a peduncle a foot in length.
The Jatoba is another large tree, which I have not yet seen in flower,
but suspect it to be a species of Hymenea. The cashew also reaches
a considerable height in this neighbourhood, and grows more upright
than the variety from the coast. There is also the Angelina, a beau-
tiful and large species of Andira; good specimens of it in flower are
in this collection ; and some of the fruits, which I am at present dry-
ing, shall follow by the next opportunity. There are also two large
Bignonias growing here, one with purple and the other with yellow
flowers ; but owing to the durability and hardness of their woed,
which is much sought for by workers in mill- and cart-work, they
are not allowed to attain any great size near the town of Crato.
Besides these which I have enumerated, there are many others, but,
though of considerable size, they can hardly be called large trees.
Among them I may mention the Pao de Jungada (Apeiba Tibourbow,
Aubl.), as of frequent occurrence, and conspicuous from its large
prickly capsules. Its wood affords the material of the raft-boats,
called jungadas, so much used on the coast. A species of Byrsonima,
very lovely when in blossom, and another of Callisthene, also remark-
ably beautiful, grow here ; the latter, being distinct from the three
species described by Martius, I believe to be new, and in allusion to
its great masses of charming yellow flowers, I have called it C. flori-
bunda.

I have now examined the stamens of species belonging to four
different genera of the tribe Vochystace@, and find them all, as Mar-
tius describes them, 4-celled.

Many other trees of course exist in this vicinity, but the want of
flowers prevents my determining them. On the Serra de Araripe
are several species that do not occur in the plains below. This

334 Information respecting Botanical Travellers.

Serra, which does not rise above 1500 feet higher than the level of
the town, is the commencement of a large table-land (tabuleira),
stretching far to the south and west, and on which the cashew, Piké,
and Mangaba grow very abundantly, as well as a kind of Gomphia,
that rises to a height of 20 or 30 feet. Under the shade of these may
be found several herbaceous plants and humble shrubs. Of the latter,
the small Psidium (Mangaraba) already mentioned, is the most com-
mon. On the sloping ascent an extremely beautiful Vochysia and a
Qualea abound, as well as a new arborescent species of Albertinia,
that grows 25 or 30 feet high. Of palms, only three species are
found here; the carnahuba (Corypha cerifera, Mart.), so common
below Icé, and which still straggles up to within two days’ journey
of this place, not being among them. ‘The largest of these three
palms is a very beautiful tree, probably an Attalea, but I have not
seen its inflorescence. It rivals the cocoa-nut tree in height of stem,
and far excels it in the size of its head of fronds. The fronds are
thrown up almost vertically, and their great length and deep green
colour give the tree a most magnificent appearance ; while the fruit
is about the size of an apple, 3-celled, and borne in large racemes.
I send Mr. Murray a few of them, with directions to let you have
one. The second species is the Acrocomia sclerocarpa of Martius,
very striking from its fusiform prickly stem. The third of the
palms, much smaller than the two others, is only remarkable from
its being the sole kind of tree on which the solitary epiphyte that
this neighbourhood produces will grow. The first-mentioned spe-
cies is called Palmeira by the natives, the second Macahuba, and the
third Catolé.

Cacte@ are very scarce here: I have only met with four species,
all of them similar to those that I had already despatched to Eng-
land from the Rio San Francisco. Orchidee are still more rare.
Two kinds only can I find to send home alive, but of both you will
receive an abundant supply: they are the Oncidium already men-
tioned, and the Epiphyte that grows on the Catolé. ‘The latter I have
not seen in flower, it being in a dormant leafless state at this season ;
the general appearance is that of a Catasetum, and I have no doubt
it will prove to be new. Here the Epiphytal Orchidee of South
Brazil are represented by Loranthacee, which, in the shape of Viscum,
exist on almost every tree, and being evergreen give a remarkable
appearance to the deciduous forests. Of this tribe you will find a
rich variety in the present collection. Ferns are rare, but I have
added to my previous stores a few from the Serra de Araripe; one
of them being that beautiful tree-fern Cyathea aculeata. Ina few

Information respecting Botanical Travellers. 335

days I go to Barra de Jardim, 16 leagues to the south, where I mean
to spend three or four weeks, according as I find it to be a good or
bad botanizing ground. Thence I return to this place, in order to
await the setting in of the rainy season, when it is my intention to
proceed to the city of Oeiras, 400 miles to the west, the capital of
Piauhy. Since my arrival here I have gained better information re-
specting the road, which is said to be utterly impracticable at this
season, for want of grass and water for the horses. But this will
make little difference to me on my arrival there, as I shall have to
remain in Oeiras till the end of May, when the rains cease. On my re-
turn from Barra de Jardim I will again make a few more excursions
in this neighbourhood, and before starting will send you what I may
have collected :—perhaps about the end of January. At Barra de
Jardim there is a large deposit of fossil fish, and it is probable I shall
send a box of them also. It is still my plan to make my way to
Para via, the Rio Tocantius ; but on this subject I shall write to you
more fully from Oeiras, where I expect to obtain fuller information
respecting the route.

Since coming here I have enjoyed excellent health, except for
eight days, during which I was confined to the house from a slight
attack of ophthalmia, a very common malady in this neighbourhood.
I have been visited by many persons suffering from the disease in
a chronic state, and have gained no little reputation from having
either cured or much alleviated the symptoms in all those whom I
treated, even when the complaint has been of long standing. The
people among whom I am now thrown are far from being a good set.
They are remarkably revengeful, and their frequent quarrels are com-
monly settled by the treacherous use of the long sharp knife (faca de
ponta), which every one carries at his side. My servant, my man
Friday as I call him, a negro of very superior character and abilities,
had a narrow escape the other day; for having involved himself, I
know not how, in a dispute with a fellow who was in a house whi-
ther he had gone for the inoffensive purpose of getting his hair cut,
his opponent drew his knife and attempted to stab him. My servant
fortunately caught the blade in the hand which he had raised to
ward off the blow, by which he prevented his body from being struck,
but nearly lost two of his fingers. The assassin fled, leaving his wea-
pon behind him, and has not since been heard of. For my own part
I find it necessary to be very cautious as to what I say or do among
them. They scarcely know what to make of me, or to imagine to
what purpose I intend to apply the ‘‘ many leaves,” as they call them,
which I am collecting. Those ‘who still would seem the wisest,”

336 Bibliographical Notices.

aver that they are to serve as patterns for printed cottons; an opi-
nion worthy of a native of my ‘‘auld toon of Glasgow.”

By the boxes I wrote you a few lines, but I expect this letter will
reach you first, as I forward it to Pernambuco by a person whom
I am sending thither to bring me my letters or anything that may
be lying there for me, as I begin to feel anxious about my friends,
from whom J have had no news for nine whole months. It will take
him more than a month to go and return, but he will still be back
before I start for Piauhy.

I had great difficulty in obtaining wood wherewith to make the
boxes which I have just despatched, and as to any help in the way
of making them, it was needful, after I had bought up at great ex-
pense all the old boxes in the town, to put them together with my
own hands, which are now so blistered with the use of the hammer
and saw that I canhardly holdmy pen. Necessity hasnolaw; from
cooking downwards I have to do almost everything. Insects are
very rare here. I had collected a few dozens and laid them on the
house-top at night to dry in a sheet of paper, as the weather had,
been damp ; but in the morning I had the mortification to find them
all gone except some of the legs and wings, which vexed me the more
as many of them were new. I shall recommence collecting imme-
diately.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.
De Pinubus Taurico-Caucasicis. Auctore Steven*.

In a preceding paper the propriety of considering the Caucasian
pines as a separate group was suggested, under the idea that they
would be found to differ from those of Europe, and that united with
those of Northern Asia they might prove to be of sufficient import-
ance to require a separate classification in the pinology of the globe.
These views have been completely confirmed by the work we are
about to examine, and at a much more recent period than we had
ventured to anticipate. We are indebted to M. Steven for bring-
ing together at one view the results not only of his own researches,
but those of Nordmann, Wittman, Sovitz and others ; a course which
cannot be too much commended from its superiority to the usual
practice in this sort of publication of giving the isolated discoveries
or observations of the writer, whilst those of others are carefully
withheld from notice.

* For this review we are indebted to the kindness of Capt. S. E. Cook,
R.N.—Eoir.

Bibhographical Notices. 337°

The original work appears to have been published by the Imperial
Society of Natural History at Moscow, we rather believe since the
death of the author, which has taken place recently. Not having
seen the paper itself, we have made use of the copy which is given
in the ‘Annales des Sciences Naturelles’ of January 1839.

M. Steven is of opinion that the Pinus should be preserved en-
tire as proposed by Linneus, and accordingly calls all the species
Pinus. Having mentioned this subject in the preceding paper we
have nothing to add at present ; but we must observe that, agreeing
perfectly with M. Steven in his principal position, we think he is
unnecessarily and most inconveniently tenacious about species, as
we shall see in the examination of his work.

The first species described is a variety of A. pectinata, or silver
fir, which differs from it in having the branchlets smooth which in
the congener are pubescent, and the name of /ezoc/ada is proposed to
be affixed to it. Tournefort, who noticed it near Trapezas, consi-
dered it to be absolutely identical with the common species of the
‘Alps and Pyrenees. It was found on the higher range of the Cau-
casus by the author of the ‘ Flora Caucasica,’ though he has not given
the locality, and branches were sent by Sovitz, which he had ga-
thered on the range of Adshar, above Guriel, where it was also seen
by Nordmann. Although it cannot be positively asserted, the in-
ference may be drawn, that its place is below that of the following
species.

No. 2. Abies Nordmanni is anew silver fir, which was discovered in
1836 on the range of the Adshar, at an elevation of 6000 feet, by M.
Nordmann, whose name has been most justly conferred upon it. It
was also seen by Wittman on the southern slope of the range be-
tween Cartalinia and Achalziche, near Azchur, as high as the alpine
region, where it was mixed with the A. orientalis. It attains the
height of 80 feet in the stem, and is above 3 feet in diameter. Cones
are produced in from fourteen to sixteen years, at first near the sum-
mit, from which they descend in the adult tree, covering the branches
to within a fourth part of their height, growing upright, single, bi-
nary and ternary, and exuding quantities of resin. The seed ripens at
the end of September, when the cone immediately falls to pieces,
leaving the spindle or axis, which sometimes remains for the whole
year. The wood is harder than that of P. ortentalis, and is not so
liable to be attacked by the larve of insects as that species.

From the description of this most noble tree it would appear to be
connected with A. Pichta, or the silver fir of the north of Asia. The

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 3. No. 18. July 1839. 2B

338 Bibliographical Notices.

altitude at which it was discovered proves it to be very hardy, and
the early period at which the seed ripens, which I noticed and de-
scribed as a peculiarity of the P. uncinata in my original descrip-
tion of that tree, I consider to indicate the same quality. We must
for these reasons, as well as the size the tree attains and the quality
of its timber, assign it the very first rank in the family, and its in-
troduction to our parks and forests, both for ornament and utility,
is most desirable.

No. 3 appears to be a variety of spruce, to which the inappro-
priate name of P. orientalis has been given; why not caucasica?
The author first noticed it in the loftiest mountains of Imeritia, and
Nordmann has since observed it in Upper Mingrelia, and forming
whole forests between Guriel and the Adshar mountains.

The foliage is shorter by one half than that of the common spruce,
and the spicule are quadrangular like those of that species ; sharp,
but not prickly ; not binary as Tournefort asserts, but grow singly
as in the common spruce.

It is a lofty, and, from the elevated sites at which it was observed,
is no doubt a hardy and desirable tree, but from the observation of
the timber, compared with that of A. Nordmanni, must be considered
as less valuable than that magnificent species. Neither the Pinus
Abies (Lin.) nor any species of larch have yet been discovered in the
Caucasus.

Pinus.

1. Is the P. maritima of Lambert, one of the varieties of P. halepen-
sis,and that which I consider to be the more hardy of the three; it grows
on the shores of Abshasia, near Pezundan, the ancient Pithyus.

2. ‘‘P. Laricio constitutes forests on the western summits of
Tauria, descending even to the shores, but never passing to the north-
ern declivities. The author also has specimens from Gelindshik, a
port on the eastern shore of the Black Sea, 100 leagues distant from
the mouths of the Hypanis.”

We cannot say that the observations on this species are at all sa-
tisfactory. P. Pallasiana, or taurica of our. catalogues, would seem
to be considered as identical with P. Pinaster, and with the species
we have under the name of P. Laricio. Such however appears to
be the meaning of the text, and as he considers that P. austriaca
is another synonym, we shall have Laricio, Pinaster, P. taurica and
austriaca as one species, a position which is not only inadmissible,
but so extraordinary as only to be accounted for by the want of op-
portunities for studying the respective species.

Bibliographical Notices. 339

If we admit any portion of the forests he describes to be composed
of the true Laricio it leads to an important observation on the habitat
of the species. Between Tauria and Corsica there is a difference of
three to four degrees of latitude, which is a considerable space, but
is increased exceedingly by the relative climate of the two seas.
Accordingly, whilst the tree is placed in Corsica at an elevation of
2000 to 3000 feet, it descends to the shore of the Black Sea, and
whilst it resists the milder climate of the western slopes of Tauria it
is unable to face the Boreal blasts of the steppe which assail the
northern face of the chain.

There is no mention made of P. taurica, and it seems clear that the
tree mentioned inhabiting Tauria as Laricio, is that species which
the author considers synonymous, but which are quite distinct. The
question is, are there two, or are we to consider that the P. taurica
is that which takes the place above the halepensis in Caucasus? It
is very probable that both species exist and that the Caucasian may
be the true Laricio, the Taurian being our ¢aurica or Pallasiana. In
case there be only one species, it takes the middle rank in this re-
gion and represents the Laricio and P. hispanica of the south of
Europe, being a little hardier than those species. I have little doubt
that this is the true state of the case, and it must be repeated that
it is next to impossible to decide a species of Pinus from specimens
of branches in herbals, on which testimony part of this report seems
to be founded.

P. sylvestris. We have a description of two or three species
under this head, owing to the habit of the writer of generalizing, and
his reluctance in admitting species: that which he mentions as being
found, though rarely, on the highest summits of Tauria, the ele-
vation of which range is barely within its natural zone, whilst it forms
entire forests on the central Caucasus, appears to be our uncinata
of the Pyrenees. ‘That mentioned as inhabiting the subalpine re-
gions of the Terek, which is also the P. szbirica of Ledebour, must
be referred to the same species, thus confirming our view in placing
it above the common P. sylvestris. 'The differences he mentions in
the foliage constantly occur in these trees, and are not sufficient
either to cause the removal from one, or the constituting another
species upon them, the only real difference being in the cones.

A variety called by him Aamata, but which he considers a P. syl-
vestris, appears by the description to be quite distinct from that spe-
cies. It has the cones three inches long, and was found by Witt-
man in Lasisthan, and by Nordmann in the subalpine regions of
Mount Adshar.

2B 2

340 Bibliographical Notices.

Another most curious variety belonging to the same group is given _
under the name of argentea. It is described as having the cones,
and foliage of a splendid silvery hue, A single tree was found
by Wittman near the village of Artamin, two days journey from
Batum in Lasisthania. So remarkable is the account of this tree,
that had it depended on the single specimen, we should have been
inclined to assign its appearance to some accidental circumstance,
but Nordmann also saw trees corresponding in colour on the Adshar
range.

We are not informed if the whole range of the Caucasus has been
examined, and neither the absolute or relative elevations at which
the species are found are perfectly given in this work. ‘The diffi-
culty of forming a correct judgement on these points as well as that
ascertaining the exact extent of the ranges mentioned is increased
by the want of good maps. From the correctness with which the
species are described, however, and the care which has been taken
to place them before the reader, an approximation may be made
to the attainment of this object. In commencing by the south-
ern coast of the Black Sea, and following the ascending series,
we have successively P. halepensis, P. Laricio (Auctorum), Abies
leioclada (var. of Common Silver Fir), A. Nordmanni, A. orientalis,
P. uncinata and varieties. This arrangement corresponds very nearly
with that of the Pyrenees, the upper zone being formed of the
hardier species of the group of P. sylvestris, with which are mixed
the A. orientalis and A. Nordmanni, which attains a very high ele-
vation, and is succeeded by A. leioclada, P. Laricio, and P. hale-
pensis, that of the Pyrenees in running a line across Catalonia
being P. uncinata and sylvestris, A. pectinata, P. hispanica, P. Pi-
naster, and P. halepensis. ‘The chief difference is in the existence
of the spruce, which is wanting in the Pyrenees, and the substitu-
tion of P. Laricio (or probably taurica), for the! hispanica in the
middle region. In both chains the Silver Fir predominates over the
other species, and in both the larch is wholly wanting.

In addition to more accurate information as to the actual zones
or order of superposition, we should have been glad to know what
tree forms the next parallel to the region of firs. In the correspond-
ing region of Europe the beech holds that place, and it would be in-
teresting to ascertain whether in that part of Asia it retains its posi-
tion or is replaced by some other genus.

The observation of these writers on the wood of 4. Nordmanni is
extremely valuable, and indicates a point which ought to be attended
to in all descriptions of new species when it is possible to obtain it.

Bibliographical Notices. 341

The power of resisting the gttacks of insects which most probably
proceeds from the nature of the sap, is of immense importance in the
economic value of the tree. I think the wood of P. Cembra possesses
the same quality. A remark has been made to me respecting the
softness of this latter species as affecting its durability. Neither
hardness nor softness of texture in timber are positive proofs either
of durability or of the contrary. Some oaks, as the Ilex, and some
American species are both hard and heavy, yet are valueless as to
duration. It may be doubtful whether the heart wood of P. Cembra
would bear much exposure to damp, but with the outer layers which
contain the turpentine it is of very great durability. I suspect the
same qualities belong to the Cedar of Lebanon, while the testimony
is positive that it was used for the roof of the ‘Temple, and there 1s
no doubt that in a dry climate, protected from the vicissitudes of
weather, it might last during periods, for which its texture appa-
rently makes it quite unfit when exposed to a humid atmosphere.

It is to be hoped that means will be taken by those individuals as
well as bodies who have correspondents at Odessa, to procure the
introduction of seed of these species, more especially of the A. Nord-
manni, which appears to be the most valuable of them.

It is impossible to close this subject when the variety of species
are called into question, without remarking on the neglect with
which this important subject is still treated by the Government. With
the most ample means, of every kind, with gardens and parks, of
which the extent and capabilities are the admiration of every one,
we do not possess a common public botanical garden or arboretum for
study or for reference. This circumstance we cannot but consider as
disreputable and disgraceful to the Government and to the country,
immense sums being annually expended in the department to which
it properly belongs without a thought being cast on the advancement
of science.

Primitie Flore Sarnice, or an Outline of the Flora of the Channel
Islands of Jersey, Guernsey, Alderney, and Serk, &c. By Charles
C. Babington, M.A., F.L.S., F.G.S., &c. &c. Longmans, and
Bailliére, 1839.

This little book is far superior in value to many a work of higher
pretensions, and will not fail to interest the general student of Euro-
pean botany, as well as to find a place in the pocket of every hota-
nical visitant of the district to which it has especial reference. In
all probability too it will increase the number of such visitants to a

342 Bibliographical Notices.

group of islands now, by the regular steam communication, so easy of
access, and here shown to be so rich in botanical productions. ‘The
species enumerated amount “ to 848,” omitting (perhaps needlessly)
as probably escaped from cultivation, 26 of those included in a cata-
logue by Professor La Gasca, lately published in a Report of the
Jersey Agricultural and Horticultural Society. Cryptogamous plants
also are excluded, with the exception of Ferns and Characee; the
notice of the other orders of that class being almost confined to a
bare list of Lichens, and a similar one of Algze, in which last Cysto-
seira barbata, a very doubtful British species, is mentioned. The
arrangement is according to the natural orders. Perhaps the Lin-
nean form might have proved more convenient to the majority of
those likely to use the book as a vade-mecum. It has been the com-
piler’s endeavour, he says, ‘‘ to combine brevity with clearness ; he
has therefore only introduced descriptions or observations where
either of them appeared to be really requisite, or where he conceived
that he had some information to give.” Thus the bulk of the volume
is not increased, as is too commonly the case in local Floras, by cha-
racters and descriptions of well-known plants, often mere copies
from standard works ; but of such plants the trivial name alone, or
with a few synonyms where they appeared requisite, is given with
the localities; ‘“‘ the island in which a plant has been noticed being
invariably mentioned,” and under the more rare species the parti-
cular spots where they have occurred, together with the authority
for the stations when the author himself has not gathered the plants.
By far the greater number have been gathered by himself, in two
visits to the islands in the summers of 1837 and 1838. Twenty-two
of the species mentioned have not been published as British. Some
of these however are now known to be natives of England.

The occasional remarks and descriptions are numerous, and of
such a nature as to be interesting, as before intimated, to botanists
in general, and not merely to those who have an opportunity of visit-
ing the islands. ‘They include critical remarks on differences, cor-
rections of erroneous descriptions, investigations of synonyms, &c. ;
and throughout much regard for accuracy and much acuteness of
observation are demonstrated, and much sound information is con-
veyed.

The preface contains, with other matters, an historical sketch of
the little that had previously been done in the botany of the islands,
beginning with the time of Ray, a short geographical notice of them,
and a sketch of their geological structure; the last from the pen of
F. C. Lukis, Esq. of Guernsey. It concludes with an expression of

Zoological Society. 343

hope, in which we concur, that the attention of botanists may be at-
_ tracted to a field probably far from being exhausted, and a request
that those who may be so fortunate as to add new species or to ob-
serve new localities will communicate them to the author at his pub-
lisher’s, that they may be employed in the preparation of a new edi-
tion. Whenever this appears, and we should expect it to be soon
called for, we trust that one blemish, against which, at the risk of
appearing hypercritical, we must protest, will be removed, namely,
the commencing of substantive trivial names, and those formed from
the proper names of persons, contrary to usual custom, with a small
letter.

Mr. Babington has also recently published a Supplement to his
‘Flora Bathoniensis,’ containing numerous additions te that little
work.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Mr. Waterhouse exhibited a new species of Hare from the collec-
tion made for the Society by the late Mr. Douglas, and pro-
posed to characterize it under the name of Lepus Bachmani: he
thought it probable that the species had been brought from Cali-
fornia. It was thus described :

Lerus Bacumant. Lep. intense fuscus, pilis fuscescenti-flavo ni-
groque annulatis ; abdomine sordide albo : pedibus supra pallidis,
subtus pilis densis sordid? fuscis indutis : caudd brevi, albd, supra
nigricante, flavido adspersd: auribus externe pilis brevissimis
cinerescenti-fuscis, interne albidis, ad marginem externum, et
ad apicem flavescentibus obsitis: nuchd pallidé fuscescentt-

flava.

«Fur long and soft, of a deep gray colour at the base ; each hair
annulated near the apex with pale brown, and black at the points ;
on the belly the hairs are whitish externally ; on the chest and fore-
part of the neck the hairs are coloured as those of the sides of the body;
the visible portion is pale brown, each hair being dusky at the tip;
chin and throat gray-white. The hairs of the head coloured like those
of the body ; an indistinct pale longitudinal dash on the flanks just
above the haunches: the anal region white. The general colour of
the tarsus above is white ; the hairs, however, are grayish-white at the
base, and then annulated with very pale buff colour (almost white),
and pure white at the points; the sides of the ¢arsus are brown ;
the long hairs which cover the under part of the tarsus, as well as
that of the fore-feet, deep brown. The fore-feet above very pale

344 Zoological Society.

brown, approaching to white ; the hairs covering the toes principally
white : the claws are slender and pointed, that of the longest toe
very slender. Ears longer than the head, sparingly furnished with
hair, the hairs minute and closely adpressed; externally, on the
forepart, grizzled with black and yellowish white, on the hinder
part grayish-white; the apical portion is obscurely margined with
black ; at the base the hairs are of a woolly nature, and of a very
pale buff colour ; the hairs on the occipital part of the head, and ex-
tending slightly on to the neck, are of the same colour and of the
same woolly character; the ears internally are white, towards the
posterior margin obscurely grizzled with blackish, at the margin
yellowish.

Dimensions. in. lines.
Deng 403 eves aes Gs Lik
fh ga AND erg ie 3 0
Lan ane 20r- sea 1--3
Far Externally O63.) 8
Nose to’ eat i 2 5.4h. rae

Habitat S.W. coast of N. America, probably California.

‘«This animal may possibly not be adult; but neither in the teeth,
so far as can be ascertained from a stuffed specimen, nor in the cha-
racter of the fur, can I see any reason for believing it young, excepting
that it is much under the ordinary size of the species of the genus to
which it belongs ; and although it may not be adult, it certainly is not
a very young animal. Compared with Lep. palustris, with which spe-
cies it was sent over by Mr. Douglas, it presents the following points
of distinction. Although the present animal is not above one-third of
the size of that species, the ears measure nearly a quarter of an inch
more in length: in fact, they are here longer than the head, whereas
in Lep. palustris they are much shorter. The next most important
difference is in the feet,—which instead of having comparatively
short and adpressed hairs which do not conceal the claws, are in
Lep. Bachmani long and woolly, especially on the under part, and not
only conceal the claws, but extend upwards of a quarter of an inch
beyond their tips. ‘The claws are more slender and pointed, espe-
cially those of the fore-feet. Besides these differences there are
some others, which perhaps may be considered of minor importance:
the fur is much softer and more dense; the longer hairs are extreme-
ly delicate, whilst in Lep. palustris they are harsh. As regards the
colour, Lep. palustris has a very distinct rich yellow tint, which is not
observed in the present species, the pale annulations of the hairs
which produce the yellow tint, being replaced by brownish white or
pale brown.”

Mr. Owen concluded his memoir on the anatomy of the Apteryx

Zoological Society. 345

by a description of the general structure and peculiarities of its os-
seous system.

The bones of the Apteryx are not perforated for the admission of
air, nor do they exhibit the pure white colour which characterizes the
skeleton in other birds; their tough and somewhat coarse texture
resembles rather that of the bones of the lizard tribe.

The spinal column was found to consist of 15 cervical and 9 dorsal
vertebre, and 22 in the lumbar, sacral, and caudal regions. The third
to the sixth, inclusive, of the dorsal vertebre, are slightly anchylosed
together by the contiguous edges of their spinous processes; but Mr.
Owen supposesthat notwithstanding this anchylosis, a yielding, elastic
movement may still take place between these vertebre.

The cervical vertebre present all the peculiarities of the type of
Birds ; the inverted bony arch for the protection of the carotid ar-
teries, is first seen developed from the inner side of the inferior trans-
verse processes of the twelfth cervical vertebra, but the two sides of
the arch are not anchylosed together.

The sternum is reduced to its lowest grade of development in the
Apteryx. In its small size, and in the total absence of a keel, it re-
sembles that of the struthious birds, but differs in the presence of
two subcircular perforations, situated on each side of the middle
line, in the wide anterior emargination, and in the much greater ex-
tent of the two posterior fissures. ‘The anterior margin presents
no trace of a manubrial process, as in the Ostrich, the interspace
between the articular cavities of the coracoid being, on the con-
trary, deeply concave.

After concluding the description of the osteology of the Apteryz,
of which the preceding is an abstract, Prof. Owen proceeded to ob-
serve, “‘ that so far as the natural affinities of a bird are elucidated by
its skeleton, all the leading modifications of that basis of the organi-
zation of the Apteryx connect it closely with the struthious group.
In the diminutive and keel-less sternum it agrees with all the known
struthious species, and with these alone. The two posterior emar-
ginations which we observe in the sternum of the Ostrich are present
in a still greater degree in the Apteryr; but the feeble development
of the anterior extremities, to the muscles of which the sternum is
mainly subservient, as a basis of attachment, is the condition of a
peculiarly incomplete state of the ossification of that bone of the Apte-
ryx; and the two subcircular perforations which intervene between
the origins of the pectoral muscle on the one side, and those of a
large inferior dermo-cervical muscle on the other, form one of seve-
ral unique structures in the anatomy of this bird. We have again

346 Zoological Society.

the struthious characters repeated in the atrophy of the bones of the
wing, and the absence of the clavicles, as in the Emeu and Rhea*.
Like testimony is borne by the expansively developed iliac and sacral
bones, by the broad ischivm and slender pubis, and by the long and
narrow form of the pelvis: we begin to observe a deviation from the
struthious type in the length of the femur, and a tendency to the
gallinaceous type in the shortness of the metatarsal segment; the
development of the fourth or inner toe may be regarded as another
deviation, but it should be remembered that in the size and position
of the latter the Apteryzx closely corresponds with the extinct stru-
thious Dodo. The claw on the inner toe of the Apteryr has been
erroneously compared with the spur of certain Galline, but it scarcely
differs in form from the claws of the anterior toes.

«In the broad ribs (see the Cassowary), in the general freedom of
anchylosis in the dorsal region of the vertebral column, and the nu-
merous vertebre of the neck, we again meet with struthious charac-
ters; and should it be objected to the latter particular, that some
Palmipeds surpass the Ostrich in the number of cervical vertebra, yet
these stand out rather as exceptions in their particular order ; while
an excess over the average number of cervical vertebre in birds is
constant in the struthious or Brevipennate order. ‘Thus in the Cas-
sowary 19 vertebre precede that which supports a rib connected with
the sternum, and of these 19 we may fairly reckon 16 as analogous
to the cervical vertebre in other birds. In the Rhea there are also
16 cervical vertebre, and not 14, as Cuvier states. In the Ostrich
there are 18, in the Emeu 19 cervical vertebre. In the Apteryr we
should reckon 16 cervical vertebre if we included that which sup-
ports the short rudimental but moveable pair of ribs. Of the 22
true grallatorial birds cited in Cuvier’s Table of the Number of Ver-
tebrz, only 9 have more than 14 cervical vertebre ; while the Apte-
ryx with 15 cervical vertebre, considered as a struthious bird, has
the fewest of its order. The free bony appendages of the ribs, and
the universal absence of air-cells in the skeleton, are conditions in
which the Apteryx resembles the Aptenodites, but here all resemblance
ceases : the position in which the Apteryx was originally figured is
incompatible with its organization.

«The modifications of the skull of the Apteryz, in conformity with
the structure of the beak requisite for obtaining its appropriate food,

* In the Ostrich the clavicles are undoubtedly present, though anchylosed,
with the scapula and coracoids, and separate from each other. In the Cas-
sowary they exist as separate short styliform bones.

{+ Shaw’s Miscellany, xxiv. pl. 1075.

Zoological Society. 347

are undoubtedly extreme; yet we perceive in the cere which covers
the base of the bill in the entire Apteryzx a structure which exists in
all the struthious birds; and the anterior position of the nostrils in
the subattenuated beak of the Cassowary is an evident approach to
that very singular one which peculiarly characterizes the Apteryz.
With regard to the digestive organs, it is interesting to remark, that
the thickened muscular parietes of the stomach of the most strictly
granivorous of the struthious birds do not exhibit that apparatus of
distinct Musculi digastrici and laterales which forms the characteristic
structure of the gizzard of the gallinaceous order: the Apteryz, in
the form and structure of its stomach, adheres to the struthious type.
It differs again in a marked degree from the Galline, in the absence of
a crop. With respect to the cecal appendages of the intestine, though
generally long in the Galline, they are subject to great variety in
both the struthious and grallatorial orders : their extreme length and
complicated structure in the Ostrich and Rhea form a peculiarity only
met with in these birds. In the Cassowary, on the other hand, the
ceca are described by the French academicians as entirely absent.
Cuvier* speaks of ‘un ceecum unique’ in the Emeu. In my dissec-
tions of these struthious birds I have always found the two normal
ceca present, but small; in the Emeu measuring about five inches
long and half an inch in diameter; in the Cassowary measuring
about four inches in length. ‘The presence of two moderately de-
veloped ceca in the Apteryz affords therefore no indication of its re-
cession from the struthious type: these c@ca correspond in their
condition, as they do in the other struthious birds, with the nature
of the nutriment of the species. It is dependent on this circum-
stance also, that in the grallatorial bird (Jdzs), which the Apteryxr
most resembles in the structure of its beak, and consequently in the
nature of its food, the ceca have nearly the same relative size; but
as regards the Gralle, taken as an order, no one condition of the
ceca can be predicated as characteristic of them. In most they are
very small; in many single.

«« What evidence, we next ask, does the generative system afford of
the affinities of the Apteryr? A single, well-developed, inferiorly
erooved, subspiral, intromittent organ attests unequivocally its rela-
tions to the struthious group; and this structure, with the modifi-
cations of the plumage, and the peculiarities of the skeleton, lead me
to the same conclusion at which I formerly arrivedt, from a study
of the external organization of the Apteryz, viz. that it must rank as

* Lecons d’ Anat. Comp. 1836. iv. p. 291.
+ Art. Aves, Cycl. of Anat. and Phys., i. 1836, p. 269.

348 Zoological Society.

a genus of the cursorial or struthious order; and that in deviating
from the type of this order it manifests a tendency in one direction,
as in the feet, to the gallinaceous order; and in another, as in the
beak, to the Gral/e ; but that it cannot, without violation of its na-
tural affinities, be classed with either.”

A living specimen of the Gymnotus electricus, from the Amazon,
was exhibited by Mr. Porter.

September 11th, 1838.—Lieut. Col. Sykes, in the Chair.

Some notes were read by the Chairman upon three skins of digi-
tigrade carnivora, which were on the table for exhibition: one of
these was a beautiful skin of the Aguara Guazu of Azara, (Canis
jubatus, Desm.) and the other two, those of the Felis Pardina, Temm.,
in an adult and nonadult state. Respecting the first of these Col.
Sykes offered the following observations :

‘« Azara in his preliminary notices of the two species of Canis, C. ju-
batus and C. Azare, says, I prefer for the family the Spanish names
of Zorro or Fox to the Guaranese name Aguara, which also means
fox; and he accordingly heads the notices with the words ‘ Zorros
or Foxes.’ The C. jubatus, measuring 5 feet to the tail, and the tail
of which is 19 inches, is certainly a Brobdignag Fox. I mention
this circumstance in illustration of the fact, that Azara, in his classi-
fication, appears to have overlooked analogies. And this remissness
I hope will authorize me, without the imputation of presumption, in
venturing upon the remarks I am about to make.

«The skin I put before the Society is that of Azara’s Canis jubatus,
and as it and a fellow skin in my possession are the only specimens of
the kind in England (indeed I believe there are only two other speci-
mens in Europe, one in Paris, the other in Cadiz), and as it will most
probably have been seen but by few of the gentlemen present, I shall
be happy to find that its exhibition is acceptable. Azara states that
the Canis jubatus has 6 incisors in the upper jaw, then on either
side of a vacant space follow 2 canines and 6 molar teeth, three of
which, however, look more like incisors than molars ; the lower jaw
is in all respects similar to the upper, except that the interval is
wanting between the canine teeth and the incisors, and there is one
additional molar tooth ; in other respects the form and general cha-
racter of these animals are those of the Dog: they differ, however,
chiefly in being wnsociable and nocturnal. ‘The tail is much thicker
and more bushy, and they never raise or curl it; the body and neck
are shorter and covered with longer fur; the neck is also thicker ; the
hair too is thicker; the eye is smaller, the face flatter; the head

Zoological Society. 349

rounder and more bulky as far as the front of the eyes, where the
thick part diminishes more speedily and terminates in a sharper
muzzle, furnished with whiskers; the ear is broader at its origin,
and thicker and stiffer, and when they are on the look-out they pre-
sent the hollow part forwards and approximate their ears much
more than Dogs. They do not bark nor howl like Dogs, nor is their
voice heard often; in fact they so cry but seldom, and submit to be
killed without uttering a sound. Other discrepancies between his
two ‘ Zorros’ and Dogs are added, but it is unnecessary to specify
them. I perfectly agree with Azara that he has afforded sufficient
proofs of the wide difference between the Canis jubatus and Dogs
(the most striking part of which difference, however, he has omitted
to characterize, viz. the long mane), but here my coincidence in
opinion ceases, for it is evident that the animal of which the skin
lies upon the table has not the slightest approximation to the cha-
racter of a Fox, which Azara would make it. A question is thus
opened, to what genus or subgenus of the second division of digitz-
grada does the animal belong? Unfortunately the skins in my pos-
session do not afford the means of fixing definitively its place in the
family, there being neither skull nor teeth, no toes, and no means
of determining whether or not an anal pouch existed. Azara’s
dental characters are applicable to the genus Canis, but he has
omitted to notice those minute points which might constitute sub-
generic differences. One fact mentioned, that the canines of the
only adult he examined were ten lines long, although they were
very much worn, would apply rather to Hyena than to Canis.
The number of toes is omitted. Buffon calls the Canis jubatus the
Red Wolf; but, were not its solitary and nocturnal habits and its
predilection for certain fruits and vegetables sufficient to separate it,
the remarkable mane at once prevents the alliance. Apparently,
therefore, being neither fox, dog, nor wolf, it may be permitted us to
look to a neighbouring genus, to see whether or not there are more
characteristics common to the animal under consideration and species
of that genus than we have yet met with.

«‘ While residing with my family at Cadiz during the spring, three
beautiful skins were imported from Buenos Ayres; they were quite
unknown to the owner and his friends, and learning that I took an
interest in natural history, I was asked to examine and give my opi-
nion upon them. The heavy head, the large ears, the bulky body and
comparatively slender hind-limbs, the short neck, the shaggy hair,
but particularly the singular mane, fixed my attention; and in the
absence of primary generic characters, I would have pronounced the

350 Zoological Society.

skins to be those of a beautiful species of Hyena: but the few natu-
ralists who have examined the New World have not yet discovered
the Hyzena, and it would have been rash, with the slender data before
me, to have expressed a definitive opinion. Nevertheless on returning
to England and deliberately examining Azara’s description of the
form and habits of the Canis jubatus, my original opinion is so much
strengthened that I am induced to submit the whole question to the
consideration of naturalists, in the hope that on an opportunity occur-
ring it may be taken advantage of to determine the primary generic
characters, with a view to the allocation of the animal into its exact
place in the digitigrade family. But to me it is a matter of indiffer-
ence whether or not the animal has the technical characters of Canis
or Hyena. Nature, in her wondrous chain of animated beings di-
spersed over the world, is never defective in a link (at least on the
great continents), for if the identical species of one continent be
wanting, in another we surely find its analogue. The Ostrich of
Africa has its analogue in America in the Rhea, and in the Hmu and
Cassowary of Australia: the Liama replaces the Camel, and the Fe-
lis concolor, the Lion in America; but the numerous cases are fami-
liar to all naturalists and need not be enumerated ; and with respect
to the Aguara Guazu (Canis jubatus), if it be not an Hyena, it is at
least the analogue of the Hyena. The multitudinous reasons of Azara
already quoted against his two Zorros being Dogs, may be applied
almost verbatim in proof of one of them being an Hyena; and in his
detailed description of the Aguara Guazu he mentions many of its
habits that are common to the Hyena vulgaris—its walk with long
paces, its absence of a predal disposition on living animals ( Azara in-
stances poultry not being touched while passing within reach of the
animal he had chained up) in its wild state, not committing havock
amongst herds or lesser flocks, and its indifference to a meat or
vegetable diet, indeed its predilection for fruits and sugar cane. An
Hyena I brought from India with me, and which is now living in the
Zoological Gardens, Regent’s Park, London, and which is as affec-
tionate to me as a spaniel dog would be, was. fed during the whole
voyage from India on boiled rice and a little ghee (liquid butter ;)
and these instances of a community of habits between the Hyena and
Canis jubatus could be greatly multiplied. If Azara’s dental formula
be right, the Aguara Guazu cannot technically be an Hyena, and
it may be desirable to constitute it a subgenus; but as I before said,
it will suffice if my speculations assist in any way to rivet a link in
the chain of nature.”

With respect to the skin of Felis Pardina Col. Sykes remarked,

Zoological Society. 351

“ Although Temminck, in his Monographie de Mammalogie, p. 116,
in a note, says the skin of this European Felis is well known amongst
the furriers as the Lynx of Portugal, I have nowhere been able to
meet with a specimen in London; and as amongst my friends scarcely
any one appeared to be aware of the existence of a Spanish Lynx, I
thought it might be acceptable to the members to exhibit specimens
in a state of maturity and nonage. In Andalusia, whence the speci-
mens come, it is called Gato clavo (clavo meaning the pupil of the
eye), illustrative of the spotted character of the skin. Some pea-
sants in Andalusia make short jackets of the skins. The animal
inhabits the Sierra Morena. I bought both skins at Seville for thirty
reales, about 6s. 3d. Neither the British Museum nor the Zoological
Society have specimens.

*«'Temminck describes the Pardina as ‘ Toutes les parties du corps
lustre, 2 peu prés de la méme teinte que dans le caracal.’ This is
certainly not the description of my animal, the colour of the adult
being reddish gray, and that of the non-adult light fawn; never-
theless there are so many other points common to both, that it would
be unadvisable to consider them distinct.”

A specimen of the Alauda Calandra, Linn., from Andalusia, was
afterwards exhibited by Col. Sykes, accompanied with the following
notice:

“I brought two specimens of these delightful singing-birds from
Andalusia with me this spring; and on comparing them with the
type of the genus, I am satisfied they approximate more closely to
the genus Mirafra than to that of Alauda. The bill is infinitely
more robust than that of Alauda. ‘The size of the bird is larger,
and its ensemble rather that of Mirafra than Alauda, and the inter-
nal organization has a close resemblance to the former, in the propor-
tional length of the intestines and the colon, in the form of the lobes
of the liver, in the spleen, in the size of the gizzard and substance of
‘the digastric muscles, and particularly in the form and position of
the ceca. Mr. Yarrell very justly remarks, that the bird in depart-
ing from the type of Lark approaches to that of Plectrophanes of
Meyer; but differs from the latter in not having a curved long hind
claw, and also in its more robust character ; in short, it has a station
between the Larks and the Finches; it differs also slightly from Mi-
rafra in its hind claws being those of a Lark, while its bill and other
external and internal characters are those of Mirafra. On the whole,
therefore, it appears desirable to divide the genus A/auda into sub-
genera, and constitute the Londra a new subgenus, to which the

352 Zoological Society.

name of Londra may be given. The Andalusian bird would thus be
the Londra Calandra, and an undescribed species from China, now in
the gardens of the Society, appears to form a second example of this
genus. The generic characters of Londra are as follow:

Lonpra. Genus novum.

Rostrum crassum; capitis longitudinem equans; basi altum, sub-
compressum ; maxilla arcuata; tomiis integerrimis.

Nares plumis anticum versus tecte.

Ale corpore longiores, acuminate ; remigibus, prima sub-abbreviata,
tertia longissima, secunda et quarta fere squalibus ; reliquis gra-
datim brevioribus.

Cauda cuneata.

Pedes robusti; unguis hallucis rectus elongatus.

Typus est, Alauda Calandra.

“ The specific characters of Londra Calandra as published are suffi-
ciently accurate.

“The following are the measurements of a male bird; and as I
have seen many scores of them, I think I may say they would apply
to the generality of individuals of the species.

“‘ Length, from the tip of the bill to the rump, 5 inches; bill, +2; tail,
24 inches ; tzbia, 1 5; tarsi, including nail, 1~,; hind claw, 44 inch ;
liver of two lobes, one much longer than the other; gall-bladder
fully developed ; spleen cylindrical, 5%, inch ; intestines, 9 +3, inches ;
duodenum very wide; small intestines narrow ; ceca, +5, little more
than oblong specks; colon, = inch long ; gizzard very small; but di-
gastric muscle, =; inch thick; testes very large, nearly globular ;
irides black. These birds are fed upon canary seed in Andalusia, but
in Lisbon they are fed upon wheat; nevertheless they are fond of
raw meat, flies, and worms. They are soon accustomed to confine-
ment, and they sing unconcernedly, although surrounded by spec-
tators; their notes, some of which are a kind of double-tongueing
in the phrase of flute players, are remarkably rich and full.”

Mr. Blyth made some remarks on the plumage and progressive
changes of the Crossbills, stating that, contrary to what has ge-
nerally been asserted, neither the red nor saffron-tinted garb is in-
dicative of any particular age. He had known specimens to acquire
a second time the red plumage, and that much brighter than before;
and he exhibited to the Meeting two individuals recently shot from
a flock in the vicinity of the metropolis, which were exchanging their
striated nestling feathers for the saffron-coloured dress commonly
described to be never acquired before the second moulting.

Zoological Society. 353

He also exhibited a Linnet killed during the height of the breeding
season, when the crown and breast of that species are ordinarily
bright crimson, in which those parts were of the same hue as in
many Crossbills; and observed that the same variations were no-
ticeable in the genera Corythraix and Erythrospiza. Mr. Blyth called
attention also to the fact, that in the genus Linota the females oc-
casionally assumed the red breast, supposed to be peculiar to the
other sex, and that they continue to produce eggs when in this
livery; a circumstance very apt to escape attention, as most natu-
ralists would at once conclude such specimens to be males without
further examination.

October 9, 1838.—Rev. F. W. Hope in the Chair.

The reading of a paper by Richard Owen, Esq., on the Osteology
of the Marsupiaha, was commenced.

Mr. Martin drew the attention of the Meeting to the crania of
the Sooty and White-eyelid Monkeys, Cercopithecus fuliginosus and
C. Aithiops, which were placed upon the table, and upon which he
proceeded to remark as follows :

“Tt is now some years since I stated to the late Mr. Bennett that
in the skeleton of a Sooty Monkey I had discovered the presence of a
distinct fifth tubercle on the last molar of the lower jaw; recently I
have observed the same fact in the skull of the Collared or White-
eyelid Monkey (C. Zthiops), circumstances of some interest, as this
tubercle appears to be always absent in the Cercopithect, and also in
such as the Malbrouck, Grivet, and Green Monkeys, &c., which have
been separated from the Cercopithect under the subgeneric title
Cercocebus, Geoff., the Sooty and the White-eyelid Monkeys being
included ; though, as far as we can see, on no feasible grounds, dif-
fering from the foregoing species, as they do, in physiognomy and
also in style of colouring. However this may be, the Sooty and
White-eyelid Monkeys approximate to their supposed congeners ina
more remote degree than has hitherto been supposed. Now with re-
gard to the genera Semnopithecus and Macacus, both of which are from
India, and the African genera Jnuwus and Cynocephalus, this fifth tu-
bercle is a constant character and accompanied by the presence of
laryngeal sacculi; and in another African genus, viz. Colobus, a fifth
tubercle also exists, but whether accompanied or not by laryngeal
sacs is still to be determined. May not this fifth tubercle, it may
here be asked, bring the Sooty and White-eyelid Monkeys within the
pale of the Macaci? and the question will bear considering. Our
reply, however, would be in the negative; for as we have ascertained

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No.18. July 1839. ‘2c

354 Tweedside Physical and Antiquarian Society.

by dissection, the Sooty Monkey, at least, is destitute of laryngeal
sacs, (but has large cheek pouches) and we may readily infer the
same of the other species, its immediate ally. The relationship, as
it appears to us, between these two animals and the Indian Macaci,
is that of representation. ‘They have not indeed the muzzle so pro-
duced and the supra-orbital ridge so developed as in the Macaez ;
but in these points they exceed the African Guenons generally, and
are also we think stouter in their proportions. They appear, indeed,
to constitute a form, intermediate between the Macaci and Cercopi-
theci, on the one hand; as are the Colobi between the Semnopitheci
and Cercopithect on the other. What the Colobi of Africa are to
the Semnopitheci, these two monkeys (and others have perhaps to
be added) are to the Macaci. With respect to the genus Cercocebus,
I should be inclined to restrict it, excluding from it the Grivet and
Green Monkeys, and modify its characters accordingly, taking the
Sooty and White-eyelid Monkeys as its typical examples, a plan
which, it appears to me, is preferable to the creation of a new ge-
neric title, which often leads to confusion.”

Mr. Owen. exhibited a preparation of the ligamentum teres in the
Coypou, which he had received from Mr. Otley of Exeter.

TWEEDSIDE PHYSICAL AND ANTIQUARIAN SOCIETY.

A stated Quarterly meeting of this Society, the establishment of
which we mentioned in vol. i. p. 159, was held at Kelso on Monday
last, Major Watson, Woodside, in the Chair. The donations re-
ported as received since last meeting, and those announced as now
on their way from various contributors, were of a description equally
interesting and valuable with any that have been noticed at the pre-
vious meetings of the Society.

From Mr. Herman, London.—Magnificent tiger skin. The ani-
mal, when alive, must have measured fully 11 feet from tip to tip.

From Mr. Wilkie of Ladythorn.—Three fine specimens of foreign
shells (Pearl Nautilus and Leopard Cowries).

It was announced to the meeting that Mr. Selby of Twizel, one
of the most distinguished of our native naturalists, had signified his
intention of presenting to the Society the appropriate and valuable
donation of a collection of Scottish insects. 7

Specimens of native birds have been received from the Rey. Joseph
Train; Mr. Gilbert Bruce; Mr. John 8S. M‘Dougal, Coldstream ;
Mr. Johnston, Todrig, &c. Of these we may mention the follow-
ing :—

Botanical Society of Edinburgh. 355

The Shieldrake (Tadorna Bellonii), M. and F.

Crested Cormorant (Phalacrocorax cristatus), M. and F.

Little Grebe (Podiceps minor), M.

Jack Snipe (Scolopar Gallinula), M.

Long-tailed Titmouse (Parus caudatus), M. and F.

Black-headed Bunting (Hmberiza Scheniculus), M. and F.

Mountain Finch (Fringilla Montifringilla), M. and F.

Common Linnet (Ff. cannabina), M. and F.

Contributions towards the ornithological department of the collec-
tion are received with gratitude, and we are glad to perceive that
the friends of the Institution do not weary in their exertions.

It is always agreeable for us to dwell upon the continued pros-
perity of the Institution whose proceedings we are now noticing.
We have stated, that even the attempt to establish it was creditable
to the district, and that it is doubly creditable that it should have
been hitherto constantly supported in so efficient a manner by nearly
every grade of the community.

We ought to mention that the prospect of the Society’s being able
to present the new building to the public, free of debt, is daily im-
proving, though not yet fully realized; but as the Institution conti-
nues to find additional friends, in proportion as it shows more sure
tokens of permanence and usefulness, we do not doubt that at the
period of our next report we shall have it in our power to state that
the whole of the necessary funds have been collected.

BOTANICAL SOCIETY OF EDINBURGH.
April 11, 1839.—Prof. Graham, President, in the Chair.

His Majesty Frederick William III. King of Prussia, was elected
a Foreign Honorary Member, by unanimous acclamation.

The President read the conclusion of his report on the Progress
and State of Botany in Britain during the last twelve months, which
we have already had occasion to notice at p. 53 of the present volume.

The Secretary read a communication from Mr. William Gardi-
ner, jun., of Dundee, accompanying a specimen of Mucor new to
the British Flora, found in the neighbourhood of Dundee in 1836,
and supposed by Sir William Hooker to be Phycomyces splendens of
Fries, or perhaps the Ulva nitens of Agardh.

Mr. Brand read a communication from Mr. George Dickie, of
Aberdeen, on the Vegetation of Davis’ Straits, in which the author
noticed various circumstances, and suggested some inquiries of an
interesting nature connected with the range and distribution of spe-
cies in that region.

Mr. Thomas Wood Morrison laid before the Society engravings

2c2

356 Miscellaneous.

of some rare plants, splendidly figured in Audubon’s great work on
North American Ornithology, viz. Platanus recemosus, Columbia ri-
ver; Cornus Nuttali, Columbia river ; Iris cuprea, Louisiana; Nym-
phea flava, Florida. The President requested Mr. Morrison to con-
vey to Mr. Audubon the thanks of the Society for his kindness in
allowing the engravings to be exhibited.

Mr. Edward Forbes read a second notice on certain Continental
plants allied to British species. Specimens of the following were
exhibited, and their alliances and synonyms amongst British species
pointed out. 1. Silene Pseud-Otites, Bess, from Monte Spaccato ;
2. Silene livida, Willd., from Monte Spaccato; 3. Gentiana angulosa,
Bieb., from Carniola; 4. Plantago carinata, Schrad., from Adelsberg
in Carniola; 5. Plantago altissima, Jacq., from Gaule, near Trieste ;
6. Holoschenus australis, Reich., near Trieste; 7. Bupleurum pro-
tractum, Link, from Istria; 8. Lotus ciliatus, Ten., from Trieste; 9.
Onobrychis arenaria, Kitt, near Trieste.

The Society then adjourned till Thursday, the 9th of May, when
the summer meetings at the Royal Botanic Garden will be resumed.

MISCELLANEOUS.
ON THE WILD CATTLE OF GREAT BRITAIN.

As an addition to the notices of the wild cattle of Great Britain,
for which our Journal is indebted to the contributions of Mr. Hind-
marsh, the Earl of T'ankerville, and Sir Philip Grey Egerton *, the
following passage from Matthew Paris may be of some interest, as
showing that herds of these ‘‘ boves sylvestres +’’ existed not only in
the forests of Caledonia and the north of England, but in the mid-
land districts. In his account of Leofstan, one of the abbots of St.
Albans in the time of Edward the Confessor, he says :

“‘Opaca nemora que a limbo Ciltrie usque Londoniam fere, a
parte septentrionali ubi precipue strata regia qua Watlingestrata
dicitur, fecit resecari, salebras explanari, pontes fabricari, et abrupta
viarum in planitiem redigi tutiorem. Abundabant enim eo tempore
per totam Ciliriam nemora spatiosa, densa et copiosa, in quibus habi-
tabant diverse bestie, lupi, apri, tauri sylvestres, et cervi, abun-

danter.”—Vite Sancti Albani Abbatum, p. 28.
' These great forests of the Chiltern district of Buckinghamshire,
Herts, &c., were those in which the Saxon chieftains, aided by some
of the citizens of London, for a long time held out against the Norman
conqueror, under the countenance of Abbot Fretheric ; and where, in
subsequent times, the citizens maintained their right of hunting,
* Vol. ii. p. 274; iii. 241.
+ See the passage from Bishop Leslie, vol, ii. p. 282.

Miscellaneous. 357

which was thus recognised in the charter of Hen. I. and those of se-
veral succeeding reigns: ‘“ et cives London” habeant fugaciones suas

ad fugandum sicut melius et plenius habuerint antecessores eorum,
sc. in Chiltre, &c.”—R. T.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF SEPIOLA,

MM. Gervais and Vanbeneben have lately presented to the Acad.
des Scienc. de Bruxelles a memoir on the genus Sepiola, and ina
subsequent note have described a new species under the name of
macrosoma from the Bay of Naples, and figured in Della Chiaje’s
‘Memorie sugli animali senza vertebre,’ pl. 71. fig. 1—2. The most
remarkable fact found by the authors in examining this species was
the existence of an inferior eyelid, which in a certain degree calls
to mind the principal character on which R. Owen established his
Rossia palpebrosa. 'The Sep. macrosoma has moreover in common
with this a very extraordinary size. It would perhaps be necessary,
did we not place entire confidence in the accurate descriptions of the
learned Englishman, to compare individuals of the two species. How-
ever their geographical distribution alone would authorize their se-
paration, the one having been discovered by Capt. Ross at the Arctic
Pole, while our species inhabits the Bay of Naples.

The body is globular and perfectly rounded at its posterior part.
The arms are placed about middle way, they are by some lines closer
together beneath than above. The mantle does not present any point
of adhesion with the body in its inferior or anal portion; it is only
at the nuchal or superior part that a junction of a small extent is
perceived. The dorsal plate is larger in front than behind, and gra-
dually becomes narrow. It is undoubtedly the largest species of the
genus. If we compare it with the S. palpebrosa we first see the
eye-ball protected by a palpebral fold in both species, but in the
northern one the eyelids completely hide the eyes, and there exists
one above and one below, although the latter is the largest. In
our species we cannot find a trace of any superior eyelid, conse-
quently the eye is not completely closed.

R. Owen supposes that these eyelids serve the species inhabiting
the cold countries to protect the eye-ball against the fragments of
ice, but the existence of eyelids in a Neapolitan species necessarily
destroys this supposition.

The body is much less elongated in our species, and the arms are
not inserted so near the front margin of the mantle, they are also
perfectly rounded. ‘The arms have the same proportions in the two
species, with this exception, that in the northern species the third
pair surpasses the fourth considerably. The tentacula are longer in
the Neapolitan species.

358 Miscellaneous.

—
rr
—
eal

inch.

Length of body and head without the arms . 3 0
of the ‘longestarms . .. .'o....s.:0 a6 9

Of tae tentacwla (, g:65e%s.<8 5. se yee 4 5

OF tue Gersal plete |... o'. 6k as et 0 8
Breadth at the root of the arms .......... ] 0
—— Of the arms, ..,.... oiSig . - 9

M. Delle Chiaje possesses one double the size of this.—Bulletin
de l Acad. de Bruzelles, Jan. 1839.

[We do not see how the existence of a Cephalopod in the Medi-
terranean with one eyelid inadequate to protect the eye-ball is con-
clusive against the use assigned by Mr. Owen to a peculiarly perfect
defensive palpebral organization in a Cephalopod inhabiting seas
which in the summer are crowded with spicular crystals of ice.—
Epit. |

ON THE NEMATOIDEA, BY DR. CREPLIN.

I take this opportunity of drawing the attention of naturalists to a
law which from many years’ personal observations, as well as from
those of others, I have constantly found to hold good: viz. that a
Nematoidean living singly in a cyst, inclosed on all sides, or enve-
loped closely in a membrane, never possesses sexual organs.

Rudolphi everywhere states, when speaking of Nematoidea so in-
closed, that he had never been able to discover generative organs in
any of them. It is true that he mentions in his ‘ Entoz. Hist. Nat.’
ii. p. 152. a sexual difference in Ascaris (e mesenterio Cotti scorpii)
angulata, but he does not prove by his remarks the accuracy of his as-
sertion ; and when Zeder ‘ Naturgeschichte,’ § 53, 54 talks of an ova-
rium and probable seminal vessels in his Capsularia, he by no means
proves that the organs observed possess the functions he ascribes
to them. I confine myself at present to this short notice without
enumerating those species which I have examined, as I think of
describing them elsewhere, and take the liberty of requesting hel-
minthologists to be so kind as to give public:ty to their observations,
with a view to the confirmation or refutation of the universality of the
above law.— Wiegmann’s Archiv, vol. iv. part V.

[We may observe that the organization of the incysted micro-
scopic Entozoon (Trichina spiralis, O.), discovered by Mr. Owen in
the human muscles, accords with the generalization enunciated by
Dr. Creplin.—Epir. }

ACTION OF PROST ON PLANTS.

M. Morren has recently laid before the Academy of Brussels an
account of his investigations relative to the action of cold on plants,
the results of which are, that however delicate the organization of the
plants, not one of their elementary parts is ruptured by the action
of the frost, but the functions are entirely deranged ; thus the organs
of respiration are filled with water, and those of nutrition with air;
so that the natural order is perverted, and death is the consequence.

Meteorological Observations. 359

BIRTH OF A GIRAFFE AT THE GARDEN OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

The following particulars of the birth of the young Giraffe were
communicated to the Zool. Soc. at the Meeting on Tuesday evening
last by Professor Owen.

“The Giraffe brought forth a young male June 19th, after a
gestation of 15 lunar months. The young animal was able to stand
a few hours after birth, and could reach the height of six feet. He
was capering about the day after he was born, and shows a remark.
able degree of development and strength, as might be expected from
the long period of gestation. The mother, though not unkind to her
offspring, refuses to suckle him; but there seems to be no difficulty
in bringing him up by hand. Admeasurements of the different parts
of the young animal were given, and the anatomy of the foetal mem-
branes and cotyledons described. Drawings of the mother and her
young, by Mr. Hills, the well-known animal painter, were exhibited
to the meeting.”

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR MAY, 1839.

Chiswick.—May 1—6. Very fine. 7. Clear and dry. 8. Fine: much thun-
der and lightning at night. 9,10. Cloudyand cold. 11. Fine, but cold. 12.
Cloudy: rain. 13. Clear. 14. Cold rain. 15,16. Clear: cloudy and cold :
frosty at night. 17. Fine: frosty at night. 18. Very fine. 19. Overcast. 20.
Very fine. 21. Dry haze. 22—25. Coldanddry. 26. Dry haze: fine.
27—31. Fine.—The weather at the commencement of the month was very fine,
but after the thunder on the 8th it became cold and unseasonable. The nights
were generally cold, and between the 14th and 17th they were successively frosty.

Boston.—May 1. Fine. 2. Cloudy: rainr.m. 3. Cloudy. 4—8. Fine. 9,
Cloudy: rain a.m.and p.m. 10. Stormy: rain early a.m. 11. Cloudy: rain
pM. 12. Rain: rain early A.M.: raina.m. 13. Cloudy. 14. Cloudy: rain
and hail p.m. 15. Cloudy. 16—18. Fine. 19. Cloudy: rainearly a.m. 20.
Fine. 21. Cloudy. 22. Rain. 25. Fine. 24. Rain. 25. Cloudy. 26, 27.
Fine. 28. Cloudy. 29. Fine. 30, 31. Cloudy.

Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire—May 1. Beautiful summer day: heavy
dew. 2. The same, but droughty. 3. Still fine, though getting cloudy. 4.
Gentle rain all day: everything refreshed. 5. Moist a.m.: cleared up p.m. 6.
Fine day: evening cool. 7. Hoar frost early a.m.: clear andcalm. 8. Very
warm : air electrical: cool p.m. 9. Dry and parching: very chill. 10. Wither-
ing day: wind piercing. 11. Wind changed to N.W.: returned to E. p.m.
12. Calm and warm: cool p.m. 13. Cloudy: veryslight showers. 14. Frost:
ice on the pools: slight snow showers. 15. Strong frost a.m.: getting cloudy :
slight showers. 16. Temperature rising, but still cold. 17. Getting cloudy,
but barometer still rising. 18. Fine soft rain nearly all day. 19. Warm and
sunny throughout. 20. Beautiful summer day. 21. Very droughty, though
one or two slight showers. 22. Withering day. 2%. Boisterous weather and
withering. 24. Temperature improving: cool p.m. 25. Quiet day: bright sun-
shine. 26. Thesame: rather showery p.m. 27. Droughty in the extreme.
28. Atmosphere highly electrical. 29—31. Nota cloud visible.

Sun shone 29 days. Rain fell 4days. Frost 2days. Snow 1 day.

Wind northerly 13 days. Southerly 11 days. Easterly 5 days. Westerly 2
days. 2
Calm weather ll days. Brisk 6 days. Moderate 9 days. Boisterous $ days,
Strong steady breeze 2 days,

————————

see fosee Pte Tan | an lean | can | SP EIS i¢.zg| 6P | 89 | z.z¢] 2-02 | £99 | VI-0€ | 61-0 | 89-62% | $86.62 | 010-0 | 800-08 | “1
ceil a oe Saree | AR ae nee °N 0S| zS| ¢¢) 29 | ZL |o.gh|G-PS | 8-9} 12-08 | Gz-0€ | 29.6% | SG0-0€ | G60-0€ | 060-08 | ‘of
mee fore | oS Taw | ta deg] mn [FSP} 19] g¢| 97 | ZL | 9.1p| £-09 | V-67| LZ-0€ | 62-08 | 89-62 | EL1-0£ | 12Z-0€ | Z1Z-0F | “65
sr psee fT ae lauyea} eq | ca | SS) 69 '¢.67| OF | 79 |z.2P| 0-99 | S-S9| 90-0€ | 22.08 | SL-6z | Laz-0€ | ghz-0€ | 09z-08 | *gzO
mee poses | oe" V ems jcupea} aw | oes «61 £91 LS] og! OF | OL | o.Gp| &-2L | €-99 | 02-08 | 91-0 | €2-6% | 102-08 | ZEZ-0F | O£2-08 | “Lz
Sage ‘Ss Wd) -an| ‘ax | 6V| 0S! gc} CE | 99 | Lop] £09) 87} C1-0€ | E1-0€ | 02-62 | 961-0€ | 922-08 | 912-08 | ‘9%
PRail tna ‘nx (ELV IETS \¢.gh| 6% | SS | L.1p/ 0-29) LL7| Zt-0€ | CT-0€ | $9-62 | 960-08 | Z0Z-0F | OZI-0F | “SZ
res poser Pee Tew | ON | ow | oun | PV ISIS] cp! 9€ | P9 | z.cp| 4-19] £-09| O1-0€ | £0.0€ | 9£-6% | 976-62 | L90-0€ | 976.62 | “FZ
"IN| «mn | «mn | LU! 6P| 6p! EF | 19 | 9.17 | 0-89| 8-67 | 68-62% | Z0-0€ | 09-62 | gh0-0€ | ZOI-0F | 9G1-0£ | “€%
see poses | oS" lsgwa | oN | ow | own | SV IS6P} cp! SE] SS | P.z7} €:S9 | S-09 | 02-08 | SI-0€ | 97-6% | 66-62 | 691-0€ | V00-0€ | *Z%
“MN WTB) *mn | cman QP) LPic.e¢! wh | ZL | o0.G¢| $-99 | 3-89 | Co-0F | 11-0€ | 89-62% | gv0-0€ | 00z-0£ | 8g1-0F | “IZ
mer joses fo nm! ts | eg | es ESP IEGG| zo} PS | CL | ¢.2¢| B19 | €-09 | GZ-0€ | 02-0€ | 89-60 | 9€Z-08 | 6F2-0£ | BZ-0F | “0% C
60- | *** | 880 | «s jumyeai-ms| -s i$19!/ SG] 9¢| 0G | OL |z.zGj EPS | L-€S| O1-0€ | 76.62 | EV-6z | 990-08 | EL1-0€ | 990-08 | “61
Pe eO. ke 4g | YAN clcaarenh cee 0S| 19) 9¢) 09 | F9 | g.zp| 9-69 | LES | 92-62 | 18-6% | 09-62 | 890-08 | LIT-0€ | VaI-0€ | “SI
ages | eS a ‘s |Wyeo| «m4 | °s gh ifeh| eg! If | £9 |0.6¢| 8-69] Z-09| £8-62 | 8L-6Z | 0-62 | 666-62 | 660-08 | 0Z0.0€ | “LT
EP Aa ET ER Tag RET ‘s | bl chl 2pl go | 8S | Lee | P-£9| 0-90) 29-62 | £8.62 | $0-6% | 0G9-60 | 918-60 | 9S9.6G | “91
OT. | *** | QLO- | «mw juyes] «s | as |S6E\S1P '¢.pP] 82 | ES | P.cE] 89S | aS) O£-62 | SE-6z | L6-8% | LOE-6% | OOV-62 | 98E-6% | “ST
“* 110. | GLT- | ex Jaw | en | cme [S0¢/8¢h| op! 62 | ZS |z.9¢| 2-09 | 2-68 | 67-62 | L9-62 | GI-6% | 06P-62 | VLS-62 | 8VS.62 | *

rey GLB-1 / )
Fuvayy (0L-0 |99-0 | Z8- | ‘wing ad 2S BV-0F|8P-F9| 0-SP | G-09 | €-3S | 66-62 | 96.62 | 09-62 | 826-62 | 8Z0-0€ | 986-62 | “Ura

"190+ |€1- | 890: |+mx | em | om | mn | of €GG| €¢] PE | Po l¢.zh/ 8-89] z-6P) LL-62 | LL.6z | SE-62 | 299.6 | LH6.62 | 026-62 | “16
kale sy COM | en ae ie wyeo|'ax | “mn [S09 FES] of] IP | 89 | £.1P €.19 | €-8h | 90-0€ | P1.0€ | LS-6% | 2G0-0£ | £g0.0€ | FH0-0€ | “SI
me fot totes | 860. | mn joa [ean | on |8ZP| LP] cp] SE | SS lz.ep| P19 | L207) 21-08 | PZ-08 | 84-62 | 986-60 | SPI-O€ | OOT.Of | “Il
" 1PT. | | BGP. | can | ea lean | ox | ob! ob i¢.ep! 2h | SS | 0.17 | 6-19 | P-GP | 92-0€ | 61-0€ | €S-6z | 1L8.6% | 920.08 | V98-62 | “Ol
“J op. | SEE: jane | une lean | ann | se lf0r| Zp] 66 | £9 |€.97| P-29]z-LP| E1-0€ | Lo.0€ | £9.62 | 618-62 | S98.Az | 218.6% | “6
“Le sep | } es foe [oa | can legp] g¢] e¢| PP | 32 | Leh] £19 | 6-LE | 96-62 | 86.62 | €9-62 | £8.62 | 968-62 | 168.60 | °8
: el es a S oa | ea | can | c¢lSt¢¢z¢| IV | IL |z.ep| %-£9/0-S9| £0-0€ | a1-0€ 89-62 | £16.62 | ShO.0€ | 990-08 | *L
O€-0 | jee} ct | cas | eg |ean| sax | op! 0G) 9G] SP | 69 | 0.9P| 4-99 | 2-69 | SI-0€ | ot-0€ | £9-62 | 126-62 | OF0-0€ | 9F6.62 | “9 D
“fee fre os 1 a leat es | es | gh] 9S 6.20) PP | IL |6.19| 4:99] P-LS | 06-62 | 29-62 90-62 | 699-62 | £8.62 | 989-60 | “S
es ae aa be ‘Ss luyeal °s ‘x | 6h] er| LG] gP | IL |0.1¢|9-19| £-69 | L9-62 | 99.62 | £€-62 | 649.62 | Szg-6z | GE8-6z te
ie | £0. a "| MSS unTeo| MN] MANN | OG/ SG} OG] EV | OL | 8.S7 £.99 | 9.€S | 68-62 | 26-62 | 05-62 | 688-62 | 746-62 | 9L6-62 ‘€
wife forse) 88") asa linea) tan | mn | oS (2PG] LG] €F | ZL | 9.1G| 2-79 | 7-09 | 86-62 | 66.62 | PP-62 | 916-62 | L96.60 8h6-62 | “%
a sty} bs lea} an | sms | eg lego! 19| SE | CL |g.19| 2-19] 0.9S | 26-62 | 6.62 | SV-6% | 168-62 | 266-62 986-62 | “T
Be |B | BL te6 | oor lapon | [cme s. [Se | a ae rae |e PO aay | oe | “Ae
$F g 3 suOpuory Bosal go: PE ie: Pa Kobe's aay ‘yormstyg | oo aS “JALYS"SoTUUNd “UerOg “OTMSTY : UOpuo’y “6881
8 5 e. “unl E 5 suopuo’y -saryuing| 8 5 ; ok oe 2808 “kor iuobueT i : :. “YWIUO TNT
rea aa te *JOOULOWAIY J, “19JOWOIL, jo skuq]

‘ays-snifiungy ‘asunpy yzunosajddp yo UVaNaG “AIN hg pun ‘Uuojsog 70 TIVAA ‘AJ, 29 fuopuoT unau ‘younsiyg 70 hyarog pounynngLopy 947 fo
UIPLDH) 9Y] JD NOSAWOU YT, “AJAY 29 | NOLUALOY “AJL ‘Hupjasoay quogsisspy ay} hg hjav0g yohoy ayz fo sjuaupundy ayz qv apou suoiwasasgo 70919010409, 9 I

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY.

XLI.—The Fauna of Twizell. By P. J. Suisy, Esq.,
FR.S.E., F.L.S., &e. &e

[Continued from the ‘ Magazine of Zoology and Botany,’ vol. ii. p. 387.]

In the ‘ Magazine of Zoology and Botany’ the attention of
naturalists was directed to the advantage that the zoology of
our own islands could scarcely fail to derive from local Faunas,
provided they were undertaken and conducted with accuracy
and care; and an attempt was made to point out the precau-
tions necessary to be observed in order to render such Faunas
of the greatest possible utility to science. Upona plan of the
kind proposed, the investigation of a small district was under-
taken by the writer, and lists of the animals, birds, reptiles
and fishes* were given in a second communication in the same
work, with a few observations upon the ceconomy of such spe-
cies as seemed to require additional notice. Asacontinuation
of this Fauna may not be altogether useless or devoid of inter-
est to some of the readers of the ‘ Annals of Natural History,’
it is proposed to continue it at intervals so as to embrace the
various divisions of the invertebrate animals.

In the present communication catalogues of the coleopterous
and lepidopterous insects already found within the precincts
of the district subjected to investigation are given; and, as these
two divisions have been assiduously attended to for the last
three years, it is expected that they contain a great majority
of the species inhabiting the district, at the same time the
writer is aware that many must have escaped his notice and
search, particularly those of minute size, belonging to the N7-
tidulide, Anisotomide, &c., as wellas those of rare occurrence
in the groups of the Pselaphide, Tachyporide, Stenide, &c.
The catalogue of the coleoptera, so far as they have been veri-

* In the list of fishes the eels were omitted ; we have the two species
Anguilla acutirostris and latirostris.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 3. No.19. Aug. 1839. 2_B

362 Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell.

fied, enumerates upwards of six hundred species, being in the
proportion of nearly one sixth to the whole of the British co-
leoptera contained in Stephens’s Nomenclature, a list of tole-
rable extent, taking the small size of the district and its north-
ern latitude into consideration. As might be expected, we
find the list to be most deficient in those forms whose pa-
bulum either in the larva or perfect state is wanting, or only
to be found in very diminished quantity within the district,
or in such insects as are restricted within distribution to the
southern and warmer parts of the kingdom. Thus of the Lon-
gicornes, whose food in the larva state consists of wood in
progress of decay, we only possess three species, two of which,
Leptura 4-fasciata and Rhagium inquisitor, live upon the de-
cayed trunks and roots of the birch, one of our indigenous
trees; the other, the Rhagium bifasciatum, prefers the rotten
fibre of the Scotch fir (Pinus sylvestris), though it is sometimes
met with in the rotten sap or white wood of the oak. No ex-
ample of the Buprestide has yet been detected, and the same
may be added in regard to the Tenebrionide, Melandryade*,
LHdemeride, Pyrochroide, and a few other families. Of the
Pselaphide only one species has yet been met with; but as the
habits of these curious insects are very retired, others in all pro-
bability remain to be added, and this we also take to be the
case with the Tachyporide, Stenide, and Omalide, in which
our list is comparatively very deficient. In the first division,
or Geodephagous beetles, we have species of the majority of the
genera, and of those that are wanting some are inhabitants of
maritime districts, or restricted by something peculiar in their
ceconomy to confined localities. The same may be said of
the Hydradephagous division, as well as of the Phylhydrida
and Necrophaga. Of the Varicornes or Helocera, examples
of the genera Cistela, Onthophilus and Hister only have been
met with, and among the Lamellicornes we possess no repre-
sentatives of the Lucanide, Scarabeoidet, Trogide, Dunas-
tyde or Cetoniadet. Of the Rhincophore or Curculionide our

* Lagria hirta, belonging to this group, is common upon the coast near
Bamburgh.

+ Agialia globosa occurs plentifully upon the sea coast.

{ Cetonia aurata has however been met with in nearly the same parallel,
having been taken by Dr. Greville in Galloway.

Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell. 363

list boasts of a considerable number of generic forms as well
as species, and if our researches extended to the coast several
others might be added, such as Cleonus sulcirostris, Philope-
don geminatus, and plumbeus, Otiorhynchus tenebricosus, &c. &c.
Few species of the numerous genus Apion have been deter-
mined, but we have many more which require further investi-
gation and are therefore not included in the list. Cryptorhyn-
chus Lapathi has only once occurred, the larvae were found in
the stem of a black poplar, and were first detected by the saw-
dust produced by the grub, and which was observed protru-
ding from the holes in the bark of the tree. Among the Bos-
tricide it will be observed that we have several species of the
' genus Hylurgus, and among them Hyl. piniperda and H. ater,
insects which have been considered as very destructive and fre-
quently the cause of the death of the Pinus sylvesiris. Of the
truth of this accusation we from the first entertained doubts,
which further observations for several years past have fully
confirmed, and we now feel convinced that the Hylurgus is not
the cause of the decay or death of the plant, but that it is in-
duced to deposit its eggs beneath the bark of the tree in con-
sequence of a prior disease from some other cause, and which
has brought it into that condition, in which it becomes the ap-
propriate nidus or breeding receptacle of these insects. I have
never found a healthy tree infected or attacked by them in the
larva state, every instance having occurred in such as had
previously shown decisive indications of ill health and decay,
a fact plainly exhibited in the colour of their leaves and stinted
growth. That they do some injury in the perfect state by
boring into and eating away the internal part of the slender
shoots in summer is not denied, but we never met with a
plant so severely injured in this way as to be the cause of its
death or indeed of any permanent injury. The catalogue of
the Lepidoptera amounts at present to 370 species and up-
wards, or full one-fifth of the whole order recorded as British,
and we think it not improbable from the number of species,
particularly the smaller yet to be added, that the proportion
may be increased to a fourth, an amount which would scarcely
be expected in so limited a tract of country ; had our confines
however been extended a few miles further, so as to embrace
2D 2

364 Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell.

the coast and that tract of thin trap formation which prevails
to such an extent round Bamburgh and Belford, several ad-
ditions both of diurnal and nocturnal Lepidoptera might have
been added to the list, amongst which may be noted Sphinx
Convolvuli, Hipparchia Semele, Polyommatus Artaxerxes, Agro-
tis lunigera, Heliothis Peltigera, &c. Of the Papilionide it
will be observed that Pap. Machaon, Gonepteryx Rhamni, the
species of the genus Colias and Pieris do not reach so high a
latitude, and the same holds good as to Vanessa Polychloros
and Antiopa, Apatura Iris, and Limenitis Camilla. Among
the Nymphalide no instances of Hipparchia Galathea and Ti-
thonus have been found so far north, and though the Thecla
Rubi possesses a more extensive geographical distribution,
having been found by us upon the confines of Sutherland, it
has not been detected in this neighbourhood. Of the beautiful
genus Polyommatus, P. Alexis and P. Alsus are the only spe-
cies found upon Twizell, and Thymele Tages (the only exam-
ple we have of the Hesperide), though some years abundant,
is confined to a particular field, where the Lotus corniculatus,
the plant upon which the larva subsists, constitutes the princi-
pal herbage. Of the Sphingide we boast of the Acherontia
Atropos and Deilephila Gali, the latter an insect of great ra-
rity even in the south of England. Deilephila Elpenor has
once occurred, and is one among the very few instances in
which it has been met with in so northern a latitude. Dei.
Porcellus is not uncommon, and it is sometimes bred from the
larva which is found feeding upon the Gallium verum. 'The
only species of the Aigeriade is the Trochilium Crabroni-
Sorme, whose larva is reared in the lower part of the trunks
of the Salix caprea, and there is scarcely atree of this species
to be found that has not been bored by the caterpillar of this
beautiful insect; it is probable also that another species is yet
to be detected which breeds in the alder, a common tree upon
the margin of our brooks, as specimens have been obtained
by Sir Wiliam Jardine in Dumfries-shire, from trees on his
plantations. Among the Notodontide, Pterostoma palpina
and Notodonta Dromedarius have but rarely occurred, and the
specimens we possess have mostly been reared from the larvee.
Lasiocampa Rubi abounds upon the heaths and adjoining

Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell. 365

erassy fields, and in some autumns the caterpillars are seen in
hundreds feeding upon the heath, willow, &c. It is, however,
an insect we have rarely succeeded in rearing from the larva,
as in despite of every attention they generally die before as-
suming the pupa state. The extensive list of the Noctuide,
which amounts to 132 species, is to be attributed to the suc-
cess which has attended our mode of enticing and securing
them during their early nocturnal flight; this is effected by
the free use of honey, smeared upon some receptacle which is
placed in situations supposed to be favourable to the flight of
the moths. An old bee-hive, or as it is called in the north
‘a skep’, is preferred to any other article, as it offers a larger
surface, and from its circular form allows the moths when set-
tled upon it to be easily captured by the flappers. By this
device we have sometimes taken several dozen specimens in
an evening, many of them considered of great rarity, and which
but for this irresistible trap would probably have remained
undiscovered ; for although we had paid considerable attention
to the nocturnal Lepidoptera before this plan was adopted, not
a fourth part of the species had been obtained which a single
season afterwards brought to light. But besides the certainty
of attracting the various species of the Noctuide and affording
in a good season an abundant supply of fine specimens for the
cabinet, this plan is attended with other results, interesting as
connected with their natural history ; thus it shows the periods
of duration of the various species, and the apparent influence
which season has upon their longevity, as well as the general
proportion of the sexes to each other. In summer and the
early autumnal months we find that three weeks is about the
average duration of a species, reckoning from the first appear-
ance of the insect till it ceases to visit the honeyed skep, and as
it does so in all appearance fresh from the chrysalis no mis-
take can be made. Later in autumn the time becomes ex-
tended, and the few species that fly in the milder evenings of
the winter months continue to be taken from November to the
end of February, as we have captured examples of Calocampa
exoleta, Glea Satellitia and Glea Vaccinii during all the in-
termediate months. In March Orthosia stabilis appears,
and is soon succeeded bySemzophora gothica and one or two

366 Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell.

others, which continue to the beginning of May, from which
period till the 8th or 10th of June very few species of Noc-
tuide@ are on wing ; but the scene is changed as soon as mid-
summer approaches, as it is ushered in by a vast variety of
forms, which come forth in rapid and daily succession. None
of the Sphingide have yet been attracted by this device, nor
have any of the Bombycide or other groups in which the ci-
barian organs are small and imperfectly developed been seen
upon it. Many of the Geometride and Tortricide however
have been captured, and among them some of our rarest spe-
cies. The Geometride amount to nearly 100 species, and
among these will be found several which have been considered
as only locally distributed or rare. To this division several
additions may be expected to be made, as also to those which
follow it, as the same degree of attention has not yet been be-
stowed upon them which has been given to the larger though
not more beautiful or extraordinary forms of these gems of
nature.

A List of Coleopterous Insects taken upon the Twizell Estate.

i: Geodephaga. _ Platynus angusticollis.
Gh ee Agonum parumpunctatum.
J és ve viduum.

C. campestris. Gemini

2. BRACHYNID&. leve.
Dromius linearis. anh et

eee Calathus melanocephalus.

— agilis : Cisteloides.
—— melanocephalus. mollis.

Argutor pullus.
Peecilus cupreus.
—— rufifemoratus.
versicolor ?
Omaseus aterrimus ?

3. SCARITIDZ.
Clivina fossor.

4, CARABID&.
Cychrus rostratus.

a pe on

nigrita.
Carabus catenulatus. ‘aetanites
monilis. Steropus madidus
granulatus. Ethiops ?
—— violaceus. Stomis pumicatus.
ae ined Patrobus rufipes.
2 eae Platysma niger. ;
Helobia brevicollis. ais ites ‘e
nivalis aut Gyllenhalii. similata.
Leistus fulvibarbis. —— vulgaris.
rufescens. trivialis.
5. HARPALIDA. —— plebeia.
Loricera pilicornis. —— communis.
dadister bipustulatus. familiaris.

Anchomenus prasinus.
wwe albipes.

Bradytus apricarius.
Harpalus rufimanus.

hres PS

Harpalus limbatus.
eeneus.
ruficornis.
Ophonus puncticollis.
Trechus fulvus.
collaris.

—— minutus.
Blemus longicornis.

6. BEMBIDIADZ.
Tachys binotatus.
vittatus ?
—— immunis.
— biguttatus.
Guttula.
Peryphus femoratus.
littoralis.
—— viridi-zneus.
—— agilis.
— tibialis.
Lopha 4-guttata.
Tachypus celer.
properans.
— chalceus.
Bembidium paludosum.

7. ELAPHRID.

Notiophilus aquaticus.
—— biguttatus.
palustris.
Elaphrus cupreus.
riparius.

II. Hydradephaga.

1. DyTIscIDz.

Haliplus ferrugineus.
lineato-collis.
—— ruficollis.
Hygrotus inzequalis ?
—- scitulus.

pictus.
Hydroporus frater.
depressus.
lineatus.
dorsalis.

—— 6-pusiulatus.
deplanatus.
—— melanocephalus.
— erythrocephalus.
flavipes.
holosericeus ?
pubescens.
fuscatus.

piceus.
Laccophilus interruptus.
Colymbetes fuscus.
guttatus.
chalconotus.
maculatus.
—— 2-pustulatus.

Selby on the Fauna of Twizell.

—— Sturmil.

367

Ilybius fuliginosus.
—— fenestratus.
Dyticus punctulatus.
Acilius sulcatus.

2. GYRINID.
Gyrinus natator.

3. PARNIDA.
Parnus prolifericornis.

4, LIMNIID22.

Elmis Volekmari.
tuberculatus.
— lacustris.

—— parallelipipedus.
eeneus.

5. HELOPHORID.

Helophorus aquaticus.
granularis.

—— griseus.

—— viridicollis.
fennicus.

nubilus.
Enicocerus viridi-ceneus.
Gibsoni.

Hydreena riparia.

6. HyDROPHILID £.

Hydrobius fuscipes.
— chalconotus.
orbicularis.
—— 2-punctatus.
— Colon.
minutus.

7. SPHARIDIIDE.

Cercyon littorale.

—— apicale.
obsoletum.

—— piceum.

—— melanocephalum.
conspurcatum.
—— atomarium.

—- convexiusculum.
minutum.

—— quisquilium.
Spheeridium scarabeoides.
—— 2-pustulatum.

8. ANISOTOMIDA.

Leiodes testacea.
—— ferruginea.
—— humeralis.

III. Necrophaga.

1. ScAPHIDID:.

Ptomaphagus truncatus.
Catops fornicatus.
chrysomeloides.

368 Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizeit.

Catops Leachii?
Choleva angustata.

2. SILPHID®.

Necrophorus Humator.
vestigator.
Mortuorum,
Vespillo.
Necrodes littoralis.
Oiceoptoma rugosa.
Silpha obscura.
— iristis.

—— nigrita.

—— opaca.
Phosphuga atrata.

3. NITIDULID.

Nitidula discoidea.
—— 2-pustulata.
oblonga.

zestiva.
Strongylus fervidus.
Campta lutea.
Meligethes viridescens.
— cceeruleus.

—— subrugosus ?
erythropus.
Cateretes Urticz.
nitidus.
pedicularius.
Micropeplus porcatus.
—— tesserula.

4. ENGIDA.

Trichopteryx atomaria.
pusilla.
minuta.
Atomaria castanea.
ruficornis.
atra.
Typhza fumata ?
Antherophagus pallens.
silaceus.
Cryptophagus Populi.
humeralis.
: fumatus.

—— Ulicis.
—— Abietis.
Byturus tomentosus-
Tetratoma Fungorum.
Ips ferruginea.
Rhyzophagus ferrugineus.
-~— cylindricus.
rufus.
—— dispar.
2-pustulatus.
Silvanus dentatus.
Corticaria crenulata.
Latridius lardarius.
transversus.
testaceus.
Dermestes yulpinus.

1V. Varicornes.
HELOCERA.

1. BYRRHIDA.
Byrrhus Pilula.
—— sericeus.

2. HisTeRIp#-.
Onthophilus striatus.
Hister unicolor.
cadaverinus.
carbonarius.

— nitidulus.

LAMELLICORNES.
1. GEoTRUPIDZA.

Geotrupes sylvaticus.
punctato-striatus ?
—— stercorarius.

2. APHODIIDZ-
Aphodius Fossor.
— hemorrhoidalis
—— fimetarius.
— scybalarius.
ochraceus.
— terrestris.
rufipes.
nigripes.
luridus.
contaminatus.
prodromus.
—— sphacelatus.
—— merdarius.

3. MELOLONTHIDA.
Serica brunnea.
Melolontha vulgaris.
Phyllopertha horticola.

STERNOXEI.

4. ELATERIDZ.

Cataphagus limbatus.
acuminatus.
Dolopius marginatus.
Agriotes sputator.
obscurus.
lineatus?
Limonius aterrimus.
Hypnoidus riparius.
rivularis.
Clenicerus cupreus.
Caloderus Equiseti.
Aplotarsus testaceus.
rufipes.

Athous niger.
nigrinus.

— hemorrhoidalis.
elongatus.
subfuscus.
vittatus.

—— angularis.
Campylus linearis.

Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell.

MALACODERMA.
1, CEBRIONID.
Atopa cervina.

2. CyPHONID.
Cyphon melanurus.
assimilis.
obscurus.
—— marginatus.
—— griseus.
—— immunis.
Lamppyris noctiluca.

3. TELEPHORID.
Telephorus ater.
flavilabris.
testaceus.
pallidus.
—— melanurus.
—— pilosus.
—— nigricans.
pellucidus.
ae soa ee } one species.
lituratus?
—— bicolor.

4. TILLIDZz.
Necrobia quadra.

5. Prinip#&.
Ptinus germanus ?
6-punctatus.
See Fur.
crenatus.
Anobium castaneum.
striatum.
molle.

6. BosTrRicip#.
Hylesinus Fraxini.
Hylurgus piniperda.
ater.
angustatus.
rufus.
— rhododactylus.

V. Helminthomorpha.

RHINCOPHORA.
1. CuRCULIONID.
Cionus Scrophulariz.
Ceutorhynchus melanocephalus.
Geravili.
—— didymus.
—— guttula.
Nedyus assimilis.
obstrictus.
—— Erysimi.
chloropterus.
contractus.
—— floralis.

Nedyus pollinarius.
Troglodytes.
Rhinonchus Pericarpius.
Cryptorhynchus Lapathi.
Orchestes Quercus.
Calcar.
Tachyerges Saliceti.
Anthonomus fasciatus.
Hydronomus Alismatis.
Grypidius Equiseti.
Erirhinus Arundineti.
Notaris acridulus.
2-maculatus.
Dorytomus Tortrix.
melanophthalmus.
majalis.

Procas picipes.
Orthochetes setiger.
Hypera punctata.
Polygoni.

Arator.

canescens.

—— picicornis.

Pollux.

murina.
nigrirostris.
Plantaginis.

— hemorrhoidalis.
elongata.

Ellescus 2-punctatus.
Leiosoma punctata.
Hylobius Abietis.
Alophus 3-guttatus.
Barynotus Mercurialis.
Merionus obscurus.
elevatus.
Leiophlceus nubilus.
Otiorhynchus sulcatus.
notatus.

ovatus.
tenebricosus.
caliginosus.
piceus.

scabrosus.
scabridus.

—— rugicollis.

raucus.
Philopedon geminatus.
Strophosomus Coryli.
squamulatus.
Sciaphilus muricatus.
Brachysomus hirsutulus.
Sitona Ulicis,
Spartii,
—— femoralis,
hispidula.
lineata.
—— grisea?
ruficlavis.
canina,
flavescens, > one species.
—— puncticollis,

} one species.

369

370 Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell.

Sitona tibialis.
humeralis.
— Pisi.
crinita.
lineella.
Polydrusus ceryinus.
undatus.
Nemoicus oblongus.
Phyllobius Pyri.
Alneti.
maculicornis,
—— argentatus.
— Mali.
—- uniformis.
parvulus.
viridicollis.
Tanymecus palliatus.
Apion Pomone.
Limonii.
—— Spartii.
—— curtirostre.
violaceum.
— velox.
sanguineum.
— hxmatodes.
bifoveolatum.
— Radiolus.
zeneum.
— Pisi.
—— pallipes.
—— flavipes.
—— assimile.
—— estivum.
subsulcatum,
—— punctigerum.
vorax.
virens.
— foveolatum.
intrusum.
nigritarse.
Oxystoma Ulicis.
Betule.
cupreus.
—— curculionoides.
2. SALPINGID.
Salpingus ruficollis.
planirostris.
Spheeriestes ater.
LONGICORNES.
1. CERAMBYCIDZ.
Clytus Arietis.
2. LEPTURIDA.
Rhagium inquisitor.
—- bifasciatum.
Leptura 4-fasciata.

VI. Anoplurimorpha.

EUPODA.
1. CriocERID»,
Donacia Proteus.

Donacia linearis.
Crioceris cyanella.
—— obscura.
—— melanopa.

CYCLICA.

1. GALERUCID&.

Galeruca Tanaceti.
—— Capree.
—— Crategi.
—— Nymphee.
Calmariensis,
—— Lythri.
lineola.
—— tenella.
Luperus rufipes.
flavipes.
Haltica Nemorum.
nigro-znea.
—— cerulea.
— Pseudacori.
—— striatula.
— brunnicornis.
—— ferruginea.
flava.

——— Tifipes,

— Helxines.
— oleracea.
—— indigacea.
Thyamis tabida.
—- atricilla.
—— picipes.
atriceps.
— Nasturtii.
fuscicollis.
livida.

—— castanea.
— leta.

—— parvula.
— Pulex.
Holsatica.

- Macrocnema Hyoscyami.

—— Napi.

—— apicalis.

picina.

Mantura semi-anea.
eenea.
Chzetocnema concinna.
Sphzroderma testacea.
—— Cardui. .
Mniophila Muscorum.

2. CHRYSOMELID.

Phedon Armoraciz.
— Betule.
tumidula.
aucta.

—— marginella.
—— Vitellinz.
—— unicolor.
Polygoni.
—— fastuosa.

Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell. 371

Chrysomela pallida.
—— Litura.
marginata.
Staphylea.
polita.
Helodes Phellandrii.
Beccabunge.

3. CASSIDIID.
Cassida rubiginosa.
equestris.

TRIMERI.

1, CocctNELLID&.
Chilochorus 2-pustulatus.
Coccinella 12-punctata.
14-punctata.

—— 10-guttata.
oblongo-guttata.
ocellata.
—— 7-punctata.
—— 22-punctata.
variabilis.
—— dispar.

—— 11-punctata.
—— 18-guttata.
13-punctata.
Rhyzobius Litura.
Cacicula pectoralis.
scutellata.

2. ENDOMYCHID2.
Endomychus coccineus.

VII. Heteromera.

1. BLAPSID.

Blaps mortisaga.
Cistela castanea.
murina.
—— maura?

2. MorRDELID.
Anaspis ruficcllis.
melanopa.
pallida.
—— fasciata.

3. CANTHARIDA.
Proscarabzeus vulgaris.
4, NoToxiD&.
Anthicus fuscus.

VIII. Brachelytra.

1. TACHYPORID,
Autalia impressa.
Zyras Haworthii?
Bolitochara lunulata.
tricolor.
nigripalpis.
corticalis.
nigrofusca.

Bolitochara cinnomomea.
atriceps.
Aleochara concolor.
2-punctata.
— fuscipes.
Megacronus merdarius.
Mycetoporus splendens.
Bolitobius atricapillus.
3-maculatus.
—— apicalis.
2-guttatus. ¢
Tachyporus nitidus.
atriceps.

—— nigripennis.
chrysomelinus.
marginellus.
obtusus.

analis.

—— marginatus.
nitidulus.

— Hypnorum.
lateralis.

Cypha rufipes.
Tachinus Silphoides.
collaris.

—— marginellus.
—— brunnipennis.
—— apicalis.

rufipes.

cinctus.
subterraneus.
aterrimus.

— elongatus.

2. STAPHYLINIDZ.

Creophilus maxillosus.
Trichoderma nebulosa.
murina.
Staphylinus erythropterus.
castanopterus.
stercorarius.
—— ericeps.

—— eneocephalus.
Cantianus ?
Goerius olens.

Ocypus similis.
picipes.
compressus.
Tasgius rufipes.
Quedius tristis.
picicornis.

—— lateralis.

—— hemopterus.
——— impressus.
rufitarsis.

—— piceopennis.
caliginosus.
Philonthus laminatus.
splendens.
ceratus.

—— puncticollis.
—— politus.

372 Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna Ff Twizell.

Philonthus cognatus.
melanopterus.
microcephalus.
maculicornis,
decorus.
carbonarius.
—— pilipes?
chalcopterus.
——- fimetarius.
subfuscus.
—— marginatus?
varians.
intaminatus.
—— rubripennis.
—— sanguinolentus.
micans.

—— Watsoni?
punctus.
Bisnius cephalotes.
rotundiceps.
simplex.
Gabrius suaveolens,
pygmeeus.
pallipes.
Othius fulgidus.
alternans.
glabricornis.
angustus.
Gyrohypnus longicollis.
cruentatus,
—— affinis.

— tricolor.
linearis.
punctulatus.

Gyrohypnus parumpunctatus.
Lathrobium brunnipes.
atriceps.

rufipenne.

Cryptobium fracticorne.

3. STeNIDA,
Stenus oculatus.
nigriclavis.
unicolor.
—— picipes.
circularis.
nitidiusculus.
subrugosus.
tenuicornis.
— Aceris.
brunnipes.
—— pubescens.
punctatissimus.
—— melanarius.
nitidus.
pusillus.
bipunctatus.
Platystethus morsitans.
Oxytelus rugosus.
fuscipennis.
sculpturatus.
depressus.

4. OMALIDA.
Anthobium Sorbi.
tectum.

Lesteva caraboides.
obscura.
Omalium cesum.,.

List of Lepidopterous Insects taken upon the Twizell Estate.

PAPILIONIDZ.

Pontia Brassice.
Rape.

Napi.

— Sabellice.
Cardamines.
Argynnis Aglaia.
Vanessa Urtice.
Io.

Atalanta.
Cynthia Cardui.
Hipparchia Egeria.
— Megera.
Janira.

—— Hyperanthus.
Pamphilus.
Lyczna Phleas.
Polyommatus Alexis,
Thymele Tages.

ZYGANIDA.
Anthrocera Filipendule.

SPHINGIDA.
Smerinthus Populi.

Acherontia Atropos.
Deilephila Galii.
Elphenor.
— Porcellus.

SESTADAL.
Macroglossa Stellatarun.

EGERIADA.
Trochilium Crabroniforme.
HEPIALIDA.

Hepialus Hectus.
Lupulinus.
— Humuili.
— Velleda.
carnus,
—— sylvinus.

NOTODONTID.

Pygzera bucephala.
Clostera reclusa.
Episema cceruleocephala.
Cerura Vinula.
Notodonta ziczac.

Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell.

Notodonta Dromedarius.
Leiocampa Dictza.
Ptilodontis palpina.
Lophopteryx Camelina.

BOMBYCIDA.

Saturnia Pavonia.
Lasiocampa Rubi.
Roboris.
Eriogaster Lanestris.
Odonestis Potatoria.

ARCTITIDA.
Demas Coryli.
Orgyia antiqua.
Lelia Salicis.
Euthemonia Russula.
Arctia Caja.
Nemeophila Plantaginis.
Spilosoma Menthastri.

LITHOSHUIDE.

Callimorpha Jacobzee.
Lithosia griseola.

NOCTUID.

Triphzena orbona.
subeequa ?

— fimbria.
Janthina.
Cerigo texta.
Lytea umbrosa.
Charzas fusca.
nigra.
graminis.
corticea.
—— equa?
segetum.
suffusa.
sagittifera.
vitta.
Tritici.
Hortorum.
—— nigricans.
exclamationis.
Graphiphora pyrophila.
Augur.
—— brunnea.
baja.
festiva.
— C. nigrum.
plecta.
Semiophora Gothica.
Orthosia sparsa.
stabilis.
— miniosa?
litura.
—— limosa.
lota.
flavilinea.
—— macilenta.

pronuba e¢ innuba (1 species).

Othosia Upsilon.
Mythimna grisea.
conigera.
Grammesia trilinea.
bilinea.
Segetia Zanthographa.
neglecta.
Caradrina Alsines.
implexa e¢ levis.
Sepii?

— Cubicularis.
superstes.
glareosa.

Glea rubricosa.
Vaccinii.
spadicea.
Satellitia.
Pyrophila Tragopogonis.
tetra?

Neenia typica.
Calocampa exoleta.
Xylophasia lithoxylea.
sublustris.
rurea.
polyodon.
combusta.
Hadena adusta.
satura?
remissa.

— Thalassina.
— Geniste.
Plebeia.
Capsincola.
Heliophobus popularis.
Mamestra Pisi.
oleracea.
Suasa.
Brassice.
Chenopodii.
Euplexia leucipara.
Hama aliena.
basilinea.
Apamea nictitans.
secalina.

— didyma.
oculea.

—— I. niger.

—— furca.
Ophiogramma.
Miana literosa.
strigilis.

—— Athiops?
humeralis.
rufuncula.
minima.
Scotophila Porphyrea.
Miselia Oxyacanthe.
aprilina.
compta.

Polia bimaculosa.
occulta.
herbida.

373

374 Mr. P. J. Selby on the Fauna of Twizell.

Polia Chi.
Acronycta Psi.
Menyanthedis.
— Rumicis.
Euphorbiz ?
Thyatira Batis.
Calyptra libatrix.
Bombycia Viminalis.
Xanthia fulvago.
flavago.
gilvago.
Gortyna micacea.
Leucania Comma.
-—— impura.
arcuata.
pallens.
ochracea.
pallida.
neurica.
Phlogophora Meticulosa.
Cucullia Tanaceti.
lucifuga,
Absinthii.
Abrostola Urtice.
Plusia Iota.
percontationis.
— Gamma.
circumflexa ?
chrysitis.
Festucze.
Mormo Maura.
Euclidia Mi.
glyphica.

GEOMETRIDA..

Bupalus Piniarius.
Fidonia atomaria.
carbonaria.
Anisopteryx leucophearia.
Hybernia capreolaria.
Lampetia prosapiaria.
defoliaria.

Biston Betularius.
Himera pennaria.
Crocallis elinguaria.
Odontopera bidentaria.
Geometra illunaria.
Rumia Crategata.
Campa margaritaria.
Ellopia fasciaria.

2

Alcis repandaria e¢ muraria (1 species.)

Halia Vauaria.
Numeria pulveraria.
Cabera pusaria.
rotundaria.
Ephyra pendularia.
Larentia cervinata.
Chenopodiata.
bipunctaria.
Cidaria Didymata.
munitata.
unidentaria.

Cidaria latentaria.
salicata,

—— Miaria.

olivata.
montanata.
— fluctuata.
Harpalyce fulvata.
ocellata.

— tristata.

— subtristata.
biangulata.
silaceata.
Corylata.
Polyphasia immanata.
amoenata.

—— marmorata.
concinnata.
comma-notata.
centum-notata.
Steganolophia Prunata.
Lampropteryx suffumata.
badiata.
Anticlea derivata.
Electra comitata.
populata.
testata.
Achatma.
Pyraliata.
Anaitis preformata.
Abraxas Grossulariata.
Melanippe hastata.
Zerene rubiginata.
Euthalia miata.
Psittacata.

—— impluviata.
elutata.
Lozogramma petraria.
Triphosa cinereata.
Camptogramma bilineata.
Chesias Spartiata.
Thera simulata.
variata.

fulvata.
Oporabia dilutata.
Cheimatobia brumata.
rupicapraria.
Eupithecia rectangulata.
exiguata.

— abbreviata.
albipunctata.
innotata.

Minoa Cheerophyllata.
Emmelesia decolorata.
rivularia.
albulata.
Ptychopoda dilutaria.
cinereata.
immutata.
Acidalia inornata.
aversata.
remutata.

—— lactata.

—- —

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 375

Peecilophasia marginata.
Macaria liturata.

PLATYPTERICIDZ.
Cilix impressa.

PYRALIDA.

Hypena proboscidalis.

Simaéthis Fabriciana.

Hydrocampa Potomogeta.

Mesographe forficalis.

fimbrialis.

—— institialis.

sericealis.

olivalis.
TORTRICIDA.

Hylophila prasinana.
Tortrix viridana.
pullidana.
Lozotenia Corylana.
leevigana.

oporana.

Rosana.

Holmiana.
Antithesia Betuletana.
Spilonota Cynosbatella.
Sylvana.
trigeminana.
sticticana.
quadrana.
Pseudotomia lunulana.
aurana.
Steganoptycha cineraria.
Anchylopera Lundana.
siculana.
Cnephasia Penziana.
interjectana.
Orthotcenia striana.
Sericoris micana.
politana.
pulchellina.
Pcecilochroma communana.
Lophoderus ministranus.
Peronea variegana.
Schalleriana.
Gnomana.

Peronea tripunctulana.
Glyphisia effractana.
—— caudana.
Dictyopteryx ciliana.
Forskaleana.
Cheimatophila castaneana.
Argyrotoza Conwayana.
Daldorfiana.
Argyrolepia Bentleyana.
Xanthosetia Zeegana.
Hamana.
diversana.

YPONOMEUTID.

Depressaria Heracleana.
gilvella.

aplana.

—— Sparmanniana.
curvipunctosa.
albipunctilla.
—— Alstroemeriana.
costata.
Anacampsis aleella.
Diurnea Fagella.
Yponomeuta Evonymella.
comptella.
Argyrosetia Geedartella.
semitestacella.
Argyromiges Rajella.
(Zcophora Reesella.
Ilithya sociella.
Eudorea lineola.
murana.
Phycita Abietella.
hybridalis.
Crambus pratellus.
angustellus.
horticellus.
cespitellus.
montanellus.
marginellus.
culmellus.
petrificellus.
aquilellus.
Harpipteryx dentella.
Cheetochilus vitellus.

[To be continued. j

XLII.—Descriptions of Exotic Fungi in the collection of Sir
W. J. Hooker, from Memoirs and Notes of J. ¥. Klotzsch,
with Additions and Corrections. By the Rev. M. J. BeERKE-

LEY, M.A., F.L.S.

[ With a Plate.)

THE memoirs on which the present paper is founded appeared
in the ‘ Linnea,’ vol. vii. p. 193, and vol. vill. p. 478*. The

* Mycologische Berichtungen zu der nacligelassenen Sowerbyschen Samm-

376 Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

notes are appended to the several species in their place in the
Herbarium. It seems desirable that the record of so many
interesting species existing in a British collection should not
be confined to a foreign journal, and there is the greater rea-
son for giving the results of M. Klotzsch’s labours in an Eng-
lish form, since the species in the Herbarium, which from its
richness and the extreme liberality of its possessor, may al-
most be regarded as national, appear frequently under per-
fectly different names, and in some instances the specific
names have been transferred from one species to another. I
have made corrections where they appeared necessary, and
have taken the opportunity of describing some species either
received subsequent to the completion of M. Klotzsch’s revi-
sion or left by him undetermined. It has been thought right
to add descriptions of a few of the species collected by M.
Humboldt, where the specific phrases given in the ‘ Synopsis
Plantarum ezquinoctialium orbis nove’ are too short. It has
been found almost impossible to mark the additions which it
has been thought right to make in any case to the descriptions
already published. I am anxious however to state that I have
no wish to rob the learned author of the slightest portion of
the praise which is due to his labours, or to put forth his de-
scriptions as my own.
AGARICUS.

1. Agaricus (Leucosp. Clit. Rhizop.) rheicolor, Berk. Rhu-
barb-coloured. Pileus thin, striate, wrinkled in the centre, at
length umbilicate ; gills rather broad, adnato-decurrent, beau-
tifully connected by strong veins, their bases velvety. Stem
long, slender, more or less grooved, slightly thickened at the
base, clothed with fine velvety, obscurely fasciculate pube-
scence.

Pileus scarce 1 inch broad, more or less wrinkled especially
in y centre, as in Ag. radicatus, from the contraction of the
substance of the pileus; margin grooved and striate. Gills
rounded, velvety at the base from running down for a very
short distance into the pubescence of the stem, most beau-
lung, so wie zu der wenigen im Linneischen Herbarium vorhandenen Pilzen,

nebst Aufstellung einiger auslindischen Gattungen und Arten, 1832.
Fungi exotici e collectionibus Britannoruin auctore Klotzsch, 1833.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 377

tifully connected by strong veins, as in the section Calodontes.
Stem 3 inches high, about two lines thick.

Apparently nearly related to A. velutipes, but I believe truly
distinct. The stem is not always rooting, but neither is this
constantly the case in that species.

On trunks of trees. Brazil. Hook. Herb.

2. Agaricus (Leucosp. Myc. Hygrocyb. (Leuc. Omph. Myc.
Kl.)) umbraculum, Kl. in Linn. vol. vii. p. 478. Ag. (Colly-
bia) umbracuiatus, Kl. in Hook. Herb.

Fasciculate. Pileus convex, umbilicate, slightly striate,
membranaceous, somewhat tawny (/fuscescente-albo, K1.) ; gills
when dry tan-coloured decurrent; stem fistulose, bay, ex-
tremely viscid, confluent at the base and blackish.

Stem 2—2+ inches high, even. Pileus submembranaceous,
3—4 lin. broad, tough. Gills rather distant, sometimes di-
chotomous near the margin.

On trunks of trees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

This species belongs clearly, as to habit, to the section Hy-
grocyboidee of the subgenus Mycena. M. Klotzsch appears
not to have suspected this and therefore did not moisten the
stem, which drips when wet with pellucid slime like Ag. ro-
ridus. The pileus has rather a tawny than fuscous hue; the
gills in the recent plant are probably nearly white. It appears
very nearly allied to Ag. roridus, f. stillans.

3. A. (Omphalia) strigéilus, Berk. Pileus tough, entire,
infundibuliform, red-brown, sprinkled, especially towards the
margin with minute setulose scales; margin slightly waved,
thin, subinvolute. Gills narrow, decurrent, entire, scarcely
anastomosing at the base. Stem short, clothed with coarse,
velvety, fawn-coloured pubescence.

Pileus 23 inches broad, nearly of the same colour as Ag. vac-
cinus, apparently very obscurely zoned; gills crisp when dry
and wood-coloured, running down till they are lost amongst
the down of the stem. Stem 1 inch high, 3 thick, rather
swollen at the base. This species appears to be nearly allied
to Ag. velutinus, Fr. in Linn., and for the same reason is
placed in the subgenus Omphalia, though its affinities are with
Pleuropus. The gills are crisp when dry and entire ; the habit
too removes it from Lentinus.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No.19. Aug. 1839. 25

378 Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Evotic Fungi.

On trunks of trees. Brazil. Hook. Herb.

4, A. (Pleur. Conch.) pycnoticus, Kl. 1. c. p.479. A. pye-
nosus, Kl. in Hook. Herb. Czespitose. Pileus entire, pulvi-
nate, subinfundibuliform, excentric, reddish in consequence of
being frosted with a grey-lilac bloom. Gills broad, dirty white,
decurrent. Stem smooth.

Substance extremely tough. Stem dirty white. Pil. 1—2
inches broad, smooth. Gills entire.

On trunks of trees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair. One speci-
men in the herbarium exceeds the above dimensions, the
pileus when expanded being more than three inches across.
The stem in this is scarcely half an inch thick, and indeed in
any case can scarcely be called thick in proportion to the pi-
leus. The colours in the specific character are to be under-
stood of the dry plant. The grey-lilac bloom is very remark-
able.

LENTINUS.

1. L. (Mesop.) nigripes, Fr. in Litt. Kl.l.c. p.479. L. Ber-
tiert, Kl.in Hook. Herb. ZL. villosus, Kl.in Hook. Herb. Cer-
vino-ferruginous ; pileus coriaceous, infundibuliform, clothed
with curled hairs; gills denticulate, terminating together ;
stem firm, solid, tomentose, blackish at the base. Solitary;
stem almost 2 inches high, 2 lines thick, dilated above. Gills
crowded, narrow, denticulate. Pileus 2 inches broad, deeply
umbilicate ; margin involute.

On trunks of trees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair. Brazil, Gui-
ana.

2. L. (Mesop.) villosus, Kl. 1.c. Brown; pileus coriaceous,
infundibuliform, clothed with very dense straight hairs; gills
narrow, entire, very distant, decurrent, all ending together
abruptly ; stem firm, villous, dilated at the apex. Stem hir-
sute, 2 inches high, 3—4 lines thick. Pileus 2 inches broad
with the margin involute, clothed with straight, not squarrose,
nor curled hairs.

On trunks of trees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

3. L. (Mesop.) stupeus, K1. l.c. p.480. Bay; pileus deeply
umbilicate, clothed with very crowded squarrose hairs ; margin
involute ; gills crowded, denticulate, decurrent, all interrupted

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 379

together; stem slender, subtomentose, fawn-coloured, with
longer bay hairs intermixed.

Pileus 2 inches broad, squamuloso-pilose. Stem scarcely
exceeding 1 line in thickness, very much dilated above, in age
quite smooth.

On trunks of trees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

4. L. (Mesop.) crinitus, Fr. Syst. Myc. vol. i. p. 175.

On trunks of trees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

5. L. ewilis, Kl. MSS. in Hook. Herb. Pileus thin, of a
tough fleshy substance, smooth, ochraceous-tawny; gills equal,
decurrent, distinct, entire; stem even, smooth. Pil. 2—4
inches broad, margin lobed. Gills crowded. Stem } an inch
high ; 3—4 lines thick.

On rotten wood. - Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

FAVOLUS.

1. F. (Pleuropus) Humboldt, Berk. Stem short, lateral,
gradually expanding into the thin, obovate, somewhat lobed,
smooth, tawny, pileus ; alveoli small, elongated, of the same
colour as the pileus; dissepiments thin. Pileus with the stem
12 inch long, 11 inch broad, with three rounded lobes. Stem
not 2 an inch long.

The specimen from which the above character is drawn up
is clearly a Favolus, but it is unfortunately not in a good state of
preservation. It is marked in Sir W. J. Hooker’s Herbarium,
Humb. No. 179. The alveoli are far smaller than in either of
the two following species, to which it is closely allied. In form
and colour it is much like Favolus braziliensis, Fr., which how-
ever differs in several respects. From F. flaccidus it differs in
being stipitate, and from F. tenuicaulis in not being reniform.

2. F. (Pleuropus) hepaticus, Kl. in Linn, vol. vil. p. 197.
Of a tough fleshy substance; pileus reniform, liver-coloured,
smooth, lobed in free-growing specimens; stem extremely
short, lateral ; alveoli 6—4-angled, elongated, dirty white ; dis-
sepiments very thin. Fovolus canadensis and Polyporus cel-
lulosus, K\. in Hook. Herb.

Solitary, variable but more or less reniform. The colour of
the pileus is darker towards the base. Pil. 2—5 inches broad,
11—3 inches long, smooth. Stem very short, 3 lines thick.

2E2

380 Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

Alveoli 1 line broad, 2 lines long, 2—3 lines deep. The most
obvious mark of distinction between this and the following
species resides in the less rigid dissepiments. I think it very
doubtful whether the living plant is at all liver-coloured. I
suspect, it is rather ochraceous.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

3. F. (Pleuropus) canadensis, KI. 1. c. Nearly sessile, with
only the rudiment ofa stem, of a tough, fleshy substance, rigid;
pileus reniform, at first minutely squamose, tawny; margin
entire ; alveoli deep, 6-sided, elongated, dirty white; disse-
piments rigid. Pileus 1} inch broad, # inch long.

Canada. Messrs. Shepherd and Pursh.

CANTHARELLUS.

C. (Mesopus) canadensis, Kl. MSS. in Hook. Herb. Pi-
leus, together with the stem, turbinate, fleshy, smooth, even,
white, deeply infundibuliform ; folds forming elongated alveoli,
dichotomous above; stem confluent with the pileus, compact,
smooth. Pileus nearly 2 inches high, } an inch thick.

Canada. Hook. Herb.

It is impossible to say what the colour ofthe folds may have
been in the fresh plant. When dry the pileus is pallid; the
folds are darker and run for some distance down the stem.
The nearest affinities of this species appear to be with C. cla-
vatus. If it were not so much depressed it would form an ad-
dition to the section Gomphus.

D2DALEA,

1. D. (Pleuropus) levis, Hook. in Kunth. Syn. vol. i. p. 9.
Stem short, thick, lateral. Pileus thin, suberoso-coriaceous,
expanded, reniform, emarginate, quite smooth, zoneless, even;
margin acute. Gills broader than the flesh, straight, ex-
tremely close, anastomosing. Stem 3 of an inch long, and
broad. Pileus 13 inch long, 23 inches broad, scarce } of an
inch thick. Sinuli mostly linear. Colour in the dry plant yel-
low brown, in the fresh plant it is probably pallid ochraceous.

Andes, between Popayan and Almaguer. Humboldt, Hook.
Herb. Specimen unicum. Allied to D. applanata, K1., and
D. polita, Fr. in Linn.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 381

2. D. (Apus) betulina, var. velutina, Berk. Pileus hard,
sessile, dimidiate, lobed, deeply zoned, tawny, velvety. Gills
rather thick. :

New Orleans and other parts of North America, Hook.
Herb. The pileus is by no means tomentose, but clothed
with short close velvety pubescence. Vertex sometimes
lengthened out into a sort of stem, Thelephora lobata varies
in the same way.

3. D. (Apus) aspera, Kl. in Linn. vol. vii. p. 480. Pileus
sessile, dimidiate, coriaceous, zoned, rough, pale; gills very
broad, white, straight, with shorter ones intermixed. Pileus
horizontal or somewhat pulvinate, obsoletely downy, 3 inches
broad, 21 inches long. Gills coriaceous, thin, distant, 1 inch
broad towards the base, narrower in front, rarely anastomosing.

On trunks oftrees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

8. alutacea, Kl. in Hook. Herb. Darker; gills thick, fre-
quently anastomosing.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

4. D. (Apus) applanata, Kl. 1. c. p. 481. Stem central, la-

teral, or altogether wanting; pileus rather thin, reniform,
smooth, dirty white, sometimes papillate; margin somewhat
zoned ; gills dirty white, very narrow, close, repeatedly dicho-
tomous, anastomosing towards the base.
_ D. applanata, Fr. in Hb. Willd. an D. polita, Fr. in Linn.
vol. v. p. 514? D. candida, Kl. MSS. in Hook. Herb. Size
very variable. Puileus thin, 16 inches broad, generally plane,
rarely imbricated. Margin thin, straight, substance coriaceo-
suberose.

On trunks of trees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair. Brazil. This
species has very much the habit of Dedalea gibbosa, Fr.

5. D. (Apus) sanguinea, Kl. 1. c. Pileus thin, slightly
wrinkled, smooth, zoned, blood-coloured ; margin obtuse, pale,
minutely velvety ; hymenium dull wood-coloured ; sinuli mi-
nute, labyrinthiform, mixed with elongated pores. Substance
coriaceous. Pileus subreniform, sometimes spotted and losing
its colour, 3 inches broad, 2 inches long. Sinuli towards the
margin poriform.

Kast Indies. Dr. Wight.

Klotzsch does not seem to have noticed the extremely strong

382 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

resemblance of this species to Boletus angustatus, Sow., t. 193.
whose figure would be an excellent representation of it in every
respect if the pores were smaller. Fries’s character of Deda-
lea angustata conveys an entirely wrong notion of the species,
which is one of the most beautiful of Kuropean Fungi. The
colour is not, as characterized by Fries, who had only seen the
figure, “ fuscescenti-cinereus,” but as figured and described by
Sowerby, “ dull crimson, somewhat satiny on the edges, which
are of a silvery brown.”

6. D. (Apus) discolor, Fr. El. Fung. p. 68. D. albida,
Schwein. Car. n. 851.

On trunks of birch. North America. Dr. Richardson.

7. D. (Apus) striata, Fr. Syst. Myc. 1. p. 334.

On trunks of trees. North America. Hook. Herb.

8. D. (Apus) unicolor, Fr. Syst. Myc. 1. p. 336.

On trunks of trees. North America. Dr. Richardson*.

9. D. (Apus) corrugata, Kl. l.c. Pileus carnoso-coriaceous,
zoned, longitudinally corrugate, smooth, pale; sinuli unequal,
flexuous, at length torn, brownish. Imbricated, sessile. Pileus
1—2 inches broad, margin much dilated, 2—3 lines thick;
zones of the same colour. Gills thin, labyrinthiform, poriform
near the margin.

Trunks of trees. North America. Dr. Richardson.

10. D. (Resup.) latissima, Fr. Syst. Myc. i. p. 340.

D. microsinulosa, Kl. MSS. in Hook. Herb. Wood-coloured,
effused, corky, margin obscurely lobed, minutely byssoid,
more or less free; silky above, at length nearly smooth, rather
rough with radiating branched raised lines. Pores at first
round, at length sinuous ; edges entire.

_ East Indies. Dr. Wight.

Forming elongated effused patches, evidently arising from
many distinct confluent peltate individuals. A new layer is
formed from the dead subjacent plant.

POLYPORUS.

1. P. (Favolus) tenuis, Hook. sub Bol. Kunth. Syn. vol. i.
p- 10. Bol. reticulatus, l.c. p.9. B. Favus, Linn. Herb. not

* The Fungi from Dr. Richardson are the result of his own and Mr.
Drummond’s labours in Franklin’s Second Journey to the Polar Sea.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 383

of Spec. Plant. Effuso-reflexed or resupinato-affixed. Pileus
2—3 inches in diameter, subcroso-coriaceous, suborbicular,
zoned, quite smooth, sometimes longitudinally rugulose, thin,
greyish wood-coloured, blackish towards the margin. Pores
cinereous, 6-sided, those towards the margin imperfect and
pale.

Andes between Popayan and Almaguer, Humboldt. Mau-
ritius, Mr. Telfair. Calcutta, Dr. Wight.

Klotzsch has very rightly referred Bol. reticulatus, Hook.,
to this species. The reticulated appearance arises from the
specimen having been accidentally reversed, and in conse-
quence a new hymenium is in the act of formation on the pi-
leus, while on the other hand many of the pores are stopped
up with a new incipient pileus. The plant from Calcutta is
somewhat different, the pileus being dark brown. The size of
the pores is very variable.

2. P. (Favolus) Klotzschii, Berk., P. sinensis, Kl. 1. c. and
MSS. Hook. Herb. not Fr. Syst. Myc. Pileus subreniform,
zoned, brown black, clothed with compressed branched bristles,
pores brown, rather large, rotundato-hexagonal. Allied to
Polyporus hynoideus, but differs in the larger hexagonal pores,
which are however many times smaller than in the next spe-
cies. The vertex is sometimes lengthened out into a short
spurious stem. Pileus 5 inches long, 7 inches broad, 3—3 of
an inch thick at the base, thin in front, vaulted, not flattened
as in the next species, margin acute. Much more strongly
zoned than Pol. sinensis, Fr., and more hispid.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

3. P. (Favolus) sinensis, Fr., Pol. (Scenidium) Wightii, K1.
Linn. vol. vii. p. 200. tab. 10. Sessile, thin, mostly reniform ;
pileus flat, brown shaded with reddish-grey ; margin zoned ;
bristles compressed, dichotomous at their apices, fastigiate,
brown; alveoli 6-sided, elongated, pinkish-brown. Pileus
sometimes effused at the base, 21 inches long, 5 inches broad,
emarginate, in an early stage of growth crested with the rigid
recurved bristles; these at length are more scattered, com-
pressed, wedge-shaped, or palmate, incised above, fastigiate,
brown, vanishing towards the margin. Alveoli 3 lines long,
2 lines broad, those in the centre deepest, shallow towards the

384 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Lwotic Fungi.

margin ; dissepiments thin, very rigid, clothed with scattered
solitary bristles. Substance brown, ferruginous, fit for tinder.

East Indies. Dr. Wight.

This is probably the true Pol. sinensis, Fy., and conse-
quently Pol. Favus, Linn. Sp. Pl. It is certainly quite distinct
from the foregoing, which is marked Pol. sinensis in Sir W. J.
Hooker’s Herbarium, and is published under that name in the
‘Linnea,’ having, besides other points, the pores nearly ten
times larger. As Scentdium of Klotzsch appears to be in-
tended merely as the name of a tribe, the name of sinensis
should have been retained. In the following year the Mau-
yitius plant was published as the P. sinensis, Fr. without any
reference to P. Wightit. I have endeavoured to do away with
the consequent confusion by giving the former the name of
the learned German mycologist.

4. P. (Favolus) sericeo-hirsutus, K1., Linn. vol. viii. p. 483.
Pileus effuso-reflexed, very thin, coriaceous, sericeo-villous,
zoned, pale tawny ; pores rather large, angular, unequal; dis-
sepiments very thin, sometimes torn. Pileus very often fixed
by the centre, 2—3 inches across, suborbicular, emarginate.
Perfectly free specimens are beautifully sericeo-strigose, with
the flocci more or less matted and fasciculate, so as to give it
a shaggy appearance. Some specimens are merely velvety.

On bark. New Orleans. Hook. Herb.

5. P. (Mesopus) gracilis, Kl.in Hook. Herb. Small. Pileus
carnoso-coriaceous, orbicular, very thin, quite smooth, even,
pallid ; pores extremely minute, suborbicular but more or less
sinuous ; stem exactly central, very slender, flexuous, equal,
pruinose. Pileus 3} an inch broad, so thin that the pores are
visible through it, pale dull ochre. Pores deep in proportion
to the thickness of the pileus; dissepiments thin, waved.
Stem 1 inch high, 4th of an inch thick. |

India Occid. Probably from Rev. L. Guilding. Allied to
Pol. flecipes, Fr. in Linn. The above description is drawn up
from two individuals in Sir W. J. Hooker’s Herbarium, marked
by Klotzsch P. gracilis, Kl. ‘The base of the stem is broken
off, therefore I cannot state whether it is blackened.

6. P. (Mesopus) parvulus, Kl. Linn. 1. c. Pileus thin, co-
riaceous, obsoletely silky, obscurely zoned, striato-rugose ;

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 385

margin jagged ; pores rather large, at length torn, cinnamon ;
stem cinnamon, slender, subtuberous, velvety. Pileus 4—8
lines broad, deeply umbilicate, subcyathiform, shining, some-
times confluent. Pores irregular, angular, torn, very shallow
towards the margin; dissepiments very thin. Stem }—1 inch
high.

Amongst moss. North America. Dr. Richardson. Allied
to Pol. perennis, but very distinct.

7. P. (Mesopus) perennis, Fr. var. canadensis, KI. in Hook.
Herb. Deeply infundibuliform, zoneless.

8. P. (Mesopus) umbraculum, Fr. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

9. P. (Mesopus) xanthopus, Fr. Bol. Katui, Ehr. Hor.
Phys. Ber. t. 19. f. 12. Hook. in Kunth. Syn. vol. i. p. 9.

Kast Indies, Dr. Wight. Near Acapulco, Humboldt.

10. P. (Pleuropus) spathulatus, Hook. in Kunth. Syn. vol. 1.
p- 9. sub Boleto; small, tawny. Pileus convex, broadly ob-
ovate, coriaceous, rather hard, minutely velvety ; pores minute,
punctiform, subangular; dissepiments extremely thin, their
borders minutely downy ; stem lateral, velvety, rather stout,
elongated. Pileus about 3 lines broad, sometimes very obso-
letely zoned, in one specimen lobed from the confluence of two
individuals. Stem 3—% of an inch high, } thick, clothed with
a dense spongy down.

Near Loxa in Peru. Humboldt. Resembling in colour
and substance Pol. perennis.

11. Pol. (Pleuropus) coffeatus, Berk. Czespitose. Pileus
hard, corky, suborbicular, oblique, even, dingy red-brown ;
margin paler, tawny; substance wood-coloured ; pores mi-
nute, punctiform, dirty white; stem elongated, nearly even,
dingy brown frosted with coffee-coloured bloom. Pileus 3 of
an inch broad, not lacquered, at least in the specimens before
me. Stem 2} inches high, 3 of an inch thick, lateral. Hy-
menium decurrent.

On rotten trees, rare. St. Vincent’s. Rev. L. Guilding.

The specimen before me consists of a group of three, of
which the larger pileus is unfortunately broken off.

12. P. (Pleuropus) lucidus, Fr. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.
Confluent, umbilicate, concentrically undulato-rugose, with
the stem central, resembling in habit Polyp. rugosus, Nees, but

386 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

much larger and thicker. Pores more or less yellow. In Sir
W. J. Hooker’s Herbarium there is a curious stemless ungu-
late pitch black variety with brownish pores gathered in North
America by Dr. Scouler. Dr. Richardson also gathered an
extraordinary form at the Slave Lake on the white spruce 43
inches long, 7 inches broad, 23 inches thick at the base, en-
tirely stemless, decurrent at the base, with a strongly raised
convex border. Surface veiny, varnished ; the older portions
dull and slightly cracked. Substance, hard, corky, pale, not
at all red. Pores very minute, dirty white.

13. P. (Pleuropus) Amboinensis, Fr. Mauritius. Mr. Tel-
fair. Some states of this species approach so near to P. lu-
cidus that it 1s difficult sometimes to believe it distinct. There
are specimens in Sir W. J. Hooker’s Herbarium almost ex-
actly intermediate.

14, P. (Pleuropus) flabelliformis, K\.1.c. Pileus rigid, thin,
obsoletely tomentose, zoned, tawny-bay, at length blackish ;
margin acute ; pores extremely minute, dirty white ; stem very
short. Pilei 2—4 inches broad, sometimes laterally connate,
flabelliform, coriaceous-rigid, elegantly zoned, the interstices
coarsely velvety, emarginate, plane or depressed, very variable
in colour, generally brown variegated with chestnut. Hyme-
nium pale tan. Pores perfectly round or elliptic. Stem ab-
ruptly black at the base, where it is sometimes dilated.

Mauritius, where it appears to be a common species. Mr.
Telfair. Analogous to Pol. versicolor.

15. P. (Merisma) discolor, K\. 1. c. Imbricated, confluent,
subsessile. Puilei flabelliform, connate at the base, longitudi-
nally rugulose, plicate, lobed, dirty white; pores brown-olive,
plane, extremely minute, subrotund, sometimes torn. Sub-
stance fleshy, white, when brittle old. Pilei irregular, lobed,
erowing together at the base, longitudinally rugose, 3—6
inches broad.

On trunks of trees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

16. P. (Merisma) Telfairii, Kl. 1. c. p. 484. Imbricated,
confluent, sessile; pilei minutely tuberculoso-rugose, obso-
letely zoned, white, subpubescent ; pores minute, plane, some-
what toothed, of the same colour. Substance carnoso-coria-
ceous. Pilei subpubescent, sometimes sericeo-striate and shi-

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 387

ning, densely imbricated, lobed, thin, 2—3 inches broad, 1
inch long, white or wood-coloured; dissepiments extremely
thin. Pores sometimes strongly toothed. Margin sometimes
very thin, torn, and inflexed when dry.

Trunks of trees. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

17. P. (Merisma) cristula, K\. in Hook. Herb. Dull ver-
milion, imbricated, confluent, coriaceous. Pilei zoned towards
the margin, irregular, smooth. Pores shallow, minute, irre-
gular, angular, dissepiments thin, torn. Pulei confluent, 3—1
inch broad, their disk crested with numerous smaller pilei,
many of which are cylindrical and abortive; margin thin, acute,
barren. Pores of the smaller pilei decomposed into hydnoid
bristles, so that some parts of the mass appear bristly. Sub-
stance firm with a slight ferruginous tinge.

On decaying Bamboo. Dr. Wight. Allied to Pol. cinna-
barinus, which does not appear to occur in the tropics. The
colour however is much duller.

18. P. (Apus. Perenn.) ligneus, Berk. Wood-coloured. Pi-
leus convex, ungulate, hard, ponderous, rugose, zoned; hyme-
nium narrower with age ; pores extremely minute, round. Pi-
Jeus 33 inches long, 54 inches broad, 24 inches thick. Sub-
stance wood-coloured, very hard, but velvety like cork. Mar-
ginal zones very narrow; those in the centre about three,
much raised, brown. Hymenium becoming narrower every
year. Sometimes cylindrical from the elongation of the vertex.

St. Vincent’s, Rev. L. Guilding. Mauritius, Mr. Telfair.

19. P. (Apus. Perenn) australis, Fr. P. fomentarius, 8. ap-
planatus, Kl. in Hook. Herb.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair. A very extraordinary fungus oc-
curs in Mauritius which I think is clearly referable to this
species. It is furnished with a long lateral stem. Pileus much
longer than broad. Hymenium narrow with a broad sulcate
sterile border. Pores pale. Some specimens are altogether
stipitiform, pointed with an oblique abortive hymenium. I
have gathered Polyporus fomentarius more than once with a
long, distinct, lateral stem. Plate VIII.

20. P. (Apus. Perenn.) fomentarius, Fr. North America.
Dr. Richardson.

Var. excavatus, Berk. Hard, ungulate. Hymenium hol-

388 Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

lowed out. Pileus 14 inch across, 14 high, dirty white, banded
with brown; bands scarcely at all depressed, quite smooth,
nearly even. Margin rather obtuse. Pores small, perfectly
round, fawn-coloured, cinnamon within. Old specimens have
four or five smooth, even, convex, black-brown ridges. Sub-
stance cinnamon coloured.

On birch. Isle 4 la Crosse. Dr. Richardson.

21. P. (Apus, Perenn.) nigricans, Fr. On dead birch. Isle
a la Crosse, Jan. 1827. Dr. Richardson.

22. P. (Apus. Perenn.) igniarius, Fr. On birch. North
America. Dr. Richardson.

A resupinate state of this species with a very narrow dark
border was found April 1830, by Bertero in Juan Fernandez,
marked No. 1682.

23. P. (Apus. Perenn.) pectinatus, Kl. 1. c. p.485. Small.
Pileus triquetrous, imbricated, bay, crested with concentric
thin velvety folds ; pores short, minute, yellow. Pol. indicus,
Kl. MSS. in Hook. Herb. Pileus effused at the base, scarce
one inch broad. Substance of the colour of turmeric. The
folds arise from the successive reflexed borders of the pileus,
calling to mind Cytherea Dione.

East Indies. Dr. Wight. Nearly allied to the last.

24, P. (Apus. Perenn.) spadiceus, Berk. Hard, coriaceo-
suberose. Pileus thin, bright brown, minutely velvety, closely
zoned. Hymenium ferruginous-cinnamon ; pores very mi-
nute, subrotund, cinnamon within. Pileus 14 inch long, 24
inches broad. Substance rhubarb-coloured. A very neat spe-
cies, resembling P. tabacinus. Allied to the last.

Kast Indies. Dr. Wight.

25. P. (Apus. Perenn.) rhabarbarinus, Berk. Horizontal,
heavy, hard. Pileus flattened, broad, rugose, deeply and re-
peatedly zoned, black-brown, almost lacquered. Hymenium
cinnamon-brown. Pores round, extremely minute, almost in-
visible to the naked eye. Substance rhubarb-coloured. Pileus
5 inches long, 8 inches broad, 2 of an inch thick. There is a
rudiment of a lateral stem. The species is clearly related to
P. igniarius. This fine species has unfortunately no label at-
tached to it. It is probably from Brazil.

26. P. (Apus. Perenn.) sanguinarius, Kl. 1. c. p. 484. Corky,

Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 389

hard. Pileus thin, sometimes papillose, brown-blood-coloured,
at length pale, effused at the base; pores extremely minute,
pale, with a brownish tinge. Very like P.igniarius. Pileus
effuso-reflexed, rather thin, zoneless, tuberculated, smooth,
margin subacute, brown-blood-coloured, 3—4 inches broad.

Mauritius, Mr. Telfair. Of this I have seen no specimens.

27. P. (Apus. Perenn.) marginatus, Fr. On birch. North
America. Dr. Richardson.

28. P.(Apus. Perenn.) fraxineus, Fr. On ash. North Ame-
rica. Dr. Richardson.

29. P. (Apus. Perenn.) hydnoides, Fr. Pol. ursinus, P. vul-
pinus, Link in Berl. Mag.

Mauritius, Mr. Telfair. St. Vincent’s, Rev. L. Guilding,
Demerara, Mr. Parker. The hymenium of this species varies
very much. The pores are sometimes close and angular with
thin dissepiments; sometimes they are perfectly round and
distant as represented by Bosc under Bol. hydnatinus, with
the dissepiments thicker in consequence of the cellular sub-
stance of the fungus beginning to grow again after the perfec-
tion of the hymenium, and thus partially obliterating the
pores. There is a triquetrous variety from Brazil.

30. P. (Apus. Perenn.) fibrosus, Hook. in Kunth. Syn. vol. i.
p- 10. sub Boleto. Subreniform, somewhat lobed, undulated.
Pileus brown shaded with reddish-grey, zoned, clothed with
scattered branched concentrically disposed fibres, sericeous
beneath; margin very thin, acute, fimbriated; pores minute,
subangular, umber; dissepiments very thin. Pileus 13 of an
inch long, 32 broad, flattened, thin; substance much softer
than in the last, which is hard and woody, ferruginous-umber.
Pores not stratose. Certainly distinct from the foregoing.
This is placed next to P. hydnoides on account of its close
affinity, but I doubt whether either is truly perennial. With
P. tenuis, Humboldt. Demerara, Mr. Parker.

31. P. (Apus. Bienn.) gilvus, Fr. Suberoso-coriaceous.
Pileus reniform, obscurely zoned, rugoso-striate, subsericeous,
red grey ; substance rhubarb-coloured; pores small, subfer-
ruginous.

Var. scabro-rugosus, Berk. Imbricated; pileus dimidiate,
more or less zoned, radiato-rugose and coarsely scabrous, red-

390 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Evotic Fungi.

dish-grey, here and there ferruginous ; substance rhubarb-
coloured ; pores small, greyish-umber. Pilei }—# of an inch
thick, 4 inches broad, 2} inches long, suberoso-coriaceous,
wrinkled, coarsely scabrous, in parts as if overgrown with a
small Jsidium, reddish-grey ; margin paler; extreme margin
and base sometimes ferruginous.

New Orleans. I have drawn up a character for P. gilvus,
from an original specimen of Schweinitz, as Fries’s specimens
appear to have been very imperfect. The New Orleans plant
is certainly the same as the Pennsylvanian, but it acquires a
much larger size.

32. P. (Apus. Bienn.) calvescens, Berk. Fawn-coloured,
rather thin, hard, suberoso-coriaceous. Pileus dimidiate, sub-
imbricate, rather rugged, older part naked; border bright
zoned, beautifully velvety. Hymenium uneven ; pores rather
minute, angular, dissepiments thin ; margin abruptly barren.

New Orleans. Pileus 12 inch long, 2} inches broad. Al-
lied to the foregoing.

33. P. (Apus. Bienn.) cinnabarinus, Fr. Carlton House.
North America. Dr. Richardson.

34. P. (Apus. Bienn.) ulmarius, Fr. North America. Dr.
Richardson.

35. P. (Apus. Ann. Suberosi) suaveolens, Fr. North Ame-
ricaj Mr. Drummond in Capt. Franklin’s expedition.

36. P. (Apus. Ann. Suberosi) obtusus, Berk. Pileus thick,
pulvinate, fleshy, spongy, soft, tomentose, white; margin very
obtuse; pores unequal, rather large, irregular, subgyrose,
tawny when dry. Pol. Drummondii, Kl. MSS. in Hook. Herb.
Pileus 4—6 inches across, 2 inches thick at the base, minutely
tomentose; substance soft but tough, white. Hymenium
rather convex; dissepiments jagged, often projecting like
teeth ; pores very unequal, % line broad, 1 inch deep. Allied
to Pol. suaveolens, but the habit is different, and the pores
much larger and more irregular, and the substance denser.

North America. Mr. Drummond.

37. P. (Apus. Ann. Sub.) leoninus, KI. 1. c. p. 486. Pileus
effuso-reflexed, fleshy, spongy, fibroso-hairy, tawny; pores
rather large, deeply jagged and sinuated, dissepiments deeply
toothed. Pileus effused for several inches, zoneless, clothed

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 391

with dense strigose tawny pubescence. Pores brownish, with
large acuminate teeth, giving the hymenium an hydnoid ap-
pearance.

Kast Indies. Dr. Wight. It is allied to Pol. suaveolens. 'The
specimen before me is resupinate, with the margin broadly
reflexed. The portion of the pileus next to the tubes, which is
very thin, is corky ; the rest consists of aspongy mass of fibres
like Ozonium auricomum of authors.

38. P. (Apus. Ann. Sub.) betulinus, Fr. On birch. North
America. Dr. Richardson.

39. P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) caperatus, Berk. Hard, ligneo-
coriaceous, thin, effused at the base. Pileus zoned, variegated
with brown, at first velvety, at length quite naked, some-
times shining. Hymenium pale fawn-coloured ; pores minute,
nearly round, dissepiments thin. Pileus 4—5} inches across,
3 inches long, sessile with the vertex sometimes prominently
marked with narrow concentric fascize, some of which as the
fawn-coloured down disappears become wrinkled. Substance
hard, brownish bay. Very smooth specimens have a sericeous
gloss.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair. This species is more properly
biennial, but it accords, though hard and woody, better with
the coriaceous section than any other allied to P. gilvus.

40. P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) glabrescens, Berk. Suberoso-co-
riaceous, rather thick. Pileus pale ochre, very minutely vel-
vety, zoned; pores minute, round, pale cinnamon ; dissepi-
ments thin. Pileus 6 inches broad, 4 inches long, sessile or
furnished with a short lateral stem, much incurved when dry.
Substance wood-coloured. Much thicker than most of the
species in its section, in which it is placed on account of its
zoned pileus.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

41. P.(Apus. Ann. Cor.) subcinereus, Berk. Effuso-reflexed,
suberoso-coriaceous, imbricated ; pileus dirty white, minutely
downy ; margin acute, obsoletely zoned, barren ; pores minute,
short, cimereous. Forming longitudinally effused imbricated
masses, with the margin more or less reflexed. Pileus 3 of an
inch long, sometimes, but rarely, quite free and reniform, soft
to the touch, minutely downy, with two or three indistinct

392 Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

zones, gencrally confined to the margin. Often quite resupi-
nate. Pores cinereous, perhaps tinged with violet when fresh.
Substance corky, dirty white.

On Populus balsamifera, Carlton House. North America.
Dr. Richardson.

42. P. (Apus. Ann. Coriacei) versicolor, Fr. Juan Fernan-
dez. Bertero, No. 1686, May 1830. An ochraceous variety.
This is not in Montagne’s ‘ Flora Fernandesiana.’

43. P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) pavonius, Hook. in Kunth. Syn.
vol. 1. p. 10. sub Boleto. Coriaceo-membranaceous. Pileus
flabelliform, lobed, fusco-ochraceous, elegantly zoned, velvety ;
hymenium of the same colour as the pileus; pores very mi-
nute, angular. Pileus 2 inches long and broad, very much
narrowed towards the base, very thin, spreading out from the
substipitiform vertex.

New Granada. Humboldt.

44, P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) striatus, Hook. |. c. p. 11. sub
Boleto. Small, subimbricated, coriaceo-membranaceous ; pi-
leus dark brown, zoned, radiato striate; pores cinereous,
brown, angular. Pileus 3 an inch broad.

Near Loxa. Humboldt. A very curious and distinct species.

45. P. (Apus. Ann.) abietinus, Fr. Isle 4 la Crosse. North
America. Dr. Richardson.

46. P. (Apus. Ann. Coriacez) biformis, Fr. in litt. Pileus
effuso-reflexed, coriaceous, villous, white, zoned; pores mid-
dle-sized, toothed, dirty white. Imbricated. Pileus 2—4
inches broad, 1—2 inches long. Pores irregular, sometimes
brown tinged with violet.

On birch. North America. Dr. Richardson.

B. Popul balsamifere. Pileus obsoletely villous, white; pores
rather large, brownish. Pileus constantly thicker at the base,
towards the margin void of pores. .

Isle 4 la Crosse. Dr. Richardson. Nearly allied to Pol.
abietinus. The pubescence sometimes vanishes in great mea-
sure, and it then resembles Pol. versicolor.

47. P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) laceratus, Berk. Effuso-reflexed,
thin, zoned, smooth, rugoso-striate, wood-coloured. Pores
rather large, angular, soon torn, brownish. Dissepiments thin,
toothed. Pileus 2 inches broad, ? of an inch long, allied to

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 393

the two last, but differing in the characters of the pileus. The
pores are probably tinged with purple when fresh. <A very
pretty species. The pileus when young is probably tomen-
tose as in the allied species.

New Orleans. Hook. Herb.

48. P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) occidentalis, K\.1.c. Effused at
the base, thin, coriaceous, yellow-brown. Pileus zoned, reni-
form, villous, at length velvety. Hymenium even. Pores
nearly round, shallow. Nearly of the same tawny yellow
throughout. Pileus 4—6 inches broad, 2—3 inches long,
with zones of the same colour. Klotzsch describes the disse-
piments as very thick, which is the case in some specimens,
but when perfect they are thin and the pores middle-sized
and angular. The. same remark indeed is applicable here
asin Pol. hydnoides. Some specimens are perfectly resupinate
and have the pores arranged concentrically.

St. Vincents, where itis acommon species. Rev. L. Guild-
ing.

49. P. (Ap. Ann. Cor.) cupreus, Berk. Thin, coriaceous,
flexible. Pileus rounded, efiused at the base, slightly lobed,
zoned, smooth, coppery-ferruginous. Substance ferruginous.
Hymenium ferruginous-cinnamon. Pores very minute, shal-
low; margin barren. Pileus 24 inches broad, 2 inches long,
very thin, of the same sort of glaucous coppery tint as the
hymenium of Thelephora rubiginosa.

Kast Indies, Dr. Wight.

50. P. (Ap. Ann. Cor.) tabacinus, Mont. Ann. d. Sc. Nat.
n. 8. vol. iil. p. 349.

Mauritius, Mr.Telfair. Differing from the Juan Fernandez
plant in being a little less zoned. The substance of this is
rich brown, very different from that of Pol. spadiceus de-
scribed above.

51. P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) pruinatus, Kl.1.c. Pileus effused
at the base, gilvo-fuscous, pruinose ; margin obsoletely zoned ;
pores extremely minute, round, fuliginous. Imbricated. Pi-
leus 1 inch long and broad, sometimes tuberculated. Pores
2 lines long. Substance thin, leathery.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

52. P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) Friesii, Kl. l.c. p. 487. tab. 11.
Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No. 19. Aug. 1839. 2F

394 Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

Pileus coriaceous, thin, reddish-grey, silky, elegantly zoned,
flabelliform, lobed ; margin incised ; pores brown, deeply torn,
towards the margin plane, entire. Pileus obsoletely zoned,
22 inches long and broad, narrowed behind, at length smooth.
Margin very thin, sometimes toothed. Dissepiments forming
long ligulate processes.

In the warmer parts of North America. It is also marked
Polyp. amenus, Klotzsch, from the Cape of Good Hope. Mr.
Muller.

53. P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) Drummondii, Kl. 1. ce. Pileus im-
bricated, obsoletely zoned, white tinged with red-brown, thin,
subpapyraceous, attenuated at the base; margin dilated, in-
cised, pendulous ; pores of the same colour, unequal, toothed,
plane towards the margin. Pilei 3—6 lines broad, 8—15 lines
long, obsoletely zoned, longitudinally rugulose, often laterally
connate, attached at the base by a few byssoid fibres. Disse-
piments very thin, inciso-dentate.

New Orleans. Mr. Drummond.

54. P. (Ap. Ann. Cor.) palmatus, Hook. |. c. sub Hydno.
Pileus palmate, deeply incised and fimbriate,rufescent, slightly
zoned, smooth, shining; pores middle-sized, shallow; disse-
piments thin, toothed. Pileus 17 inch long, 2 inches wide.
A very elegant species. By an error of the press lines have
been substituted for inches in Kunth’s synopsis. The colour
of the pileus is rufescent rather than yellow-brown.

New Granada. Humboldt.

55. P. (Apus. Ann. Cor.) thelephoroides, Hook. i Kunth.
Syn. vol. i. p.10. sub Boleto. Flabellate, plicate, very thin,
longitudinally rugose, somewhat flexuous, brown; pores of
the same colour, microscopic. Pileus 2 inches long, 4 inches
broad. Hymenium even. Pores quite invisible to the naked
eye, so that it looks like a Thelephora.

Near Loxa. Peru. Humboldt. A most distinct species,
resembling none with which I am acquainted. Without more
perfect specimens it 1s not easy to say what are its nearest af-
finities.

56. P. (Resup.) arenarius, Kl. 1l.c. Very widely effused ;
pileus resupinate, dirty white with a slight rufous tinge; pores
rather distant, plane, unequal, sinuous.

Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 395

Running over grass, and in consequence having the hyme-
nium rugged, with variously shaped protuberances. Pileus
6—8 inches broad and long, } an inch thick, of the same co-
lour within. |

On sandy soil. East Indies. Dr. Wight, No. 85.

57. P. (Resup.) vulgaris, Fr.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair. Carlton House, North America.
Dr. Richardson. Juan Fernandez. LBertero.

HypNuUM.

H. (Resup.) delicatum, Kl. in Hook. Herb. Orhicular,
effused, with the border slightly reflexed ; tomentose above,
ochraceous ; hymenium dirty-white; prickles purplish-grey,
scattered, simple, short, conical, with sub-clavate tips.

On decaying Jatropha Curcas. Madras. Dr, Wight.

IRPEX.

1. I. (Effuso-ref.) fusco-violaceus, Fr. Irpex Richardsonit,
Hook. Herb. On pine trunks. North America. Dr. Ri-
chardson.

2. I. (Effuso-ref.) lacteus, Fr. North America. Dr. Ri-
chardson.

3. I. (Resup.) flavus, Kl. l.c. p. 488. Pileus resupinate,
yellow, of a soft spongy texture, margin villous, slightly re-
flexed, teeth oblique, compressed, unequal, incised, connected
by a network of veins, widely effused, confluent, often thickly
clothing the branchlets of trees. My specimens have the mar-
gin slightly reflexed, on which account I am inclined to con-
sider them imperfect, and referable to the preceding tribe.

North America. Dr. Richardson.

THELEPHORA.

1. T. (Apus) striata, Fr. North America. Dr. Richardson.

2. T. (Apus) lobata, Kze. Fr.in Linn. T. affinis, KI. in
Hook. Herb. North America. Dr. Richardson. New Or-
leans. Mr. Drummond. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

3. Th. (Apus) complicata, Fr.in Linn. T. delicatula, KI.
in Hook. Herb. Resupinate, free, pendulous, papyraceous ;
margin lobed, often crisped and plicate, sericeo-striate, deli-
cately zoned, red-brown; hymenium smooth. At first gene-

2¥F2

396 Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

rally forming orbicular resupinate patches which soon. be-
come confluent, with the border free almost to the centre, lobed,
often multipartite, crisped and plicate; sometimes flabellate,
adhering only by the vertex, which assumes the form of a stem.
The older portions are clothed with whitish down, the newer
are smooth and shining bright red-brown, elegantly zoned.
On twigs. New Orleans. Fries appears not to have seen
orbicular roundly-lobed specimens in which the pileus is
closely and most elegantly zoned. In plicate individuals the
zones are obscure. New Orleans. Mr. Drummond. Klotzsch
says N. A., Dr. Richardson, but I suspect this is a mistake.

GEOGLOSSUM.

G. hirsutum, var. hirsutiusculum, Berk.

A smaller plant than the European, but differing m no re-
spect from it except in the bristles being shorter. The ana-
lysis of both is similar, the asci being shorter and stouter than
in G. glabrum. The sporidia in both species are very di-
stinctly septate.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

PEZIZA.

1. P.anomala, Pers. P. solenia ? videtur diversa et for-
tassen. sp. Bertero. No. 1701.

On bark and Spherie. Juan Fernandez. 1830, May.
Not in Fl. Fern.

2. P. (Phial. Hymenosc.) utriculus, Bert. Mss. No. 1702.
Scattered; cups white, hemispherical, membranous, smooth,
crisped; stem slender, rather long.

On dead wood. Juan Fernandez. Bertero. 1830, May.
Not noticed by Montagne. Resembling Peziza Campanula,
but much smaller.

Exipia.

1. E. hispidula, Berk. Globoso-campanulate, oblique, ses-
sile within, brown-black, externally fawn-coloured, clothed
with short bristly down. Peziza nigricans, Hook. in Kunth.
Syn. vol. 1. p. 13.

New Granada. Humboldt. Mauritius. Mr. Bojer. St.
Vincents. Rey. L. Guilding. Nearly allied to E. auricula
Jude, but the down is longer and more bristly.

Rev. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 397

NIDULARIA.

N. striata, Bull, var. pusilla, Berk. Smaller, only } an
inch high. Furfuraceousabove. Striz confined tothe mar-
gin. Colour dull umber, not bright brown. Very near to
N. plicata, Fr., a Brazilian species. That however appears
to be even more strongly grooved than N. striata.

West Indies.

SPHERIA.

1. S. (Cordyceps) digitata, Fr. Negapatam. Dr. Wight.

2. S. (Cordyceps) allantodia, Berk. Corky; stem ex-
tremely short, almost obsolete, smooth; stroma clavate, ob-
tuse, thick, coated with a thick rigid brown-black bark; _pe-
rithecia small, globose ; ostiola minute, prominent; about 4
inches high, 1 inch thick, attenuated below, often curved, at
first solid throughout, with the inner substance firm and pale
brown, at length more or less hollow, resembling closely a
small black-pudding. Some specimens are more elongated
and thinner. Outer coat black, with a brown bloom like that
of some exotic Polypori, very hard and rigid, distinct from the
substance, in old plants sometimes contracted. Perithecia
small, crowded. Ostiola minute, rather prominent.

Brazil.

3. S. (Cordyceps) Telfairii, Berk. Corky, club-shaped, more
or less obtuse above, clothed with very brittle fawn-coloured
bark dotted with the black orifices of the rather large peri-
thecia. About 23 inches high, $ an inch thick; solid; bark
extremely brittle, black coated with a thin distinct fawn-co-
loured coat, apt to become involute. Perithecia rather large,
subglobose. Ostiola black, slightly prominent. Asci long,
linear, slender, containing eight segmentiform sporidia, which
occasionally contain a single central sporidiolum.

Mauritius. Mr. Telfair. This is marked by Klotzsch S.
involuta, spec. nov. I have thought it best not to adopt the
manuscript name, as the bark in other allied species is often
involute.

4, S.(Cordyceps) obovata, Berk. Stem short, smooth, gra-
dually swelling out into a short obovate club, hollow, lined
with a papyraceous coat; bark black ; perithecia rather large,
scattered; ostiola very minute. Whole plant not ? of an inch

398 Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

high, 3 an inch thick above, extremely obtuse ; bark brittle,
black ; ostiola not visible to the naked eye; perithecia rather
large, globose. Asci and sporidia as in S. Telfairii. Nearly
allied to S. papyracea, but differing in size and form.

St. Vincents. Rev. L. Guilding.

5. S. (Cordyceps) gracilis, K).in Hook. Herb. 8. digitata,
Hook. in Kunth. Syn. vol.i. p.7. Corky; stem smooth,
forked, fastigiate, slender, subacute, barren at the apex. In-
termediate between S. digitata and S. multiplex, Kz. About
13 inch high, 1 line thick, dull black; bifid or trifid, caespi-
tose. Perithecia extending sometimes below the origin of the
forks.

Andes. Humboldt.

6. S. (Connate) pruinata, Kl. in Linn. |. c. p.489. Peri-
thecia globose, effused, growing together, emersed, clothed
with white meal, black within; ostiola black, prominent. S.
Jarinosa, Kl.in Hook. Herb. Forming small round pruinose
patches, dotted with the black ostiola. Allied to S. serpens.
Certainly not belonging to the tribe Concrescentes.

North America. On poplar. Dr. Richardson.

7- S. (Globose) nummularia, Dec.

On dead branches. Juan Fernandez, No. 1726. May,
1830. Not in Fl. Fern.

8. S. (Depazea) Drymidis, Berk. Epiphyllous, spots white,
orbicular, with a distinct brown raised border; perithecia
black, mostly disposed in a single ring near the margin.

On dead leaves of Drymis. Juan Fernandez, May, 1830.
No. 1727. Not in Mont. Fl. Fern. A very pretty species.

DorTuHIDEA.

1. D. (Erumpentes) granulosa, K\.in Hook. Herb. Hypo-
phyllous, suborbicular, confluent, very thin, depressed, black,
most minutely granulose with the superficial cells. Forming
little patches, scarcely 1 line broad.

On leaves of Hugenia Temu, Hook. and Arn. Valparaiso in
Chili.

2. D. (Xyloma) Muse, Kl. 1.c. Epiphyllous, black, con-
sisting of distinct cells, either scattered or collected in round
spots. Spots 1 line broad. Cells very minute, shining.

Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi. 399

On leaves of Musacee. East Indies. Dr. Wight. Cells
arranged in lines, following the nervation of the leaf.

3. D. (Asteroma) conspurcata, Berk. Flat, membranous,
uniform, orbicular, dull pitch-brown; perithecia few, scattered,
hemispherical, of the same colour. Forming small brown
spots on the under and upper side of the leaf, exactly like fly-
specks. The margin though irregular is not the least fimbri-
ate, or it would more properly be placed in the genus Asfe-
roma.

_ On the leaves ofa myrtle called Zuma, in hilly woods. Juan
Fernandez. Bertero. May,1830. No.1728. Not in Mont.
Fl. Fern. ;

PHACIDIUM.

P. depressum, Hook. Mss. Sph.? depressa, Hook. in
Kunth. Syn. vol.i. p.7. Scattered, orbicular, depressed,
opening with 5—6 black acute lacinisx:; disk black, at length
naked, bordered by the excipulum. About the size of P. co-
ronatum. sci short, linear, obtuse. I do not find curved
paraphyses as in that species.

Andes, with S. gracilis. Humboldt.

EXCIPULA.
E. gregaria, Fr.in Linn. l.c. p.552. On petioles of Ca-
rica Papaya. Mauritius. Mr. Bojer.

GEASTER.

1. Geaster plicatus, Berk. Geaster striatus, y plicatus, K1.
Mss. in Hook. Herb. Outer peridium soft, papyraceous, pale
umber, smooth; laciniz about 7, acute; inner peridium seated
on a long peduncle, globose, dark umber, smooth, strongly
plicate at the base ; orifice seated in a circular depression, co-
nical, plicato-sulcate. Sporidia brown.

Madras. Dr. Wight. Nearly allied to G. striatus, 8. mi-
nimus, but certainly distinct. The folds at the base of the
inner peridium are very remarkable.

2. G. limbatus, Fr. North America. Dr. Richardson.

3. G. minimus, Schwein.! North America. Dr. Richardson.

4. G. rufescens, Pers. G. fimbriatus, Kl.in Linn. North
America. Dr. Richardson.

5. G. hygrometricus, Pers. North America. Dr. Richardson.

400 Rey. M. J. Berkeley on Exotic Fungi.

BovisTa.

B. argentea, Berk. Oval, depressed; inner peridium ex-
tremely thin, papyraceous, shining, silvery without; within
as well as the minute sporidia and capillitium of a pale dingy
red-brown. Larger diam. 2% inches, smaller 24; depth about
linch. Inner peridium resembling very thin paper which
has been washed with silver. The sporidia and flocci resem-
ble in colour coffee and cream.

Madras. Dr. Wight. Inthe herbaria of Sir W. J. Hooker
and N. B. Ward, Esq.

LYCOGALA.

L. epidendrum, Fr. St. Vincents. Rev. L. Guilding. Both

the common state, and one with grey-green sporidia.

DIAcHEA.

D. elegans, Fr. On the leaves of a Paulinia. Brazil. Mr.
Boog.

STEMONITIS.

S. fusca, Roth. Tilostylus jungermannioides, Kl. Mss. in
Hook. Herb.

Mauritius. Mr. Bojer. Carlton House. North America.
Mr. Drummond.

ONYGENA.

O. eguina, Pers. On buffaloes’ horns. North America.
Dr. Richardson.

TESTICULARIA.

Pseudoperidia aggregate, forming a dense mass. Sporidia
more or less mixed with simple flocci.

T. Cyperi, KI. in Linn, vol. vii. p. 202.

Parasitic on Cyperi, occupying the place of the seed, soli-
tary or two together, ovate or oblong, about the size of a large
pea or acorn. Outer coat white, papyraceo-corneous, brittle,
at length bursting at the apex, farinoso-floccose, filled with
naked black pseudoperidia resembling gunpowder. Sporidia
globose, accompanied by simple flocci.

On Cyperi. North America.

This extremely curious genus is considered by Klotzsch as
uniting the Angiogastri with the Trichospermi. I cannot con-
cur in this notion. I feel little doubt that its proper situation

On the British Hydromyzide. 401

is amongst the epiphytous Coniomycetes, and that it is indeed
nearly allied to Uredo urceolorum, &c. It will be seen, on look-
ing at Corda’s figure, Ic. Fung. tab. 8. fig. 12, that the spo-
ridia in that species are clothed with a cellular integument.
Testicularia is a compound Uredo, the cellular integument of
its globules being a pseudoperidium, and the contained gra-
nules sporidia. I have not been able to see the flocci as di-
stinctly as they are represented by Klotzsch. There are traces
of flocci in U. urceolorum.
ARCIDIUM.
44. Euphorbia, Dec. Mauritius. Mr. Telfair.

XLIII.—Remarks on the Generic Distribution of the British
Hydromyzide (Diptera). By A. H. Haurpay, Esq.
[Continued from p. 224. ]

Gen. 3. HYDRELLIA.

Caput oblatum. Oculi confertissime pilosi, quasi velutini. Men-
tum parum incrassatum. Antenne articulo 2° exunguiculato. Ale
exunguiculate.

Every facet of the compound eyes appears to produce a
short erect hair from its centre, which gives a velvety pile to
the whole, and an indefinite outline when viewed by a mag-
nifier, unless in the direction of a row of the lenses.

Subgenerum Synopsis.

Arista ( dorso pectinata
| meses { CONVEXA seveserseeeeeeeeseees 1. Hydrellia.
ea ai rueS. HUPECSSA “cocecnnsscussescease 25; eMESEee
subtilissime pubescens .....ecccceccsseccsccccccesece 3. Glenanthe.

Subg. 1. Hyprexuia, Desv.

Antenne articulo 3° ovato aut orbiculato, compresso, deflexo ;
arista dorso pectinata. Facies convexa, superne attenuata, squamu-
loso-micans, puncto lucido antennarum basin superante. Palpi sub-
dilatati. Ale apice rotundate. Nervus discoidali-recurrens ab ale
margine parum distans.

As the species of this group are subject to some variation
in the colour of the face, antennz and mouth, a more parti-
cular examination of the specific characters is required. This
will not be difficult, as they generally occur in great profusion

402 Mr. A. H. Haliday on the generic distribution

in their favourite localities. The general colour of the body
is rather uniform, ranging from a dull olive or cinereous shade
to a shining black. ‘The halteres are sulphureous, with the
base black in the dark-coloured species, brown or tawny in
the others.

Sp. 1. cardamines, H. nigro-znescens, antennis subtus facie ore
palpis coxis et tibiis anticis totis tibiis posterioribus apice tar-
sisque basi fulvis; m. f. 3—14 lin.

Var. 3. Facie albo-micante.

Var. y. Antennis et mento nigris.

Among aquatic plants, Hollywood ; local but not rare.

Sp. 2. flaviceps, H. obscure viridis antennarum articulo 3° tibiis
tarsisque fuivis, tibiis posticis annulo fusco, ore palpisque flavis,
facie flava albo-micante.

Notiphila flaviceps. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 72.—Discocerina id.

Macq. S. a B. il. 527.—Hydrellia aurifacies. Desy. Myod. 791.

In marshes about Hollywood; June; rare.

Sp. 3. hydrocotyles,H. obscure viridis tibiis anterioribus et posti-
carum apice palpis tarsisque fulvis, facie albissima: f. 1 lin.

Hydretlia communis. Desv. Myod. 791?

Hollywood; extremely rare.

Sp. 4. porphyrops, H. nigricans antennarum articulo 3° tibiis apice
tarsis basi fulvis, facie ore palpis flavis, puncto frontali albo, ocu-
lis hyacinthinis ; m. # lin.

This distinct and beautiful species has occurred but once at
Hollywood among Mentha sylvestris in a ditch. The eyes are
large and of an exquisite purple tint, and the face remarkably
small. The eyes are dark green or brassy in most other
species.

Sp. 5. thoracica, H. thorace cinereo obsolete lineato, facie alba,

palpis nigris, tarsis posterioribus ferrugineis; m. f. 1+ lin.

On the sea-coast, Hollywood ; June; rare.

A very distinct species, of robust form, and the only one
which has any vestige of markings on the body. The middle
and hind tibize are evidently thicker than the fore pair. The
discoidal recurrent nerve is very near the margin.

Sp. 6. Ranunculi, H. nigro-olivacea facie alba, tarsis posterioribus

basi palpisque ferrugineis, nervo transverso subobliquo: m. f.
1 hin,
Abundant in meadows and marshes. This is probably the

of the British Hydromyzide. 403

variety of H. griseola with a white face, of which Fallen makes
mention, but he is mistaken in considering it as a sexual di-
stinction.

Sp. 7. griseola, H. viridi-cinerea, subtus schistacea, facie flavi-
cante, puncto frontali albissimo, tarsis posterioribus basi palpis-
que ferrugineis, alis hyalinis nervo transverso perpendiculari.

Macq. S. a B. ui. 523. pl. 21. fig. 10.—Notiphilaid. Fallen, Act.
Holm. 1813. p.250. Hydrom. 9. Meigen, Dipt. Eur. vi. 66.

The most abundant species in meadows. The wings and
legs are particularly long. The palpi usually dusky at the
base. The distinct white dot above the antenne is rarely
wanting.

Sp. 8. chrysostoma, H. nigro-olivacea facie flavicante palpis fer-

rugineis, nervo transverso subobliquo.

Notiphila id. Merg. vi. 67.—Hydrellia viridescens. Desv. Myod.
793?

Not rare in marshes.

Sp. 9. tarsata, H. nigro-olivacea facie palpisque flavis ; femoribus
anticis validis, tarsis iisdem subtus flavo-tomentosis, onychiis
longiusculis rufescentibus ; m. 14 lin.

Distinguished particularly by its onychii ; those of the other

species being short and white in both sexes.

Found but once at Hollywood.

Sp. 10. albiceps,H. nigro-znescens facie alba, palpis ferrugineis,
alis obscuris, halteribus basi nigris.

Variat labellis ferrugineis et antennarum articulo 3° subtus vel

etiam toto fulve.

Macq. S. a B. ii. 526.—Notiphila id. Meigen, Dipt. Eur. vi. 68.
HAydrina fuliginosa. Desv. Myod. 793?

Common in marshes.

Sp. 11. erythrostoma, H. nigro-znescens antennarum articulo 3°
facie palpisque fulvis, puncto frontali albissimo, alis obscuris,
halteribus basi nigris.

Variat puncto frontali flavicante ; etiam antennarum articulo 3°

fusco.

Macq. S. a B. ii. 526.—Notiphila id. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 69.

Common on moist grassy slopes of mountains and in marshes.

Sp. 12. Cochlearie, H. nigro-znescens facie flavicante, palpis ni-
gris, alis obscuris, halteribus basi nigris ; f. 1 lin.

Very like the last, but I am inclined to consider it a distinct

species.

Hollywood ; June ; rare.

404 Mr. A. H. Haliday on the generic distribution

Sp. 13. albilabris, H. nigra nitida facie alba, antennarum arti-

culo 8° fulvo, halteribus basi palpisque nigris.

Notiphila id. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 71.—Discocerina id. Macq.
S. a B. ii. 528.—Hydrellia argyria. Desv. Myod. 793.

The third joint of the antennz is more orbiculate than in
the rest, and the wings nearly lanceolate, with the radial nerve
shorter.

In meadows; Hollywood; very rare.

Subg. 2. Arissa, Curt. Guide App.

Antenne articulo 3° spheroideo subcompresso, arista dorso brevi-
ter pectinata. Facies brevis sub antennis utrinque impressa margine
infero prominulo. Ale lanceolate. Nervus discoidali-recurrens a
margine remotus.

Sp. 14. pygmea, H. A. cinerea facie albida, antennis tarsisque

ferrugineis. 3 lin.

Ephydraid. Ent. Mag. i. 174.

In a salt marsh, Hollywood.

Subg. 3. GLENANTHE.

Antenne articulo 3° orbiculato compresso, arista brevi subtilissime
pubescente. Facies sub antennis utrinque impressa, medio longi-
trorsum convexa. Oculi inferne attenuati, subangulati. Nervus
discoidali-recurrens ab ale margine distans. Fem. Abdomen apice
rima longitudinali tuberculum muricatum includente.

Sp. 15. ripicola,H. G. cinerea fronte thoraceque ferruginosis,

antennis tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis, facie albida; m. f. 1 lin.

On the muddy sea-coast, Hollywood.

Gen. 4. EPHYDRA, Fallen.
Oculi glabri s. vage pubescentes. Antenne articulo 2° exungui-
culato. Proboscis magis incrassata. Femora subzequalia.
Subgenerum Synopsis.
Areole probrachialis et analis

parvee completa, c.sssesssecsee eovececeeecs einai Saurs ste 11. Canace.
incompletz ;—ungues
subrecti onychiis obsoletis, ..... spapecey ane semen seen 10. Ephydra.

curvati onychiis hirsutis ;—caput
parum depressum :—nervus transversus

prope marginem alz, ......scsssee0» eae rccgeevases 4. Pelina.
a margine remotus ;—facies
lateribus, ciliata, 0. ccceesbeansee © *pseacsccecess 1. Hydrina.
vix nisi nuda ;—nervus costalis
ale apicem ambiens, ......csscsecesessens ee. 2. Hyadina.

in alee apice CesiNENS, ..ss..ecncecnssesesnasés sn UKYBIG:

of the British Hydromyzide. 405
[Caput] depressum ;—clypeus

PREG: 60 ne cndteate biw og peteeakave eb cbsibsnccsestosscceccers 5. Napa.
reconditus ;—peristoma margine
MGW, oWie a ateussecesevese aces peau scacewocupenddady ... 6, Ilythea.
villosum s. pectinatum :—uarista
WOTEO. PCHRD, Mate odeiee cece coteenadseacsae eee 7. Coenia.
PUDCECEHS, (5-055 doves odes eW0yasuowscbwacahecskeewceees 8. Scatella.
BlabT ay. iv ssscaeetn cnet nwacio th setae eveceiame na seeps 9. Teichomyza.

Subg. 1. Hyprina, Desv.

Facies proclivis subtriangularis convexa, lateribus subtiliter ciliata.
Antenne mediocres articulo 3° subdeflexo, oblongo, dorso subim-
presso: arista pubescens aut dorso pectinata. Palpi parum dilatati.
Abdomen 5-annulatum convexum, apice glabrum. Nervus discoi-
dali-recurrens ab ale margine distans.

* Arista dorso longe villosa s. pectinata,

The minute species belonging to this section are remark-
able for the distinct variegation of their colours. The only
European species described is the following:

Sp. 1. picta, E. Hydr. thorace fusco utrinque linea alba, scu-

tello aterrimo, antennis subtus pedibusque testaceis.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 125.—Notiphila id. Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813.
p. 254. Hydrom. ii.

Variat femoribus nigris, aut pedibus nigris tarsis basi rufescen-
tibus.

Common on grass in shady places.

** Arista pubescens.

Sp. 2. punctato-nervosa, E. Hydr. thorace cinereo, antennis pe-
dibusque flavis, alis seriatim fusco-punctatis, nervis transversis
fuscis.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 123.—WNotiphila id. Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813.

p. 254. Hydrom. 12.

In sandy places; Portmarnock ; Hollywood.

Sp. 3. flavipes, E. Hydr. thorace cinereo, facie antennis pedibus
flavis ; nervis transversis fuscis.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 123. Fallen, Hydrom. 12.

Not rare in meadows.

Sp. 4. stictica, E. Hydr. thorace cinereo fusco-vittato, facie an-
tennis pedibus flavis, alarum nervis transversis et puncto fuscis.
Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 121. Macq. S. a B. 1. 539,

Common in meadows.

Sp. 5. interstincta, E. Hydr. thorace fusco-cinereo, tibiis tarsis-
que ferrugineis, alarum nervis transversis et punctis 6 fuscis,

406 Mr. A. H. Haliday on the generic distribution

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 122. Macq. S. a B. il. 539.—WNotiphila id.
Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813. p.254. Hydrom. 12.—Hydrina maculi-
pennis. Desy. Myod, 795.

Common on grass.

Sp. 6. interrupta, E. Hydr. thorace cinereo fusco-vittato, facie
antennis tarsisque flavis, alis fuscis disco hyalinis nervis trans-
versis fuscis.

Ent. Mag. 1. 176.

Sandy shore of Killiney bay, county Dublin; Hollywood; rare.

Sp. 7. posticata, E. Hydr. cinerea abdominis apice nigro, facie
antennis tarsisque flavis, alis hyalinis.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 124. Macq. S. a B. ui. 539.

Not uncommon.

Subg. 2. Hyapina, Curtis, Guide, App.

Facies perpendicularis superne parum angustata vix nisi nuda.
Arista pubescens, Abdomen 5-annulatum segmento 5° magno gla-
berrimo. Nervus costalis ale apicem ambiens. Nervus discoidali-
recurrens ab ale margine distans. Nervi brachiales ibidem sinu ap-
proximati.

Sp. 8. guttata, E. Hyad. nigra subnitida scutelli lateribus ater-

rimis, antennis subtus pedibusque testaceis, alis albo-biguttatis.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 125.—Notiphila id. Fallen, Act. Holm.
1813. 253. Hydrom. 11.—Ephydra nitida. Macq. S. a B. 1.539.
Hydrina vernalis. Desv. Myod. 795.

Varies, with the legs dusky, also with the face silvery-white
or straw colour. The clear dot above and below the trans-
verse nerve is not very evident unless when the wings over-
lap.

Common in swampy spots.

Sp. 9. scutellata, E. Hyad. nigra subnitida scutello aterrimo, an-
tennis subtus pedibusque testaceis, alis albo-biguttatis.—vix 1
lin.

Hollywood ; very rare.

Subg. 3. AxysrTa.

Facies perpendicularis medio subconvexa, superne parum angus-
tata, vix nisi nuda. Arista pubescens. Abdomen quasi tri-annula-
tum, i.e. segmentis 1° et 5° minimis, basi marginatum. Nervus
costalis in alee apice evanescens: nervus discoidali-recurrens ab alz
margine distans: nervi brachiales ibidem sinu approximati.

Sp. 10. viridula, E. A. nigra nitida abdomine punctatissimo cya-
nescente, facie albida vitta nigra.

of the British Hydromyzide. 407

Hydrina viridula. Desv. Myod. 795?—Ephydra cesta. Ent.
Mag. i. 177.—Trimerina ceruleiventris. Macq. 8. aB. ii. 529. pl. 21.
fig. 12?

On grass; Hollywood; rare.

Subg. 4. Pexina, Curt. Guide, App.

Facies latissima perpendicularis lateribus tenuissime ciliata; cly- |
peus subexertus. Arista subtilissime pubescens. Abdomen depres-
sum. Nervus discoidali-recurrens prope marginem ale.

Sp. 11. enea, E. P. obscure enea facie albicante, tarsis flavis,

alis hyalinis.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 124.—Notiphila id. Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813.
p- 253. Hydrom. 11.—Ephydra glabricula. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi.
121. Macq. 8S. a B. u. 538.

Common among aquatic plants.

Subg. 5. Napza, Desv.

Caput depressum : facies proclivis latissima vix nisi nuda ; clypeus
exertus. Mentum valde incrassatum. Arista basi pubescens. Corpus
pedesque subglabri. Abdomen depressum suborbiculatum. Nervus
prebrachialis-recurrens fere in medio ale.

* Nervus radialis apice appendiculatus.

Sp. 12. coarctata, E. N. fusco-zenea tarsis basi ferrugineis, alis
fuscanis nervis transversis obscuris, arista nisi basi nuda.

Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813, p. 247. Hydrom.4. Meig. Dipt. Eur.
vi. 116.—Eph. rufitarsis. Macq. 8. a B. il. 536. pl. 22. f. 2,—Na-
pea stagnicola major. Desv. Myod. 800.

Abundant on pools.

Sp. 13. litoralis, E. N. obscure znea tarsis basi ferrugineis, alis
fuscanis, nervis transversis obscuris utrinque hyalino-guttatis,
arista villosa.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 116. tab. 60. fig.8. Macq. 8. a B. ii. 536.

Less common than the preceding.

E. 4-punctata, M., also belongs to this group.

** Nervus radialis simplex.

Sp. 14. Aquila, E. N. fusco-znea alis fuscanis, nervis transversis
obscuris, tibiis basi apiceque albis, tarsis ferrugineis.

Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813, 247. Hydrom.4. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi.

117. Macq. S. a B. ii. 537.

Not rare on pools at Hollywood.

Sp. 15. fossarum, E. N. fusco-znea tarsis basi ferrugineis, alis
fuscanis, nervis transversis obscuris.

408 Mr. A. H. Haliday on the generic distribution

Ent. Mag. i. 175.—Napea stagnicola minor. Desv. Myod. 800 ?

Abundant on pools.

Sp. 16. hecate, E. N. fusco-znea tarsis basi ferrugineis, alis fus-
canis, nervis transversis obscuris utrinque hyalino-guttatis.

Ent. Mag. i. 175.—Eph. fuscipennis, Macq. 8. a B. i. 540.

Hollywood: very rare.

Sp. 17. pusilla, E. N. nigro-znea facie albicante, pedibus nigris,
alis fuscanis nervis transversis obscuris.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 126.—Eph. infecta. Ent. Mag. i. 175.

Hollywood, &c., rare.

Subg. 6. InyruEa, Curt. Guide, App.
Caput depressum, facie convexa inter antennas elevata, nisi late-
ribus nuda; clypeo recondito. Mentum incrassatum. Labella crassa,
retro-producta obtusa. Arista dorso pectinata.

Sp. 18. Spilota, E. 1. nigra facie ferruginosa, tarsis flavis, alis
nigro-punctatis.

Curtis, Brit. Ent. 413.

Not rare about pools and ditches.

Subg. 7. Canta, Desv.
Caput depressum facie protuberante et margine peristomatis vil-
losis aut setosis; clypeo recondito. Arista dorso pectinata. Men-
tum valde incrassatum.

* Antenne articulo 3° obtuso.

Sp. 19. albula, E. Coen. thorace obscure eneo, abdomine glauco
incisuris obscuris, facie cinerascente, halteribus albidis.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 115.

Loch Fad, Isle of Bute; August.

Sp. 20. palustris, E. Coen. nigro-zenea facie setosa, capite pedi-
busque nigris, halteribus fuscanis.
Fallen, Hydrom. 4. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 115.—Cenia, id. Macq.
S. a B. ii. 530. pl. 21. fig. 14.—Cenia caricicola, Desv. Myod. 800.
Common in marshes. Erroneously cited as Eph. curvicauda in my
list of Diptera occurring about Hollywood, ‘ Ent. Mag.’ i. 150.
Ephydra obscura, Meig., which has been found in England
by Mr. F. Walker, belongs to the same section.
** Antenne articulo 3° subconico.
Sp. 21. defecta, E. Coen. nigro-znea scutello cyanescente, an-
tennis subtus tarsisque luteis, alis obscuris hyalino-guttatis.
Ent. Mag. 1. 174.
Common in swampy spots.

of the British Hydromyzide. 409

Subg. 8. ScaTeiya, Desv.
Caput depressum facie buccata et margine peristomatis villosis
aut setosis; clypeo recondito. Arista arcuata pubescens. Antenne
articulo 3° obtuso. Ungues curvati divaricati. Onychii manifest.

Sp. 22. sibilans, E. S. ferruginosa abdomine zenescente, facie
flavida setosa, alis obscuris.

Ent. Mag. i. 175.

Very common on the sea-coast, Hollywood.

Sp. 23. leuwcostoma, E. 8. olivacea facie villosa albicante, alis ob-
scuris nervo transverso a margine remoto.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. 121.

Not uncommon on marine rejectamenta.

Sp. 24. sorbdillans, E. S. olivacea facie pubescente alba, alis ci-
nerascentibus indistincte hyalino 5-guttatis, m. f. 14 lin.

Not rare on the sea-coast.

Sp. 25. estuans, E. S. cinerea fronte thoracisque dorso ferruginosis,
facie flavida, tarsis ferrugineis, alis ferruginosis guttis 5 albis
anteriore majore quadrata.

Ent. Mag. 1.176.

Common on fuci.

Sp. 26. buccata; E.S. nigra fronte thoraceque fuscis, facie fla-
vicante, alis fuliginosis hyalino 5-guttatis.

Scatella buccata, Desvy. Myod. 801.—Ephydra stagnalis? Fallen.
Act. Holm. 1813, p. 248. Hydrom.5? Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 118?
Macq. 8. a B. ii. 537?

The most abundant species. Fallen has probably con-
founded with his #. stagnalis all the species with hyaline dots
on the dark ground of the wings; and though Meigen has
very fully distinguished many species of this character, I can
scarcely identify any of mine exactly with his descriptions.

Sp. 27. lutosa, E. 8. fusco-cinerea fronte thoraceque ferruginosis,
facie flavicante, tarsis ferrugineis, alis infumatis hyalino 5-gut-
tatis. .

Ent. Mag. 1. 176.

Found along with the last and almost equally abundant.

Sp. 28. despecta (Curt. App.), E. 8. cinerea thorace fusco li-
neolis albidis, facie albida, alis cinerascentibus obsolete hyalino-
guttatis, m. f. femoribus mediis subtus basi pectinatis, m. 1 lin.

On the sea-coast and in sandy places: not common.

Sp. 29. noctula, E. S. nigricans thorace fusco lineolis albidis,
facie flavicante, tarsis ferrugineis, alis fuscanis hyalino guttatis.

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol. 3. No.19. Aug. 1839. oe

410 On the British Hydromyzide.

Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 119. Macq. S. a B. ii. 587.
Common in moist places.
Sp. 30. comta, E. S. nigra thorace fusco, facie albida, alis fus-

canis hyalino guttatis.
Ent. Mag. i. 176.—Scatella cinerea. Desy. Myod. 801 ?

Generally one half less than the last species, of which it may
be a variety.

Sp. 31. quadrata, E. S. nigricans thorace fusco lineolis albidis,
tarsis ferrugineis, alis fusco nubeculosis margine antico nigro-
tessellato.

Fallen, Hydrom. 5. Meig. Dipt. Eur. vi. 119. Macq. S. aB. ii.
538.—Notiphila id. Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813, 255.—Eph. gramit-
num. Ent. Mag. i. 176.

Common. Varies with the face yellowish or whitish.

To the same group belong EL. paludum, E. lacustris, and E.
4-guttata, Meigen.

Subg. 9. Tr1cHomyza, Macq.

Caput depressum, facie longe porrecta fornicata setosa, sub an-
tennis impressa ; clypeo recondito. Peristomatis margo pectinatus.
Antenne arista elongata glabra tenui. Ungues validi curvati, ony-
chiis conspicuis hirtis. Abdomen feminze apice subcompressum
rima verticali.

Sp. 32. fusca, E. 'T. fusco-olivacea thorace lineolis 2 anticis ci-
nereis, alis fuliginosis, m. f. Femoribus mediis subtus pecti-
natis, metatarso antico incrassato, m.

Teichomyza fusca. Macq. S. a B. ii. 535.

On the walls of damp outhouses, in winter; where the larve (as

observed by Macquart) are fed among the decomposed mortar.

Subg. 10. Epuypra.

Caput depressum, facie porrecta fornicata villosa ; peristoma mar-
gine pectinatum. Mentum canaliculatum, labella in quiete retrocus-
pidata excipiens. Antenne articulo 3° conico; arista basi villosa.
Ungues subrecti. Onychii obsoleti.

The singular larve of this group are figured by Bouché.
The posterior spiracles are placed each at the extremity of a
slender conical shaft, springing from a common stem, and with
it longer than the rest of the body.

Sp. 338. riparia, E. obscure nea alis fuscanis, facie alba aut fla-

vicante, arista villosa.

Prof. C. Morren on the Morphology cf the Ascidia, 411

Var. a. tibiis tarsisque basi testaceis.

Var. (3. thoraceque ferruginoso.

Var. y. pedibus nigris.

Fallen, Act. Holm. 1813, p. 255. Hydrom. 5. Meig. Dipt. Eur.
vi. 117. Macq. S. a B. ii. 537.—Ephydra salinarum. Bouché, Na-
turg. Ins. i. 99. tab. 6. fig. 13 —14, larva and pupa.

Sp. 34. micans, E. obscure viridis pedibus nigris, alis fuscanis,

arista nonnisi basi pubescente, facie alba aut flavicante.

Ent. Mag. i. 175.

This may be a mere variety of the last species; as such
Fallen has considered it.

Subg. 11. Canace, Curt. Guide, App.

Caput depressum. Facies transversa, perpendicularis, subimpressa,
lateribus ciliata; clypeus exertus; peristoma magnum. Oculi ellip-
tici transversi. Arista pubescens. Abdomen conicum, 7-annulatum,
segmento 2° maximo. Areole przbrachialis et analis parvee complete.

Sp. 35. nasica (Curt. App.), E. Can. cinerea fronte thoraceque

ferruginosis, facie albida, tarsis basi ferrugineis. 14 lin.

England ; communicated by F. Walker.

Authors cited or referred to.

DeGeer, Mémoires.—Fabricius, Entomologia Systematica; Sy-
stema Antliatorum.—Latreille, Histoire Naturelle Générale, &c.;
Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum; Régne Animal, Ed. 24.—
Fallen, Diptera Suecize, Hydromyzides; Methodus Dipterorum; Act.
Holm. 1813, Hydromyzides Suecie.— Meigen, Europaischen Zwei-
fligeligen Insekten.—Macquart, Suites 4 Buffon, Insectes Diptéres.
—Robineau Desvoidy, Myodaires.—Entomological Magazine, vol, i.:
Catalogue of Diptera, &c.—Bouché, Naturgeschichte der Insekten.—
Curtis’s Guide, 2nd Edition, Appendix.

XLIV.—Further Remarks on the Morphology of the Ascidia
of Plants. By M. Cu. Morren, Professor of Botany at
Liége, Member of the Royal Academy of Brussels.

From the notice on the morphology of the ascidia which I re-
cently presented to the Academy* it may be seen that I con-
sider the cuculliform pitcher of plants as a variation in form

* A translation of which appeared in No, XVIII. of this Journal.
2G 2

412 Prof. C. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia.

of the blade of the leaf. The leaf coheres by its margins and
above, absolutely as in the formation of carpels, which made
me say that the ascidium is a tendency to the floral form.
Since this period new facts have confirmed this theory. Du-
ring my stay at Newcastle in Northumberland, at the Meet-
ing of the British Association, I had an opportunity of study-
ing the different preparations of monstrosities which the Rev.
W. Hincks of York, known by his ‘ Monograph of the Gino-
there, had brought there. Amongst these specimens were
two of the most remarkable accidental ascidia, and which per-
mit us to classify these extraordinary deviations. One was on
a specimen of Tulipa gesneriana. 'The leaf which, as is well
known, sheaths the peduncle in this plant, had cohered at its
free margins along its whole length, so that the outer surface of
the pitcher thus formed was always the under surface of the
leaf. But it resulted also from the complete cohesion of the
margins of this organ that no aperture allowed of any communi-
cation between the outward air and that inclosed in its cavity.
Nevertheless a flower and its peduncle were inclosed in this ca-
vity, and the perianth was not less finely coloured through this
envelope than are the petals of Papaver rhocas under the
thick tunics of their caducous calyx. As the flower deve-
loped, it was necessary that the peduncle should grow larger,
which it did to a greater degree than the ascidimorphous leaf,
which remained small; but then it was also necessary that the
peduncle should twist itself or that the ascidium should burst.
The peduncle prevailed, and the ascidium opened ; but not, as
would have been supposed, by a longitudinal rupture occasion-
ed by a dislocation of the cohering margins, but by another
very curious way of dehiscence. The ascidium formed an elon-
gated bag, tumid in the middle, tapering at its two extremi-
ties, above and below: now this bag was split across with
a horizontal rupture, just as in the ascidium the lid is de-
tached from the pitcher, or rather as in mosses the calyptra
falls off from the urn. The flower indeed carried this cap with
it and could not rid itself of it, so that the perianth remained
curled up beneath and within. At sight of this tulip, having
at its base a conical foliaceous hollow body, from the centre
of which arose a long peduncle, terminating in its turn in

Prof. C. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia. 413

another cone, which disclosed the organs of fecundation, I
could not help comparing it to a large moss armed with its
calyptra.

In Nepenthes and Sarracenia the ascidia also are at first
shut up, and at Edinburgh, upon the beautiful plants of
Nepenthes, cultivated with so much skill by Mr. MacNab, I
was able to learn how their dehiscence takes place. The part
which the circular struma acts, with its numerous small trans-
verse ribs, then becomes very easy to understand. Before
the operculum is detached its thin margins are folded round
this struma, which holds them very strongly fixed, as a bladder
is fastened over the opening of a vessel by the inflected margin.

When once the operculum is freed it cannot again fasten
itself above the struma. This dehiscence of the lid is therefore
horizontal or in a small degree oblique, like the direction of the
struma itself, and it is nearly the same in all ascidia. On that
of the tulip formed by monstrosity, the opening, although in
this case it was an actual rupture caused by internal violence,
took place notwithstanding in the same manner. This com-
parison deserves some attention, especially if further observa-
tions tend to confirm it.

The other accidental ascidium which I had the pleasure of
seeing among the preparations of the Rev. Mr. Hincks, was
of a kind altogether singular. It belonged to the Polygonatum
multifiorum ; but it had not shown itself, like that which I had
myself gathered upon the same species of plant, at the upper
part of the plant, but at the lower part of it. It was an en-
casing of three ascidia one in the other, through the centre
of which passed the stalk, which when once free above them had
become covered with its usual leaves and flowers in their nor-
mal form. Imagine therefore a foliaceous pitcher ending in
two lateral and opposite auricles, serving as a case to two other
pitchers which also have two opposite auricles, and above them
a bunch of leaves and flowers, and we shall have a represen-
tation of this beautiful monstrosity, of this curious anomaly,
Here again the outer surfaces of the ascidia were the under
surfaces of the leaves, so that this condition never contradicts
itself, and thus it acquires the value of a well-established law.
It is always the carpellary state which is repeated, the floral

414 Prof. C. Morren on the Morphology of the Ascidia.

structure which is shown, and thus the ascidium is always a
dependence, a result of the retrograde metamorphosis. It ap-
pears to me that these are facts irrevocably added to the study
and science of vegetable monstrosities.

But what rendered the ascidium of the Polygonatum of Mr.
Hincks to me extremely curious, was to see it composed of
two leaves instead of one. The two terminal auricles, which
were in extent about a quarter of the total length of the asci-
dium, are in fact the tops of the two leaves, which by their
cohesion had formed these ascidia; each of these auricles cor-
responded with a principal nerve. The leaves of the Polygo-
natum, instead of originating at different heights, are here al-
most perfectly opposite; they have then cohered two by two
at their margins, which were primitively and normally free, so
as to make a common cavity of their upper surfaces. This
same fact is repeated in three successive pairs.

This binary origin of the ascidium is, I believe, unique in
the known cases of monstrosity, and in spite of its apparent
deviation it comes within the general law in the most com-
plete manner: the lower surface of the leaf remains the out-
side; it is the blade which has formed the pitcher; and the
latter is only owing to a cohesion of the margins. These three
circumstances, which are in perfect accordance with what I
have before established, are worthy of remark.

Hence it is evident that the following classification may be
established amongst the anomalous ascidia hitherto observed :

The ascidia are either formed of one leaf only or of several ;

The monophyllous are the first ;

The polyphylious the second.

A. The monophyllous ascidia, are, 1. either sarraceniform
when they are formed by a leaf cohering at.its margins to form
a pitcher, so that the blade exceeds the aperture of the urn at
its summit as the opercular blade does in Sarracenia. 'The
ascidia of Vinca rosea and Polygonatum mentioned in my
former paper belong to this class of ascidia.

2. Or calyptrimorphous, when they are formed by a leaf
cohering at its margins, but the upper part of which is de-
tached horizontally, as in the Tulipa gesneriana of Mr. Hincks.
This form, instead of reminding us of the Sarracenia, ap-

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 415

proaches nearer to Nepenthes, where the dehiscence of the
operculum and of the pitcher is also horizontal or very nearly
so. Only here the operculum continues, whilst elsewhere it
is removed.

B. The polyphyllous ascidia are formed of several leaves.
Up to the present time diphyllous alone have been observed,
but the study of the conditions in which they arise evidently
proves that there is great probability of our finding triphyllous,
tetraphyllous, pentaphyllous, and in short polyphyllous, espe-
cially in plants where the leaves are verticillate.

It is thus that a just appreciation of things anticipates ulte-
rior discoveries, and it is the best proof that a science of obser-
vation is quite as exact as a science of calculation.

XLV.—Descriptions of British Chalcidites. By Francis WALKER,
F.L.S.

[Continued from p. 182. |]

Sp. 59. Cirrospilus Rapo. Viridis aut cyaneus, abdomen cupreum, an-
tenne nigre aut picee, pedes picei, tarsi pallidiores, femora cyanea, ale
limpide.

Mas. Viridi-cyaneus: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz nigre ; articuli 1" et
2"s nigro-cyanei: abdomen nigro-cupreum: pedes picel; coxe virides; ge-
nua fulva; tarsi flavi, apice fusci; propedum tibiz fusce, tarsi fulvi: ale
limpide ; squamulz pice; proalis nervi fusci, metalis fulvi.

Fem. Cyaneus: antenne nigro-picez; articuli 1" et 2"° cyanei: pedes
coxis et femoribus nigro-cyaneis. (Corp. long. lin. 2; alar. lin. 1.)

Var. @. Fem.—Meso- et metatarsi fusci, basi fulvi.

Var. y. Fem.—Abdomen cyaneo-varium: pedes nigro-cyanei; trochan-
teres picei; genua flava; tibiz picee; tarsi fusci; protibize fuscze, basi su-
pra fulve.

Var. 3. Fem.—Obscure viridis: antennz nigro-picez; articuli 1° et 2"
virides: abdomen cyaneo-cupreum; trochanteres fulvi, tarsi fulvi, apice
fusci; protarsi obscuriores.

Found near London.

Fem. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antennz clavate,
corporis dimidio breviores; articulus 1" gracilis, sublinearis; 2%* longicya-
thiformis ; 4° 8° brevior ; 5°° adhuc brevior; clava fusiformis, acuminata,
articulo 5° duplo longior: thorax brevi-ovatus, convexus: prothorax brevis-
simus, supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius ; par-
apsidum suture bene determinate ; scutellum brevi-conicum: metathorax
transversus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen longiovatum, tho-

416 Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites.

race multo longius vix latius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acumi-
natum : pedes graciles: proalz late; nervus ulnaris humerali Jongior, ra-
dialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat longus.

Sp. 60. Cirr. Aristeeus, Fem. Cyaneo-viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne

picea, pedes fusco-picei, femora viridia, ale limpide.

Cyaneo-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne picee ; articuli 1" et 2" vi-
rides: abdomen cupreum, apice viridi-varium: pedes virides; trochanteres
fulvi; genua fulva; tibiz pice; tarsi pallide fusci; protibie fulve: ale
limpidee ; squamulz picez ; nervi fusci. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 1.)

Var. 8.—Tibiz fuscx ; protibiz pallide fulve.

May ; Hampshire.

em. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antennz subcla-
vat, corporis dimidio non longiores; articulus 1"* gracilis, sublinearis; 2"
Jongicyathiformis; 4"° 3° brevior; 5"8 adhuc brevior ; clava fusiformis, acu-
minata, articulo 5° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus: prothorax bre-
vissimus, supra Vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius; par-
apsidum suturze bene determinate; scutellum breviconicum: metathorax
transversus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen fusiforme, thorace
mu!to longius, fere angustius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice attenu-
atum: pedes graciles: proalz mediocres; nervus ulnaris humerali longior,
radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat longus.

Sp. 61. Cirr. Rhipheus, Fem. Viridis @neo-varius, abdomen cupreum,

antenneé picee, pedes picet, tarsi fulvi, ale limpide.

Nigro-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz picez; articuli 18 et 2" vi-
rides: abdomen cupreum: pedes picei; coxze virides; genua fulva; tarsi
fulvi, apice fusci; propedum femora apice fulva, tibize fulve, tarsi obscu-
riores: alz limpide ; squamulz picez ; nervi fusci. (Corp. long. lin. 3—%;
alar. lin. 1—14.)

Var. @.—Antenne nigro-piceze: femora viridia.

Var. y.—Var. @. similis: abdomen viridi-varium.

Var. 6.—Var. @. similis: thorax eneo-viridis.

Found near London.

Fem. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antenne subcla-
vatse, corporis dimidio longiores ; articulus 1"* gracilis, sublinearis; 2"* lon-
gicyathiformis ; 4" 3° brevior; 5"8 adhuc brevior; clava fusiformis, acumi-
nata, articulo 5° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus : prothorax brevis-
simus, supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius; par-
apsidum suture bene determinate ; scutellum breviconicum: metathorax
transversus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus : abdomen longiovatum, tho-
race angustius et multo longius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice at-
tenuatum ; segmentum 1" magnum; 2"™ et sequentia breviora, transversa :
pedes graciles; tarsis articuli 1° ad 3¥™ curtantes, 4"° 3° longior: proalz
late ; nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat lon-
gus.

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 417

Sp. 62. Cirr. Sotades, Fem. Cyaneo-viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne
picee, femora viridia, tibia fulve, tarsi flavi, ale limpide.

Cyaneo-viridis : oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne picez; articuli 1" et 2" vi-
rides: abdomen cupreum: pedes virides ; trochanteres fulvi; genua flava;
tibiz fulvee; tarsi flavi, apice fusci; protarsifulvi: ale limpide; squamule
piceze; nervi pallide fusci. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 1.)

Found near London.

Fem. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antennz subcla-
vatz, corporis dimidio non longiores ; articulus 1"* gracilis, sublinearis; 2"s
longicyathiformis ; 4"° 3° brevior; 5"8 adhuc brevior; clava fusiformis, acu-
minata, articulo 5° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus: prothorax bre-
vissimus, supra vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius; par-
apsidum suture bene determinate ; scutellum brevi-conicum: metathorax
transversus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen fusiforme, thorace
angustius et multo longius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice attenua-
tum: pedes graciles: proalz mediocres; nervus ulnaris humerali longior,
radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat longus.

Sp. 63. Cirr. Anyta, Fem. Cyaneo-viridis, abdomen cupreum, antenne
Jusce, pedes picei, femora viridia, ale limpide.

Cyaneo-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: anteunz pallidz fusce ; articuli 1"
et 2% virides: abdomen cupreum: pedes picei; coxz virides; femora vi-
ridia; genua fulva; tarsi basi fulvi; propedum tibiz obscure fulve, tarsi
fusci: ale limpide; squamule picee; nervi fulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 4;
alar. lin. 3.)

Var. 8.—Antenne obscure fuscze.

Found near London.

Fem. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antenne subcla-
vate, corporis dimidio longiores ; articulus 1"S gracilis, sublinearis ; 2" lon-
gicyathiformis; 4" 3° brevior; 5° adhuc brevior; clava fusiformis, acumi-
nata, articulo 5° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus: prothorax bre-
vissimus, supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius;
parapsidum suture bene determinatz ; scutellum breviconicum : metathorax
transversus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen fusiforme, thorace
longius et angustius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice attenuatum et
acuminatum: pedes graciles: proalz late ; nervus ulnaris humerali longior,
radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat longus.

Sp. 64. Cirr. Rheesus, Fem. Viridis cupreo-varius, antenne picee, pedes
fulvi, femora viridia, ale limpide.

Obscure viridis cupreo-varius: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz picez ; arti-
culi 1S et 2*§ virides, hic apice et subtus fuscus : abdomen cupreum, cyaneo-
viridi-varium : oviductus vagine nigrze: pedes fulvi; coxz virides ; femora
viridia, apice flava; tarsi apice fusci; protarsi obscuriores: alz limpide ;

418 Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites.

squamule pice; nervi proalis fusci, metalis flavi. (Corp. long. lin. 1
alar. lin. 13.)
Found near London.

Sp. 65. Cirr. Alcithoe, Fem. Viridis aut cyaneus, precedente minor gra-
cilior, abdomen cupreum, antenne picee, pedes fusci aut fulvi, Femonn
cyanea, ale limpide.

Nigro-viridis: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz picee; articuli 1" et 2"9 ni-
gro-cyanei: abdomen nigro-cupreum: pedes cyanei; trochanteres fulvi;
genua fulva; tibiz fuscz, basi fulve ; tarsi fulvi, apice fusci ; propedum ti-
bize fulvze, tarsi fusci: alee sublimpidz ; squamulz picez ; proalis nervi fusci,
metalis flavi. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 1.)

Var. 8.—Antenne nigro-picee ; articuli 1" et 2"° nigro-znei: pedes
fulvi; coxze nigre; femora nigra; metatibice fusce ; tarsi flavi, apice fusci :
protarsi fulvi.

Var. y.—Nigro-cyaneus : pedes nigro-cyanei ; trochanteres fusci; genua
flava; tibize fulvee; tarsi flavi, apice fusci; protarsi fulvi.

July ; near London.

Sp. 66. Cirr. Phalis, Fem. Nigro-cupreus, antenne fusce, pedes picei,
femora cuprea, ale limpide.

Nigro-cupreus: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz fusce ; articuli 1" et 2" ni-
gro-cuprei: abdomen cupreum: oviductus vagine nigre: pedes cuprei;
trochanteres fulvi; genua fulva; tibiz pice; tarsi fusci: alz limpide ;
squamule pice; nervifulvi. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 1.)

July ; near London.

Fem. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: caput
transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antenne clavate, cor-
_ poris dimidio longiores; articulus 1"° gracilis, sublinearis ; 2"° longicyathi-
formis; 4"° 3° brevior; 5"% adhuc brevior; clava fusiformis, acuminata, ar-
ticulo 5° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus: prothorax brevissimus,
supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius ; parapsidum
suture bene determinate; scutellum brevi-conicum: metathorax trans-
versus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen longiovatum, thorace
longius vix latius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acuminatum : pro-
ale Jatee; nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis vix longior, cubitalis sat
longus.

Sp. 67. Cirr. Zenocia, Fem. ter, abdomen cupreum, antenne fusca,

pedes nigri, tarsi pallidiores, ale limpide.

Ater: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennze fusce; articuli 1"* et 2" atri, hic
apice fuscus: abdomen nigro-cupreum: pedes nigri: trochanteres fulvi;
genua fulva; tarsi fulvi, apice fusci; propedum femora apice fulva, tibice
fulvee, tarsi fusci: ale limpide; squamule picez; proalis nervi fusci,
metalis flavi. (Corp. long. lin. 3; alar. lin. 1.)

Var. %.—Tarsi picei, basi flavi.

July; near London.

Mr. Walker on the British Chalcidites. 419

Sp. 68. Cirr. Lysippe, Fem. Ater precedente multo minor, abdomen cu-

preum, antenne fusce, pedes fusci, tarsi fulvi, ale sublimpide.

Ater: oculi et ocelli rufi: antennz fuscz ; articuli 1"8 et 2" picei: ab-
domen nigro-cupreum : pedes fusci; coxz nigre ; trochanteres fulvi; genua
fulva ; tarsi fulvi, apice fusci; protarsi obscuriores: alz sublimpide; squa-
mulz fulvz ; proalis nervi fulvi, metalis flavi. (Corp. long. lin. —+; alar.
lin. 3—4.)

July; near London.

fem. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum: antenne clavate,
corporis dimidio longiores; articulus 1" gracilis, sublinearis; 2"* longicya-
thiformis; 4"° 3° brevior; 5"° adhuc brevior; clava fusiformis, acuminata,
articulo 5° duplo longior: thorax breviovatus, convexus: prothorax brevis-
simus, supra vix conspicuus : mesothoracis scutum latitudine longius; parap-
sidum suture bene determinate; scutellum brevi-conicum: metathorax
transversus, mediocris: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen longiovatum, tho-
race multo longius vix latius, supra planum, subtus carinatum, apice acumi-
natum: pedes graciles: proalz late; nervus ulnaris humerali longior, ra-
dialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat longus.

Sp. 69. Cirr. Achemenes, Fem. £neus aut viridis, abdomen cupreum,

antenne picee, pedes fusci, femora enea, tarsi flavi, ale limpide.

Nigro-zneus: oculi et ocelli rufi: antenne picez ; articulus 15 nigro-
zeneus: abdomen cupreum: pedes flavi; coxe nigro-znex; femora nigro-
zenea; tibize fuscze ; tarsi fulvi, apice fusci; propedum femora apice flava,
tibize fulvee, tarsi pallide fusci: ale limpide; squamule picez; nervi fulvi.
(Corp. long lin. 2; alar. lin. 1.)

Var. 8.—Nigro-viridis, abdomen cupreum.

Var. y.—Mesotibiz basi flave.

Found near London.

Mas. Corpus sublineare, nitens, scitissime squameum, parce hirtum: ca-
put transversum, breve, convexum, juxta thoraci latum : antenne filiformes,
corporis longitudine, pilis longis vestite ; articulus 1"S longiovatus, latus ;
2"s Jongicyathiformis; 3"5 brevis; 4"8, 5¥° et 6" longi, lineares ; clava longi-
fusiformis, acuminata, articulo 6° duplo longior: thorax ovatus, convexus :
prothorax brevissimus, supra vix conspicuus: mesothoracis scutum latitu-
dine longius; parapsidum suture bene determinate ; scutellum breviconi-
cum : metathorax mediocris, transversus: petiolus brevissimus: abdomen
sublineare, planum, thorace brevius fere angustius: pedes graciles: proale
angustz ; nervus ulnaris humerali longior, radialis vix ullus, cubitalis sat
longus.

[To be continued. ]

420 W.H. Harvey on two new Genera of Passifloree.

XLVI.—On two South African Genera of the Natural Order
Passifloreee, with two Plates, from Drawings made by The
Hon. W. H. Harvey, of the Cape of Good Hope.

Since the publication of his very useful ‘Genera of South
African Plants,’ our valued friend Mr. Harvey has not ceased
to collect and draw and make notes upon new or rare species
of plants of that interesting country, and we have now before
us many excellent representations and remarks which he has
kindly communicated to us. ‘Two of these, which appear
particularly deserving of a place in these ‘Annals,’ are the
Acharia tragoides, Thunberg, and Ceratiosicyos Hchloni of
Nees yon Esenbeck.
1. ACHARIA TRAGOIDES, Th.
(PuateE IX.)

We shall give the generic character of this in the words of
Dr. Arnott, who has examined with great attention specimens
lately sent to him, and which it will be seen differ remarkably
from that of Thunberg.

Grey. Cuar.—Flores monoici. Masc. Perianthium tubuloso-
campanulatum, 3-lobum, basi bracteolis tribus parvis cinctum. Sta-
mina 6, triadelpha. ilamenta subulata, apice dilatata, et ibi anthe-
ras duas 2-loculares anticas ferentia. Fam. Perianthium paullo
ultra medium trifidum, basi tribracteolatum, in fructu increscens.
Ovurium uniloculare, rostratum. Styli 3 (potius 1, tripartitus) bifidi.
Stigmata _6, flabelliformia, membranacea. Capsula (brevi-pedicellata)
1-Jocularis, 3-valvis, 1- (vel rarius 2- aut 8-) sperma, valvis margine
(post dehiscentiam) involutis, rostro styloque acuminatis. Semen
ovoideum, arillo parvo unilaterali basi instructum. mbryo cylin-
dricus, in axi albuminis carnosi et dimidio brevior. Cotyledonus ra-
diculaque equilonge. Arn. Mst.

Herba erecta gracilis. Folia alterna petiolata, exstipulata, pro-
Sunde trifida, lobis oblongo-lanceolatis, acutis, cuneatis, incisis. Flores
axillares, subbini, cernut, brevi-pedunculati.

Acharia tragoides. Th. Fl. Cap. p.37. Harv. Gen. 8. Afr. PL.,
App. p. 409.

Hab. Uitenhage, Thunberg, Zeyher.

Mr. Harvey, in his ‘South African Flora’, judging from

Thunberg’s description alone, thought this genus might belong
to Euphorbiacee or Urticee; but now that he has received spe-

W. H. Harvey on two new Genera of Passiflorea. 421

cimens from Mr. Zeyher, he is satisfied it should be referred to
Passifloree, in which Dr. Arnott agrees, but remarks, that if
this and Ceratosicyos and Paschanthus and Modecca be united
to Passifloree, the definition of the order will require to be
modified and enlarged. The parts of the flower in Acharia,
Mr. Harvey observes, vary from 3 to 4; and it may be stated,
that what Dr. Arnott calls involucral dracteas, Mr. Harvey
considers a calyx.

Plate IX. Acharia tragoides. Fig.1. male flower; 2. front view
of the same; 3. involucre; 4. perianth laid open; 5. glands from
the base of the perianth; 6.7. stamens; 8. singleanther; 9. female
flower; 10. pistil with glands; 11. stigmas; 12. pedicellate cap-
sule; 13. opening capsule; 14. valve with seeds; 15. seed, mag-
nified. :

2. Ceratosicyos Ecuuont, N. ab E.
(PiatE X.)

Ceratosicyos Echlonii. Nees ab Esenb. in Enum. Pl. Afr. Austr.
p: 281. Harv. Gen. S. Afr. Pl. p.107.

Hab. Woods, Krakakamma, Adom and Oliphants-hook, also in
Albany and Kafrland, ehlon and Zeyher.

As the learned Professor Nees von Esenbeck has, in the
work above quoted, given a full generic and specific descrip-
tion of this plant, we shall here content ourselves with men-
tioning the particulars in which Mr. Harvey finds a differ-
ence from what is related by the German author. “The
glands,” Mr. Harvey remarks, “ are outside the staminal cup,
as in all the order, and the stamens are always as numerous
as the clefts, sometimes, as represented in our figure, com-
bined in pairs irregularly. I have dissected off the ring of
the stamens, leaving the glands still attached to the calyx, a
pretty good proof that I am not deceived. The parts are
often only four, as in Acharia. The glands are surely in both
flowers abortive stamens, exactly similar to those of Modecca
and the rays of Passiflora.”

Plate X. Ceratosicyos Echlonii. Fig.1. male flower; 2. corolla
of the same laid open; 3. stamen; 4. section of anther; 5. cap-
sule; 6. female flower; 7. corolla of the same laid open; 8. pistil;
9. stigma; 10. portion of an ovary laid open to show the attach-
ment of the ovules: magnified.

422 M. Lund on Fossil Mammifera discovered in Brazil.

XLVII.—List of Fossil Mammifera from the Basin of the Rio
das Velhas, with an extract of some of their distinguishing
Characters. By Dr. Lunp*.

EDENTATA.

M. Lund describes a Myrmecophaga of the size of an ox (Myrm.
gigantea.) }.

EFFODIENTIA.

Two species of Dasypus ; one allied to D. octocinctus, but with the
mouth shorter; and the other twice as large as the living species,
with the plates of the shield deeply punctuated (D. punctatus).

Xenurus, Wagl. A species allied to X. nudicaudis, a living species
established by M. Lund.

Eurodon, Lund, An extinct genus of Armadillo, characterized by
the teeth being transversally compressed. M. Lund is only acquainted
with a single species, of the size of a small pig.

A Heterodon, Lund., another lost genus of the same family, distin-
guished from all the living Armadillos by the proportion of its teeth:
the species which served as the type was of the size of a rabbit.

A Chlamydotherium, Lund., a new genus of the same family.
Nearly all the parts of the skeleton have been investigated by the
author, and it proves to be very interesting from its establishing con-
nexions between the various groups of existing Armadillos, and also
by the affinities it presents to the Bradypoda.

The Chlamydotherium represents on a grand scale the genus Hu-
phractus, Wagl. M. Lund is acquainted with two species, one de-
dicated to M. von Humboldt of the size of a Tapir; the other, named
giganteum, equaled in size the largest Rhinoceros.

An Hoplophorus, a genus very extraordinary from the heavy pro-
portions of its species and their gigantic size, as well as from the re-
markable combination of different types of organization: their cha-
racters however bring them more and more near to the Bradypoda.
These curious animals were provided with a shield, which covered all
the upper parts of the body, and which consisted of small hexagonal
plates, except towards the middle of the body, where these plates
take a square form and are arranged in fixed transversal bands. The
bones of the trunk as well as the large bones of the extremities are

* From an extract given by Victor Audouin, to whom the letter was ad-
dressed, in the Comptes Rendus, No. 15, Avril 1839. The first or introduc-
tory part of this paper appeared at p. 235 of the present volume.

¢ Among the fossils brought to England from South America by Mr. Dar-
win there is a fragment of the cranium of an animal as large as an ox, and
which Mr. Owen has described under name of Glossotherium, considering it

to have had the same habits and food as the Anteaters, to which it was very
closely allied, but not generically identical.—Ep.

M. Lund on Fossil Mammifera discovered in Brazil. 423

moreover very similar to those of the Armadillos, but especially to
those of the Cachicames, but the bones composing the feet are short-
ened to such a degree, and present so considerable a flattening of the
articular surfaces, that nothing similar is found to occur in any animal
skeleton ; and it is difficult to conceive how such feet could serve to
burrow in the earth: moreover the form of the teeth indicates that
these curious animals fed solely on vegetable substances, and we
must suppose that they grazed in the same manner as the large
Pachydermata. Be this as it may, the Hoplophorus, two species of
which are distinguished, offer this peculiarity, that their zygomatic
arch is furnished with a descending branch—a character hitherto re-
garded as belonging exclusively to the Bradypoda. Both species
were of the size of an ox. Fragments of these skeletons have already
been described by Prof. Weiss of Berlin*. M. Lund has also disco-
vered some fragments belonging to a genus allied to the preceding
one, and to which he assigns the name Pachytherium. Its propor-
tions are still heavier and its size larger. He calls this species Pachy-
therium magnum.
BrapDypopa.

M. Lund thus comes to the family of the Bradypoda, which in
these countries performed a very important part during the antedi-
luvian epoch from the number and variety of its forms and the large
size attained by the species.

The first genus examined is the Megalonyz, which is related to the
Armadillos by the osseous plates which covered a portion of the
body ; but these plates, besides being of an immense size, and far from
forming a continuous shield as in them, are separated by great in-
tervals from each other.

The Megalonyz offers the greatest relations to the Megatherium
principally in the structure and composition of the feet; but the
hinder ones present the same torsion as the feet of Bradypus tridac-
tylus, although arising from a different cause. In the Ai this torsion
is produced by the peculiar mode of articulation of the leg with the
astragalus ; in Megalonyx, according to M. Lund, this articulation is
formed in the usual way, and itis the carpian [tarsal] surface} of the

* Mr. Owen has described in detail the structure of the dental organs and
the bones of the extremities of a species of this genus, to which he assigned
the name of Glyptodon, in reference to the sculptured form of the teeth. As
this description was read before the Geological Society in March, 1839 (see
‘ Proceedings of the Geological Society’, No. 62.), the name of Glyptodon must
take precedence of that proposed by Dr. Lund for the same extinct genus in
his memoir, of which the present extract was not published until the follow-
ing month.—Ep.

+ We presume that the term “la face carpienne” is an oversight in the
original Memoir.-—Ep. .

424 M. Lund on Fossil Mammifera discovered in Brazil.

latter bone which by its anomalous conformation produces the con-
tortion of the plane of all the rest of the foot.

The molars, to the number of 5 above and 4 below, are not fur-
nished with roots as in the animals of the order of Edentata; thus
differing from those of the Megatherium, which are described as
having two roots.

The species of Megalonyx were provided with an excessively strong
tail, and probably prehensile, which together with the contortion of
the plane of the hinder feet and the enormous length of the claws,
must lead to the belief, observes M. Lund, that these animals, not-
withstanding the great weight of their body, were destined to climb,
like their representatives in the present creation.

This genus appears to have been very rich in species; M. Lund
already distinguishes five; one of them, M. Cuvierii, was of the size of
a large ox, and this was not the largest species.

A new genus would arrange itself by the side of Megalonyx, under
the name of Sphenodon, which was of the size of a hog.

A new genus, designated by M. Lund by the name of Cyclodon, and
containing one species, would come still closer to the Bradypoda.

Returning to the animals above enumerated, and which are com-
prised in Cuvier’s order Edentata, M. Lund observes: 1. That the
family of the Myrmecophaga, that of the Dasypoda, and that of the
Bradypoda, which, at the present period, are peculiar to America, also
existed there at the preceding epoch. 2. That at that period these
families were peculiar to this portion of the globe exclusively, as
they are at present, and the cause of this opinion is that no species
of these three families has been hitherto discovered in the diluvian
deposits of other portions of the earth. 3. That this large order of
Edentata was at that time more numerous both in genera and spe-
cies than at the present day. 4. That most of these mammiferous
genera which formerly inhabited the country have disappeared.
5. That all then existing species have been destroyed, only two
species presenting some affinity, but not a perfect identity with living
species. 6. And lastly, that the animals of this order at this period
attained dimensions far more considerable than at present occurring.

The family of the Bradypoda have disappeared entirely from the
basin of the Rio das Velhas, which would be accounted for by the
absence of primeval forests, all the country being occupied by that
form of vegetation termed by the Brazilians Campos. It is probable
that at the period during which these large animals lived it was
quite different, and that the country was then covered with immense
forests: still, however, everything leads us to suppose that they led
the same kind of life as their representatives of the present period,

M. Lund on Fossil Mammifera discovered in Brazil. 425

i.e. that notwithstanding their colossal dimensions they sought their
food in trees.

PACHYDERMATA.
This family was more numerous at those times than at present.
M. Lund mentions a species of Tapir, four species of Pecari, and
moreover a Mastodon, equaling in size that of an Elephant.

RuMINANTIA.

The family of Ruminants, which is represented in this country by
the sole genus Cervus, possessed at this ancient period, besides the
genus Cervus, of which two fossil species are met with, an antelope
and two generic types which have no representatives ; they are di-
stinguished by the names of Auchenia* and Leptotherium. M. Lund
is acquainted with two species of each of these genera.

Frera.

The Carnivora were not less numerous or varied in those times
than the Ruminants. There were three species of Felis, two species
of Canis, a bear, and what is most remarkable, a species belonging
to the genus Cynailurus of Wagler, or Guepardus of M. Dumortier,
which is peculiar to the old world, and which at that period occurred
in the new world. M. Lund also notices a jackal, which will con-
stitute a new genus under the name of Speothos, one species of Coati,
another of the genus Kirara, and lastly, what will appear most sur-
prising, a hyena, which to his great astonishment he found with re-
mains of Pacas, of Agoutis, of Pecari, of Megalonyx, and other Ame-
rican forms. The species which he calls H. Neog@a equals in size
the largest living species of hyzena.

MarsvPliaLia.

The diluvian deposits of the caverns of Brazil are filled with frag-
ments of Marsupials of the genus Didelphys, amongst which seven
species may be distinguished, five of which bear more or less analogy
to recent species of this country, while the two others exhibit not a
trace of resemblance. A new genus will arrange itself by the side of
Didelphys which appears to have been of the size of a Jaguar, and
seems to represent the great species Dasyurus of New Holland. M.
Lund assigns the name of Thylacotheriumf to it.

GLIRES.
This family was not less remarkable than the former by the va-

* The term duchenia, having already been applied by Illiger to the ex-
isting Llamas, and Vicuguas, cannot be retained for the extinct genus dis-
covered by Dr. Lund.—Eprr.

+ This term has been applied to one of the extinct Marsupial genera of
the Stonesfield oolite. See the present volume of ¢ Annals’, p. 61.—Epir.

Ann. Nat. Mist. Vol.3. No.19. Aug. 1839. 2u

426 M. Lund on Fossil Mammifera discovered in Brazil.

riety of forms and by the large size of the species. M. Lund notices
and describes, in this family alone, twenty-one species, several of
which constitute new genera; he states that he possesses a vast
number of fossil remains, which he has not had time hitherto to study
in detail.

All the families hitherto passed in review have shown a superi-
ority in number of species, and especially of genera, in favour of the
antediluvian period. This is not the case for the two remaining fa-
milies, the Cheiroptera and the Simie.

CHEIROPTERA.

With regard to the Cheiroptera, says M. Lund, it is but recently
that I succeeded in discovering some few remains among the mil-
lions of bones of small animals contained in the deposits of some
caverns. ‘The heaps of recent bones which are frequently found in
the caverns, arising as I have above observed from remains of animals
dragged into them by the Striv perlata, contain bones of Cheiroptera
in greater number, and it might lead one to conclude that this family
was in fact less numerous in the ancient periods than it is at pre-
sent. However, as several circumstances lead me to believe that it
was by a diurnal bird of prey that the heap of the small fossil bones
was formed, this explains, as I shall subsequently show, why the
bones of animals of the family in question are more rare amongst
them than in the heaps of recent bones.

SIMIZ.

The existence of Simie at periods previous to the present order of
things was a fact yet new to science, when I discovered in the month
of July 1836, the first fossil remains of an animal of this family. Since
then I have learnt that their presence has been confirmed in Europe
and in Asia. I possess fossil bones of two species of this family, one
of which, that will not come under any of the existing genera, at-
tained the height of four feet (Protopithecus brasiliensis) : the other
approaches considerably to the genus Callithriz, exceeding it by a
height of twice that of the species living at the present day (Calli-
thrix primevus).

I shall conclude by observing that hitherto I have found no trace
of the existence of man at this period.

This rapid glance will suffice to show that the torrid zone of our
globe, far from having been uninhabited during the period preceding
the now existing state of things, possessed, on the contrary, an ani-
mal creation more numerous, more varied, and more gigantic, than
that which it sustains at present.

We also see that South America possessed at that period the same

Planis collected by Mr. Schomburgek tn British Guiana. 427

animal forms which now characterize it: the Myrmecophaga, the
Armadillos, the Pecari, the Coati, the Opossums, the Loncheres, the
Coendous, the Agontis, the Pacas, the Capibaras and others. But,
notwithstanding this analogy in the general type, it appears that the
species of the two periods are different ; at least M. Lund knows at
present but of one single exception to this rule (Loncheres elegans).

If we combine, says M. Lund in concluding, this fact with the
geological facts above alluded to; if we remember that all the coun-
try in question, elevated 2000 feet above the level of the sea, is co-
vered with a continuous and great stratum of loose soils which ex-
tend equally and without any interruption over plains, valleys, and
hills, and which is not missing even on the table lands and gentle
slopes of the highest mountains (5000 to 6000 feet); if we consider
that this stratum contains subjacent beds of gravel and stones which
fill all the fissures and caverns of the limestone rocks, and, that lastly,
it contains numerous remains of animals differing from those which
at the present day inhabit this country; if, I say, we combine these
facts, we can hardly refuse seeing proofs the most irrefragable of a
great irruption of waters, which, covering all this portion of the
globe, put an end to the beings then inhabiting it.

XLVIII.—Enumeration of Plants collected by Mr. Schom-
burgk, British Guiana. By Greorce Bentuam, Esq.,
PLS:

[Continued from vol. ii. p.451.*]
LEGUMINOSZ.
Tribe Lotez, DC.

Ir we commence the long series of Leguminose with the Papilio.

nacee@, the tribe of Podalyriee might be placed first, removing the

true Sophoree to the end, as forming the intermediate link between

Papilionacee and Cesalpiniee. ‘The vast tribe of Lotee might come

next, divided into sub-tribes nearly in the order proposed by DeCan-

dolle, but with a few modifications of detail.

Sub-tribe GenistEx, DC.

Monadelphous stamens, and simple or palmate leaves, are the
chief characteristics of this group, and admit of few if any excep-
tions. The anthers are also frequently dissimilar, five being oblong
and attached near the base, and five alternate ones shorter and at-
tached towards the centre. ‘There do not appear ever to be either
stipellz to the leaves, a vaginal disk round the ovarium, nor trans-

* The plant erroneously described in the last paper as a new Baccharis,
under the name of Baccharis erioptera, is the Pterocaulon spicatum. DU.
Prod. v. p. 454.

An 5 ie

428 Mr.G.Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants

verse dissepiments to the pods. They are usually low shrubs or
perennial herbs, occasionally annuals, but seldom trees.

85. Crotalaria stipularia. Desv. Journ. Bot. 1814. ii. p. 76. DC. Prod.
ii. p. 124.—C. Espadilla, Humb. et Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. p. 398.
DC. 1. ¢. Folia inferiora late ovalia, stipulis minimis breviter decurrenti-
bus, superiora multo minora, ovali-oblonga v. lanceolata, stipulis maximis
semi-sagittato-decurrentibus, parte libera triangulari falcata. In C. sagit-
tale stipularum superiorum pars libera recta est lanceolata et divergens.—Sa-
vannahs, British Guiana. Schomburgk, n.62.—French Guiana. Leprieur.
Herb. Par. n. 9.—Brazil. Pohl.—Gardner, n. 959, &c.

86. Crotalaria genistella. Humb. et Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. p. 398.
DC. Prod. ii. p. 124.—C. pterocaula. Desv.i.c. DC. 1. c. Stipulee supe-
riores, parte libera brevissima obtusa, seepe per internodia duo decurrent,
et caulis sic anguste quadrialata est.—Moist Savannahs of the Rupunoony,
British Guiana. Schomburgk.—Brazil. Pohl.—Peru. Mathews, n. 1935.

These two species belong to a section of Crotalaria, which may
be called Anarthrophyllum and thus characterized :

Folia simplicia, sessilia v. in petiolo brevi non articulata. Flores racemosi.
Calyces nunc profunde bilabiati bibracteolati, nunc subzequaliter 5-fidi
nudi v. minute bibracteolati. Legumen calyce longius v. rarissime
subbrevius.

For the arrangement of the numerous species the section contains,
the groups proposed by Wight and Arnott (Prod. Fl. Penins. Ind. -
Or. p. 101 et seq.) appear to be natural, although they run much
into one another. Most of the species of their five first groups and
some of those of the sixth have a deeply bilabiate calyx, with the
lips sometimes scarcely divided, and bracteole on each side often
nearly equal to the calyx itself; whilst those of the remaining groups,
with some species of the sixth, have a campanulate calyx, nearly
equally five-cleft, and the bracteole very minute, often placed on the
peduncle below the calyx ; but the passage from the one to the other
is too gradual and too unconnected with habit to be made use of in
characterizing the groups.

To the Alate, to which both the above species belong, I should
also refer several new Brazilian species, of which I subjoin the spe-
cific characters, reserving fuller descriptions for the ‘ Legumino-
sarum Genera et Species’ which I am preparing.

C. Pohliana, fruticosa, rufo-villosa, foliis sessilibus ovalibus, stipulis supe-
rioribus decurrentibus, apice oblique truncatis, racemis terminalibus multi-
floris.—Rio Uruhu and Villa Boa. Pohl.

C. bracteosa, fruticosa elata, ramis glabris, stipulis superioribus latis
petiolo adnatis decurrentibus, foliis ellipticis supra glabris subtus sericeo-
villosis, racemis terminalibus multifloris, bracteis plerisque stipulatis.—Bra~
zil. Lhotsky.

>

collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. 429

C. otoptera, elata, paniculato-ramosa, rufo- v. subsericeo-villosa, stipulis
lanceolato-linearibus subfalcatis angustissime decurrentibus supra folium in-
ferius in appendicem latam triangularem falcatam dilatatis, racemis subop-
positifoliis multifloris.—Oliveira and Caldas Novas. Pohl.

C. Vespertilio, elata, paniculato-ramosa, glaberrima, stipulis superioribus
maximis late decurrentibus semi-ovatis cuneiformibusve, racemis lateralibus
multifloris—Ourofino and Santa Cruz, in Goyaz. Pohl.

C. divergens, herbacea, adpresse pubescens, divaricato-ramosa, foliis sub-
sessilibus ovatis, stipulis plerisque anguste decurrentibus, apice rotundatis,
nonnullis abortivis v. minimis, racemis oppositifoliis terminalibusque pluri-
floris.—Ourofino, in Goyaz. Pohl.

C. velutina, herbacea, erecta v. adscendens, pilis longis mollibus vestita,
foliis sessilibus oblongis lanceolatisve basi subcordatis, stipulis superioribus
parvis lanceolatis breviter decurrentibus, pedunculis oppositifoliis 1—2-floris.
—Rio Uruhu, and between Bomfin and Caldas in Goyaz, Pohl.

The following new ones from the same country belong to the
group of Erecte:

C. virgata, erecta, elata, paniculato-ramosa, preter paginam inferiorem
foliorum sericeam glabra, foliis exstipulatis oblongo-ellipticis utrinque an-
gustatis, racemis multifloris, bracteis bracteolis segmentisque calycinis lato-
lanceolatis acuminatis, leguminibus longe stipitatis glabris.—Minas Geraes.
Pohl, Langsdorff.

C. foliosa, suffruticosa? erecta, tota pilis rufis subsericeis vestita, foliis
subsessilibus exstipulatis obovatis oblongisve obtusis, racemis subtermina-
libus multifloris, bracteis bracteolisque lanceolatis acuminatis, corollis legu-
minibusque glabris.—Claros mountains. Pohl.

C. flavicoma, suffruticosa? erecta, tota pilis longis rufis vestita, foliis ses-
silibus ovatis subcordatis exstipulatis, racemis subterminalibus multifloris,
bracteis bracteolisque lanceolatis acuminatis, corollis ovarioque glabris.—
Serra da Chrystais. Pohl.

C. grandiflora, fruticosa? erecta, elata, pilis adpressis pubescens, feliis
ovato- v. oblongo-ellipticis basi longe angustatis, racemis axillaribus termi-
nalibusque plurifloris, bracteis bracteolisque lanceolatis acuminatis, calycibus
amplis corollam zquantibus.—Near Cercado. Pohl.

C. divaricata, fruticosa, ramosissima, rufo-pubescens, foliis breviter petio-
latis ovalibus, pedunculis brevibus axillaribus 1—2-floris, bracteis bracteo-
lisque lineari-acuminatis, calycibus corolla parum brevioribus.—Rio Reazon.
Pohl.

The genus Chrysocalyz, of Guiiiemin and Perottet, would much
more naturally come in as a second section of Crotalaria, and the
species with palmately-compound leaves, already referred to Crota-
laria, would form the third section, which, containing the greater
number of Linnzan species, may be called Hucrotalaria. I should
exclude from it, however, several of E. Meyer’s species which have
not a truly inflate pod, and perhaps also those with a biovulated ova-
rium forming the genus Clavulium of Desvaux.

430 Mr. G. Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants

To the section Lucrotalaria belongs the following :

87. Crotalaria leptophylla, suffruticosa?, glabriuscula, foliis petiolatis
trifoliolatis, foliolis oblongo-linearibus utrinque longe angustatis, racemis
subterminalibus paucifloris laxis, bracteis bracteolisque minutis deciduis,
calycibus corolla triplo brevioribus late campanulatis subaequaliter quinque-
fidis, laciniis lateralibus utrinque apice connatis, leguminibus glabris.—Sa-
vannahs of the Rupunoony. Schomburgk.—On the Rio Preto, in Brasil.
Pohl. Petiolus semipollicaris v. interdum pollicaris. Foliolum intermedium
2—3-pollicare, lateralia breviora v. in foliis supremis nulla. Flores ampli
C. arborescentis. Vexilli unguis appendiculatum villosum. Alz valde pli-
cate. Ovarium tenuiter pubescens.

Among the Brasilian species of this section, Pohl’s collection, be-
sides the above and the C. incana and vitellina, contains six new ones,
and I have two or three others from other collectors. ‘The most re-
markable is the following :

C. unifoliolata, suffruticosa, glabravel tenuissime adpresso-pubescens, foliis
exstipulatis, foliolo unico ad apicem petioli articulato oblongo-elliptico, ra-
cemo terminali multifloro, bracteis minutissimis, calyce campanulato ebrac-
teato semi quinque-fido, leguminibus sericeo-villosis.—Brasil. Schiicht.
Near Oretiro. Pohl.

It is impossible not to admit, with the younger Agardh, the close
affinity to Crotalaria of the genus Lupinus, which indeed differs in
nothing but the form of the pod. Among the simple-leaved species
the L. integrifolius, Linn., and L. Cochinchinensis, Lour., must cer-
tainly be removed as not belonging to the genus, and the following
three new Brasilian ones may be added, all allied to L. villosus, but
specifically distinct :

L. velutinus, perennis, erectus v. basi decumbens, molliter et adpresse
lanuginoso-villosus, foliis breviter petiolatis stipulatis oblongis ellipticisve
acutis, basi angustatis, floribus dense spicatis, calycis bibracteolati labiis sub-
integris.—On the Rio San Francisco. Pohl.

L. subsessilis, perennis, decumbens, molliter et adpresse lanuginoso-villo-
sus, foliis subsessilibus stipulatis ovali-oblongis acutis basi angustatis, floribus
laxe spicatis, calycis bibracteolati labio superiore bifido inferiore subintegro.
—Sierra da Chrystais. Pohl.

L. coriaceus, suffruticosus? ramis suberectis hirsutis, foliis exstipulatis
sessilibus oblongo-linearibus basi angustatis subglabris coriaceis, spica laxi-
uscula, calycis bibracteolati labio superiore breviter bifido inferiore subinte-
gro.—Near Tejuco, and in the Serra Frio. Vauthier, n. 141 and 142.

Subtribe InpIGOFERS.

Having removed Clitoria and most of the genera included by De
Candolle in his subtribe of Clitoriee to Phaseolee, Chetocalyx being
now known to be a Hedysarea, and Psoralea forming, with Dalea,
Petalostemon and some others, a distinct subtribe under the name of

collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. 431

Psoralea, there remains Indigofera, which cannot well be associated
with any other group of Lotee. Asat present constituted the genus
would include Hemispadon, Endl., Oustropis, Don, and the Cape spe-
cies of Reichenbach’s Bonjeania. A revision however of the very
numerous species contained in Indigofera may suggest the separa-
tion of some groups, especially the Onobrychioidei of Wight and Ar-
nott, including J. echinata of those authors, and J. acanthocarpa of
Lindley. Cyamopsis appears also to be referable to Indigofere.

88. Indigofera pascuorum, suffruticosa, erecta, canescens, foliis plerisque
unifoliolatis nonnullis pinnatim 3—7-foliolatis, foliolis oppositis minute sti-
pellatis oblongis mucronatis basi angustatis, racemis elongatis laxifloris, ca-
lycibus breviter pedicellatis corolla dimidio brevioribus, legumine recto con-
tinuo subtereti polyspermo, juniore canescente.—British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 96. St. Domingo, Herb. Mus. Petrop.—Caules e basi crassa ra-
mosa erecti, bipedales, tenues, paucifoliati. Racemi elongati. Flores me-
diocres, rosei.

The only other American species known to me with so small a
number of leaflets are the following:

I. gracilis, Bongard MS., suffruticosa, erecta, canescens, foliis (omnibus ?)
unifoliolatis, foliolo elongato anguste lineare acuto, racemis elongatis laxi-
floris, calycibus breviter pedicellatis corolla dimidio brevioribus, legumine
recto continuo subtereti polyspermo juniore canescente.—San Paulo, Bra-
silie. Herb. Mus. Petrop.

I. asperifolia, Bongard MS., suffruticosa, procumbens v. adscendens, sub-
canescens, foliis simplicibus 3—5-foliolatisve, foliolis oppositis stipellatis ob-
longis linearibusve mucronatis basi angustatis, racemis longe pedunculatis
elongatis multifloris, calycibus subsessilibus laciniis corolla vix dimidio bre-
vioribus, legumine continuo subtereti polyspermo, juniore canescente.—In
campis ad Rio Pardo Brasiliz. Herb. Mus. Petrop.

I. Pohliana, fruticosa? erecta, canescens, foliis 3—7-foliatis, foliolis oppo-
sitis vix stipellatis oblongis obovatisve mucronatis basi angustatis, racemis
densis folio brevioribus, legumine continuo subtereti polyspermo juniore ca-
nescente.—In campis glareosis Brasiliz. Pohl, Langsdorff, &c.

Subtribe GaLteces, DC.

89. Tephrosia toxicaria. Pers. Syn. ii. 8328. DC. Prod. ii. 249.—Legu-
men constanter sessile vidi. Stamen vexillare basi et apice liberum, medio
in tubum integrum cum ceteris coalitum. Stylus lateraliter barbatus. Stig-
ma vix brevissime penicillatum.—Dry Savannahs on the Rupunoony, where
it is called Yarro conalli, and usedfor poisoning the fish Yarro, which will not
eat the Hiarry. Schomburgk, n.173.—Panama. Cuming, n.1170. St.
Vincent’s, Anderson.

90. Tephrosia (Brissonia) penicillata, caule herbaceo decumbente rufo-
pubescente, foliolis 5—9 oblongis obtusis mucrone recurvo adpresse pube-
scentibus, racemis elongatis oppositifoliis, calycis villosi dentibus e basi lati-
uscula subulatis tubo suo vix zquilongis, vexillo villoso, stylo glabro, stig-
mate longe penicillato, legumine rufo-villosulo—Habitu 7. hispidule ap-

432 Mr. G. Bentham’s Hnumeration of the

proximatur, Stipulz lineari-subulate. Stipellze nullz. Foliola pollicaria,
alterna v. opposita, terminali latiore et longiore. Racemus semipedalis v.
longior. Flores secus rhachin fasciculati, fasciculis 2—3-floris remotis. Pe-
dicelli inferiores calyce sublongiores, superiores breviores. Bractez subu-
late. Bracteolz nulla. Corolle calycem ter superantes, roseze. Vexillum
intensius coloratum, orbiculatum, emarginatum, longe unguiculatum, basi
exappendiculatum. Alz vexillo aquilonge, transversim plicate. Carina
parum brevior, vix unguiculata, petalis a basi dorso connatis. Stamina 7.
toxicarie. Ovarium sessile, villosum. Stylus subcorneus glaberrimus. Stig-
ma terminale-—Near the brook Akalaurie, on the Upper Rupunoony.
Schomburgk, n. 678.

A larger Brazilian species, closely allied to the preceding, was ga-
thered by Dr. Pohl in the desert pastures of S. Isabel, and has also
been sent to me by the Academy of Petersburgh, gathered in the dry
pastures of the Minas Geraes. It may be thus distinguished :

T. adunca, caule herbaceo ? decumbente rufo-pubescente, foliolis 7—13 ob-
longis obtusis adpresse pubescentibus mucrone recurvo, racemis elongatis
oppositifoliis, calycis villosi dentibus e basi latiuscula subulatis tubo longio-
ribus, vexillo villoso, stylo glabro, stigmate longe penicillato, lezumine rufo-
villosulo.—Corolla paullo minor, calyx major dentibus multo longioribus
quam in 7’. penicillaia.

91. Tephrosia (Brissouia?) brevipes, suffruticosa?, ramis erectis dense
rufo-velutinis, foliolis 1—3 brevissime petiolatis anguste oblongis supra gla-
bris subtus argentea-sericcis, pedicellis axillaribus 1—3 brevissimis unifloris,
calycis velutini dentibus tubo longioribus infima duplo longiore, vexillo alis-
que extus adpresse villosis, legumine rufo-velutino.—Foliola 14—2 polli-
caria, intermedio longiore, supra lineata, siccitate nigricantia. Stipule parve ;
stipellee subnulle. Calycis dens inferior 3 lin. longus, incurvus, corollam sub-
zquans. Petala ccerulea (teste Schomb.), uti filamenta maculis oblongis sic-
citate nigris crebris notata. Alz oblongee, vexillo et carina parum breviores.
Stamina medio monadelpha, filamento vexillari basi et apice libero. Ova-
rium sessile villosum. Stylus glaber. Stigma pilis longis penicillatum. Le-
gumen fere bipollicare.—Savannahs about Anna-y. Schomburgk, n. 66.

92. Lonchocarpus? floribundus, foliolis 7 ovatis acuminatis coriaceis supra
glabris subtus tenuissime sericeis, racemis folio duplo longioribus nodosis,
floribus fasciculatis, calycibus vexilloque sericeis.—Foliola 2—3-pollicaria.
Racemi pedales. Flores fere Z. sericez, paullo minores, petalis tenuioribus.
Calyx evidenter dentatus. Corolla lilacina (teste Schomb.). Stamina mo-
nadelpha. Ovarium sessile, villosum, 4-ovulatum. Stylus glaber. Legu-
men ignotum.—British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 238.

93. Lonchocarpus? rufescens, foliolis 9 oblongo-ellipticis acuminatis supra
glabris subtus rufo-sericeis, racemis folio longioribus nodosis caule petiolis-
que rufo-tomentosis, floribus fasciculatis, calycibus rufo-pubescentibus, vex-
illo leviter sericeo.—Frutex. Foliola 83—5-pollicaria. Racemus 1—11-pe-
dalis. Flores L. floribundi, at glabriores. Legumen ignotum.—British Gui-
ana. Schomburgk, n. 745.

94, Lonchocarpus ?

Plants collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. 433

94. Lonchocarpus? densiflorus, scandens, foliolis 7—9 oblongo-ellipticis
acuminatis supra glabris subtus pallidis tenuissime sericeis, petiolis cauleque
glabriusculis, racemis ferrugineis folia subeequantibus nodosis, floribus fasci-
culatis, calyce pubescente, vexillo leviter sericeo.—Foliola 14—2-pollicaria.
Racemi vix semipedales, densi. Calyx obsolete dentatus. Carina valde in-
curva acuta. Stamina et ovarium precedentium.—Banks of the Upper Esse-
quibo, where the pounded stem is used for poisoning fish under the name of
Bastard Hiarry. Schomburgk, n. 52.

The genus Lonchocarpus, though numerous in species, and some
of them common in tropical America, is as yet so imperfectly known
that it is not easy to trace its immediate affinities. It appears to
connect the Galegee with the Dalbergiee. The flowers are very nearly
those of Tephrosia and Robinia, in which latter genus the early
writers comprehended many of the species, but the pod is said, in
most cases where it is known, to be indehiscent. If this be really
the case it should probably be removed to Dalbergiee. Among the
supposed species of Lonchocarpus the L. Amerimnum seems to be a
Platymiscium, and Kunth’s genus Clyciridia should perhaps be
adopted for the L. sepium. The L. violaceus and L. punctatus are
remarkable from the mixture of round and oblong glandular dots in
their leaves, and form a separate section if nota genus. ‘The three
new species enumerated above differ from most others by their inflo-
rescence, which is that of many Phaseolee, but the flowers are pre-
cisely those of Lonchocarpus, and in the absence of the fruit it does
not appear advisable to separate them.

Tribe Hepysarez, DC.

95. Aischynomene sensitiva, Linn. DC. Prod. ii. p. 320.—British Guiana.
Schomburgk, n. 603.—French Guiana. Herb. Par. n. 45.

96. Aischynomene paniculata, Willd. Vogel, Linnea, xii. p. 95.—British
Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 181.

97. eschynomene (Ochopodium) conferta, ramis pubescentibus foliosis,
foliolis 8—12-jugis parvis confertis oblongis utrinque adpresse et sparse pi-
losis, racemis folio brevioribus subsex-floris flavo-hirtis, leguminibus profun-
dissime partitis biarticulatis pilosis——Herba bipedalis sequentibus affinis.—
British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 187.

98. ischynomene hystrix, Poir. Dict. Suppl. iv. p.77. DC. Prod. ii. p.
321.—French Guiana. Herb. Par. n. 27.

99. Aeschynomene paucijuga, DC. 1, c—French Guiana. Herb. Par. n. 10.

100. Zornia reticulata, Sm. DC. Prod. ii. p. 316.—Arid Savannahs of
the south chain of the Conocon Mountains, British Guiana. Schomburgk.

101. Zornia latifolia, DC. Prod. ii. p. 317.—British Guiana. Schom-
burgk, n. 257.

102. Stylosanthes gracilis, Humb. et Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. p. 567

Ann. Nat. Hist. Vol.3. No.20. Aug. 1839. 21

434 Mr. G. Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants

—507. DC. Prod. ii. 318.—Dry Savannahs, British Guiana. Schomburgk,
n. 240.

103. Stylosanthes guianensis, Swartz. DC. Prod. ii. -p. 318.—French
Guiana. Leprieur, Herb, Par. n. 20.

104. Stylosanthes viscosa, Swartz. DC. Prod. ii. p.317—Savannahs, Bri-
tish Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 178 or 278.

105. Stylosanthes angustifolia, Vogel, Linnza, xii. p. 63.—Spice tenues,
sepe ultrapollicares, basi subinterrupte. Flores inferiores 4—8 foeminei,
incompleti, stylo multo longiore quam in czeteris speciebus, superiores pauci
eompleti steriles.—French Guiana. Herb. Par. n. 18.

106. Nicholsonia cayennensis, DC. Prod. ii. p. 325.—British Guiana.
Sehomburgk, n. 19.—French Guiana. Leprieur, Herb. Par. n. 15. This
and the N. venustula are probably mere varieties of N. barbata.

107. Desmodium pachyrrhizum, Vogel, Linnea, xii. p. 97.—British Gui-
ana. Schomburgk, n. 657. The specimens agree both with Vogel’s de-
scription and with others gathered by Pohl in Brazil.

108. Desmodium elatum, Humb. et Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. p. 527.
DC. Prod. ii. p. 328.—British Guiana, Schomburgk. Gardner’s n. 971.
from Pernambuco appears to be the same species though less hairy.

109. Desmodium asperum, Desv. DC. Prod. ii- p. 333. Folia nonnun-
quam, presertim inferiora, unifoliolataa—French Guiana. Leprieur.

110. Desmodzum rubiginosum, caule herbaceo obtuse tetragono erecto pe-
tiolisque rufo-villosis, stipulis basi dilatatis stipellisque striatis longe acumi-
natis, foliolis 3 ovatis obtusis mucronatis crassis utrinque tomentoso-villosis
rufescentibus, racemis paniculatis terminalibus, floribus parvis numerosis,
Jeguminibus moniliformibus pluriarticulatis hispidulis. Affine D. aspero, at
satis distincta videtur. Foliola minora, mollius et densius villosa.— British
Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 217.

111. Desmodium ancistroearpum, DC. Prod. ii. p.331. Species a D. in-
eano parum diversa.—French Guiana, Leprieur; and in various Brazilian
collections.

112. Desmodium cajanefolium, DC. Prod. ii. p. 351.—Hedysarum caja-
neefolium, Hwmb. et Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. p. 525. t. 598. var.? foliis
supra pilis minutis sparse hirtellis—British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 648.

Tribe Frasrotes, DC.

113. Clitoria Poitei, DC, Prod. ii. p. 234.—British Guiana. Schomburgk.
Panama or Western Columbia. Cuming, n. 1141.

In this species the bracteole are much shorter than the calyx, yet,
on account of its habit, it must be referred to the section Bractearia,
which would remain characterized by the frutescent stem and trifo-
hiolate leaves only. Iam informed also that the name Bractearia
has been given to a genus of Rubiacee and to a section of Cheto-
gastra, and although it does not seem strictly necessary that the
same sectional name be not used in different genera, yet as Bractearia

collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana, 435

is now moreover inappropriate, it may be changed to Dendrocya-
mus.

To the same section belongs the following new species rie Clitoria
from the Petersburgh herbarium.

C. mucronulata, caule fruticoso glabro, ramis junioribus petiolis racemise
que minute puberulis, foliolis oblongo-ellipticis vix acuminatis glabris vel
subtus margineque sparse puberulis, racemis pauciflovis folio brevioribus,
bracteolis ovali-oblongis calycem subeequantibus.—-Ad Rio Madeira et Borba
in Brasilia.—Stipelle petiolulo breviores. Foliola omnia mucronulata.
Vexillum leviter adpresse pubescens. Legumen junius villosum.

114. Neurocarpum longifolium, Mart. in Benth. Ann. Mus. Vind. ii. p,
116. var. longifolium. MW. frigidulum, ejusd. 1, c.—British Guiana. Schom-
burgk.

Since I described the above two plants I have seen intermediate
specimens which convince me that they are but varieties of each other.
The species has an extensive range from the Essequibo to the pro-
vince of Minas Geraes in Brazil.

115, Neurocarpum cajanefolium, Presl. Symb. Bot. p. 17. t. 9.—Savan-
nahs at Anna-y. Schomburgk, n. 58. It appears to be a common plant
from the Spanish Main to Rio Janeiro, It is Gardner’s n, 960. from Per-
nambuco.

The N. guianense, DC., or Crotalaria guianensis of Aublet, was by
mistake omitted in my memoir above-quoted. I have not seen it,
but from the figure and descriptions it appears to be near the two
preceding ones, but different from both.

116. Centrosema vexillatum, caule herbaceo glabro, ramulis junioribus
pedunculisque puberulis, foliolis oblongo-ellipticis ovalibusve obtusis, pedun-
culis petiolo longioribus apice racemosis paucifloris, bracteolis ovalibus am-
plis calyce triplo longioribus extus puberulis, ealycis dentibus superioribus
brevissimis.—British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 378,—Foliola 2—4-pollica-
ria. Stipellz setacew. Bracteole 10 lin. longw. Vexillum sesqui-pollicare,
Jatissimum.

117. Centrosema brasilianum, Benth. in Ann. Mus. Vind. ii. p. 118.—
British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 239.

Allied to the above, but differing in inflorescence and form of
leaves, is the following from Sumadoris in Brazil, received from the
Academy of Petersburgh,

C. brachypodum, ramis petiolisque pubescentibus, foliolis ovatis acumi-
natis, basi subcordatis rotundatisve supra glabris subtus ad venas puberulis,
pedunculis brevissimis apice dense multifloris, bracteolis ovatis obliquis acu-
minatis calyce longioribus, dentibus calycinis superioribus brevissimis.

The (. angustifolium was gathered by Salzmann at Bahia, and is

in the Herbarium of the Academy of St. Petersburgh from Tejuco ;

212

436 Mr.G. Bentham’s Enumeration of the Plants

the same collection contains also a remarkable variety of C. arena-
rium with almost emarginate leaflets.

Allied to C. arenarium, but belonging to the second division of the
genus, is the following species gathered by Salzmann at Bahia.

C. Salzmanni, caule glabro, ramulis pedunculisque pubescentibus, foliolis
oblongo-ovatis acuminatis vix coriaceis supra glabris subtus ad venas pube-
rulis demum glabris, pedunculis petiolo brevioribus vel vix longioribus apice
umbellato-plurifloris, bracteolis ovatis obliquis acuminatis calycis dente in-
feriore brevioribus, calycibus puberulis quadrifidis, dentibus superioribus latis
tubo zquilongis, supremo bidentato, infimo longissimo lineari.

Blanchet’s n. 2705. from the Serra Jacobina in the province of
Bahia is a curious little species, allied to C. rotundifolium, but with
five to seven smaller and narrower leaflets. My specimen however
is not good enough to establish the diagnosis satisfactorily.

118. Centrosema macrocarpum, caule juniore petiolisque pilosis demum
glabrato, foliolis ovatis breviter acuminatis vix coriaceis supra vel utrinque
glabris, pedunculis petiolum subzequantibus apice dense plurifloris, bracteolis
dentibus calycinis subbrevioribus, calycibus latissimis 4-fidis, laciniis tubo
longioribus divaricatis, suprema bidentata, inferioribus approximatis.—Bri-
tish Guiana. Schomburgk.

This species differs chiefly from C. grandiflorum by its thinner
leaves perfectly glabrous, or with only a few hairs along the midrib.
Its beans, according to Schomburgk, are eaten by the Indians, under
the name of Commawisst. He adds, that the pods are uncommonly
large ; in the single specimen sent by him the young ones are already
nine inches long.

Gardner’s n. 173. from Rio Janeiro is Centrosema decumbens,
Mart.; his n. 356. from the Organ Mountains is a new species be-
longing to the same division and may be thus characterized :—

C. dasyanthum, caule glabro vel ramulis petiolisque junioribus puberulis,
foliolis ovali-oblongis acuminatis vix coriaceis utrinque glabris, pedunculis
brevibus apice paucifloris, bracteolis dentibus calycinis brevioribus rufo-vil-
losis, calycibus 4-fidis laciniis lato-lanceolatis tubo sublongioribus rufo-vil-
losis supremo bifido, vexillo extus rufo-villosissimo.

Blanchet’s n. 2721. from the Serra Jacobina is a slight variety of
Periandra dulcis, Mart., and his No. 2555. from the same chain is
P. coccinea, Benth.

119. Stenolobium ceruleum, Benth. in Ann. Mus. Vind. ii. p. 125.—Bri-
tish Guiana, Schomburgk, n. 218.

This is a widely diffused and apparently common plant; besides
the numerous specimens gathered by Pohl, Martius, Salzmann, and
others in various parts of Brazil, it is found in the Isle of St. Vin-

collected by Mr. Schomburgk in British Guiana. 437

cent’s and in Central America. It is Cuming’s n. 1097. from Pa-
nama.

The name of Stenolobium had been given by Deon to a genus of
Bignoniacee, and I have therefore in some herbaria given the name
of Cyanostremma to my genus; but as it now appears that Don’s Sie-
_nolobium is not adopted, mine may retain that name. The following
gathered by Salzmann at Bahia is a fourth species :—

S. velutinum, foliolis concoloribus, calycibus querufo-velutinis, legumini-
bus piloso-hispidis.—Calyces 4 lin. longi, tubuloso-campanulati. Corolla
intense colorata, 8 lin. longa.

120. Galactia velutina, volubilis, mollissime villosa, foliolis 3 ovalibus
obtusis basi subcordatis supra velutino subtus subsericeo-villosis, pedunculis
brevissimis paucifloris, laciniis calycinis tubo subtriplo longioribus corolla
parum brevioribus.— British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 649.

A somewhat coarse species with larger leaves than most of the
American species. They somewhat resemble in form those of G. ca-
nescens (Texas, Drummond, 2nd Coll. n. 81. 3rd Coll. n. 146.), but
the species is readily known by the soft down of the whole plant.

Cologania heterophylla of Gillies, judging from Tweedie’s speci-
mens, is a Galactia very near to, if not identical with, G. marginalis,
which is Drummond's n. 145 of his third Texas collection.

121. Collea rosea, caule suffruticoso erecto? tomentoso-villoso, foliolis
3 ovali-ellipticis utrinque obtusis submucronatis coriaceis supra pubescen-
tibus subtus molliter villosis, pedunculis folio subbrevioribus interrupte ra-
cemosis, calycis villosi laciniis lanceolatis tubo parum longioribus, vexillo
glabro, leguminibus cano-velutinis.—British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 261.

Near C. Neesii and C. Martii. Flowers much smaller than in the
former and racemes much shorter. Ido not possess specimens of
C. Marti, but the present plant does not agree with the descriptions
of it.

122. Dioclea lasiocarpa, Mart. Benth. in Ann. Mus. Vind. il. p. 1388.
—French Guiana. Herb. Par. n. 39 and 48. It is also Gardner’s n. 970
from Pernambuco, and perhaps Dolichos comosus of Meyen’s Essequibo

Flora.
123. Dioclea guianensis, Benth. 1. c. p. 134.—British Guiana. Schom-

burgk, n. 83.—46. villosior, foliolis supra pubescentibus, subtus dense seri-
ceis, venis petiolisque rufescentibus.—British Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 629.
Gardner’s n. 353 from the Organ Mountains is Cleobulia multi-
flora, Mart., his n. 355 from the same chain is Canavalia picta, Mart.,
var. longiracemosa. Cuming’s n. 1204 from Panama is a slight va-
riety of Canavalia obtusifolia, DC. Blanchet’s n. 2748 from Utinga
in the province of Bahia is Canavalia brasiliensis, Mart., which spe-
cies is also in Salzmann’s Bahia collection.

~

438 Capt. DuCane on the Metamorphoses of Crustacea.

124, A single imperfect specimen of a very fine Phaseolea allied to Ca-
navalia, and in some respects to Vewillaria, probably forming a new genus,
but which with the present materials I am unable to characterize.

125. Phaseolus lasiocarpus, Mart, in Benth. Ann. Mus. Vind. ii. p. 140.
—British Guiana. Schomburgk.

126. Phaseolus longipedunculatus, Mart. in Benth. Ann. Mus. Vind. ii.
p- 141. var. inter « et @ fere media, foliolis fere omnibus integris.—French
Guiana. Leprieur, Herb. Par. n. 46 and 49,

127. Phaseolus linearis, Humb. et Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. p. 445?
—Arid Savannahs at the foot of the$Conocon Mountains, Schomburgk.

128. Phaseolus gracilis, Pépp. in Benth. 1. c.?—Arid Savannahs about
Anna-y. Schomburgk. The single specimens sent by Schomburgk of these
three Phaseoli are 80 imperfect that I am unable to determine them with
certainty.

129. Eriosema lanceolatum, caulibus basi procumbentibus appresse pilosis
apice ascendentibus rufo-barbatis, stipulis in unum lanceolatum oppositi-
folium connatis, petiolis brevissimis, foliolo unico late lanceolato obtuso mu-
cronato basi subcordato supra glabro subtus ad venas appresse ferrugineo,
racemis brevibus paucifloris.—British Guiana, Schomburgk, n. 651.—
French Guiana. Herb. Par. n.16. Flowers yellow (Schomburgk.).

130. Eriosema violaceum. Rhynchosia (Eriosema) violacea, DC. Prod.
ii, p. 388. Cytisus violaceus, dubl. Fl. Guian. ii. p. 766. t. 306.— British
Guiana. Schomburgk, n. 642.

131. Eriosema crinitum. Rhynchosia (Eriosema) crinita, DC. Prod. ii
p. 889, Glycine crinita, Humb, et Kunth, Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi, p. 421. t.
573.

132. Eriosema pulchellum, Rhynchosia (Eriosema) pulchella, DC. 1. ec.
Glycine pulchella, Humb. et Kunth, l. c. p. 422.

The two last species were sent together by Schomburgk and num-
bered in my set 245, but from his list there is reason to think there
is some mistake of label. I am not certain of having referred the
last one rightly to Kunth’s species, althoughit agrees tolerably well
with his description.

[To be continued. }

XLIX.—On the Metamorphoses of the Crustacea. By Carr.
C. DuCang, R.N.
(With a Plate.]

Havine since my last communication to the Rev. L. Jenyns
on the subject of the metamorphoses of the Crustacea, pub-
lished in the Ninth Number of the ‘ Annals of Natural Hi-
story,’ had an opportunity of making some observations on the
larva of a small species of the common crab (Carcinus Menas)>

Capt. DuCane on the Metamorphoses of Crustacea. 439

I bee to trouble you with the following particulars and ac-
companying drawings of this animal, which I believe has not
hitherto been figured, and is otherwise interesting, as con-
firmatory of the fact of some species of the Brachyurous, as
well as the Macrourous Decapods, being subject to a succession
of changes before they reach their adult state.

The crabs from which this larva was obtained were brought
to me carrying their ova under their abdomen as early as the
latter end of December last, but it was the beginning of
March before one of them began to produce its larve, and
even then, and indeed during the whole of the month of March
and great part of April, comparatively few of the ova were
hatched. The form of the larva up to this period is shown in
fig. 1.; it exhibited-no other symptoms of life than merely
slight movements of the limbs and antenne, and although fully
developed, was from this circumstance, and the extreme trans-
parency of its different organs, exceedingly difficult to deli-
neate. Towards the end of April however, after the crabs had
been carrying their ova for a period of four months, I had
the satisfaction to find the larvee alive in great abundance, a
large mass lying at the bottom of the vessel in which the
crabs were kept, still of the same ferm I had found them pre-
viously, but vast numbers of others swimming about the surfi.ce
ef the water of the form shown in Plate XI. fig. 2.

I was much surprised at thus finding myself suddenly in
possession of apparently two different animals ; but the fact is,
as I soon discovered, the larva is scarcely excluded from the
ege of the form PI. XI. fig. 1., before it casts off this enve-
lope, and assumes the appearance represented by Pl. XI.
fig. 2.; indeed the animal, as it appears in this latter state, is
distinctly visible through the delicate and highly transparent
envelope which incloses it in its first condition, as I have en-
deavoured to show both in fig. 1. and in the equally highly
magnified sketches of the tails, figs. 5 and 6.

As the ova continued to be hatched in great abundance du-
ring many successive days, I had repeated opportunities of ob-
serving this change effected ; it is accomplished as follows :—
On its first liberation from the egg, the larva lies on its side,
and seems to be only capable of progressing through the water

440 Mr. George Dickie on the Fumariacee.

by contracting and again expanding the abdominal section of
its body. These movements soon detach its large tail, and with
it the whole abdominal envelope; after which the animal uses
the most violent exertions, by means of the now strong spines
of its tail, doubling it under its thorax, and throwing it back
straight again, with all the force it is capable of, to tear away
the covering of the legs. The great majority of the larvee ex-
haust themselves and fall victims to their fruitless efforts to ac-
complish this portion of the moult; but having effected it,
the antennz and corselet come away also; the dorsal spine,
which is seen in fig. 1. reclining towards the head, rises up and
takes an inclination in the opposite direction ; the frontal spine,
which has hitherto been doubled up and concealed under
the thorax, unfolds itself; and the little animal swims away
with an awkward short movement of its natatory legs, some-
times on its back as represented in fig. 3, sometimes on its
face as in fig. 4; but always with its tail bent under it, ap-
proximating to the situation it is destined to be carried in
when the animal has attained its adult state.

The larva of Carcinus Menas, it will be observed, in its se-
cond stage resembles in its general character that of Cancer
Pagurus, figured by Mr. Thompson in the Second Number of
his Zoological Researches. They are both as unlike their ori-
ginal types as it is well possible to imagine, and the probabi-
lity I think is that they have each still to undergo a succession
of changes before they become perfect crabs. Having ob-
tained the larvze of Carcinus Menas from two different speci-
mens in such abundance, I entertained great hopes of follow-
ing it through all its phases; none of the larvee, however, sur-
vived their birth beyond the fourteenth day, at which time
_ they showed no indications of any siaanaia for a further
metamorphosis.

Southampton, May 29, 1829.

L.—Remarks on the Fumariacee. By Grores Dickie, Esq.,
A.L.S., Lecturer on Botany at Aberdeen.

Tue characters of the order Fumariacee are generally stated
thus: “Sepals two, deciduous. Petals four, cruciate, par-

Mr. George Dickie on the Fumariacez. 441

allel, the two outer either one or both saccate at the base,
the two inner callous and coloured at the apex, where they
cohere and inclose the anthers and stigma. Stamens six,
in two parcels, opposite the outer petals, very seldom all sepa-
rate. Anthers membranous, the two outer of each parcel one-
celled, the middle one two-celled,” &c.

Lindley, in his ‘ Introduction to the Natural System’, con-
siders the parts as divided upon a binary plan; the bodies
commonly called deciduous sepals he considers as bracts, the
outer series of the supposed petals he considers as a calyx,
and the inner only as petals. He also considers the lateral
one-celled anther of each parcel as belonging to a common
stamen, the filament of which is split by the separation of the
two parcels. This opinion might appear at first sight forced,
in order that the parts may conform to the arrangement in a
normal flower ; if however the structure of the parts be exa-
mined it will be seen that this opinion is exceedingly plausible.

Each common filament is traversed by three distinct fasci-
culi of vessels ; the central one, which passes to the two-celled
anther, is double the size of those which pass to the lateral
anthers; their relative position must also be attended to.
They are placed at equal distances from each other, but the
two lateral ones are very near the margin of the filament. In
all perfect stamens of different plants which I have examined
there has been seen only one bundle of vessels, which passed
straight through the centre of the filament to the anther.

If the arrangement in Fumaria is normal, it is then a re-
markable exception to the usual method. It appears much
more probable that the filament is compound, and composed of
one entire filament and portions of two others. In some spe-
cimens of Fumaria the adhesion of the lateral portions is very
slight, and they may be readily separated from that in the
centre with very little force; and in very young flower-buds
there is no adhesion, the single-celled anthers are quite sepa-
rate, and the apices of the inner petals as they are commonly
called are also free. It has been already mentioned that the
fasciculi of vessels passing to the single-celled anthers are very
near the margin of the common filaments: now in some of
those cases where a partial adhesion only is found, these ves-

442 Mr. George Dickie on the Fumariacez.

sels are nearer the outer than the inner edge of the filament
bearing the one-celled anther. The figure
will illustrate this: the waved lines repre-
sent the vessels, and the dotted lines the
places where the compound filament has a
tendency to separate. This is another fact
which adds much to support the probability
of Prof. Lindley’s opinion.

Should it however be denied that the ve-~
nation of the parts cannot in this case enable us to explain the
anomaly, whether apparent or real, it will be allowed that the
arrangement of the vessels, which appears in a great number
of instances to be very regular and constant, is worthy of at-
tention. This has been applied in explaining the arrangement
of the parts of the flower in the Graminee ; and the venation
of the ligulate corolla of the Composite appears to indicate
the true nature of this peculiar form of perianth. |

Occasionally monstrosities occur in plants which are other-
wise very regular in the arrangement of their flower ; adhesion
of parts which are generally separate frequently occurs. A
monstrous variety of Lycopsis arvensis occurred to me some
time back, in which the corolla was 12-cleft, the stamens 11,
the ovules upwards of 20 in number, with 3 styles: the calyx
contained 11 divisions.

The three styles were very unequal in size, two small and
one very large; the latter contained four distinct fasciculi of
vessels. ‘One of the smaller styles presented near its summit
a small curved process supplied by a separate bundle of ves-
sels ; this process when dissected presented the structure of
an anther: it contained an imperfect pollen, and its lining
membrane consisted of the same peculiar fibro-cellular tissue
which is found in the anther in its natural condition. Occa-
sionally two stamens adhere by their filaments in Mercurialis
perennis, presenting the remarkable appearance of a four-celled
anther. In such cases however the filament contains two di-
stinct sets of vessels of equal size, which shows the true nature
of the anomaly; and if any other proof was necessary, specimens
occur which present various degrees of adhesion between neigh-
bouring filaments, from the slightest possible to that which

Bibliographical Notices. 443

has been alluded to. Prof. Henslow, in ‘ Mag. of Zool. and
Bot.’ (vol. i. p. 259), has admirably illustrated the arrangement
of the stamens in Adoxa moschatellina, in which we generally
find a separation of these into two parts; the anthers conse-
quently appear to be one-celled: but examples occur in which
there is no separation, the stamens being perfect, and others
in which the separation is the slightest possible, and so on
through different degrees to total separation.

Many other examples of adhesion or of separation might be
mentioned, but such must be familiar to every one who dis-
sects plants: may it not be inferred that in Fumaria another
example is presented ?

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A General Outline of the Animal Kingdom. By Thomas Rymer Jones,
F.Z.S., Prof. Comparative Anatomy in King’s College. Parts
I.—VI. London, Van Voorst.

The present work, forming part of the series published by the
above firm, among which we find the beautiful works of Yarrell,
Bell, &c., has for its object a general view of the animal creation,
exhibiting the structure and internal economy of every class of living
beings, and developing with as much simplicity as possible the prin-
ciples of zoological arrangement as based upon animal organization.
This difficult task, which must necessarily be to a certain extent a
compilation, requiring therefore a profound knowledge of the sub-
ject and large acquaintance with the writings of foreign authors,
could not have fallen into better hands. In the present state of the
science it is no easy matter to keep pace with what is doing on the
Continent; many works which appear there are known but by few
persons in this country, and to this circumstance we must attribute
the occurrence of some slight mistakes in this work. Mr. Jones also
appears in part to have derived his knowledge of the researches of the
Germans from French sources, which are apt to mislead. With re-
gard to the class Bryozoa, we could have wished that the labours of
S. L. Lovén had ‘been consulted, which were published in the
Transactions of the Swedish Academy for 1835, and translated in
Wiegmann’s Archiv for 1837, p. 249. Prof. Jones’s views respect-
ing the internal organization of Infusoria, as well as those of Meyen
and Dujardin, have been given in this Journal, as also Ehrenberg’s
answer to the objections ; so that it is unnecessary for us to enter

444 Bibliographical Notices.

more at length into this subject. We may however observe that
none of the opposers of Ehrenberg’s views agree in what they see ;
we are therefore still inclined to place confidence in his observations,
trusting that this important subject will soon be thoroughly investi-
gated. Speaking of the superiority of modern microscopes, Prof.
Jones observes, that a few years ago some Infusoria, now distinctly
proved to be covered with cilia, were looked upon as being absolutely
destitute of locomotive organs, for instance, Volvov globator ; we
would however remind the author, that if a great deal depends on the
goodness of the instrument, a vast deal more depends on the long
practice and manipulation of the observer ; and no better proof of this
‘fact can be adduced than that this Infusorium, usually considered as
a simple animal, even in the present work, is a conglomeration of
several hundred individuals. We have inserted the paragraph re-
specting this remarkable animalcule from Ehrenberg’s large work
on Infusoria among the miscellaneous articles of the present number.
Trichina spiralis, hitherto found only in the human body, has been
discovered by Dr. Siebold in several animals and birds, and even in
Scarabeus stercorarius*. Mr. Jones is also led into error with respect
to the occurrence of the eggs of Cristatella in a fossil state by Tur-
pin’s mangled description of the fossil specimens of Xanthidium, dis-
covered by Ehrenberg in the Feuerstein of Delitzsch, and forwarded
by him to the French Academy. The Xanthidium is a decided In-
fusorium, and Ehrenberg, in a paper respecting this misstatement
of Turpin, which has however probably escaped the attention of
Prof. Jones, clearly proves that it is no egg, and moreover several
fossil species of Xanthidium occur in the recent state which had
been figured previous to their discovery in flint. Besides, whoever
has examined the egg of Cristatella and also living Xanthidia will be
convinced of their distinctness. ‘Those who have not may compare
the beautiful drawings of the various Xanthidia occurring in the
flints of the chalk, illustrating the Rev. B. Reade’s paper at p. 191 of
_ the 2nd volume of the ‘ Annals’, with the excellent copy of Turpin’s
drawing of Cristatella Mucedo. Dr. Farre’s. beautiful discoveries
have been consulted with respect to the Ciliobrachiate Polyps, Milne
Edwards for the Flustre, and Strauss Durchheim, Dugés, and J. Miil-
ler for the insect tribe. We are convinced that no work will have
tended more to diffuse a love for zoological science and comparative
anatomy in this country than that before us, and we feel called upon
to express most decidedly our sense of the obligations which its
learned author has conferred upon the English public by placing be-

* Wiegmann’s Archiv, part [Y. for 1838, p. 312.

Zoological Society. 445

fore the lovers of natural history so large and valuable a collection
of materials.

Too much praise cannot be awarded to the wood engraver, as we
have never seen more perfect or beautiful specimens of this art than
many of the illustrations of the present work. It is intended to be
completed in ten or twelve parts, of which the seventh may be early
expected.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

October 23, 1838.—William Yarrell, Esq., in the Chair.

A letter was read from M. Julien Desjardins, Secretary of the
Natural History Society of the Mauritius, stating that it was his in-
tention to leave that island on the Ist of January next, for England,
with a large collection of objects in natural history, many of which
he intended for the Society. A letter from Colonel P. Campbell,
Her Majesty’s Consul General and Agent at Alexandria, was also
read. In this letter Col. P. Campbell states that he had not yet
succeeded in gaining any further information respecting the pro-
bability of procuring some White Elephants for the menagerie. A
letter received from Lieut.-Colonel Doherty, Governor of Sierra
Leone, stated, that he was using every exertion to procure for the
Society a male and female Chimpanzee, in which attempt he fully
expected to be successful; but he feared that he should not be
able to obtain a living specimen of the Hippopotamus, from the
superstitious dread with which the natives regard these animals.

Some specimens of Flying Lemurs (Galeopithecus) were upon the’
table, and in reference to them Mr. Waterhouse stated that his ob-
ject in bringing them before the Meeting was to notice certain cha-
racters which appeared to him to indicate the existence of two spe-
cies in these specimens. He remarked that in systematic works three
species of the genus Galeopithecus are described, founded upon dif-
ferences of size and colour; as regards the latter character, he had
never seen two specimens which precisely agreed; and with respect
to size, the dimensions given of two out of the three species are evi--
dently taken from extremely young animals. Mr. Waterhouse then

proceeded to point out the distinctive characters of the two species’
on the table, for which he proposed the specific names of Temminckiz
and Phillippinensis ; of these two the first is the larger species, mea-
suring about two feet in total length, and having a skull two inches ©

446 Zoological Society.

eleven and a half lines in length. The anterior incisor of the upper
jaw is broad and divided by two notches into three distinct lobes;
the next incisor on each side has its anterior and posterior margins
notched ; and the first molar (or the tooth which occupies the situa-
tion of the canine) has its posterior edge distinctly notched. This
tooth is separated by a narrow space anteriorly and posteriorly, from
the second incisor in front, and the second molar behind; the tem-
poral ridges converge towards the occiput, near which, however,
they are separated usually by a space of about four lines.

The second species (G. Philippinensis) is usually about twenty
inches in length, and has a skull two inches seven lines in length,
It may be distinguished from G. Temminckii by the proportionately
larger ears, and the greater length of the hands; the skull is nar-
rower in proportion to its length; -the muzzle is broader and more
obtuse ; the orbit is smaller; the temporal ridges generally meet
near the occiput, or are separated by a very narrow space; the an-
terior incisor of the upper jaw is narrow, and has but one notch;
the next incisor on each ‘side is considerably larger, longer, and
stronger than in G. Temminckii, and moreover differs in having its
edges even; the same remarks apply to the first false molar. The
incisors and molars here form a continuous series, each tooth being
in contact with that which precedes, and that which is behind it.
The most important difference perhaps which exists between the
two species in question consists in the much larger size of the molar
teeth in the smaller skull, the five posterior molars occupying aspace
of ten lines in length, whereas in G. Temminckii, a much larger animal,
the same teeth occupy only nine lines. The above are the most pro-
minent characteristic differences in the two species, though several
other minor points of distinction may be observed.

Mr. Blythe called the attention of the Meeting to the skull of a
Cumberland Ox, presenting an unnatural enlargement of the facial
bones, accompanied with a most remarkable development of the horns,
one of which measured four feet in circumference at its base.

The reading of Professor Owen’s paper ‘‘ On the Osteology of
the Marsupialia,” was completed. After some preliminary remarks
upon the importance of the study of the skeleton, in investigating
the natural groups of this order and the determination of the inter-
esting fossils of Australia, Professor Owen proceeded in the first
place to point out the principal modifications in the general form
of the skull as observed in the various genera of marsupial animals,

‘‘The skull,” says Professor Owen, ‘‘is remarkable in all the
genera for the small proportion which is devoted to the protection

Zoological Society. 447

of the brain, and for the great expansion of the nasal cavity imme-
diately anterior to the cranial cavity.

‘‘In the stronger carnivorous species the exterior of the cranium
is characterized by bony ridges and muscular impressions; but in the
smaller herbivorous species, as the Petaurists and Potoroos, the era-
nium presents a smooth rounded surface as in birds, corresponding
with the smooth unconvoluted surface of the simple brain contained
within.

‘‘ The breadth of the skull in relation to its length is edited in
the Wombat and Ursine Dasyure in which it equals three-fourths the
length, and least in the Perameles lagotis in which it is less than
one-half. The occipital region, which is generally plane and ver-
tical in position, forms a right angle with the upper surface of the
skull, from which it is separated by an occipital or lambdoidal
crista. This is least developed in the Myrmecobius, Petaurists,
and Kangaroo, and most so in the Opossum, in which, as also
in the Koala, the crest curves slightly backwards, and thus changes
the occipital plane into a concavity, well adapted for the insertion
of the strong muscles from the neck and back.

“The upper surface of the skull presents great diversity of cha-
racter, which relates to the different development of the temporal
muscles, and the varieties of dentition in the different genera. In
the Wombat the coronal surface offers an almost flattened tract,
bounded by two slightly elevated temporal ridges, which are upwards
of an inch apart posteriorly, and slightly diverge as they extend for-
wards to the anterior part of the orbit.

‘The skull of the Opossum presents the greatest contrast to that
condition, for the sides of the cranium meet above at an acute angle,
and send upwards from the line of their union a remarkably ele-
vated sagittal crest, which, in mature skulls, is proportionally more
developed than in any of the placental Carnivora, not even exempt-
ing the strong-jawed Hyena.

Of the Composition of the Crantum.—‘‘ The occipital bone is de-
veloped, as in the placental Mammalia, from four centres or ele-
ments, the basilar below, the supra-occipital above, and the ex-occi-
pitals at the sides; but these elements remain longer separate, and
in some genera do not become, at any period of life, united by con-
tinuous ossification.

“In the skull of an aged Virginian Opossum I found the supra-
occipital still distinct from the ex-occipitals, and these not joined
together, though anchylosed to the basilar element: in this Mar-
supial animal they meet above the foramen occipitale, and complete

448 Zoological Society.

its boundaries, as the corresponding superior vertebral /amine com-
plete the medullary canal, in the region of the spine. I have found
the same structure and condition of the occipital bone of an adult
Dasyurus Ursinus, and it is exhibited in the plate of the cranium of
this species given by M. Temminck*. In the skull of a Perameles
nasuta the ex-occipitals were separated by an interspace, so that a
fissure was continued from the upper part of the foramen magnum to
the supra-occipital element. ‘The same structure may be observed
in the Kangaroo, and is very remarkable in the young skulls of this
species ; I found this superior notch wide and well-marked in Ma-
cropus Bennettw. in the Wombat the corresponding fissure is very
wide, and the lower margin of the supra-occipital is notched, so
that the shape of the foramen magnum somewhat resembles that of
the trefoil leaf. In the Koala, the Phalanger, Petaurus, Hypsiprym-
nus, and Dasyurus Maugei, the elements of the occipital bone present
the usual state of bony confluence.

«The temporal bone generally presents a permanent separation
of the squamous, petrous, and tympanicelements. I have observed
this reptile-like condition of the bone in the mature skulls of an
Ursine Dasyure, a Virginian Opossum, a Perameles, in different spe-
cies of Potoroo and Kangaroo, in the Wombat, and in the Koala.
So loose, indeed, is the connection of the tympanic bone, that,
without due care, it is very liable to be lost in preparing the skulls
of the Marsupiata.

‘««In the Virginian Opossum the bony palate presents eight distinct
perforations besides the incisive foramina; the palatal processes of
the palatine bone extend as far forwards in the median line as the
third molares ; a long and narrow fissure extends for an equal dis-
tance (three lines) into the palatal processes, both of the palatines
and maxillaries; behind these fissures, and nearer the median line,
are two smaller oblong fissures ; external, and a little posterior to
these, are two similar fissures, situated in the palato-maxillary su-
ture; lastly, there are two round perforations close to the posterior
margin of the bony palate.

<< Now there is no carnivorous quadruped in the placental series
which has a bony palate characterized by perforations and vacuities
of this kind. In the dog, the cat, and the weasel tribe, the bony
palate is only perforated by two small oblique canals, which open in
or near the palato-maxillary suture. The very great interest which
is attached to the fossil jaws of the Stonesfield Marsupials, the only
Oh Me remains hitherto discovered in the secondary formations,

* Monographie de Mammalogie, pl. viii.

Zoological Society. 449

will justify the minuteness, perhaps tediousness, with which I have
dwelt on characters that, inclusive of the teeth, serve to distinguish
the cranium of the Marsupial from that of any placental quadruped,
The structure of the bony palate in the Marsupiata is interesting in
other respects. Since the defective condition of this part of the cra-
nium is one of the characteristics of the skull of the bird, it might be
expected that some approximation would be made to that structure
in the animals which form the transition between the placental and
oviparous classes. We have already noticed the large vacuities which
occur in the bony palate of nearly all the Marsupials, but this imper-
fectly ossified condition is most remarkable in the Acrobates and Pera-
meles lagotis. In the latter the bony roof of the mouth is perforated
by a wide oval space, extending from the second spurious molars to
the penultimate molars, exposing to view the vomer and convo-
lutions of the inferior spongy bones in the nasal cavity. Behind
this space there are six small perforations ; two in a transverse line,
midway between the great vacancy and the posterior margin of the
bony palate, and four in a transverse line, close to that margin.

“In the Ursine Dasyure a large transversely oblong aperture is
situated at the posterior part of the palatal processes of the maxil-
lary bones, and encroaches a little upon the palatines; this aper-
ture is partly, perhaps in young skulls, wholly bisected by a narrow
longitudinal osseous bridge. The large aperture in the skull of the
Dasyurus Ursinus, figured by Temminck, is the result of accidental
injury to the bony palate.

«« The lower jaw of the marsupiata isa part of their osseous struc-
ture which claims more than ordinary attention, in consequence of
the discussions to which the fossil specimens of this bone, discovered
in the oolitic strata of Stonesfield, have given rise. I have examined
the two specimens in the possession of Dr. Buckland, the specimen
formerly in the collection of Mr. Broderip, and that which is pre-
served in the Museum at York; the composition of the lower jaw,
each ramus of which consists of one piece of bone, the convex condyle,
and the double fangs of the molar teeth, prove the mammiferous
character of these remains; the size, elevation, and form of the
coronoid process of the lower jaw, the production of the angle
of the jaw, with the development of the canines, and the pointed
tubercular crowns of the molar teeth, indicate the carnivorous
and insectivorous character of the species in question. The number
of the incisors, eight in the lower jaw, and the structure and propor-
tions of the molar teeth, approximate these small insectivora most
nearly to the smaller species of the modern genus Didelphis; but

Ann, Nat. Hist, Vol. 3. No. 20. Aug. 1839. 2k

450 Zoological Society.

the number of the molars in one of the specimens exceeds that of
any insectivore, placental, or marsupial, which was known at the
period when Cuvier wrote on this fossil. Recently, however,
a genus of insectivorous mammal (Myrmecobius) has been dis-
covered in Australia, presenting the modifications of the cranium
which characterize the marsupiata, and haying nine tuberculate
molares in each ramus of the lower jaw.—(See Mr. Waterhouse’s
Memoir, Zool. Trans, ii. pl. 28. fig. 2,5.) Besides the osteolo-
gical characters above alluded to, there is a character in the lower
jaw of the marsupial animals, not peculiar to the genus Didelphis,
which serves to distinguish it from that of the placental mammalia.
{n the carnivorous marsupials, as the Thylacine, the lower maxillary
bone very nearly resembles in general form that of the corresponding
placental species, as the dog; a similar transverse condyle is placed
low down, near the angle of the jaw; the strong coronoid process rises
high above it, and is slightly curved backwards; there is the same well-
marked depression on the exterior of the ascending ramus for the firm
implantation of the temporal muscle, and the lower boundary of this
depression is formed by a strong ridge extended downwards and
forwards from the outside of the condyle. But in the dog and
other placental digitigrade Carnivora, a process, representing the
angle of the jaw, extends directly backwards from the middle of
the above ridge, which process gives fixation to the articulation of
the jaw, and increases the power by which the masseter acts upon
the jaw. Now, although the same curved ridge of bone bounds
the lower part of the external depression of the ascending ramus in
all the marsupiata, it does not in any of them send backwards, or
in any other direction, a process corresponding to that just de-
scribed in the dog. The angle of the jaw is as if it were bent in-
wards in the form of a process encroaching in various shapes and va-
rious degrees of development, in the different marsupial genera, upon
the interspace of the rami of the lower jaw. In looking down upon
the lower margin of the jaw, we see therefore, in place of the margin
of a vertical plate of bone, a more or less flattened surface extended
between the external ridge and the internal process or inflected
angle.

‘«The marsupial bones are elongated, flattened, and more or less
curved, expanded at the proximal extremity, which sometimes, as in
the Wombat, is articulated to the pubis by two points; they are rela-
tively longest, straightest, and most slender in the Perameles ; flattest,
broadest, and most curved in the Koala. They are always so long
that the cremaster muscle winds round them in its passage to the

Zoological Society. 451

testicle or mammary gland; and the uses of these bones immediately
relate to those muscles.

‘«‘ With reference to the interesting question— What is the homo-
logy or essential nature of the ossa marsupialia? I have, on a pre-
vious occasion, discussed that problem before the Zoological Society,
and have not found reason to change the opinion I offered in 1835* ;
viz. that they belong to the category of the trochlear ossicles, com-
monly called sesamoid, and are developed in the tendon of the exter-
nal oblique which forms the mesial pillar of the abdominal ring, as the
patella is developed in the rectus femoris. They are not, however,
merely subservient to add force to the action of the ‘ cremasteres,’ but
give origin to a great proportion of the so-called ‘ pyramidales.’

‘The osteogenesis of the marsupial pelvis derives some extrinsic
interest from the not yet forgotten speculations which have been
broached regarding the analogies of the marsupial bones. These
have been conjectured to exist in many of the placental Mammalia,
with acertain latitude of altered place and form, disguised, e. g. as the
bone of the pents in the Carnivora, or appearing as the supplemental os-
sicles of the acetabulum, which exist in the young of many of the Ro-
dentia. In the os innominatum of the immature Potorco, the curved
prismatic i/ium contributes to form by the outer part of its base the
upper or anterior third of the acetabulum; the rest of the circumfe-
rence of this cavity is completed by the ischium and pubis, excepting a
small part of the under or mesial margin, which is formed by a distinct
ossicle or epiphysis of the ilium, analogous to that described by
Geoffroy St. Hilaire as the rudimental marsupial bone in the rabbit.
Now here there is a co-existing marsupial bone : but besides the five
separate bones just mentioned, there is a sixth distinct triangular os-
sicle, which is wedged into the posterior interspace of the ischio-pubic
symphysis. How easy to suggest that this single symmetrical bone
may be the representative of the os penis removed from the glans to
the root of the intromittent organ! It is obviously a mere epiphysis
of the ischium. ‘The circumference of the acetabulum is always in-
terrupted by a deep notch opposite the obturator-foramen, which is
traversed by a ligamentous bridge, and gives passage to the vessels
of the Harderian gland lodged in the wide and deep acetabular fussa.

* See the abstract of a Paper on the analogy of the Dasyurus, Proc. Zool.
Soc., January 1835, in which the discussion of the question of the marsupial
bone is abridged in the following words: “ and Mr. Owen stated it to be his
opinion, that the marsupial bones are essentially ossifications of the tendons
of the external abdominal muscle which constitute the internal or mesial
pillars of the abdominal rings.” The same hypothesis is again advanced in
the account of the anatomy of the Wombat. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1836, p. 49.

2K 2

452 Zoological Society.

“In the great Kangaroo the fibula is a distinct bone throughout,
but it is remarkably thinned and concave at its lower half, so as toe
be adapted to the convexity of the tibia, with which it is in close
contact. In each of these genera therefore, in which locomotion is
principally performed by the hinder extremities, fixity and strength
is gained by the structure of the bones of the leg. In the other
genera, as Phascolarctos, Phascolomys, Phalangista, Petaurus, Didel-
phis, and Dasyurus, the tibia and fibula are so connected together,
and with the tarsus, that the foot enjoys a movement of rotation ana~-
logous to the pronation and supination of the hand ; and in the Pe-
taurists, Phalangers, Opossums, and Koala, the inner toe is so placed
and organized as to perform the office of an opposable thumb, whence
these Marsupiata have been termed pedimana or foot-handed. It
is to this prehensile power that the modifications of the fibula chiefly
relate. In the Wombat, Koala, Petaurists, and Phalangers it ex-
pands to nearly an equal size with the tibia at the distal extremity,
and takes a large share in the formation of the tarsal joint; but the
articular surface is slightly convex, while that of the tibia is slightly
concave.

“The analogy of the carpal and tarsal bones is very clearly illus-
trated in the Wombat. The anchylosed naviculare and lunare of the
hand correspond with the astragalus and naviculare of the fost,
transferring the pressure of the focile majus upon the three imner-
most bones of the second series. The long backward projecting pisi-
form bone of the wrist closely resembles the posterior process of the
os calcis ; the articular portion or body of the os calcis corresponds
with the cuneiform ; the large unciform represents the cuboides, and
performs the same function, supporting the two outer digits; the
three cuneiform bones are obviously analogous to the trapezium, tra-
pezoides, and os magnum.

«The commencement of a degeneration of the foot, which is pecu-
liar to, and highly characteristic of, the Marsupial animals, may be
discerned in the Petaurists, in the slender condition of the second
and third toes, as compared with the other three. In the Phalangers,
this diminution of size of the second and third toes, counting from
the thumb, is more marked. They are also both of the same length,
and have no individual motion, being united together in the same
sheath of integument as far as the ungueal phalanges, whence the
name of Phalangista applied to this genus. In the saltatorial genera
of Marsupiata the degradation of the corresponding toes is extreme ;
but though reduced to almost filamentary slenderness, they retain
the usual number of phalanges, the terminal ones being armed with

Zoological Society. 453

claws, which appear as appendages at the inner side of the foot, for
the purpose of scratching the skin and dressing the fur.”

November 13, 1838.—Professor Owen, in the Chair.

Professor Owen exhibited to the Meeting two skulls of the full-
grown Koala (Lipurus cinereus, Goldf., Phascolarctos, Bl.), and two
of immature specimens of the same species, and demonstrated the

peculiarities of the cranium, and especially the condition of the dental
system.
In both the adult crania the dental formula was as follows:

Incis. =, canin. = premol. raed mol. = a |
it thus corresponds numerically with the formula of the genus Hy-
psiprymnus, and differs only in the absence of a few minute, incon-
stant, and functionless teeth from the dentition of many of the Pe-
taurists and Phalangers. The true molares in the Koala are, how-
ever, relatively larger and stronger than in the Potoroos and Pha-
dangers, yet present the same general structure; each molar is beset
with four three-sided pyramids, the sharp apices of which soon be-
come blunted by trituration, and the outer series in the upper grinders
are the first to be worn down; the posterior grinder is a little smaller
than the rest in the upper jaw; the true molares of the lower jaw
are equal amongst themselves, but narrower than those of the
upper jaw. ‘The crowns of the premolares, or false grinders, are
subtriangular, broadest behind, compressed, and terminate in a cut-
ting edge; those of the upper jaw have a ridge extended along the
inner side of their base; they do not exceed in antero-posterior ex-
tent the crowns of the true grinders. The true molares of the upper
jaw have four fangs; those of the lower jaw, and the premolares in
both jaws, have two fangs. The canines are situated close to the
mazillo-incisive suture, distant from the premolares half an inch;
they are very small, and do not extend beyond the alveolar margin
further than two lines; they terminate in an oblique cutting edge,
and their simple fang is closed at its extremity. Two lines anterior
to the canines begin the series of incisors, of which the four posterior
ones are of the same size as the canines; the pair immediately behind
the large anterior incisors have their crowns worn flat by the appulse
of the two large izcisors below. The two anterior zncisors, upper
jaw, are twice as long, and as broad and thick as the posterior ones ;
their crown is conical, slightly curved, subcompressed, beveled off
obliquely to an anterior cutting edge, and having a partial coating
of enamel, but differing from true dentes scalprarii in having the ex-
tremity of the fang contracted and closed. The two incisors of the
lower jaw are longer, straighter, and more compressed than the cor.

454 Zoological Society.

responding pair above; the enamel is confined to the anterior and
lateral surfaces of the crown; but this, though beveled off from be-
hind forwards, terminates in a blunt apex by attrition against the
small middle incisors of the upper jaw; the posterior surface of the
crown is impressed with a narrow longitudinal groove. These in-
cisors, like those above, are developed by a temporary pulp, and have
the fang contracted and solidified. In this respect the Koala re-
sembles the Pialangers, and differs from tlie Potoroos, which have
the fang of the large anterior incisors open for the reception of a
persistent pulp. Inthe compressed and sectorial structure of the
premolares of the Koala, we perceive, however, an evident transition
to the characteristic form of these teeth in Mypsiprymnus ; but in
this genus the premolares are still more compressed, and are remark-
able for their antero-posterior extent, which dimension becomes ex-
cessive in the arboreal Potoroos of New Guinea.

So far, therefore, as the affinities of a Marsupial quadruped are
indicated by its teeth, the position assigned to the Koala by Latreille*,
viz, next to the Phalangers, must be regarded as more natural than
that which it occupies in the ‘ Régne Animal’ of Cuvier, viz. between
the Kangaroos and Wombat. From the Kangaroos the Koala differs
in the presence of canines in the upper jaw; and still more so from the
Wombat, which has neither canines nor posterior incisors ; whereas
the Koala not only closely resembles the Phalangers and Petaurists
in the correspondence as to number, kind, and conformation of its
teeth, as compared with the functionally developed teeth of those
genera, but also agrees with them in the conformation of its di-
gestive organs, having asimple stomach, and a very long cecum. In
the Wombat, on the contrary, the cecum is short and wide, and has
a vermiform appendage. Both the Potoroos and Kangaroos differ
from the Koala and Phalangers in their large sacculated stomach
and relatively shorter cecum ; but the Potoroos, in the comparative
simplicity of this organ, as well as in the presence of superior canine
teeth, have clearly the nearer affinity to the Koala. Since, more-
over, the Petaurists have canines in both jaws like the Phalangers,
while the Koala possesses them only in the upper jaw, the place of
the Petaurists should be between the Phalangers and Koala, and
not, as in Latreille’s system, between the Kangaroos and Potoroos ;
and Professor Owen proposed to include the Koala with the Pha-
Jangers and Petaurists in one subdivision, and to join the Potoroos
with the Kangaroos to form another and distinct primary group of
Marsupialia.

* Familles Nat. du Regne Anim. p. 53.

Qa

Linnean Society. 45

LINNZAN SOCIETY.

April 16, 1889—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read, “‘ Remarks on British Lichens and Fungi, principally on
species or varieties new to our Flora.” By Churchill Babington,
Esq.

The object of Mr. C. Babington in this paper is to give descrip-
tions of some species or varieties of Lichens and Fungi hitherto un-
published in any British Flora, and also to communicate observa-
tions on the transit of monstrosities to their proper forms. The
Lichens brought into notice as not yet introduced into the British
Flora are, Lecanora elatina, Ach., from Rose Hall, Cumberland ;
Stereocaulon denudatum, Flérke, (confounded with |S. paschale) from
Scotland ; Lecidea nitidula, Fries, also from Scotland ; Lecidea mis-
cella, Ach., as distinct from L. miscella, Eng. Bot.; Biatora Kro-
ckiana, Hoppe, from Isles of Rum and Skye; Biatora anomala, Fr.,
from Yoxall Lodge; Opegrapha signata, Ach., from Herefordshire ;
and Verrucaria margacea, Wahl., from Charnwood Forest. Among
the Fungi are, Agaricus Marie, Klotsch; A. serrulatus, Fr.; The-
lophora ferruginea, Pers.; T. lactea, Fr.: T. levis, Pers.; Peziza
Ledi, Alb. and Schw.; Stictis lichenicola, Mont.; Sclerotium ro-
seum, Kneiff.; Spheria scoriadea, Fr.; S. mesiota, Bab.; S. rhy-
tismoides, Bab.; S. arbuticola, Fr. ; S. alnea, Fr.; S. ostruthii, Fr. ;
S. Depazea, Fr.; Depazea pyricola, Desm.; Dothidea chetomium,
Kunze ; Stemonitis pulchella, Bab. ; Stilbum aurantiacum, Bab. ; Syzy-
gitis megalocarpus, Ebrenb.; Stilbospora macrosperma, Pers. ; Conio-
thecium amentaceum, Corda; and Xenodochus carbonarius, Schl.

Read, ‘‘On a Gall gathered in Cuba, by W. S. Macleay, Esq.,
on the leaf of a plant belonging to the order Ochnacee.”” By the
Rev. M. J. Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S.

The gall is remarkable for its very close resemblance in habit and
form tu some epiphytous Fungi, for possessing a distinct operculum,
and, especially, for bursting through the cuticle, which surrounds it
in the form of a few laciniz at the base. Mr. Berkeley pointed out
various forms of galls and other productions of insects which have
been described as Fungi, but in none is the resemblance so striking
as in the present. He regretted that he was not able to throw any
light upon the animal by which it is caused, though he was able to
state positively that it is an animal production, as in most instances
decayed exuvie were found in its cavity, and in one case a littie im-
perfect grub, which was however unfortunately lost.

456 Linnean Society.

May 7, 1839.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

Read, ‘‘ Supplementary Observations on the Development of the
Theca, and on the Sexes of Mosses.” In a letter to R. H. Solly,
Esq., F.R.S. & L.S. By William Valentine, Esq., F.L.S.

The author commences his letter by stating that subsequent ob-
servations have induced him to concur entirely with the views of
Professor Mohl as to the sporules of Mosses being developed by four
in a mother cell, a fact which he was led to doubt in his former com-
munication printed in the 17th volume of the Society’s Transactions.
The present paper contains a detailed account of the development
of the theca in Qidipodium Griffithianum, which exhibits a beau-
tiful example of the tetrahedral union of the sporules. In this moss
the four sporules in each mother cell are piled on each other so as to
form a cone with a triangular base, and they appear to be connected
with each other in the young state by a very minute stalk which is
situated at the conjunction of three radiating lines. This connexion
is perhaps in most instances dissolved at an early period, and the
sporules recede a little from each other, but are still kept in the tri-
angular form by the mother cell. It is not uncommon however to
find the connexion unbroken after the sporules have arrived at ma-
turity, and in these instances there seems to be a general adhesion
at the opposing faces of the sperules.

The author concludes his paper with some remarks on the analogy
that exists between sporules and pollen, which he observes, is so re-
markable, and the particulars so numerous, that the essential identity
of the two can be scarcely a matter of opinion.

May 24, 1839.—The Lord Bishop of Norwich, President, in the Chair.

This day, the Anniversary of the birthday of Linnzus, and that
appointed in the charter for the election of Council and Officers, the
President opened the business of the Meeting, and in stating the
number of Members whom the Society had lost during the past year,
gave the following notices of some of them :

Samuel Brookes, Esq.—Mr. Brookes was devoted to the science of
Conchology, and possessed a valuable collection of British and Fo-
reign Testacea. He was the author of an Introduction to the Study
of Conchology which appeared in 1815.

The Rev. Martin Davy, D.D., F.R.S., Master of Caius College,
Cambridge.

The Rev. Richard Dreyer, LL.B.

John Lord Farnham.

Charles Holford, Esq.

Linnean Society. 457

Lawrence Brock Hollinshead, Esq.

John Hull, M.D,—Dr. Hull was ardently attached to the study of
Botany, and in the midst of an extensive medical practice, he found
occasional moments of leisure to devote to the cultivation of his
favourite pursuit. We are indebted to him for the publication of a
British Flora in 1799, of which a second edition appeared in 1808 ;
and the Elements of Botany, in 2 volumes, 8vo, in 1800. These
works, highly creditable to their author, tended to increase the taste
for botanical pursuits.

Matthew Martin, Esq.—Mr. Martin reached the advanced age of
90. He became a Fellow of this Society in 1791.

George Milne, Esq.—Mr. Milne pursued with much ardour the
study of Entomology for more than half a century, and his name is
familiar to the cultivators of that branch of science in this country.
He possessed an extensive cabinet of insects, particularly rich in Bri-
tish and Exotic Lepidoptera. He had retired from London for several
years to his native place Johnshaven, Kincardineshire, where he died
some months ago at an advanced age.

The Rev. Robert Nixon, B.D., F.R.S.

William Younge, M.D.—Dr. Younge was the early friend and a
fellow student of our late distinguished President and Founder Sir
J. E. Smith, and the companion of his tour on the continent in the
years 1786 and 1787, of which an account appeared in three volumes
8vo, in 1793, and a second edition in 1807. Dr. Younge was elected
a Fellow of this Society at its first institution in March 1788.

Amongst the Foreign Members occur M. Frédéric Cuvier, Mem-
ber of the Academy of Sciences of the French Institute, the younger
brother of the great Cuvier, and eminently distinguished as a system-
atic zoologist. He was the author of a work on the value of the
teeth as affording zoological characters in the class mammalia, and
of a number of valuable papers on Descriptive Zoology in the An-
nales et Mémoires du Muséum. He likewise wrote the principal
part of the text to the Histoire Naturelle des Mammiferes, a work
which he had undertaken in conjunction with Geoffroy St. Hilaire.
Among his last productions may be noticed his Mémoire sur les Ger-
boises et les Gerbilles, printed in the second volume of the Transac-
tions of the Zoological Society of London. He was distinguished,
like his brother, for his candour and frankness of character, and a total
freedom from those petty jealousies which too often beset men of
science.

M. Charles de Gimbernat.

Gaspard Count Sternberg, Founder and President of the Royal

458 Linnean Society.

Museum of Natural History at Prague, a distinguished patron of
science, and author of a valuable original work on Fossil Plants,
which were chiefly obtained from his own coal mines in Bohemia,
and of an excellent Monograph of the genus Savifraga, illustrated
by coloured figures. To him we are indebted for the recovery of the
vegetable treasures collected by Henke in Peru, Cochabamba, and in
the Philippines, whither he had accompanied the Spanish voyage of
discovery under the celebrated, but unfortunate, Malaspina. ‘These
interesting plants have been published by Presl, under the auspices
of Count Sternberg, in a work entitled ‘ Reliquie Henkeanz.’
Count Sternberg was distinguished for his urbanity, hospitality, and
an eager desire to promote every useful work. He left his collections
and books of Natural History to the Museum already mentioned.

Among the Associates are the following :

Mr. John Hunneman.—Mr. Hunneman having been long the me-
dium of communication between the botanists of this country and
those of Germany, Switzerland, and Russia, our collections have
been enriched through his means with a vast variety of new and in-
teresting plants. A curious Mexican genus, belonging to the natural
family Papaveracee, bears his name, and commemorates the services
rendered by him to science.

Mr. George Penny.—He was well acquainted with the plants
which he successfully cultivated, and was the author of the ‘ Hortus
Epsomensis’, and of several papers on Garden Botany in Mr. Loudon’s
Gardener’s Magazine.

Mr. William Weston Young made the drawings for Mr. Dillwyn’s
valuable work on British Confervee, and a series of drawings of Bri-
tish birds now in the possession of Mr. Yarrell.

The President also announced that twenty Fellows, five Foreign
Members, and two Associates had been elected since the last An-
niversary.

At the election, which subsequently took place, the Lord Bishop of
Norwich was re-elected President ; Edward Forster, Esq., Treasurer ;
Francis Boott, M.D., Secretary; and Richard Taylor, Esq., Under-
Secretary. The following five Fellows were elected into the Council
in the room of others going out, viz. W. J. Burchell, Esq., J. W.
Lubbock, Esq., Hugh Duke of Northumberland, John Forbes Royle,
M.D., and William Yarvell, Esq.

June 4, 1839.—Edward Forster, Esq., V.P. in the Chair.
Read, ‘‘ Further Observations on the Spongilla fluviatilis, with some
remarks on the nature of the Spongie Marine.” Ina letter to the
Secretary, by John Hogg, Esq., M.A., F.L.S.

Linnean Society. 459

In the latter portion of this letter the author endeavours (in addi-
tion to what has been already stated at p. 58) to demonstrate the ve-
getability of the river sponge, from the following facts, which were
obtained by many experiments made by him upon that substance
during the last two summers.

1. From the general resemblance of the membrane which invests
the soft portion or jelly with the membrane or cuticle of the leaves
of many plants.

2. From this gelatinous or soft portion being so similar to the pa-
renchymatous substance of the more fleshy kinds of leaves, and be-
ing, like the latter, chiefly composed of numerous pellucid globules.

3. From the green colouring matter or chromule contained in those
globules, on being pressed out, giving a permanent green or yellow-
ish-green colour to white paper, as is the case with the chromule of
leaves and plants.

4. From strong acids having the same effects on this sponge as
they are seen to have upon plants when they are macerated in them.

5. From the mode in which numerous bubbles of gas, most pro-
bably oxygen, are disengaged from the surface of the living mass of
Spongilla, «hen exposed to the brightest solar light, being so ex-
tremely analogous to that which is known to occur with the leaves
of a plant when immersed in water and submitted to the direct ac-
tion of the light of the sun.

As to the currents of water which take place in the Spongilla flu-
viatilis, and are so similar to those which have been noticed by Dr.
Grant and other authors in the sea sponges, and relied upon by them
as the best evidence of their supposed animal nature, Mr. Hogg
has, after many careful experiments, never been able to witness them
taking place in any specimens which have been entirely destitute of
every parasitical insect or other animal ; he therefore concludes that
these currents are caused by some insect, or crustacean, or mollus-
can, which is seen so generally to inhabit nearly every specimen of
the Spongilla ; and by means of the animal’s performing the function
of respiration, the streams or currents of water are found to enter
into and flow out from the pores or oscules of that structure. But
if on future investigations it shall be proved that these currents do
occur in such individual masses of the Spongilla fluviatilis as are
quite free from every parasite, Mr. Hogg would then consider that
they are effected by the same agents as cause the motions or circu-
lation of the fluids in vegetables, and most probably by an endos-
mosis and exosmosis of different fluids, in accordance with the im-
portant discoveries of M. Dutrochet.

460 Linnean Society.

The author has not perceived any trace of animal organization, or
the least symptom of sensation, or any powers of contraction and di-
latation in this species of sponge, although he has applied to it, when
in a fresh and vigorous state, several sorts of powerful stimulants.

He next showed that no arguments in support of the fancied ani-
mality of the Spongilla can be brought forward, either from its smell-
ing like carrion or animal matter, or from numerous spicule being
present in its composition. And the manner in which he raised
young Spongille from the seed-like sporidia and locomotive sporules
makes it perfectly conclusive that this freshwater sponge cannot be,
as Montagu supposed, the nidus of some aquatic insect, although
such an opinion might, without those successful experiments, have
been somewhat confirmed by the author’s discovery of an unknown
and anomalous insect, which he has at present only observed inhabit-
ing this production. Some specimens of this small insect were ex-
hibited, and presented to the Society.

Mr. Hogg concluded his letter with some general remarks on the
nature of the Spongie marine. He stated that hitherto he had al-
ways accounted these substances as being principally composed of
an animate or live jelly, which was endowed, as some authors af-
firmed, with a certain degree of palpitation and contraction, and di-
latation, and consequently had, fourteen years ago, instituted for
them an order “ Gelatinifera,”’ which he arranged the last among
the Polyparia Composita. That on becoming convinced by his late re-
searches on the river sponge of its vegetability, he began in some mea-
sure to concur in the opinion of Montagu, that that substance might
probably be quite distinct from the sea sponge, and to think that the
latter might still be of an animal nature ; but, ona more recent exa-
mination and comparison of the Spongilla with many of the Spongie,
he has found that there exist no real grounds for that opinion, and
that there scarcely is even a generic difference between them.

The author then compared the freshwater sponge with the sea
sponge, and showed, among other extreme resemblances in their
structure and composition, that many of the latter possess similar
seed-like bodies or sporidia, as well as the locomotive germ-like bo-
dies or sporules which have been described by Dr. Grant.

Mr. Hogg concludes, if the currents of water do flow in and issue
out from the sea sponge, independent of the function of respiration
of any marine insect or parasitical animal nestling within it, that
then they are caused by the same means which effect the motions of
fluids in plants, and that these currents convey nutriment to the in-
ner parts of the sponge, after the same manner as food is supplied

Miscellaneous. 461

to all vegetables. He observed that neither the odours of the fresh,
dried, and burnt sponges, nor the presence of ammonia in them, af-
forded proofs of their animality, and that there really is no more pe-
culiarity in their chemical composition than what likewise exists in
that of certain plants.

Mr. Hogg therefore maintains it to be impossible to account the
Spongilla as belonging to the vegetable kingdom and the Spongia
to the animal ; and since he has become sure of the former, and since
the Spongia is now known to possess neither one organ nora single
property peculiar to an animal, he has been at length forced to ac-
knowledge the vegetable nature of the Spongia.

Moreover, the fact of Dr. Grant having witnessed the locomotive
sporules of some of the sea sponges germinating and developing
themselves after the forms of their parent structures, at once decides
that they cannot be the nidus or matrix, or the fabrication or produc-
tion of any marine animal.

Lastly, Mr. Hogg, considering to what order of plants the fresh-
water and the sea sponges should be referred, proposed to classify
them in a separate order “‘ Spongiz,’’ which ought to be placed
between the order Fungi and that of the Alge.

MISCELLANEOUS.

ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE VOLVOCINE,

M. Ehrenberg observes, ‘‘ that with respect to the organization of
the genus Volvox, all endeavours to acquire some knowledge of it
have only proved successful, now that observation has been at last
directed to the right depth (i833). Formerly the entire globule
was generally regarded as a single verrucose or ciliated animal-
cule, and its bursting considered as the reproduction of simple indivi-
duals. But this view leads to wonders and to contradictions ; it is
evidently erroneous, and the organic relations lie much deeper. Each
globule is a hollow monadier (Monadenstock) of many hundreds, nay,
thousands of minute animalcules; and within this, several smaller glo-
bules are developed, which however are not single individuals, but also
Monadiers. The single animals are those small greenish warts
or points on the surface, and they resemble the Monads. Each ani-
malcule bears precisely the same relation as a single animal of Go-
nium pectorale; it possesses a gelatinous shield open anteriorly,
which when full-grown it can leave, and is connected by three to
six thread-like tubes with the neighbouring individuals. It is evi-

462 Miscellaneous.

dently then quite erroneous to compare the green bodies of Gonium
or of Pandorina with the larger inner globules of Volvox; they are
to be compared with the minute outer granules on the surface: and
though Volvor is much larger than Gonium in its aggregate state,
yet the individual animals are much smaller. In these small ani-
malcules, which appear in the form of very minute green warts on
the periphery of the Volvox-globule, and to which little attention has
hitherto been paid, I have succeeded, by a laborious research, in re-
cognising relations of structure which coincide entirely with those
peculiar to the family of Monads.”

For the details of structure of these highly interesting Infusoria
we must refer the reader to Ehrenberg’s work, ‘ Ueber die Infusions-
thierchen’, whence this extract is taken; and we may merely state
that this illustrious naturalist succeeded in discovering nutritive or-
gans, mouth, eyes, generative organs, &c.

DEVELOPMENT OF THE LEGUMINOSZ,

Drs. Schleiden and Vogel draw from their interesting observations
on the development of this large family of plants published in the
‘Acta Acad. C. L. C. Nat. Cur.’ vol. xix. p. 1. the following con-
clusions :

1. The flowers of the Leguminose are at their origin perfectly re-
gular.

2. The subsequently cohering parts originate as free points, are
developed free, and cohere subsequently.

3. All the parts of the flower are at their first appearance green
leaves.

4, Even in the earliest stage only one carpellary leaf is visible in
the Leguminose, which is open in the direction of the axis.

5. The anthers are formed from leaves, the inner cellular tissue
being converted in part into pollen ; and the loculi originate at both
sides of the margin of the leaf, which is subsequently changed into
the bursting rima.

6. The ovules are formed alternately at the upper margin of the
ovarium, and consist of the nucleus and generally of two integuments,
rarely of an integumentum simplex.

7. The ovules of the Papilionacee are hemitropous.

8. The embryo originates from the pollen tube at the micropyle
end of the embryonal sac, and increases either from this place to-
wards the chalaza, or (being propelled by the pollen tube, which has
become cellular, to the centre of the embryonal sac), both in the di-
rection of the chalaza and that of the micropyle.

Miscellaneous. 463

9. The epidermis of the seed is formed in the Leguminose only of
one integument, which, however, always separates into several layers.

10. No endopleura tumida exists in the Leguminose ; what has been
considered as such is albumen, and in fact endosperm.

The authors have also discovered that the ovules of the genus Lu-
pinus are only provided with a simple integument, while those of the
other Leguminose always possess a double one.

ON THE STRUCTURE OF THE SCALES OF FISH AND REPTILES.

M. Mandl, in a memoir presented to the French Academy, states
that the scales are composed of a superior and of an inferior layer.
The upper layer is composed, a. of longitudinal canals, proceeding in
the form of longitudinal lines, from a point which is not always the
centre of the scale; 0b. of cellular lines, i.e. of lines in which he
thought he perceived the margins of successive layers of increase, but
which, according to his observations, were nothing more than lines
produced by the union or fusion of cells ; ¢. of yellow corpuscles ana-
logous to the corpuscles of bones, and of cartilages containing salts
like them; d. of a focus occupied by interrupted cellular lines, by
imperfect cells and corpuscles, &c. : the focus appears to be the first
rudiment of the scale; e. of the teeth of the scale, which exist only
on the terminal margin in the Acanthopterygians and are wanting in
the Malacopterygians.

The inferior layer is composed of fibrous lamelle, of which the
outer ones are the longest. The elements of the fibrous layers,
which in hard scales frequently shine through the superior layer,
may be isolated by rupture.

The author concludes from his observations that the scales cannot
be regarded as simple products of secretion, but that a true organi-
zation must be admitted in them. M. Mandl also considers with
M. Agassiz that the scales may serve as characters in classification.
—Comptes Rendus, June 24, 1839,

CTEMNA ARRHIZA,

J. F. Hoffmann has instituted a series of observations to prove
that Lemna arrhiza is a constant species; he observed the plant for
two years separated from all foreign mixture, and never saw indivi-
duals produced which were of adifferent species. He also observed
for several years the other common species of Lemna, and never found
anything that could be compared to L. arrhiza, nor have any inter-
mediate forms been discovered.—Tijdschrift v. naiurl. Geschiedenis
en Physiol. iv. p. 282.

464 Miscellaneous.

DISCOVERY OF MUMMIES AT DURANGO, MEXICO.

A million of mummies have lately been discovered near Durango,
in Mexico. They are in a sitting posture, but have the same wrappings,
bands, and ornaments as the Egyptians; among them was found a
poignard of flint, with a sculptured handle, chaplets, necklaces, &c.,
of alternately coloured beads, fragments of bones polished like ivory,
fine worked elastic tissues, moccasins worked like those of our Indians,
bones of vipers, &c. A fact of importance is stated; that the neck-
laces are of a marine shell found at Zacatecas, on the Pacific, where
the Columbus of their forefathers probably therefore landed from
Hindostan or from the Malay, or Chinese coast, or from their islands
in the Indian ocean.—Silliman’s American Journal, April, 1839.

EXPERIMENTS ON THE OLFACTORY SENSE OF THE ANTENNE. BY
M, A. LEFEBVRE.

The observations of the author were first made upon a bee which
was feeding upon a piece of sugar. Having moistened a long needle
with ether, he approached it gently to the sugar; but the extremity
of the instrument had hardly come within a few lines of the insect
when it showed great uneasiness, and did not cease agitating its an-
tenne whilst directing them towards the odorous body. The bee,
on the contrary, was not at all affected when M. Lefebvre touched
the piece of sugar with a needle which had not been dipped in ether,
or with a match, &c. ‘‘ After having given the insect some moments
of rest,”’ says the author, ‘“‘ again plunged my needle into the ether,
and, hoping to accustom it to this penetrating smell, I approached
the needle softly to its anal extremity. The bee did not move, but
continued eating. Encouraged by this success, I slid the point of
my needle along the body against the feet, but without touching the
stigmata ; I even deposited a little drop of the liquid there, and I did
all this without the bee’s appearing in the least uneasy. My sur-
prise was very great to see that the insect suffered nothing in the
neighbourhood of the stigmata, but as soon as I sought to pass the
fore feet, the antenne, by being lowered, obstructed my progress.

“TI began again, and in advancing along tiie back from the hinder
to the fore part, there was the same immoveableness as long as I went
no further than the abdomen; but as soon as I arrived above the
thorax the antenne were suddenly thrown over, agitated and trem-
bling with anger.” M. Lefebvre subsequently made some experi-
ments on wasps; he cut off the antennz of these insects at differ-
ent lengths, and made himself sure by means of ether, that a slight
section at the extremity of these organs is sufficient to produce

Meteorological Observations. 465

a more or less complete loss of smell. The deprivation of the last
joint of the antennz suffices to cause the loss of this sense.—EHv-
tract from the Annales de la Société Entomologique de France, 1838,
3rd Part.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF PALMS.

M. vy. Martius has published an elaborate treatise on the geogra-
phical distribution of palms, which he divides into five groups, viz.
Arecine, Lepidocaryine, Borassine, Coryphine, and Coccine. The
distribution of the palms with which we are at present acquainted is

as follows :
Olid World. New World. Total.

APCOMEE.% > sce > Oho 45 98
Lepidocaryine.... 60 7 67
BOrasegne cee... 1) 24 35
Coryphine: 0... 3 24 57
COCCUME Sis 0 oe 2 99 101

159 199 308

Of these 358 palms Europe contains 1, New Holland 6, New Zea-
land 1, Oceania 2, Africa 13, Asia 131, and America 198.

METEOROLOGICAL OBSERVATIONS FOR JUNE, 1839.

Chiswick.—June 1. Overcast: fine. 2. Dry haze. 3. Foggy: rain. 4. Foggy:
cloudy. 5. Very fine: heavy rain at night. 6. Very fine. 7. Rain. 8—13.
Very fine. 14—15. Hazy. 16. Very fine. 17. Very fine: thunder at night.
18. Slight haze: cloudy, with thunder. 19. Very fine: lightning at night. 20.
Very hot. 21. Cloudy and fine. 22. Showery. 23, Stormy with rain. 24,
Cloudy. 25. Very fine: rain. 26. Sultry: thunder. 27. Fine. 28. Thun-
der showers. 29, 30. Cloudy and cold.

Boston.—June 1,2. Cloudy. 3. Rain: rain early a.m. 4,5. Cloudy. 6.

Fine: 3 o’clock p.m. therm. 72°. 7. Cloudy: rainrp.m. 8—I10. Fine. 11.
Cloudy. 12. Fine. 13. Cloudy: raine.m. 14. Rain: heavy rain with light-
ning early A.M.: rain again a.M.and p.m. 15—17. Cloudy. 18—20. Fine.
21. Cloudy: rain early a.m. 22. Fine: raina.m. andr.m. 23. Cloudy: rain
pM. 24, Fine: rainearly am. 25. Fine. 26. Rain. 27. Cloudy; rain e.m.,
with clap of thunder. 28. Rain. 29. Cloudy: raine.m. 30. Cloudy.
i ‘Applegarth Manse, Dumfries-shire——June 1, 2. Dry and withering. 3. Get-
ting cloudy. 4. Very warm: air electrical. 5. Cleared up: soft and warm.
6. Pleasant day: moderate breeze. 7. Gentle rain all day. 8. Fair and
droughty. 9. Fine day, but parching. 10. A welcome raine.m. 11. Fine
growing day: ground refreshed. 12. Genial rain: vegetation strong. 13. Ra-
ther cool a.m.: rainr.M. 14. Fair: growing day. 15,16. Very warm and
genial. 17. The same: thunder and rainer.m. 18. Very warm, but getting
cloudy. 19. Thesame: raine.m. 20. Thesame: getting cloudy. 21. Rain
nearly all day. 22. Rain, soft and genial. 23. Showery allday. 24. Dull
day, but kept dry. 25. Fine summer day. 26. Cloudy morning: cleared up.
27. Thunder, with heavy showers. 28, 29. Fair: temperaturecool. 30. Beau-
tiful summer day.

Sun shone out 26 days. Rain fell 10 days. Thunder 2 days.

Wind southerly 12 days. Westerly 6 days. Easterly 6 days. Northerly 6
days.

Calm weather 9 days. Moderate 12 days. Brisk 8 days. Boisterous 1 day.

Ann, Nat. Hist. Vol. 3. No. 20. Aug. 1839. Sr

*. ——— _ 4 Tn

; “uvasy e¢.€ 88-7 00-£ “wing

—_——

L-PS'1.9¢ 4:69 0L-09/0€-.g9) 6-9 | Z-0L | 6-19 | Lg-6% | 98-62 | 98-62 | 1£9-6z 916-66 96-62

SS ee ed eee

OF Win? Seen ee ‘N/m jeux] tm | PS] 9G] 19] OF | 9S | g.cp| 8-ES | £-E¢ | 0Z-0€ | 61-0€ | 89-62 | OGT-0F | Sgz-08 | gS1-0€ | ‘oF
CF | ir | S8 | | PRT) ow | ow | ow | mmm] gh] £9] 7S) TH] TS |¢.9¢|0-PS | Leg | LI-0€ | So.0€ | 9OF.6z | PF6-62 | 6ET-0€ | 996.62 | -6z
LS c3- |oPr. | f€t- "NAAQS wuyeo! +a *s 1S| 9S| $S| 6h | PS | Z.H¢| B18] €-19 | 68-62 | LL-62 | 1-62 | £99.62 | 168-62 | F99-6z "93
LS OL-T | 1P- |og- | €80- | vas lupe! -ms| -m | gh] go} zo] of | OL | z.7g/ 9-89 | 8-29 | BL-63 | aL-62 | Lz.6z | SbL.6z | 198-62 | 268-62 | “Lz
8S ie 64S OL i ea *a uye9) “ms{ oa | $9! 0G} 6G] IS | ZL | o.9¢/ F-0L| V-€g | 79-02 | £9.62 | 90.62 | OLP.6z | 999.62 | 89-62] *9zO
Ls * | 10. "s laes -s'| +s | po] 19 £9] 69 | PL | p.2¢| £69 | £-F9 | 08.62 | 29.63 | 96-68 | 199.62 | £6.62 | 996.62 | “Sz

BS). [TO | ct | OTE | em | em | ems] ss 8S| 9S} zo! PS | OL |9.¢¢| P-9L| F-€9 | L-62 | 26-62 | 91-62 | L6L.62 | 968-62 | ZV9.62 | “Fz
oe SG- Bl. | TLT+ | sms | + | «ms lesen sas) €¢| PS} 19] PS | $9 | g.9¢| 0-04] 8.29 | ZP-6z | 2-62 | 84.8% | PIP-6z | ZOL-6z | 9SP-62| “Ez
09 i II. "ES" *4a8 | *s *s /££¢! 09! Sg| SS | 99 | 6.4¢) 9-€L| 6-9 | 98-62 | 9-62 | £0.62 | 60P-6 | ZF9.62 | PhO-62| ‘az
se ly m- ae o£0. “aN (wyed | *Ms ‘s ifoG} LG) Sg| 9S | GL | 0.19) 2-9L | £-89 | 09-62 | 89-62 | 01-62 | VOL.6z | Log.6% | 818-601 “Iz
o9 26-0 fm -| 1G. ‘f jmyeo) as | +s | €9/ 69) OL] 69 | £8 | G.9g}0-S8 | 8-L9 | $6.62 | 80-08 | £9.62 | £93.62 | PET.O€ | SS1-0€ | *0z
a Bei ee “H 080. | +s | + |-ms| +s | z9| 2o| 89) SP | 94 |o.29| £28 19-99 | 00-08 | 68.62 | £€.6z | gF6.6z | oPT.08 | 966-62 | “61
aoe SS as LSS eel wued| as | x | €9/$69! 99) 89 | P8 | 9.19] 9-£8| 9-04 | 26-62 | 66.62 | 91-62 | 0F6.6z | Sz0.0€ | PS0.08 | “gt C
ii ie vee |. | cee | 38S jrupeo} an | cana | Go| 12} LG] DS | GL |¢.g¢/ €-0L| %-hg | 11-08 | FZ-0€ | ZL-6z | £60.08 | S61-0€ | 002-08 | “LT
es cg gee e ‘S wyed ‘a | ‘an | £9! Sg} 99/ OG | EL |0.6h/ 0-99 | €-19 | GSG-0€ | €4-08 | LL.6z | 9£6.6z | 6Lz-0€ | 99z-08 | ‘OT
es | og) re "S juiyea) “an | *mNN | 6S $09 G-2G| LP | £9 | L.cg|P-79| P-8G | E1-0€ | £0.08 | LP.6z | 626.62 | 1L1.0€ | 976.6% | “ST
LS - | “8: ae Re ‘a | a | ‘a | tan | of] €¢| 19] SS | V9 \¢.¢¢}9-LL | Z-8G | Z0-0€ | €0-08 | ZP.6Z | 978.62 | 689-62 | 998-62 | “HT
oO fo see | oleae | a | x | can | of fgg] g¢| €9 | 18 | z.29/€-8L]0-2L| $0-08 | Go-0f | oF.6z | 049.62 | 116.62 | PP6.62 | “£1
meee} le | ax ows 's | +s | 6P| €9| go! 99 | 18 |g.2¢| L-08/£-29| 20-08 | Fo-0€ | $9.62 | coo.0€ | Szz.0€ | PPz-0€ | °ZI
oS a eI [tae fea tom | on | og! 6S 99] 67 | OL | ¥.65| 0-04 | L-F9 | LI-0€ | Go.0€ | $9.62 | Szz.0€ | oLz.08 | 9z-08 | “11@
alle SBE eto te = ie | as ‘ms| ems | €¢| 6G) FO} 99 | 14 | ¢G.¢G| 2-14 | 6-£9 | £6-6% | 90.08 | 89-62 | 9€z.08 | 162-08 | S1€-0€ | “Ol
3 eh ae Sat | ‘Ss [-m]|s | ss | gO] g¢| So} BF | ZL |0.9¢| 0-98] g-£9 | 96-62 | 02-62 | OF-6z | 910.0€ | $1z.0€ | 8S0-08 | *6
9s E ie | 60- at 160- | +s |*ms | *s java casifeg| 6G Sg) 39 | aL | 6.¢g| L:€9 | Z-£9 | GL-6% | 69.62 | LZ-6% | 068.62 | 106.62 | 868-62 | °8
4 PRS One tie Bao vig e k aa Se | 19/16! 19| 6P | F9 | ¢.9¢| £-69 | €.09 | £9-62 | €9.6z | 61-62 | £68.62 | Ehg.6z | 8P8-60| *Z
oe a oe ed L0G: | m juea-ms| +s |§cg} ¢9| G9) £S | IL | ghS| 6-L9| 6-€9 | 08-62 | £8.62 | 8€-62 | L£6.62 | 096.6 | 046.66 | °9

‘4s jue) *s | oN | LG 09 G-LG| OV | ZL | €.¢G| L-19 | £-69 | £8.62 | 92.6% | 92-66 | 2z8-6z | £06.63 | 9£8-60 | *

<4 c

1S | cS poole Pag | 690- | -m lupeol-an| -a | og) 6¢ 6-69) OF | 99 |¢.0¢|L-FS| 9.7¢ | L9-62 | 69.62 | ST-6a | F¢9.6z | o¢7.62 | 999-60 | <P D

8? a |S. 0%. | Lod. | -a | -ax | *s | cana | oplzgc| gh! GP | 99 |o.LP| £-1S| 8.09 | OL-6z | GL.6z £2-66 | LV9-62 | goL-6z | 69-62 | *¢

: ik) es oe pm ‘= wyvo as} ‘an [Sop] e¢| IS! OV | PO | g9.¢h| 0-89} L-€9 | L8-6% | $6.62 | SF-62 | 018-62 | 906-62 | 906-6 | *%

+ ae ae tae a cas ‘a ‘N | PP] zo} 2S| SV} TL | agp} LSS) %-SG | £0.08 | 10.08 | 89-62 | £26.62 | 696-62 | 796-60 | “I
Pmes jee io | 2] ures]. | oS) are) (urdgureg) cops | UN! “xen | om |-xeyy| ures] -wdgs|-ures | | scum | xem | ee |.
Portas | 5 | § joog'hou) aie 3808 |e & loosen < $2) | soreygorsiag] 240 |— une = Ceouhgas a ang fou | ren
ee | ; a | S fepuer mcr | PS popnar syuing) BS F shai ‘908 “Kou: wopuOT *OATYS-SOLpUIN Secanee eee. ke an

aad *UIe}Y | *PULAA *J9JIUIO WATT, *LOJIWOIL ET jo sh

nama k
‘auys-snrsfiun(y ‘asunpy yjtvcajddy yo uvanagy “Ap 49 pun ‘uojsog yo Viva A‘YN 49 fuopuory evan ‘younsiyy yw hjaroog pounynaysopzy ay? fi
UIPADE) PY] FV NOSANOUT, “IJ AG ! NOLUAMOY “AP ‘unpzosoag' qungsisspr ayy hg Kzaro0g yohouy ayy fo siuaupendy ay) qo apou SUOLMALISYC) [02D 0J0L0aJ AT

INDEX TO VOL. III.

-_————<e_———

ABBENE, Angelo, on the infiuence of
magnesia on the germination and fruc-
tification of plants, 70.

Acharia tragoides, description of, 420.

Acranthera, description of the genus, 20.

Actinie, observations on some, 48.

Agarici, on a remarkable property of
some, 257.

Agaricus, new species of, 377.

Alauda Calandra, observations on, 351.

Algze, on some new species of, 327.

Alps, Julian, remarks on the vegetation
of the, 238. ;

Ammonites, descriptions of several new
species of, 9, 155.

Animaleules, on the digestive apparatus
of, 100, 170, 185.

Anthea, characters of the new genus, 49.

Antirrhinum majus, chemical composi-
tion of the pollen of, 127.

Apteryx, on the anatomy of the, 130, 345.

Arboretum et Fruticetum Britannicum,
reviewed, 188.

Argostemma, on a new species of, 22.

Arnott, Dr. G. A. W., on some new or
rare Indian Plants, 20, 85, 150.

Ascidia of plants, on the morphology of
the, 305, 411.

Asteriade of the Irish Sea, notice re-
specting the, 129.

Athamanta Matthioli, notice respecting,
237.

Babington, Charles C., on a black va-
riety of the common Hare, 142; on
Ranunculus aquatilis of Smith, 225;
Primitiz Flore Sarnice, reviewed, 341.

Babington, Churchill, on the occurrence
of Carex rupestris, 142; on some new
species of British Lichens and Fungi,
455.

Bachman, Dr., on several new American
species of Sciurus, 275.

Ball, Mr., description of Cydippe pomi-
formis, and on an undescribed species
of Belina, 60; on the remains of Oxen
in the bogs of Ireland, 270.

Balsamodendron, on the East Indian spe-
cies of, 85.

Bat, on anew species of, 73.

Batonota, description of the new genus,
98.

Beale’s (T.) Natural History of the Sperm
Whale, noticed, 118.

Bee-keeper’s Manual, noticed, 121.

Bentham, G., Commentationes de Legu-
minosarum Generibus, noticed, 123;
on the plants collected by Schomburgk
in British Guiana, 427.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., contributions to-
wards a Flora of Van Diemen’s Land,
322; descriptions of Exotic Fungi in
the collection of Sir W. J. Hooker, 375;
on a remarkable Gall, 455. ‘

Beroé pileus, remarks on the organization
of, 149.

Beyrich, Dr. E., on the Goniatites from
the transition formations of the Rhine,
9, 155.

Birds, notices respecting some rare Brit-
ish, 140; of Iceland, notice of the, 259.

Botanical excursion to the mountains of
Ternova, notices of a, 236.

Botanical geography of New Holland,
notes on the, 194.

Botanical Society of Edinburgh, proceed-
ings of, 123, 355.

Botanical Society of London, proceedings
of, 272:

Botanical Travellers, information respect-
ing, 250, 327.

rand, Mr., on the statistics of British
Botany, 124.

Brazil, account of botanical excursions in,
250, 327; list of fossil Mammifera from,
235, 422.

Burmeister’s (Dr. H.) Genera Insectorum,
noticed, 52.

Cantharellus, new species of, 380.

Cantor, Dr., on a new genus of hooded
Serpents, 131; on marine Serpents, 137.

Carex rupestris, notice of the occurrence
of, 142.

Carniola, on the Flora of, 238.

Casside; on several new genera and spe-
cies of, 92.

Cattle, wild, on the occurrence of in En-
gland, 241, 356.

Cautley, Capt. P. T,, on a fossil genus al-
lied to Giraffidee, 167.

Ceratosicyos Echlenii, description of, 421.

Cereus tetragonus, notice of, 57.

Cervus, description of a new species of,
282.

Chalcidites, descriptiois of British, 177,
415.

Chrysidide, on the systematic arrange-
ment of the, 285.

2 ue

468

Cicada, on the instruments of perforation
in the, 142.

Cimex, on three undescribed species of,
241.

Coffee-tree, anecdote respecting the trans-
portation of the, to the French An-
tilles, 5.

Confervze, on a meteoric paper composed
of, 185.

Cook, Capt. 8. E., on the Pinus and Abies
with remarks on a new species, 296.

Coriaria, on some species of, 314.

Coxe, Dr. J. R., on a remarkable pro-
perty of some Fungi, 257.

Crabs, on the metamorphosis of, 438.

Creplin, Dr., observations on the Nema-
toidea, 358.

Crotalaria, descriptions of several new
species of, 427.

Crustacea, on the metamorphosis of,
438.

Cuming, H., on the habits of several new
or rare Mammalia, 66.

Cunningham, A., on the Flora of the
islands of New Zealand, 29, 111, 314.

Cycadacez, on the vernation of the, 284.

Cyclopterus minutus and C. lumpus, ob-
servations on, 38.

Cydippe, on two British species of, 145.

Cyrena, new fossil species of, 283.

Darlington, W., Flora Cestrica, noticed,
255.

Desmonota, characters of the new genus,
ae

Dickie, G., Flora Aberdonensis, reviewed,
122; on the reproductive organs of the
Lichens, 165; observations on the Fu-
mariacez, 440.

Deedalea, new species of, 380.

Dolichotoma, characters of the new ge-
nus, 99.

Don, Prof. D., on the Indian species of
Iris, 57; on the Indian species of Jun-
cus and Luzula, 59.

Doyére, M., on the instruments of perfo-
ration in the Cicada, 142.

Drejer, T. N., Flora excursoria Hafnien-
sis, noticed, 119.

Dublin Natural History Society, proceed-
ings of, 274.

Du Cane, Capt., on the metamorphosis
of the Crustacea, 438.

Dujardin, F., on the digestive organs of
Infusoria, 170.

Edinburgh, second annual report of the
Botanical Society of, noticed, 52.

Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal,
noticed, 190.

Egerton, Sir P. Grey, on the Wild Cattle
of England, 241.

Ehrenberg, Prof., on the digestive appa-
ratus of Infusoria, 107; award of the
Wollaston Medal to, 138; on a me-

INDEX,

teoric paper composed of Confervee and
Infusoria, 185; on a leather-like sub-
stance found ona meadow, 321; on the
structure of the Volvocinz, 461.

Elytra of insects, on the composition of
the, 94.

Encephalartos horridus, noticerespecting,
58.

Ephydra, descriptions of some new spe-
cies of, 404.

Epilobium, on new species of, 31. :

Ergot, or the anatomical and physiologi-
cal nature of, 54.

Ergotetea, on the new genus, 57.

Exacum, on the East Indian species of,
88.

Exidia, new species of, 396.

Eyton, T. C., on the Fauna of Shropshire
and North Wales, 24.

Falcon, Peregrine, notice respecting the,
135.

Falconer, Dr., observations on some East
Indian Plants, 195.

Fauna of Twizell, 361.

Favolus, new species of, 379.

Fish, on two rare species of, 128; on the
structure of the scales of, 463.

Flora of Van Diemen’s Land, contribu-
tions towards a, 322.

Flora of North America, review of, 50;
Flora of Jamaica, noticed, 53; Flora
excursoria Hafniensis, noticed, 119;
Flora Aberdonensis, reviewed, 122;
Flora Cestrica, noticed, 255; Flora
Helvetices Synopsis, noticed, 255; Flora
Suecica, noticed, 256; Flore Germanice
Icones, noticed, 257; Flora of the
Channel Islands, reviewed, 341.

Forbes, E., notice respecting Primula ela-
tior, 124; on two British species of
Cydippe, 145; notices of a botanical
excursion to the mountains of Ternova,
236.

Fox, G. T., on the birds of Ireland, 259.

Francis, G. W., Little English Flora, no-
ticed, 187.

Fries, Prof. J. B., on the genus Syngna-
thus, 69.

Fries, E., Novitiarum Flore Suecicze Man-
tissa, noticed, 256.

Fuchsia, on a new species of, 31.

Fumariacee, remarks on the, 440.

Fungi, on a curious property of some,
257; descriptions of several new species
of, 322,455; descriptions of exotic, 375.

Galeopithecus, curious habits of a species
of, 66.

Gardiner, W., jun.,
dioica, 128.

Gardner, Mr., account of his journeys in
Brazil, 250, 327.

Gaudin, J., Synopsis Flore Helvetice,
noticed, 255.

notes on Lychnis

‘ee ™%

INDEX.

Genera et Species Gentianearum, review-
ed, 115.

Genistez, on several new species of, 427.

Gentianearum Conspectus, 116.

Geological Society, proceedings of, 61,
138, 204.

Geranium, on some species of, 317.

Gervais, M., on a new species of Sepiola,
357.

Giraffe, notice respecting the, 359.

Giraffide, on a fossil genus allied to the,
167.

Giraud, H., on the structure and functions
of pollen, 127.

Gobius minutus, observations on, 38.

Goniatites of the transition formations of
the Rhine, on the, 9, 155.

Graham, Prof., on the botanical produc-
tions of the West of Ireland, 123.

Grasses, nature of ergot in, 54.

Gray and Torrey’s Flora of North Ame-
rica, reviewed, 50. ;

Grisebach’s (Dr. A. H.) Genera et Species
Gentianearum, reviewed, 115.

Haliday, A. H., on the generic distribu-
tion of the British Hydromyzide, 217,
401.

Haloragez, new genera and species of, 29.

Hamadryas, description of the new genus,
131.

Hare, on a black variety of, 142; descrip-
tion of a new species of, 343.

Harlan, Dr., on the teeth of the Zeuglo-
don, 210.

Harvey, Hon. W. H., on two South Afri-
can genera of the natural order Passi-
florez, 420.

Hedysaree, descriptions of new, 433.

Hermia, character of the genus, 47.

Hoffmann, J. F., note on the Lemna ar-
rhiza, 463.

Hogg, J., observations on Spongilla flu-
viatilis, 58, 458.

Hoheria, description of the new genus,
519.

Hooker, Sir W. J., on two South African
genera of the natural order Passiflorez,
420.

Hope, Rev. F. W., observations on the ge-
nus Cassida, with characters of six new
genera, 92.

Hiigel’s (Baron von) Enumeratio Planta-
rum, noticed, 189.

Hydrellia, descriptions of some new species
of, 401.

Hydromyzide, on the generic distribution
of the British, 217, 401.

Hylurgus, injuries inflicted on trees by,
363.

Hypericum, on some species of, 317.

Iceland, notice of the birds of, 259.

Indian plants, descriptions of new or rare,
20, 85, 150.

469

Indigo, on the formation of, 282.

Indigofera, descriptions of some new spe-
cies of, 431.

Infusoria, on the digestive apparatus of,
100, 170; on a meteoric paper com-
posed of, 185; notice respecting the
distribution of fossil, 139.

Insects, fecundation of some orchideous
plants effected by, 5; on six new ge-
nera of, 92; on the substance compo-
sing the elytra of, 94; ensnaring of, by
plants, notice respecting the, 191; lists
of, taken at Twizell, 366; on the olfac- '
tory sense of the antenne of, 464.

Iris, descriptions of the Indian species of,
57.

Irpex, new species of, 395.

Irvine’s (A.) London Flora, noticed, 186.

Jamaica, review of the Flora of, 53.

Jameson, Prof., on two rare fishes, 128.

Jenyns, Rey. L., on a new species of bat,
73; on three undescribed species of
Cimex, 241.

Johnston, Dr. G., History of British Zoo-
phytes, reviewed, 46; on the British
Nereides, 289.

Jones, Prof. Rymer, on the digestive ap-
paratus of Infusoria, 105 ; General Out-
line of the Animal Kingdom, reviewed,
443,

Juncus, descriptions of new Indian spe-
cies of, 59 ; description of a new spe-
cies of, 120.

Keith, Rev. P., on the pith of plants, 77.

Kersten, Prof. C., on a leather-like sub-
stance found on a meadow, 320.

Kickx, Prof., on a new species of Poly-
porus, 284.

Klug, Prof., on the systematic arrange-
ment of the Chrysidide, 285.

Koala, on two skulls of the, 453.

Lefebvre, A., on the olfactory sense of
the antenne, 464.

Leguminose, note on the affinities of the,
427 ; on the development of the, 462.

Lemna arrhiza, notice respecting, 463.

Lemurs, flying, description of two spe-
cies of, 445.

Lentinus, new species of, 378.

Lepadogaster, on a new species of, 34.

Lepidosiren, anatomy of the, 265; ona
new species of, 270.

Lhotsky, Dr. J., notes on the botanical
geography of New Holland, 194.

Lichens, on the reproductive organs of
the, 165; on some new species of Bri-
tish, 455. 3

Limpet, observations on the, 231.

Lindley, Dr. J., on the anatomy of the
roots of Ophrydez, 193.

Link, Prof., comparison of the structure
of succulent plants with the Sigillarie,
214,

470

Linnean Society, proceedings of, 54, 193,
275, 455.

Lonchocarpus, descriptions of some new
species of, 432.

Londra, on the new genus, 352.

Lophopetalum, description of the new ge-
nus, 150.

Loranthus, observations on the genus, 90.

Loudon’s Arboretum et Fruticetum Bri-
tannicum, reviewed, 188.

Lund, M., on some fossil Mammifera from
Brazil, 235, 422.

Lupinus, descriptions of some new spe-
cies of, 4390.

Luzula, on the Indian species of, 59.

Lychnis dioica, on three varieties of, 128.

Lycopsis arvensis, notice of a monstrous
variety of, 442.

Macfadyen’s (Dr. J.) Flora of Jamaica,
noticed, 53.

Magnesia, influence of, on the germination
and fructification of vegetables, 70.

Mammalia, on several new or rare spe-
cies of, 66.

Mammifera, discovery of fossil in Brazil,
235 ; descriptions of several, 422.

Mandl, M., on the structure of the scales
of Fish and Reptiles, 463.

Marsupialia, on the osteology of the, 446.

Martin, Mr., observations on the Istiurus
Amboinensis, and on a new species of
Varanus, 68; on some new species of
Snakes, 201 ; on the crania of the Sooty
and White-eyelid Monkeys, 353.

Martins, M. von, on the geographical dis-
tribution of palms, 405.

Mesomphalia, characters of the new ge-
nus, 94, -

Meteorological observations and Tables,
71, 143, 215, 287, 360, 466.

Metrosideros, on some new species of,
ATi;

Meyen, Dr. J., on the digestive apparatus
of Infusoria, 100.

Microscopic Illustrations, noticed, 192.

Microtropis, observations on the genus,
15].

Milne Edwards, H., on the nature of Po-
lypidoms, 214.

Miquel, F. A. W., on the vernation of the
Cycadacee, 284.

Monkeys, observations on the crania of
some, 353.

Morren, Prof. C., on the production of
Vanilla in Europe, 1 ;'on the morpho-
logy of the ascidia of plants, 305, 411;
on the formation of indigo in Polygo-
num tinctorium, 283; on the action of
frost on plants, 358.

Mosses, on the development of the theca,
and on the sexes of, 456.

Moths, method of securing, 365.

Mummies, discovery of, in Mexico, 464.

INDEX.

Murex trunculus, manufacture of dye
from, 271.

Muscide, on some new genera and spe-
cies of, 219.

Myrtus, description of a new species of,
1)5.

Natural History of the Sperm Whale, no-
ticed, 118.

Natural History Society for the West
Riding of Yorkshire, notice respecting,
274.

Nematoidea, observations on the, 358.

Nereides, on the British, 289.

Neurocalyx, description of the genus, 21.

* Newman, E., on the synonymy of the Pas-

sandra, 303.

Nyst, H., on a new fossil species of Cy<
rena, 283.

Ogilby, Mr., on a new species of Muntjac
Deer, 282.

Omma, description of the new genus, 303.

Ophrydee, on the anatomy of the roots
of, 193. ;

Orchideous plants, fecundation of some,
effected by insects, 5.

Owen, Prof. R., on the jaws of Thylaco-
therium Prevostii, 61; on the anatomy
of the Apteryx, 130, 345; on the Phas-
coleotherium, 204; on the teeth of the
Zeuglodon, 210; on the anatomy of
the genus Lepidosiren and description
of a new species, 265; on the osteo-
logy of the Marsupialia, 446; on two
skulls of the Koala, 453.

Owl, on the migrations of the snowy,
107; occurrence of, in Ireland, 110.

Oxalis, on some species of, 315.

Oxen, on fossil remains of, in the bogs of
Ireland, 270.

Paine, Thom., jun., notices respecting
some rare British birds, 140.

Palms, on the geographical distribution
of, 465.

Passandra, on a new genus and several
new species of, 303.

Passiflorez, on two South African genera
of the natural order of, 420.

Patella vulgaris, observations on, 231.

Patterson, R., on the Common Limpet,
231:

Perch, on a deformed variety of, 24.

Phascolarctos, on two skulls of the, 453.

Phascolotherium, observations on the,
204.

Phaseolez, descriptions of new, 434.

Pilularia globulifera, on the structure and
development of the reproductive or-
gans of, 260.

Pines of the Caucasus, review of, 336.

Pinus and Abies, observations on, 296.

Plants, descriptions of some new or rare
Indian, 20, 85, 150; influence of native
magnesia on the germination and fruc-

INDEX.

tification of, 70; on the pith of, 77;
comparison of the structure of suecu-
lent, with the Sigillarize, 214 ; new Bra-
zilian, 254, 330; British, notices re-
specting, 272; action of frost on, 358 ;
on the morphology of the ascidia of,
305, 411.

Poa, characters of a new species of, 119.

Pollen, on the structure and functions of,
127.

Polycarpza, on some species of, 90.

Polygonum tinctorium, on the formation
of indigo in, 282.

Polypidoms, on the nature of, 214.

Polyporus, new exotic species of, 284 ;
new species of, 382.

Polyps, on some new genera of, 47.

Primula elatior, notice respecting, 124.

Pritchard and Goring’s Microscopic Illus-
trations, noticed, 192.

Queckett, E. J., on the anatomical and
physiological nature of ergot in cer-
tain Grasses, 54.

Ranunculus aquatilis, observations on,
22h.

Reichenbach’s Icones Flore Germanice,
noticed, 257.

Reptiles, on new species of, 68; on the
structure of the scales of, 463.

Rhine, on the Goniatites found in the
transition formations of the, 9, 155.
Robertson, Capt., notice respecting the

Peregrine Falcon, 135.

Royal Irish Academy, proceedings of, 60,
270.

Rubiacez, new genera of, 20.

Rudge, E., on Cereus tetragonus, 57.

Schizostigma, description of the genus,
20.

Schleiden, Dr., on the development of
the Leguminose, 402.

Schomburgk, H., descriptionsof the plants
collected by, 427.

Sciurus, on some new American species
of, 275.

Selby, P. J., on the Fauna of Twizell,
361.

Selenis, characters of the new genus, 96.

Sepiola, on a new species of, 357.

Serpents, notice of a new genus of, 131;
ebservations on marine, 137.

Sheep, habits of the Burrhal, 136.

Shell, fossil, new species of, 283.

Shells, notices respecting, 240.

Shropshire, on the Fauna of, 24.

Shuckard’s (W.E.) British Coleoptera de-
lineated, noticed, 287.

Sigillariz, on the structure of the, 214.

Snakes, description of some new species
of, 201.

Spheeria, new species of, 397.

Spongilla fluviatilis, on the vegetable na-
ture of, 58, 458.

471

Starch, notice respecting its occurrence
in the vegetable kingdom, 165.

Steven’s (M.) Pines of the Caucasus, re-
viewed, 336.

Sykes, Lieut.-Col., on three digitigrade
Carnivora, 348 ; description of the new
genus Londra, 352.

Syngnathus, observations on the genus,
69; remarks on some species of, 81.
Tarsius spectrum, curious habits of the,

67

Tauroma, characters of the new genus,
97.

Taylor’s (H.) Beekeeper’s Manual, no-
ticed, 121.

Taylor, R., on the Wild Cattle of Great
Britain, 356.

Tephrosia, descriptions of some new spe-
cies of, 431.

Testicularia, observations on the genus,
400.

Thelephora, description of new species of,
395.

Thompson, Wm., on a new species of
Lepadogaster, 34; on Gobius minutus
and Cyclopterus minutus, considered
as the young of Cycl. lumpus, 38; on
the migrations of the Snowy Owl,
107; on the effects of the hurricane of
Jan. 7, 1839, on some birds, fishes, &c.,
183.

Thylacotherium Prevostii, on the jaws of,

Torrey and Gray’s Flora of North Ameri-
ca, reviewed, 50.

Tweedside Physical and Antiquarian So-
ciety, proceedings of the, 354.

Tyre, on the purple dye of, 271.

Valentine, W., on the structure and de-
velopment of the reproductive organs
of Pilularia globulifera, 260; on the
development of thecz, and on the
sexes of Mosses, 456.

Vanbeneben, M., on a new species of Se-
piola, 357.

Vanilla, on the production of, in Europe,
1; anecdote respecting the migration of
the plant producing, 5.

Varanus, new species of, 69.

Vateria, observations on the genus, 155.

Vespertilio, on a new species of, 73.

Vochysiacez, notice respecting the, 333.

Vogel, Dr., on the development of the
Leguminose, 462.

Volvocinz, on the structure of the, 461.

Wagner, Dr., on rabies in dogs, oxen, &c.,
190.

Wales, North, on the Fauna of, 24.

Walker, F., on the British Chalcidites,
177, 415.

Warren’s (E. A.) botanical chart, noticed,
121.

Waterhouse, Mr., on a new species of

472

hare, 343; on two species of flying Le-
murs, 445.

Wernerian Natural History Society, pro-
ceedings of, 128.

Wilde, Dr., on the manufacture of the
purple dye of Tyre, 271.

Yarrell, W., on some species of the genus
Syngnathus, 81.

INDEX.

Zealand, New, on the Flora of the Islands
of, 20, 111, 244, 314.

Zeuglodon, observations on the teeth of
the, 210.

Zoological Society, proceedings of, 66,
130, 201, 275, 343, 445.

Zoophytes, History of British, reviewed,
46.

END OF THE THIRD VOLUME.

ALERE

FLAMMAM.

PRINTED BY RICHARD AND JOIIN E. TAYLOR,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

y sR tg, om 3 ;
yi u pe ttllia Hin
Se
; \ ey

mye Pe .
RARE gl

CG Z, 4 Pe :

Ch

B) tht ch l

Wa
ii @
a

Ma, Re
ees aad
8

i

Ae

i imi ?

Ann: Nat. Hist Vol. WL. Pl. ZZ.

.

oe lu ene
¥

‘eh atha

rf ye
Pe P] Me

Ann Nak Fist Vol IU. Fi 5, m4

; Jdelents perforata

il

Balonota Bidens

JO Westwood, del. ; Pee.

See
—_ =~

i.

ek

Ann. Vat: List. Vol. LIL Lt

Fug. 4.

1 Gime. tolambaris. ZO MGURAHIE. PME. epustr ele,

J. Bastre, Wee:

hat, Curtis, del.

C Johnston, 2d nat.del ©

British

Nereides.

Ann. Nat. Hist Vol IIL. P1-V1.

}

A aes
A Sewer gre heist mae
eee <i
ae

7
—J

Mar & Pergasere ft:

— fe WS) )

Aan. Nik Hist Vol IL PL VM

Sip )
\ \ P
seal et

Mit, Nit Last Fal LAL LT VL.

Py:
his

ati Fy

ey

OOS See

Na ny!

Rs 7

ne

df ‘;
~

ah ee

asin

Aa he
om As * "

| Lon. WE Harvey, Deo

. pe as lg a
Se ek ae +t Peri aie
,

--- a,
— a

===

eee
eae

are

Pe Sa

ov, ZF CADE

aes
—L ey
og ee

Fe Harvey. Del:

Ann. Wat. Hist. Vol IL.

. Larva of barcinis Manas.

J Bascre, th

f
,

Lea iy

i

Vo

No. XIV} [ Price 2s. 6d.
ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY:
MAGAZINE

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ MAGAZINE OF ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, AND
SIR W. J. HOOKER’S ‘ BOTANICAL COMPANION. )

—

CONDUCTED BY

Sir W. JARDINE, Barr.—P. J. SELBY, Esa.,
Dr. JOHNSTON,
Sir W. J. HOOKER, Reaius Proressor or Borany,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.LS.,

MARCH 1839.

WITH A PLATE
Illustrating ©]. Beyrich’s Paper on Goniatites.

hnthctnmemeat been ee

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S: HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.;
W. WOOD, TAVISTOCK STREET; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND
_ PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :
_ CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN. :

TO CORRESPONDENTS.

Communications have been received from the Rev. P. Krirn, F.L.S.; Rev. M. J.
Berxevey; Rey. F. W. Hors, F.R.S.; W. Yarrext, F.L.S.; Prof. C. Morren, of
Liége; Prof. A. Wircmann, of Berlin; F. Watker, Esq., F.L.S.; E, Forses,
Esq., F.R.S.E.; G. Dicxiz, Esq.; Rev. L. Jenyns; Rev. J. Buncu, Esq.; and
Prof. Meyen, of Berlin.

Just Published. Price Sixpence.
THE TREASURY AND THE ROYAL EXCHANGE.

LETTER to SIR ROBERT HENRY INGLIS, Bart., LL.D.,

F.R.S., &c., Member of Parliament for the University of Oxford, on the

Conduct of the Lords of the Treasury with regard to the Gresham Trusts and the
Rebuilding of the Royal Exchange. By RICHARD TAYLOR, F.S.A., F.LS.

Sherwood, Gilbert, and Piper, Paternoster Row.

THE LONDON AND EDINBURGH
PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE, AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE;

CONDUCTED BY

SIR DAVID BREWSTER, F.R.S., RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S.,

AND RICHARD PHILLIPS, F.R.S.

Contents of No. 88 for MARCH 1839.

‘ On the General Magnetic Relations and Characters of Metals. By Prof.
araday.
Notice on the Theory of the thers. By Prof. R. Kane.

Researches in the Undulatory Theory of Light :—On the Elliptical Polarization
produced by Quartz. By J. Tovey, Esq.

On a Remarkable Property of Arteries considered as a Cause of Animal Heat.
By J. M. Winn, M.D.

On the Passage of the Moon across the Pleiades in March, August, September,
and November, 1859. By the Rev. J. Grooby, F.R.S. (With a Chart.)

Meteorological Observations during a Residence in Columbia between the years
1820—1830. By Col. Richard Wright, Governor of the Province of Loxa, &c.

On the Colour of Steam. By Thomas Webster, M.A.

Some Remarks on Hydrocyanic Acid. By J. T. Cooper, Esq.

On the Motion and Rest of Rigid Bodies. By Prof. J. Sylvester.

On the Colours of Mixed Plates. By Sir David Brewster, K.G.H., F.R.S.

Some account of the Art of Photogenic Drawing. By J. F. Talbot, Esq.

With Proceedings of the various Learned Societies, Miscellaneous Articles,
Meteorological Observations, &c.

R. and J. E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Just Published, Second Edition, considerably enlarged, and with Additional
Illustrations, price 4s.

HE BEE-KEEPER’S MANUAL; or Practical Hints on the Ma-

nagement and Complete Preservation of the Honey-Bee.
By HENRY TAYLOR.
London: R. Groombridge, Panyer Alley, Paternoster Row.

Just published, price 7s. 6d., with Nine Plates.

YRAMIDS OF GIZEH.—On the practical application of the
QUADRATURE of the CIRCLE in the Configuration of the GREAT PYRAMIDS
of GIZEH. By H. C. AGNEW, Esq.

Longman, Orme and Co., Paternoster Row.

BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF
SCIENCE.

Just Published, price 16s. 6¢.—to Members I 1s.

HE REPORT OF THE SEVENTH MEETING OF THE
BRITISH ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE, held at
_ Liverpool in 1837.
John Murray, Albemarle Street.

AGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. March 1839. Con-
tents: Osservazione fisiche sopra il polpo dell’ Argonauta Argo, della
Socia Correspondente Madame Jeannette Power. Translated from vol. xii. of the
Proceedings of the Academy, Catania.—Monograph of the species of the genus
Sciurus indigenous to North Americu. By J. Bachman, D.D., President of the
Literary and Phil. Institution, Charlestown, Carolina.—Observations on the Hi-
story and Classification of the Marsupial Quadrupeds of New Holland. By W.
Ogilby, Esq., M.A., &c.—On the Anatomy of the Lamellibranchiate Mollusca. By
Robert Garner, Esq., F.L.S., &c.—Notice of the Entomological Writings of Say.
By Edw. Doubleday, Esq.—Observations on the habits of the Red-legged Partridge.
_ By Dr. Clarke.—Notice of a recent fall of Meteoric Stones at the Cape. By George
Thompson, Esg.—On some Snow Crystals, as observed near Belfast. By Wm.
Thompson and Robert Patterson, Esqrs.

Longman and Co. | Price 2s.
Preparing for publication, No. 1. of NATURAL HISTORY ILLUSTRA-

TIONS. This Work will be Supplementary to the Magazine of Natural History,
and consist of Plates illustrating Memoirs in that Journal.

CONTENTS.
Page
I. On the Production of Vanilla in Europe. By Prof. Cu. Morren,
of the Univetsity GF Liére is... oo. os ons ss ose eth tee 1
II. On the Goniatites of the Transition Formations of the Rhine.
By: Mis. Bevazrogs 2 OVith a Plate.) 0.6.6 aes eee 7
III. Descriptions of some new or rare Indian Plants. By Dr. G.
ASW s ARNOTT |i 7505, saa s ae.9 oe vis w bye Soe eats bl 8 6 oe ee 20
IV. On the Fauna of Shropshire and North Wales. By T.C.
ESYTON, 258G).'.. chore ska owe pale 96 Uve's pa pe wae eine 24

V. Flore Insularum Nove Zelandize Precursor; or a Specimen of
the Botany of the Islands of New Zealand. By ALLan Cunnine-
TEAM PURE 0 ag oa Sis wal n ws 6s creas Ay woke) bbs Ole eee 29

VI. On an apparently undescribed Species of Lepadogaster; and
on the Gobius minutus and Cyclopterus minutus, considered as the
young of Cycl. lumpus. By Wm. Tuompson, Esq. ............ 84

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A History of British Zoophytes. By G. Jonnsron, M.D...... rain. |:
Flora of North America. By Drs. Torrey and Gray .............. 50
Genera Insectorum Iconibus illustravit et descripsit H. Burmeister.. 52
Second Annual Report and Proceedings of the Botanical Society of
Eedinbutghe.. 025.) Se. te ee ine Sa west cue eee 52

Flora of Jamaica, By Dr. Macfadyen .................. Geese 83

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETiES.

Linnean Society:—On the Anatomical and Physiological Nature of
Ergot, by E. J. Queckett ; on Cereus tetragonus, by E. Rudge;
on the Indian species Iris, by Prof.,Don; observations on the
Spongilla fluviatilis, by J. Hogg; on Encephelartos horridus,
by T. Forrest on the Indian species of Juncus and Luzula, by _
Prof) Done 3560s eso Las tes ta a eae se ee

Royal Irish Academy ree of Cy dippe pomifermis, by Mr. |
Ball .

Geological Society :-—On the Jaws of the Thylacotherium Prevostii,

by Richard ‘Owen. 0530 as ae ae

Zoological Society :—H. Cuming on the habits of. Galeopithecus and
Tarsius spectrum; Mr. Martin, description of two species: of —

SSulitiall Tepiles <6. oss igh ees ea Sn ew ews oe ee x a

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the'genus Gyngnathus 2. ie eee eo ak oe eee ae 6

On the Influence of native Magnesia on the Geminalom Westies

60

tion and Fructification of Vegetables, by Angelo Abbene, eStats 70

Meteorological Observations and Table... ..ecee+cseeeeseces Uy 72

_ =

No. XVI.] [Price 2s. 6d.

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY: |
MAGAZINE

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ MAGAZINE OF ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, AND
SIR W. J. HOOKER’S ‘ BOTANICAL COMPANION. )

CONDUCTED BY

Sir W. JARDINE, Barr.—P. J. SELBY, Esa., |
Dr. JOHNSTON,
Str W. J. HOOKER, Reeius Prorsessor or Botany,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S.

MAY 1839.

WITH A PLATE,

Illustrative of Edw. Forbes’s Paper on two British Species of Cydippe,
and M. Beyrich’s Memoir on the Gontatites.

LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.;
W. WOOD, TAVISTOCK STREET; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND
PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :
CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

TO CORRESPONDENTS.

Communications have been received from Capt. Du Canz, R.N.; the
Rev. L. Jenyns; Dr. Jounston; Cuaries C. Basineton; Tuos. Tay-
Lor, Esq., and Ropert Patrerson, Esq.

ERRATUM.

An error in the names affixed to two notices in our last Number, p. 142, re-
quires correction to prevent confusion. For the first, on Carex rupestris, we are
indebted to Mr. Churchill Babington ;—and for the second, upon the Hare and
the Alpine Swift, to our old correspondent Mr. Charles C. Babington, F.L.S.

Page 139, line 11 from bottom, omit the words ‘in conjunction with Prof. Miller.”

THE LATE MR. JOHN HUNNEMAN.

OTICE.—The Representatives of the late Mr. J. HUNNEMAN

have disposed of the Goodwill of his entire Business to Mr.W. PAMPLIN,

jun., of Lavender Hill, Wandsworth, Bookseller; and now also of No. 9, Queen |

Street, Soho Square; and it is solicited both by Mr. H.’s Representatives and his

Successor, that he, W. P., jun., may be employed as the London Agent of the late
Mr. H.’s correspondents.

W.P., jun. pledges himself to attend with the utmost care and punctuality to
the interest and commands of those who may honour him with a portion of that
confidence which has been so long and so deservedly placed in the late Mr. Hun-
neman by his numerous correspondents.

‘The Foreign Book and Agency business is carried on precisely as before, and
upon the same premises, viz. No. 9, Queen Street, Soho Square, London.

H. HUNNEMAN, Administratrix.

W. PAMPLIN, jun., Successor to the Business.
London, April 1, 1839.

‘THE LONDON AND EDINBURGH
PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE, AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE;

CONDUCTED BY

SIR DAVID BREWSTER, F.R.S., RICHARD TAYLOR, F.L.S.,
AND RICHARD PHILLIPS, F.R.S.

Contents of No. 90 for MAY 1839.

Researches in the Undulatory Theory of Light. By J. Tovey, Esq.

On some Products obtained by the reaction of Nitric Acid on Alcohol. By Dr.
Golding Bird.

Answer to the Objections published against a general theory of the Visual Ap-
pearances which arise from the Contemplation of Coloured Objects. By J. Plateau,
Professor at the University of Ghent. -

On the Constitution of Resins. By J. F. Johnston, F.R.S.

On the Theory of Astronomical Refractions. By J. Ivory, K.H., M.A., F.R.S.

On the Geology of Devonshire. By Prof. Phillips.

On the Devonian System. By the Rev. Prof. Sedgwick and R. I. Murchison.

On the Classification of certain Geological Formations in Devonshire. By the
Rev. Dr. Williams, F.R.S. : 3

Proceedings of Learned Societies, Miscellaneous Articles, Meteorological Ob-.
servations and Table.

R.and J. E. Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

In a few days, in 1 volume 8vo, cloth, with eight 4to Plates,

ee eas es RESEARCHES IN ELECTRICITY. By
“ Micuaet Farapay, D.C.L., F.R.S., &c. &c.

Printed and Published by Richard and John E. Taylor, Red Lion Court,
Fleet Street.

Just out,
k Gehaueeae Second and concluding Part. By A. H. Harrpay, Esq.
Price 1s.
By the same Author,
HYMENOPTERA BRITANNICA, OXYURA;

Part First, containing the Genus Proctotrupes. 8vo. Price 6d.

MONOGRAPHIA CHALCIDITUM.
By Francis Watxer, Esq. 8vo. Price 12s.
London: H. Bailliere, 219, Regent Street.

Published this day, by Whittaker & Co., London.

ICROSCOPIC ILLUSTRATIONS OF LIVING OBJECTS,

their Natural Histery, &c. &c.; Descriptions of the Achromatic Micro-

scope, the Polarizing Microscope, their Apparatus, &e. ; the latest improvements
upon them, and ample instructions for using them. By C. R. Gorine, M.D.

A New Edition, emended and enlarged. By Anprew Pritcuarp, M.R.I.A.
Svo, 10s. 6d. cloth.
. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF ANIMALCULES; containing De-
aie of all the known species of Infusoria, with instructions for procuring

and viewing them. Illustrated by upwards of 300 Magnified Figures on Steel. To
which is prefixed Dr. Ehrenberg’s Classification. By Anprew Prircuarp, Esq.

8vo, 8s. 6d. boards.

NATURALIST’S PORTRAIT GALLERY.
HE NATURALIST; MONTHLY MISCELLANY. Contains a

regular Series of Portraits, Memoirs, and Autographs of Eminent Living
Naturalists. No. 25 (commencing Vol. IV.) contains Joun Laruam, M.D.,
F.R.S.; No. 27, Epwarp Bevan, M.D.; No. 29, Hewerr C. Warson, Esq.,
F.L.S.; No. 31, Wituas Howirr; and No. 32, for May, Dr. Linptey, F. R.S.,
Professor of Botany i in London University, &c. &e.

N.B. Only a few Complete Sets of Back Numbers remain on hand.
London : Whittaker and Co., and all Booksellers.

Just Published, Second Edition, considerably enlarged, and with Additional
Illustr ations, price 4s.

HE BEE- KEEPER’S MANUAL; or Practical Hints on the Ma-

nagement and Complete Preservation of the Honey-Bee.
By HENRY TAYLOR,
London: R. Groombridge, Panyer Alley, Paternoster Row.

CONTENTS.

Page
XV. On two British Species of Cydippe. By E. Forses, Esq.
(Withia Plate). sae. tee bein tees ee 0 wees py sep 8 orp eines cn weet nn 145
XVI. Descriptions of some new or rare Indian Plants. By Dr. G.
Ay W. ARNOTT 05. o ss ele ewe 8 os thes So bike Rone ate 150
XVII. On the Goniatites of the Transition Formations of the Rhine.
By M. E. Beyzicu. (With a Plate)... 00.0). Otek ees eee 155
XVIII. Remarks on the Reproductive Organs of the Lichens. By
(3 -Drcwkrk, sq (AALS 2 ios. oki eae ns foe wie ule a det 0. SS anne 165
XIX. Note on a Fossil Genus allied to Girafide. By Capt. P. T.
CAUPLER. | re ito eines Oe aso be oy a ee 167

XX. On the Digestive Organs of Infusoria. By M. F. Dusarpry. 170

XXI. Descriptions of British Chalcidites. By F. Watxer, Esq.,
ass oy Oey Cane Oe SPE eee cb we Pe ee SE 177

XXII. Note on the Effects of the Hurricane of Jan. 7th, 1839, in
Ireland, on some Birds, Fishes, &. By W.'THompson, Esq. .... 182

XXIII. On a Meteoric Paper which fell from the Sky in 1686 in
Courland, composed of peidede 3 and Infusoria. By Professor Enren-
BERG Of Berlin. oe atic 4 dik Oo ak Poa ws week ee ee

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

The London Flora. By A. Irvine rs oe oo ae ee 186
The Little English Flora. By G. W. Francis... ...... PRE E a 187
Arboretum et Fruticetum Britannicum. By J.C. Loudon ...... 188
Enumeratio Plantarum quas in Nove Hollandie ora coilegit Carolus
iaber-Baro de TWukele 2... cee ens eile a ate ee 180° 2
The Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal. Conducted by Prof.
PRIMESOD 20 Tae Sete Oe the ak ee hate e eee 190
Microscopic Illustrations, &c. 2nd. Edit. By Dr. Goring and A.
Pritchoariay: ois ee eee a SUN Gs ey ny hee ee 192

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

Linnzan Society :—Prof. J. Lindley on the Anatomy of the roots of
Ophrydee; Dr. J. Lhotsky on the Botanical Geography of
New Holland; Dr. Falconer on the state of the Botanic
Garden at Saharunpore/.°. 0°. ee ee 193—201

Zoological Society :—Mr. Martin on a collection of Snakes from the

Bouaph rates ook 5 ee ais eit res he ool pis ee eee 201—204

Geological Society :—Prof. Dwele on the Remains of Marsupial Mam-
malia from the Stonesfield Slate, and on the teeth of Basilo- —

SOUPHD Sin eos ce eas OB eRe ee eae See 204—213
MISCELLANEOUS.
On the Nature of Polypidoms. By Milne Edwards ............ 214
On the Structure of Succulent Plants compared with the Sigillarie.
By Prof. Link .. 1... 60.1 cee e cece ee ee cee eee ee ee eaes

=

SUPPLEMENTARY NUMBER.
a

No. XX.] [Price 2s. 6d.

ANNALS OF NATURAL HISTORY;

OR,

MAGAZINE

OF
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ MAGAZINE OF ZOOLOGY AND BOTANY, AND
SIR W. J. HOOKER’S ‘ BOTANICAL COMPANION. )

CONDUCTED BY

Sir W. JARDINE, Bart.—P. J. SELBY, Esa.,
Dr. JOHNSTON,
Str W. J. HOOKER, Reeius Proressor or Botany,

AND

RICHARD TAYLOR, F.LS.
AUGUST 1839.

ws This SUPPLEMENT is published with the regular
Number for August, and should be delivered with it to Sub-
scribers. It contains three Original Articles, Reviews of New
Works, Proceedings of the Zoological and Linnean Societies,
Miscellaneous Articles, Title-page and Index to the present
Volume; together with Four PLATEs.

LONDON:

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY R. AND J. E. TAYLOR.

SOLD BY S. HIGHLEY; SIMPKIN AND MARSHALL; SHERWOOD AND CO.;
W. WOOD, TAVISTOCK STREET; BAILLIERE, REGENT STREET, AND
PARIS: LIZARS, AND MACLACHLAN AND STEWART, EDINBURGH :
CURRY, DUBLIN: AND ASHER, BERLIN.

t
Fn

at

me gh Si

av: acetaes a it tate S at iy ily depp asim ly Cary Helge in « “diay ible

No. 3. London,May, 1839.
Daluable Botatical Works.

CATALOGUE

OF A

COLLECTION OF ANCIENT AND MODERN

WORKS ON BOTANY,

SELECTED FROM THE STOCK

OF

HENRY COXHEAD,

NATURAL HISTORY BOOKSELLER,

a No. 4, Newman’s Row, Lincoln’s Inn Fields,

NEAR GREAT TURNSTILE.

H. C. begs to suggest the expediency of giving the Mame and Price of the article ordered, as
well as the Number, in order to avoid mistakes.

H. C. has this day Published a Catalogue of a Collection of Works on Zodlogy, Conchology,
Geology, and Mineralogy, arranged in Classes according to the Linnean System, which may be had
as above, or it will be forwarded to order, as well as any published subsequently.

H. C. has recently Published a Catalogue of the several Papers that have appeared in the Lin-
nean, Zoological, Geological, and Horticultural Transactions, from their respective commencements,
any of which may be had as above, thus rendering those expensive Publications available to those
whose wants are limited to a portion only of their valuable contents.

LONDON:
G. NORMAN, PRINTER, MAIDEN LANE, COVENT GARDEN.

1839.

Henry Coxhead,

br

BOTANY.

1 BOTANY.—The several Papers on Botany that
have appeared in Trans. Linn. Society, from
its commencement to the present time, com-
plete, numerous plates, coloured and plain,
4to. 9 guineas.

Purchasers can be supplied with the Botani-
cal Papers only that may hereafter be
published in the Trans. Linn. Society, at
prices proportionate to the quantity of
matter therein contained, and with refer-
ence to the publication price of the part or
parts in which they appear.

2 A FOLIO Volume, containing 22 Original
Drawings of Flowers, Moths, &c. 6s 6d

3 A SERIES consisting of 116 Coloured Figures
of Tulips, Roses, Hyacinths, Carnations, Ra-
nunculus, Lilies, &c. &c. on royal folio paper,
mounted, with descriptions, £3. 15s

From Peter Collinson’s collection.

4 THIRTY-SEVEN very finely executed Botani-
cal Figures by Redoute, viz. 5 of Spartium,
3 Genista, 4 Cytisus, 16 Solanum, Cestram
campanulatum, 2 Michauxia, 2 Virgilia, Tri-
cratus admirabilis, Cissus biternata, - Brous-
sonetia papyrifera, Salvia tilicefolia, imperial
folio, sewed, 5s 6d

5 A FOLIO Volume containing 121 Coloured
Figures of Flowers, with their names, hf. bd.
12s 6d (about 14d per plate.)

6 THIRTY-FIVE very beautiful Coloured Plates
of rare and curious Exotic Plants, from Lind-
ley’s Collectanea Botanica, folio, not figured in
any other work, 18s

7 VARIOUS Papers from the Annales du Mus.
d’Hist. Nat. viz. Notice Historique sur Mi-
chaux, Domhey, Marechal, Gertner, &c. &c.

_in all about 300 or 400 pages, 3s

8 A DUODECIMO Volume in Manuscript on
Botany, by J. Walker, M.D. Professor of Na-
tural History, Edinburgh: it contains 108
pages very clearly written, and is from the
Collection of the late Dr. Emerson, 7s 6d

9 ACHARIUS (Dr.) Glyphis and Chiodecton,
two new Genera of Lichens, 4to. 12 pages,
and 2 plates, containing 30 figures, 4s 6d
(Trans. Linn. Soc.)

10 AITON’S Epitome of the second edition of
Hortus Kewensis, 8vo. half calf, scarce, 4s 6d
Lond. 1814

11 ALPINUS de Plantis Hgypti Liber, cum ob-
servationibus et Notis Joannis Veslingii; acces-

sit Alpini de Balsamo Liber; editio altera
emendatior, 4to. 3s 6d Patavi, 1640

Another copy, cum Observationibus
et Notis Veslingii, uncut, 5s Lugd. Bat. 1735

13 AMMANI Character Plantarum Naturalis, a
Nebelio, 18mo. 1s 6d - 1701

12

14

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

with Specimen of Pasture Grasses, 4to. bds.
43s 6d ; ° 1810

ASTLEY’S Hints to Planters, 12mo. 1s 6d 1807

BARTON’S Elements of Botany, royal 8vo.
30 coloured plates, bds. 7s 6d 1804

BARTON’S Flora of North America, vol.1, inj
12 parts, 4to. 36 coloured plates, 128 (cost 12
dollars)

BATSCH, Elenchus Fungorum (Latine et Ger- |
manice) accedunt Icones Fungorum nonnul-—
lorum Agri Jenensis, 4to. 3 parts in 1, 1 vol.
42 coloured plates, hf. bd. 2 guineas

Hale Magde. 1783-89

BATTARRA. Fungorum Ariminensis Histo-
ria, 2nd edition, 40 plates, bds. uncut, a
10s 6d ; : hi

BAXTER’S British Flowering Plants, 8vo. Nos.
54, 56, 57, 59, 63, 64, 67,69, 70, and 71, in”
all 10 Nos. containing 40 coloured plates, :
7s 6d (half-price)

BAXTER’S British Flowering Plants, 8vo. Nos. |
1,2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19,
20, 21, 22, and 23, 17 Nos. 4s

BENTHAM on the Eriogonex, a Tribe of the;
Order Polygonacez, 4to. 20 pages, and 4 —
plates, 6s 6d (Trans. Linn. Soc.) s
BENTHAWM’S Review of the Order Hydrg |
phyllez, 4to. 16 pages, 5s 6d (Trans. Linu.:
Soc.)

BENTHAM’S Synopsis of the East Indian

i
AMOS' Minutes of Agriculture and co

Scrophularinez, 8vo. sewed, 1s 6d 1835
BERKENHOUT’S Botanical Lexicon, 8vo-
calf, 3s - ‘s 1789

BISCHOFF, Handbuch der botanischen Ter-
minologie und Systemkunde. 2” Halfte, 2”
Lief. 4to. 11 plates, sewed, 48 6d 1833

BLACKWELL’S Herbal, 2 vols. folio, com-
plete, containing 500 coloured plates, calf,
4 guineas , Lond. 1739

———— The same, Plates only, from No. 72
to 581 inclusive, in all 509 Coloured Plates,
with Latin and German names at the bottom
of each, 3 vols. folio, half calf, 45s

Norimb. =—

BOERHAAVE Historia Plantarum que in
Horto Academici Lug. Bat. crescunt, 12mo.
2 vols. 4s 6d - Rome, 1727

BOERHAAVE Index Alter Plantarum que
in Horto Academio Lug. Bat. aluntur, &e.
2 vols. 4to. in 1, calf, 38 plates, 7s 6d

Lugd. Bat. 1720

BOLTON’S History of Fungusses growing about
Halifax, with the Appendix, 4 vols. 4to. in 2,
containing 182 sade ee, hf. bd. uncut, :
£3. 18s 1788-91 |

4, Newman's Row, Lincoln's Inn Fiddds. 3.

BRADLEY’S Botanical ig saneNe se
8vo. calf, 4s 1728

BRADLEY’S History of ee Plants, con-
taining the Aloes, Ficoids, Torch Thistles, &c.
Ato. 50 plates, complete, calf, good copy, 12s

1739

“ So extremely scarce, that few have been
fortunate enough to see, much less pos-
sess one of late.”—Haworth.

BRIDEL-BRIDERI. Bryologia Universa seu
Systematica ad Novum Methodum Dispositio,
Historia et Descriptio omnium Muscorum

Frondosorum, &c. 2 thick volumes, 8vo. sewed,

21s A Lips. 1826

BRIDEL. Muscologia Recentiorum seu Analy-
sis, Historia, et Descriptio, Methodica omnium
Muscorum Frondosorum hucusque cognitorum
ad Normam Hedwigii, with Supplement, 8
parts in 4 vols. hf. bd. uncut, 48s 1797-1819

The same work, Vol. 1, sewed, 4s

BRITISH Botanist, or a familiar Introduction
to the Science of Botany, both the Artificial
and Natural Sars 12mo. 16 plates, bds.
38 6d 4 1820

BRITISH tree familiarly explained and
described, illustrated with 28 coloured plates,
12mo. cloth, 7s 6d F 1835

BROTERO, Compendio de Botanico—Expo-
sicao do Systema Sexual—Dictionario Bota-
nico, &c. 31 plates, 2 vols. Svo. 5s 1788

“sROUGHTON Enchiridion Botanicum, com-
_plectens Characteres genericos et Sees
Plantarum, 8vo. bds. 1s 6d 1782

BROUGHTON’ S Enchiridion Botanicum, 8vo.
_ interleaved, with some dried specimens, and a
| quantity of MS. notes, 4s 6d 1782

* BROUSSONET (M.), Opuscules de P. R de
| Belleval, 8vo. sewed, 1s 6d Paris, 1785

‘BROWN’S (Robert) Rafflesia—Compositee—

- Woodsia—Froteacez of Jussieu—Structure of

Seeds and Fruits—Orchidee and Asclepia-

dex—Fructification of Mosses—Lyellia, &c.

: being all the Papers of Mr. Brown that have
appeared in the Linnean Transactions, 4to.
419 pages, and 16 plates, 36s

BROWN’S (Robert) Vermischte Botanische
Schriften yon Nees von Esenbeck, 8vo. vol. 5,
sewed, 6s : 1854

BRYANT’S Flora Dietetica, or History of Es-
culent Plants, both Domestic and Foreign,
8vo. bds. 2s 6d : 1733

BUCHOZ. Manuel Tinctorial des Plantes, ou
Traité de toutes les Plantes propres @ la Tein-
ture, 8vo. half calf, 3s 1800

BUCHOZ, Herbier colorie de l’Amerique, re-
présentant les Plantes les plus rares et les plus
curieuses guise trouvent dans cette nouvelle
partie du Monde, folio, 200 coloured plates,

-ealf, good copy, 36s Paris, 1783

2 vols.

46 BUCHOZ, Herbier colorié de l’Asie, folio, 100
coloured plates, morocco, gilt leaves, 12s Ed
(1id per plate)

47 BUCHOZ, Catalogue, Latin et Francois, des
Arbustes et Plantes qu’on conserve pendant
Vhiver dans l’Orangerie et la Serre-Chaude,

18mo. bds. 1s 1787
48 BUCHOZ, Manuel Alimentaire des Plantes,
12mo. calf, 2s . - 1771

49 BULLIARD, Dictionnaire Elémentaire de Bo-
tanique, 8vo. 19 plates, sewed, 3s Amst. 1809

50 BULLIARD, Dictionnaire Elémentaire de Bo-
tanique, folio, 12 coloured plates, sewed, 8s 6d
Paris, 1812

51 BURMANN Thesaurus Zeylanicus, exhibens
plantas in Insula Zeylana naseentes, 4to. 110
plates, and fine poreratt by Houbraken, 20s

Amstelodami, 1737

52 BURNETT’S Outlines of Botany, 2 vols. 8vo.
many wood-cuts, cloth, 18s 1835

53 BURY’S (Mrs. Edw.) Hexandrian Plants be-
longing to the Natural Orders Amaryllidee and
Liliacee, imperial folio, 10 parts, containing
50 very beautifully coloured plates, 5 guineas
(cost 10 guineas.)

The coppers of this magnificent work have
been destroyed.

54 CATALOGUE of the Brompton Botanic Gar-
den (Part I. Bards Binal’ 12mo. hf. bd.
1s 6d 1803

55 CATALOGUE of Plants i in the Botanic Garden
at Liverpool, 8vo. bds. 2s 6d 1808

|56 CATECHISMUS der Botanik, 8vo. 7 plates,

sewed, 3s 1825

57 CATESBY’S Hortus pele be Americanus, or a
Collection of 15 Trees and Shrubs, the Produce
of North America, adapted to the Climates
and Soils of Great Britain and Ireland, &e.
Ato. 17 coloured PE containing 85 figures,
sewed, 12s 1767

58 Another copy, plates plain, 4s 6d

59 CLUSIUS, Aromatum et Simplicium aliquot
Medicamentorum apud Indos nascentium
Historia, 12mo. wood-cuts, vellum, 2s 6d

Ant. 1679

60 CLUSII Cure Posteriores—E. Vorstii Oratio
Funebris—Brevis Dissertatiode Morbis Heere-
ditaris a hallaes e Febribus concisa Synopsis,
Ato. stained, 2 Vv. X.

60*CLUSII Exoticorum Libri sat quibus Ani-
malium, Plantarum, Aromatum, aliorumque
peregrinorum Fructuum Historia describun-
tur; item Petri Bellonii Observationes, folio,
12s Ex. Off. Plantiana Raph. ib. 1605

61 COMMELIN (Casp.) Horti Medici Amsteleda-
mensis Plante Rariores et Exotice—Preludia
Botanica, his accedunt Plantarum - Rariorum
et Exoticarum cones et Descriptienes, 4to. 7s

Lug. Bat.1715

32 COMMELIN Horti Medici ie aaa ag
12mo. ls 6d 1698

33 COMMELIN Preludia Pes tag his accedunt
Plantarum Rariorum et Exoticarum Icones,
&c. 4to. 4s 6d Lugd. Bat. 1703

34 CONFERVES. St. Vincent. Sur les genres
Lemanea, Draparnaldia, et Batrachsperma,
48 pages, and 6 plates, 48

35 CONVERSATIONS on Vegetable Physiology,
2 vols. 12mo. plates, bds. Gs 6d 1832

S5*CONVERSATIONS on Ried 12mo. bds.
1s 6d 1818

66 COOPER’S Flora ane a or Botanical
Rambles within Thirty Miles of London,with
Supplement, new in cloth, ds

67 COWELL’S Floral Guide for East Kent, 8vo.
maps, bds. 5s 1839

68 CRANTZ nyt saa rei Herbarie juxta
nutum nature digeste ex habitu, 2 vols. 8vo.
vellum, good copy, 78 6d 1766

69 CRANZ(H. J. N.) Classis Cruciformium emen-
cata, cum Figuris zneis, 8vo. half calf, 2s

70 CRAMER, Enumeratio Plantarum, 8vo. sewed,
25 6d 1803

70*CURTIS’ Lectures on Botaiiy and insects, 3
vols. royal 8vo. 119 coloured plates, bds. uncut,
32s (cost £4.) 1803-5

71 CURTIS’ Botanical Magazine, or Flower Gar-
den displayed, in which the most Ornamental
Foreign Plants, cultivated in the open ground,
the Green-house, and the Stove, are accu-
rately represented and coloured, by Sims and
Hooker, complete from the commencement
to Dec. 1837, with the General Index, 65
vols. royal 8vo. the first 38 of which are hf.
bd. in 19, the remainder in Nos. the whole
UNCUT, a Subscriber’s copy, clean and unex-
ceptionable in every respect, 48 guineas (cost
upwards of 90 guineas) 1793-1837

A complete set of Curtis, UNCUT, ts rare.

72 —— The same work, 53 vols. (the 1st and
2nd Series complete) and General Index,
UNCUT, 32 guineas, (Subscriber’s copy,)

1793-1826

73 The same work, 45 vols. bd. in 24,

containing 2022 coloured plates, calf extra,
a fine copy, £24.
74 ——-—— The same work, 45 vols. half mor.
£23.
74* ————_ The same work, Nos. 1 to 249 (the |

first 26 vols.) in bds. and Nos. clean and
UNCUT, 9 guineas

75 The same work, 18 vols, bound in 9, |
containing 716 coloured plates, calf, good con-
dition, £4. 10s

76 The same work, 18 vols. bound in 9,

containing 692 coloured plates, calf, good pre-
servation, £4.

Henry Covhead,
77 CURTIS.—The same work, 30 vols.

78 —
79

80

80*
81 CURTIS’ Flora Londinensis, or Plates and |

82 CURTIS’ Flora Londinensis, the new edition

_ 87

if. calf,

The same work, vols. 1 to 8, and
4 Nos. of vol. 9, hf. bd. UNCUT, in fine pre-
servation, 2 guineas
———— The same work, New Series, Nos. 13,
14, 15, 16, and 17, (plates 2791 to 2825 inclu-
sive) 128"

£8.

—— The same wrk, a new Edition, with
amended Characters of the Species, arranged
according to the Natural Orders, by Sir W. J.
Hooker, royal 8vo. vol. 1, cloth, 26s 1833

The same, Nos. 1] to 14, 7s 6d

Descriptions of such Plants as grow wild in
the Environs of London, original edition,
2 vols. folio, numerous plates, £2.15s 1777

by Graves, enlarged by Dr. Hooker, roy. folio,
Nos. 1 to 19, 21 to 27, and 49 to 71, all in-
clusive, and Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 10, and 25 to 34
inclusive, of the New Series ; in all 65 parts,
containing 390 plates, very beautifully co-
loured, with scientific descriptions in Lat

and English, 2s Gd per No. (pub. at 16s per
No.)

83 CURTIS’ Flora Londinensis, the new editi
by Graves, enlarged by Dr. Hooker, roy. foli
Nos. 1 to 14 inclusive, containing 84 colour
plates, with descriptions, 2s per No. (pub.
16s per No.)

84 DALIBARD Flore Parisiensis Prodromus,
Catalogue des Plantes des Environs de Pari
12mo. calf, 2s 17

85 DARWIN’S Phytologia, 4to. bds.4s 6d 1

85*DECANDOLLE and Sprengel’s Elements o
the Philosophy of Plants ; containing t
Principles of Scientific iar 8vo. 8 plat
new in bds. 6s 1821

86 DECANDOLLE, sigteaade Succulenta
Historia, ou Histone Naturelle des ata
Grasses, avec Figures dessinées par Redouté,
2 vols. 4to. containing 120 coloured plates,
morocco, gilt leaves, 45s

Three or four of the plates want the |
scriptions.

— The Plates (22) of the 3rd volume of
the above work, very finely coloured, with the
Index, folio, 7s 6d

—— Separate Plates of the above, viz
Anthericum asphodeloides—Agave vivipara—
Cotyledon ungulata—Cactus Royeni—Cras:
sula scabra brevifolia—Kalankoé crenata—
Mesembryanthemum tuberculatum—crassifo:
lium — lateriflorum scabrum—et radicans—
Reaumuria vermiculata—Stapelia reticulata—
asterias—grandiflora—hirsuta—et puncta

Sesuvium ‘revolutum—Talinum patens—U
bilicus pendulinus, 6d each, or 4s per quem

88

4, Newman’s Row, Lincoln’s Inn Fields.

DECANDOLLE. Mémoire sur les Connarus
_ et Omphalobium, ou sur les Connaracées Sar-
colobées, 17 pages, and 2 plates, 2s—sur le
Cuviera—fam. des Rubiacées, 7 pages, and a
plate, 1s—sur le Drusa—fam. des Ombelli-
féres, 6 pages, and a plate, 1s—The whole 3s

DECANDOLLE, Mémoires sur la Famille de
Mélastomacées, 4to. 10 plates, 7s 6d 1828

‘DE LAMARCK et Decandolle. Synopsis
Plantarum in Flora Gallica Descriptarum,
8vo. hf. bd. 5s 6d ; Par. 1806

DENNSTEDT Nomenclator Botanicus, seu
Enumeratio Alphabetica, 8vo. 2 vols. in 1,
half calf, 2s 6d : Eisenberg, 1810

DESFONTAINES. Choix de Plantes du Co-
rollaire de Tournefort, 4to. 70 plates, 24s

Three pages supplied by MS. neatly and
clearly written.

DICKSON (J.) Plantarum Cryptogamicarum
Britannie, &c. the four Fasciculi complete in
1 vol. 4to. new in bds. 12 plates, some co-
loured, 12s : 1785

FASCICULUS, 4th and last of the above, with
the Indexes, &c. sewed, ds

DILLENII Historia Muscorum, in qua circiter
sexcentze species veteres et nove ad sua Ge-~
nera relatz describuntur, et Iconibus genuinis
illustrantur, cum Appendice et Indice Syno-
nymorum, 4to. 85 plates, bds. uncut, 2 Sate

- 181

DILLENIUS’ General History of Land and
Water, &c. Mosses and Corals, containing all
the known Species, exhibited by about 1000
Figures, on 85 Plates, royal 4to. calf, a very
Sine copy, 35s : : 1768

*_______. Another copy, 24s

DIRECTIONS for bringing over Seeds and
Plants from distant Countries in a state of
Vegetation ; with a Description of the Dionza
Muscipula, by Ellis, 4to. sewed, 1s 6d 1770

DODART, Mémoires pour servir & |’Histoire
des Plantes, 12mo. ls 62 ; 1679

DODON £ZUS de Stirpium Historia Commen-
tariorum, Imagines in duos Tomos digesta,
Svo. many figures, rare,6s Antwerp. 1559

0 DODONZI Stirpium Historie Pemptades
sex, sive Libri XXX. varie ab Auctore paullo

ante mortem, aucti et emendati, folio, 14s
1616

1 DODOEN’S New Herbal, or Historie of Plants,
&e. translated by Lyte, 4to. BLACK LETTER,
9s : : Lond. 1619

2 DON’S General System of Gardening and
Botany, arranged according to the Natural
System, 4 vols. 4to. containing the Dichlamy-
deous Plants complete, many figures, new in
cloth, 7 guineas (half-price) 1837

Vol. 2. 30s.— Vol. 4. £2. 15s.

5

}

103 DON’S Monograph of the Genus Saxifraga,

104

105

106

107

108

109

110

111

116

117

118

119

4to. 112 pages, 7s 6d (Trans. Lin. Soc.)

DON’S Description of the new Genera and
Species of the Class Composite, belonging to
the Floras of Peru, Mexico, and Chile, 4to.
136 pages, 12s 6d (Trans. Lin. Soc.)

DUHAMEL, Traité des Arbres et Arbustes,
4 vols. fol. containing 260 plates by Redouté,
most beautifully coloured, hf. calf, and 1 Liv.
16 plates, coloured, 9 guineas 1800-9

DUHAMEL, Traité des Arbres et Arbustes
qui se cultivent en France en pleine terres,
4to. 2 vols. numerous plates and cuts, 28s

1755

DUPPA’S Classes and Orders of the Linnean
System of Botany, illustrated by Select Spe-
cimens of Foreign and Indigenous Plants,
containing upwards of 200 coloured plates,
2 vols. roy. 8vo. bds. 35s (cost £7. 4s) 1816

EDWARDS’ Botanical Register, or Orna-
mental Flower Garden and Shrubbery ; con-
sisting of Figures of Plants and Shrubs, most
beautifully coloured, with their History, Mode
of Treatment in Cultivation, &c. continued
by Lindley, complete, 24 vols. roy. 8vo. con-
taining upwards of 2000 plates, cloth bds.
uncut, 36 guineas (cost £60.) 1815-38

EDWARDS’ (Sydenham) Flora Britannica,
illustrated with 133 plants coloured, 4to.
2 vols. in 1, mor. gilt leaves, 2 guineas 1812

EHRET Plante Selectz, quarum imagines
ad exemplaria naturalia Londini in Hortis
curiosorum nutrita manu artificiosa doctaque
pinxit, atlas folio, many coloured plates, calf
extra, gilt leaves, £3. 1ds 1750

EICHWALD Plantarum novarum vel mints
cognitarum quas in itinere Caspio-Caucasico,
folio, 2 fase. containing 40 lithograph plates,
20s . - Vilne, 1831-3

EICHWALD Plante, &c. fase. 1, 20 plates,

7s 6d : F 1831
ELLIS’ Historical Account of Coffee, 4to.
coloured plate, 3s ° 1774

EMMERTON’S Treatise on the Culture of
the Auricula, Polyanthus, Carnation, &c.
12mo. éds. coloured plates, 3s 6d (cost 10s)

. 1819

EVELYN’S Sylva, or a Discourse of Forest
Trees, with Notes by Hunter, 4to. 41 plates,
calf, 25s . York, 1776

EWER Manuale, sive Compendium Botanices,
8vo. calf, 2s . 1808

FAMILLES Naturelles des Plantes, 2 vols.
8vo. bds. very clearly written, 5s

FERRARII. Flora seu de Florum Cultura.

Rottendorffio, 4to. figures, calf, fine copy, 5s

1746

FERRARII Flora, seu de Florum Cultura,
Rottendorffio, 4to. figures, vellum, 2s 6d

Amstelodami, 1646

FLORA Halensis, exhibens Plantas circa
Halam salicam crescentes, &c. 8vo. sewed,
ls 6d Hale, 1761

FLORA DANICA, seu IconEs PLANTARUM
SPONTE NASCENTIUM IN REGNO DANI
ET NORVEGI2 IN DucatTIBus SLESVICI,
HOLSATIAZ, ET IN COMITATIBUS OLDEN-
BURKGI ET DELMENHORSTI®, edit. Oeder,
Muller, Vahl, Hornamann, &c. 12 vols. folio,
containing upwards of 2000 plates, beauti-

Sully coloured, calf, 40 guineas
Hafnie, 1761-1833

2 FLORZ Danice, Icones Plantarum in Regnis
Danie et Norvegiz in Ducatibus Slesvici et
Holsatie, et in Comitatibus Oldenburgi et
Delmenhorstix--OEDER, 9 fascicvli, form-
ing 3 vols. folio, and comprising 540 coloured
plates, uncut, an original copy, 3 guineas

ib. 1761-70

FLORA Indica, or Descriptions of Indian
Plants, by the late Wm. Roxburgh, edited
by Carey and Wallich, 8vo. vol. 1, hf. russia,
Gs . 1820

FORSTER (J. R. and C.) Characteres Gene-
yum Plantarum quas in itinere ad Insulas
Maris Australis collegerunt, descripserunt,
delinearunt, 4to. 75 plates, 6s 6d Lond.1776

FORSYTH’S First Lines of Botany, or Primer

of the Linnwan System, 12mo. dds. 2s 6d

1827

FRANCIS’ List of British Flowering Plants
and Ferns, Gd each, or 5s per dozen

FRANCIS’ Little English Flora, or a Bota-
nical and Popular Account of all our common
Field Flowers, with 280 Ke wibs on steel,
12mo. cloth, 6s Gd 1839

FRANCIS’ British Ferns and their Allies,
illustrated with Figures of every Species and
Variety, engraved on copper, 8vo. bds. 4s

1837

FRIES. Systema Mecolopionm, sistens Fun-
gorum, &c. 8vo. vol. 2, in 2 parts, sewed, 9s
1822

GARIDEL, Histoire des Plantes qui naissent
aux enyirons d’Aix, et dans plusieurs autres
endroits de la Provence, folio, 100 plates, 12s

Aix, 1715

GAUDIN Flora Helvetica, sive Historia Stir-
pium hucusque cognitarum in Helvetia et in
tractibus conterminis, aut sponte nascentium,
aut in hominis animaliumque usus vulgd
cultarum continuata, 8vo. vols. 1 and 2, con-
taining 19 coloured plates, sewed, 18s

Turict, 1828

GEORGII a Turre Historia Plantarum —
Dryadum, Amadryadum, Cloridisque Tri-
umphus, arbi Plantarum universa natura
spectatur, &c. folio, russia, gilt leaves, with
joints, 10s Gd * Patavii, 1685

Mr. Heber’s copy.

126

127

131

Henry Coxhead,

SS
|
a

183 GERARD’S Herbal, or Historie of Pla

folio, half russia, 25s (wants title) ‘1
134 GERARD. Flora Gallo-Provincialis, 8
19 plates, calf, 38 6d ,

135 GERARDIN (Seb.) Essai de oi
Végétale ; ; ouvrage dans lequel sont e
quées toutes les parties des Végétaux, ¢
compagné de Planches et de Tableaux mé
thodiques, représentant les trois Systémes
Tournefort, de Linné, et de Jussieu, 2 v
8vo. 54 plates, beautifully coloured,
marbled leaves, good copy, 21s Paris, 18

136 GERARDIN Essai de Physiologie vets |
2 vols. 8vo. 54 plates, sewed, 83 6d

137 GERHARD der Gece oder ar 7.

sewed, 1s 6d

GMELIN (S. G.) Historia Fucorum, 4to. 2

plates, vellum, 16s Petrop. 17 |

GODEFRIDI (Com. de Mattuschka) Enume- |

ratio Stirpium in Silesia sponte crescentium,

Svo. 52 plates, coloured, half russia,. oe
1 ;

GC:PPERT. Uber Warme — Entwickelung
in der lebenden Pflanze, 8vo. sewed, 1s 183

GOUAN Hortus Regius Monspeliensis, sister
plantas indigenas tum exoticas, No. 2
&e. 8vo. 3s Lugd. 17

GRAY’S Natural Arrangement of British
Plants, according to their relations to each
other, as pointed out by Jussieu, DeCandolle
Brown, &c. 2 thick vols. 8vo. containing 21
plates, bds. uncut, 14s > 182

another copy, with the plates c0-
loured, 20s ‘
GREFER’S Descriptive Catalogue of Herba-
ceous and Perennial climbing Plants, Hardy
Ferns, &c. 8vo. bds. 1s “i

138

139

140

141

142

the : same, with 2 pencil illustrative drawi a
8yo. calf yilt, 12s : :

Leaves, Flowers, Fruits, Seeds,
Large Paper, 83 plates, scarce, 15s 32
GREW’S Anatomy of Plants, folio, 83 plate 5
good copy, 12s Gd : 1682
GREW’S Idea of a Phytological History pro-

pounded, Ane of wi 8vo. 7 plates
3s 1678

GUIOT, Manuel Foréstiee; 12mo. och

147

148

149

>

150 HACKERT, Principes pour apprendre a des:
siner le Paysage d’apés Nature, gravés %
VYeau forte, atlas folio, containing severa
finely executed figures of Forest Trees, se
scarce, 12s

4, Newman's Row, Lincoln’s Inn Fields.
HAGEN (C.G.) Chloris Borussica, 18mo. | 170 HILL’S General History of Plants, fol. plates,

sewed, 3s 6d s 1819

HAGENBACH (Dr. C. F.) Tentatum Florez
Basileensis, exhibens Plantas Phanerogamas
sponte nascentes, &c. 18mo. vol. 1, coloured
plates, 2s Basil. 1821

| HALLE. Die Deutschen Giftpflanzen, 8vo.
16 coloured plates, bds. 3s 6d ~=Berlin, 1794

HAMILTON’S Commentaries on the Four
‘Parts of the Hortus Malabaricus, 4to. 408
pages, 28s (Trans. Lin: Soc.)

HAMILTON Prodromus Plantarum Indize
Occidentalis, 8vo, coloured plate, 2s 1825

HAMILTON Prodromus Flore Nepalensis,
sive Enumeratio Vegetabilium, Don, 12mo.
bds. 3s ; 1825

HARRISON’S Gardener’s and Forestar’s Re-
cord, 2 vols. and 7 parts of Vol, IIT. coloured
plates, 18s : 1833-5

HAWORTH. Narcissinearum Monographia,
roy. 8vo. 2nd edition, sewed, 1s 6d 1831

HAWORTH.—Portrait of the late Mr. Ha-
worth, from a Bust, 4to. proof on India pa-
per, 2s 6d

HAYNE (F.G.) Termini Botanici, iconibus
illustrati Von Wildenow, 4to. 4 parts, con-
taining 20 coloured plates, 5s Berlin, 1799

HAYWARD on Horticulture, and the Ma-
nagement of Fruit Trees, 8vo. 12 plates, bds.
3s

HEDWIG (J.) Fundamentum Historie Natu-
ralis Muscorum Frondosorum, 4to. 2 parts
in 1, 20 plates, 18s 1782

HEDWIG Generum Plantarum secundum
Characteres differentiales, ad Mirbelii Edi-

tionem revisa et aucta, 8vo. sewed, 3s
Lips. 1806

HEDWIG (D. J.j Fundamentum Historie
Naturalis Muscorum Frondosorum, 4to. 2
parts in 1 vol. half calf, 18s ib. 1782

HERMANNI (P.) Horti Academici Lugduno
Batavi Catalogus, 8vo. many figures, vel-
lum, 5s 6d , Lug. Bat. 1687

Peter Collinson’s copy, with his autograph
and MS. note.

HERMANNI Horti Academici Lugduno-Ba-
tavi Catalogus, 8vo. plates, 4s ib. 1687
HERMANNI Flora Lugduni Batavee Flores,
12mo. 1s 6d . ib. 1690
L’HERITIER Stirpes Nove, aut minus cog-
nitz, quas Descriptionibus et Iconibus illus-
travit, atlas folio, 91 fine engravings, 24s
. 1784

VHERITIER Geraniologia, seu Erodii, Pe-
largonii, Geranii, Monsoniz, et Grieli His-
toria, Iconibus illustrata, atlas folio, 44 fine
engravings, 10s 6d 1787-8

171

172

173

174

175

176

177

178

179

180

181

182

183

184

185

7

bds. 58 6d © : 1751

HISTOIRE des Plantes d’Europe et Etran-
gerés ou Elémens de Botanique Pratique
suivant la methode et les Principes de
Linné par Gilibert, 3 thick volumes, 8yo.
containing many figures, 15s 1806

HOCHENLEITTER Plantarum indigenarum
et exoticarum Icones, ad vivum colorate,
royal 8vo. 240 coloured plates, calf, 20s 1788

HOFFMANN Historia Salicum, Iconibus Il-
lustrata, folio, Vol. I. containing 24 coloured
plates, bds. 15s 1785

HOLMSKJOLD Beata Ruris Otia, Fungis
Danicis, 2 vols. folio, containing 74 plates,
most beautifully coloured, bds. uncut, very
scarce, 6 guineas Hafnie, —

HOOKER’S Paradisus Londinensis, contain-
ing Plants cultivated in the vicinity of the
Metropolis, 4to. 2 vols. in 1, 117 finely co-
loured plates, calf, gilt leaves,50s 1806-8

HOOKER’S British Jungermannia, being a

History and Description, with coloured
Figures of each Species of the Genus, and
Microscopical Analysis of the parts, royal
4to. 88 very finely coloured plates, half
morocco, uncut, £4. 14s 6d (published at
£8. 15s)

HOOKER’S Musci Exotici; containing Fi-
gures and Descriptions of new or little
known Foreign Mosses and other Cryptoga-
mic Subjects, 2 vols. 8vo. 176 coloured plates,
cloth, £2. 18s

——— another copy, plates plain, hf. bd.
£1. 11s 6d

HOOKER'’S Flora Scotica, or a Description of
Scottish Plants, arranged both according to
the Artificial and Natural Method, 8yo. dds.
7s 6d _ Lond. 1821

HORTI Malabarici Pars prima, de Varii
Generis Arboribus et Fruticibus Siliquosis,
&c. by Hill, 4to. 57 plates, 3s 6d 1774

HORTUS Elginensis, or a Catalogue of
Plants, Indigenous and Exotic, cultivated in
the Elgin Botanic Gardens, New York, 8vo.
half calf, 2s : New York, 1811

HUBENER Hepaticologia Germanica, 8vo.
8s : Manheim, 1834

HUDSONI (G.) Flora Anglica, exhibens
Plantas per Regnum Britanniz sponte cres-
centes, 8vo. 2 vols. in 1, calf, 3s 6d

Lond. 1778

HUERTA (Don L. Garcia de la) Discurso
Fisico-Anatomieo sobre las Plantas, 8vo.
sewed, 2s Segovia, 1790

HULL'S British Flora, or a Linnean Arrange-
ment of British Plants, 8vo. half russia, 3s

1799

8 Henry Coxhead, |
204 KOPS. Flora Batava, 4to. liv. 1, 5 colour

186 HULL’S Elements of pany: 2 vols. 8vo.
calf, 48 : 1800

187 HUMBOLDT et Bonpland, Mosoeanhie des
Mélastomes et des Rhexies, atlas fol. 2 vols.
120 coloured plates, £8. 1816-23

188 HUMBOLDT et Bonpland Plante Equi-
noxiales, atlas folio, 2 vols. 144 plates,
£4. 10s (pub. at 20 guineas) 1813

189 HUMBOLDT. 120 very fine folio plates from
the Plante Equinexiales, 12s 6d (lid per
plate.)

190 ILLIGER (J. K. W.) Versuch einer Systema-
tischen vollstandigen Terminologie fur das
Thierreich und Pflanzenreich, 8vo. sewed,
3s Gd P Helmstadt, 1800

191 INDEX Alphabeticus generum botanicorum
Willdenoyio et Persoonio, 8vo. sewed, 1s
1814

192 JACQUIN (N. J.) Observationes Botanice,
Iconibus ab Auctore delineatis illustrate,
folio, 4 parts in 1 vol. 100 plates, half russia,
good copy, 16s Vind. 1764-71

193 JACQUIN Hortus Vindobonensis, royal folio,
24 coloured plates, 3s 6d

194 JACQUIN (N. J.) Collectanea ad Botani-
cam, Chemiam, et Historiam Naturalem
‘spectantia, royal 4to. vols. 1 and 3, con-
taining 45 eaasa eB coloured plates, bds.
uncut, 15s 1786-9

195 JACQUIN Miscellanea Austriaca ad Botani-
cam, Chemiam, et Historiam Naturalem
spectantia, 4to. 2 vols. 44 coloured plates,
hf. russia, £1. 16s Vindob. 1778

196 ————— another copy, in bds. 25s

197 JACQUIN Selectarum Stirpium Americana-
rum Historia, 8vo. 4s 6d Manheim, 1788
198 JOLYCLERC, Systéme Sexuale des Végé-
taux, 2 vols. in 1, 8vo. calf, 3s 6d
Paris, 1799
199 JOLYCLERC. Phytologie Universelle, ou
Histoire Naturelle et Methodique des Plantes,
5 vols. 8vo. hf. bd. 9s
200 JUSSIEU, Genera Plantarum secundum Or-
dines Naturales disposita, curavit Usteri, 8vo.

best edition, bds. uncut, very scarce, 21s
Tur. Helv. 1791

201 KEITH’S eatin of Physiological Botany,

2 vols. 8vo. plates, bds. 9s 1816
202 KNAUT Methodus Plantarum genuina, 8vo.
2s Lips. 1716

203 KNIPHOF Boaslics in Originali, seu Her-
barium Vivum, in quo Plantarum tam Indi-
genarum quam Exoticarum, ad methodum
illustrium nostri evi Botanicorum Linnei et
Ludwigii, 4 vols. folio, containing 1200 co-
loured plates, with Descriptions at the bot-
tom of each page, and Index to the whole,
5 guineas (a trifle more than ld per plate),
wants the last plate 1763 |

-
—

plates, 1s 6d

KRAMER (J. H.) Elenchus Vegetabilium
Animalium per Austrium Inferiorem obser-—
vatorum, Svo. 3s Vienne, 1756

206 KUNTH, Anleitung zur Kenntnis simmtlicher —

in der Pharmacopeia Borussica angefiih
officinellen Gewachse nach natiirlichen Fa-
milien, 8vo. sewed, 68 Berlin, 1834

KUNTH, Handbuch der Botanik, thick 8yo.
sewed, 7s 6d (sells at 18s) ib. 1831

KUNTH A®rostographia Synoptica, sive Enu- :
meratio Graminearum omnium hucusque
cognitarum, adjectis Characteribus, Diffe-
rentiis, et Synonymis, 8vo. tomus primus,
sewed,6s 6d Stutgardie et Tubinge, 1833

KUNTH Synopsis Plantarum quas in itinere
ad plagam eequinoctialem orbis novi college-
runt Al. de Humboldt et Am. Bonpland,
4 vols. 8vo. sewed, 30s 1822-5

LAMARCK et Poiret. Dictionnaire de Bota-
nique, et Supplement, 13 vols.—Illustration
des Genres, 7 vols.—in all 20 vols. 4to. in
parts, bds. uncut, containing 1000 plates,
complete, £12. (Ency. Meth.)

LAMARCK, Illustration des Genres, ou Ex-
position des Caractéres de tous les Genres de
Plantes établis par les Botanistes, rangés
suivant lVordre du systeme sexuel de Lin-
nus, 10 vols. 4to. containing 1000 plates,
bds. 7 guineas . v. ¥e

LAMARCK et Mirbel, Histoire Naturelle des
Végétaux, classés par Familles, avec la cita-
tion de Linné et Jussieu, 15 yols. 18mo.
many plates, hf. bd. 30s 1825

LAMOUROUX (J. P.) Résumé complet de
Botanique ; tome premier, Organographie et
Taxonomie—tome 2nd, Physique veces
orné de planches, 3s 6d. 1826

LANGLEY’S Pomona, or the Fruit Garden
Illustrated, igs 78 plates, fine copy in vell.
30s . 1729

LAUREMBERGIL. Apparatus Plantarius—
De Plantis Bulbosis — Tuberosis, sm. 4to.
Jigures, rare, 4s 6d Meriani

LEE’S Introduction to Botany, 8vo. calf, 5th
edit. (wants title), 3s 1794

LEE’S Introduction to Botany, 8vo. last edit.
12 plates, whneein dred coloured, bds. uncut,
8s A 1810

LINDLEY’S Introduction to the Natural:
System of Botany, 8vo. cloth,6s6d 1830

LINDLEY’S Introduction to Botany, 8vo.
cloth, 14s - ' 1832

LINDLEY’S Outline of the First Principles
of Horticulture, 18mo. sewed, 1s 1832

LINDLEY’S Nixus Plantarum, 8vo. sewed,

: : 1833

4, Newman’s Row, Lincoln's Inn Fields.

LES ROSES, Etrennes aux Dames, 18mo.
12 coloured plates of roses, sewed, 1s 6d 1814

LINK Elementa Philosophie Botanice, 8vo.
4 plates, sewed, 7s Berolini, 1824

LINNEI Philosophia verae ph 8vo. calf,
good copy, 3s 1770

LINNE Nomenclator Botauteid 8vo. 1s 6d

Lipse, 1782
LINNE Termini Botanici, Giseke, best edition,
8yvo. 2s 6d Hamb. 1787

LINNZI Flora Beytistiba 8vo. 3s 6d
Holmie, 1747

LINNZI Hortus Upsaliensis, 8vo. calf, 4s 6d
Amst. 1748

LINN ZI Flora Lapponica, exhibens Plantas
per Lapponiam, editio J. E. Smith, 12 fold-
ing plates, 8vo. hf. cf. 5s Gd Lond. 1792

LINNZI Systema Plantarum, curante Rei-
chard, 4 vols. 8vo. 12s 6d Francof. 1779

LINNZI Botanicorum Principis Systema
Plantarum Europe, exhibens Characteres
Naturales Generum, &c.—Fundamentorum
Botanicorum, &c. curante Gilibert, 7 vols.
8vo. plates, 15s ‘ 1785

LINNZUS’S Families of Plants, by the
Lichfield Botanical Society, 2 vols. 8vo. 4s 6d
Lond. 1787

LINNZI Genera Plantarum eorumque Cha-
racteres naturales secundum numerum, figu-
ram, situm, et proportionem omnium Fruc-
tificationis partium cura Haenke, 2 vols.
Svo. 8s 6d 2b. 1791

LINNAI Systema Vegetabilium, eura Mur-
ray, 8vo. calf, 3s 6d. Gotting. 1784

LINN £I Systema Vegetabilium, cura Gme-
. lin, 2 vols. 8vo. sewed,7s6d Lugduni, 1796

LINNZI Systema Vegetabilium, curante
Sprengel, 8vo. sd. Vols. 1 & 2, 10s 1825

LINN ZEUS, Mantissa in Vol. 1 and 2, Syste-
matis Vegetabilium ex Edit. Roemer et
Schultes, cur. Schultes, 2 vols. 8vo. sewed,
6s Gd ° 1822-4

LINNEUS’ General System of the Vegetable
Kingdom, by Turton, 2 thick vols. 8vo. dds.
10s 6d : 1806

LINNZI Species Plantarum, editio octava,
curante Schreber, 2 vols. 8vo. ef. 6s Gd 1789

LINN £I Species Plantarum cura Willdenow,
5 vols. 8vo. in 11 parts, with the Indexes,
4 parts, sd. the whole uncut, 50s 1797-1830

LINNZI Species Plantarum, editio sexta,
cura Link, Schwagrichen, et Dietrich, vols. 1
and 2, 2 guineas . 1831-3

LINNZA. Ein Journal fiir die Botanik in
ihrem ganzen Umfange, 9ter Band, 3 parts,
33 6d :

Halle, 1834 |

243

244

245

246

258

259

9

LLAVE, et Lexarza Novorum Vegetabilium
Descriptiones, 2 fase. royal 8vo. sd. 3s 6d
Mexici, 1824

LODDIGES’ Botanical Cabinet, complete,
consisting of Coloured Delineations of Plants
from all Countries, with an account of each,
Directions for Management, Xc. LARGE
PAPER, 20 vols. small 4to. containing 2000
very beautifully coloured plates, neatly hf.
bd. green morocco, 35 guineas, (cost £56.)

1817-34

—— The same work, 20 vols. 12mo.
plates partially coloured, neat, hf. moroceo,
gilt leaves, 18 guineas (cost 28 guineas)

1817-34

LOUDON’S Arboretum et Fruticetum Britan-
nicum ; or the Trees and Shrubs of Britain,
Pictorially and Botanically delineated, 8vo.
63 parts, forming 8 vols. comprising above
400 plates of trees, and 2,500 wood-cuts of
trees and shrubs, 8 guineas 1838

LOUDON’8 Catalogue of all the Ligneous
Plants cultivated in the neighbourhood of
London, 8vo. cloth, 7s 6d 1838

LOUDON on the Cultivation of the Pine
Apple, 8vo. 24 wood engravings, bds. 3s 1822

LOUREIRI Flora Cochinchinensis, 2 vols.
4to. 10s 6d . Ulyssip. 1790

LOVELL’S Complete Herbal, 12mo. scarce,
4s Oxford, 1659

LUEDER, Botanisch praktische Lustgartne-
rey, Latin and German, 4 vols. 4to. hf. bd.
good copy, 15s Leipz. 1786

M‘DONALD’S Complete Dictionary of Prac-
tical Gardening, 2 vols. 4to. many plates,
bds. uncut, 30s. 1807

MADDOCK’S Florist’s Direstany ; a Treatise
on the Culture of Flowers, by Curtis, 8 co-
loured plates,8vo. bds.7s 6d (pub. at 218) 1810

MANGOL Hortus Regius Monspeliensis, 8yo.
21 plates, 5s Gd Monspelii, 1697

MANGOL Botanicum Monspeliense, sive
Plante circa rah Ee We ct owes ee 12mo.
scarce, 2s : 1676

MARSHALL’S rents Americanum; the
American Grove, 8vo. 2s Phil. 1785

MARTYN’S Language of Botany; being a
Dictionary of the Terms made use of in that
Science, 8vo. bds. 4s 6d 4 1796

MARTYN’S Flora Rustica; exhibiting Fi-
gures of such Plants as are either useful or
injurious in Husbandry, by Nodder, 8vo.
4 vols. in 2, containing 144 coloured plates,
bds. uncut, 30s ° 1792

MARTYN’S Thirty-eight plates, very beauti-
fully Coloured, with Explanations, intended
to illustrate Linnzeus’ System of Vegetables,
and particularly adapted to the Letters on
the Elements of Botany, 8vo. bds.9s 1817

10
260 MARTII (Dr.) Nova Genera et Species Plan-

tarum quas in itinere per Brasiliam, royal
4to. 3 vols. complete in 9 fase, containing
300 most rs ha coloured plates, 35 gui-
neas Monachii, 1823-32

261 MASSON’S Stapeliie Nove, or a Collection
of several new Species of that Genus, disco-
vered in the interior parts of Africa, folio,
41 coloured plates, 30s

262 The same work, plain, 9s

263 MASSON’S Stapelicee Nove, ora Collection of
several new Species of that Genus, discovered
in the interior parts of Africa, folio, 38 plates,
(3 wanting), bds. 6s

264 —— Twenty-one Plates of the above,
with Descriptions, sewed, 2s 6d

265 MATTHIOLI, i Discorsi die i sei libri della
Materia Medicinale di Dioscoride, fol. 21s
In Venetia, 1559

266 MAUND'S Botanic Garden, 7 vols. 4to. nu-
merous coloured plates, neat, half morocco,
£12. (cost 14 guineas) 1638

MAUND’S Botanie Garden, part 13, contain-
ing 44 coloured Figures, bds. 7s

MAUND’S Botanic Garden, Nos. 38, 40, 41,
42,43, and 44, 3s (cost 9s)

MAWE and Abercrombie’s Universal Gar-
dener and Botanist, or a General Dictionary
of Gardening and ‘Botany, 4to. calf, good
copy, 9s 6d 1778

MEERBURG Plante Rani iores vivis coloribus,
folio, 55 plates, comprising many beautifully
coloured figures of Plants, Butterflies, Moths,
&e. with their Descriptions, newly and very
handsomely hf. bd. calf, marb. leaves and
sides, richly gilt, scarce, 2 guineas 1789

MEISNER. Plantarum Vascularum Genera
eorumque Characteres et Affinitates Tabulis
Diagnosticis exposita et secundum ordines
Naturales digesta. accedit Commentarius,
folio, 6 fase. 24s 1837-9

MEMOIRS of the Caledonian Horticultural
Society, vol. 4, part 1, plates, bds.2s = 1827

MERAT, Nouveaux Elemens de Botanique,
12mo. ls 6d 1817

274 MERAT, Nouvelle Flore des Environs de
Paris, 8vo. neat, 4s Paris, 1812

MERTENS et Goldbach, Observationes in
Fructus Nymphezacearum, cum tab. enea—
Re, Ad Floram Pedemontanam appendix
altera, Mem. di Torin, 1824—Martii Pal-
marum Familia ejusque Genera denuo illus-
trata, Monach. 1824—Ejusd. Hortus Bota-
nicus R. Academize Monacensis, cum 2 tab.
ib. 1825—Duvernoy Diss. de Salvinia natante,
cum tab. en. Tubing, 1825—4to. 10s 6d

MILLER’S Practical Gardener, by Shaw,
Svo. plates, 5s

267

273

275

Henry Coxrhead,

277 MILLER’S Gardener’s Dictionary, with
Figures of the Plants described
300 Plates, accurately drawn and colou
from Nature, with their Characters and the
Classes to which they belong, can
Ray, Tournefort, and Linneus, folio, 3 v
bound in 2, very fine copies, £3. 108 175

278 MILLER’S Illustration of the Sexual System ;
of Linnzeus, atlas folio, about 100 very beau-
tifully coloured plates, sewed, 30s 1794

279 MILLER’S Illustration of the Sexual System}
and Termini Botanici of Linneus, 192 ¢o-
loured plates on large paper, 2vols. roy. 8yo.
half morocco, uncut, £1. 11s 6d 1794}

280 MILLER’S Illustrations of the Sexual System
and Termini Botanici of Linnzeus, 2 vols.
8vo. 192 plates, bds. uncut, 148 1779-89

281 MILNE’S Botanical Dictionary, best edition,
8vo. coloured plates, bds. uncut, very scarce,
2 1806

25s

282 MIRBEL (Brisseau), Histoire Naturelle, gé-
nérale et particuliére, des Plantes ; Ouvrage
faisant suite aux (Euvres de Buffon, 18 vols.
Svo. 142 coloured plates, cloth bds. £3. 3s

Paris, ——

283 MOHL (Dr. Hugo). Ueber den Ban und
die Formen der Pollenkorner, 4to. 6 plates,
sewed, 3s 6d 1834

284 MONTE Baldo Descritto da Giovanni Pona—
Marogna. rT &e. 4to. figures,
vellum: 3s 6d 1617

285 MORRIS’S Flora Coninneaata a Selection of
the most Ornamental Flowering, Hardy,
Exotic, and Indigenous Trees, Shrubs, and
Herbaceous Plants, for embellishing Flower
Gardens and Pleasure Grounds, royal 8vo.
60 plates, most beautifully drawn and co-
loured from teil: Decne by Clark, cloth,
258 1

286 MORISON. Plantar Historie Universalis
Oxoniensis, seu Herbarum Distributio N oral
folio, 3 vols. in 2, including ‘‘ Umbellifere,”
312 Plates, containing 3384 well-executed
Figures of Plants, good copy, 2 guineas.

Oxonii, 1715

** Opus incomparabile.”— Lin. )

287 MORISON. Plantarum Umbelliferarum, fol.
12 plates, 8s 6d Oxonii, 1672

288 MORISON. Preludia Botanica, Hortus Re-
gius Blesensis, 12mo. scarce, 2s 6d 1

289 MUNTINGIUS de Vera Antiquorum Herbé
Britannica — Aloidarium, sive Aloés mucro-

nato folio Americane majoris, 4to. calf, 48
Amstel. 168g

290 MURRAY Prodromus Designationis Stirpinn

Gottingensium, figuris eneis, 8vo. Is Gd
1770

)
,

)

;

» PALLAS (P.S.) Flora Rossica, seu Stirpium

4, Newman's Row, Lincoln’s Inn Fields.

MUSOCHE, Hortus Gandavensis,
~ bleau Général de toutes les Plantes cultivées

dans le Jardin Botanique dela Ville de Gand,
12mo. sewed, 1s é Gand. 1807

MYLE (Van der) Oblectatio Vite Rustice,
32mo. Is ° : 1633

NECKER Elementa Botanica, secundum
Systema Omologicum seu Naturale, 3 vols.
8vo. sewed, 4s 6d - 1790

NEES AB ESENBECK (C. G.) Systema Lau-
rinarum, 8vo. sewed (704 pages), 13s 6d
Berolini, 1836
NEES AB ESENBECK. Genera Plantarum,
8vo. first 4 Fasc. 80 plates, 6s Gd (cost 16s)

NEES VON ESENBECK, und Sinning.
Sammlung Schonbluhender, Gewdchse fur
Blumen—und Gartenfreunde, 4to. with a
folio vol. containing 100 ane beautifully co-
loured plates, hf. bd. £3.5 1831

NEES VON ESENBECK’S Monograph on
the East Indian Solan, 4to. 46 pages,7s 6d
(Trans. Lin. Soc.)

NEES VON ESENBECK, Naturgeschichte
der Europaischen Lebermoose, mit besonde-
rer Beziehung auf Schlesien und die Oertich-
heiten des Riesengebrigs, 8vo. Erstes Band-
chen, sewed, 4s Berlin, 1833

NEWTON’S Complete Herbal; containing
several Thousand Figures of Trees, Plants,
Shrubs, Flowers, &c. with their English
Names, curiously engraved on 176 copper
plates, with Index, &c. 8vo. 6s 1798

Many of the subjects are not to be found in
either Gerard, Johnson, or Parkinson.

NICOLS’S Planter’s Kalendar, or the Nur-
seryman’s and Forester’s Guide, by Sang,
8vo. dds. 6s Gd 1820
OEDER Elementa Botanice, Svo. 2 parts in
1 vol. 4s Hafnie, 1764-6
ORTEGA, Tratada de la Naturaleza y Vir-
tudes de la Cicuta, 8vo. sewed, 1s 1763

ORTEGZ (C. G.) de Cicuta Commentarius,
8vo. sewed, Is Matriti, 1765
ORTEGZ (C.G.) Tabule Botanicee, in quibus
Classes, Sectiones, et Genera, &c. 4to. sewed
1s : ib. 1773

Imperii Rossici per Europam et Asiam indi-
genarum Descriptiones et Icones, fol. 2 parts
in one volume, containing 100 coloured plates,
russ. £2. 18s Petropoli, 1784-8

PERLEB. Clavis Classium, Ordinum et Fa-
miliarum atque Index Generum Regni Vege-

tabilis, royal 8vo. sewed, 2s 6d 1838
PETERMANN. Handbuch der Gewach-
skuude, thick 8vo. sewed, 7s 6d 1836

.
tenet

li

ou Ta- | 308 PHILIBERT (J. C.) Exercices de Botanique

a Pusage des Commengans, Ouvrage Elé-
méntaire, orné de 157 planehes—Diction-
naire Abrégé de Botanique, &c.—3 vols. 4to.
containing in all 181 coloured plates, half
morocco, 45s Par. 1801-3

309 PHILIPS’S Floral Emblems, 8vo. coloured
plates, bds. 12s (sells 30s) 1825

310 PHILLIPS’ Pomarium Britannicum ; an His-
torical and Botanical Account of Fruits
known in Great Britain, 8vo. coloured plates,
calf, 5s . : 1821

311 PHILIPS’ Sylva Florifera; the Shrubbery
historically and botanically treated, with
Observations on the Formation of Ornamental
Plantations and Picturesque Scenery, 2 vols.
Svo. boards, 12s 5 1823

312 PHILLIPS’ Flora Historica; or the Three
Seasons of the British Parterre historically
and botanically treated, 2 vols. 8vo. new in
boards, 7s 6d (pub. at 24s) 1824

313 PIDDINGTON’S English Index to the Plants
of India, 8vo. scarce, 7s 1832

314 PLANER Indici Plantarum Erffurtensium
Fungi et Plante: quedam nuper collecte,
sewed, 1s

315 PLANTES et Arbustes d’agrement, gravés et
enluminés d’apres Nature, 8vo. 20 coloured
plates, sewed, 4s 1791

316 PLEE, Hérborisations Artificielles aux En-
virons de Paris, consisting of 101 plates, de-
licately coloured, with descriptions at the
bottom of each plate, 8vo. 10s Par. 1811-14

317 PLUKENETII Opera omnia Botanica, in-
sex tomos divisa; viz. I. II. I11. Phytogra-
phia, Zond. 1691—IV. Almagestum Botani-
cum, 1696—V. Almagesti Botanici Mantissa,
1709—VI. Amaltheum Botanicum, 1705—
Tum Iconibus Tabvlis an. cCCCLIV. somma
cura depictis figurantur, 4to. 6 tom. in 4 vols.
bds. uncut, good copy, 35s Lond. 1691-1795

318 PLUKENETII Amaltheum Botanicum ; (i.e)
Stirpium Indicarum alterum Copize Cornu,
fol. large paper, 103 plates, calf, 7s Gd 1705

319 PLUKENETII Almagestum Botanicum, 4to.
plates by Vander Gucht, calf, 7s6d 1696

320 PLUMIER, Description des Plantes de
Amérique, folio, 108 plates, calf, scarce, 25s

1639

321 PLUMIER Nova Plantarum Americanarum
Genera, 4to. 40 plates, 10s Par. 1703

322 POEPPIG et Endlichen. Nova Genera ac
Species Plantarum, folio, Dec. 4, 5, 6, 7; 8,
9, and 10 of vol.1, and Dec. 1 and 2 of val 2
90 plates, 36s - : 1835

323 POITEAU. Memoire sur le Thouinia, 3 p.
and pl, 1s—Turpin sur Thouinia, 2 pl. 1s—
Stevensia, 3 p. and a pl. 1s—Monographe du
genre Hyptis de la Famille des Labiées, 19 p.
and 5 pl. 2s 6d. The whole 4s 6d

12

$24 POLLICH (J. A.) Historia Plantarum in
Palatinatu Electorali sponte nascentium
incepta, secundum Systema Sexuale digesta,
3 vols. 8vo. 7s 6d Manheim, 1776

325 POMET, le Marchand Sincére, ou Traité gé-
néral des Drogues simples et composées, folio,
many well-executed figures, 5s 1695

326 POMOLOGICAL Magazine ; or Figures and
Descriptions of the most important varie-
ties of Fruit cultivated in Great Britain, 39
Nos. forming 3 vols. royal 8vo. and com-
prising 152 coloured are £4. 14s 6d (cost
£9. 128 6d) 1827

327 PONTEY’S Treatise on the Theory and Prac-
tice of Planting of Forest Trees, 8vo. bds. 3s
1814

328 PRESL (C. B.) Repertorium Botanice Sys-
tematice ; Excerpta é Scriptoribus Botanicis,
continentia diagnoses genernm et specierum
novarum aut melius distinctarum, indica-
tiones iconum, generum, et specierum jam
cognitarum, et adnotationes succinctas Bo-
tanicam systematicam spectantes, &c. 8vo.
fase. 1 and 2, sewed, 6s 6d

329 PRESL. Symbolze Botanice sive Iecones et
Descriptiones Plantarum novarum vel minus
cognitarum, folio, 4 fasc. containing 40 plates,
10s 6d , ° 1830-31

330 PULTENEY’S Sketches of the Progress of
Botany in England, 2 vols, 8vo. calf, 6s 6d
1790

331 PURSH’s Flora America Septentrionalis ; or
a Systematic Arrangement and Description
of the Plants of North America, 8vo. vol. 1,
16 coloured plates, bds. 6s 1814

332 RAEUSCHEL Nomenclator Botanicus, omnes
Plante, 8vo. sewed, 4s 6d Lipsie, 1797

333 RAITI. Catalogus Plantarum Angliz, et In-
sularum adjacentium, 12mo. 1s 6d 1677

334 RAII Methodus Plantarum — Graminum,

Juncorum, et PUREE Specialis, 8vo. calf,
3s 4 - 1710

335 RAII. Synopsis Methodica Stirpium Britan-
nicarum, best edition, 8vo. 24 nahi scarce,
calf, 5s 6d ° 1724

336 RAII Stirpium Europearum extra Britannias
nascentium Sylloge, 8vo. 3s Lond. 1694

37 RASPAIL—Nouveau Systeme de Physiologie
Vegetale et de Botanique, royal 8vo. accom-
pagné d’un Atlas de Soixante Planches
d’Analyses, 11s 6d 1837

3338 REBENTISCH Index/Plantarum circum Be-

rolinum sponte nascentium, 8vo. sewed, 1s
Berolini, 1805

139 REICHENBACH Illastratio Specierum Aco-
niti Generis, folio, 72 coloured plates, half bd.
2 guineas Lips. 1823-7
40 REICHENBACH. Uebersicht der Gattung
Aconitum, 12mo. sewed, 1s 1519

Henry Coxhead,

ust
nf
hoa
is

341 REISINGER (J.) Enchiridion Anorganogno-
sie, 8vo. vol. 1, sewed, 6s 6d Bude, 1820

342 RELHAN. Flora Cantabrigiensis, with the
two Supplements, 8vo. calf, 5s Cant. =

343 RENEALMI Specimen Historie Plantarum,
Plant typis wneis express ; I. A. A. TH.
(Thaunus ?) Crambe—-Viola—Lilium—Phlo-
gis—Terpsine, 4to. figures, 48 Par. 1611

344 RENEALMI Specimen Historie Plantarum,
Plante typis zneis express, small 4to. calf,
28 6d : . 1611

RICHARD. Nouveaux Elements de Bota-
nique et de Physiologie Végétale, avee le
Tableau methodique des Familles Naturelles,
royal 8vo. 46 plates, several of which are
coloured, sewed, 9s 3 1837

RICHARD, Démenstrations Betaniques, ou
Analyse du Fruit considéré en général, 12mo.
sewed, 1s 6d , Paris, 1808

RICHARD (A.), Nouveaux Elémens de Bo-
tanique appliquée a la Medicine, &c. 8vo.
8 plates, sewed, 5s 6d ib. 1819

RODIG (Dr.) Naturlehre— Lebende Natur,
12mo. bound, 2s Leipzig, 1801

ROEMER (J. J.) Flora Europeana Inchoata,
10 fasciculi, containing 80 most beautifully
coloured plates, 18s 1797-1811

ROMER, Handbuch der allgemeinen Botanik,
zum Selbststudium auf der Grundlage des

naturlichen Systems, ihe parts 1 to 9, sewed,
12s . 1836

ROOKE’S Descriptions and Sketches of some ~
Remarkable Oaks in the Park at Welbeck,
4to. 10 plates, boards, 3s 6d 1790

ROSE’S Elements of Botany, 8vo. plates, 2s
1775

ROTH. Botanische Abhandlungen und Beo-
bachtungen, 4to. 12 coloured plates, sewed,
38 ° - 178

354 ROTHII(A.G.) Tetitaiiea Flore Germanice,
vol. 1 and vol. 2, part 1, 8vo. dds. 3s 6d ——

ROUSSEAU’S Letters on the Elements of
Botany, with Notes by mee » 8vo. boards,
3s 6d : 1787

ROUSSEAU’S Letters on the Elements of
Botany, with Notes and Additions by Thomas
Martyn, and 38 plates, beautifully coloured,
with explanations to illustrate the same,
2 vols. 8vo. calf, 15s 1788-91

ROXBURGH’S Plants of the Coast of Coro-
mandel, selected from Drawings and De-
scriptions presented to the Hon. Court of
Directors of the East India Company, pub-
lished by their order, under the direction of
Sir Joseph Banks, Bart. vols. 1 and 2, atlas __
folio, containing 200 very beautifully coloured
plates, with et: half russia, 9 gs.
(cost £24.) 1795

349

350

351

352

303

350

306

4, Newman’s Row, Lincoln’s Inn Fields.

13

ROWDEN’S (Miss F. A.) Poetical Introduc- | 376 SMITH (Sir J. E.) Sao a Flore Bri-

_ tion to the Study of Botany, imp. 8vo. plates,
russia, marb. leaves, fine copy, 14s 6d 1801

RUELLIUS de Natura perio. folio, te4
calf, 4s 6d 153

SAINT HILAIRE, ~iBlaxiten on la ek
décrites et peintes d’aprés nature, 4 vols.
imp. 8v0. containing 400 coloured plates,
£3. 10s . 1808

ST. HILAIRE. Exposition des Familles et
de la Germination des Plantes, 8vo. vol. 1,
part 1, and vol. 2, pew 1, about 80 plates,
sewed, 3s Paris, 1805

SALISBURY’S Species of Erica, 4to. 72 pp.
6s (Trans. Lin. Soc.)

SCHEUCHZER (J.) Agrostigraphia, sive
Graminam, Juncorum, Cyperorum, Cyperoi-
dum, iisque affinium Historia, best edition,
by Haller, with 11 plates, and 92 additional
pages of Index, 4to. 8s 6d Tiguri, 1775

SCHOLLER Flora Barbiensis,. 8vo. 2s

SCHRADER Hortus Gottingensis, seu Plan-
tae Nove et Rariores, fol. Fasc. 1, containing
8 col. plates, 3s - 1809

SCHRADER (H. A.) de Halophytis Pallasii
respectu imprimis ad Salsolam et Suzedam
habito Commentatio, 4to. figures, sewed, 1s 6d

Gottinge, 1810

SCHWEIGGER Enumeratio Plantarum Horti
Botanici Regiomontani, 8vo. sewed, 1s
Regiomonti, 1812

SCOPOLI (J. A.) Fundamenta Botanica,
8vo. 19 plates, bds. 2s 6d Vienne, 1786

* SECRETAN (L.), Mycographie Suisse, ou
Description des Champignons qui croissent
en Suisse, particuliérement dans le Canton
de Vaud, aux environs de Lausanne, 3 vols.
8vo. sewed, 24s - 1833

SELECT Specimens of Foreign and Indige-
nous Plants, numerous coloured plates, 8vo.
half bound morocco, uncut, gilt top, £1. 1s

SERRA (Correa de). - Suite des Observations
Carpologiques, 53 pages and 11 plates, 6s

SIBTHORP. Flora Oxoniensis exhibens
Plantas in agro Oxoniensi, 8vo. bds. uncut,
3s 6d : F "1794

SINCLAIR’S Hortus Gramineus Woburnensis,

royal 8vo. many coloured plates, half bound,

36s : 1824

SKRIVTER af Naturhistorie — Selskabet
3 parts (not complete), 8vo. 34 plates, 3s 6d

1793

SMITH’S Introduction to Micaed 8vo. 15

plates, bds. 5s 6d 1809

SMITH’S (Sir J. E.) Tigeiantio) to Physio-
logical and Systematical Botany, 8vo. 15
plates, containing 214 Pras Sigeres; 14s
(pub. at 28s) 1825

1775:

tannice, 8vo. boards, 2 1816

377 SMITH’S ahah: Flore Britannice,
12mo. boards, 3s ° 1828

378 SMITH’S Compendium of the English Flora,
12mo. cloth, 3s 6d ° 1829

379 SMITH’S (Lady) Memoir and Correspondence
of Sir J. E. Smith, 2 vols. 8vo. bds. uncut,
10s (pub. at 30s) 1832

380 SMITH (J. E.) Reliquize Rudbeckiane sive
Camporum Elysiorum, Libri Primi, (all pub-
lished ) folio, very scarce, 10s 6d

881 SMITH’S Catalogue of Rare or Remarka-
ble Phenogamus Plants collected in South
Kent; with Descriptive Notices and Ob-
servations, 8vo. 5 pelpae® plates, sewed,
scarce, 48

382 SMITH Plantarum Icones, &c. Fase. 1 and 2,
50 plates, 9s 1789

383 SOWERBY’S English Bie or Coloured
Figures of all the Plants, Natives of Great
Britain, with their essential Characters, Sy-
nonyms, and Places of Growth, &c. by Sir
J. E. Smith, 36 vols. royal 8vo. containing
2592 coloured plates, calf extra, a very fine
copy, 36 guineas 1792-1828

the same Work, in Nos. complete,
uncut, £36.

385 SOWERBY’S English Botany, 2nd edition,
arranged according to the Linnean method,
with the Descriptions shortened, and occa-
sional Remarks added, 5 vols. 8vo. neat half
calf, and 36 nos. comprising 1149 coloured
plates, which includes the supplementary
plates, (all that is published) 9 guineas

386 SPEECHLY on the Culture of the Pine-apple,
with a Description of every Species of In-
sect that infest Hot-houses, 8vo. bds. 3s

York, 1796

387 STACKHOUSE’S Nereis Britannica, conti-
nens Species Omnes Fucorum in Insulis Bri-
tannicis, 4to. 20 plates, sewed, 5s 1816

388 STACKHOUSE’S Nereis Britannica, or a Bo-
tanical Description of the British Marine
Plants, folio, Fasc. 1 and 2, coloured plates, 9s

Bath, 1797

389 STEELE’S Essay upon Gardening, containing
a Catalogue of .Exotic Plants, &c. plates,
boards, 3s 1793

H. Haworth’s copy, with his autograph.

390 STERLER (A.} Hortus Nymphenburgensis,
seu enumeratio Plantarum in Horto Regio
Nymphenburgensi cultarum, 8vo. sewed, 2s

Monachii, 1826

391 STOKE’S Botanical Materia Medica, con-
sisting of the Generic and Specific Cha-
racters of the Plants used in Medicine and
Diet, and Synonyms, &c. 4 yols. 8yo. calf,
15s (pub. at £3, in bds.) | 1812

384

14

392 STRUTT’S Sylva Britannica et Scotica, or
Portraits of Forest Trees distinguished for
their Antiquity, Magnitude, or Beauty,
drawn from Nature, imp. 8vo. containing 50
engravings, proofs on India Paper, cloth, 18s
(pub. at 3 guineas) |

SWARTZ (O.) Observationes Botanice, qui-
bus Plante Indiz Occidentalis alizeque Sys-
tematis Vegetabilium, 11 fold. plates, 8vo.
7s Gd ‘ 1791

SWARTZ Nova Genera et Species Plantarum,
seu Prodromus Deseriptionum Vegetabilium,
&c. 8vo. 3s Gd Holmie, 1788

SWAYNE’S Gramina Pascua, or a Collection
of Specimens of the Common Pasture
Grasses, arranged in the order of their
Flowering, folio, half calf, scarce, 15s 1790

SWEERTIUS. Florilegium amplissimum et

selectissimum, fol. 110 plates, scarce, 10s 6d

1647

Cardinal Richliew’s copy, with his (2) Au-
tograph.

SWEET’S British Flower Garden, New Se-
ries, Nos. 1 to 9, 41, 42, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48,
55, 56, 59, 60, ‘and 61, in all 21 Nos.
£1. 11s 6d (half price)

SWEET’S British Flower Garden, containing
Coloured Figures and Descriptions of the
most Ornameygtal and Curious Hardy Flow-
ering Plants, &c. with their Scientific and
English Names, Methods of Cultivation
and Progression, &c. royal 8vo. 75 Nos.
forming 3 vols. 6 gs. (cost £11. 8s) 1823-9

SWEET’S Geraniacez, or Natural Order of
Geraniums, 2nd Series, royal 8vo. Nos. 1 to
19, 36s (cost £2. 178) 1828-30

SWEET’S Hortus Suburbanus Londinensis,
or a Catalogue of Plants cultivated in the
neighbourhood of London, arranged accord-,
ing to the Linnzan System, with the Natu-
ral Orders, &c. royal 8vo. 8s 6d 1818

SWEET’S Catalogue of Plants cultivated in

393

396

397

398

399

400

40]

the neighbourhood of London, arranged ac- |

cording to the Linnean System, roy. 8vo.

bds. 3s - 1818
402 SYLVAN Sketches, or a Companion to the
Park and the Shrubbery, by the Author of
Flora Domestica, 8vo. Boards, 5s Gd (pub.
at 12s) ° 1825
TABERNZEMONTANUM, Krauterbuch, 2

vols. folio, containing many hundred figures,
calf, 10s 6d 2 1625

404 TAYLOR. De Marchanticis,20 pages, and
4 plates, Gs (Trans. Lin. Soc.)

405 THOMPSON'S Catalogue of Plants growing
in the Vicinity of Berwick upon Tweed, 8vo.
boards, 2s ; 1807

403

Henry Coxhead,

406 THOMSON’S Lectures on the Elements |
Botany, containing the Descriptive Anatomy
of those Organs on which the Growth and
Preservation of the Vegetable depend, 8vo
plates, and numerous figures on wood, :
in cloth, 88s Gd Lond. 182

407 THORNTON’S Elements of Botany, 2 vols.
royal 8vo. 136 plates, half russia, 88 Gd 1812 —

408 another copy, in calf, 10s 6d 1812

409 THOUIN. Sur la Culture des Dahlia, 15 _
pages, and 1 coloured plate, 2s Gd ‘

410 THUNBERG Flora Japonica, sistens Plantas
Insularum Japonicarum secundum Systema
sexuale emendatum, 8vo. calf, 10sGd 1784—

411 TILLI Catalogus Plantarum Horti Pisani,
folio, 50 plates, 5s Florentie, 1723

412 TITFORD’S Sketches towards a Hortns Bo-—
tanicus Americanus, or Coloured Plates of —
new and valuable Plants of the West Indies —
and North and South America, &c. arranged
after the Linnean System, 4to. 12 finely co-—
loured plates, 7s 6d 1812 :

Five plates are missing. :

413 TOURNEFORT Institutiones Rei Herbariz, —
3 vols. 4to. the original edition, 24s, :

ib. 1700-3 ©
414 TOURNEFORTS Herbal, 2 yols. 4to. 300
plates, 7s Gd Lond. 1719 ©

This English translation appears never to —

have been completed. ,

415 TOURNEFORT, Elémens de Botanique, 3 vols. —
8vo. 451 plates, 15s Paris, 1694 —
41G TRAITE des Arbres Fruitiers, par Duhamel —
du Monceau, Nouvelle Edition par Poiteau
et Turpin, royal folio, liv. 1 and 2, contain- —
ing 12 most beautifully coloured plates, 7s
i

417 TRANSACTIONS of the HorticuLtTURAL
Society of Lonpon, Ist Series, 7 vols.
and 2nd Series, vol. 1, 8 vols. 4to. in parts,
£11. (cost nearly £40.)

418 TREW Hortus nitidissimis omnem per annum
superbiens Floribus, sive amcenissimorum —
Florum Imagines, atlas folio, 180 plates,
nost beautifully coloured, £4. 10s

Nurnberg, 1768

This copy unfortunately wants six plates,
and a few leaves of text.

419 TURNER’S Synopsis of the British Fuci,
2 vols. 12mo. sewed, uncut, scarce, 7s 6d -
1802.__

420 TURNER'S Fuci, or Coloured Figures and
Descriptions of the Plants referred by Bota-
nists to the Genus Fucus, 268 tinted plates, ~

. 4 vols. 4to. bound in 2, im half morocco,
6 gs. (pub. at £14. 14s unbound) 1808-19. .

421 TURNER'S. Fuci, with the plates beautifully
coloured, 4 vols. 4to. half moroceo, 10 gs.
(pub. at 20 gs. unbound) 1808-19

4, Newman's Row, Lincoln’s Inn Fields.

TURNER'S Fuci, Large Paper, 4 vols. highly
coloured, half morocco, £15. (pub. at £36.
unbound), only 25 copies printed j 1808-19

— the same work, vol. 4, folded and
collated for binding, £2. 15s

TURNER’S (Dawson) Description of 13 new
British Lichens, 4to. 27 pages, and 6 col.
piates, Gs 6d (Trans. Lin. Soc.)

TURNER’S Muscologize Hibernice Spicile-
gium, 8vo. 16 colowred plates, calf, very
scarce, 11s 6d . 1

Not printed for sale.

TWAMLEY’S Romance of Nature, or the
Flower Seasons Illustrated, 8vo. 28 very
beautifully coloured plates in the style of
drawings, mor. extra, gilt leaves, 24s 1836

VALENTINE on the Development of the
Theca, and on the Sexes of Mosses, 4to. 19
pages, and 1 plate, 6s 6d (Trans. Lin. Soc.)

VAHL Iecones Plantarum Americanarum, fol.
Fase. 1, 10 plates, 5s 6d 1798

VAHL Symbole Botanice, sive Plantarum
tam earum, quas in itinere, imprimis Orien-
tali, &c. fol. part 1, 25 plates, 4s 1790

VAILLANT, Botanicon Parisiense, ou Dé-
nombrement des Plantes qui se trouvent
aux Environs de Paris, enriche de plus de
300 figures, dessinés par Aubriet, fol. fine
plates, 14s A Leide, 1727
Three or four of the plates are wanting.

VEGETABLE Substances, Timber Trees,
Fruits (Lib. Ent. Know.), cloth, 3s

VENTENAT, Tableau du Régne Veégétal se-
lon la Méthode de Jussieu, 3 vols. 8vo. and
a vol. of plates, half russia, 12s 6d

Paris, 1799

VERHANDLUNGEN des Bereins Beforde-
rung des Gardenbaues im Preuss Staate, 4to.
12 parts, plates, 21s Berlin, 1826-1835

VILLZ (J.) Baptistee Porte Neapolitani
libri 12, 4to. 2s Gd : 1592

VITMAN Summa Plantarum que hactenus
innotuerunt methodo Linnzeana per Genera

et Species, 6 vols. 8vo. calf, good copy, 15s

1789

-URSINI Arboretum Biblicum, in quo Ar-
bores et Frutices passim in S. Literis occur-
rentes, Notis philologicis, philosophicis theo-
logicis, exponuntur et illustrantur, 12mo.
2 vols. in 1, many plates, scarce, 3s 6d 1663

USTERI Delectus Opusculorum Botanicorum,
vol. 1, 8vo. 5 plates, 2s Argent. 1790

another copy, calf, 2s 6d

15

439 WADE’S Planta Rariores in Hibernia inyenta,
8vo. bds. scarce, 3s 6d 1804

440 WAKEFIELD’S Introduction to Botany,
12mo. plates, bds. 2s 1807

441 WALTHER. Pharmakognostick —Pharma-
kologische Tabellen oder Systematisch—ta-
bellarische Uebersicht officinellen einfaschen
vegetabilischen Arzneimittel der neuesten
preussischen Pharmacopoée. Systeme von
Linné, Jussieu und Reichenbach, oblong fol.
sewed, 5s 6d 1838

442 WALTHERI. Designatio Plantarum apud
Gleditschii, 8vo. 24 plates, calf, 3s

443 WATSON’S Remarks on the Geographical
Distribution of British Plants, 12mo. cloth
bds. uncut, 5s 6d 1835

444 WEINMANN Phytanthoza Iconographia,
4 vols. fol. complete, with the 3 portraits in
blue, containing several thousand coloured
Sigures of Plants, §c. on 1025 plates, substan-
tially bound in calf,7 gs. | Ratisbon, 1745

445 WERNISCHECK Genera Plantarum, 8vo-
calf, 2s 1766

446 WIGHT’S Illustrations of Indian Botany, 4to.
(Sup. 2 to Bot. Mise.) 9 coloured plates,
2s 6d

447 WIKSTROM Conspectus Litterature Botani-
cz in Suecia, 8vo. sewed, 3s 1851

448 WILLDENOW Enumeratio Plantarum Horti
Regii Botanici Berolinensis, with the Supple-
ment, very thick 8vo. half, calf, 9s

Ber. 1809-13

449 WILLDENOW Historia Amaranthorum, fol.
12 coloured plates, 13s 6d Turici, 1790

450 WILLEMET. Herbarium Mauritianum. Pre-
fatus est Millin, 12mo. sewed, 1s 6d 1796

451 WITHERING’S Arrangement of British
Plants, according to the latest improvements
in the Linnean System, 4 vols. 8vo. last
edition, bds. 32s : 1830

452 WITHERING’S Arrangement of British
Plants, 4 vols. 8vo. bds. 14s 1801

453 WONDERS of the Vegetable Kingdom, 12mo.
cloth, 2s 2 1824

454 WOOD’S Synopsis of the British Species of
Rosa, 4to. 76 pages, 7s 6d (Trans. Lin. Soc.)

455 WOODVILLE’S Medical Botany, containing
Descriptions, with Plates, of all the Medi-
cinal Plants in the Materia Medica, 4 vols.
Ato. 274 coloured plates, half bound, 2 gs.

1790

456 ZENKER ein Botanischer Grundriss zum
Gebrauche academischer Vostrage und zum
Selbststudium, 8vo. sewed, 3s 1830

16

DRIED PLANTS.

1 A COLLECTION of British Plants, consisting
of about well preserved Specimens, 80 of
which are Mosses, all correctly named, £4.

2 A FASCICULUS of British Plants, containing
300 Species and Varieties, many of them rare,
all in good preservation, correctly named, and
mounted on white paper, 45s

3 A VERY Valuable Collection of the rarer Bri-
tish Plants, about 270 in No. including some
rare Irish, Scottish, and Cornish Plants,
£3. 10s

4 A COLLECTION, consisting of 150 rare and
interesting North of England and Scottish
Alpine Plants, in good preservation, and cor-
rectly named, 28s

5 A SIMILAR Series, 114 in number, 21s
6 A SIMILAR Series, 108 in number, 20s

7 A COLLECTION of Scottish Flowering Plants,
Ferns and their Allies, in 2 Fasc.

Fase. 1. Dicotyledonous Plants, 105 species
& varieties, named according to Hooker.

Fasc. 2. Monocotyledonous Plants, Ferns,
and their Allies, 60 species and varieties,
named according to Hooker.

The whole very nicely preserved, neatly
mounted and enclosed in two folio cases,
£1. 11s 6d

8 ONE Hundred and Fifty Specimens of Rare
British Flowering Plants, from the late Mr.
Dickson’s Herbarium, £1. 17s 6d

iy | a
G. Norman, Printer, Maiden Lane, Covent Garden: i

Henry Coxhead, 4, Newman's Row, Lincoln’s Inn Fields.

9 A FASCICULUS containing upwards of 200
Plants, British and Alpine, some Aquatic,
named, 18s

10 ONE Hundred Specimens of Rare British and
Foreign Flowering Plants, from the Herbarium
of the late Mr. Dickson, 25s

11 A COLLECTION of above 100 British Mosses
and Jungermannia, each separately mounted
on white, paper, in very fine preservation, cor-
rectly named from Hooker, 20s

12 FIFTY Specimens of British Mosses, Hepa-
tice, &c. from the Herbarium of the late
Mr. Dickson, 10s

13 FIFTY Specimens of British Mosses, Junger-
mannie and Lichens, accurately named from
Hooker, 10s i?

14 FORTY-TWO Specimens of British Mosses,
Lichens, &c. named, 7s ,

15 TWENTY-FOUR Specimens of British Plants,
well preserved, very neatly mounted a
named, 7s 6d :

16 HOWITT and Valentine’s Muscologia Notting
hamiensis ; or a Collection of Mosses, foun

in the neighbourkood of Nottingham, &
3 Fasc. 7s 6d 1

17 THREE Fasciculi of Nea containing
Species mounted and named, 6s 6d

aha TE
rile

SUPPLEMENTARY NUMBER,

CONTENTS.

XLVIII. Enumeration of Plants collected by Mr. Schomburgk in
British Guiana. By Grorcr Benrnam, Esq., F.L.S (Continued).. 433

LIX. On the Metamorphoses of the Crustacea. By Capt. C.

DuCang, HIN. CWith a Plate.) fo5 oe ales se fies ee 438
L. Remarks on the Fumariacee. By Gerorer Dickie, Esq.,
A;L.S;, Lectureron Gotany at Aberdeen. 2.5.55). 24 teeter eee a ate 440

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A General Outline of the Animal Kingdom, by Thomas Rymer Jones,
F.L.S., Professer of Comparative Anatomy in King’s College.
Parte 1 tO Wa po on Js etme 67e Wiehe Sieh eee Sa oie a taolte Stetace nese 443

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

Zoological Society :—Observations on some F lying Lemurs, by Mr.
Waterhouse; on the Osteology of the Marsupialia, by Prof. R.
Owen; on two skulls of the full-grown Koala, by Prof. R.
Owen sree Ber ee pins ie gra jie dea cea omens 445—454

Linnzan Society :—Remarks on British Lichens and Fungi, by C.
Babington; on aremarkable Gall, by M.J. Berkeley; on the deve-
lopment of the Theca, and on the Sexes in Mosses, by W. Valen-
tine ; Anniversary Address of the President ; on Spongilla fluvia-
ailis, with remarks on the Nature of Spongie marine, by J.
Hopes 3250s RAT TN Pe EEE ee Ty wee sae 455—461

MISCELLANEOUS.

On the Structure of the Volvocine, by Prof. Ehrenberg .......... 461
Development of the Leguminose, by Drs. Schleiden and Vogel .... 462
On the Structure of the Scales of Fish and Reptiles, by M. Mandl.. 463

On Lemaaorrhiza;by Dr: J. ¥.. Hoffmann \. o..34).4 03 3 eee ib.
Discovery of Mummies in Mexico. ess 42 \o,\9 hates
On the Olfactory Sense of the hed ee a a Laine ae e Sip ib.
On the Geographical Distribution of Palms, by M. von Martius.... 465 :
Meteorological Observations and Table... ........ ...2e00- 465, 466

AND FOUR PLATES

To illustrate various Articles in the Third Vo me.
ot t# or

as byes
aoe

YAS
sre.

% uf
hee.
“Doe
Biryy

«=f
4

Boas — Pn
—

ete.

“aie
KN
Bh

ma i " : “ UMN?
ay Ky ;
bate

Wii inv

35185 00257 8258

A hy Cae Ae "i ¥ Dre es

Shhh |

at ee ee ee
et FM Rod bien

ered
hbep Meme ity fey ot

ty
Ce wae oe BY ee Op eg e agd oh rhe

ay , , 4 : 4 theta dik A Boeke’ C4 tf! otnt at Bebry 4 ew de
rh Pop bate are Sap Asatar “ AOS Rilsh he iaiin 4 Vor ite nib 4) 3088 be
KAYE Berry held yee eee hah oo " ‘f Dr Ret Ot) 8 ceter Met tee ho koe He
° ow | 44, y a *) oe Merbe : dural ee een mere bie a ee eee
Need atin : J et a) oP Merete thd date. bade te kek be ey erry ene ae

Are tee ere ier
err er ree ae Pe

N : EF ADD bed gee rye h
Ap , ao : tel ok ew! “te aat vi - ‘
PAR > ene ta What 4 toot vis} thy op aeons We LA
y+ el oe mt g : mt ‘Ptr POHL DMM Y wed od
Satin me K OM OO Hol Hemet py y
dy dek Me done Moun, ey
p tod) Dye pel ¢ ne heb dry ste
4 Sy tr : 7 r
Sete y ro ” tps © eee 4 if i
y rw peter
eyed ad . ty rat Eek 0 - ‘ - IN feat 0) ne fo ony neh ber
halla atten tae. Ake haened aoe wes i r lapied Seadntohel sy »

ps ons. phot tl Leet £ f i rt HN eB he wah gh : ih ’
Sh eR RR oe sph ogte We A uy 4

owt boots oe
(egal > aoreiad AINE i Pe ne
vented > ¥ \ ¢ OPO eh BAY Bho
elowe ht 9 whe * eben . bg u the beep. shoe al ‘4h thet Oho «

LaLa be Ae Hope
eigen rhrvsynty yy lee 4 of y

oop tee brie aoe btm ye
bite lde doe pepe
Rita WP 4 Mle ar 4m
Prewee per of
y ‘ fv 9m nb
Moye vey te Mm
an Mie OER de Oohe ty Re ee, eh ee Aid ” We need
Da dllid- aya Vadieh ed odd ae Lt Ea add eels Lee
nie 2H 4 Wega wt Oy eel cyte al uk bed, TUT Le rar nerah an

Oe a a A re

er ihe
nie Suen ot en

lhe Pot Hebel |e

Ohl Wy Toe H 2d 10) ped vp
LPM Prieietelt et de

1m ¥ ‘
; Powe ey ate “am ‘yeh fp .

@ a ‘ ry. :

iced Roa aes HS peed reg apg aes ge Na RRR a Ba
varen ach a ase sabe we te ere e se Sane
x we

want x alhel ot i Tere yt pay Ci Tera Sat oo ean
‘ ye adi :

ST a laratted week . 4 Leaded ore

oh DUE RAL) Frm» 1 olde. Bede Dae A bade naa ula kates te Laat ea ee ee
Heya ga ek VES Oy aly f

pihaaedg her eirer peredroatyt 7 UA is adel aetiaee idle mia ie clot ht Wy he i eee
oe ob My vals hatinl A Womegebete io me, Se ee ee 2 ed ‘s+ 4 4 irda seed ee
rast shat vide ha in! Phe , ei pe stip catded i ‘ ‘Pe Pr my bat nl

Pw

Oe dada ed or) Ate eh bene nee of by i
hy oft vip tes Peedi ts nee oh Aided wh ihabed,

el vy rie nm Noln'y f fbn hd
Ke . he a of)
Cl

bye

it a)
* . » wh kd et of led nttng Oe HF 70 oy '
yy nit ” a4 ied Sulfate take Le, erie OF ue
ety ee to + pe tinh AO A Dihiad BHP hy Lede) eee oh ho) Herb ted. dene fe vel
Pasty 4 4 RAGA oF uated Metrrti eM Aehed LA Mab Hoh fh) Hs nial del fade) es spe eb pan ob
, ae al . te MY Peee Oi) ofthe Me iied 8k HD Debt: hal id eet Rone olen
Ar be relia : Pedr. bu her pits de a ee eee
Tiger tiewy B He es pret ad 2 ¢ HH AN eh A RA Bethe oh ad oie
rrr f lage Ph ee 1, VE PED ded an PPO
Cyn Ho ed) fonh a lee

: ‘ nt
esha Aah ea Mec ah te ye
tre ond 0% ort, 4 ‘
4 he By why = » * ayy vere
Parpeivees " Cebolpet Abas) tof Spey os
" tien

4 ‘
a od. bof OF) Meal h »
fe as ben et Ayr

44 ryt had
Hew ib bred enobtets, bes

roll pony) rat “a
ted A 4 rma Aa

.

Pa Betpe tbe eek ob fret Ofheh othr yb lpabaled tnt a
detalii Wind dl ite tae
HAND D h rede et Abii ane we hehe
Vial Ahab thie,

PAA DM oh prt ry
PO CM aM we

+ ¢
, ¥ ,
seco : 3 % 4, . Nu eh ey aunty

TI fs) DAE RF mh wep ers

. bs ed vy ef " oP Ree bo oy + Att * ont.
es Fen nanty + bth at obi : : A Rone tab bta tees abkcnh beaait tabekaieieni te ia bow iy Py arly ge 28 meee
Mea Ee oe r a nes Hh) * 0h of) M4 Peet Pet rey adeed 4b pmtbet Mie Oh PA wien el 7 Wy Lo et a of WAP armed adap lyomtoohenp
4 Ved ated op Hradbnd of pF Hy ade Neh SMe pMbrdiagh | AV! # Wp bade Meofing PY WF AF byob) | on), ob pring ban hae, oo

TPE Hen heats tan fy nate de ted? 1s Bt RE Reebok LUO) vided ce

Neh det Ate ob da hl -& a tr
Ue ther irbeine 7 alee

GPRD ennb ee eV Biepad AopAT LHW spies Ete) Meee cdvas plore a>
eh LA oh ODD poe of 1) ood oh ab yt Pe ee Nea re
r Avy SEED PRO tina: Ol Ai agay bose ®
WEdtel Bio. ke Nalate aa oe 0

>

A pepe

t Leet oot ot
f f oh

bila 4. path ke Rinaeierd neta
, ‘ ig nbn tanya ect ake
bt 9 t q * z 1h Sen f APA tk nrhoad
sree ariel ' uP } f he MPF a 4 Nadeem Ab oe ot:
Seed den pty ab tered ert kek beak LM Get tet Hs Sele BoC Vox
wes nye 4 Pin er et rr: 4 pti
pe abet E ries G veel ve ett fe iret Fig ahaphas apart vishal Avon ¢
rn Gee oboe ie 4 A { bad is 0 Rt ob veh
mace t Spuiite ul i vba thea Set SIU POM wat 2: te "
a 7 sieht) P y ayia baddigh yo
hee

Of Teh HA ihe haben 9 be *

AD A rhe, W bees Oho ay

EL AA DAA gt > ptm a).

AD 4 HOF sc tl ate!
; 4

efestrictgt ti
i irertt 60046 le we 0
alin aed

wvete

oii et te betes.

can wah ieise reaia ir .s Dita oe hOK

Ha PE Chel Ht hat eh dbehal #40 ed dole oF iit. of

' : SUP EE ete ate! bb 604 614k Saved oF PLANE PEPE IL Pdi Sipe

f ord , Mythy Ot rhe, +) pod oh ofeeh Abed ceed Mechel el biter) dy hebs ine) bch Me hopes, o&

Di yee venep hee ih ser eb TPstie LDPE ek Lh patord 4 A be nia ta ode ee ee

eh FAN Wed Mekal rt of yd, ba bac JL hy ad eat ine tl chen Fedele tL catedane!
tPF boay Sie attik weatine

" i Sree ee abe ade
hee * 7 oe 4 Ce ea Le, ome
. vt sid rye ‘tgs D id . BLAH wt an a sh epiayie
+ 4 Sted ‘ ’ oh gt bir? , At OT eee pan -feer venting
eRe hee 7 7 . Fea td din on, eaeieaatal
art HY fae ov) ef¥d ee ee eee
et Ab din +) kad dail aboobaue basis 1 Load aad kine eka teed
1 MWh sie uss of Wel rio eh vo
it sok PO ee tke Sete nee ee ire ene nae upay
OPEL ahead tebe A REE SL Ot sd :
Sab Pte feeb arb bebe brid
—«

1 peter
i, inane

al aL bid Be
A OL PD speed piel

nA rks hem thy Ads eu eel wes) vet trite ket lela of
Dt Ri Ae ad bathe te Re tabetd GB De eee Se ee
tide Pylkg oa art eet a

4 Me onten
Peeht 08 4 at De rhe tp
C4 le ID Te pate He
SO) Obed © at pyre”
top Dt ret ty0g ip
EEO POH et orm
ee oe
Ce
Pr pee oop pep ogy
od Te od
PE pe emest ae
4 tp Prat ty hid
a he } oe oe ke
OA hee FT Biden ard 6 tthe pire Ano
Oe ied he ee a Bd

des Albee Bide’ mi’ Ac a bAbAadiote ok Cl, ae Ree ee
Orr eB dior
PA ye le eco ied a!
nit aly
~

Wyn) te eee

HOF He
n res “
Z { , 4 *
ae ie : Weir ves ; venseibt:
+ A ‘: yo) es arg c 1 aire My
jereruat ie bryos <b thet
ed , ‘i :

os 7 pata erry is
. ‘ . ye R repe <b —

aeret on, PWhhuly yer aaah Athen

ewe i Let Mbp } #1) chew

4) tte Bt {
44 Wp FL oh) “
Hebi UfeP org oa et ee ial

PRA Rthey hot Pel OPH) ete new be ie eae
oa bad s buss Medd te Dapper ti kad eke eae
Papdehe tAsedadamth Alan be tp, peed:
oe sos eat ie no

FOE Ped od | Ob Ot Aye

Bhi 1 Pen

OE Ot wht +
:

raed
1 Ae debtoned © |
“hed t dhe ie Wk ack pee a bet Ori in
PF drei Ah Bel MP >e eho) ey V4 VP re bet) wer) wey

ee 0 fe Hel PPM ahoheg ag Pete eer eine a
Lotte Lk shh ra phd th da Md ult She sd Badal sok Mei ie hie A ieee oe eee he
PA DA RE EME OR Oe ie be hee bd iad ob eerie tL ht Meu ed oa Oe meee
WB bricles boty em-W eb pm etieaneal Tl Aiden “EH ot) of fe] Ate dihied Petet Me Herd

fant oy McDade sy Jadabella. eis Rake TL oe eat, en, a
3 4 ‘ CA vel tet

Eo ude be tn dd

Pipe Pettey ve

Lap

Ly tat
De oeda es ’

a, wi yhyta duly Pp ‘

»

othe eld eee

Mow Vel ay erties 4g
ee i eae oe ee

hh one) BED Hh Heed ae th od ime teed, ee

SHE ELD ery Oe a did
WDD Pel OOO Hb Le ey